received - silver star

213
Silver Star Telephone Company WYOMING P.S.C. TARIFF NO. 3 Original Page 1 ACCESS SERVICE Regulations, Rates and Charges applying to the provision of Access Services within a Local Access and Transport Area (LATA) for connection to intrastate communications facilities for Intrastate Customers within the operating territory of the Silver Star Telephone Company in the State of Wyoming as provided herein. Rate Centers: Alpine Freedom RECEIVED . Vdb!icservice Commissio~ Wyoming The name, title and street address of this tariff’s Issuing Officer are located on the bottom of the Pages. Issued: 12/1/87 Mr. Melvin R. Hoopes, President Effective: 1/1/88 Silver Star Telephone Company P.O. BOX 278 Freedom, Wyoming 83120 ___ —..-..—. ~]1 ,...- D . :,.. .- ;“”.. 3

Upload: others

Post on 15-Mar-2022

2 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 1

ACCESS SERVICE

Regulations Rates and Chargesapplying to the provision of Access Services

within a Local Access and Transport Area (LATA)for connection to intrastate communications facilities

for Intrastate Customers within theoperating territory of the

Silver Star Telephone Company

in the State of

Wyoming

as provided herein

Rate Centers

AlpineFreedom

RECEIVED

Vdbicservice Commissio~Wyoming

The name title and street address of this tariffrsquos Issuing Officer arelocated on the bottom of the Pages

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 ___ mdash-mdash

~]1-

D - ldquordquo3

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 2

ACCESS SERVICE

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Title Sheet

Concurring Carriers

Connecting Carriers

Other Participating Carriers

Registered Service Marks amp Registered Trademarks

Explanation of Symbols

Explanation of Abbreviations

Reference to Other Tariffs

Reference to Technical Publications

1

2

Page No

1

11

11

11

11

12

12

14

14

APPLICATION OF TARIFF 15

GENERAL REGULATIONS 16

21 Undertaking of the Telephone Company

211212213214215216217218219

2110

2111

ScopeLimitationsLiabilityProvision of ServicesInstallation and Termination of ServiceMaintenance of ServicesChanges and SubstitutionsRefusal and Discontinuance of ServiceNotification of Service-AffectingActivitiesCoordination with Respect to NetworkContingenciesProvision and Ownership of TelephoneNumbers

16

1616182021212122

23

24

24

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 rF[I=[

Issued June 1 2020 Effective July 1 2020

Legal amp Regulatory Administrator

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

1st Revised Page 3

ACCESS SERVICE

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Contrsquod)

Page No

2 GENERAL REGULATIONS (Contrsquod)

22 Use 24

221 Interface or Impairment 24

222 Unlawful Use 25

23 Obligations of the Customer 26

231 Damages 26

232 Ownership of Facilities and Theft 26

233 Equipment Space and Power 26

234 Availability for Testing 27

235 Balance 27

236 Design of Customer Services 27

237 Reference to the Telephone Company 28

238 Claims and Demands for Damages 28

239 Coordination with Respect to Network Contingencies 29

2310 Jurisdictional Report Requirements 29

2311 Determination of Intrastate Charges for Mixed Interstate and 32

Intrastate Access Service

2312 Identification and Rating of VoIP-PSTN Traffic 32

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances 33

241 Payment of Rates Charges and Deposits 33

242 Minimum Periods 38

243 Cancellation of an Order for Service 39

244 Credit Allowance for Service Interruptions 39

245 Re-establishment of Service Following Fire Flood or other Occurrence 42

246 Title or Ownership Rights 43

247 Ordering Rating and Billing of Access Services where more than One 44

Exchange Telephone Company is Involved

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 202070006-119-TT-20

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 4

ACCESS SERVICETABLE OF CONTENTS (Centrsquod) Page No

2 GENERAL REGULATIONS (Centrsquod)

25 Connections

251 General

26 Definitions

3 CARRIER COMMON LINE ACCESS SERVICE

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

General Description

Limitations

Undertaking of the Telephone Company

Obligations of the Customer

Payment Arrangements

Payment of Coin Sent-Paid Monies

Rate Regulations

4 (Reserved for Future Use)

5 ORDERING OPTIONS FOR SWITCHED AND SPECIAL ACCESSSERVICE

51 General

511 Ordering Conditions512 Prevision of Other Services

52 Access Order

521 Access Order Service Date Provision522 Access Order Modifications523 Cancellation of an Access Order524 Minimum Period525 Ordering of Access Services Where More

Than One Exchange Telephone Company isInvolved

45

45

45

63

63

63

64

65

66

68

71

73

74

74

7474

75

76777981

81

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdashmdash

F IL_lsquoE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3mdashSilver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Centrsquod)

6 SWITCHED ACCESS SERVICE

61

62

63

64

65

General

611 Feature Group Arrangements612 WATS Access Service613 Rate Categories614 Design Layout Report615 Acceptance Testing616 Ordering Options and Conditions617 Testing

Provision and Description of Switched AccessService Feature Groups

621 Feature Group A622 Feature Group B623 Feature Group C

Transmission Specifications

Obligations of the Telephone Company

641 Network Management

Original Page 5

Paqe No83

83

838586

9192

93

949698

101

102

102642 Design and Taffic Routing of Switched

Access Service 103643 Provision of Service Performance Data 104644 Trunk Group Measurement Reports 104645 Determination of Number of Transmission

Paths 104646 Determination of Number of End Office

Transport Terminations 105

Obligations of the Customer 105

651 Report Requirements 105652 Supervisory Signaling 106653 Trunk Group Measurement Reports 106

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r lsquoldquo

- mdash- mdash~-fl ~ ~=rsquo~ )J

i $ i-L

IA ~I lrrsquogtc~

~t

r)gtrsquo-sr lsquo- ldquo i 7rsquo-

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 6

ACCESS SERVICE

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Centrsquod)

6 SWITCHED ACCESS SERVICE (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations

661 Description and Application of Ratesand Charges

662 Minimum Period663 Measuring Access Minutes664 Mileage Measurement

7 SPECIAL ACCESS SERVICE

71 General

711 Channel Type712 Rate Categories713 Service Configurations714 Alternate Use715 Special Facilities Routing716 Design Layout Report717 Acceptance Testing718 Ordering Options and Conditions

72 Service Descriptions

721 Voice Grade Service

73 Rate Regulations

731 Types of Rates and Charges732 Minimum Period733 Surcharge for Special Access Service

734 Mileage Measurement

Page No

106

106109109115

116

116

116116119122122122122123

123

125

127

127128128

130

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~i~

mdashmdashmdash__ __~-j -7

t-E -JI

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

8 BILLING AND COLLECTION SERVICES

81

82

83

84

85

General Description

Recording Service

821 General Description

Message Billing Service

831 General Description

Other Billing Services

General Regulations

851 Liability of the Telephone Company852 Obligations of the Customer853 Ordering Services854 Mixed Intrastate and Interstate Services855 Purchase of Accounts Receivable856 Auditing857 Billing Arrangements When the

Telephone Company Acts as Agentfor the Customer

9 ADDITIONAL ENGINEERING ADDITIONAL LABOR ANDMISCELLANEOUS SERVICES

91 Additional Engineering

911 Charges for Additional Engineering

Original Page 7

Paqe No

131

131

131

131

133

133

136

136

136138139139140146

147

148

148

148

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

_ldquomdashmdashmdash

F~liD~

1

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Centrsquod)

9 ADDITIONAL ENGINEERING ADDITIONAL LABOR ANDMISCELLANEOUS SERVICES

92 Additional Labor

921922923924

925926927

Overtime InstallationOvertime RepairStand ByTesting and Maintenance withOther Telephone CompaniesTesting ServicesOther LaborCharges for Additional Labor

93 Miscellaneous Services

931 Maintenance of Service

10 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION

101 General

102 Conditions Requirinq Special Construction

11 INTERFACE GROUPS TRANSMISSION SPECIFICATIONSCHANNEL INTERFACES SPECIAL ACCESS OPTIONAL FEATURESAND FUNCTIONSAND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION PACKAGES

111 Local Transport Interface Groups

1111 Interface Group 11112 Interface Group 21113 Interface Group 31114 Interface Group 41115 Interface Group 51116 Interface Group 61117 Interface Group 71118 Interface Group 81119 Interface Group 911110 Interface Group 1011111 Available Premises Interface Codes11112 Supervisory Signaling

Original Page 8

148

149149149

149149149150

150

150

151

151

151

152

152

152153154154155155156156157157158161

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Pldquorsquorsquo-rdquo7-7

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 9

ACCESS SERVICE

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Centrsquod)

11Page No

INTERFACE GROUPS TRANSMISSION SPECIFICATIONSCHANNEL INTERFACES SPECIAL ACCESS OPTIONAL FEATURESAND FUNCTIONSAND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION PACKAGES (Centrsquod)

112

113

114

115

116

Transmission Specifications Switched AccessService

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications1122 Data Transmission Parameters

Special Access Channel Interface and NetworkChannel Codes

1131 Glossary of Channel Interface Codesand Options

1132 Impedance1133 Digital Hierarchy Channel Interface

Codes (4DS)1134 Service DesignatorNetwork Channel

Code Conversion Table1135 Compatible Channel Interfaces

WATS Access Channel Interfaces and NetworkChannel Codes

1141 Service DesignatorNetowrk ChannelCode Conversion Table

1142 Compatible Channel Interfaces

Special Access Voice Grade Optional Featuresand Functions and Technical Specificationsm

Special Access Technical SpecificationsPackaqes

162

162170

174

175180

181

181184

198

198198

199

205

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

F--rsquo~

t~$ ~ Ioqg

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 10

ACCESS SERVICE

12 RATES AND CHARGES

121 Switched Access Service

122 Special Access Service

123 Billing and Collection Service

124 Miscellaneous Services

125 Access Orders

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Centrsquod)

Page No

206

206

207

208

209

209

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

pi~~11rsquokl1 lnog

)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 11

ACCESS SERVICE

CONCURRING CARRIERS

NO CONCURRING CARRIERS

CONNECTING CARRIERS

NO CONNECTING CARRIERS

OTHER PARTICIPATING CARRIERS

NO OTHER PARTICIPATING CARRIERS

REGISTERED SERVICE MARKS REGISTERED TRADEMARKS

None None

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278 ~mdashmdashFreedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 12

(c) - To(D) - To(I) - To(M) - To(N) - To(R) - To(s) - To(T) - To(z) - To

LANIATampTBDBHMCcoCentrsquodCPEDAdBdBrnCdBrnCOdBvdBvldcEASEDDELEPLEMLEPLERLESSESSXfFIDFCCFX

signifysignifysignifysignifysignifysignifysignifysignifysignify

ACCESS SERVICE

EXPLANATION OF SYMBOLS

changed regulationdiscontinued rate or regulationincreasematter relocated without changenew rate or regulationreductionreissued mattera change in text but no change in rate or regulationa correction

EXPLANATION OF ABBREVIATIONS

Alternating currentActual Measured LossAutomatic Number IdentificationAmerican Telephone and Telegraph CompanyBusiness DayBusy Hour Minutes of CapacityCentral OfficeContinuedCustomer Provided EquipmentDirectory AssistancedecibelDecibel Reference Noise C-Message WeightingDecibel Reference Noise C-Message Referenced to ODecibel(s) relative to 1 volt (reference)Decibel(s) relating to 1 volt (reference)direct currentExtended Area ServiceEnvelope Delay DistortionEqual Level Echo Path LossExpected Measured LossEcho Path LossEcho Retrun LossElectronic Switching SystemElectronic Switching System ExchangefrequencyField IdentifierFederal Communications CommissionForeign Exchange

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

[i=-Ii

mdashldquomdashmdash

Ijmdash

=[-m

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 13

ACCESS SERVICE

EXPLANATION OF ABBREVIATIONS

HzIcICBICLkbpskHzLATAMaMbpsMHzMMUCMRCMTMTSNPANRCNTSNXXOTPLPBXPCMPOTrmsRSMRSSSRLSSNSwcTESTLPTSPSUsocVGVampHWATS

HertzInterexchange CarrierIndividual Case BasisInserted Connection LossKilobits per secondkilohertzLocal Access and Transport AreamilliamperesMegabits per secondMegahertzMinimum Monthly Usage ChargeMonthly Recurring ChargeMetallicMessage Telecommunications Service(s)Numbering Plan AreaNonrecurring ChargeNon-Traffic SensitiveThree-Digit Central Office CodeZero Transmission Level PointPrivate Branch ExchangePulse Code ModulationPoint of Terminationroot-mean-squareRemote Switching ModulesRemote Switching SystemsSinging Return LossSwitched Service NetworkServing Wire CenterTelephone Exchange Services(s)Transmission Level PointTraffic Service Position SystemUniform Service Order CodeVoice GradeVertical amp HorizontalWide Area Teleccmnunications Service(s)

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 27BFreedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 14

ACCESS SERVICE

REFERENCE TO OTHER TARIFFS

Whenever reference is made in this tariff to other tariffs of the TelephoneCompany the reference is made to the tariffs in force as of the effectivedate of this tariff and to amendments thereto and successive issues thereof

REFERENCE TO TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS

The following technical publications are referenced in this tariff andmay be obtained from Bell Communications Research Inc Distribution Stora9eCenter 60 New England Avenue Picataway New Jersey 08854-4196 (201) 981-5600

Technical Reference

1 PUB 41004Issued October 1973 Available October 1973

2 PUB TR-NPL-OO0334Issued June 1986 Available November 1986

3 PUB TR-NPL-OO0335Issued June 1986 Available November 1986

The following technical publication is referenced in this tariff and may beobtained from the Bell System for Technical Education Room F214 6200 Route53 Lisle IL 60532

Telecommunications Transmission EngineeringVolume 3 - Networks and Services (Chapter 6 and 7)Second Edition 1980Issued June 1980 Available June 1980

The following technical publication is referenced in this tariff and may beobtained from the National Exchange Carrier Association Inc Group Manager -Tariff Administration 100 S Jefferson Road Whippany NJ 07981 and theFederal Communication Commission]s commercial contractor

PUB AS No 1 Issue IIIssued May 1984 Available May 1984

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO EOX278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

_ _mdashmdash

f=]~j~)

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 15

ACCESS SERVICE

1 Application of Tariff

11 This tariff contains regulations rates and charges applicableto the provision of Carrier Common Line Switched AccessSpecial Access and Billing and Collection Serviceshereinafter referred to collectively as service(s) provided bySilver Star Telephone Company to Customers

12 The provision of such services by the Telephone Company as set forthin this tariff does not constitute a joint undertaking with thecustomer for the furnishing of any service

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278

F

mdash mdash---mdash -Freedom Wyoming 83120 ~ ~_a ~ ~ ~

I

I)l f 1-O

tPublirlsquordquordquo ~ 1

L-__Qldquo-J

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 16Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations

21 Unclertakinq of the Telephone Company

211 Scope

(A) The Telephone Company does not undertake to transmitmessages under this tariff

(B) The Telephone Company shall be responsible only for theinstallation operation and maintenance of the services itprovides

(C) The Telephone Company wil1 for maintenance purposes testits services only to the extent necessary to detect andorclear troubles

(D) Services are provided 24 hours daily seven days per weekexcept as set forth in other applicable sections of thistariff

(E) The Telephone Company does not warrant that its facilitiesand services meet standards other than those set forth inthis tariff

212 Limitations

(A) The customer may not assign or transfer the use ofservices provided under this tariff however where thereis not interruption of use or relocation of the servicessuch assignment or transfer may be made to

(1) another customer whether an individual partnershipassociation or corporation provided the assignee ortransferee assumes all outstanding indebtedness forsuch services and the unexpired portion of theminimum period and the termination liabilityapplicable to such services if any or

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

1st Revised Page 17

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

21 Undertaken u of the Telephone Com~anv (Control)

212 Limitations (Centrsquod)

(2) a court-appointed receiver trustee or otherperson acting pursuant to law in bankruptcyreceivership reorganization insolvencyliquidation or other similar proceedingsprovided the assignee or transferee assumes theunexpired portion of minimum period and thetermination liability applicable to suchservices if any

In all cases of assignment or transfer thewritten acknowledgment of the Telephone Companyis required prior to such assignment or transferwhich acknowledgement shall be made within 15days from the receipt of notification Allregulations and conditions contained in thistariff shall apply to such assignee ortransferee

The assignment or transfer of services does notrelieve or discharge the assignor or transferorfrom remaining jointly or severally liable withthe assignee or transferee for any obligationsexisting at the time of the assignment ortransfer

(B) The use and restcrationof services shall be provided ona first-come first-served baeis The use andrestoration of services shall be in accordance with Part64 Subpart D Appendix A of the Federal CommunicationsCommissionrsquos Rules and Regulations which specifies thepriority system for such activities

Issued 04992 Mr Allen R Hoopes Vice President Effective1001192 (T)Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 226Freedom Wyoming 83120

v= SEWCE ~KM

APIWVEDEFFECTIVEldquojrdquo9zDOCKETNO~ -7-amp9zrdquof

STATEOFWYOMING

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 18Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

21 Undertaking of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

213 Liability

(A) The Telephone Company(s liability if any for its willfulmisconduct is not limited by this tariff With respect toany other claim or suit by a customer or by any othersfor damages associated with the installation provisiontermination maintenance repair or restoration ofservice and subject to the provisions of (B) through (H)following the Telephone Companyrsquos liability except as setforth in 851 following if any shall not exceed anamount equal to the proportionate charge for the servicefor the period during which the service was affectedThis liability for damages shall be in addition to anyamounts that may otherwise be due the customer under thistariff as a Credit Alrsquo

(B) The Telephone Companyomission of any otherportion of a serviceits own act or omissit

owance for a Service Interruption

shall not be liable for any act orcarrier or customer providing anor shall the Telephone Company forn hold liable any other carrier or

customer providing a portion of a service

(C) The Telephone Company is not liable for damages to thecustomer premises resulting from the furnishing of aservice including the installation and removal ofequipment and associated wiring unless the damage iscaused by the Telephone Companyrsquos negligence

(D) The Telephone Company shall be indemnified defended andheld harmless by the end user against any claim loss ordamage arising from the end userrsquos use of services offeredunder this tariff involving

(1) Claims for libel slander invasion ofprivacy or infringement of copyrightarising from the end userrsquos owncommunications

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 19

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

21 Undertaking of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

213 Liability (Centrsquod)

(2) Claims for patent infringement arising from the enduserrsquos acts combining or using the service furnishedby the Telephone Company in connection with facilitiesor equipment furnished by the end user or customer or

(3) All other claims arising out of any act or omission ofthe end user in the course of using services providedpursuant to this tariff

(E) The Telephone Company shal1 be indemnified defended andheld harmless by the customer against any claim loss or damagearising from the customerrsquos use of services offered under thistariff involving

(1) Claims for libel slander invasion of privacy orinfringement of copyright arising from the customerrsquosown communications

(2) Claims for patent infringementarising from thecustomerrsquos acts combining or using the servicefurnished by the Telephone Company in connection withfacilities or equipment furnished by the end user orcustomer or

(3) All other claims arising out of any act or omission ofthe customer in the course of using services providedpursuant to this tariff

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 20

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

21 Undertaking of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

213 Liability (Centrsquod)

(F) The Telephone Company does not guarantee or make anywarranty with respect to its services when used in anexplosive atmosphere The Telephone Company shall beindemnified defended and held harmless by the customerfrom any and all claims by any person relating to suchcustomerrsquos use of services so provided

(G) No license under patents (other than the limited licenseto use) is granted by the Telephone Company or shall beimplied or arise by estoppel with respect to any serviceoffered under this tariff

(H) The Telephone Companyrsquos failure to provide or maintainservices under this tariff shall be excused by labordifficulties governmental orders civil commotionscriminal actions taken against the Telephone Company actsof God and other circumstances beyond the TelephoneCompanyrsquos reasonable control subject to the CreditAllowance for a Service Interruption as set forth in 244following

214 Provision of Services

The Telephone Company to the extent that such services are orcan be made available with reasonable effort and afterprovision has been made for the Telephone Companyrsquos telephoneexchange services will provide to the customer upon reasonablenotice services offered in other applicable sections of thistariff at rates and charges specified therein

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company 1st Revised Page 21

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

21 Undertakin a of the Telephone ComPanv (Centrsquod)

215 Installation and Termination of Services

The services provided under this tariff (A) will include anyentrance cable or drop wiring and wire or intrabuilding cableto that point where provision is made for termination of theTelephone Companyrsquoe outside distribution network facilities ata suitable location inside a customer-designated premises and(B) will be installed by the Telephone Company to such Pointof Termination

216 Maintenance of Services

The services provided under this tariff shall be maintained bythe Telephone Company The customer or others may notrearrange move disconnect remove or attempt to repair anyfacilities provided by the Telephone Company other than byconnection or disconnection to any interface means used

217 Chanqes and Substitutions

Except as provided for equipment and systems subject to FCCPart 68 Regulations at 47 CFR Section 68llO(b) theTelephone Company may where such action is reasonablyrequired in the operation of its business

(A) substitute change or rearrange any facilities used inproviding service under this tariff including but notlimited to (1) substitution of different metallicfacilities (2) substitution of carrier or derivedfacilities for metallic facilities used to provide otherthan metallic facilities and (3) substitution ofmetallic facilities for carrier or derived facilitiesused to provide other than metallic facilities

Issued 04992 Mr Allen R Hoopes Vice President Effective100192 (T)Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 226Freedom Wyoming 83120

4

twucsERvlcE~

AwRoHD F

E~ o--92

D00KETN0700W -m-mSTATEOFWYOMING

mdash- mdash

Silver Star Telephone CompanyACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 22

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

21 Undertaking of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

217 Chanqes and Substitutions (Centrsquod)

(B) change minimum protection criteria change operating ormaintenance characteristics of facilities or changeoperations or procedures of the Telephone Company Incase of any such substitution change or rearrangementthe transmission parameters will be within the range asset forth in 6 and 7 following The Telephone Companyshall not be responsible if any such substitution changeor rearrangement renders any customer furnished servicesobsolete or requires modification or alteration thereof orotherwise affects their use or performance If suchsubstitution change or rearrangement materially affectsthe operating characteristics of the facility theTelephone Company will provide reasonable notification tothe customer in writing Reasonable time will be allowedfor any redesign and implementation required by the changein operating characteristics The Telephone Company willwork cooperatively with the customer to determinereasonable notification procedures

218 Refusal and Discontinuance of Service

(A) Unless the provisions of 221(B) or 25 following applyif a customer fails to comply with 216 preceding or222 231 234 235 or 24 following including anypayments to be made by it on the dates and times hereinspecified the Telephone Company may on thirty (30) dayswritten notice by Certified US Mail to the persondesignated by that customer to receive such notices ofnoncompliance refuse additional applications for serviceandor refuse to complete any pending orders for serviceby the non-complying customer at any time thereafter

If the Telephone Company does not refuse additionalapplications for service on the date specified in thethirty (30) days notice and the customerrsquos noncompliancecontinues nothing contained herein shall preclude theTelephone Companyrsquos right to refuse additionalapplications for service to the non-complying customerwithout further notice

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

] rsquo

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 23

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

21 Undertaking of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

218 Refusal and Discontinuance of Service (Centrsquod)

(B) Unless the provisions of 221(B) or 25 following applyif a customer fails to comply with 216 preceding or222 231 234 235 or 24 following including anypayments to be made by it on the dates and times hereinspecified the Telephone Company may on thirty (30) dayswritten notice by Certified US Mail to the persondesignated by that customer to receive such notices ofnoncompliance discontinue the provision of the servicesto the non-complying customer at any time thereafter

In the case of such discontinuance all applicablecharges including termination charges shall become dueIf the Telephone Company does not discontinue theprovision of the services involved on the date specifiedin the thirty (30) days notice and the customerrsquosnoncompliance continues nothing contained herein shallpreclude the Telephone Companyrsquos right to discontinue theprovision of the services to the non-complying customerwithout further notice

219 Notification of Service-Affectinq Activities

The Telephone Company will provide the customer reasonablenotification of service-affecting activities that may occur innormal operation of its business Such activities may includebut are not limited to equipment or facilities additionsremovals or rearrangements routine preventative maintenanceand major switching office change-out Generally suchactivities are not individual customer service specific theyaffect many customersrsquo service No specific advancenotification period is applicable to all service activitiesThe Telephone Company will work cooperatively with the customerto determine the notification requirements

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdash- --mdashmdash

FIIED

I

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 24

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

21 Undertaking of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

2110 Coordination with Respect to Network Contingencies

The Telephone Company intends to work cooperatively with thecustomer to develop network contingency plans in order tomaintain maximum network capability following natural or man-made disasters which affect telecommunications services

2111 Provision and Ownership of Telephone Numbers

The Telephone Company reserves the reasonable right to assigndesignate or change telephone numbers any other call numberdesignations associated with Access Services or the TelephoneCompany serving central office prefixes associated with suchnumbers when necessary in the conduct of its businessShould it become necessary to make a change in suchnumbers(s) the Telephone Company will furnish to the customer6 months notice and explanation of the reason(s) for suchchange(s)

22 Use

221 Interference or Impairment

(A) The characteristics and methods of operation of anycircuits facilities or equipment provided by other thanthe Telephone Company and associated with the facilitiesutilized to provide services under this tariff shall notinterfere with or impair service over any facilities ofthe Telephone Company its affiliated companies or itsconnecting and concurring carriers involved in itsservices cause damage to their plant impair the privacyof any communications carried over their facilities orcreate hazards to the employees of any of them or thepublic

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~~

-mdash--mdash-mdash-rdquo---~ ----

7-$) jti-

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

1st Revised Page 25

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

22 (Centrsquod)

221 Interference or Impairment (Centrsquod)

(B) Except as provided for equipment or systems subject tothe FCC Part 68 Rules in 47 CFR Section 68108 ifsuch characteristics or methods of operation are not inaccordance with (A) preceding the Telephone Companywill where practicable notify the customer thattemporary discontinuance of the use of a service may berequired however where prior notice is notpracticable nothing contained herein shall be deemed topreclude the Telephone Companyrsquos right to temporarilydiscontinuance the customer will be promptly notifiedand afforded the opportunity to correct the conditionwhich gave rise to the temporary discontinuance Duringsuch period of temporary discontinuance creditallowance for service interruptions as set forth in244 following is not applicable

222 Unlawful Use

The service provided under this tariff shall not be used foran unlawful purpose

(A) The Telephone Company may upon written request from acustomer terminate service to any subscriber of acustomer identified by the customer as having utilizedthat customerrsquos service andor facilities in thecompletion of abusive telephone calls Service may beterminated by the Telephone Company as provided for inits general andor local exchange service

(B) In such instances when termination occurs as in (A)preceding the Telephone Company shall be indemnifieddefended and held harmless by the customer againgt anyclaim loss or damage arising from the TelephoneCompanyrsquos actions in terminating such service

Issued 04992 Mr Allen R Hoopesr Vice President Effective100192 (T)Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 226Freedom Wyoming 83120

iw6LlcSERVICGCuMumoNAWROVED

EFFECTIVE(7-rdquo$

00CKETNOZP (XXYrdquo792-ST4TEOFWYOMING

-----

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 26

231

232

233

QwE

The customer shall reimburse the Telephone Company for damagesto Telephone Company facilities utilized to provide servicesunder this tariff caused by the negligence or willful act ofthe customer or resulting from the customerrsquos improper use ofthe Telephone Company facilities or due to malfunction of anyfacilities or equipment provided by other than the TelephoneCompany

Nothing in the foregoing provision shall be interpreted to holdone customer liable for another customerrsquos actions TheTelephone Company will upon reimbursement for damagescooperate with the customer in prosecuting a claim against theperson causing such damage and the customer shall be subrogatedto the right of recovery by the Telephone Company for thedamages to the extent of such payment

Ownership of Facilities and Theft

Facilities utilized by the Telephone Company to provide serviceunder the provisions of this tariff shall remain the propertyof the Telephone Company Such facilities shall be returned tothe Telephone Company by the customer whenever requestedwithin a reasonable period following the request in as goodcondition as reasonable wear will permit

Equipment Space and Power

The customer shall furnish or arrange to have furnished to theTelephone Company at no charge equipment space and electricalpower required by the Telephone Company to provide servicesunder this tariff at the points of termination of suchservices The selection of ac or dc power shall

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 ~mdashmdash -mdash-

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 27

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Centrsquod)

233 Equipment Space and Power (Centrsquod)

be mutually agreed to by the customer and the TelephoneCompany The customer shall also make necessary arrangementsin order that the Telephone Company will have access to suchspaces at reasonable times for installing testing repairingor removing Telephone Company services

234 Availability for Testinq

The services provided under this tariff shall be available tothe Telephone Company at times mutually agreed upon in order topermit the Telephone Company to make tests and adjustmentsappropriate for maintaining the services in satisfactoryoperating condition Such tests and adjustments shall becompleted within a reasonable time No credit will be allowedfor any interruptions involved during such tests andadjustments

235 Balance

All signals for transmission over the services provided underthis tariff shall be delivered by the customer balanced toground

236 Design of Customer Services

Subject to the provisions of 217 preceding the customershall be solely responsible at its own expense for theoverall design of its services and for any redesigning orrearrangement of its services which may be required because ofchanges in facilities operations or procedures of theTelephone Company minimum protection criteria or operating ormaintenance characteristics of the facilities

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

[~1

mdash--mdashmdash_u

--

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 28

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Centrsquod)

237 Reference to the Telephone Company

The customer may advise End Users that certain services areprovided by the Telephone Company in connection with theservice the customer furnishes to the End Users however thecustomer shall not represent that the Telephone Company jointlyparticipates in the customerrsquos services

238 Claims and Demands for Damages

(A) With respect to claims of patent infringement made bythird persons the customer shall defend indemnifyprotect and save harmless the Telephone Company from andagainst all claims arising out of the combining with oruse in connection with the services provided under thistariff any circuit apparatus system or method providedby the customer

(B) The customer shall defend indemnify and save harmless theTelephone Company from and against any suits claimslosses or damages including punitive damages attorneyfees and court costs by third persons arising out of theconstruction installation operation maintenance orremoval of the customerrsquos circuits facilities orequipment connected to the Telephone Companyrsquos servicesprovided under this tariff including without limitationWorkmenrsquos Compensation claims actions for infringement ofcopyright andor unauthorized use of program materiallibel and slander actions based on the content ofcommunications transmitted over the customerrsquos circuitsfacilities or equipment and proceedings to recover taxesfines or penalties for failure of the customer to obtainor maintain in effect any necessary certificates permitslicenses or other authority to acquire or operate theservices provided under this tariff

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R liOODESPresident Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 mdashmdash mdash-__

I

Silver Star Telephone CompanyACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 29

238

239

2310

Claims and Demands for Damages (Centrsquod)

(B) (Centrsquod)

provided however the foregoing indemnification shall notapply to suits claims and demands to recover damages fordamage to property death or personal injury unless suchsuits claims or demands are based on the tortuous conductof the customer its officers agents or employees

(C) The customer shall defend indemnify and save harmless theTelephone Company from and against any suits claimslosses or damages including punitive damages attorneyfees and court costs by the customer or third partiesarising out of any act or omission of the customer in thecourse of using services provided under this tariff

Coordination with Respect to Network Contingencies

The customer shall in cooperation with the Telephone Companycoordinate in planning the actions to be taken to maintainmaximum network capability following natural or man-madedisasters which affect telecommunications services

Jurisdictional Report Requirements

(A) Jurisdictional Reports

(1) When a customer orders Feature Group A or B SwitLiedAccess Service from the primary carrier which iscapable of connecting to the end user in theTelephone Companyrsquos serving area the customer shallprovide a copy of such order to the telephonecompany The Telephone Company will apply thecustomer provided projected intrastate percentage ofintrastate usage to the total Feature Group A andFeature Group B minutes originating from theTelephone Companies end offices to the Customerrsquospremises in the primary carrierrsquos serving area orterminating from the Customerrsquos designated premisesto the telephone companyrsquos end office

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdash -mdashmdash

F1f [-ii

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 30

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Centrsquod)

2310 Jurisdictional Report Requirements

(A) Jurisdictional Reports

(2) When a customer orders Feature Group C SwitchedAccess Service the Telephone Company will unlessthe customer provides the projected intrastatepercentage for intrastate usage in its orderdetermine the projected intrastate percentage asfollows For originating access minutes theprojected intrastate percentage will be developed ona monthly basis by end office when the Feature GroupC Switched Access Service access minutes are measuredby dividing the measured intrastate originatingaccess minutes (the access minutes where the callingnumber and the called number are in the samestate) by the total originating access minutes

For terminating access minutes the data used by theTelephone Company to develop the projected intrastatepercentage for originating access minutes will beused to develop projected intrastate percentage forsuch terminating access minutes

The Telephone Company will designate the numberobtained by subtracting the projected interstatepercentage for originating and terminating accessminutes calculated by the Telephone Company from 100(100 - Telephone Company calculated projectedinterstate percentage = intrastate percentage) as theprojected intrastate percentage of use

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~

mdash---

F q1ldquoii=lsquo-I$1~Icio

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 31

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Centrsquod)

2310 Jurisdictional Report Requirements (Centrsquod)

(A) Jurisdictional Reports (Centrsquod)

(2) (Centrsquod)

Effective on the first of January April July andOctober of each year the customer shall update theinterstate and intrastate jurisdictional report Thecustomer shall forward to the Telephone Company to bereceived no later than 15 days after the first of eachsuch month a revised report showing the interstateand intrastate percentage of use for the past threemonths ending the last day of December March Juneand September respectively for each service arrangedfor intrastate use Additionally where the customerutilizes FGA Switched Access Service for calls betweena Primary Exchange Carrier and a Secondary ExchangeCarrier within the same Extended Area Service callingarea andor Feature Group B Switched Access Servicefor calls between a Primary Exchange Carrierrsquos accesstandem and a subtending Secondary Exchange Carrierwhere the Primary and Secondary Exchange Carriers arenot the same Telephone Company a copy of the revisedreport will be provided by the customer to theTelephone Company

The revised report will serve as the basis for thenext three months billing and will be effective on thebill date for that service No prorating or backbilling will be done based on the report

If the customer does not supply the reports theTelephone Company will assume the percentages to bethe same as those provided In the last quarterlyreport For those cases in which a quarterly reporthas never been received from the customer theTelephone Company will assume the percentages to bethe same as those provided in the order for service asset forth in (1) preceding

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

F

Issued June 1 2020 Effective July 1 2020

Legal amp Regulatory Administrator

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

1st Revised Page 32

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Contrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Contrsquod)

2311 Determination of Intrastate Charges for Mixed Interstate and Intrastate

Access Service

When mixed interstate and intrastate Access Service is provided all

charges (ie nonrecurring monthly andor usage) including optional

features charges will be prorated between interstate and intrastate The

percentage provided in the reports as set forth in 2310(A) preceding will

serve as the basis for prorating the charges The percentage of an Access

Service to be charged as intrastate is applied in the following manner

(A) For monthly nonrecurring chargeable rate elements multiply the

percent intrastate use times the quantity of chargeable elements times

the state tariff rate per element

(B) For usage sensitive (ie access minutes and calls) chargeable rate

elements multiply the percent intrastate use times actual use (ie

measured or Telephone Company assumed average use) times the

stated tariff rate

The intrastate percentage will change as revised usage reports are

submitted as set forth in 2310 preceding

2312 Identification and Rating of VoIP-PSTN Traffic

VoIP-PSTN Traffic is defined as traffic exchanged between a Company

end user and the customer in Time Division Multiplexing (TDM) format

that originates andor terminates in Internet Protocol (IP) format This

section governs the identification of VoIP-PSTN Traffic that is required to

be compensated at interstate access rates unless the parties have agreed

otherwise by the FCC in its Report and Order in WC Dockets Nos 10-90

etc FCC Release No 11-161 (November 18 2011) (FCC Order) and

Second Order on Reconsideration Specifically this section establishes

the method of separating VoIP-PSTN Traffic from the customers

traditional intrastate access traffic so that such VoIP-PSTN Traffic can be

billed in accordance with the FCC Order

Originating intrastate toll VoIP traffic will be billed the intrastate

originating access rates These rates apply regardless of whether the call

originates in TDM or IP format

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 202070006-119-TT-20

Issued June 1 2020 Effective July 1 2020

Legal amp Regulatory Administrator

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 321

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Contrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Contrsquod)

2312 Identification and Rating of VoIP-PSTN Traffic (contrsquod)

The relevant VoIP-PSTN Traffic identified in accordance with this tariff

section that is originated on Telephone Companyrsquos network that originates

andor terminates in IP format shall be billed at rates equal to Telephone

Companyrsquos applicable tariffed interstate originating switched access rates

as specified in Telephone Companyrsquos applicable federal access tariff

(A) Calculation and Application of Percent-VoIP- Usage Factors (1) Telephone Company will determine the number of relevant VoIP-

PSTN Traffic minutes of use (MOU) to which interstate rates will

be applied under 2312 preceding by applying a Percent VoIP

Usage (PVU) factor to the total terminating intrastate access MOU

received by a Telephone Company end user and delivered to the

customer

(2) The customer will calculate and furnish to Telephone Company a

PVU factor representing the percentage of the total intrastate

access MOU that the customer terminates to Telephone Company

that was sent and originated in IP format

(3) The terminating PVU shall be based on information such as traffic

studies actual call detail or other relevant and verifiable

information which will be provided to Telephone Company upon

request

(4) Telephone Company will apply the PVU factor to the total

terminating intrastate access MOU received from the customer to

determine the number of relevant VoIP-PSTN Traffic MOUs

(5) If the customer does not furnish Telephone Company with a PVU

factor Telephone Company will utilize a PVU equal to zero

(B) Initial PVU Factors (1) The PVU factor will be implemented when received for those

companies whose intrastate rates are higher than the interstate

rates

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 202070006-119-TT-20

Issued June 1 2020 Effective July 1 2020

Legal amp Regulatory Administrator

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 322

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Contrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Contrsquod)

2312 Identification and Rating of VoIP-PSTN Traffic (contrsquod)

(C) PVU Factor Updates

The customer may update the PVU factors quarterly using the method

set forth in (A)(2) preceding If the customer chooses to submit such updates it shall forward to Telephone Company no later than 15 days

after the first day of January April July andor October of each year

revised PVU factors based on data for the prior three months ending the

last day of December March June and September respectively The

revised PVU factors will serve as the basis for future billing and will be

effective on the bill date of each such month and shall serve as the basis

for subsequent monthly billing until superseded by new PVU factors No

prorating or back billing will be done based on the updated PVU factors

(D) PVU Factor Verification (1) Not more than twice in any year Telephone Company may request

from the customer an overview of the process used to determine the

PVU factors the call detail records description of the method for

determining how the end user originates and terminates calls in IP

format and other information used to determine the customers PVU

factors furnished to Telephone Company in order to validate the

PVU factors supplied The customer shall comply and shall

reasonably supply the requested data and information within 15 days

of Telephone Companys request

(2) Telephone Company may dispute the Customers PVU factor

based upon

bull A review of the requested data and information provided by the

customer

bull Telephone Companys reasonable review of other market information FCC reports on VoIP lines such as FCC Form 477 or state level results or based on other relevant data

bull A change in the reported PVU factor by more than five

percentage points from the preceding quarter

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 202070006-119-TT-20

Issued June 1 2020 Effective July 1 2020

Legal amp Regulatory Administrator

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 323

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Contrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Contrsquod)

2312 Identification and Rating of VoIP-PSTN Traffic (contrsquod)

(3) If after review of the data and information the customer and

Telephone Company establishes revised PVU factors Telephone

Company will begin using those revised PVU factors with the

next bill period

(4) If the dispute is unresolved Telephone Company may initiate an

audit Telephone Company shall limit audits of the customers

PVU factor to no more than twice per year The customer may

request that the audit be conducted by an independent auditor In

such cases the associated auditing expenses will be paid by the

customer

bull In the event that the customer fails to provide adequate

records to enable Telephone Company or an independent

auditor to conduct an audit verifying the customers PVU

factors Telephone Company will bill the usage for all

contested periods using the most recent undisputed PVU

factors reported by the customer These PVU factors will

remain in effect until the audit can be completed

bull During the audit the most recent undisputed PVU factors

from the previous reporting period will be used by Telephone

Company

bull Telephone Company will adjust the customers PVU factors

based on the results of the audit and implement the revised

PVU in the next billing period or quarterly report date

whichever is first The revised PVU factors will apply for the

next two quarters before new factors can be submitted by the

customer

bull If the audit supports the customers PVU factors the usage

for the contested periods will be adjusted to reflect the

customers audited PVU factors

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 202070006-119-TT-20

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 33

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances

241 Payment of Rates Charges and Deposits

(A) The Telephone Company will in order to safeguard itsinterests only require a customer which has a provenhistory of late payments of the Telephone Company or doesnot have established credit to make a deposit prior to orat any time after the provision of a service to thecustomer to be held by the Telephone Company as aguarantee of the payment of rates and charges No suchdeposit will be required of a customer which is asuccessor of a company which has established credit andhas no history of late payments to the Telephone CompanySuch deposit may not exceed the actual or estimated ratesand charges for the service for a two month period Thefact that a deposit has been made in no way relieves thecustomer from complying with the Telephone Companyrsquosregulations as to the prompt payment of bills At suchtime as the provision of the service to the customer isterminated the amount of the deposit will be credited tothe customerrsquos account and any credit balance which mayremain will be refunded

Such a deposit will be refunded or credited to the accountwhen the customer has established credit or in any eventafter the customer has established a one-year promptpayment record at any time prior to the termination of theprovision of the service to the customer In case of acash deposit for the period the deposit is held by theTelephone Company the customer will receive interest atthe same percentage rate as that set forth in (B)(3)(b)(I)or in (Be) whichever is lower The rate will becompounded daily for the number of days from the date thecustomer deposit is received by the Telephone Company toand including the date such deposit is credited to thecustomerrsquos account or the date the deposit is refunded bythe Telephone Company Should a deposit be credited to thecustomerrsquos account as indicated above no interest willaccrue on the deposit from the date such deposit iscredited to the customerrsquos account

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

_ mdash

F[- ~

--

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 34

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances

241 Payment of Rates Charqes and Deposits

(B) The Telephone Company shall bill on a current basis allcharges incurred by the credits due to the customer underthis tariff attributable to services established ordiscontinued during the preceding billing period

In addition the Telephone Company shall bill in advancecharges for all services to be provided during the ensuingbilling period except for charges associated with serviceusage and for the Federal Government which will be billedin arrears The bill day (ie the billing date of a billfor a customer for Access Service under this tariff) theperiod of service each bill covers and the payment datewill be as follows

(1) The Telephone Company will establish a bill day eachmonth for each customer account The bill will covernonusage sensitive service charges per month chargesfor the ensuing billing period for which the bill isrendered any known unbilled nonusage sensitive chargesfor prior periods and unbilled usage charges for theperiod after the last bill day through the current billday Any known unbilled usage charges for priorperiods and any known unbilled adjustments will beapplied to this bill Payment for such bills is due asset forth in (2) following If payment is not receivedby the payment date as set forth in (2) following inirrrnediatelyavailable funds a late payment penaltywill apply as set forth in (2) following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

rldquo

---------------

[- -ldquo rsquo

9

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 35

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

241 Payment of Rates Charqes and Deposits (Centrsquod)

(B) (Centrsquod)

(2) (a) All bills dated as set forth in (1) preceding forservice provided to the customer by the TelephoneCompany are due 31 days (payment date) after thebill day or by the next bill date (ie same datein the following month as the bill date)whichever is the shortest interval except asprovided herein and are payable in immediatelyavailable funds If such payment date would causepayment to be due on a Saturday Sunday or Holiday(ie New Yearrsquos Day Independence Day LaborDay Thanksgiving Day Christmas Day the secondTuesday in November and a day when WashingtonrsquosBirthday Memorial Day or Columbus Day is legallyobserved) payment for such bills will be due fromthe customer as follows

If such payment date falls on a Sunday or on aHoliday which is observed on a Monday the paymentdate shall be the first non-Holidayrsquoday followingsuch Sunday or Holiday If such payment datefalls on a Saturday or on a Holiday which isobserved on Tuesday Wednesday Thursday orFriday the payment date shall be the last non-Holiday day preceding such Saturday or Holiday

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r-

mdash-mdash

r rrsquorsquordquorsquordquo- rsquo

~

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 36

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

241 Payment of Rates Charues and Deposits (Centrsquod)

(B) (Centrsquod)

(2) (b) Further if any portion of the payment is receivedby the Telephone Company after the payment date asset forth in (a) preceding or if any portion ofthe payment is received by the Telephone Company infunds which are not immediately available to theTelephone Company then a late payment penaltyshall be due to the Telephone Company The latepayment penalty shall be the portion of the paymentnot received by the payment date times a latefactor The late factor shall be the lesser of

(c)

(I)

(11)

the highest interest rate (in decimal value)which may be levied by law for commercialtransactions compounded daily for the numberof days from the payment date to and includingthe date that the customer actually makes thepayment to the Telephone Company or

0000590 per day compounded daily for thenumber of days from the payment date to andincluding the date that the customer actuallymakes the payment to the Telephone Company

In the event that a billing dispute concerning anycharges billed to the customer by the TelephoneCompany is resolved in favor of the TelephoneCompany any payments withheld pending settlementof the dispute shall be subject to the late paymentpenalty set forth in (b) preceding If thecustomer disputes the bill on or before the paymentdate and pays the undisputed amount on or beforethe payment date any late payment charge for thedisputed amount will not start until 10 days afterthe payment date

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 37

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

241 Payment of Rates Charges and Deposits (Centrsquod)

(B) (Centrsquod)

(2) (d) In the event that a billing dispute concerning anycharges billed to the customer by the TelephoneCompany is resolved in favor of the customer nolate payment penalty will apply to the disputedamount In addition if the customer disputes thebilled amount and pays the total amount (ie thenondisputed amount and the disputed amount) on orbefore the payment date and the billing dispute isresolved in favor of the customer the customer willreceive a credit for a disputed amount penalty fromthe Telephone Company if the billing dispute is notresolved within 10 working days whichever date isthe later date The disputed amount penalty shallbe the disputed amount resolved in the customerrsquosfavor times a penalty factor The penalty factoris as set forth in (b) preceding

(c) When a payment for Access Service charges billed underthis tariff is due to the Telephone Company from thecustomer as set forth in (B)(2) preceding on the samepayment date that a Purchase of Accounts Receivable netpurchase amount is due to the customer from theTelephone Company as set forth in 855 following theTelephone Company may with at least 31 days notice tothe customer net the payment for customer AccessService charges with the net purchase amount TheTelephone Company will pay the net amount to the customeron the payment date when such net amount is due to thecustomer or require the customer to pay the TelephoneCompany the net amount when such net amount is due to theTelephone Company If either party does not make thepayment on the payment date a late payment penalty asset forth in 855 following or (B)(2) precedingwhichever is appropriate applies

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone Company

PO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 38Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

241 Payment of Rates Charges and Deposits (Centrsquod)

(D)

(E)

Adjustments for the quantities of services established ordiscontinued in any billing period beyond the minimumperiod set forth for services in other sections of thistariff will be prorated to the number of days or majorfraction of days based on a 30 day month The TelephoneCompany will upon request and if available furnish suchdetailed information as may reasonably be required forverification of any bill

When a rate as set forth in this tariff is shown to morethan two decimal places the charges will be determinedusing the rate shown The resulting amount will then berounded to the nearest penny (ie rounded to two decimalplaces)

242 Minimum Periods

The minimum period for which services are provided and forwhich rates and charges are applicable is one month except forthose services set forth in 853(A)

When a service is discontinued prior to the expiration of theminimum period charges are applicable whether the service isused or not as follows

(A) When a service with aone month minimum period isdiscontinued prior to the expiration of the minimumperiod a one month charge will apply at the rate level ineffect at the time service is discontinued

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 _-mdash-___----

~ F i E

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 39

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

242

243

244

Minimum Periods

(B) When a service with a minimum period greater than onemonth is discontinued prior to the expiration of theminimum period the applicable charge will be the lesserof (1) the Telephone Companyrsquos total nonrecoverable costsless the net salvage value for the discontinued service or(2) the total monthly charges at the rate level in effectat the time service is discontinued for the remainder ofthe minimum period

Cancellation of an Order for Service

Provisions for the cancellation of an order for service are setforth in other applicable sections of this tariff

Credit Allowance for Service Interruptions

(A) General

A service is interrupted when it becomes unusable to thecustomer because of failure of a facility component used tofurnish service under this tariff or in the event that theprotective controls applied by the Telephone Company resultin the complete lOSS of service by the customer as setforth in 641 following An interruption period startswhen an inoperative service is reported to the TelephoneCompany and ends when the service is operative

For purposes of administering the following regulations amajor fraction shall mean more than half of the incrementalcredit period using the unit of time in which the serviceinterruption is measured ie 30 seconds 1 minute 1hour For example a major fraction for a 30 minute periodequals 16 minutes for a 24 hour period equals 12 hours andone minute

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdashmdashmdashrdquo -mdash-mdash

F ~tikl~Iq

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 40

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

244 Credit Allowance for Service Interruptions

(B) When a Credit Allowance Applies

In case of an interruption to any service allowance forthe period of interruption if not due to the negligence ofthe customer shall be as follows

(1) For Special Access Services no credit shall be allowedfor an interruption of less than 30 minutes Thecustomer shall be credited for an interruption of 30minutes or more at the rate of 11440 of the monthlycharges for the facility or service for each period of30 minutes or major fraction thereof that theinterruption continues

The monthly charges used to determine the credit shallbe the total of all the monthly rate element chargesassociated with the service charged by the TelephoneCompany

(2) For Switched Access Service no credit shall be allowedfor an interruption of less than 24 hours Thecustomer shall be credited for an interruption of 24hours or more at the rate of 130 of the applicablemonthly rates or minimum monthly usage charge for eachperiod of 24 hours or major fraction thereof that theinterruption continues

(3) The credit allowance(s) for an interruption or for aseries of interruptions shall not exceed the monthlyrate and minimum monthly usage charge for the serviceinterrupted in any one monthly billing period

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R HooDes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 41

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

244 Credit Allowance for Service Interruptions (Centrsquod)

(C) When a Credit Allowance Does Not Apply

No credit allowance will be made for

(1) Interruptions caused by the negligence of thecustomer

(2) Interruptions of a service due to the failure ofequipment or systems provided by the customer orothers

(3) Interruptions of a service during any period in whichthe Telephone Company is not afforded access to thepremises where the service is terminated

(4) Interruptions of a service when the customer hasreleased that service to the Telephone Company formaintenance purposes to make rearrangements or forthe implementation of an order for a change in theservice during the time that was negotiated with thecustomer prior to the release of that serviceThereafter a credit allowance as set forth in (B)preceding applies

(5) Periods when the customer elects not to release theservice for testing andor repair and continues to useit on an impaired basis

(6) An interruption or a group of interruptionsresulting from a common cause for amounts less thanone dollar

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 42

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

244 Credit Allowance for Service Interruptions (Centrsquod)

(D) Use of an Alternative Service Provided by the TelephoneWJWIY

Should the customer elect to use an alternative serviceprovided by the Telephone Company during the period that aservice is interrupted the customer must pay the tariffedrates and charges for the alternative service used

(E) Temporary Surrender of a Service

In certain instances the customer may be requested by theTelephone Company to surrender a service for purposes otherthan maintenance testing or activity relating to a serviceorder If the customer consents a credit allowance willbe granted The credit allowance will be 11440 of themonthly rate for each period of 30 minutes or fractionthereof that the service is surrendered In no case willthe credit allowance exceed the monthly rate for theservice surrendered in any one monthly billing period

245 Re-establishment of Service Following Fire Flood or OtherOccurrence

(A) Nonrecurringg Charges Do not Apply

Charges do not apply for the re-establishment of servicefollowing a fire flood or other occurrence attributed toan Act of God provided that

(1) The service is of the same type as was provided priorto the fire flood or other occurrence

(2) The service is for the same customer

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO t30x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 43

1

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

245 Re-establishment of Service Followinq Fire Flood or OtherOccurrence (Centrsquod)

(A)

(B)

Nonrecurring Charges Do Not Apply (Centrsquod)mdashmdash

(3) The service is at the same location on the samepremises

(4) The re-establishment of service begins within 60 daysafter Telephone Company service is available (The 60day period may be extended a reasonable period if therenovation of the original location on the premisesaffected is not practical within the allotted timeperiod)

Nonrecurring Charges Apply

Nonrecurring Charges apply for establishing service at adifferent location on the same premises or at a differentpremises pending re-establishment of service at theoriginal location at the rate set forth in 12 following

246 Title or Ownership Riqhts

(A) The payment of rates and charges by Customers for theservices offered under the provisions of this tariff doesnot assign confer or transfer title or ownership rights toproposals or facilities developed or utilizedrespectively by the Telephone Company in the provision ofsuch services

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO i30x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r-mdashmdashmdash-F- IJ-

r jldquo --rdquo-rsquox JLrdquo

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 44

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

247 Ordering Ratinq and Billing of Access Services Where MoreThan One Exchange Telephone Company is Involved

(A) When an Access Service is provided by more than oneTelephone Company the Telephone Companies involved willuse the following billing method

The customer will place the order for the service as setforth in Section 525

Each Telephone Company receiving an order or copy of theorder from the customer will determine the applicablecharges for the portion of the transport service itprovides and bills in accordance with its Access Servicestariff as follows

(1)

(2)

(3)

The Billing Percentage (BP) as set forth in ExchangeCarrier Association Tariff FCC No 2 represents theportion of transport service provided by eachTelephone Company The Telephone Company will bill aper minute per mile or per channel mile charge fromits end office to the Interconnection Point with theconnecting carrier the connecting carrierrsquos ratesmay be based on access minutes and mileage The BPfor the Telephone Company is based on its revenuerequirements and is calculated as set forth in(2)(3) and and (4) following

For Feature Groups A and B Switched Access Servicemultiply the number of access minutes of use timesthe number of miles times the per minute miletransport rate as set forth in 121C (2) following

For Feature Group C Switched Access Service multiplythe number of access minutes of use times the numberof miles times the per minute mile transport rate asset forth in 121C(2) following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

F[lsquo-r--gt-l-jI

PubilC 1-(1 i( rsquol[~ jJ

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

Original Page 45

247 Orderinq Rating and Billing of Access Services Where MoreThan One Exchange Telephone Company is Involved

(4) For Special Access multiply the number of specialtransport channels times the miles times the channelmileage rate set forth in 122B(2) following

(B) All other appropriate charges in each Exchange TelephoneCompanyrsquos tariff are applicable

25 Connections

251 General

Equipment and Systems (ie terminal equipment multilineterminating systems and communications systems) may beconnected with Switched and Special Access Service furnished bythe Telephone Company where such connection is made inaccordance with the provisions specified in Technical ReferencePublication AS No 1 and in 21 preceding

26 Definitions

Certain terms

Access Code

used herein are defined as follows

The term ldquoAccess Coderdquo Denotes a uniform five or seven digit codeassigned by the Telephone Company to an individual customer Thefive digit code has the form 10XXX and the seven digit code has theform 95O-1OXX

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

ACCESS SERVICE

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 46

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Access Minutes

The term ldquoAccess Minutesrdquo denotes that usage of exchange facilitiesin intrastate for the purpose of calculating chargeable usage Onthe originating end of an intrastate call usage is measured from thetime the originating end userrsquos call is delivered by the TelephoneCompany to and acknowledged as received by the customerrsquos facilitiesconnected with the originating exchange On the terminating end ofan intrastate call usage is measured from the time the call isreceived by the end user in the terminating exchange Timing ofusage at both originating and terminating ends of an intrastate callshall terminate when the calling or called party disconnectswhichever event is recognized first in the originating andterminating exchanges as applicable

Access Tandem

The term ldquoAccess Tandemrdquo denotes a Telephone Company switching systemthat provides a concentration and distribution function fororiginating or terminating traffic between end offices and acustomerrsquos premises

AnswerDisconnect Supervision

The term ldquoAnswerDisconnect Supervisionrdquo denotes the transmission ofthe switch trunk equipment supervisory signal (off-hook or on-hook)to the customerrsquos point of termination as an indication that thecalled party has answered or disconnected

Attenuation Distortion

The term ldquoAttenuation Distortionrdquo denotes the difference in loss atspecified frequencies relative to the loss at 1004 Hz unlessotherwise specified

Balance (100 Type) Test Line

The term ldquoBalance (100 Type) Test Linerdquo denotes an arrangement in anend office which provides for balance and noise testing

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdashmdash- - --

F ~ s i i--

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 47Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Bit

The term ldquoBitrdquo denotes the smallest unit of information in the binarysystem of notation

Business Day

The term ldquoBusiness Dayrdquo denotes the tldquoopen for business Generally in the800 00 AM to 500 PM respectiverdquoMonday through Friday resulting in aweek

Busy Hour Minutes of Capacity (BHMC)

mes of day that a company isbusiness community these arey with an hour for lunchstandard forty (40) hour work

The term ldquoBusy Hour Minutes of Capacity (BHMC)rdquo denotes the customerspecified maximum amount of Switched Access Service andor accessminutes the customer expects to be handled in an end office switchduring any hour in the 800 AM to 1100 PM period for the FeatureGroup ordered This customer furnished BHMC quantity is the inputdata the Telephone Company uses to determine the number oftransmission paths for the Feature Group

Call

The term ldquoCallrdquo denotes a customer attempt for which the completeaddress code (eg O- 911 or 10 digits) is provided to the servingdial tone office

Carrier or Common Carrier

See Interexchange Carrier

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

--mdash -- ____-

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 48

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Ccs

The term ldquoCCSrdquo denotes a hundred call seconds which is a standardunit of traffic load that is equal to 100 seconds of usage orcapacity of a group of servers (eg trunks)

Central Office

The term ldquoCentral Officerdquo denotes a local Telephone Company switchingsystem where the Telephone Exchange Service customer station loopsare terminated for purposes of interconnection to each other and totrunks

Central Office Prefix

The term ldquoCentral Office Prefixrdquo denotes the first three digits (NXX)of the seven digit telephone number assigned to a customerrsquosTelephone Exchange Service when dialed on a local basis

Centralized Automatic Reportinq on Trunks Testing

The term ldquoCentralized Automatic Reporting on Trunks Testingrdquo denotesa type of testing which includes the capacity for measuringoperational and transmission parameters

Channel(s)

The term ldquoChannel(s)rdquo denotes an electrical or photonic in the caseof fiber optic-based transmission systems communications pathbetween two or more points of termination

C-Messaqe Noise

The term ldquoC-Message Noiserdquo denotes the frequency weighted averagenoise within an idle voice channel The frequency weighting calledC-message is used to simulate the frequency characteristic of the500-type telephone set and the hearing of the average subscriber

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

[

--mdash -mdashldquos

~~rsquo ldquordquo ~

f4hl f~a~I

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 49

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

C-Notched Noise

The term ldquoC-Notched Noiserdquo denotes the C-message frequency weightednoise on a voice channel with a holding tone which is removed at themeasuring end through a notch (very narrow band) filter

Coin Station

The term ldquoCoin Stationrdquo denotes a location where Telephone Companyequipment is provided in a public or semipublic place where TelephoneCompany customers can originate telephonic communications and pay theapplicable charges by inserting coins into the equipment

Common Line

The term ldquoCommon Linerdquo denotes a line trunk pay telephone line orother facility provided under the general andor local exchangeservice tariffs of the Telephone Company terminated on a centraloffice switch A common line-residence is a line or trunk providedunder the residence regulations of the general andor local exchangeservice tariffs A common line-business is a line provided under thebusiness regulations of the general andor local exchange servicetariffs

Communications Systems

The term ldquoConununicationsSystemrdquo denotes channels and otherfacilities which are capable of communications between terminalequipment provided by other than the Telephone Company

Customer

The term ldquoCustomer(s)rdquo denotes any individual partnershipassociation joint-stock company trust corporation or governmentalentity or other entity which subscribes to the services offered underthis tariff including both Interexchange Carriers (ICS) and EndUsers

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdashmdashmdash mdash_____

F1~ -Zrsquordquo-i]1- -

I

JAN 1 1(+S8 ~1

ACCESS SERVICE

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 50

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Customer Designated Premises

The term ldquoCustomer Designated Premisesrdquo denoted the premisesspecified by the customer for the termination of Access Service

Customer Message

The term ldquoCustomer Messagerdquo used herein for Feature Groups A and BSwitched Access Service denotes a completed call over an intrastateFeature Group A and B Switched Access Service A completed callincludes both completed calls originated to and terminated from aFeature Group A Switched Access Service A customer message beginsin the originating direction when the off-hook supervision providedby the premise of the ordering customer is received by TelephoneCompany recording equipment A customer message begins in theterminating direction when answer supervision is received byTelephone Company recording equipment indicating the called party hasanswered A customer message ends in the originating direction whendisconnect supervision is received by Telephone Company recordingequipment from the premise of the ordering customer A customermessage ends in the terminating direction when disconnect supervisionis received by Telephone Company recording equipment from either thepremise of the ordering customer or the called party The termldquoCustomer Messagerdquo used herein for Feature Group C Switched AccessService denotes a completed intrastate call originated by acustomerrsquos end user A customer message begins when answersupervision from the premise of the ordering customer is received byTelephone Company recording equipment indicating that the calledparty has answered A message ends when disconnect supervision isreceived by Telephone Company recording equipment from either thepremise of the ordering customerrsquos end user premise from which thecall originated

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

--mdashmdash------------1------

gt

(AiJ ~- 198

ACCESS SERVICE

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 51

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Data Transmission (107 Type) Test Line

The term ldquoData Transmission (107 Type) Test Linerdquo denotes anarrangement which provides for a connection to a signal source whichprovides test signals for one-way testing of data and voicetransmission parameters

Detail Billinq

The term ldquoDetail Billingrdquo denotes the listing of each message andorrate element for which charges to a customer are due on a billprepared by the Telephone Company

Directory Assistance (Intrastate)

The term ldquoDirectory Assistancerdquo denotes the provision of telephonenumbers by a Telephone Company operator when the operator location isaccessed by a customer by dialing NPA + 555-1212 or 555-1212 or 411

Effective 2-Wire

The term ldquoEffective 2-Wirerdquo denotes a condition which permits thesimultaneous transmission in both directions over a channel but itis not possible to insure independent information transmission inboth directions Effective 2-wire channels may be terminated with 2-wire or 4-wire interfaces

Effective 4-Wire

The term ldquoEffective 4-Wirerdquo denotes a condition which permits thesimultaneous independent transmission of information in bothdirections over a channel The method of implementing effective 4-wire transmissions at the discretion of the Telephone Company(physical time domain frequency-domain separation or echocancellation techniques) Effective 4-wire channels may beterminated with a 2-wire interface at the customerrsquos premisesHowever when terminated 2-wire simultaneous independenttransmission cannot be supported because the two wire interfacecombines the transmission paths into a single path

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdashmdash - -

rrsquo~ y+ rsquo I

Ii ldquoldquo lsquo1lsquon

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 52

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

End Office Switch

The term ldquoEnd Office Switchrdquo denotes a local Telephone Companyswitching system where Telephone Exchange Service customer stationloops are terminated for purposes of interconnection to trunksIncluded are Remote Switching Modules and Remote Switching Systemsserved by a host office in a different wire center

End User

The term ldquoEnd Userrdquo means any customer of an intrastatetelecommunications service that is not a carrier except that acarrier other than a telephone Company shall be deemed to be an ldquoenduserrdquo when such carrier uses a telecommunications service foradministrative purposes without making such service available toothers directly or indirectly

Entry Switch

See First Point of Switching

Exchanqe

The term ldquoExchangerdquo denotes a unit generally smaller than a localaccess and transport area established by the Telephone Company forthe administration of communications service in a specified areawhich usually embraces a city town or village and its environs Itconsists of one or more central offices together with the associatedfacilities used in furnishing corrnnunicationsservice within thatarea One or more designated exchanges comprise a given local accessand transport area

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

p-lrsquo lsquo

mdash-mdash i t7=

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 53

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

First-Come First-Served

First-come first-served shall be based upon the received time anddate stamped by the Telephone Company on complete and accuratecustomer orders which allow the Telephone Company to initiate itsordering process Inaccurate or incomplete customer orders shall notbe deemed to have been received until such time as the customercorrects such inaccuracies andor omissions The customer shall notbe penalized for any delay in the Telephone Company review processbeyond 24 hours of receipt Once having been advised of the errorsandor omissions any delay in correction on the part of the customershall be added to the received time and date As facilities andorequipment become available customers will be provided service in theorder of the earliest received time and date

First Point of Switching

The term ldquoFirst Point of Switchingrdquo denotes the first TelephoneCompany location at which switching occurs on the terminating path ofa call proceeding from the customer premises to the terminating endoffice and at the same time the last Telephone Company location atwhich switching occurs on the originating path of a call proceedingfrom the originating end office to the customer premises

Grandfathered

The term ldquoGrandfatheredrsquo1denotes Terminal Equipment MultilineTerminating Systems and Protective Circuitry directly connected tothe facilities utilized to provide services under the provisions ofthis tariff and which are considered grandfathered under Part 68 ofthe FCCrsquoS Rules and Regulations

Host Office

The term ldquoHost Officerdquo denotes an electronic switching system whichprovides call processing capabilities for one or more RemoteSwitching Modules or Remote Switching Systems

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 130x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

---mdash

riF-M lt flsquo

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 54

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Host Central Office

The term ldquoHost Central Officerdquo denotes an electronic switching unitcontaining the central call processing functions which service theHost Central Office and its Remote Line Locations

Immediately Available Funds

The term ldquoImmediately Available Fundsrdquo denotes a corporate orpersonal check drawn on a bank account and funds which are availablefor use by the receiving party on the same day on which they arereceived and include US Federal Reserve bank wire transfers USFederal Reserve notes (paper cash) US coins US Postal MoneyOrders and New York Certificates of Deposit

Individual Case Basis

The term ldquoIndividual Case Basisrdquo denotes a condition in which theregulations if applicable ratesthe provisions of this tariff arecircumstances in each case

Interconnection Point

and charges for an offering underdeveloped based on the

The term ldquoInterconnection Pointrdquo denotes the point where thefacilities of the Telephone Company interconnects to the facilitiesof another Local Exchange Carrier to complete a transmission path tothe serving wire center serving the customer designated premises

Interexchange Carrier (IC) or Interexchange ConunonCarrier

The terms ldquoInterexchange Carrierrdquo (IC) or ldquoInterexchange CommonCarrierrdquo denotes any individual partnership association joint-stock company trust governmental entity or corporation engaged forhire in intrastate communications by wire or radio between two ormore exchanges

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

- ldquo __+_

~- j-w ldquo ldquo

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 55

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Interstate Communications

The term ldquoInterstate Communicationsrdquo denotes both interstate andforeign communications

Intrastate Communications

The term ldquoIntrastate Communicationsrdquo denotes any communicationswithin a state subject to oversight by a state regulatory commissionas provided by laws of the state involved

Line Side Connection

The term ldquoLine Side Connectionrdquo denotes a connection of atransmission path to the line side of a local exchange switchingsystem

Local Access and Transport Area

The term ldquoLocal Access and Transport Areardquo denotes a geographic areaestablished for the provision and administration of conununicationsservice It encompasses one or more designated exchanges which aregrouped to serve common social economic and other purposes

Local Tandem Switch

The term ldquoLocal Tandem Switchrdquo denotes a local Telephone Companyswitching unit by which local or access telephonic communications areswitched to and from an End Office Switch

Loop Around Test Line

The term ldquoLoop Around Test Linerdquo denotes an arrangement utilizing aTelephone Company central office to provide a means to make certaintwo-way transmission tests on a manual basis This arrangement hastwo central office terminations each reached by means of separatetelephone numbers and does not require any specific customer premisesequipment Equipment subject to this test arrangement is at thediscretion of the customer

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdash-------

1~ I j lsquoldquo ~rsquordquo~- 7

Is7 pldquorsquola

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 56

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

The term ldquoMessagerdquo denotes a ldquocallrdquo as defined preceding

Milliwatt (102 Type) Test Line

The term ldquoMilliwatt (102 Type) Test Linerdquo denotes an arrangement inan end office which provides a 1004 Hz tone at O dBmO for one-waytransmission measurements towards the customersrsquo premises from theTelephone Company end office

Network Control Signaling

The term ldquoNetwork Control Signalingrdquo denotes the transmission ofsignals used in the telecommunications system which perform functionssuch as supervision (control status and charge signals) addresssignaling (eg dialing) calling and called number identificationsrate of flow service selection error control and audible tonesignals (call progress signals indicating re-order or busyconditions alerting coin denominations coin collect and coinreturn tones) to control the operation of the telecommunicationssystem

Nonsynchronous Test Line

The term ldquoNonsynchronous Test Linerdquo denotes an arrangement in step-by-step end offices which provides operational tests which are not ascomplete as those provided by the synchronous test lines but can bemade more rapidly

North American Numberinq Plan

The term ldquoNorth American Numbering Planrdquo denotes a three-digit area(Numbering Plan Area) code and a seven-digit telephone number made upof a three-digit Central Office code plus a four-digit stationnumber

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~-mdash ----

1 F 1 - lsquo lsquolsquo-

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 57Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Off-hook

The term ldquoOff-hookrdquo denotes the active condition of Switched Accessor a Telephone Exchange Service line

On-hook

The term ldquoOn-hookrdquo denotesTelephone Exchange Service

Open Circuit Test Line

the idle condition of Switched Access or aline

The term ldquoOpen Circuit Test Linerdquo denotes an arrangement in an endoffice which provides an ac open circuit termination of a trunk orline by means of an inductor of several Henries

Originating Direction

The term ldquoOriginating Directionrdquo denotes the use of access servicefor the origination of calls from and End User Premises to a customerdesignated Premises

Pay Telephone

The term ldquoPay Telephonerdquo denotes Telephone Company providedinstruments and related facilities that are available to the generalpublic for public convenience and necessity including public andsemipublic telephones and coinless telephones

Point of Termination

The term ldquoPoint of Terminationrdquo denotes the point of demarcationwithin a customer-designated premises at which the TelephoneCompanyrsquos responsibility for the provision of Access Service ends

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Premises

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 58

ACCESS SERVICE

The term ldquoPremisesrdquo denotes a building or buirsquoproperty (except Railroad Right-of-Way etc)public highway

dings on continuousnot separated by a

Primary Carrier

The Local Exchanqe Carrier that owns the servinq wire center usuallyan access tandem-that interfaces with the Inter~xchange Carrier -

Remote Switching Modules andor Remote Switching Systems

The term ldquoRemote Switching Modules andor Remote Switching Systemsrdquodenotes small remotely controlled electronic end office switcheswhich obtain their call processing capability from an ESS-type HostOffice The Remote Switching Modules andor Remote Switching Systemscannot accommodate direct trunks to an IC

Registered Equipment

The term ldquoRegistered Equipmentrdquo denotes the customerrsquos premisesequipment which complies with and has been approved within theRegistration Provisions of Part 68 of the FCCrsquoS Rules andRegulations

Secondary Carrier

The Local Exchange Carrier that owns the facilities subtending thefacilities of the primary carrier which interfaces with theInterexchange Carrier

Seven Digit Manual Test Line

The term ldquoSeven Digit Manual Test Linerdquo denotes an arrangement whichallows the Customer to select balance milliwatt and synchronous testlines by manually dialing a seven digit number over the associatedaccess connection

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 mdashmdashmdash ------ldquo --rsquo

[ ~- -rsquolsquoldquoj ~ rdquo

I

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 59

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Shortage of Facilities or Equipment

The term ldquoShortage of Facilities or Equipmentrdquo denotes a conditionwhich occurs when the Telephone Company does not have appropriatecable switching capacity bridging or multiplexing equipment etcnecessary to provide the Access Service requested by the customer

Short Circuit Test Line

The term ldquoShort Circuit Test Linerdquo denotes an arrangement in an endoffice which provides for an ac short circuit termination of a trunkor line by means of a capacitor of at least four microfarads

Special Order

The term ldquoSpecial Orderrdquo denotes an order for a Billing andCollection Service

Subtending End Office of an Access Tandem

The term ldquoSubtending End Office of an Access Tandemrdquo denotes an endoffice that has final trunk group routing through that tandem

Subject to Availability of Equipment

The term ldquoSubject to availability of equipmentrdquo means the equipmentin question is installed in operating condition and has therequired capacity available in the end office of the TelephoneCompany

Synchronous Test Line

The term ldquoSynchronous Test Linerdquo denotes an arrangement in an endoffice which performs marginal operational tests of supervisory andring-tripping functions

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

irsquo brsquo

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 60

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Terminating Direction

The term ldquoTerminating Directionrdquo denotes the use of Access Servicefor the completion of calls from an IC premises to an End UserPremises

Transmission Measuring (105 Type) Test LineResponder

The term ldquoTransmission Measuring (105 Type) Test LineResponderrdquodenotes an arrangement in an end office which provides far-end accessto a responder and permits two-way loss and noise measurements to bemade on trunks from a near end office

Transmission Path

The term ldquoTransmission Pathrdquo denotes an electrical path capable oftransmitting signals within the range of the service offering ega voice grade transmission path is capable of transmitting voicefrequencies within the approximate range of 300 to 3000 HZ Atransmission path is comprised of physical or derived facilitiesconsisting of any form or configuration of plant typically used inthe telecommunications industry

Trunk

The term ldquoTrunkrdquo denotes a communications path connecting twoswitching systems in a network used in the establishment of an end-to-end connection

Trunk Group

The term ldquoTrunk Grouprdquo denotes a set of trunks which are trafficengineered as a unit for the establishment of connections betweenswitching systems in which all of the communications paths areinterchangeable

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 61Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Trunk Side Connection

The term ldquoTrunk Side Connectionrdquo denotes the connection of atransmission path to the trunk side of a local exchange switchingsystem

Two-Wire to Four-Wire Conversion

The term ldquoTwo-Wire to Four-Wire Conversionrdquo denotes an arrangementwhich converts a four-wire transmission path to a two-wiretransmission path to allow a four-wire facility to terminate in atwo-wire entity (eg a central office switch)

Uniform Service Order Code

The term ldquoUniform Service Order Coderdquo denotes a three or fivecharacter alphabetic numeric or an alphanumeric code thatidentifies a specific item of service or equipment Uniform ServiceOrder Codes are used in the Telephone Company billing system togenerate recurring rates and nonrecurring charges

V and H Coordinates Method

The term ldquoV and H Coordinates Methodrdquo denotes a method of computinqairline miles between two points by utilizing an establishedwhich is based on the vertical and horizontal coordinates ofpoints

WATS Access Line

formuiathe two

The term ldquoWATS Access Linerdquo denotes the dedicated access line betweena customer designated premises and the serving wire center of thatpremise For OUTWATS the originating end of the service which usesa WATS Access Line is referred to as the closed end For INWATS theterminating end of the service is referred to as the closed end

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 62

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

WATS Access Service

The term ldquoWATS Access Servicerdquo denotes the switched function providedat the WATS screening office for INWATS and OUTWATS services

Wire Center

The term ldquoWire Centerrdquo denotes a building in which one or morecentral offices used for the provision of Telephone ExchangeServices are located

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 63

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

The Telephone Company will provide Carrier Common Line Access Service(Carrier Common Line Access) to customers

31 General Description

Carrier Common Line Access provides for the use of Telephone Companycomnon lines by customers for access to end users to furnishIntrastate Communications

Carrier Common Line Access is provided where the customer obtainsTelephone Company Switched Access Service under this tariff

In addition a Special Access Surcharqe as set forth in 122Dfollowing wilrdquothe Telephoneas set forth ~

32 Limitations

apply to intrastate sp~cial access service provided byCompany to a customer in accordance with regulationsn 733 following

(A) A telephone number is not provided with Carrier CommonAccess

(B) Detail billing is not provided for Carrier Common Line

Line

Access

(C) Directory listings are not included in the rates and charges forCarrier Common Line Access

(D) Intercept arrangements are not included in the rates and chargesfor Carrier Common Line Access

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R I-loopesPresident Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

T

-mdashmdash-mdashmdash

i- f-

i ~---

--- d rsquordquomdashmdash-mdash

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 64

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

32 Limitations (Centrsquod)

(E) All trunk side connections provided in the same combined accessgroup will be limited to the same features and operatingcharacteristics

(F) Where WATS Access Service is provided which terminates at a WATSServing Office minutes which are carried on that service (ieoriginating minutes for outward WATS and terminating minutes forinward WATS) shall not be assessed Carrier Common Line Accessper minute charges

33 Undertaking of the Telephone Company

(A) Where the customer is provided with Switched Access Serviceunder other sections of this tariff the Telephone Company willprovide the use of Telephone Company common lines by a customerfor access to end users at rates and charges as set forth in121A following

(B) The Switched Access Service provided by the Telephone Companyincludes the Switched Access Service provided for bothinterstate and intrastate communications and the Carrier CommonLine Access rates and charges as set forth in 121A followingapply in accordance with the regulations as set forth in 37(E)following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone Company

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 65

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

33 Undertaking of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

(c) When the customer is provided Operator Trunk-Coin or CombinedCoin and Non-Coin Operator Trunk-Full Feature Optional Featuresfor sent-paid pay telephone access the Telephone Company willcollect sent-paid monies from pay telephone stations and willremit monies to the customer as set forth in 36 following TheTelephone Company will provide message call detail format andbill periods used to determine the monies upon request from thecustomer

34 Obligations of the Customer

(A) The Switched Access Service associated with Carrier Common LineAccess shall be ordered by the customer under other sections ofthis tariff

(B) The customer facilities at the premises of the ordering customershall provide the necessary on-hook and off-hook supervision

(C) All Switched Access Service provided to the customer will besubject to Carrier Common Line Access charges

(D) When the customer reports interstate and intrastate use ofSwitched Access Service the associated Carrier Common LineAccess used by the customer for intrastate will be determined asset forth in 37(E) following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r~

- -~7- gt- t ia-ldquo

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 66

ACCESS SERVICE

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

34 Obligations of the Customer (Centrsquod)

(E) Where Feature Group C end office switching is provided withoutTelephone Company recording and the customer records minutesof use which will be used to determine Carrier Common LineAccess charges (ie Feature Group C operator and TSPS callssuch as pay telephone sent-paid operator-DDD operator-personcollect credit-card third number andor other like calls) thecustomer shall furnish such minutes of use detail to theTelephone Company in a timely manner If the customer does notfurnish the data to the Telephone Company the customer shallidentify all Switched Access Services which could carry suchcalls in order for the Telephone Company to accumulate theminutes of use through the use of special Telephone Companymeasuring and recording equipment

35 Payment Arrangements

(A) The Telephone Company will bill the Carrier Common Line AccessThe bill day (ie the billing date of the bill) in a month foreach customer account will be established by the TelephoneCompany Payment is due from the customer 31 days after thebill day date (payment date) or by the next bill date (iesame date in the following month as the bill date) whichever isthe shortest interval and is payable in immediately availablefunds If such payment date is a Saturday Sunday or Holiday(ie New Yearrsquos Day Independence Day Labor Day ThanksgivingDay Christmas Day the second Tuesday in November and a daywhen Washingtonrsquos Birthday Memorial Day or Columbus Day islegally observed) payment will be due from the customer asfollows

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 - mdashmdash~

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 67

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

35 Payment Arrangements (Centrsquod)

If such payment date falls on a Sunday or on a Holiday whichis observed on a Monday the payment date shall be the firstnon-Holiday day following such Sunday or Holiday If suchpayment date falls on a Saturday or on a Holiday which isobserved on Tuesday Wednesday Thursdsay or Friday thepayment date shall be the last non-Holiday day precedingsuch Saturday or Holiday

(B) Further if any portion of the Carrier Common Line Accesspayment is received by the Telephone Company after the paymentdate as set forth in the (A) preceding or if any portion of theCarrier Common Line Access payment is received by the TelephoneCompany in funds which are not immediately available to theTelephone Company and the late payment penalty shall be theportion of the Carrier Common Line Access payment not receivedby the payment date times a late factor The late factor shallbe the lesser or

(1) the highest interest rate (in decimal value) which may belevied by law for commercial transactions compounded dailyfor the number of days from the payment date to andincluding the date that the customer actually makes thepayment to the Telephone Company or

(2) 0000590 per day compounded daily for the number of daysfrom the payment date to and including the date that thecustomer actually makes the payment to the TelephoneCompany

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Etox 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~nrsquordquo--rsquo lsquo--rdquorsquolsquo-rdquo

lrdquo

i)amdashl

Lrsquoj~~i

I

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 68

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

35 Payment Arrangements (Centrsquod)

(c) In the event a billing dispute concerning a monthrsquos CarrierCommon Line Access billed to the customer by the TelephoneCompany is resolved in favor of the Telephone Company anypayments withheld pending settlement of the dispute shall besubject to the late payment penalty set forth in (B) precedingIf the customer disputes the bill on or before the payment dateand pays the undisputed amount on or before the payment dateany late charge for the disputed amount will not start until 10days after the payment date If the billing dispute is resolvedin favor of the customer no late payment penalty will apply tothe disputed amount In addition if the customer disputes thebilled amount and pays the total amount (ie the non-disputedamount and the disputed amount) on or before the payment dateand the billing dispute is resolved in the favor of thecustomer the customer will receive a credit for a disputedamount penalty from the Telephone Company if the billing disputeis not resolved within 10 working days following the paymentdate or the date the customer furnishes to the Telephone Companydocumentation to support its claim plus 10 working dayswhichever date is the later date The disputed amount penaltyshall be the disputed amount resolved in the customerrsquos favortimes a penalty factor

36 Payment of Coin Sent-Paid Monies

The Telephone Company will collect the monies from coin pay telephonestations and will determine and remit amounts due to a customer whichis provided Operator Trunk-Coin or Combined Coin and Non-Coin orOperator Trunk-Full Feature Optional Features for sent-paid paytelephone access

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

-mdash ldquo_

I

---mdashmdash

lsquoF1 -a ~y -rsquoampwt-La

]

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 69

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

36 Payment of Coin Sent-Paid Monies

(A) Bil1 Period Coin Revenue

(Centrsquod)

The Telephone Company will establish a collection schedule foreach coin pay telephone station and will collect the monies fromthe coin pay stations based on this collection schedule Themonies collected based on this schedule during each bill periodestablished by the Telephone Company will be identified by coinpay telephone station and summed to develop the Bill Period CoinRevenue for each coin record day (ie the day a record isprepared and dated to show the amount due the customer)

(B) Total Customer Coin Revenue

The intrastate Total Customer Coin Revenue will be determined bythe Telephone Company based on the customer message call detailreceived from the customer for each bill period and thecustomerrsquos schedule of charges for sent-paid coin calls SuchTotal Customer Coin Revenue will be developed each coin recordday

(C) Recourse Adjustments

For each coin record day the Telephone Company will subtractfrom the Total Customer Coin Revenue an amount for coin stationshortages Coin station shortages are amounts resulting fromunauthorized calling at coin pay telephone stations use ofunauthorized coins (ie foreign coins slugs and improper useof US pennies) unauthorized removal of coins from coin paytelephone stations and coin refunds beyond the TelephoneCompanyrsquos control Such amount will be rounded to the nearestpenny The shortage factor will be determined by dividing theyearly total coin shortage amount by the yearly total coinrevenue amount (ie total coin revenue equals the coin revenuedue under exchange tariffs state toll tariff and interstatetoll tariffs) The total coin shortage amount and the totalrevenue amount will be determined by the Telephone Companythrough an annual special study

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 30x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

m i

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 70

ACCESS SERVICE

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

36 Payment of Coin Sent-Paid Monies

(D) Payment of Net Customer Coin Revenue

The Telephone Company will determine the Net Customer CoinRevenue for each coin record day by subtracting from the TotalCustomer Coin Revenue determined as set forth in (B) precedingthe amount for coin station shortages determined as set forth in(C) preceding On the date (payment date) determined by adding45 days to the coin record day the Telephone Company will remitpayment to the customer to the customer for the Net CustomerCoin Revenue

(E) Audit Provisions

Upon reasonable written notice by the customer to the TelephoneCompany the customer shall have the right through itsauthorized representative to examine and audit during normalbusiness hours and at reasonable intervals as determined by theTelephone Company all such records and accounts as may underrecognized accounting practices contain information bearing uponthe determination of the amount payable to the customer

Adjustment shall be made by the proper party to compensate forany errors or omissions disclosed by such examination or auditNeither such right to examine and audit nor the right to receivesuch adjustment shall be affected by any statement to thecontrary appearing on checks or otherwise unless suchstatement expressly waiving such right appears in a lettersigned by the authorized representative of the party having suchright and delivered to the other party

All information received or reviewed by the customer or itsauthorized representative is to be considered confidential andis not to be distributed provided or disclosed in any form toanyone not involved in the audit nor is such information to beused for any other purpose

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

F

-mdashmdashmdashmdashcrsquordquo- ~-~

- 1 = L ) [

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

37 Rate Regulations

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 71

(A)

(B)

(c)

The Common Line Charges will be billed to each Switched AccessService provided under this tariff in accordance with theregulations as set forth in (E) following except as set forth in(D) following

When access minutes are used to determine the Common LineCharges they will be accumulated using call detail recorded byTelephone Company equipment except as set forth in (C) followingand Feature Group C operator and TSPS call detail such as paytelephone sent-paid operator-DDD operator-person collectcredit-card third number andor other like calls recorded bythe customer The Telephone Company measuring and recordingequipment except as set forth in (C) following will beassociated with end office or local tandem switching equipmentand will record each originating and terminating access minutewhere answer supervision is received The accumulated accessminutes will be summed on a line by line-basis by line group orby end office whichever type of account is used by theTelephone Company for each customer and then rounded to thenearest minute

When Carrier Common Line Access is provided in association withFeature Group A or Feature Group B Switched Access Service inTelephone Company offices that are not equipped for measurementcapabilities an assumed average intrastate access minutes willbe used to determine the Common Line Access Rates Theseassumed access minutes will be determined by the primarycarrier

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

[r

mdash -mdash mdash ___ j-

y E) ]

1 $

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 72

ACCESS SERVICE

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

37 Rate Regulations

(D) When a customer reports interstate and intrastate use of in-service Switched Access Service the Carrier Common Line AccessCommon Line Charges will be billed only to intrastate SwitchedAccess Service access minutes based on the data reported by thecustomer as set forth in 2310 preceding The intrastateSwitched Access Service access minutes will when necessary beused to determine the Carrier Common Line Charges as set forthin (E) following

(E) The charges for the involved customer account wil 1 be determinedas follows

(1) The access minutes for a Feature Group B when utilized forthe provision of MTSWATs service and Feature Group CSwitched Access Service will be multiplied by theCommon Line - Access Rate per minute as setforth in 121A following to determine the charges

(2) The access minutes for a Feature Group A or B SwitchedAccess Service originating from or terminating at an endoffice or access tandem will be multiplied by the CommonLine Access Rate per minute as set forth in 121Afollowing to determine the charges

(3) The terminating Access Rate per minute applies to allterminating access minutes of use plus all originatingaccess minutes of use associated with calls placed to 800numbers

(4) The originating Access Rate per minute applies to al1originating access minutes of use less those originatingaccess minutes of use associated with calls places to 800numbers

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 ~=i --rdquo--___

1[

~+rdquorsquo]-rsquogt )rsquok)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 73

ACCESS SERVICE

4

RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 75

ACCESS SERVICE

5 Ordering Options for Switched and Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

52 Access Order

An Access Order is used by the Telephone Company to provide acustomer Access Service as follows

- Switched Access Services as set forth in 6 following and- Special Access Services as set forth in 7 following

When placing an order for Access Service the customer shall provideat a minimum the following information

- For Feature Group C Switched Access Service the customershall specify the number of busy hour minutes of capacity(BHMC) from the customerrsquos premises to the end office byFeature Group and by type of BHMC This information isused to determine the number of transmission paths as setforth in 645 following The customer then specifiesthe Local Transport and Local Switching options

- For all Special Access Services the customer mustspecify the customer designated premises the type ofservice egVoice Grade the channel interfacetechnical specification package and options desiredThe closed end of a WATS Access Line is SpecialAccess Service

For each Access Order a service order charge will be assessed at therate set forth in 125(A) following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 t mdashmdashmdash

i

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 76

ACCESS SERVICE

5 Orderinq Options for Switched and Special Access Service(Centrsquod)

52 Access Order (Centrsquod)

The BHMC may be determined by the customer in the following mannerFor each day (8 am to 11 pm Monday through Friday excludingnational holidays) the customer shall determine the highest numberof minutes of use for a single hour (eg 55 minutes in the 10-11 AMhour) The customer shall for the same hour period (ie busyhour) for each of twenty consecutive business days pick the twentyconsecutive business days in a calendar year which add up to thelargest number of minutes of use Both originating and terminatingminutes shall be included The customer shall then determine theaverage busy hour minutes of capacity (ie BHMC) by dividing thelargest number of minutes of use figure for the same hour period forthe consecutive twenty businessshall be performed for each endThese determinations thus estabrsquooffice

Where the Special Access Servic[

day-period by 20 This computationoffice the customer wishes to serveish the forecasted BHMC for each end

isrsquoexempt from the Special AccessSurcharge as set forth in Section 733rdquo following the customershall furnish with the order the certification as set forth inSection 733 following

521 Access Order Service Date Provision

Access Services will be installed during Telephone Companybusiness days If a customer requests that installation bedone outside of schedule work hours and the Telephone Companyagrees to this request the customer will be subject toapplicable Additional Labor charges as set forth in 92following

Access Service will be installed during Standard TelephoneCompany business days

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 77

ACCESS SERVICE

5 Ordering Options for Switched and Special Access Service(Centrsquod)

522 Access Order Modifications

The customer may request a modification of its Access Orderprior to the service date The Telephone Company will makeevery effort to accommodate a requested modification when it isable to do so with the normal work force assigned to completesuch an order within normal business hours If themodification cannot be made with the normal work force duringnormal business hours the Telephone Company will notify thecustomer If the customer still desires the Access Ordermodification the Telephone Company will schedule a new servicedate

Any increase in the number of Special Access channels orSwitched Access Service busy hour minutes of capacity will betreated as a new Access Order (for the increased amount only)

If order modifications are necessary to satisfy thetransmission performance for a Special Access ordered by acustomer these changes will be made without charges beingincurred by the customer

(A) Service Date Change

Access Order service dates may be changed but the newservice date may not exceed the original service date bymore than 30 calendar days If the customer requestedservice date is more than 30 calendar days after theoriginal service date the order will be cancelled by theTelephone Company and reissued If the Telephone Companydetermines it can accommodate the customerrsquos requestwithout delaying service dates for orders of othercustomers a new service date may be established An orderchange charge as set forth in 125 following will apply toall service date changes of 30 days or less

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~~rsquo-rsquordquordquo~TTldquo A

1

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 78

ACCESS SERVICE

5 Ordering Options for Switched and Special Access Services (Centrsquod)

52 Access Order (Centrsquod)

522 Access Order Modifications (Centrsquod)

(B) Partial Cancellation Charge

Any decrease in the number of ordered Special AccessService channels or Switched Access Service busy hourminutes of capacity will be treated as a partialcancellation and the order change charges as set forth in125 following will apply

(C) Design Change

The customer may request a design change to the serviceordered A design change is any change to an AccessOrder which requires engineering review An engineeringreview is a review by Telephone Company personnel of theservice ordered and the requested changes to determinewhat changes in the design if any are necessary to meetthe changes requested by the customer Design changesinclude such things as the addition or deletion ofoptional features or functions type of channel interfacetype of Interface Group or technical specificationpackage Design changes do not include a change ofcustomer premises end user premises end office switch orSpecial Access Service channel type Changes of thisnature will require the issuance of a new order and thecancellation of the original order with appropriatecancellation charges applied The Telephone Company willreview the requested change notify the customer whetherthe change is a design change if it can be accommodatedand if a new service date is required Charges for designchanges are set forth in order change charges in 125following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdashmdash- mdash-mdash-mdashmdash mdash----~

F 1 - 3

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 79

ACCESS SERVICE

5 Orderinq Options for Switched and Special Access Service(Centrsquod)

52 Access Order (Centrsquod)

523 Cancellation of an Access Order

(A) A customer may cancel an Access Order for the installationof service on any date prior to the service date Thecancellation date is the date the Telephone Companyreceives written or verbal notice from the customer thatthe order is to be cancelled The verbal notice must befollowed by a written confirmation within 10 days

If a customer or a customerrsquos end user is unable to acceptAccess Service within 30 calendar days after the originalservice date the customer has the choice of the followingoptions

- The Access Order shall be cancelled and charaes set forthin (B) following will apply or

- Billing for the service will commence

In such instances the cancellation date or the birsquodate depending on which option is selected by thecustomer shall be on the 31st day beyond the origservice date of the Access Order

(B) When a customer cancels an Access Order for the

ling

nal

installation of service a Cancellation Charge willapply as follows

(1) Installation of Switched or Special AccessService facilities is considered to have started whenthe Telephone Company incurs any cost in connectiontherewith or in preparation thereof which would nototherwise have been incurred

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

-mdash-mdash~mdash- mdashmdash ------mdash

~ ~ lsquo~-=m~ ~

I~

1l~i ] ldquo-~q

pijjlsquoldquo ldquo j

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 80

ACCESS SERVICE

5 Ordering Options for Switched and Special Access Services (Centrsquod)

52 Access Order (Centrsquod)

523 Cancellation of an Access Order (Centrsquod)

(Z) Where the customer cancels an Access Order prior tothe start of installation of access facilities nocharges shall apply

(3) Where installation of access facilities has beenstarted prior to the cancellation the chargesspecified in (a) or (b) following whichever is lowershall apply

(a) A charge equal to the costs incurred in suchinstallation less estimated net salvage Suchcharge is determined as detailed in (4) following

(b) The charge for the minimum period of Switched orSpecial Access Service ordered by the customer

(4) Charges applicable as specified in (3)(A) precedinginclude the nonrecoverable cost of equipment andmaterial ordered provided or used plus thenonrecoverable cost of installation and removalincluding the costs of engineering labor supervisiontransportation rights-of-way and other associatedcosts

(C) When a customer cancels an order for the discontinuance ofservice no charges apply for the cancellation

(D) If the Telephone Company misses a service date by more than30 days due to circumstances over which it has directcontrol (excluding eg acts of God governmentalrequirements work stoppages and civil commotions) thecustomer may cancel the Access Order without incurringcancellation charges

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 -__mdashmdash-mdashmdash

J~ ldquo- y- ldquo1 F L rsquo~I

11

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 81

ACCESS SERVICE

5 Orderinq Options for Switched and Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

52 Access Order (Centrsquod)

524 Minimum Period

(A) The minimum period for which Access Service is provided andfor which charges are applicable is one month

525 Orderinq of Access Services Where More Than One ExchangeTelephone Company is Involved

Each Telephone Company will provide its portion of the AccessService within its operating territory to an interconnectionpoint (1P) with the connecting carrier The interconnectionpoint and billing percentage (BP) will be determined by theTelephone Companies involved in providing the Access Serviceand listed in Exchange Carrier Association Tariff FCC No 2Each Telephone Company will bill the customer for its portionof the service as set forth in 247 All other appropriatecharges in each Telephone Company tariff are applicable

(A) For Feature Group A and B Switched Access Services thecustomer must place an order with the Telephone Company inwhose territory the first point of switching is located(ie FGA - dial tone office FGB - access tandem or endoffice) and provide a copy of the order to the secondarycarrier

(B) When WATS Access Service is ordered the TelephoneCompany is whose territory the end office is located mustreceive the order from the customer In addition theTelephone Company in whose territory the WATS screeningoffice is located must also receive a copy of the orderfrom the customer

(C) For Special Access Services without the use of a hub thecustomer will place the order with the Telephone Company inwhose territory the customer designated premises islocated

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

-

I

1

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 82

ACCESS SERVICE

5 Orderinq Options for Switched and Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

52 Access Order (Centrsquod)

525 Orderinq of Access Services Where More Than One ExchanqeTelephone Company is Involved

(D) For Special Access Services with a hub the customer wil 1place the order with the Telephone Company in whoseterritory the hub is located

For the service(s) ordered as set forth preceding the customermust also supply a copy of the order to the Telephone Companyin whose operating territory a customer designated premises islocated

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~

mdash-mdash mdashmdash-i

-ldquo [gt

s -

i

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 83

6 Switched Access Service

61 General

Switched Access Service which is available to customers for theiruse in furnishing their services to end users provides a two pointelectrical communications path between a customer designated premisesand and end userrsquos premises It provides for the use of commonterminating switching and trunking facilities and for the use ofcomunonsubscriber plant of the Telephone Company Switched AccessService provides for the ability to originate calls from an enduserrsquos premises to a customerrsquos premises and to terminate calls froma customers premises to an end userrsquos premises in the exchange whereit is provided It is available at each end office served by theTelephone Company

In the Telephone Companyrsquos exchange(s) the customerrsquos premises is notlocated in the serving area of the Telephone Company It is necessaryfor the customer to order Switched Access Service from the primarycarrier and Telephone Company in the case of Feature Group C In thecase of Feature Groups A provided through EAS extended area serviceand Feature Group B provided via an access tandem of the primarycarrier it is necessary for the customer to provide a copy of theorder to the Telephone Company

611 Feature Group Arrangements

Switched Access Service is provided in three servicecategories called Feature Groups These are differentiated bythe manner in which an end user can access them in originatingcalling eg with or without and access code Following is abrief description of each feature group arrangement

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~k- 6

_-_ mdashmdash -mdash-mdashVe ~gt 1

1 l-rsquolsquoi lsquoJ ~

~i

6

ver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 84

61 General (Centrsquod)

611 Feature Group Arrangements (Centrsquod)

(A)

(B)

(c)

Feature Group A (FGA)

FGA Access in the originating direction is available tothe FGA customersrsquo end users via the EAS facilities of theprimary carrier FGA Access in the terminating directionis available to all customers Terminating FGA Access isprovided via an access tandem or an end office of theprimary carrier to the end users in the EAS service areaA more detailed description of FGA Access is provided in621 following

Feature Group B (FGB)

FGB Access is available to all customers FGB Accessprovides trunk side access to Telephone Company end officeswitches via an access tandem of the primary carrierwith an associated uniform 95O-1OXX access code for thecustomers use in originating communications from andterminating communications to an Interexchange CarrierrsquosService or a customer ~rovided communications capabilityA more detailed description622 following

Feature Group C (FGC)

FGC Access provides trunk sldquoend office switches via an

of FGB Access is provided in

de access to Telephone Companyaccess tandem of the primary

carrier for providers of MTS and WATS used in originatingand terminating communications Feature Group C is onlyavailable to providers of MTS and WATS WATS AccessService is available as set forth in 712 followingA more detailed description of FGC Access is provided in623 following

Issued 1211187 Mr Melvin R HooJesPresident Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming B3120 mdashmdash

~rsquot ~l1~ ~ [L- ~~lt i J

1

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 85

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

61 General (Centrsquod)

611 Feature Group Arrangements (Centrsquod)

(D) Manner of Provision

FGC Access is furnished on BHMC basis BHMCS aredifferentiated by type and directionality of trafficcarried over a Switched Access Service arrangementDifferentiation of traffic among BHMC types is necessaryfor the Telephone Company to properly design SwitchedAccess Service to meet the traffic carrying capacityrequirement of the customer

There are two major BHMC categories identified asOriginating and Terminating Originating BHMCS representaccess capacity within a LATA for carrying traffic fromthe end user to the customer and Terminating BHMCSrepresent access capacity within a LATA for carryingtraffic from the customer to the end user When orderingcapacity for FGC Access the customer must at a minimumspecify such access capacity in terms of originating BHMCSandor terminating BHMCS

612 WATS Access Service

WATS Access Service is a type of Special Access Service thatis provided only for use with Feature Group C SwitchedAccess Service Wats Access Service connects a customerdesignated premises with a WATS Serving Office utilizing therate categories described in 712 following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

rrsquo- 1mdash-mdash--mdash ----

-F~ - ~ ~ ~ldquordquo J ~i lsquo rsquo 1 ~ l~~j 7 lc~g it 1

--mdash -mdash-i

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 86Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

61 General (Centrsquod)

613 Rate Categories

There are three rate categories which apply to Switched AccessService

- Local Transport- End Office (ie Local Switching Line Termination

Intercept Directory Assistance Surcharge)- Common Line (described in section 3 preceding)

The following diagram depicts a generic view of the componentsof Switch Access Service and the manner in which the componentsare

End

combined to provide a complete Access Service

SWITCHEOACCESS SERVICE

~y CummmuCklmklald

Usar Esd Offles CailrsrI I

I II

I III II uI II Accass Tandem

I II

I II

1ltCL LT

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoo~es President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 87

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

61 General (Centrsquod)

613 Rate Categories (Centrsquod)

(A) Local Transport

The Local Transport rate category provides thetransmission facilities between the customerrsquos premisesand the end office switch(es) where the customerrsquostraffic is switched to originate or terminate itsconununications The Telephone Company will measure andapply its per access minute rates to the local transporttermination at the end office and its per access minutemile rates to the Local Transport facilities from the endoffice to the Interconnection Point Local Transport isprovided at the rates set forth in 121C following andin accordance with 247 preceding

Local Transport is a two-way voice frequency transmissionpath composed of facilities determined by the TelephoneCompany The two-way voice frequency transmission pathpermits the transport of calls in the originatingdirection (from the end user end office switch to thecustomer premises location) and in the terminatingdirection (from the customer premises location to theend user end office switch) but not simultaneouslyThe voice frequency transmission path may be comprised ofany form or configuration of plant capable of andtypically used in the telecommunications industry forthe transmission of voice and associated telephonesignals within the frequency bandwidth of approximately300 to 3000 Hz

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 88

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

61 General (Centrsquod)

613 Rate Categories (Centrsquod)

(A) Local Transport (Centrsquod)

The Telephone Company will work cooperatively with thecustomer to develop routing and other local transportarrangements subject to availability of equipment or inaccordance with section 10 following

The Telephone Company will work cooperatively with theprimary carrier to provide the interface groups andoptional features the customer has ordered subject toavailability of equipment or in accordance with section10 following

The number of Local Transport transmission paths providedis based on the customerrsquos order and is determined by theTelephone Company as set forth in 645 following

(B) End Office

The End Office rate category provides the local endoffice switching and end user termination functions tocomplete the transmission of Switched Accesscommunications to and from the end users served by thelocal end office The End Office rate category includesthe Local Switching Line Termination Intercept andDirectory Assistance Surcharges

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~ mdash- mdashmdash~- ~ La ]ldquoJ -1

q

I[ 1 f-l

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 89

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

61 General (Centrsquod)

613 Rate Categories (Centrsquod)

(B) End Office

(1) Local Switching

The Local Switching rate element provides the localend office switching functions and the transporttermination for the trunk side arrangements whichterminate the Local Transport facilities LocalSwitching use is measured on an originating andterminating basis Rates for Local Switching useare applied on a total number of access minutes ofuse basis at the rates set forth in 121B(l)following The number of Transport Terminationsprovided will be determined by the Telephone Companyas set forth in 646 following

(2) Line Termination

The Line Termination rate element provides theterminations for the end user lines terminating inthe local end office

Line Terminations are available with either dialpulse or dual tone multifrequency signaling LineTermination rates are applied on a total number ofaccess minutes of use basis Line Termination ratesare set forth in 121B(2) following

Issued 123186 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

61 General (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 90

SERVICE

613 Rate Categories (Centrsquod)

(B) End Office (Centrsquod)

(3) Intercept

The Intercept rate element provides for thetermination of a call at a Telephone CompanyIntercept operator or recording The operator orrecording tells a caller why a call as dialedcould not be completed and if possible provide thecorrect number

Intercept rates are applied on an access minutes ofuse basis and are assessed to a customer based onthe total number of access minutes Intercept ratesare set forth in 121B(3) following

(4) Directory Assistance Surcharqe

Directory Assistance Surcharge rates are accessed toa customer based on the total number of accessminutes Directory Assistance surcharge rates areas set forth in 121B(4) following

The number of end office switching transmission pathsprovided will be determined by the Telephone Companybased on the busy hour minutes of capacity to each endoffice specified by the customer in its order Thenumber of transmission paths will be determined as setforth in 645 following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 mdash--mdash-- --mdashmdash-mdash=

I F-j ildquoldquordquo)[i ----~~-4

1

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 91

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

61 General (Centrsquod)

614 Design Layout Report

The Telephone Company will provide to the customer the makeupof the facilities and services provided to the first point ofswitching This information will be provided in the form of aDesign Layout Report The Design Layout Report will beprovided to the customer at no charge and will be reissuedwhenever facilities provided to the customer are materiallychanged

615 Acceptance Testing

At no additional charge the Telephone Company will at thecustomerrsquos request cooperatively test at the time ofinstallation the following parameters loss C-messagenoise 3-tone dc continuity and operational signaling

616 Ordering Options and Conditions

Switched Access Service is ordered under the Access Orderprovisions set forth in 5 preceding Also included in thatsection are charges which may be associated with orderingSwitched Access Service (eg Access Order charges OrderChange Charges Cancellation Charges etc)

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 92

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

61 General (Centrsquod)

617 Testing

(A) Acceptance Testinq

At no additional charge the Telephone Company will inconjunction with the primary carrier at the customersrequest subject to the availability of equipmentcooperatively test at the time of installation thefollowing parameters loss C-notched noise C-messagenoise 3-tone slope dc continuity and operationalsignaling When the Local Transport is provided withInterface Groups 2 through 10 and the TranpsortTermination is two-wire (ie there is a four-wire totwo-wire conversion in Local Transport) balanceparameters (equal level echo path loss) may also betested

(B) Routine Testing

At no additional charge the Telephone Company will inconjunction with the primary carrier at the customerrsquosrequest subject to the availability of equipment testafter installation on an automatic or manual basis 1004Hz loss C-message noise and Balance (Return loss)

In the case of automatic testing the customer shallprovide remote office test lines and 105 test lines withassociated responders or their functional equivalent Thefrequency of these tests will be that which is mutuallyagreed upon by the customer and the Telephone Company butshall consist of not less than quarterly 1004 Hz Loss andC-message noise test and an annual Balance test Trunktest failures requiring customer participation for troubleresolution will be provided to the customer on an as-occurs basis

Additional tests may be ordered as set forth in 92following Charges for these additional tests are setforth in 124(B) following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

rmdashmdash ------------mdash--mdash -

l~j~~~ 1rdquo ~j

ACCESS SERVICE

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 93

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

62 Provision and Description of Switched Access Service Feature Groups

Switched Access is provided in three different Feature Grouparrangements The company provides type B or C transmissionperformance to the Interconnection point with the primary carrierThe provision of Feature Groups require Local Transport facilitiesand the appropriate End Office functions The parameters for thetransmission performances are as set forth in 63 following

Feature Groups are arranged for either originating terminating ortwo-way calling based on the customer end office switching capacityordered Originating calling permits the delivery of calls fromtelephone exchange service locations to the customersrsquo premisesTerminating calling permits the delivery of calls from the customersrsquopremises to telephone exchange services locations Two-way callingpermits the delivery of calls in both directions but notsimultaneously The customer must work with the Primary Carrier todetermine the type of calling to be provided

There are various chargeable and nonchargeable optional featuresavailable with the Feature Groups through the tariff of the PrimaryCarrier The telephone company will work cooperatively with theprimary carrier to provide the features ordered by the customersubject to availability of equipment Where equipment is notavailable and the customer requests such features from the TelephoneCompany they must be ordered through Section 10 of this tariff

Following are detailed descriptions of Feature Groups provided by theTelephone Company Feature Groups are described in terms of theirspecific physical characteristics and calling patterns thetransmission performances with which it is provided and the standardtesting capabilities provided by the Telephone Company

Issued 123187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 ~-~-mdash-f-~rdquo

F ~ ~-rsquo--lsquo--- frdquo

~~hl ~ rlc

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

621 Feature Group A (FGA)

(A) Description

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 94

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

Originating FGA is provided via the EAS facilitiesof the primary carrier at electronic andelectromechanical end offices of the Telephonecompany

Terminating FGA is provided in connection withTelephone Company electronic and electromechanicalend offices via the access tandem or the end officeof the primary carrier for terminating calling only

A seven digit local telephone number assigned by theprimary carrier is provided for access to FGAswitching in the originating direction The sevendigit local telephone number will be associated withthe selected end office switch and is of the formNXX-XXXX

FGA Switching when used in the terminatingdirection is arranged with dial tone start-dialsignaling When used in the terminating directionFGA switching may at the option of the customer bearranged for dial pulse or dual tone multifrequencyaddress signaling subject to availability ofequipment at the first point of switching

No address signaling is provided when FGA Switchingis used in the originating direction Addresssignaling in such cases if required by thecustomer must be provided by the customerrsquos enduser using inband tone signaling techniques Suchinband tone address signals will not be regeneratedby the Telephone Company and will be subject to theordinary transmission capabilities of the LocalTransport provided

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 95

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

62 Provision and Description of Switched Access ServiceFeature Groups (Centrsquod)

621 Feature Group A (FGA) (Centrsquod)

(A) Description (Centrsquod)

(6) FGA switching when used in the terminatingdirection may be used to access valid NXXS in thelocal calling area emergency reporting service (911where available) exchange telephone repair (611where available) time or weather announcementservices of the Telephone Company communityinformation services of an information serviceprovider and other customersrsquo services (by dialingthe appropriate digits) Charges for FGAterminating calls to 611 or 911 will only applywhere sufficient call details are available

(B) Testinq Capabilities

FGA is provided in the terminating direction whereequipment is available with seven digit access lines tobalance (100 type) test line and milliwatt (102 type)test line Additional Testing and is available as setforth in 92 following

Issued 123186 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 96

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

62 Provision and Description of Switched Access ServiceFeature Groups (Centrsquod)

622 Feature Group B (FGB)

(A) Description

(1) FGB is provided at electronic and electromechanicalend office switches of the Telephone Company viathe designated electronic access tandem switches ofthe primary carrier

(2) FGB switching is provided with multifrequencyaddress signaling in both the originating andterminating directions

The provisions of FGB at the access tandem is madethrough the access tariff of the primary carrier

(3) The access code for FGB switching is a uniformaccess code The form of the uniform access code is95O-1OXX for carriers The uniform access code willbe assigned to the customer by the primary carrier

(4) FGB switching when used in the terminatingdirection may be used to access valid NXXS in thelocal calling area time or weather announcementservices of an information service provider andother customerrsquos services (by dialing theappropriate digits) Additionally non-accesscharges will also be billed for calls from a FGBtrunk to another customerrsquos service in

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO t30x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 97

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

62 Provision and Description of Switched Access ServiceFeature Groups (Centrsquod)

622 Feature Group B (FGB) (Centrsquod)

(A) Description (Centrsquod)

(4) (Centrsquod)

accordance with that customerrsquos applicable servicerates when the Telephone Company performs thebilling function for that customer Calls in theterminating direction will not be completed to 950-10XX access codes local operator assistance (O-and O+) Directory Assistance (411 and 555-1212)service codes 611 and 911 or 10XXX access codesFGB may not be switched in the terminatingdirection to Switched Access Service Feature GroupsB and C

(5) The Telephone Company will provide a communicationpath from the end office switches to theinterconnection point with the primary carrier

(B) Transmission Specifications

FGB is provided with Type B or C transmissionspecifications to Interconnection Points with the primarycarrier

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 98

62 Provision and Description of Switched Access ServiceFeature Groups (Centrsquod)

622 Feature Group B (FGB) (Centrsquod)

(C) Testinq Capabilities

FGB is provided in the termrdquoequipment is available with

nating directon whereseven digit access to

balance (100 type) test line milliwatt (102 type) testline nonsynchronous or synchronous test lineAdditional Testing is available as set forth in 92following

623 Feature Group C

(A) Description

(1) FGC is provided at al1 Telephone Company end officeswitches via Telephone Company designated accesstandem switches FGC switching is provided to theCustomer (ie providers of MTS and WATS AccessService) at an end office switch

(2) FGC is provided as trunk side switching through theuse of the access tandem switch of the primarycarrier The switch trunk equipment is provided withanswer and disconnect supervisory signaling Winkstart-pulsing signals are provided in all officeswhere available In those offices where wink-startsignals are not available delay dial start-pulsingsignals will be provided in which case no start-pulsing signals are provided

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

p=i-E-7-Tq

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 99

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

62 Provision and Description of Switched Access ServiceFeature Groups (Centrsquod)

623 Feature Group C (FGC) (Centrsquod)

(A) Description (Centrsquod)

(3)

(4)

FGC is provided with multifrequency addresssignaling The address signaling will be dialpulse revertive pulse immediate dial pulse orpanel call indicator signaling whichever isavailable Up to 12 digits of the called partynumber dialed by the customerrsquos end user using dualtone multifrequency or dial pulse address signalswill be provided by Telephone Company equipment tothe Customer Premises where the Switched AccessService Terminates Such called party numbersignals will be subject to the ordinary transmissioncapabilities of Local Transport provided

No access code is required for FGC Switching Thetelephone number dialed by the customerrsquos end usershall be a seven or ten digit number for calls inthe North American Numbering Plan (NANP) Forinternational calls outside the NANP a seven totwelve digit number may be dialed The form of thenumbers dialed by the customerrsquos end user is NXX-XXXX O or 1 + NXX-XXXX NPA + NXX-XXXX O or 1 + NPA+ NXXX-XXXX and when the end office is equipped forInternational Direct Dialing (IDDD) 01 + CC + NN or011 +CC+ NN

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 100

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

62 Provision and Description of Switched Access ServiceFeature Groups (Centrsquod)

623 Feature Group C (FGC) (Centrsquod)

(A) Description (Centrsquod)

(5) FGC switching when used in the terminatingdirection may be used to access valid NXXS in thelocal exchange area time or weather announcementservices of the Telephone Company cotnnunityinformation services of an information provider andthe customerrsquos services (by dialing the appropriatecodes) when the services can be reached using validNXX codes FGC may not be switched in theterminating direction to Switched Access ServiceFeature Group C

(B) Transmission Specifications

FGC is provided with either Type B or C TransmissionSpecifications when routed to an access tandem

Transmission Specifications between the Primary exchangecarrier and the customer are provided in the tariff of theprimary exchange carrier

DB Data Transmission Parameters are provided for thetransmission path between the access tandem and the endoffice

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~=-- -mdash- mdash

f lsquoT ldquo~ 7

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 101

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

62 Provision and Description of Switched Access ServiceFeature Groups (Centrsquod)

623 Feature Group C (FGC) (Centrsquod)

(C) Testinq Capabilities

FGC is provided in the terminating direction whereequipment is available with seven digit access tobalance (100 type) test line milliwatt (102 type) testline nonsynchronous and synchronous test line Inaddition to the tests described in 617 preceding whichare included with the installation of service and ongoingroutine testing Additional Testing is available as setforth in 92 following

63 Transmission Specifications

The Telephone Company provides Switched Access Service transmissionpaths with standard transmission specifications Type B or C Thetransmission specifications are set forth in Section 112

Data Transmission parameters are also provided with each SwitchedAccess Service transmission path The Telephone Company will inconjunction with the primary carrier and subject to availability ofequipment upon notification by the customer that the data parametersset forth in 1122(B) are not being met conduct tests independentlyor in cooperation with the customer and take any necessary action toinsure that the data parameters are met

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes Presiden Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 102

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service

63 Transmission Specifications (Centrsquod)

The Telephone Company will maintain existing transmissionspecifications on functioning service configurations installed priorto the effective date of this tariff except that serviceconfigurations having performance specifications exceeding thestandards listed in this provision will be maintained at performancelevels specified in this tariff

The transmission specifications concerning Switched Access Serviceare immediate action limits and are set forth in 112 followingAcceptance limits are set forth in Technical Reference TR-NPL-OO0334This Technical Reference also provides the basis for determiningSwitched Access Service maintenance limits

64 Obligations of the Telephone Company

In addition to the obligations of the Telephone Company set forth in2 preceding the Telephone Company has certain other obligationspertaining only to the provision of Switched Access Service Theseobligations are as follows

641 Network Management

The Telephone Company will administer its network to insurethe provision of acceptable service levels to alltelecommunications users of the Telephone Companyrsquos networkservices Generally service levels are considered acceptableonly when both end users and customers are able to establishconnections with little or no delay encountered within theTelephone Company network The Telephone Company maintainsthe right to apply protective controls over any traffic

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 103

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

64 Obligations of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

641 Network Management (Centrsquod)

carried over its network including that associated with acustomerrsquos Switched Access Service Generally suchprotective measures would only be taken as a result ofoccurrences such as failure or overload of Telephone Companyor customer facilities natural disasters mass calling ornational security demands In the event that the protectivecontrols applied by the Telephone Company result in thecomplete loss of service by the customer the customer will begranted a Credit Allowance for Service Interruption as setforth in 244(B)(2) preceding

642 Design and Traffic Routing of Switched Access Service

For Feature Groups A amp B the line or trunk directionality andtraffic routing of Switched Access Service between thecustomers premises and the entry switch are determined by thecustomerrsquos order with the primary carrier FGA Service isprovided to the customer by the Telephone Company via the EASfacilities of the primary carrier FGB Service is provided tothe customers by the Telephone Company via the access tandemof the primary carrier

For Feature Group C the Telephone Company shall design anddetermine the routing of Switched Access Service includingthe selection of the first point of switching and to the endoffices where busy hour minutes of capacity are ordered TheTelephone Company shall also decide if capacity is to beprovided by originating only terminating only or two-waytrunk groups Selection of facilities and equipment andtraffic routing of the service are based on standardengineering methods available facilities and equipment andthe Telephone Company traffic routing plans If the customerdesires routing or directionality different from thatdetermined by the Telephone Company the Telephone Companywill work cooperatively with the customer in determining (1)whether the service is to be routed directly to an end officeor through an access tandem switch and (2) the directionalityof the service

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

rmdashmdashmdash mdash_____-

1 F lsquo ldquorsquo~~ ~

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

64 Obligations of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 104

643

644

645

Provision of Service Performance Data

Subject to availability end-to-end service performance dataavailable to the Telephone Company through its own serviceevaluation routines may also be made available to thecustomer based on previously arranged intervals and formatThese data provide information on overall end-to-end callcompletion and non-completion performance eg customerequipment blockage failure results and transmissionperformance These data do not include service performancedata which are provided under other tariff sections egtesting service results If data is to be provided in otherthan paper format the charges for such exchange will bedetermined on an individual case basis

Trunk Group Measurement Reports

Subject to availability the Telephone Company will makeavailable trunk group data in the form of usage in CCS pegcount and overflow to the customer based on previously agreedto intervals

Determination of Number of Transmission Paths

The Telephone Company will determine the number of SwitchedAccess Service transmission paths to be provided for theSwitched Access Feature Group C busy hour minutes of capacityordered A transmission path is a communication path withinthe frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz or aderived communication path of a frequency bandwidth ofapproximately 300 Hz to 3000 Hz provided over a high frequencyanalog facility or a high speed digital facility between acustomerrsquos premises and a Telephone Company location Thenumber of transmission paths will be developed using the totalbusy hour minutes of capacity by type (as described in

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

ACCESS SERVICE

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 105

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

64 Obligations of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

645 Determination of Number of Transmission Paths

611(D) preceding) for the end offices for each Feature Groupordered from a customerrsquos designated premises The total busyhour minutes of capacity by type for the end office will beconverted to transmission paths using standard TelephoneCompany traffic engineering methods The number oftransmission paths provided shall be the number required basedon the use of access tandem switches and end office switches

646 Determination of Number of End Office Transport Terminations

For analog entry switches a termination will be provided foreach transmission path provided For digital entry switchesan equivalent termination will be provided for eachtransmission path provided

65 Obligations of the Customer

In addition to the obligations of the Customer set forth in 2preceding the Customer has certain specific obligations pertaining tothe use of Switched Access Service These obligations are asfollows

651 Report Requirements

Customers are responsible for providing the following reportsto the Telephone Company when applicable

(A) Jurisdictional Reports

When a Customer orders Switched Access Service for bothinterstate and intrastate use the percentage ofinterstate and intrastate traffic will be developed asset forth in 2310 preceding Charges will beapportioned in accordance with those reports The methodto be used for determining the intrastate charges is setforth in 2311 preceding

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

6

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 106

ACCESS SERVICE

Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

65 Obligations of the Customer (Centrsquod)

652 Supervisory Signaling

The customerrsquos facilities shall provide the necessary on-hookand off-hook answer and disconnect supervision

653 Trunk Group Measurement Reports

With the agreement of the Customer trunk group data in theform of usage in CCS peg count and overflow for its end ofall access trunk groups where technologically feasible willbe made available to the Telephone Company

This data will be used to monitor trunk group utilization andservice performance and will be based on previously arrangedintervals and format

66 Rate Regulations

This section contains the specific regulations governing the ratesand charges that apply for Switched Access Service

661 Description and Application of Rates and Charges

There are two types of rates and charges that apply toSwitched Access Service These are usage rates andnonrecurring charges These rates and charges are applieddifferently to the various rate elements as set forth in (C)following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 107

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

661 Description and Application of Rates and Charges (Centrsquod)

(A) Usage Rates

Usage rates are rates that apply only when a specificrate element is used These are applied on a per accessminute basis Access Minute charges are accumulated overa monthly period

(B) Nonrecurring Charges

Nonrecurring charges are one-time charges that apply for aspecific work activity (ie installation or change to anexisting service) The types of nonrecurring charges thatapply for Switched Access Service are installation ofservice and service rearrangements at the rates set forthin 121(D) following

(1) Installation of Service

Nonrecurring charges apply to each Switched AccessService installed For FGC which is ordered on abusy hour minutes of capacity basis the charge isapplied on a per trunk basis but the charge appliesonly when the capacity ordered requires theinstallation of an additional trunk(s)

(C) Application of Rates

Rates are applied to measured or assumed access minutes

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 108

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

661 Description and Application of Rates and Charges (Centrsquod)

(C) Application of Rates (Centlsquod)

The specific application of these rates for a specificcustomer is dependent upon the Feature Group

The following rules provide the basis for applying therates and charges

(1) Access rates apply to all FGA FGB and FGC accessminutes

(2) FGA and terminating FGBwill be billed in accordancewith the usage report received from the primaryexchange carrier on a monthly basis

(3) Where Feature Group A switched access usage isbetween a primary carrier and a Telephone Companywithin the same Extended Area Service Calling areathe Telephone Company will apply Switched AccessService End Office and Local Transport Rates as setforth in Section 121 following This is inaddition to those rates charged by the primarycarrier

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

ldquo t$ _ - -

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 109

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

661 Description and Application of Rates and Charqes (Centrsquod)

(C) Application of Rates (Centlsquod)

(4) Where Feature Group B switched access usage isbetween a primary carrier and Telephone Company endoffice(s) which subtends the Feature Group B accesstandem the Telephone Company will apply SwitchedAccess Service End Office and Local transport ratesas set forth in Section 121 following This is inaddition to those rates charged by the primarycarrier

662 Minimum Period

Switched Access Service is provided for a minimum period ofone month

663 Measuring Access Minutes

Customer traffic to end offices will be measured (ierecorded or assumed) by the Telephone Company at the endoffice switches or access tandem switches Originating andterminating calls will be measured (ie recorded or assumed)by the Telephone Company to determine the basis for computingchargeable access minutes In the event the customer messagedetail is not available because the Telephone Company lost ordamaged tapes or incurred recording system outages theTelephone Company will use the same estimates as set forth in851(C) following as the basis for computing chargeableaccess minutes For terminating calls over FGA and FGB FGCto 800 and for originating calls over FGB the measuredminutes are the chargeable access minutes For originatingcalls over FGC chargeable originating access minutes arederived from recorded minutes in the following manner

Step 1 Obtain recorded originating minutes and messagesmeasured as set forth in (C) following for FGC fromthe appropriate recording data

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 mdash-

r

--mdashmdash mdashmdash

F ~ gt~s u

Akl-$CrdquogtqI

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 110

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

663 Measuring Access Minutes (Centrsquod)

Step 2 Obtain the total attempts by dividing the originatingmeasured messages by the completion ratioCompletion ratios (CR) are obtained separately forthe major call categories such as DDD operator 800900 directory assistance and international from asample study which analyzes the ultimate completionstatus of the total attempts which receiveacknowledgement from the customer That is MeasuredMessages divided by Completion Ratio equals TotalAttempts

Step 3 Obtain the total non-conversation time additive(NCTA) by multiplying the total attempts (obtained inStep 2) by the NCTA per attempt ratio The NCTA perattempt ratio is obtained from the sample studyidentified in Step 2 by measuring the non-conversation time associated with both completed andincomplete attempts The total NCTA is the time ona completed attempt from the customer acknowledgementof receipt of call to called party answer (set up andringing) plus time on an incomplete attempt fromcustomer acknowledgement of call until the accesstandem or end office receives a disconnect signal(ring - no answer busy or network blockage) Thatis Total Attempts times Non-Conversation Time perAttempt equals Total NCTA

Step 4 Obtain total chargeable originating access minutes byadding the total NCTA (obtained in Step 3) to therecorded originating measured minutes (obtained inStep 1) That is Measured Minutes plus NCTA equalsChargeable Originating Access Minutes

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~~rsquo~l

-mdashmdash

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 111Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

663 Measuring Access Minutes (Centrsquod)

Following is an example which illustrates how the chargeableoriginating access minutes are derived from the measuredoriginating minutes using this formula

Where

(1)

(2)

(3)

Measured Minutes (M Min) = 7000Measured Messages (M Mes) = 1000Completion Ration (CR) = 75NCTA per Attempt = 4

Total Attempts = 1000 (M Mes) = 13333375 (CR)

Total NCTA = 4 (NCTA per Attempt) times133333 = 53333

Total Chargeable Originating Access Minutes =7000 (M Min) +53333 (NCTA) = 753333

When assumed minutes are used the assumed minutes are thechargeable access minutes

Usage rated FGA FGB and FGC access minutes or fractionsthereof the exact value of the fraction being a function ofthe switch technology where the measurement is made areaccumulated over the billing period for each end office andare then rounded up to the nearest access minute for each endoffice

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

rrsquo

mdash- mdashmdash --mdashmdash-mdash

F~ ldquoldquordquordquorsquordquo lsquo

- i

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 112

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

663 Measurinq Access Minutes (Centrsquod)

(A) Feature Group A Usaqe Measurement

For originating calls over FGA usage measurement beginswhen the originating FGA entry switch receives an off-hook supervisory signal forwarded from the customerrsquospoint of termination This off-hook signal may beprovided by the customerrsquos equipment before the calledparty answers or forwarded by the customerrsquos equipmentwhen the called party answers

The measurement of originating call usage over FGA endswhen the originating FGA entry switch receives an on-hooksupervisory signal from either the originating end userrsquosend office indicating the originating end user hasdisconnected or the customerrsquos point of terminationwhichever is recognized first by the entry switch

For terminating calls over FGA usage measurement beginswhen the terminating FGA entry switch receives an off-hook supervisory signal from the terminating end userrsquosend office indicating the terminating end user hasanswered

The measurement of terminating call usage over FGA endswhen the terminating FGA entry switch receives an on-hooksupervisory signal from either the terminating end userrsquosend office indicating the terminating end user hasdisconnected or the customerrsquos point of terminationwhichever is recognized first by the entry switch

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 113

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

663 Measurinq Access Minutes (Centrsquod)

(B) Feature Group B Usaqe Measurement

For originating calls over FGB usage measurement beginswhen the originating FGB entry switch receives answersupervision forwarded from the customerrsquos point oftermination indicating the customerrsquos equipment hasanswered

The measurement of originating call usage over FGB endswhen the originating FGB entry switch receives disconnectsupervision from either the originating end userrsquos endoffice indicating the originating end user hasdisconnected or the customerrsquos point of terminationwhichever is recognized first by the entry switch

For terminating calls over FGB usage measurement beginswhen the terminating FGB entry switch receives answersupervision from the terminating end userrsquos end officeindicating the terminating end user has answered

The measurement of terminating call usage FGB ends whenthe terminating FGB entry switch receives disconnectsupervision from either the terminating end userrsquos endoffice indicating the terminating end user hasdisconnected or the customerrsquos point of terminationwhichever is recognized first by the entry switch

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

663 Measuring Access Minutes (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 114

(c) Feature Group C Usage Measurement

For originating calls over FGC usage measurement beginswhen the originating FGC entry switch receives answersupervision from the customerrsquos point of terminationindicating the called party has answered

The measurement of originating call usage over FGC endswhen the originating FGC entry switch receives disconnectsupervision from either the originating end userrsquos endoffice indicating the originating end user hasdisconnected or the customerrsquos point of terminationwhichever is recognized first by the entry switch

For terminating calls over FGC to services other than 800or 900 terminating FGC usage is not directly measured atthe terminating entry switch but is imputed fromoriginating usage excluding usage from calls to 800 or900

For terminating calls over FGC to 800 Service usagemeasurement begins when the terminating FGC entry switchreceives answer supervision from the terminating end userrsquosend office indicating the terminating 800 Service enduser has answered

The measurement of terminating call usage over FGC to 800Service ends when the terminating FGC entry switch receivesan on-hook supervisory signal from the terminating enduserrsquos end office indicating the terminating 800 Serviceend user has disconnected or from the customerrsquos point oftermination whichever is recognized first by the entryswitch

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

[Flmdashmdashmdash----mdash-------mdash--

[Jz[rsquo-lt~- ]1

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 115

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

664 Mileage Measurement

The mileage to be used to determine the appropriate billing forLocal Transport facility is calculated on the airline distancebetween the end office switch which may be a Remote SwitchingLocation where the call carried by Local Transport originatesor terminates and the customerrsquos serving wire center Whereapplicable the VampH coordinates method is used to determine themileage This method is set forth in the EXCHANGE CARRIERASSOCIATION TARIFF FCC NO 2 for Wire Center Information(VampH coordinates)

To determine the rate to be billed first compute the airlinemileage using the VampH coordinates method If the calculationresults in a fraction of a mile always round up to the nextwhole mile before determining the mileage Multiply thecalculated mileage by the Billing Percentage (BP) as set forthin EXCHANGE CARRIER ASSOCIATION TARIFF NO 2 for the endoffice times the local transport facilities rate to determinethe appropriate local transport facilities charges Mileagerates for Local Transport Facilities are as set forth in 121Cfollowing

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

--mdash------_ rdquo--

F[_rsquo~j lsquoj

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 116

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service

71 General

Special Access Service provides a transmission path to connecttwo or more customer designated premises If only a portion of thefacilities can be provided by the Telephone Company Special AccessService provides the transmission path necessary to connect customerdesignated premises in the service area to the interconnection pointwith the primary carrier Special Access Service includes allexchange access which does not utilize Telephone Company end officeswitches Special Access Service also includes the transmission pathto connect a customer designated premise and a WATS serving office

711 Channel Type

The Telephone Company provides voice grade special access serviceThe customer can select from a list of available transmissionparameters and channel interfaces to build a system to meet speccommunications requirements

The Voice Grade channel is a channel for the transmission of ariarsquosignals within an approximate bandwith of 300 to 3000 Hz

712 Rate Categories

fic

Og

There are three basic rate categories which apply to Special AccessService in addition to the Special Access Surcharge described inSection 733

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 __ _

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 117

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

71 General (Centrsquod)

712 Rate Categories (Centrsquod)

(A)

(B)

Channel TerminationThe Channel Termination rate cateuorv wovides for theconnnunications path between a cus~om~ridesignated premisesand the serving wire center of that premises Included aspart of the Channel Termination is a standard channelinterface arrangement which defines the technicalcharacteristics associated with the type of facilities towhich the access service is to be connected at the Point ofTermination (POT) and the type of signaling capability ifany The signaling capability itself is provided as anoptional feature as set forth in (C) following OneChannel Termination charge applies per customer designatedpremises at which the channel is terminated

Closed End WATS Access Channel Termination provides theaccess line between a customer designated premises and thewire center serving that premises The Channel terminationrate is set forth in 122A following

Channel Mileage

The Channel Mileage rate category provides the transmissionfacility between the serving wire center of the customerdesignated premises and the interconnection point with theconnecting carrier Closed end WATS Access Channel Mileageprovides for the transmission Facility between a servingwire center associated with a customer designated premisesand the interconnecting point with the connecting carrieror the WATS serving office Channel Mileage is provided atthe rate set forth in 122B following and in accordancewith 247 preceding Channel Mileage rates are made up ofthe Channel Mileage Facility rate and the Channel MileageTermination rate

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 118

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

71 General (Centrsquod)

712 Rate Categories (Centrsquod)

(1)

(2)

Channel Mileaqe Facility

The Channel Mileage Facility rate recovers the cost forthe transmission path which extends between theCustomer Designated Premises serving wire center andthe Interconnection Point with the connecting carrieror the WATS serving office

Channel Mileage Termination

The Channel Mileage Termination rate recovers the costfor end office equipment associated with terminatingthe facility (ie basic circuit equipment andterminations at serving wire centers and hubs)Channel Mileage Termination rate will apply at theserving wire center(s) for each customer designatedpremises

(C) Optional Features and Functions

The Optional Features and Functions rate category providesfor optional features and functions which may be added to aSpecial Access Service to improve its quality or utility tomeet specific communications requirements These are notnecessarily identifiable with specific equipment butrather represent the end result in terms of performancecharacteristics which may be obtained Thesecharacteristics may be obtained by using variouscombinations of equipment Although the equipmentnecessary to perform a specified function may be installedat various locations along the path of the service theywill be charged for as a single rate element TheTelephone Company will work cooperatively with the customerand the primary carrier to provide the optional featuresand function desired but not included as part of thistariff subject to the availability of equipment or inaccordance with Section 10 following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdashmdash -q--_

F i l+ [1 ~

I

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 119

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

71 General (Centrsquod)

(C) Optional Features and Functions (Centrsquod)

A complete list and description of voice grade optionalfeatures and functions are set forth in Section 115following

The Telephone Company provides only the following optionalfeature and function(s)

NONE

713 Service Configurations

There are two types of services configurations over whichSpecial Access Services are provided two-point service andmultipoint service The Telephone Company provides thefollowing Special Access Services Two point service onepoint on a two point service in conjunction with another LECone or more points on a multipoint service provided inconjunction with another LEC or the closed end of a WATS AccessLine

(A) Two-Point Service

A two-point servicepremises either onhub where multiplex

Applicable rate eler

connects two customer designateda directly connected basis or through ang functions are performed

ents provided by the Telephone Companyare

- Channel Terminations (one per customer designatedpremises)

- Channel Mileage (as applicable between Serving WireCenter and Interconnection Point)

- Optional Features and Functions (when applicable)

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

-mdash -1~-

F i i lt)lsquo~j

KI ~ ~a~g iI FrsquoiJbllCS~L~lsquollirdquoli~gt~Ofi

$ ij i -

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 120

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

71 General (Centrsquod)

713 Service Configurations (Centrsquod)

The follcwing diagram depicts a two-point Voice Gradeservice connecting two customer designated premises (COP)located 15 miles apart

Applicable rate elements are

- Channel Terminations (2 applicable)- Channel Mileage (1 section Channel Mileage)

Facility per mile plus 2 Channel Mileage Terminations)

(B) Multipoint service connects three or more customerdesignated premises through a Telephone Company hub Onlycertain types of Special Access Service are provided asmultipoint service

Applicable rate Elements provided by the Telephone Companyare

- Channel Terminations (one per custcmer designatedpremises)

- Channel Mileage (as applicable between Serving WireCenter and Interconnection Point)

- Optional Features and Functions (when applicable)

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278 --mdashmdash - Freedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 121

ISilver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

71 General (Centrsquod)

(8) (Centrsquod)

Example Voice Grade multipoint service connecting four customerdesignated premises (COP) via two customer specifiedbridging hubs

Applicable rate elements are

- Channel Terminations (4 applicable)- Channel Mileage (4 sections Channel Mileage Facility per

mile plus 2 Channel Mileage Terminations per section)- Bridging Optional Feature from tariff of primary carrier

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

T

mdash--

Fldquo ~ ldquo----rsquoi~ 1 ldquo L+mdash --

~

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 122

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

71 General (Centrsquod)

714

715

716

717

Alternate Use

Alternate Use occurs when a service is arranged by theTelephone Company so that the customer can select differenttypes of transmission at different times A customer may use aservice in any privately beneficial manner However wheretechnical or engineering changes are required to effectuate analternate use the Telephone Company will make such specialarrangements available on an individual case basis

Special Facilities Routinq

A customer may request that the facilities used to provideSpecial Access Service be specially routed The TelephoneCompany will provide such routing on an individual casebasis

Design Layout Report

At the request of the customer the Telephone Company willprovide to the customer the make-up of the facilities andservices provided under this tariff as Special access Serviceto aid the customer in designing its overall service Thisinformation will be provided in the form of a Design LayoutReport The Desian Layout Reuort will be ~rovided to thecustomer at no ch~rge-and wiil be reissued orthese facilities are materially changed

Acceptance Testing

updated whenever

At no additional charge the Telephone Company will at thecustomerrsquos request subject to the availability of equipmentcooperatively test at the time of installation the followingparameters

(A) For Voice Grade analog services acceptance testing willinclude tests for loss 3-tone slope dc continuityoperational signaling and C-message noise when theseparameters are applicable and specified in the order forservice

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R HooJesPresident Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone Company

PO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 123

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

71

72

General (Centrsquod)

718 Ordering Options and Conditions

Special Access Service is ordered under the Access Orderprovisions set forth in 5 preceding Also included in thatsection are other charges which may be associated with orderingSpecial Access Service

Service Descriptions

For the purposes of ordering voice (VG) is the only category ofSpecial Access Service provided by the Company

This service consists of a basic channel to which a technicalspecifications package (customized or predefine) (see Section 116)channel interface(s)(see Section 113) and when desired optionalfeatures and functions (see Section 115) are added to construct theservice desired by the customer Each of the components of theservice are described in this section

Predefine and customized technical specifications packages will beprovided by the Telephone Company or in conjunction with the primarycarrier where technically feasible and subject to availability ofequipment or in accordance with Section 10 following If theTelephone Company determines that the requested parameterspecifications are not compatible the customer will be advised andgiven the opportunity to change the order When a customized channelis ordered the customer will be notified whether additional costswill apply In such cases the customer will be given an estimate ofthe hours to be billed before any further action is taken on theorder

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdash --------~l ~[jt-

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 124

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

72 Service Descriptions (Centrsquod)

Information pertaining to the technical specifications packagesindicates the transmission parameters that are available with eachpackage (see section 116) This information is displayed in amatrix with the transmission parameters listed down the left side andthe packages listed across the top Each package is identified by acode eg VGC The first two letters of the code indicate thecategory of Special Access Service to which the parameters areapplicable These two letter codes are shown above in parenthesisfollowing the category of Special Access Service The letter ldquoCrdquofollowing the two letter code indicates the technical specificationspackage for a customized service A numeric or alpha-numericdesignation following the two letter code indicates the specificpredefine package For a customized service the customer mayselect any parameters available with that category of service as longas the parameters are compatible When appropriate the TechnicalReference which contains detailed specifications for the parametersis shown following the matrix

The optional features and functions available with Voice GradeSpecial Access Service are described in the section 115 Theoptional features and functions information also indicates with whichtechnical specifications packages they are available Suchinformation is displayed in a matrix with the optional feature orfunction listed down the left side and the technical specificationspackage listed across the top

The Telephone Company will maintain existing transmissionspecifications on services installed prior to the effective date ofthis tariff except that existing services with performance levelsabove those levels set forth in this tariff will be maintainedperformance levels specified in this tariff

Channel interfaces at each Point of Termination on a two-pointservice may be symmetricalor asymmetrical Only certain channerdquointerface combinations are available with the predefine technspecifications packages These are delineated in the Technicsrdquo

at the

cal

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

mdashrF mdash-ILizD ~t1IA411l$gq

FrsquoIJ)ik5rdquorsquo-CJldquoi(lu~f~i

~p mdash--mdash ---- J_mdash

Silver Star TerdquoWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

ephone Company Orignal Page 125

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

72 Service Descriptions (Centrsquod)

References set forth below When a customized channel is requestedall channel interface combinations available with the specified typeof service are available with the customized channel subject to theavailability of equipment or in accordance with Section 10 following

All services installed after the effective date of this tariff willconform to the transmission specification standards contained in thistariff or in the following Technical references for voice gradeservice

Voice Grade PUB TR-NPL-OO0335PUB 41004 Table 4

721 Voice Grade Service

(A) Basic Channel Description

A Voice Grade channel is a channel which provides voicefrequency transmission capability in the nominal frequencyrange of 300 to 3000 Hz and may be terminated two-wire orfour-wire Voice Grade channels are provided betweencustomer designated premises and another customerdesignated premises or between a customer designatedpremises and the Telephone Company Interconnection Point

(B) Technical Specifications Packages

The Company provides the following Voice Grade packages

Package VG

Parameter J g ~ 4mdash

AttenuationDistortion x x x xC-Messages Noise x x x xLoss Deviation x x x x

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO EIOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

mdashmdashmdash _____

lsquoFHJH3

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 126

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

72 Service Descriptions (Centrsquod)

721 Voice Grade Service (Centrsquod)

(B)

(c)

Technical Specifications Packaqes (Centrsquod)

Echo Control - provided by the primary carr

For a com~lete listinu of VG technical soecrdquo

er

ficationpackages (see section-116) These tech~ical specificationpackages will be made available subject to the availabilityof equipment or in accordance with Section 10 following

Channel Interfaces

The Telephone Company providesinterface for Voice Grade servsignaling capability DA

The Telephone Company provides

re

interfaces for Voice-Grade service that reafiiresianalinu

the following channelice that does not requrdquo

the followinq channel

capability AC GO LA LB LC LS and RV - -

A complete list of channel interfaces and compatiblechannel interfaces are set forth in 113 and 114following

A complete list of Special Access Voice Grade optionalfeature and functions are set forth in Section 115following The technical specifications package for VoiceGrade service is set forth in section 116

The Telephone Company provides only the following optionalfeatures and functions

NONE

The Telephone Company will work cooperatively with theprimary carrier and the customer to provide the customerdesired special circuit subject to the availability ofequipment or in accordance with Section 10 following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278

r

------------__Freedom Wyoming 83120

F I 1-[lJ 1

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 127

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

73 Rate Regulations

This section contains the specific regulations governing the ratesand charges that apply for Special Access Service

731 Types of Rates and Charges

There are two types of rates and charges These are monthlyrates and nonrecurring charges The rates and charges aredescribed as follows

(A) Monthly Rates

Monthly rates are flat recurring rates that apply each monthor fraction thereof that a Special Access Service isprovided For billing purposes each month is considered tohave 30 days

(B) Nonrecurring Charges

Nonrecurring Charges apply to each installation of serviceas a one time charge Changes to existing services otherthan administrative changes will be treated as adiscontinuance of the existing service and an installationof a new services

If another channel termination is added to an existingmultipoint service nonrecurring charges will only apply tothe additional termination

Nonrecurring charges apply for each Channel Terminationinstalled as set forth in Section 122 following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO t30x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 mdash -

mdashFrdquo i= D I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 128Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS LINES

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

73 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

732 Minimum Period

The minimum service period for all services is one month

733 Surcharqe for Special Access Service

(A)

(B)

General

The monthly Special Access Surcharge will apply toeach intrastate Special Access Service that terminates onan end userrsquos PBX or other device where through a functionof the device the Special Access Service interconnects tothe local exchange network Interconnection functionsinclude but are not limited to wiring and softwarefunctions switching or patching of calls or stations

The Telephone Company will bill the customer who orders theSpecial Access Service the Surcharge on each serviceinstalled unless the service is exempt from the surchargeas set forth in (B) following at the rates set forth in122D following

Exemptions from Surcharge

The Special Access Service will be exempted from themonthly surcharge if the customer provides the TelephoneCompany written certification that the special accesstermination is one of the following

(1) an open-end termination in a Telephone Company switchof an FX line including CCSA and CCSA-equivalentONALS or

(Z) an analog channel termination that is used for radio ortelevision program transmission or

(3) a termination used for TELEX service or

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO EiOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

mdash--- -mdash -~f

rI

~-rdquo-rdquorsquo- F D ldquot ~~==

ftkldquo

1 ldquorsquoRi3n~I LiXic~~r~

-Grsquo~~$L_______-rdquolsquo-=A

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 129

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

73 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

733 Surcharqe for Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

(B) Exemptions from Surcharqe (Centrsquod)

(4) a termination that by the nature of its operatingcharacteristics could not make use of Telephone Companycormnonlines or

(5) a termination that interconnects either directly orindirectly to the local network where the usage issubject to Carrier Common Line charges such as aSpecial Access Service between customer points oftermination or a Special Access Service connectingCCSA or CCSA-type equipment (inter-matching trunks) or

(6) a termination that the customer certifies to theTelephone Company is not connected to a PBX or otherdevice capable of interconnecting the Special AccessService to a local exchange subscriber line

(C) Creditinq the Surcharge

The Telephone Company will cease billing the Special AccessSurcharge when certification that the service has becomeexempt from the surcharge as set forth in (B) precedingis received If the status of the Special Access Servicewas changed prior to receipt of the exemptioncertification the Telephone Company will credit thecustomerrsquos account not to exceed ninety (90) days basedon the effective date of the change specified by thecustomer in the letter of certification

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

F

_mdash -mdash --~ amp z rdquo

1

I ~ ldquo

----~lsquo-------ldquo--mdash

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 130

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

73 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

734 Mileage Measurement

The mileage to be used to determine the monthly rate for theChannel Mileage Facility is calculated on the airline distancebetween the Telephone Companyrsquos end office serving one customerdesignated premise and the wire center serving anothercustomer designated premise or the serving wire center of theprimary carrier along the same route for Special Access Serviceserving the customer designated premises The serving wirecenter associated with a customer designated premise is theserving wire center from which this customer designated premisewould normally obtain dial tone

To determine lsquohe amount to be billed first compute the mileageusing the VampH coordinates methods as set forth in the EXCHANGECARRIER ASSOCIATION TARIFF FCC NO 2 When the calculationof total mileage results in a fraction of a mile always roundup to the next whole mile before determining the mileage andapplying the rates Multiply the resulting number of miles bythe billing percentage as set forth in Exchange CarrierAssociation Tariff No 2 times the per mile rate set forth inSection 122 B(2) following and add the channel mileagetermination for each termination

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO EOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r ldquo-rdquo

mdash-mdash-

L

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 131

8 Billing and Collection Services

81 General Description

The Telephone Company will provide the following services

(A) Recording Services(B) Message Billing Service and(C) Other Billing Services

82 Recording Service

The Telephone Company will provide Recording Service in associationwith the offering of Feature Group C Switched Access Service forcustomer messages that can be recorded by the Telephone Companyproviding automatic message accounting equipment

The Telephone Company will provide Recording Service in its operatingterritory The minimum territory for which the Telephone Companywill provide Recording Service is all the appropriately equippedoffices in a state operating territory for which the customer hasordered Feature Group C Switched Access Service

821 General Description

Recording Service is the recording of the details of a customermessage and when requested by the customer the provision ofthose details to the customer Recording Service includesrecording assembly and editing and provisions of recordedcustomer message detail the applicable charges are set forth in123A following

Recording is the entering on magnetic tape or other acceptablemedia the details of customer messages originated throughSwitched Access Service for which answer and disconnectsupervision has been received Recording is provided 24 hoursa day 7 days a week the applicable charge for providing thetape is set forth in 123(F)

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

rldquo

-- --

F--

- -~-rsquo-~W

Silver Star Telephone CompanyACCESS SERVICE

8 Billing and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

82 Recording Service (Centrsquod)

821 General Description (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 132

(A)

(B)

(c)

(D)

(E)

Assembly and editing is the aggregation of recordedcustomer message details to create individual messages andthe verification that the data required for rating inaccordance with the standard format established by theTelephone Company is present

The Telephone Company will provide the assembled and editedmessage detail to the customer on magnetic tape at therequest of the customer Except for lost or damagedrecords the recorded detail will be available to thecustomer not more than five business days after the dateall the detail requested by the customer was processed bythe Telephone Company Assembly and editing will beperformed on all customer messages recorded during thebilling period established by the Telephone Company

A standard format for the provision of the recordedcustomer message detail will be established by theTelephone Company and provided to the customer If in thecourse of Telephone Company business it is necessary tochange the format the Telephone Company will notify theinvolved customers six months prior to the change

At the customerrsquos request the Telephone Company will makeevery reasonable effort to recover recorded customermessage detail previously made available to the customerand make it available again for the customer The chargesas set forth in 123A will apply for all such efforts anddetail provided

When the Telephone Company is notified that due to erroror omission incomplete data has been provided to acustomer the Telephone Company will make every reasonableeffort to locate andor recover the data and provide newdata to the customer at no additional charge Suchrequest to recover the data must be made within 30 daysfrom the date the details were initially made available tothe customer

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

[

mdashxmdash mdash X -1 = in- j lsquoldquo~j

l~l$ fiq

Public~~~~~~p~ Cm- wl~i

f

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 133Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billinq and Collection Services

83 Messaqe Billinq Service

831 General Description

The Telephone Company will provide or arrange for theprovision of Message Billing Service for customerrsquos End Userslocated in the Telephone Companyrsquos operating territoryMessage Billing Service entails

- Assembling of recorded Customer message details- Rating of messages and other service charges including

calculations of deposits in accordance with a schedule ofrates provided by the customer including both message-billed andbulk-billed services

- Establishment of accounts for bulk-billed customer End Users- Preparation and distribution of bills to End Users- Data transmission of rated Customer message detail between

exchange Telephone Company locations and- Collection of amounts due from End Users

(A) Customer message detail may be provided entirely by the customeror may be partially provided by the customer and partiallyprovided by the Telephone Company where the customer hasordered Recording Service as set forth in 82 Where thecustomer has ~rovided messaae detail the data ~rovided mustbe in the standard format e~tablished by the TelephoneCompany and delivered to a location specified by theTelephone Company

(B) Message-billed service is a billing Service for an Endaccount with an End User common line where individual

User

customer messages are posted to the account and are listed onthe bill rendered to the End User Message-billed service isalso a billing service for a customer credit card End Useraccount without an End User common line or WATS Access Line(WAL) Service where individual messages or groups of messagesare posted to the account and listed on the bill rendered tothe End User The message billing charges per message andper bill are set forth in 123(B) and 123(C) following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

- [F [ L i

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billinq and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

83 Message Billing Service (Centrsquod)

831 General Description (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 134

(B)

(c)

(D)

(E)

(Centrsquod)

Bulk-billed service is a billing service for an End Useraccount with a WATS Access Line (WAL) Service to the End Userpremises where individual customer messages are not posted tothe account and are not listed on the bill rendered to the EndUser

Account establishment is the preparation of customer End Userrecord so that a bill can be sent to that End User TheTelephone Company will not establish an End User account witha customer balance due

Data transmission is the transmitting and receiving of messagedetail between other Exchange Telephone Company locationsThe Data transmission charge set forth in 123(D) and 123(E)applies when message detail is data transmitted to or receivedfrom another Exchange Telephone Company location by theTelephone Company This charge applies on a per recordtransmitted or received basis A record is a logical groupingof information as described in the program that processes theinformation

The Telephone Company at its option may include customerbilling amounts as part of its regular monthly bill to itscustomers for local telephone exchange service The billformat will be determined by the Telephone Company

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

-mdash-mdash----

FIi iikmdash ldquoi-~

Silver Star Telephone CompanyACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 135

8 Billing and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

83 Message Billinq Service (Centrsquod)831 General Description (Centrsquod)

(F) Message Billing Service includes the normal treatment ofdelinquent accounts posting of credits and adjustmentsmessage investigation undertaken to secure proper billinginformation and when necessary in the judgment of theTelephone Company denial of customer service to the End UserThe Telephone Company will also make its best effort to answerinquiries from End Users concerning billed items for customerservice

(G) The Telephone Company will develop the customerrsquos schedule ofrates into a rating program Program development andmaintenance charges will be on a per hour basis as set forthin 123G

(H) At the request of the customer the Telephone Company willprepare and distribute customer credit cards by first classUS Mail service The Telephone Company will assign thecredit card number and will mark the records and files toshow that an End User has been issued an customer creditcard The Telephone Company will specify the information itrequires to issue a credit card and the format to be used bythe customer in furnishing such information Plastic coatedpaper cards will be distributed unless the customer requestsanother type card be provided Charges to prepare anddistribute credit cards will be developed on an individualbasis When it becomes necessary as determined by theTelephone Company to change the credit card number ordiscontinue the billing of credit card calls to an End Useraccount because of nonpayment of charges or unauthorized useof Telephone Company and customer service offerings theTelephone Company will notify the customer The TelephoneCompany will provide the customer with the credit cardassociated End User account name and Billing address for thecredit card number change or discontinued billing Al1charges for calls associated with such a discontinued creditcard will become the responsibility of the customer after thecustomer has been notified End User questions concerningthe issuing of customer credit cards will not be handled bythe Telephone Company

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

p-i-1-rsquo--rdquo-rdquo~-rdquo~

Silver Star Telephone CompanyACCESS SERVICE

8 Billinq and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

83 Messaqe Billing Service (Centrsquod)

831 General Description (Centrsquod)

84

85

(I)

(J)

(K)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 136

The Telephone Company will accept customer gift certificates forpayment from End Users if 1) the customer agrees in writing toimmediately redeem all such gift certificates and 2) theformat of the gift certificates is acceptable to theTelephone Company

The Telephone Company will not render bills under this tarifffor the provision andor delivery of telegrams gifts orother like services that the customer offers

Where the rates for customer services have been implemented underan accounting order pending final approval from a regulatoryagency the Telephone Company will upon written request fromthe customer keep such records as may be required to make anyadjustments to the End Users as may be ordered by theregulatory agency The charges for such service will bedetermined on an individual case basis

Other BillincjServices

The Telephone Company will undertake to provide Billing Service forprivate line or other dedicated non-switched services that thecustomer provides to End Users in its territory Also itwillundertake to provide Billing Analysis Service and Billing InformationService as defined to End Users in its territory Regulations andrates applicable to these services when required will be developed andfiled on an individual case basis

General Regulations

851 Liability of the Telephone Company

(A) In the absence of willful misconduct no liability fordamages to the Customer or other person or entity otherthan as set forth in 851(B) through 851(E) followingshall attach to the Telephone Company for its action orthe conduct of its employees in providing services underthis tariff

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

P

gtmdashmdash

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billing and Collections Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

851 Liability of the Telephone Company

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 137

(B) The Telephone Companyrsquos failure to provide or maintain servicesunder this tariff shall be excused by labor difficultiesgovernmental orders civil commotion criminal actions takenagainst the Telephone Company acts of God and othercircumstances beyond the Telephone Companyrsquos reasonable control

(c) If customer message detail is not available because theTelephone Company lost or damaged records or incurred recordingor processing system outages the Telephone Company will attemptto recover the lost customer detail for recording servicepurposes If the lost customer detail cannot be recovered andthe Telephone Company recorded the details the TelephoneCompany will estimate the volume of lost customer messages andtheir characteristics necessary for rating based on previouslyknown values for message billing service purposes If the lostcustomer detail cannot be recovered and the customer providedthe detail the customer will be requested to resupply thedetail If the customer cannot resupply the detail theTelephone Company will estimate the volume of lost customermessages and their characteristics based on previously knownvalues Such recovered or estimated detail will be included incustomer message detail provided to the customer or used asinput for Billing Service

In the event that these details are insufficient for End Userbilling the Telephone Company will credit to the customer anamount equal to the estimated revenue value of the lost customermessages

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO t30x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 ~- ~~ldquo--mdash 7

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 138Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billinq and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

851 Liability of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

(D) When the Telephone Company is notified that due to its error oromission the recorded customer message detail or the billingdata is incomplete or inaccurate the Telephone Company willmake every reasonable effort to correct the data at noadditional charge Such notification must be made within 60days from the date of the customer messages in question

(E) If the Telephone Company finds or is notified of an error inbilling to an End User it will correct the error within thelimits permitted by law

852 Obligations of the Customer

(A) When an customer orders Message Billing Service the customermust provide message detail for those messages to be billed thatare not recorded by the Telephone Company in a formatsatisfactory to the Telephone Company and delivered to alocation specified by the Telephone Company

(B) The customer must normally inform the Telephone Company at least30 days in advance of any changes in its rate schedules used bythe Telephone Company for providing Billing Service Notice ofless than 30 days shall entail an additional charge based on anindividual case basis If changes in the customerrsquos rateschedules are structural and necessitate the redesign of theTelephone Companyrsquos rating program additional charges willapply for program development as set forth in 123G following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

-_

Fj~

A

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billinq and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

852 Obligations of the Customer (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 139

(C) The customer shall be responsible for all contact andarrangements with its End Users concerning the provision andmaintenance of the customerrsquos service

853 Orderinq Services

(A) The minimum service period or Recording Service is one month andfor Billing Service is one year

(B) Separate Special Orders are required for Recording Service andfor Billing Service and must be placed at least one month inadvance of the desired service date A Special Order charge asset forth in 123H applies for each Special Order accepted bythe Telephone Company

(C) Recording Service may be ordered for customer services providedto all End Users located in the Telephone Companyrsquos operatingterritory or only for all End Users connected to specificTelephone Company exchanges

(D) Billing Services may only be ordered for al1 End Users locatedin the Telephone Companyrsquos operating territory

854 Mixed Intrastate and Interstate Services

When a customer has ordered Billing Service for both Intrastateand Interstate services and customer charges on an End Usermonthly bill contain an intrastate charge the rate applicableper bill rendered is the rate as set forth in 123C divided bytwo

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

[7

=mdashmdash- -3 ldquo ~ rsquo-

L ~mdash- ~~

8 ~ Ioq

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 140

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billinq and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

855 Purchase of Accounts Receivable

The Telephone Company will purchase from the customer its accountsreceivable that arise from bills rendered by the Telephone Companyto that customerrsquos End Users unless the Telephone Company agreesto act as billing agent for the customer The purchase ofaccounts receivable will be limited to amounts due the customerafter the Telephone Company starts providing Billing Service forthat customer After the Telephone Company has purchased thecustomerrsquos accounts receivable the customer is prohibited fromassigning transferring selling exchanging or giving theseaccounts receivable to any other entity or person The customerwill provide written assurance to the Telephone Company of suchforbearance and any assignment transfer sale exchange or giftis null and void and will subject the customer to all liabilitiesexpenses costs including attorney fees expended and incurred bythe Telephone Company in pursuing exclusive ownership of theaccounts receivable

The Telephone Companyrsquos purchase of a customerrsquos accountsreceivable shall be with recourse adjustments as set forth in855(B) to account for amounts due the customer that theTelephone Company is unable to collect from the End User whichuses the customerrsquos services The amounts due the customer forthe purchase of its accounts receivable will be determined asfollows

(A) Total Current Amount Billed

The Telephone Company will determine from its records for eachEnd user billing period (ie the billing date on a bill foran End User of an customerrsquos service) the total current amountlawfully billed to the customerrsquos End Users for customerservices including all taxes applicable to such services ATotal Current Amount Billed will be determined for eachcustomer for each End User billing period

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO EOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdashmdashmdash -mdash -rsquo----rdquordquolsquoldquoldquorsquo

~r I - [ ldquo1 iI

I 3Ilrsquo~rsquordquo~s1 prsquoi[-frsquolsquoldquo irsquorsquo

- rsquo rsquorsquoLrdquorsquoJlt mdash

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 141

8 Billing and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

855 Purchase of Accounts Receivable (Centrsquod)

(B) Recourse Adjustments

For each billing period the Telephone Company will makerecourse adjustments to the Total Current Amount Billed asfollows

(1) End User Adjustments

(A) For each billing period the Telephone Company wil 1subtract from the Total Current Amount Billed thelawfully billed amounts which the Telephone Companyremoves from End Users balances due in accordance withcustomer inquiry instructions

(B) In addition for each billing period the TelephoneCompany will subtract from the Total Current AmountBilled an amount that equals the face value of anycustomer gift certificate the Telephone Company has inits possession The customer gift certificates theTelephone Company possesses will be returned to thecustomer

(C) For each billing period the Telephone Company wil 1subtract from the Total Current Amount Billed billamounts for End User bills which the Telephone Companywas unable to deliver to the End User eg due toincorrect or out-of-date mailing address but wasdelivered to the customer

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 ___ mdash mdash--_---

m lsquordquoi I

rsquof] ~ j~p~ lsquo

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 142Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billing and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

855 Purchase of Accounts Receivable (Centrsquod)

(B) Recourse Adjustments (Centrsquod)

(2) Telephone Company and Customer Adjustments

(0) In addition for each billing perfiodthe TelephoneCompany may make adjustments to the Total CurrentAmount Billed to the customer for additions orsubtractions to an End User balance due for servicesbilled in prior periods

(E) Also each billing period the Telephone Company maymake adjustments to the Total Current Amount Billed toaccount for additions and subtractions for customer orTelephone Company prior billing period errors

(F) For each billing period the Telephone Company wil 1subtract from the Total Current Amount Billed an amountfor uncollectable Uncollectable are amounts billedby the Telephone Company to End Users on customer billsthat are added to the Uncollectable Accounts (realized)of the Telephone Company The amount thaldeducted is the uncollectable determineduncollectable by the Telephone Company inimmediately prior period or prior periodspreviously subtracted reduced by the CO1rdquoamounts previously subtracted

wi~l be lsquoto betheif notection of

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 130x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 mdash--- ----~

Ilsquo- ~ -r - j

lt~=j

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 143

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billing and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

855 Purchase of Accounts Receivable (Centrsquod)

(C) Payment of Net Purchase Amount to the Customer

(1)

(2)

The Telephone Company will purchase accounts receivable fromthe customer on eachrdquoEnd User bill day for the purchase amountwhich equals the Total Current Amount Billed as set forth in855(A) after known Adjustments as set forth in 855(B)have been made On the payment date determined by adding 31days to the End User bill day except as provided hereinthe Telephone Company will remit payment to the customer forthe purchase amount less additional adjustments as set forthin 855B (1) and (2) (net purchase amount) received by theTelephone Company prior to the payment date Payment willbe made in immediately available funds If such paymentdate would cause payment to be due on a Saturday Sunday orHoliday payment for the net purchase amount will be due tothe customer as follows

If such payment date falls on a Sunday or on a Holiday whichis observed on a Monday the payment date shall be the firstnon-Holiday day following such Sunday or Holiday If suchpayment date falls on a Saturday or on a Holiday which isobserved on Tuesday Wednesday Thursday or Friday thepayment date shall be the last non-Holiday day precedingsuch Saturday or Holiday

Further if any portion of the net purchase amount isreceived by the customer after the payment date or if anyportion of the net purchase amount is received by thecustomer in funds which are not immediately available to thecustomer then a late payment penalty shall be due thecustomer The late payment penalty shall be the due portionof the net purchase amount received after the payment datetimes a late factor The late factor shall be the lessorof

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 -----

I~-----rsquo-mdash-rdquo-rdquo ldquorsquo - ~ ldquo~$

i 1 i- - -~

4 k ~ lc~fj

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 144

8 Billinq and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

855 Purchase of Accounts Receivable (Centrsquod)

(C) Payment of Net Purchase Amount To Customer (Centrsquod)

(a) the highest interest rate (in decimal value) which maybe levied by law for commercial transactions in thestate for the number of days from the payment date toand including the date that the Telephone Companyactually makes the payment to the customer or

(b) 0000590 per day compounded daily for the number ofdays from the payment date to and including the datethat the Telephone Company actually makes the payment tothe customer

Any late payment penalty will be included with the nextTelephone Company payment to the customer

(3) Also if any adjustment that reduces an End User balance dueis received by the Telephone Company from the customer afterthe date the Telephone Company billed the charges to beadjusted to the End User plus 45 days then a late paymentpenalty shall be due the Telephone Company The late paymentpenalty shall be the adjustment amount times a late factorThe late factor shall be the lessor of

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 145

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billing and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

855 Purchase of Accounts Receivable (Centrsquod)

(c)

(D)

Payment of Net Purchase Amount To Customer (Centrsquod)

(a) The highest interest rate (in decimal value) which maybe levied by law for commercial transactions in thestate for the number of days from the billed plus dateto and including the date that the Telephone Companyposts the End User account or

(b) 0000590 per day compounded daily for the numberof days from the billed plus date to and including thedate that the Telephone Company posts the End Useraccount

Any late payment penalty will be included with the adjustmentmade by the Telephone Company to the customerrsquos Total CurrentAmount Billed

Nettinq of Net Purchase Accounts With Customer AccessService Charges

When a payment from a customer to the Telephone Company forAccess Service other than for Billing and Collection Servicesis due on the same payment date that a net purchase amount isdue from the Telephone Company to the customer the TelephoneCompany with notice to the customer of at least 31 days maynet the two payments The Telephone Company will pay the netamount to the customer on the payment date when such net amountis due the customer or require the amount is due the TelephoneCompany If either party does not made the payment on thepayment date a late payment penalty as set forth in 855C (a)or (b) applies

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 -Original Page 146

8 Billing and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

856 Auditing

Upon reasonable written notice by the customer to theTelephone Company the customer shall have the rightthrough its authorized representative to examine andoraudit during normal business hours and at reasonableintervals as determined by the Telephone Company all suchrecords and accounts as may under recognized accountingpractices contain information bearing upon the recording ofmessages rating billing and collecting for amounts payableto the customer

Adjustment shall be made by the proper party to compensatefor any errors or omissions disclosed by such examinationandor audit Neither such right to examine andor audit northe right to receive such adjustment shall be affected by anystatement to the contrary appearing on checks or otherwiseunless such statement expressly waiving such right appears ina letter signed by the authorized representatives of theparty having such right and delivered to the other party

All information received or reviewed by the customer or itsauthorized representative is to be considered confidentialand is not to be distributed provided or disclosed in anyform to anyone not involved in the audit nor is suchinformation to be used for any other purpose

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdash-mdash mdash- -_

ilsquo3-~~ ldquoldquolt i

-i -= L+

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billinq and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 147

857 Billinq Arrangements When the Telephone CompanyActs as Agent for the Customer

When the Telephone Company agrees to act as billing agent forthe customer the billing service payment arrangements andownership of the accounts receivable will be as follows

(A)

(B)

(c)

The billing services including the collection from EndUsers of monies for the customer accounts receivable thatarise from bills rendered by the Telephone Company to thatcustomerrsquos End Users provided by the Telephone Company willbe as set forth in 83 and 84

For the customer accounts receivable that arise from billsrendered by the Telephone Company to that customerrsquos EndUsers the Total Current Amount Billed and the RecourseAdjustments will be determined as set forth in 855 Thepayment of the net monies due the customer will be handledas set forth in 855C

The ownership of the customer accounts receivable will notbe transferred by the customer to the Telephone CompanyWhen the customer discontinues Billing Service providedunder this tariff and the Telephone Company is acting asbilling agent for the customer the Telephone Company willdetermine and make a final payment to the customer as setforth in 857B This final payment shall be considered tobe all of the remaining monies due the customer for thebills rendered to the customerrsquos End Users by the TelephoneCompany When the Telephone Company discontinues billingthe customerrsquos end users for customer services any depositsfor customer services will be returned to the appropriateEnd User in accordance with the Telephone Companyrsquos finalbilling procedures

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

----~rdquo- -~i j ilsquoldquo

k imdash L-iJ

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 148

ACCESS SERVICE

9 Additional Engineering Additional Labor and Miscellaneous Services

In this section normally scheduled working hours are an employeesscheduled work period on any given business days which totals eight (8)hours

91 Additional Engineering

Additional Engineering will be provided by the Telephone Company at the request of the customer when

(A) A customer requests additional technical information after the Telephone Company has already provided the technical information normally included on the DeSign Layout Report (DLR) as set forth in 613 and 716 preceding

(B) Additional engineering time is incurred by the Telephone Company to engineer a customers request for a customized service as set forth in 72 preceding

The Telephone Company will notify the customer that additional engineering charges will apply before any additional engineering is undertaken

911 Charges for Additional Engineering

The charges for additional Engineering are as shown in 124(A)

92 Additional Labor

Additional labor is that labor requested by the customer on a given service and agreed to by the Telephone Company The TelephoneCompany will notify the customer that additional labor charges will apply before any additional labor is undertaken Additional labor charges apply to the services described in Sections 921 through926

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 11788Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED I HJ 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 149

~

ACCESS SERVICE

9 Additional Engineering Additional Labor and Miscellaneous Services

92 Additional Labor (Contd)

921 Overtime Installation

Overtime installation is that Telephone Company installation effort outside of normally scheduled working hours

922 Overtime Repair

Overtime repair is that Telephone Company maintenance effort performed outside of normally scheduled working hours

923 Stand By

Stand by includes all time in excess of one-half (12) hour during which Telephone Company personnel stand by to made installation acceptance tests or cooperative tests with a customer

924 Testing and Maintenance with Other Telephone Companies

Additional labor charges apply for additional testingmaintenance or repair of facilities which connect to facilities of other telephone companies This is in addition to the normal effort required to test maintain or repair facilities provided solely by the Telephone Company

925 Testing Services

Testing Services other than those described in other parts of this tariff will be provided at the hourly rates described if requested by the customer Testing will be provided subject to the availability of equipment and qualified personnel

926 Other Labor

Other labor is that additional labor incurred to accommodate a specific customer request that involves labor which is not covered by any other section of this tariff It also covers additional labor necessary to meet customer requests as described in Section 5

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 27B Freedom Wyoming 83120

rmiddot FI LED

I HI 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

bull

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 150

ACCESS SERVICE

9 Additional Engineering Additional Labor and Miscellaneous Services

92 Additional Labor (Contd)

927 Charges for Additional Labor

The charges for additional labor are shown in 124(8)

93 Miscellaneous Services

931 Maintenance of Service

(A) When a customer reports a trouble to the Telephone Companyfor clearance and the trouble is not in the TelephoneCompanys facilities the customer shall be responsible for p~ment of a Maintenance of Service charge for the period of time from when Telephone Company personnel are dispatched to the customers premises to when the work is compl eted

(8) The charges for Maintenance of Service are shown in 124(C)

Issued 12187

~

Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

Effective 1188

FI LED

I UJ 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 30 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 151 _

ACCESS SERVICE

10 Special Construction

101 General

This section addresses special construction of Teleplone Companyfacilities which are used to provide services offered under this tariff

When special construction is required as described in 102 following the provisions of this section apply in addition to regulations rates and charges as set forth in other sections of this tariff

Regulations and rates will be added to this tariff for each specific application of Special Construction The customer will provide written authorization to the Telephone Company prior to the commencement of any Special Construction

102 Conditions Requiring Special Construction

Special construction is required when suitable facilities are not available to meet a customers order for service and one or more of the following conditions exist

- The Telephone Company has no other requirement for the facilities const~ucted at the customers request

- The customer requests that service be furnished using a type of facility or via a route other than that which the TelephoneCompany would otherwise utilize in furnishing the requested service

- The customer requests the construction of more facilities than are required to satisfy its order for service

- The customer requests construction be expedited resulting in added cost to the Telephone Company

- The customer requests that temporary facilities be constructed until permanent facilities are available

Issued 121787 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120 F I LED

I A~ 1 1988

Public Service Commission of WyominR

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Si1yener Star Telephone Company Or1g1nal Page 152

ACCESS SERVICE

11

111 local Transport Interface Groups

Interface Group 1 1s prov1ded w1th Type C Transm1ss10n Specificat1ons and Interface Groups 2 through 10 are prov1ded w1th Type A or B Transm1ss10n Spec1f1cat10ns depend1ng on the Feature Group and whether the Access Service is routed d1rectly or through an access tandem All Interface Groups are provided with Data Transission Parameters

Only certa1n pr8lises interfaces are available at the customer designated preMises The prem1ses 1nterfaces associated with the Interface Groups laY vary among Feature Groups The various preises interfaces wh1ch are ava1lable w1th the Interface Groupsand the Feature Groups with wh1ch they may be used are set forth 1n 1111 follow1ng shy

1111 Interface Group 1

Interface Group I except as set forth 1n the following prQvides two-w1re -vo1ce frequency transm1ss10n at the point of tenl1nation at the customers prem1ses The interface 1s capable of transmission of voice and assoc1ated telephone signals w1thin the frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz

Interface Group 1 is not provided in assoc1at10n w1th FGC and FGD when the first po1nt of switch1ng 1s an access tandem In addition Interface Group 1 1s not provided in association with FGB FGC or FGD when the first p01nt of switching provides only four-wire terminations

The transmission path between the point of term1nation at the customer deSignated premises and the first point of switchingMay be comprised of any form or configuration of plant capable of any typ1cally used in the telecommunications industry for the transmission of voice and associated telephone signals with1n the frequency of 300 to 3000 Hz

liiiid 12117 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 171)88S1lver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyom1 ng 83120

1 FILED

1 U 1 1988

9uMic Service Commission of Wyomint

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 ~

Silver Star Telephone Ccapany Original Page 153 I

ACCESS SERVICE

111 Locl Transpgrt Interface Groups (Contd)

1111 Interface Group 1 (Contd)

The interface is provided with loop supervisory signaling When the interface is associated with FGA such signalingwill be loop start or ground start signaling When the interface is associated with FGB FGC or FGD such signaling except for two-way calling which is ELM signaling will be reverse battery signaling

1112 Interface Group 2

Interface Group 2 provides four-wire voice frequency transmission at the pOint of termination at the customer designated premises The interface is capable of transmission of voice and associated telephone signals within the frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz

The transmission path between the pOint of termination at the customer designated premises and the first pOint of switching may be comprised of any form or configuration of plant capable of and typically used in the te1ecOlmUnications industry for the transmission of voice and associated telephone signals within the frequency

bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz

The interface is provided with loop supervisory signaling When the interface is associated with FGA such signalingwill be loop start or ground start signaling

When the interface is associated with FGB FGC or FGD such signaling except for two-way calling which is ELM signalingwill be reverse battery signaling

IsiUid 12181 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective tt88Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyom1 ng 83120

Fl LED AN 1 1988

Mit SaMce Commission of Wyomiq

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silwer Star TelephoM COIIIPlny Original Page 154

ACCESS SERVICE

11

111 Local Transport Interface Groups (Contd)

1113 Interface Group 3

Interface Group 3 provides group level analog transmission at the point of termination at the customer designatedpremises The interface is capable of transmitting electrical signals between the frequencies of 60 to 108 kKzwith the capability to channelize up to 12 voice frequency transmission paths Certain frequencies within the bandwidth of the Interface Group are reserved for TelephoneCQlpany use eg pilot and carrier group alarm tones Before the first point of switching the Telephone Companywill provide multiplex equipment to derive 12 transmission paths of frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz

The interface is provided with individual transmission path SF supervisory signaling

1114 Interface Group 4

Interface Group 4 provides supergroup level analog transmission at the point of termination at the customer deSignated premises The interface is capable of transmitting electrical Signals between the frequencies of 312 to 552 kHz with the capability to channelize up to 60 voice frequency transmission paths Certain frequencies within the bandwidth of the Interface Group are reserved for Telephone Company use eg pilot and carrier group alarm tones Before the first point of switching the TelephoneCompany will provide multiplex and channel bank equipment to derive 60 transmission paths of frequency bandwidth of approxilllltely 300 to 3000 Hz

The interface is provided with individual transmission path SF supervisory signaling

1iiiii3 11187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

JAN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of WYOMing

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 snr Star Telephone CCJlPany Original Page 155

11

ACCESS SERVICE

111 Locll Transport Interface Groups (Contd)

1115 Interface Group 5

Interface Group 5 provides mastergroup level analog transmission at the pOint of termination at the customer designated premises The interface is capable of transa1tt1ng electrical signals between the frequencies of 564 to 3084 kHz with the capability to channelize up to 600 voice frequency transmission paths Certain frequencies within the bandwidth of the Interface Group are reserved for Telephone Company use eg pilot and carrier group alarm tones Before the first pOint of switching the TelephoneCQIP4ny will provide multiplex and channel bank equipment to derive 600 tranSMission paths of frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz

The interface is provided with individual transmission path SF supervisory signaling

1116 Interface Group 6

Interface Group 6 provides OSl level digital transmission at the point of termination at the customer designated p~1ses The interface is capable of transmitting electrical signals at a nominal 1544 Mbps with the capability to channelize up to 24 voice frequency transmission paths Before the first point of switching when analog switching utilizing analog terminations is provided the Telephone Company will provide multiplex and channel bank equipment to derive 24 transmission paths of a frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz When digital switching or analog switching with digital carrier terminations is provided the Telephone Company will provide at the first pOint of switching a OSl signal in 0304 format

The interface is provided with individual transmission path bit streaa supervisory signaling

tiiiid 121f1 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyom1 ng 83120

FI LED

JAN 1 1988

NIIic ServIce Commission of Wymnimiddot1tI j

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Snver Star Telephone CCllPlny Original Page 156

ACCESS SERVICE

11

111 Local Transpgrt Interface Groups (Contd)

11 1 7 Interface Group 7

Interface Group 7 provides OSIC level digital transmission at the point of termination at the customer designatedpreises The interface is capable of transmitting electrical signals at a nominal 3152 Mbps with the capability to channelize up to 48 voice frequency transmission paths Before the first point of switching when analog switching utilizing analog terminations is provided the Telephone Company will provide multiplex and channel bank equ1~ent to derive up to 48 voice frequency transmission paths of a frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz When digital switching or analog switching with digital carrier terminations is provided the TelephoneCQlpAny will provide at the first pOint of switching OSI signals in 0304 format

The interface is provided with individual transmission path btt streu supervisory signaling

111 8 Interface Group 8

Interface Group 8 provides OS2 level digital transmission at the point of termination at the customer designatedpraises The interface is capable of tranSlllitting electrical Signals at a nominal 6312 Mbps with the capability to channelize up to 96 voice frequency tran5lliss1on paths Before the first point of switching when analog switching utilizing analog terminations is provided the Telephone Company will provide multiplex and channel bank equipment in its office to derive up to 96 trans1ss1on paths of a frequency bandwidth of approx1ately 300 to 3000 Hz

Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyom1 ng 83120

FI LE 0

UN 1 t988

Putdic Service Commi of Wyontiq

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Snver Star Telephone COIIpany Original Page 157

ACCESS SERVICE

11

111 L9Sa1 Transport Interface Groups (Contd)

1118 Interface Group 8 (Contd)

When digital switching or analog switching with digitalcarrier terminations is provided the Telephone Company will provide at the first pOint of switching OSl Signals in D3D4 f011lllt

The interface is provided with individual transmission path bit stream supervisory signaling

1119 Interface Group 9

Interface Group 9 provides OS3 level digital transmission at the point of termination at the customer designatedpremises The interface is capable of transmitting electrical Signals at a nominal 44736 Mbps with the capability to channelize up to 672 voice frequency transission paths Before the first point of switching when analog switching utilizing analog terminations is provided the Telephone Company will provide multiplex and channel bank equiPMent to derive up to 672 transmission paths of a frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 300 Hz When digital switching or analog switching with digital carrier terminations is provided the TelephoneCompany will provide at the first pOint of switching OSl signals in 0304 format

The interface is provided with individual transmission path bit strea supervisory signaling

11110 Interface Group 10

Interface Group 10 provides OS4 level digital transmission at the point of termination at the customer designatedpremises

tsiUia 12117 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 11188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILED I 1 A~ 1 1988

PubHc Service Commission of Wyoming J

l

middotn bull j

ur1g1na1 page 158

ACCESS SERVICE

11

111 Local Transport Interface Groups (Contd)

11110 Interface Group 10 (Contd)

The interface is capable of transmitting electrical signals at at nominal 274176 Mbps with the capability to channelize up to 4032 voice frequency transmission paths Before the first point of switching when analog switching ut111z1nganalog terminations is provided the Telephone Company will provide multiplex and channel bank equipment to derive up to 4032 transmission paths of a frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz When digital switching or analog switching with digital carrier terminations is provided the Telephone Company will provide at the first point of switching OSl signals in 0304 format The interface is provided with individual transmission path bit stream supervisory signaling

11111 Available Premises Interface Codes

Following isa matrix showing for each Interface Groupwhich premises interface codes are available as a function of the Telephone Company switch supervisory signaling and Feature Group For explanations of these codes see the Glossary of Channel Interface Codes in 731 following

Issiid 121787 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyom1 ng 83120

FI LED 1 HI 1 lq88

PublicSerlice Commission

-----_of W10ming

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3

n Snver Star Telephone COIIPany Original Page 159 ACCESS SERVICE

111 Local Transport Interface Groups (Contd)

11111 Available Premises Interface Codes (Contd)

Interface Telephone Company Premises Feature GroupIyp Switch Supervisory Signaling Interface Code ABC 0

1 La 2LS2 x lO 2lS3 x GO 2GS2 x GO 2GS3 x la GO 20X3 x la GO 4EA3-E x la GO 4EA3-M x La GO 6E83-E x lO GO 6E83-M x RV EA EB EC 20X3 x x x RV EA EB EC 4EA3-E x x x RV EA EB EC 4EA3-M x x x RV EA EB EC 6E83-E x x x RV EA EB EC 6EB3-M x x x EA EB EC 6EC3 x x RV 2RV3-0 x x x RV 2RV3-T x x x

2 LOt GO 4SF2 x la GO 4SF3 x lO 4lS2 x lO 4lS3 x lO 6lS2 x GO 4GS2 x GO 4GS3 x GO 6GS2 x la GO 4DX2 x la GO 40X3 x LOt GO 6EA2-E x la GO 6EA2-M x LOt GO 8E82-E x LOt GO 8EB2-M x la GO 6EX2-M X

IssUitJ 121S Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILED

JAN 1 1988

Putflic servtC8 ~mmissioft of WyoM~

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Sl1ver Star Telephone Ccapany Original Page 160n ACCESS SERVICE

11 Interfaces and echnical

111 Local Trans22rt Interface Grou~s (Contd)

11111 Available Premises Interface Codes (Contd)

Interface Telephone Company Premises Feature Group afOUl Switch SU2ervisorl Signaling I nterface Code A B C 0

2 Contd RV EA EB EC 4SF2 X X X RV EA EB EC 4SF3 X RV EA EB EC 40X2 X X X RV EA EB EC 40X3 X RV EA EB EC 60X2 X RV EA EB EC 6EA2-E X X X RV EA EB EC 6EA2-M X X X RV EA EB EC 8EB2-E X X X RV EA EB EC 8EB2-M X X X EA EB EC 8EC2-M X X RV 4RV2-0 X X X RV 4RV2-T X X X

r RV 4RV3-0 X X RV 4RV3-T X X

I

3 LO GO 4AH5-B X RV EA EB EC 4AH5-B X X X

4 lO GO 4AH6-C X RV EA EB EC 4AH6-C X X X

5 LO GO 4AH6-D X RV EA EB EC 4AH6-D X X X

6 LOt GO 40S9-15 X lO GO 40S9-15l X RV EA EB EC 40S9-15 X X X RV EA EB EC 40S9-15l X X X

7 LOt GO 40S9-31 X RV EA EB EC 40S9-31 X X X LO GO 40S9-31l X RV EA EB EC 40S9-31l X X X

Issued 121S7 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LEDn JAN 1 1988

~ic Service Commission of WyomiAg

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 161

ACCESS SERVICE

11

111 Local Trans2ert Interface Grou~s (Contd)

11111 Available Premises Interface Codes (Contd)

Interface Telephone Company Premises Feature Group Group Switch Su~ervisory Signaling Interface Code A B C 0

8 LO GO 40S0-63 X LO GO 4DSO-63L X RV EA EB EC 40S0-63 X X X RV EA EB EC 4DSO-63L X X X

9 LO GO 40S6-44 X LO GO 40S6-44L X RV EA EB EC 40S6-44 X X X RV EA EB EC 40S6-44L X X X

10 LO GO 40S6-27 X LO GO 40S6-27L X I RV EA EB EC 40S6-27 X X X

RV EA EB EC 40S6-27L X X X

11112 Supervisory Signaling

- For Interface Groups 1 and 2

OX Supervisory Signaling EampM Type I Supervisory Signaling EampM Type II Supervisory Signaling or EampM Type III Supervisory Signaling

- For Interface Group 2

SF Supervisory Signaling or Tandem Supervisory Signaling

Issued 12187 Mr Relvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box Freedom Wyoming 83120

278

Fl LED

JAN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of WyOfttins

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 162

ACCESS SERVICE

11

111 Local Transport Interface Groups (Contd)

11112 Supervisory Signaling (Contd)

- For Interface Groups 6 through 10

These Interface Groups may at the option of the customer be provided with individual transmission path SF supervisory signaling where such signaling is available in Telephone Company central offices Generally such signaling is available only where the entry switch provides an analog ie non digital interface to the transport termination

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications

~ Following are descriptions of the three Standard I Transmission Specifications available with Switched Access Service Feature Groups The specific applications in terms of the Feature Groups and Interface Groups with which the Feature Group Standard Transmission Specifications are provided are set forth in 621(C) 622(C) 623(C) and 624(C) preceding

(A) Type A Transmission Specifications

Type A Transmission Specifications is provided with the following parameters

(1) Loss Deviation

The maximum Loss Deviation of the 1004 Hz loss relative to the Expected Measured Loss (EML) is plusmn 20 dB

isSued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

tAN I 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 163

ACCESS SERVICE

11

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(A) Type A Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(2) Attenuation Distortion

The maximum Attenuation Distortion in the 404 to 2804 Hz frequency band relative to the loss at 1004 Hz is -10 dB to +30 dB

(3) C-Message Noise

The maximum C-Message Noise for the transmission path at the route miles listed is less than or equal to

Route Miles C-Message Noise~ less than 50 32 dBrnCO 51 to 100 34 dBrnCO

101 to 200 37 dBrnCO 201 to 400 40 dBrnCO 401 to 1000 42 d8rnCO

(4) C-Notch Noise

The maximum C-Notch Noise utilizing a -16 d8mO holding tone is less than or equal to 45 dBrnCO

Issued 127187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

n FI LED(

JAN 1 1988

fublic Service Commission of Wyominlaquo

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 164

ACCESS SERVICE

11 Channel Interfaces

112 Transm1ss1on Specifications Switched Access Service

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(A) Type A Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(5) Echo Control

Echo Control identified as Equal Level Echo Path Loss and expressed as Echo Return Loss and S1ng1ngReturn Loss 1s dependent on the routing 1ewhether the service is routed directly from the customers pOint of terminat10n (POT) to the end office or via an access tandem It is equal to or greater than the following

Echo Return Loss Singing Return Loss

r POT to Access I Tandem 21 dB 14 dB

POT to End Office - Direct MA NA - Via Access

Tandem 16 dB 11 dB

(6) Standard Return Loss

Standard Return Loss expressed as Echo Return Loss and Singing Return Loss on two-wire ports of a four-wire point of termination shall be equal to or greater than

Echo Return Loss Singing Return Loss

5 dB 25 dB

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

UN 1 1988

PulJllc Service Commission of Wyom~AI

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 165

ACCESS SERVICE

11

112 Transaiss10n Specifications Switched Access Service

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications (Contld)

(8) Type B Transmission Specifications

Type B Transmission Specifications are provided with the following parameters

(1) Loss Deviation

The maximum Loss Deviation of the 1004 Hz loss relative to the Expected Measured Loss (EML) is ~ 25 dB

(2) Attenuation Distortion

The maximum Attenuation Distortion in the 404 to 2804 Hz frequency band relative to loss at 1004 Hz

~ is -20 dB to +40 dB

(3) C-Message Noise

The maximum C-Message Noise for the transmission path at the route miles listed is less than or equal to

C-Message Noise Route Mi les Type B1 Type B2

less than 50 32 dBrnCO 35 dBrnCO 51 to 100 33 dBrnCO 37 dBrnCO 101 to 200 35 dBrnCO 40 dBrnCO 201 to 400 37 dBrnCO 43 dBrnCO 401 to 1000 39 dBrnCO 45 dBrnCO

For Feature Groups C and D only Type B2 will be provided For Feature Groups A and Bt Type B1 or B2 will be provided as set forth in Technical Reference PUB 62500

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

rAN 1 middot1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 166

ACCESS SERVICE

11

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(B) Type B Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(4) C-Notch Noise

The maximum C-Notch Noise utilizing a -16 dBmO holding tone is less than or equal to 47 dBrnCO

(5) Echo Control

Echo Control identified as Impedance Balance for FGA and FGB and Equal Level Echo Path Loss for FGC and FGD and expressed as Echo Return Loss (ERL)and Singing Return Loss (SRL) is dependent on the routing ie whether the service is routed directly from the customers point of termination (POT) to the end office or via an access tandem The ERL and SRL also differ by Feature Group typeof termination and type of transmission path They are greater than or equal to the following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 167(

( ACCESS SERVICE

11

112 Transission Specifications Switched Access Service

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(B) T~pe B Transmission Specifications (Cont d)

(5) Echo Control (Contd)

Echo Return Loss Singing Return Loss

POT of Access Tandem - Terminated in

4-Wire Trunk 21 dB 14 dB - Terminated in

2-Wire Trunk 16 dB 11 dB

POT to End Office - Direct 16 dB 11 dB - Via Access Tandem( bull For FGB access 8 DB 4 dB

bull For FGC access (Effective 4-Wire transmission path at end office) 16 dB 11 dB

bull For FGC access (Effective 2-Wire transmission path at end office) 13 dB 6 dB

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILED ~

fAN 1 1988 I

PulJUc Service Commisso 1

of ~iq ~ r

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 168

ACCESS SERVICE

11

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(B) Type B Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(6) Standard Return Loss

Standard Return Loss expressed as Echo Return Loss and Singing Return Loss on two-wire ports of a four-wire point of termination shall be equal to or greater than

Echo Return Loss Singing Return Loss

5 dB 25 dB

(C) Type C Transmission Specifications

Type C Transmission Specifications are provided with the following parameters

(1) Loss Deviation

The maximum Loss Deviation of the 1004 Hz loss relative to the Expected Measured Loss (EML) is + 30 dB

(2) Attenuation Distortion

The maximum Attenuation Distortion in the 404 to 2804 Hz frequency band relative to loss at 1004 Hz is -20 dB to +55 dB

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILED

I AN 1 1988

Public Service Commissiot of Wyoming

Silver Star Telephone Company WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3

Original Page 169

ACCESS SERVICE

11

1121

(C)

Feature Groups A and B Type C1 forth in Technical Reference PUB 62500

Issued 12187

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

Standard Transmission Specifications (Contd)

Type C Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(3) C-Message Noise

The maximum C-Message Noise for the transmission path at the route miles listed is less than or equal to

Route Miles C-Message No1se Type C1 Type C2

less than 50 32 dBrnCO 38 dBrnCO 51 to 100 33 dBrnCO 39 dBrnCO 101 to 200 35 dBrnCO 41 dBrnCO 201 to 400 37 dBrnCO 43 dBrnCO 401 to 1000 39 dBrnCO 45 dBrnCO

(4) C-Notch Noise

The maximum C-Notch Noise~ utilizing a -16 dBmO holding tone is less than or equal to 47 dBrnCO

For Feature Groups C and 0 only Type C2 will be provided For or C2 will be provided as set

Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 11188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

fA~ 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WVOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 170

ACCESS SERVICE

11

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(C) Type C Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(5) Echo Control

Echo Control identified as Return loss and expressed as Echo Return loss and Singing Return loss is dependent on the routing iebullbull whether the service is routed directly from the customers point of termination (POT) to the end office or via an access tandem It is equal to or greater than the following

Echo Return loss Singing Return loss

POT to Access Tandem 13 dB 6 dB

POT to End Office - Direct 13 dB 6 dB - Via Access Tandem

(For FGB only) 8 dB 4 dB

1122 Data Transmission Parameters

Two types of Data Transmission Parameters iebullbull Type DA and Type DB are provided for the Feature Group arrangementsThe specific applications in terms of the Feature Groupswith which they are provided are set forth in 621(C) 622(C) 623(C) and 624(C) preceding Following are descriptions of each

For Feature Groups C and D only Type C2 will be provided For Feature Groups A and B Type C1 or C2 or C2 will be provided as set forth in Technical Reference PUB 62500

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

UN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 171

ACCESS SERVICE

11 Interface Groups Transmission Specifications Channel Interfaces Special Access Optional Features and Functions and Technical Specification Packages (Contd)

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

1122 Data Transmission Parameters (Contd)

(A) Data Transmission Parameters Type DA

(1) Signal to C-Notched Noise Ratio

The Signal to C-Notched Noise Ratio is equal to or greater than 33 dB

(2) Envelope Delay Distortion

The maximum Envelope Delay Distortion for the frequencYbands and route miles specified is

604 to 2804 Hz

less than 50 route miles 500 microseconds equal to or greater than 50

route miles 900 microseconds

1004 to 2404 Hz

less than 50 route miles 200 microseconds equal to or greater than 50

route miles 400 microseconds

(3) Impulse Noise Counts

The Impulse Noise Counts exceeding a 65 dBrnCO threshold in 15 minutes is no more than 15 counts

Issued 121787 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278

Effective 11188

Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LE 0

JAN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Original Page 172

ACCESS SERVICE

Silver Star Telephone Companyr-

1122

11

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

Data Transmission Parameters (Contd)

Data Transmission Parameters Type DA (Contd)

Intermodulation Distortion

The Second Order (R2) and Third Order (R3)Intermodulation Distortion products are equal to or greater than

Second Order (R2) 33 dB Third Order (R3) 37 dB

(5) Phase Jitter

The Phase Jitter over the 4-300 Hz frequency band is less than or equal to 5 degrees peak-to-peak

(6) Frequency Shift

The maximum Frequency Shift does not exceed -2 to +2 Hz

Data Transmission Parameters Type DB

(1) Signal to C-Notched Noise Ratio

The signal to C-Notched Noise Ratio is equal to or greater than 30 dB

Mr Melvin Rbull Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

1 HI 1 1988

Public Service Commissiof of Wyoming

(A)

(4)

(B)

Issued 12187

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Or1g1nal Page 173

( ~ ACCESS SERVICE

11

112 Transm1ssion Specifications Switched Access Service

1122 Data Transmission Parameters (Contd)

(B) Data Transmission Parameters Type DB Contd)

(2) Envelope Delay Distortion

The maximum Envelope Delay Distortion for the frequency bands and route miles specified 1s

604 to 2804 Hz

less than 50 route miles 800 microseconds equal to or greater than 50

route miles 1000 microseconds

1004 to 2404 Hz

less than 50 route miles 320 microseconds equal to or greater than 50

route miles 500 microseconds

(3) Impulse Noise Counts

The Impulse Noise Counts exceeding a 67 dBrnCO threshold in 15 minutes is no more than 15 counts

(4) Intermodulation Distortion

The Second Order (R2) and Third Order (R3)Intermodulation Distortion products are equal to or greater than

Second Order (R2) 31 dB Third Order (R3) 34 dB

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILEDI

I AN 1 1988

Public Service Commissiot of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 174

ACCESS SERVICE

11

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

1122 Data Transmission Parameters (Contd)

B Data Transmission Parameters Type DB Contd)

(5) Phase Jitter

The Phase Jitter over the 4-300 Hz frequency bank is less than or equal to 7 degrees peak-to-peak

(6) Frequency Shift

The maximum Frequency Shift does not exceed -2 to +2 Hz

113 Special Access Channel Interface and Network Channel Codes

This section explains the Channel Interface codes and Network Channel codes that the customer must specify when ordering Special Access Service Included is an example of which explains the specific characters of the code a glossary of Channel Interface codes impedance levels Network Channel codes and compatibleChannel Interfaces

Example If the customer specifies a NT Network Code and a 2DC8-3 Channel Interface at the customers premises the following is beingrequested

NT bull Metallic Channel with a Predefined Technical Specification Package (1)

2 bull Number of physical wires at customer premises DC bull Facility interface for direct current or voltage 8 =Variable impedance level 3 = Metallic facilities (DC continuity) for direct currentlow

frequency control signals or slow speed data (30 baud)

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

r---

FI LE 0

r AN 1 988

PUblic Service Commission of Wyoming ii

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Tele~hone Company Original Page 175

ACCESS SERVICE

11

1131

Code

AB shy

AC shy

CT shyDA shy

DB shy

r DC shy

Issued 12187

Glossary of Channel Interface Codes and Options

Option Oefinition

accept 20 Hz ringing signal at customers point of termination accepts 20 Hz ringing signal at customers end users pOint of termination Centrex Tie Trunk Termination date stream in Vf frequency band at customers end users point of termination data stream 1n VF frequency band at customers point of termination

10 VF for TG1 and TG2 43 VF for 43 Telegraph Carrier type signals TG1 and

TG2 direct current or voltage

1 monitoring interface with series RC combination (McCulloh format)

2 Telephone Company energized alarm channel 3 Metallic facilities (OC continuity) for direct

currentlow frequency control signals or slow speed data (30 baud)

Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

Effective 1188

F I LED

JAN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyomiltg

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3

f Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 176

I ACCESS SERVICE

11

113 s5cial Access Channel Interface and Network Channel C es (Contd)

1131 Glossary of Channel Interface Codes and Options (Contd)

Code Option Definition

DO - DATAPHONE Select-A-Station (and TABS)interface at customers point of termination

DE - DATAPHONE Select-A-Station (and TABS)interface at the customers end users point of termination

OS - digital hierarchy interface 15 1544 Mbps (OS1) format per PUB 41451 plus

04 15E 8-bit PCM encoded in one 64 Kbps of the

OS1 Signal15F 8-bit PCM encoded in two 64 kbps of the

OS1 Signal~ 15G 8-bit PCM encoded in three 64 kbps of the

OS1 signal15H 1411-bit PCM encoded in six 64 kbps of

the OS1 signal15J 1544 Mpbs format per PUB 41451 15K 1544 Mpbs format per PUB 41451 plus

extended framing format 15L 1544 Mpbs (OS1) with SF signaling27 274176 Mpbs (OS4)27L 274176 Mpbs (OS4) with SF signaling31 3152 Mbps (OS1C)31L 3152 Mbps (OS1C) with SF signaling44 44736 Mbps (OS3)44L 44736 Mbps (OS3) with SF signaling

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILE 0

I AN 1 988

Public Smice Commission of Wyomlrtl

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 177

ACCESS SERVICE

11

1131 Glossar1of Channel Interface Codes and OptionsContld

Code Option Definition

OS - 63 6312 Mbps (OS2)63L 6312 Mbps (OS2) with SF signaling

DU - digital access interface 24 24 kbps48 48 kbps56 560 kbps96 96 kbpsA 1544 Mpbs format per PUB 41451 B 1544 Mpbs format per PUB 41451 plus

04 C 1544 Mpbs format per PUB 41451 plus

extended framing format OX - duplex signaling interface at

customer1s point of termination OY - duplex signaling interface at

customers end users point of termination

EA - E Type 1 EampM Lead Signaling Customer at POT or customers end user at POT originates on E Lead

EA M Type 1 EampM Lead Signaling Customer at POT or customers end user at POT originates on MLead

EB - E Type II EampM Lead Signaling Customer at POT or customers end user at POT originates on E Lead

EB - M Type II EampM Lead Signaling Customer at POT or customers end user at POT originates on MLead

EC - Type III EampM Signaling at customer POT

Issued 12lIS7 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LE 0

I AN 1 988

Public Service Commission of WyomiAg

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 178

ACCESS SERVICE

11 Channel Interfaces and Technical

113 Special Access Channel Interface and Network Channel Codes (Contd)

1131 G10Ssar of Channel Interface Codes and Options(Contd

Code Option Definition

EX - A tandem channel unit signaling for loop start or ground start and customer supplies open end (dial tone etc)functions

EX - B tandem channel unit signaling for loop start or ground start and customer supplies closed end (dial pulSing etc) functions

GO - ground start loop signaling - open end function by customer or customerS end user

r GS - ground start loop signaling - closed end function by customer or customers end user

IA - EIA (25 pin RS-232)LA - end user loop start loop signaling shy

Type A OPS registered port open end LB - end user loop start loop signaling shy

Type BOPS registered port open end LC - end user loop start loop signaling shy

Type COPS registered port open end LO - loop start loop signaling - open end function by

customer or customers end user LR - 20 Hz automatic ringdown interface at customer

with Telephone Company provided PLAR LS - loop start loop signaling - closed end function

by customer or customers end user NO - no signaling interface transmission only

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

I AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyomi~

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 179

ACCESS SERVICE

11

1131 Glossary of Channel Interface Codes and Options (Contd)

Code Option Definition

PG - program transmission - no dc signaling1 nominal frequency from 50 to 15000 Hz 3 nominal frequency from 200 to 3500 Hz 5 nominal frequency from 100 to 5000 Hz 8 nominal frequency from 50 to 8000 Hz

PR protective relaying RV - 0 reverse battery signaling one way

operation originate by customer T reverse battery signaling one way

operation terminate function by customer or customers end user

SF - Single frequency signaling with VF band at either customer POT or customers end user POT

TF - telephotograph interface TT - telegraphteletypewriter interface at

either customer POT or customers end user POT

2 200 milliamperes3 30 milliamperes 6 625 milliamperes

TV - television interface 1 combined (diplexed) video and one audio

signal 2 combined (diplexed) video and two audio

signals 5 video plus one (or two) audio 5 kHz

signal(s) or one (or two) two wire 15 video plus one (or two) audio 15 kHz

signal(s) Available only for the transmission of audio tone protective relaying signals used in the protection of electric power systemsduring fault conditions

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

f AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyomlng

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 1BO1

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Interface and Network Channel Codes

1132 Impedance

The nominal reference impedance with which the channel will be terminated for the purpose of evaluating transmission performance

Value (ohms) Codes

110 0 150 1 600 2 900 3+

135 5 75 61 124 7

Variable B 100 9

+For those interface codes with a 4-wire transmission path at the customer designated POT rather than a standard 900 ohm impedance the code (3) denotes a customer provided transmission equipment termination Such terminations were provided to customers in accordance with the FCC Docket N 20099 Settlement Agreement

Issued 12t1S7 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

Effective llBB

FI LED

r AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 181(lt

(

ACCESS SERVICE

Channel Interfaces and Technical

11

Network Channel Codes

1133 Digital Hierarchy Channel Interface Codes (4DS)

Customers selecting the multiplexed four-wire DSX-1 or higher facility interface option at the customer designated premises will be requested to provide subsequent system and channel assignment data The various digital bit rates in the digital hierarhy employ the channel interface code 4DS8 4DSO or 40S6 plus the speed options indicated below

Interface Code and Speed Option

Nominal Bit Rate (Mbps)

DigitalHierarchy Level

4058-15 1544 051 4DS8-31 3152 OS1C 4050-63 6312 052 4056-44 44736 DS3 40S6-27 274176 DS4

1134 Service DesignatorNetwork Channel Code Conversion Table

The purpose of this table is to show the relationship between the service designator codes (eg bullbull VGC MT2 etc)and the network channel codes that are used for

Issued 121187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes PreSident Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

AN 1 1968

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 182~

(

ACCESS SERVICE

11

113 Special Access Channel Interface and Network Channel Codes (Contd)

1134 Code Conversion

Service Designator Code

MIC MIl MI2 MI3 TGC TG1 TG2 VGC VG1 VG2 VG3 VG4 VG5 VG6 VG7 VG8 VG9 VG10 VGll VG12 APC AP1 AP2 AP3 AP4 TVC TV1 TV2

Network Channel Code

MQNT NU NV NQNW NY LQ LB LC LD LE LF LG LH LJ LK LN LP LR PQ PE PF PJ PK TQTV TW

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LE 0

I ~N 1 1988

PubJic Service Commission of Wyoming

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3( Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 183

ACCESS SERVICE

11

1134 Code

Codes

Service Designator Code

DAl DA2 DA3 DA4 HCO HCl HCIC HC2 HC3 HC4

Network Channel Code

XA XB XG XH HS HC HD HE HF HG

Issued 121187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LE 0

JAN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming ~

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 184

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Codes

1135 Compatible Channel Interfaces

The following tables show the channel interface codes (CIs)which are compatible

(A) Metallic

Compatible CIs

20CS-1 20C8-2 20C8-3 20C8-3

40S8- 20C8-1 40S8- 20C8-2

(B) Telegraph Grade

Compatible CIs Compatible CIs

20B-10 10IA8 40B2-10 10IA8 2TT2-2 2TT2-2 4TT2-2 4TT2-2

20B2-43+ 10IA8 40B2-43+ 10IA8 2TT2-2 2TT2-6 2TT2-6 4TT2-2 4TT2-2

40S8- 10IA8 2TT2-2 2TT2-2 2TT2-2

2TT2-6 2TT2-3 2TT2-2 4TT2-2

4TT2-2 4TT2-6

2TT2-6 2TT2-6 4TT2-2 4TT2-2 4TT2-6

4TT2-6 2TT2-6

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

UN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming -shy

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 ~ Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 185

r ACCESS SERVICE

11

1135 Com2atible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(C) Voice Grade

Com2atible CIs Com2atible CIs Comeatible CIs

2AB2 2AC2 20B2 20A2 2LR2 2LR2

2AB3 2AC2 20B3 20A2 2LR3 2LR2

2CT3 20Y2 20X3 2LA2 2LS2 2LA2 40S8 2LB2 2LB2 40X2 2LC2 2LC2 40X3 2L03 40Y2 2LS2 2LS3 2LA2 4EA2-E 2LS3 2LB2~ 4EA2-M 2LC2 4SF2 2G02 2GS2 4SF3 2GS3 2N02 20A2 60X2 2N02 60Y2 2G03 2GS2 60Y3 2GS3 2N03 2N02 6EA2-E 2PR2 6EA2-M 2L02 2LS2 6EB2-E 2LS3 2TF3 2TF2 6EB2-M 6EB3-E 2L03 2LS2 8EB2-E 2LS3 8EB2-M 8EC2 90Y2 9DY3 9EA2 9EA3

See 1133 preceding for explanation

Issued 121187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

1188

Fl LED t AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 186

ACCESS SERVICE

11 Interface Groups Transmission Specifications Channel Interfaces S~ecial Access Optional Features and Functions and Technical Specification Packages (Contd)

113 S~ec1al Access Channel Interface and Network Channel Codes ( ontd)

1135 Compatible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

Voice Grade (Contd)

Compatible CIs Compatible CIs Compatible CIs

4AB2 2AC2 40S8- 2AC2 40S8- 40G2 4AB2 20A2 4lR2 4AC2 20Y2 4lS2 4SF2 2G02 4N02

2G03 4PR2 4AB3 2AC2 2GS2 4RV2-T

4AC2 2GS3 4SF2 4SF2 2LA2 4SF3

2LB2 4TF2 4AC2 2AC2 2LC2 60A2

4AC2 2L02 60Y2 2103 60Y3

40A2 40A2 2LR2 6EA2-E 40B2 20A2 2LS2 6EA2-M

2N02 2LS3 6EB2-E 2PR2 2N02 6EB2-M 40A2 2PR2 6GS2 40B2 2RV2-T 6lS2 4N02 2TF2 8EB2-E 4PR2 4AC2 8EB2-M 60A2 40A2 90Y2

40E2 90Y3 4003 20E2 40X2 9EA2

40E2 40X3 9EA3 40Y2 4EA2-E 4EA2-M

See 1133 preceding for explanation

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED I A~ 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIff NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 1B7

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Codes

1135 Com~atible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(C) Voice Grade (Contd)

Com~atible CIs Com~atible CIs Com~atible CIs

40X2 20Y2 40X2 BEB2-E 40X3 60Y2 2LA2 BEB2-M 60Y3 2LB2 90Y2 6EA2-E 2LC2 9DY3 6EA2-M 2L03 9EA2 6EB2-E 2LS2 9EA3 6EB2-M 2LS3 6LS3 2RV2-T 4DX3 2DY2 8EB2-E 4DX2 2LA2 8EB2-M

40Y2 2LB2 90Y2 4EA2-E 2LC2 90Y3 4EA2-M 2L03 9EA2 4LS2 2LS2 9EA3 4RV2-T 2LS3 4Sf2 2RV2-T 40Y2 20Y2 4SF3 40X2 40Y2 60Y2 40X3 60Y3 4DY2 6EA2-E 4EA2-E 6EA2-M 4EA2-M 6EB2-E 4LS2 6EB2-M 4RV2-T 6LS2 4SF2

4SF3

Issued 121S7 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 11BSSilver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

I ~ FI LE D

JAN 1 1988

Pultlic Service Commission of WyomLq

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 188

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Codes

1135 Compatible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(C) Voice Grade (Contd)

Compatible CIs Compatible CIs Compatible CIs

4EA2-E 2DY2 4EA3-E 2DY2 4G02 2G02 40Y2 4DY2 2G03 4EA2-E 4EA2-E 2GS2 4EA2-M 4EA2-M 2GS3 4SF2 4SF2 4GS2 6DY2 60Y2 4SF2 60Y3 60Y3 6GS2 6EB2-E 6EA2-E 6EB2-M 6EA2-M 4G03 2G02 8EB2-E 6E82-E 2GS2 8EB2-M 6EB2-M 2GS3 90Y2 8EB2-E 4GS2 90Y3 8EB2-M 4SF2

90Y2 6GS2 4EA2-M 2DY2 90Y3

4DY2 9EA2 4EA2-M 9EA3 4SF2 60Y2 60Y3 6EB2-E 6EB2-M 8E82-E 8EB2-M 90Y2 90Y3

Issued 121187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

JAN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyommg

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 189

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Codes

1135 ComQatible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(C) Voice Grade (Contd)

ComQatible CIs ComQatible CIs ComQatible CIs

4L02 2LS2 4LS3 2LA2 4SF2 2L03 2LS3 2LB2 2LR2 4LS2 2LC2 2LS2 4SF2 2L02 2LS3 6LS2 2L03 2RV2-T

4SF2 4AC2 4L03 2LS2 40Y2

2LS3 4N02 20A2 4LS2 4LS2 20E2 4RV2-Ti 4SF2 2N02 4SF2 6LS2 40A2 60Y2

40E2 60Y3 4LR2 2LR2 4N02 6GS2

4LR2 60A2 9OY2 4SF2 9OY3

4RV2-0 2RV2-T 4LR3 2LR2 4RV2-T 4SF3 20Y2

4LR2 4SF2 2G03 4SF2 2GS2

4SF2 2AC2 2GS3 4LS2 2LA2 20Y2 2LA2

2LB2 2GS2 2LB2 2LC2 2GS3 2LC2 2L02 2LA2 2L03 2L03 2LB2 2LR2

2LC2

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

r AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 190 ~

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Codes

1135 Com2atible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(C) Voice Grade (Contd)

Com~atible CIs Com~atible CIs Com2atible CIs

4SF3 2LS2 6DA 4DA2 6DY3 2DY2 2LS3 6DA2 4DY2 2RV2-T 6DY2 4DY2 6DX2 2DY2 6DY3 4EA2-E 4DY2 4EA2-M 4EA2-E 6EA2-E 2AC2 4GS2 4LR2 4EA2-M 2DY2 4LS2 4SF2 2LA2 4RV2-T 6DY2 2LB2 4SF2 6DY3 2LC2 4SF3 6EA2-E 2L03 6DY2 6EA2-M 2LS2 6DY3 6EB2-E 2LS3 6EB2-E 6EB2-M 2RV2-T 6EB2-M 8EB2-E 4AC2 6GS2 8EB2-M 4DY2 6LS2 9DY2 4EA2-E 9DY2 9DY3 4EA2-M 9DY3 9EA2 4LS2 9EA2 9EA3 4RV2-T 9EA3 4SF2

6DY2 2DY2 4SF3 4TF2 2TF2 4DY2 6DY2

4TF2 6DY2 6DY3 6EA2-E 6EA2-M

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

r AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

---------------------------------- ~-------- shy

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 191~

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Codes

1135 Com2atible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(C) Voice Grade (Contd)

Com~at i b 1e CIs Com~atible CIs Com2atible CIs

6EA2-E 6EB2-E 6EA2-M 60Y2 6EB3-E 2OY2 6EB2-M 60Y3 40Y2 6LS2 6EA2-M 4EA2-E 8EB2-E 6EB2-E 4EA2-M 8EB2-M 6EB2-M 4SF2 90Y2 6LS2 60Y2 90Y3 8EB2-E 60Y3

8EB2-M 6EA2-E 6EA2-M 2AC2 90Y2 6EA2-M

2OY2 90Y3 8EB2-E1 2LA2 8EB2-M 2LB2 6EB2-E 2OY2 90Y2 2LC2 40Y2 90Y3 2L03 4SF2 9EA2 2LS2 60Y2 9EA3 2LS3 60Y3 2RV2-T 6EB2-E 6EX2-A 2GS2 4AC2 6EB2-M 2GS3 4DY2 90Y2 2LS2 4EA2-E 90Y3 2LS3 4EA2-M 4GS2 4LS2 6EB2-M 2OY2 4LS2 4RV2-T 4DY2 4SF2 4SF2 4SF2 6GS2 4SF3 6DY2 6LS2

60Y3 6EB2-M 90Y2 90Y3

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

~ FI LED

I AN 1 f988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 192

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Codes

1135 Comeatible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(C) Voice Grade (Contd)

Comeatible CIs Comeatible CIs Comeatible CIs

6EX2-B 2G03 8EB2-E 2AC2 8EB2-M 2AC2 2LA2 2DY2 2DY2 2182 2LA2 2LA2 2LC2 2LB2 2LB2 2L02 2LC2 2LC2 2L03 2L03 2L03 2LR2 2LS2 2LS2 4LR2 2LS3 2LS3 4SF2 2RV2-T 2RV2-T ~ 4AC2 4AC2

6G02 2G02 4DY2 4DY2 2GS2 4LS2 4LS2 2GS3 4RV2-T 4RV2-T 4GS2 4SF2 4SF2 4SF2 4SF3 4SF3 6GS2 6DY2 6DY2

6DY3 6DY3 6L02 2LS2 6EB2-E 6EB2-E

2LS3 6EB2-M 6EB2-M 4LS2 6LS2 6LS2 4SF2 8EB2-E 8EB2-M 6LS2 8EB2-M 9DY2

90Y2 90Y3 6LS2 2LA2 90Y3

2LB2 2LC2 2L02 2L03 4SF2

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILE 0 JAN 1 1988 Ii

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 193

ACCESS SERVICE

11

113 Seocial Access Channel Interface and Network Channel Codes ( ontld)

1135 Compatible Channel Interfaces (Contld)

(C) Voice Grade (Contld)

Compatible CIs Compatible CIs Compatible CIs

8EC2 20Y2 90Y2 20Y2 9EA3 20Y2 40Y2 40Y2 40Y2 4EA2-E 60Y2 4EA2-E 4EA2-M 60Y3 4EA2-M 4SF2 90Y2 60Y2 60Y2 60Y3 60Y3 90Y3 20Y2 6EA2-E 6EA2-E 40Y2 6EA2-M 6EA2-M 60Y2 6EB2-E 6EB2-E 60Y3 6EB2-M 6EB2-M 90Y2 8EB2-E 8EB2-E 90Y3 8EB2-M 8EB2-M 90Y2 90Y2 9EA2 20Y2 90Y3 90Y3 40Y2 9EA3 9EA2 4EA2-E 9EA3 4EA2-M

60Y2 60Y3 6EA2-E 6EA2-M 6EB2-E 6EB2-M 8EB2-E 8EB2-M 90Y2 90Y3 9EA2 9EA3

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED t AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 194

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Codes

1135 Com2atible Channel Interfaces (Contld)

(0) Program Audio

Comeatible CIs Compatible CIs

Issued 121187

2PG2-1 2PG1-1 4DS8-1SE 2PG2-1

2PG2-3 2PGl-3 4DS8-1SF 2PG2-3

2PG2-S 2PG1-S 4DS8-1SG 2PG2-S

2PG2-8 2PGl-8 4DA8-1SH 2PG2-8

Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

2PGl-3 2PG2-3

2PG1-S 2PG2-S

2PGl-8 2PG2-8

2PG1-1 2PG2-1

Effective 1188

F I LED

f AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of WyomiRg

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 195

ACCESS SERVICE

11 Interface Groups Transmission Specifications Channel Interfaces s~ec1al Access Optional Features and Functions and Technical Specification Packages (Contd)

113 s~ecial Access Channel Interface and Network Channel Codes ( ontd)

1135 Compatible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(E) Video

CO2atible CIs Compatible CIs

2TV6-1 4TV6-15 4TV7-5 4TV6-5 4TV7-15 4TV7-5

2TV6-2 6TV6-15 4TV7-15 4TV6-1S 6TV7-1S 4TV7-1S

2TV7-1 4TV6-15 6TV6-S 6TV6-5 4TV7-15 6TV7-5

I ~ 2TV7-2 6TV6-1S 6TV6-15 6TV6-1S

6TV7-15 6TV7-15

4TV6-5 4TV6-5 6TV7-5 6TV6-5 4TV7-5 6TV7-5

4TV6-1S 4TV6-15 6TV7-15 6TV6-1S 4TV7-15 6TV7-1S

Issued 121187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILE 0

I AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyom inl

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 196

ACCESS SERVICE

11

113 seecial Access Channel Interface and Network Channel Codes ( ontd)

1135 Com~atible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(F) Digital Data

Com~atible CIs Compatible CIs Com~atible CIs

4058-15 4058-15+ 4DU5-24 4DU5-24 6DU5-24 6DU5-24 4DU5-24 4DU5-48 4DU5-48 4DU5-48 6DU5-48 6DU5-48 4DU5-56 4DU5-96 4DU5-96 4DU5-96 6DU5-56 6DU5-56 6DU5-24 6DU5-48 4DU5-56 4DU5-56 6DU5-96 6DU5-96 6DU5-96

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED 1 AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 197

ACCESS SERVICE

11

113 s ecial Access Channel Interface and Network Channel Codes e( ontd)

1135 Compatible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(G) High Capacity

Compatible CIs Compatible CIs

40S0-63 40S0-63 40S8-15J 40U8-A 40U8-A B or C 60U8-A 60U8-AB or C

40S8-15K 40U8-B 40S6-27 40S6-27 40U8-C

40U8-A B or C 60U8-B 60U8-A B or C 60U8-C

40S6-44 40S6-44 40S8-31 40S8-31 40U8-A B or C 40U8-A B or C 6DU8-A B or C 60U8-A B or C

40S8-15 4058-15+ 40U8-AB 40U8-B OR C 40U8-A B OR C 60U8-B

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILE 0

I AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of WYGf11lnl

-- ------ shy---~-

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 201

ACCESS SERVICE

11 Interface Groups~ Transmission Specifications Channel Interfaces Special Access Optional eatures and Functions and Technical Specification Packages (Contd)

115 and Functions

(E) Improved Return Loss

( 1) On Effective Four-Wire Transmission at Four-Wire Point of Termination (applicable to each two-wire port) Provides for a fixed 600 ohm impedance variable level range and simplex reversal Telephone Company equipment is required at the customers premises where this option is ordered The Improved Return Loss parameters are delineated in Technical Reference PUB 62501

(2) On Effective Two-Wire Transmission at Two-Wire Point of Termination Provides for more stringent Echo Control specifications In order for this option to be applicablethe transmission path must be four-wire at one POT and twoshywire at the other POT Placement of Telephone Companyequipment may be required at the customers premises with the two-wire POT The Improved Return Loss parameters are delineated in Technical Reference PUB 62501

(F) Data Capability (D) Conditioning

Data Capability provides transmission characteristics suitable for data communications Specifically Data Capability provides for the control of Signal to C-Notched Noise Ratio and intershymodulation distortion It is available for two-point services or three-point multipoint services The Signal to C-Notched Noise Ratio and intermodulation distortion parameter for Data Capabi 1ity are

- Signal to C-Notched Noise Ratio is equal to or greater than 32dB - Intermodulation distortion - Signal to second order modulation products (R2) is equal to

or greater than 38dB - Signal to third order modulation products (R3) is equal to or

greater than 42dB

When a service equipped with Data Capability is used for voice communications the quality of the voice transmission may not be satisfactory

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

I AN 1 1988

Public Service Commissien of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 198

ACCESS SERVICE

11

114 WATS Access Channel Interfaces and Network Channel Codes

This section explains the Channel Interface codes and Network Channel Codes that the customer must specify when ordering WATS Access Service An example which explains the specific characters of the codes a glossary of Channel Interface codes and impedancelevels are set forth in 113 preceding

1141 Service DesignatorNetwork Channel Code Conversion Table

The purpose of this table is to show the relationship between the service designator codes and the network channel codes that are used for WATS Access Service

Service Designator Network Channel Code Code

WAL (Standard amp Improved) SE

1142 Compatible Channel Interfaces

Compatible CIs Compatible CIs

2GS 2GS 4GS 2GS 2LS 2LS 4GS 4GS 4LS 4LS

2LS 2GS 4LS 2GS 2LS 2LS 4GS 4GS 4LS 4LS

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILE 0

f AN 1 986

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 199

ACCESS SERVICE

11

115 Special Access Voice Grade Optional Features and Functions and Technical Specifications Package

(A) Central Office Bridging Capability

(1) Voice Bridging (two-wire and four-wire)

(2) Data Bridging (two-wire and four-wire)

(3) Telephoto Bridging (two-wire and four-wire)

( 4) DATAPHONE Select-A-Station Bridging with sequentialarrangement ports or addressable arrangement ports

(5) Telemetry and Alarm Bridging

Split Band Active BridgingPassive BridgingSummation Active Bridging

(B) Central Office Multiplexing

Voice to Telegraph Grade An arrangement that converts a Voice Grade channel to Telegraph Grade channels using frequency division multiplexing

(C) Conditioning

Conditioning provides more specific transmission characteristics for Voice Grade services C-Type conditioningcontrols attenuation distortion and envelope delay distortion Sealing Current helps maintain continuity on dry metallic loops

For two-point services the parameters apply to each service For multipoint services the parameters apply to each mid-link or end link C-Type conditioning and Data Capability may be combined on the same service

Issued 1211787 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

I AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 200

~

ACCESS SERVICE

11

115 and Functions

(C) Conditioning (Contd)

(1) C-Type Conditioning

C-Type Conditioning is provided for the additional control of attenuation distortion and envelope delay distortion on data services The attenuation distortion and envelopedelay distortion specifications for C-Type Conditioning are

Attenuation Distortion Envelope Delay(Frequency Response) Distortion Relative to 1004 Hz Variation

Frequency --Variation Frequency (microshyRange ~ dB Range (Hz) seconds)

r ~ 1000-2600 100

400-2800 -10 to +20 800-2600 200 300-3000 -10 to +30 600-2600 300 3000-3200 -20 to +60 500-2800 600

500-3000 3000

(2) Sealing Current Conditioning

Sealing Current Conditioning is provided to help maintain continuity on dry metallic loops It is usuallyassociated with four-wire DA or NO type channel interfaces

(D) Customer Specified Premises Receive level

This option allows the customer to specify the receive level at the Point of Termination The level must be within a specific range on effective four-wire transmission The ranges are delineated in Technical Reference PUB 62501

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LE 0

I At1 1 T~88

Public Service CommiSSion of Wyoming

I

WYOMING PS~C TARIFF NO 3f Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 202

ACCESS SERVICE

11

115 Functions

(G) Telephoto Capability

Telephoto Capability provides transmission characteristic suitable for telephotographic communications SpecificallyTelephoto Capability is provided for the control of attenuation distortion and envelope delay distortion on telephotographic services The attenuation distortion and envelope delay distortion parameters for Telephoto Capabi11ty are

Attenuation Distortion Envelope Delay Distortion 1004 Hz Reference

Frequency Variation Frequency Variation Range (Hz) (dB) Range (Hz) (mcs)

500-3000 -05 to +15 1000-2600 110 300-3200 -10 to +25 800-2800 180

(H) Signaling Capability

Signaling Capability provides for the ability to transmit signals from one customer premises to another customer premises on the same service

(I) Selective Signaling Arrangement

An arrangement that permits code selective ringing for up to ten codes on a multipoint service

Issued 121187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LE 0

f AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 203

ACCESS SERVICE

11 Channel Interfaces and Technical

115 and Functions

(J) Transfer Arrangement

An arrangement that affords the customer an additional measure of flexibility in the use of their access channel(s) The arrangement can be utilized to transfer a leg of a Special Access Service to another channel that terminates in either the same or a different customer premises A key activated or dial-up control service is required to operate the transfer arrangement A spare channel if required s not included as part of the option

(K) Public Packet Switching Network (PPSN) Interface Arrangement

An arrangement that provides the interface requirements that permit a Voice Grade service to interface with a Public Packet Switching Network packet switch located in a Telephone Companypremises The interface is compatible with X25 and X75 packet switching protocols as defined by the CCITT

(l) Four-WireTwo Wire Conversions

When a customer requests that an effective four-wire channel be terminated with a two-wire channel interface at the customer1s designated premises a four-wire to two-wire conversion is required The rate for the conversion is included as part of the basic Channel Termination rate

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILE 0

I At-j 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyomiltg

- -

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 204

ACCESS SERVICE

11

115 S~ecial Access Voice Grade O~tional Features and Functions and Technical S~ecifications Package ~Contd~

The following table shows the technical specifications packageswith which the optional features and functions are available

Available with Technical S~ecifications Package VGshy

C 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 C-Type Conditioning X X X X X XX Central Office

Bridging Capability X X X X X X X Central Office

Multiplexing X X Customer Specified

Premises Receive Level X X X X X X

Data Capabil ity X X X X Improved Return Loss

For Effective Four-Wire Transmission X X X X X X X X X X X X X For Effective Two-Wire Transmission X X X X

PPSN Interface Arrangement X X

Sealing Current Conditioning X X

Selective Signaling Arrangement X X X X X X X

Signaling Capability X X X X X X X X Telophoto

Capabi1ity X X Transfer Arrangement X X X X X X X X X X X X X

Issued 121187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED I HI 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WVOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 205~

) ACCESS SERVICE

11

116 S2ecial Access Technical S2ecifications Packages

shy

Parameter Attentuation

Distortion C-Message Noise Echo Control Envelope Display

Distortion Frequency Shift Impluse Noise Intermodulation

Distortion Loss Deviation Phase Hits Gain

Hits and DropoutsPhase Jitter Signal-to-C

Message Noise Signal-to-C

Notch Noise

C 1 2 3 4 5 Package VGshy6 7 sect ~ 10 11 12

X X X

X X X

X X X

X X X

X X

X X X

X X

X X X

X X X

X X

X X

X X X

X X X

X X X X

X X X

X X X

X X X

X X X

X X X

X X X

X X X

X X X X X X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X X X X X X X X

X

X X X X X X X X X

The desired parameters are selected by the customer from the list of available parameters

The technical specifications for these parameters (except for dropouts gain hits and phase hits) are delineated in Technical Reference PUB 62501 and associated Addendum The technical specifications for dropouts phase hits and gain hits are delineated in Technical Reference PUB 41004 Table 4

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILE 0 IAN 1 1988

Public Service Commission

of Wyoming

Issued June 1 2020 Effective July 1 2020

Legal amp Regulatory Administrator

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

14th Revised Page 206

ACCESS SERVICE

12 Rates and Charges

All rates and charges for the services offered in this tariff are shown in this section

Reference is made for each rate element to the appropriate tariff paragraph where the

application of the service is described

121 Switched Access Service

(A) End Office

(1) Directory Assistance Information Surcharge 614(B)(4)

(a) Per 100 terminating access minutes

Effective July 1 2013 051300

Effective July 1 2014 000000

(b) Per 100 originating access minute 0513

(2) Local Switching 613(A)

(a) Per terminating access minute 00

(3) Local Transport

(a) Per originating access minute 03

(4) 800 Series Database Access Queries

Per query

(a) Basic 0055

(b) Vertical Feature 0061

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 202070006-119-TT-20

Issued June 1 2020 Effective July 1 2020

Legal amp Regulatory Administrator

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

8th Revised Page 2061

ACCESS SERVICE

12 Rates and Charges (Contrsquod)

121 Switched Access Service (Contrsquod)

(B) Transport

(1) Local Transport Facility ICB 613(A)

per access minute per mile

(2) Tandem Switched Transport

Tandem Switched Facility per

access minute per mile

(a) terminating 000581

(3) Tandem Switched Termination

(a) per access minute per 003014

termination

(C) Installation Charge per installation 15600 661(C)

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 202070006-119-TT-20

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

2nd Revised page 207

ACCESS SERVICE

12 Rates and Charges (Contrsquod)

122 Special Access Service Non-

Monthly Recurring

Rates Charges Source

(A) Channel Termination

(1) Voice Grade Channel

Two Wire Per Termination ICB 22300 712(A)(R)

Four Wire Per Termination ICB 22300 712(A)(R)

(B) Channel Mileage

(1) Channel Mileage Termination

Per Termination ICB NA 712(B)(R)

(C) Optional Features

As Ordered ICB ICB 712(C)

(D) Special Access Surcharge

Per Voice Grade Equivalent

Circuit 2500 733(A)

(E) Intrastate T1

Point to Point 37881

Issued June 1 2003 Mr Allen R Hoopes Effective July 1 2003

Vice President General Manager

President

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 201970006-113-TT-19

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

1st Revised Page 208

ACCESS SERVICE

12 Rates and Charges (Contrsquod)

123 Billing and Collection Service Rates Source

(A) Program Development

Basic Per Hour 8000 831(G)

Program Development

Premium Per Hour 10000 831(G)

(B) Special Order Charge

Per Order 10000 853(B)

Issued June 1 2003 Mr Allen R Hoopes Effective July 1 2003

President

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 201970006-113-TT-19

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

1st Revised Page 209

ACCESS SERVICE

12 Rates and Charges (Contrsquod)

124 Miscellaneous Services Overtime

Basic time outside

Scheduled scheduled

working hours working hours Source

(A) Additional Eng Periods

Per engineer frac12 hour

Or fraction thereof 2600 1900 91

(B) Additional Labor

Per technician frac12 hour

Or fraction thereof 2600 1500 92

(C) Maintenance of Service

Per technician frac12 hour

Or fraction thereof 2600 1500 93

125 Access Orders Rate

(A) Access Order Charge

Per Order 10000 52

(B) Order Change Charge

Per Order 10000 522

Issued June 1 2003 Mr Allen R Hoopes Effective July 1 2003

President

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 201970006-113-TT-19

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 2

ACCESS SERVICE

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Title Sheet

Concurring Carriers

Connecting Carriers

Other Participating Carriers

Registered Service Marks amp Registered Trademarks

Explanation of Symbols

Explanation of Abbreviations

Reference to Other Tariffs

Reference to Technical Publications

1

2

Page No

1

11

11

11

11

12

12

14

14

APPLICATION OF TARIFF 15

GENERAL REGULATIONS 16

21 Undertaking of the Telephone Company

211212213214215216217218219

2110

2111

ScopeLimitationsLiabilityProvision of ServicesInstallation and Termination of ServiceMaintenance of ServicesChanges and SubstitutionsRefusal and Discontinuance of ServiceNotification of Service-AffectingActivitiesCoordination with Respect to NetworkContingenciesProvision and Ownership of TelephoneNumbers

16

1616182021212122

23

24

24

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 rF[I=[

Issued June 1 2020 Effective July 1 2020

Legal amp Regulatory Administrator

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

1st Revised Page 3

ACCESS SERVICE

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Contrsquod)

Page No

2 GENERAL REGULATIONS (Contrsquod)

22 Use 24

221 Interface or Impairment 24

222 Unlawful Use 25

23 Obligations of the Customer 26

231 Damages 26

232 Ownership of Facilities and Theft 26

233 Equipment Space and Power 26

234 Availability for Testing 27

235 Balance 27

236 Design of Customer Services 27

237 Reference to the Telephone Company 28

238 Claims and Demands for Damages 28

239 Coordination with Respect to Network Contingencies 29

2310 Jurisdictional Report Requirements 29

2311 Determination of Intrastate Charges for Mixed Interstate and 32

Intrastate Access Service

2312 Identification and Rating of VoIP-PSTN Traffic 32

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances 33

241 Payment of Rates Charges and Deposits 33

242 Minimum Periods 38

243 Cancellation of an Order for Service 39

244 Credit Allowance for Service Interruptions 39

245 Re-establishment of Service Following Fire Flood or other Occurrence 42

246 Title or Ownership Rights 43

247 Ordering Rating and Billing of Access Services where more than One 44

Exchange Telephone Company is Involved

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 202070006-119-TT-20

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 4

ACCESS SERVICETABLE OF CONTENTS (Centrsquod) Page No

2 GENERAL REGULATIONS (Centrsquod)

25 Connections

251 General

26 Definitions

3 CARRIER COMMON LINE ACCESS SERVICE

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

General Description

Limitations

Undertaking of the Telephone Company

Obligations of the Customer

Payment Arrangements

Payment of Coin Sent-Paid Monies

Rate Regulations

4 (Reserved for Future Use)

5 ORDERING OPTIONS FOR SWITCHED AND SPECIAL ACCESSSERVICE

51 General

511 Ordering Conditions512 Prevision of Other Services

52 Access Order

521 Access Order Service Date Provision522 Access Order Modifications523 Cancellation of an Access Order524 Minimum Period525 Ordering of Access Services Where More

Than One Exchange Telephone Company isInvolved

45

45

45

63

63

63

64

65

66

68

71

73

74

74

7474

75

76777981

81

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdashmdash

F IL_lsquoE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3mdashSilver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Centrsquod)

6 SWITCHED ACCESS SERVICE

61

62

63

64

65

General

611 Feature Group Arrangements612 WATS Access Service613 Rate Categories614 Design Layout Report615 Acceptance Testing616 Ordering Options and Conditions617 Testing

Provision and Description of Switched AccessService Feature Groups

621 Feature Group A622 Feature Group B623 Feature Group C

Transmission Specifications

Obligations of the Telephone Company

641 Network Management

Original Page 5

Paqe No83

83

838586

9192

93

949698

101

102

102642 Design and Taffic Routing of Switched

Access Service 103643 Provision of Service Performance Data 104644 Trunk Group Measurement Reports 104645 Determination of Number of Transmission

Paths 104646 Determination of Number of End Office

Transport Terminations 105

Obligations of the Customer 105

651 Report Requirements 105652 Supervisory Signaling 106653 Trunk Group Measurement Reports 106

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r lsquoldquo

- mdash- mdash~-fl ~ ~=rsquo~ )J

i $ i-L

IA ~I lrrsquogtc~

~t

r)gtrsquo-sr lsquo- ldquo i 7rsquo-

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 6

ACCESS SERVICE

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Centrsquod)

6 SWITCHED ACCESS SERVICE (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations

661 Description and Application of Ratesand Charges

662 Minimum Period663 Measuring Access Minutes664 Mileage Measurement

7 SPECIAL ACCESS SERVICE

71 General

711 Channel Type712 Rate Categories713 Service Configurations714 Alternate Use715 Special Facilities Routing716 Design Layout Report717 Acceptance Testing718 Ordering Options and Conditions

72 Service Descriptions

721 Voice Grade Service

73 Rate Regulations

731 Types of Rates and Charges732 Minimum Period733 Surcharge for Special Access Service

734 Mileage Measurement

Page No

106

106109109115

116

116

116116119122122122122123

123

125

127

127128128

130

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~i~

mdashmdashmdash__ __~-j -7

t-E -JI

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

8 BILLING AND COLLECTION SERVICES

81

82

83

84

85

General Description

Recording Service

821 General Description

Message Billing Service

831 General Description

Other Billing Services

General Regulations

851 Liability of the Telephone Company852 Obligations of the Customer853 Ordering Services854 Mixed Intrastate and Interstate Services855 Purchase of Accounts Receivable856 Auditing857 Billing Arrangements When the

Telephone Company Acts as Agentfor the Customer

9 ADDITIONAL ENGINEERING ADDITIONAL LABOR ANDMISCELLANEOUS SERVICES

91 Additional Engineering

911 Charges for Additional Engineering

Original Page 7

Paqe No

131

131

131

131

133

133

136

136

136138139139140146

147

148

148

148

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

_ldquomdashmdashmdash

F~liD~

1

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Centrsquod)

9 ADDITIONAL ENGINEERING ADDITIONAL LABOR ANDMISCELLANEOUS SERVICES

92 Additional Labor

921922923924

925926927

Overtime InstallationOvertime RepairStand ByTesting and Maintenance withOther Telephone CompaniesTesting ServicesOther LaborCharges for Additional Labor

93 Miscellaneous Services

931 Maintenance of Service

10 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION

101 General

102 Conditions Requirinq Special Construction

11 INTERFACE GROUPS TRANSMISSION SPECIFICATIONSCHANNEL INTERFACES SPECIAL ACCESS OPTIONAL FEATURESAND FUNCTIONSAND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION PACKAGES

111 Local Transport Interface Groups

1111 Interface Group 11112 Interface Group 21113 Interface Group 31114 Interface Group 41115 Interface Group 51116 Interface Group 61117 Interface Group 71118 Interface Group 81119 Interface Group 911110 Interface Group 1011111 Available Premises Interface Codes11112 Supervisory Signaling

Original Page 8

148

149149149

149149149150

150

150

151

151

151

152

152

152153154154155155156156157157158161

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Pldquorsquorsquo-rdquo7-7

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 9

ACCESS SERVICE

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Centrsquod)

11Page No

INTERFACE GROUPS TRANSMISSION SPECIFICATIONSCHANNEL INTERFACES SPECIAL ACCESS OPTIONAL FEATURESAND FUNCTIONSAND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION PACKAGES (Centrsquod)

112

113

114

115

116

Transmission Specifications Switched AccessService

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications1122 Data Transmission Parameters

Special Access Channel Interface and NetworkChannel Codes

1131 Glossary of Channel Interface Codesand Options

1132 Impedance1133 Digital Hierarchy Channel Interface

Codes (4DS)1134 Service DesignatorNetwork Channel

Code Conversion Table1135 Compatible Channel Interfaces

WATS Access Channel Interfaces and NetworkChannel Codes

1141 Service DesignatorNetowrk ChannelCode Conversion Table

1142 Compatible Channel Interfaces

Special Access Voice Grade Optional Featuresand Functions and Technical Specificationsm

Special Access Technical SpecificationsPackaqes

162

162170

174

175180

181

181184

198

198198

199

205

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

F--rsquo~

t~$ ~ Ioqg

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 10

ACCESS SERVICE

12 RATES AND CHARGES

121 Switched Access Service

122 Special Access Service

123 Billing and Collection Service

124 Miscellaneous Services

125 Access Orders

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Centrsquod)

Page No

206

206

207

208

209

209

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

pi~~11rsquokl1 lnog

)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 11

ACCESS SERVICE

CONCURRING CARRIERS

NO CONCURRING CARRIERS

CONNECTING CARRIERS

NO CONNECTING CARRIERS

OTHER PARTICIPATING CARRIERS

NO OTHER PARTICIPATING CARRIERS

REGISTERED SERVICE MARKS REGISTERED TRADEMARKS

None None

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278 ~mdashmdashFreedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 12

(c) - To(D) - To(I) - To(M) - To(N) - To(R) - To(s) - To(T) - To(z) - To

LANIATampTBDBHMCcoCentrsquodCPEDAdBdBrnCdBrnCOdBvdBvldcEASEDDELEPLEMLEPLERLESSESSXfFIDFCCFX

signifysignifysignifysignifysignifysignifysignifysignifysignify

ACCESS SERVICE

EXPLANATION OF SYMBOLS

changed regulationdiscontinued rate or regulationincreasematter relocated without changenew rate or regulationreductionreissued mattera change in text but no change in rate or regulationa correction

EXPLANATION OF ABBREVIATIONS

Alternating currentActual Measured LossAutomatic Number IdentificationAmerican Telephone and Telegraph CompanyBusiness DayBusy Hour Minutes of CapacityCentral OfficeContinuedCustomer Provided EquipmentDirectory AssistancedecibelDecibel Reference Noise C-Message WeightingDecibel Reference Noise C-Message Referenced to ODecibel(s) relative to 1 volt (reference)Decibel(s) relating to 1 volt (reference)direct currentExtended Area ServiceEnvelope Delay DistortionEqual Level Echo Path LossExpected Measured LossEcho Path LossEcho Retrun LossElectronic Switching SystemElectronic Switching System ExchangefrequencyField IdentifierFederal Communications CommissionForeign Exchange

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

[i=-Ii

mdashldquomdashmdash

Ijmdash

=[-m

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 13

ACCESS SERVICE

EXPLANATION OF ABBREVIATIONS

HzIcICBICLkbpskHzLATAMaMbpsMHzMMUCMRCMTMTSNPANRCNTSNXXOTPLPBXPCMPOTrmsRSMRSSSRLSSNSwcTESTLPTSPSUsocVGVampHWATS

HertzInterexchange CarrierIndividual Case BasisInserted Connection LossKilobits per secondkilohertzLocal Access and Transport AreamilliamperesMegabits per secondMegahertzMinimum Monthly Usage ChargeMonthly Recurring ChargeMetallicMessage Telecommunications Service(s)Numbering Plan AreaNonrecurring ChargeNon-Traffic SensitiveThree-Digit Central Office CodeZero Transmission Level PointPrivate Branch ExchangePulse Code ModulationPoint of Terminationroot-mean-squareRemote Switching ModulesRemote Switching SystemsSinging Return LossSwitched Service NetworkServing Wire CenterTelephone Exchange Services(s)Transmission Level PointTraffic Service Position SystemUniform Service Order CodeVoice GradeVertical amp HorizontalWide Area Teleccmnunications Service(s)

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 27BFreedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 14

ACCESS SERVICE

REFERENCE TO OTHER TARIFFS

Whenever reference is made in this tariff to other tariffs of the TelephoneCompany the reference is made to the tariffs in force as of the effectivedate of this tariff and to amendments thereto and successive issues thereof

REFERENCE TO TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS

The following technical publications are referenced in this tariff andmay be obtained from Bell Communications Research Inc Distribution Stora9eCenter 60 New England Avenue Picataway New Jersey 08854-4196 (201) 981-5600

Technical Reference

1 PUB 41004Issued October 1973 Available October 1973

2 PUB TR-NPL-OO0334Issued June 1986 Available November 1986

3 PUB TR-NPL-OO0335Issued June 1986 Available November 1986

The following technical publication is referenced in this tariff and may beobtained from the Bell System for Technical Education Room F214 6200 Route53 Lisle IL 60532

Telecommunications Transmission EngineeringVolume 3 - Networks and Services (Chapter 6 and 7)Second Edition 1980Issued June 1980 Available June 1980

The following technical publication is referenced in this tariff and may beobtained from the National Exchange Carrier Association Inc Group Manager -Tariff Administration 100 S Jefferson Road Whippany NJ 07981 and theFederal Communication Commission]s commercial contractor

PUB AS No 1 Issue IIIssued May 1984 Available May 1984

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO EOX278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

_ _mdashmdash

f=]~j~)

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 15

ACCESS SERVICE

1 Application of Tariff

11 This tariff contains regulations rates and charges applicableto the provision of Carrier Common Line Switched AccessSpecial Access and Billing and Collection Serviceshereinafter referred to collectively as service(s) provided bySilver Star Telephone Company to Customers

12 The provision of such services by the Telephone Company as set forthin this tariff does not constitute a joint undertaking with thecustomer for the furnishing of any service

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278

F

mdash mdash---mdash -Freedom Wyoming 83120 ~ ~_a ~ ~ ~

I

I)l f 1-O

tPublirlsquordquordquo ~ 1

L-__Qldquo-J

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 16Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations

21 Unclertakinq of the Telephone Company

211 Scope

(A) The Telephone Company does not undertake to transmitmessages under this tariff

(B) The Telephone Company shall be responsible only for theinstallation operation and maintenance of the services itprovides

(C) The Telephone Company wil1 for maintenance purposes testits services only to the extent necessary to detect andorclear troubles

(D) Services are provided 24 hours daily seven days per weekexcept as set forth in other applicable sections of thistariff

(E) The Telephone Company does not warrant that its facilitiesand services meet standards other than those set forth inthis tariff

212 Limitations

(A) The customer may not assign or transfer the use ofservices provided under this tariff however where thereis not interruption of use or relocation of the servicessuch assignment or transfer may be made to

(1) another customer whether an individual partnershipassociation or corporation provided the assignee ortransferee assumes all outstanding indebtedness forsuch services and the unexpired portion of theminimum period and the termination liabilityapplicable to such services if any or

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

1st Revised Page 17

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

21 Undertaken u of the Telephone Com~anv (Control)

212 Limitations (Centrsquod)

(2) a court-appointed receiver trustee or otherperson acting pursuant to law in bankruptcyreceivership reorganization insolvencyliquidation or other similar proceedingsprovided the assignee or transferee assumes theunexpired portion of minimum period and thetermination liability applicable to suchservices if any

In all cases of assignment or transfer thewritten acknowledgment of the Telephone Companyis required prior to such assignment or transferwhich acknowledgement shall be made within 15days from the receipt of notification Allregulations and conditions contained in thistariff shall apply to such assignee ortransferee

The assignment or transfer of services does notrelieve or discharge the assignor or transferorfrom remaining jointly or severally liable withthe assignee or transferee for any obligationsexisting at the time of the assignment ortransfer

(B) The use and restcrationof services shall be provided ona first-come first-served baeis The use andrestoration of services shall be in accordance with Part64 Subpart D Appendix A of the Federal CommunicationsCommissionrsquos Rules and Regulations which specifies thepriority system for such activities

Issued 04992 Mr Allen R Hoopes Vice President Effective1001192 (T)Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 226Freedom Wyoming 83120

v= SEWCE ~KM

APIWVEDEFFECTIVEldquojrdquo9zDOCKETNO~ -7-amp9zrdquof

STATEOFWYOMING

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 18Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

21 Undertaking of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

213 Liability

(A) The Telephone Company(s liability if any for its willfulmisconduct is not limited by this tariff With respect toany other claim or suit by a customer or by any othersfor damages associated with the installation provisiontermination maintenance repair or restoration ofservice and subject to the provisions of (B) through (H)following the Telephone Companyrsquos liability except as setforth in 851 following if any shall not exceed anamount equal to the proportionate charge for the servicefor the period during which the service was affectedThis liability for damages shall be in addition to anyamounts that may otherwise be due the customer under thistariff as a Credit Alrsquo

(B) The Telephone Companyomission of any otherportion of a serviceits own act or omissit

owance for a Service Interruption

shall not be liable for any act orcarrier or customer providing anor shall the Telephone Company forn hold liable any other carrier or

customer providing a portion of a service

(C) The Telephone Company is not liable for damages to thecustomer premises resulting from the furnishing of aservice including the installation and removal ofequipment and associated wiring unless the damage iscaused by the Telephone Companyrsquos negligence

(D) The Telephone Company shall be indemnified defended andheld harmless by the end user against any claim loss ordamage arising from the end userrsquos use of services offeredunder this tariff involving

(1) Claims for libel slander invasion ofprivacy or infringement of copyrightarising from the end userrsquos owncommunications

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 19

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

21 Undertaking of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

213 Liability (Centrsquod)

(2) Claims for patent infringement arising from the enduserrsquos acts combining or using the service furnishedby the Telephone Company in connection with facilitiesor equipment furnished by the end user or customer or

(3) All other claims arising out of any act or omission ofthe end user in the course of using services providedpursuant to this tariff

(E) The Telephone Company shal1 be indemnified defended andheld harmless by the customer against any claim loss or damagearising from the customerrsquos use of services offered under thistariff involving

(1) Claims for libel slander invasion of privacy orinfringement of copyright arising from the customerrsquosown communications

(2) Claims for patent infringementarising from thecustomerrsquos acts combining or using the servicefurnished by the Telephone Company in connection withfacilities or equipment furnished by the end user orcustomer or

(3) All other claims arising out of any act or omission ofthe customer in the course of using services providedpursuant to this tariff

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 20

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

21 Undertaking of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

213 Liability (Centrsquod)

(F) The Telephone Company does not guarantee or make anywarranty with respect to its services when used in anexplosive atmosphere The Telephone Company shall beindemnified defended and held harmless by the customerfrom any and all claims by any person relating to suchcustomerrsquos use of services so provided

(G) No license under patents (other than the limited licenseto use) is granted by the Telephone Company or shall beimplied or arise by estoppel with respect to any serviceoffered under this tariff

(H) The Telephone Companyrsquos failure to provide or maintainservices under this tariff shall be excused by labordifficulties governmental orders civil commotionscriminal actions taken against the Telephone Company actsof God and other circumstances beyond the TelephoneCompanyrsquos reasonable control subject to the CreditAllowance for a Service Interruption as set forth in 244following

214 Provision of Services

The Telephone Company to the extent that such services are orcan be made available with reasonable effort and afterprovision has been made for the Telephone Companyrsquos telephoneexchange services will provide to the customer upon reasonablenotice services offered in other applicable sections of thistariff at rates and charges specified therein

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company 1st Revised Page 21

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

21 Undertakin a of the Telephone ComPanv (Centrsquod)

215 Installation and Termination of Services

The services provided under this tariff (A) will include anyentrance cable or drop wiring and wire or intrabuilding cableto that point where provision is made for termination of theTelephone Companyrsquoe outside distribution network facilities ata suitable location inside a customer-designated premises and(B) will be installed by the Telephone Company to such Pointof Termination

216 Maintenance of Services

The services provided under this tariff shall be maintained bythe Telephone Company The customer or others may notrearrange move disconnect remove or attempt to repair anyfacilities provided by the Telephone Company other than byconnection or disconnection to any interface means used

217 Chanqes and Substitutions

Except as provided for equipment and systems subject to FCCPart 68 Regulations at 47 CFR Section 68llO(b) theTelephone Company may where such action is reasonablyrequired in the operation of its business

(A) substitute change or rearrange any facilities used inproviding service under this tariff including but notlimited to (1) substitution of different metallicfacilities (2) substitution of carrier or derivedfacilities for metallic facilities used to provide otherthan metallic facilities and (3) substitution ofmetallic facilities for carrier or derived facilitiesused to provide other than metallic facilities

Issued 04992 Mr Allen R Hoopes Vice President Effective100192 (T)Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 226Freedom Wyoming 83120

4

twucsERvlcE~

AwRoHD F

E~ o--92

D00KETN0700W -m-mSTATEOFWYOMING

mdash- mdash

Silver Star Telephone CompanyACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 22

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

21 Undertaking of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

217 Chanqes and Substitutions (Centrsquod)

(B) change minimum protection criteria change operating ormaintenance characteristics of facilities or changeoperations or procedures of the Telephone Company Incase of any such substitution change or rearrangementthe transmission parameters will be within the range asset forth in 6 and 7 following The Telephone Companyshall not be responsible if any such substitution changeor rearrangement renders any customer furnished servicesobsolete or requires modification or alteration thereof orotherwise affects their use or performance If suchsubstitution change or rearrangement materially affectsthe operating characteristics of the facility theTelephone Company will provide reasonable notification tothe customer in writing Reasonable time will be allowedfor any redesign and implementation required by the changein operating characteristics The Telephone Company willwork cooperatively with the customer to determinereasonable notification procedures

218 Refusal and Discontinuance of Service

(A) Unless the provisions of 221(B) or 25 following applyif a customer fails to comply with 216 preceding or222 231 234 235 or 24 following including anypayments to be made by it on the dates and times hereinspecified the Telephone Company may on thirty (30) dayswritten notice by Certified US Mail to the persondesignated by that customer to receive such notices ofnoncompliance refuse additional applications for serviceandor refuse to complete any pending orders for serviceby the non-complying customer at any time thereafter

If the Telephone Company does not refuse additionalapplications for service on the date specified in thethirty (30) days notice and the customerrsquos noncompliancecontinues nothing contained herein shall preclude theTelephone Companyrsquos right to refuse additionalapplications for service to the non-complying customerwithout further notice

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

] rsquo

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 23

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

21 Undertaking of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

218 Refusal and Discontinuance of Service (Centrsquod)

(B) Unless the provisions of 221(B) or 25 following applyif a customer fails to comply with 216 preceding or222 231 234 235 or 24 following including anypayments to be made by it on the dates and times hereinspecified the Telephone Company may on thirty (30) dayswritten notice by Certified US Mail to the persondesignated by that customer to receive such notices ofnoncompliance discontinue the provision of the servicesto the non-complying customer at any time thereafter

In the case of such discontinuance all applicablecharges including termination charges shall become dueIf the Telephone Company does not discontinue theprovision of the services involved on the date specifiedin the thirty (30) days notice and the customerrsquosnoncompliance continues nothing contained herein shallpreclude the Telephone Companyrsquos right to discontinue theprovision of the services to the non-complying customerwithout further notice

219 Notification of Service-Affectinq Activities

The Telephone Company will provide the customer reasonablenotification of service-affecting activities that may occur innormal operation of its business Such activities may includebut are not limited to equipment or facilities additionsremovals or rearrangements routine preventative maintenanceand major switching office change-out Generally suchactivities are not individual customer service specific theyaffect many customersrsquo service No specific advancenotification period is applicable to all service activitiesThe Telephone Company will work cooperatively with the customerto determine the notification requirements

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdash- --mdashmdash

FIIED

I

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 24

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

21 Undertaking of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

2110 Coordination with Respect to Network Contingencies

The Telephone Company intends to work cooperatively with thecustomer to develop network contingency plans in order tomaintain maximum network capability following natural or man-made disasters which affect telecommunications services

2111 Provision and Ownership of Telephone Numbers

The Telephone Company reserves the reasonable right to assigndesignate or change telephone numbers any other call numberdesignations associated with Access Services or the TelephoneCompany serving central office prefixes associated with suchnumbers when necessary in the conduct of its businessShould it become necessary to make a change in suchnumbers(s) the Telephone Company will furnish to the customer6 months notice and explanation of the reason(s) for suchchange(s)

22 Use

221 Interference or Impairment

(A) The characteristics and methods of operation of anycircuits facilities or equipment provided by other thanthe Telephone Company and associated with the facilitiesutilized to provide services under this tariff shall notinterfere with or impair service over any facilities ofthe Telephone Company its affiliated companies or itsconnecting and concurring carriers involved in itsservices cause damage to their plant impair the privacyof any communications carried over their facilities orcreate hazards to the employees of any of them or thepublic

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~~

-mdash--mdash-mdash-rdquo---~ ----

7-$) jti-

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

1st Revised Page 25

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

22 (Centrsquod)

221 Interference or Impairment (Centrsquod)

(B) Except as provided for equipment or systems subject tothe FCC Part 68 Rules in 47 CFR Section 68108 ifsuch characteristics or methods of operation are not inaccordance with (A) preceding the Telephone Companywill where practicable notify the customer thattemporary discontinuance of the use of a service may berequired however where prior notice is notpracticable nothing contained herein shall be deemed topreclude the Telephone Companyrsquos right to temporarilydiscontinuance the customer will be promptly notifiedand afforded the opportunity to correct the conditionwhich gave rise to the temporary discontinuance Duringsuch period of temporary discontinuance creditallowance for service interruptions as set forth in244 following is not applicable

222 Unlawful Use

The service provided under this tariff shall not be used foran unlawful purpose

(A) The Telephone Company may upon written request from acustomer terminate service to any subscriber of acustomer identified by the customer as having utilizedthat customerrsquos service andor facilities in thecompletion of abusive telephone calls Service may beterminated by the Telephone Company as provided for inits general andor local exchange service

(B) In such instances when termination occurs as in (A)preceding the Telephone Company shall be indemnifieddefended and held harmless by the customer againgt anyclaim loss or damage arising from the TelephoneCompanyrsquos actions in terminating such service

Issued 04992 Mr Allen R Hoopesr Vice President Effective100192 (T)Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 226Freedom Wyoming 83120

iw6LlcSERVICGCuMumoNAWROVED

EFFECTIVE(7-rdquo$

00CKETNOZP (XXYrdquo792-ST4TEOFWYOMING

-----

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 26

231

232

233

QwE

The customer shall reimburse the Telephone Company for damagesto Telephone Company facilities utilized to provide servicesunder this tariff caused by the negligence or willful act ofthe customer or resulting from the customerrsquos improper use ofthe Telephone Company facilities or due to malfunction of anyfacilities or equipment provided by other than the TelephoneCompany

Nothing in the foregoing provision shall be interpreted to holdone customer liable for another customerrsquos actions TheTelephone Company will upon reimbursement for damagescooperate with the customer in prosecuting a claim against theperson causing such damage and the customer shall be subrogatedto the right of recovery by the Telephone Company for thedamages to the extent of such payment

Ownership of Facilities and Theft

Facilities utilized by the Telephone Company to provide serviceunder the provisions of this tariff shall remain the propertyof the Telephone Company Such facilities shall be returned tothe Telephone Company by the customer whenever requestedwithin a reasonable period following the request in as goodcondition as reasonable wear will permit

Equipment Space and Power

The customer shall furnish or arrange to have furnished to theTelephone Company at no charge equipment space and electricalpower required by the Telephone Company to provide servicesunder this tariff at the points of termination of suchservices The selection of ac or dc power shall

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 ~mdashmdash -mdash-

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 27

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Centrsquod)

233 Equipment Space and Power (Centrsquod)

be mutually agreed to by the customer and the TelephoneCompany The customer shall also make necessary arrangementsin order that the Telephone Company will have access to suchspaces at reasonable times for installing testing repairingor removing Telephone Company services

234 Availability for Testinq

The services provided under this tariff shall be available tothe Telephone Company at times mutually agreed upon in order topermit the Telephone Company to make tests and adjustmentsappropriate for maintaining the services in satisfactoryoperating condition Such tests and adjustments shall becompleted within a reasonable time No credit will be allowedfor any interruptions involved during such tests andadjustments

235 Balance

All signals for transmission over the services provided underthis tariff shall be delivered by the customer balanced toground

236 Design of Customer Services

Subject to the provisions of 217 preceding the customershall be solely responsible at its own expense for theoverall design of its services and for any redesigning orrearrangement of its services which may be required because ofchanges in facilities operations or procedures of theTelephone Company minimum protection criteria or operating ormaintenance characteristics of the facilities

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

[~1

mdash--mdashmdash_u

--

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 28

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Centrsquod)

237 Reference to the Telephone Company

The customer may advise End Users that certain services areprovided by the Telephone Company in connection with theservice the customer furnishes to the End Users however thecustomer shall not represent that the Telephone Company jointlyparticipates in the customerrsquos services

238 Claims and Demands for Damages

(A) With respect to claims of patent infringement made bythird persons the customer shall defend indemnifyprotect and save harmless the Telephone Company from andagainst all claims arising out of the combining with oruse in connection with the services provided under thistariff any circuit apparatus system or method providedby the customer

(B) The customer shall defend indemnify and save harmless theTelephone Company from and against any suits claimslosses or damages including punitive damages attorneyfees and court costs by third persons arising out of theconstruction installation operation maintenance orremoval of the customerrsquos circuits facilities orequipment connected to the Telephone Companyrsquos servicesprovided under this tariff including without limitationWorkmenrsquos Compensation claims actions for infringement ofcopyright andor unauthorized use of program materiallibel and slander actions based on the content ofcommunications transmitted over the customerrsquos circuitsfacilities or equipment and proceedings to recover taxesfines or penalties for failure of the customer to obtainor maintain in effect any necessary certificates permitslicenses or other authority to acquire or operate theservices provided under this tariff

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R liOODESPresident Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 mdashmdash mdash-__

I

Silver Star Telephone CompanyACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 29

238

239

2310

Claims and Demands for Damages (Centrsquod)

(B) (Centrsquod)

provided however the foregoing indemnification shall notapply to suits claims and demands to recover damages fordamage to property death or personal injury unless suchsuits claims or demands are based on the tortuous conductof the customer its officers agents or employees

(C) The customer shall defend indemnify and save harmless theTelephone Company from and against any suits claimslosses or damages including punitive damages attorneyfees and court costs by the customer or third partiesarising out of any act or omission of the customer in thecourse of using services provided under this tariff

Coordination with Respect to Network Contingencies

The customer shall in cooperation with the Telephone Companycoordinate in planning the actions to be taken to maintainmaximum network capability following natural or man-madedisasters which affect telecommunications services

Jurisdictional Report Requirements

(A) Jurisdictional Reports

(1) When a customer orders Feature Group A or B SwitLiedAccess Service from the primary carrier which iscapable of connecting to the end user in theTelephone Companyrsquos serving area the customer shallprovide a copy of such order to the telephonecompany The Telephone Company will apply thecustomer provided projected intrastate percentage ofintrastate usage to the total Feature Group A andFeature Group B minutes originating from theTelephone Companies end offices to the Customerrsquospremises in the primary carrierrsquos serving area orterminating from the Customerrsquos designated premisesto the telephone companyrsquos end office

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdash -mdashmdash

F1f [-ii

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 30

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Centrsquod)

2310 Jurisdictional Report Requirements

(A) Jurisdictional Reports

(2) When a customer orders Feature Group C SwitchedAccess Service the Telephone Company will unlessthe customer provides the projected intrastatepercentage for intrastate usage in its orderdetermine the projected intrastate percentage asfollows For originating access minutes theprojected intrastate percentage will be developed ona monthly basis by end office when the Feature GroupC Switched Access Service access minutes are measuredby dividing the measured intrastate originatingaccess minutes (the access minutes where the callingnumber and the called number are in the samestate) by the total originating access minutes

For terminating access minutes the data used by theTelephone Company to develop the projected intrastatepercentage for originating access minutes will beused to develop projected intrastate percentage forsuch terminating access minutes

The Telephone Company will designate the numberobtained by subtracting the projected interstatepercentage for originating and terminating accessminutes calculated by the Telephone Company from 100(100 - Telephone Company calculated projectedinterstate percentage = intrastate percentage) as theprojected intrastate percentage of use

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~

mdash---

F q1ldquoii=lsquo-I$1~Icio

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 31

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Centrsquod)

2310 Jurisdictional Report Requirements (Centrsquod)

(A) Jurisdictional Reports (Centrsquod)

(2) (Centrsquod)

Effective on the first of January April July andOctober of each year the customer shall update theinterstate and intrastate jurisdictional report Thecustomer shall forward to the Telephone Company to bereceived no later than 15 days after the first of eachsuch month a revised report showing the interstateand intrastate percentage of use for the past threemonths ending the last day of December March Juneand September respectively for each service arrangedfor intrastate use Additionally where the customerutilizes FGA Switched Access Service for calls betweena Primary Exchange Carrier and a Secondary ExchangeCarrier within the same Extended Area Service callingarea andor Feature Group B Switched Access Servicefor calls between a Primary Exchange Carrierrsquos accesstandem and a subtending Secondary Exchange Carrierwhere the Primary and Secondary Exchange Carriers arenot the same Telephone Company a copy of the revisedreport will be provided by the customer to theTelephone Company

The revised report will serve as the basis for thenext three months billing and will be effective on thebill date for that service No prorating or backbilling will be done based on the report

If the customer does not supply the reports theTelephone Company will assume the percentages to bethe same as those provided In the last quarterlyreport For those cases in which a quarterly reporthas never been received from the customer theTelephone Company will assume the percentages to bethe same as those provided in the order for service asset forth in (1) preceding

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

F

Issued June 1 2020 Effective July 1 2020

Legal amp Regulatory Administrator

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

1st Revised Page 32

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Contrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Contrsquod)

2311 Determination of Intrastate Charges for Mixed Interstate and Intrastate

Access Service

When mixed interstate and intrastate Access Service is provided all

charges (ie nonrecurring monthly andor usage) including optional

features charges will be prorated between interstate and intrastate The

percentage provided in the reports as set forth in 2310(A) preceding will

serve as the basis for prorating the charges The percentage of an Access

Service to be charged as intrastate is applied in the following manner

(A) For monthly nonrecurring chargeable rate elements multiply the

percent intrastate use times the quantity of chargeable elements times

the state tariff rate per element

(B) For usage sensitive (ie access minutes and calls) chargeable rate

elements multiply the percent intrastate use times actual use (ie

measured or Telephone Company assumed average use) times the

stated tariff rate

The intrastate percentage will change as revised usage reports are

submitted as set forth in 2310 preceding

2312 Identification and Rating of VoIP-PSTN Traffic

VoIP-PSTN Traffic is defined as traffic exchanged between a Company

end user and the customer in Time Division Multiplexing (TDM) format

that originates andor terminates in Internet Protocol (IP) format This

section governs the identification of VoIP-PSTN Traffic that is required to

be compensated at interstate access rates unless the parties have agreed

otherwise by the FCC in its Report and Order in WC Dockets Nos 10-90

etc FCC Release No 11-161 (November 18 2011) (FCC Order) and

Second Order on Reconsideration Specifically this section establishes

the method of separating VoIP-PSTN Traffic from the customers

traditional intrastate access traffic so that such VoIP-PSTN Traffic can be

billed in accordance with the FCC Order

Originating intrastate toll VoIP traffic will be billed the intrastate

originating access rates These rates apply regardless of whether the call

originates in TDM or IP format

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 202070006-119-TT-20

Issued June 1 2020 Effective July 1 2020

Legal amp Regulatory Administrator

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 321

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Contrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Contrsquod)

2312 Identification and Rating of VoIP-PSTN Traffic (contrsquod)

The relevant VoIP-PSTN Traffic identified in accordance with this tariff

section that is originated on Telephone Companyrsquos network that originates

andor terminates in IP format shall be billed at rates equal to Telephone

Companyrsquos applicable tariffed interstate originating switched access rates

as specified in Telephone Companyrsquos applicable federal access tariff

(A) Calculation and Application of Percent-VoIP- Usage Factors (1) Telephone Company will determine the number of relevant VoIP-

PSTN Traffic minutes of use (MOU) to which interstate rates will

be applied under 2312 preceding by applying a Percent VoIP

Usage (PVU) factor to the total terminating intrastate access MOU

received by a Telephone Company end user and delivered to the

customer

(2) The customer will calculate and furnish to Telephone Company a

PVU factor representing the percentage of the total intrastate

access MOU that the customer terminates to Telephone Company

that was sent and originated in IP format

(3) The terminating PVU shall be based on information such as traffic

studies actual call detail or other relevant and verifiable

information which will be provided to Telephone Company upon

request

(4) Telephone Company will apply the PVU factor to the total

terminating intrastate access MOU received from the customer to

determine the number of relevant VoIP-PSTN Traffic MOUs

(5) If the customer does not furnish Telephone Company with a PVU

factor Telephone Company will utilize a PVU equal to zero

(B) Initial PVU Factors (1) The PVU factor will be implemented when received for those

companies whose intrastate rates are higher than the interstate

rates

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 202070006-119-TT-20

Issued June 1 2020 Effective July 1 2020

Legal amp Regulatory Administrator

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 322

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Contrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Contrsquod)

2312 Identification and Rating of VoIP-PSTN Traffic (contrsquod)

(C) PVU Factor Updates

The customer may update the PVU factors quarterly using the method

set forth in (A)(2) preceding If the customer chooses to submit such updates it shall forward to Telephone Company no later than 15 days

after the first day of January April July andor October of each year

revised PVU factors based on data for the prior three months ending the

last day of December March June and September respectively The

revised PVU factors will serve as the basis for future billing and will be

effective on the bill date of each such month and shall serve as the basis

for subsequent monthly billing until superseded by new PVU factors No

prorating or back billing will be done based on the updated PVU factors

(D) PVU Factor Verification (1) Not more than twice in any year Telephone Company may request

from the customer an overview of the process used to determine the

PVU factors the call detail records description of the method for

determining how the end user originates and terminates calls in IP

format and other information used to determine the customers PVU

factors furnished to Telephone Company in order to validate the

PVU factors supplied The customer shall comply and shall

reasonably supply the requested data and information within 15 days

of Telephone Companys request

(2) Telephone Company may dispute the Customers PVU factor

based upon

bull A review of the requested data and information provided by the

customer

bull Telephone Companys reasonable review of other market information FCC reports on VoIP lines such as FCC Form 477 or state level results or based on other relevant data

bull A change in the reported PVU factor by more than five

percentage points from the preceding quarter

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 202070006-119-TT-20

Issued June 1 2020 Effective July 1 2020

Legal amp Regulatory Administrator

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 323

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Contrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Contrsquod)

2312 Identification and Rating of VoIP-PSTN Traffic (contrsquod)

(3) If after review of the data and information the customer and

Telephone Company establishes revised PVU factors Telephone

Company will begin using those revised PVU factors with the

next bill period

(4) If the dispute is unresolved Telephone Company may initiate an

audit Telephone Company shall limit audits of the customers

PVU factor to no more than twice per year The customer may

request that the audit be conducted by an independent auditor In

such cases the associated auditing expenses will be paid by the

customer

bull In the event that the customer fails to provide adequate

records to enable Telephone Company or an independent

auditor to conduct an audit verifying the customers PVU

factors Telephone Company will bill the usage for all

contested periods using the most recent undisputed PVU

factors reported by the customer These PVU factors will

remain in effect until the audit can be completed

bull During the audit the most recent undisputed PVU factors

from the previous reporting period will be used by Telephone

Company

bull Telephone Company will adjust the customers PVU factors

based on the results of the audit and implement the revised

PVU in the next billing period or quarterly report date

whichever is first The revised PVU factors will apply for the

next two quarters before new factors can be submitted by the

customer

bull If the audit supports the customers PVU factors the usage

for the contested periods will be adjusted to reflect the

customers audited PVU factors

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 202070006-119-TT-20

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 33

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances

241 Payment of Rates Charges and Deposits

(A) The Telephone Company will in order to safeguard itsinterests only require a customer which has a provenhistory of late payments of the Telephone Company or doesnot have established credit to make a deposit prior to orat any time after the provision of a service to thecustomer to be held by the Telephone Company as aguarantee of the payment of rates and charges No suchdeposit will be required of a customer which is asuccessor of a company which has established credit andhas no history of late payments to the Telephone CompanySuch deposit may not exceed the actual or estimated ratesand charges for the service for a two month period Thefact that a deposit has been made in no way relieves thecustomer from complying with the Telephone Companyrsquosregulations as to the prompt payment of bills At suchtime as the provision of the service to the customer isterminated the amount of the deposit will be credited tothe customerrsquos account and any credit balance which mayremain will be refunded

Such a deposit will be refunded or credited to the accountwhen the customer has established credit or in any eventafter the customer has established a one-year promptpayment record at any time prior to the termination of theprovision of the service to the customer In case of acash deposit for the period the deposit is held by theTelephone Company the customer will receive interest atthe same percentage rate as that set forth in (B)(3)(b)(I)or in (Be) whichever is lower The rate will becompounded daily for the number of days from the date thecustomer deposit is received by the Telephone Company toand including the date such deposit is credited to thecustomerrsquos account or the date the deposit is refunded bythe Telephone Company Should a deposit be credited to thecustomerrsquos account as indicated above no interest willaccrue on the deposit from the date such deposit iscredited to the customerrsquos account

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

_ mdash

F[- ~

--

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 34

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances

241 Payment of Rates Charqes and Deposits

(B) The Telephone Company shall bill on a current basis allcharges incurred by the credits due to the customer underthis tariff attributable to services established ordiscontinued during the preceding billing period

In addition the Telephone Company shall bill in advancecharges for all services to be provided during the ensuingbilling period except for charges associated with serviceusage and for the Federal Government which will be billedin arrears The bill day (ie the billing date of a billfor a customer for Access Service under this tariff) theperiod of service each bill covers and the payment datewill be as follows

(1) The Telephone Company will establish a bill day eachmonth for each customer account The bill will covernonusage sensitive service charges per month chargesfor the ensuing billing period for which the bill isrendered any known unbilled nonusage sensitive chargesfor prior periods and unbilled usage charges for theperiod after the last bill day through the current billday Any known unbilled usage charges for priorperiods and any known unbilled adjustments will beapplied to this bill Payment for such bills is due asset forth in (2) following If payment is not receivedby the payment date as set forth in (2) following inirrrnediatelyavailable funds a late payment penaltywill apply as set forth in (2) following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

rldquo

---------------

[- -ldquo rsquo

9

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 35

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

241 Payment of Rates Charqes and Deposits (Centrsquod)

(B) (Centrsquod)

(2) (a) All bills dated as set forth in (1) preceding forservice provided to the customer by the TelephoneCompany are due 31 days (payment date) after thebill day or by the next bill date (ie same datein the following month as the bill date)whichever is the shortest interval except asprovided herein and are payable in immediatelyavailable funds If such payment date would causepayment to be due on a Saturday Sunday or Holiday(ie New Yearrsquos Day Independence Day LaborDay Thanksgiving Day Christmas Day the secondTuesday in November and a day when WashingtonrsquosBirthday Memorial Day or Columbus Day is legallyobserved) payment for such bills will be due fromthe customer as follows

If such payment date falls on a Sunday or on aHoliday which is observed on a Monday the paymentdate shall be the first non-Holidayrsquoday followingsuch Sunday or Holiday If such payment datefalls on a Saturday or on a Holiday which isobserved on Tuesday Wednesday Thursday orFriday the payment date shall be the last non-Holiday day preceding such Saturday or Holiday

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r-

mdash-mdash

r rrsquorsquordquorsquordquo- rsquo

~

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 36

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

241 Payment of Rates Charues and Deposits (Centrsquod)

(B) (Centrsquod)

(2) (b) Further if any portion of the payment is receivedby the Telephone Company after the payment date asset forth in (a) preceding or if any portion ofthe payment is received by the Telephone Company infunds which are not immediately available to theTelephone Company then a late payment penaltyshall be due to the Telephone Company The latepayment penalty shall be the portion of the paymentnot received by the payment date times a latefactor The late factor shall be the lesser of

(c)

(I)

(11)

the highest interest rate (in decimal value)which may be levied by law for commercialtransactions compounded daily for the numberof days from the payment date to and includingthe date that the customer actually makes thepayment to the Telephone Company or

0000590 per day compounded daily for thenumber of days from the payment date to andincluding the date that the customer actuallymakes the payment to the Telephone Company

In the event that a billing dispute concerning anycharges billed to the customer by the TelephoneCompany is resolved in favor of the TelephoneCompany any payments withheld pending settlementof the dispute shall be subject to the late paymentpenalty set forth in (b) preceding If thecustomer disputes the bill on or before the paymentdate and pays the undisputed amount on or beforethe payment date any late payment charge for thedisputed amount will not start until 10 days afterthe payment date

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 37

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

241 Payment of Rates Charges and Deposits (Centrsquod)

(B) (Centrsquod)

(2) (d) In the event that a billing dispute concerning anycharges billed to the customer by the TelephoneCompany is resolved in favor of the customer nolate payment penalty will apply to the disputedamount In addition if the customer disputes thebilled amount and pays the total amount (ie thenondisputed amount and the disputed amount) on orbefore the payment date and the billing dispute isresolved in favor of the customer the customer willreceive a credit for a disputed amount penalty fromthe Telephone Company if the billing dispute is notresolved within 10 working days whichever date isthe later date The disputed amount penalty shallbe the disputed amount resolved in the customerrsquosfavor times a penalty factor The penalty factoris as set forth in (b) preceding

(c) When a payment for Access Service charges billed underthis tariff is due to the Telephone Company from thecustomer as set forth in (B)(2) preceding on the samepayment date that a Purchase of Accounts Receivable netpurchase amount is due to the customer from theTelephone Company as set forth in 855 following theTelephone Company may with at least 31 days notice tothe customer net the payment for customer AccessService charges with the net purchase amount TheTelephone Company will pay the net amount to the customeron the payment date when such net amount is due to thecustomer or require the customer to pay the TelephoneCompany the net amount when such net amount is due to theTelephone Company If either party does not make thepayment on the payment date a late payment penalty asset forth in 855 following or (B)(2) precedingwhichever is appropriate applies

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone Company

PO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 38Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

241 Payment of Rates Charges and Deposits (Centrsquod)

(D)

(E)

Adjustments for the quantities of services established ordiscontinued in any billing period beyond the minimumperiod set forth for services in other sections of thistariff will be prorated to the number of days or majorfraction of days based on a 30 day month The TelephoneCompany will upon request and if available furnish suchdetailed information as may reasonably be required forverification of any bill

When a rate as set forth in this tariff is shown to morethan two decimal places the charges will be determinedusing the rate shown The resulting amount will then berounded to the nearest penny (ie rounded to two decimalplaces)

242 Minimum Periods

The minimum period for which services are provided and forwhich rates and charges are applicable is one month except forthose services set forth in 853(A)

When a service is discontinued prior to the expiration of theminimum period charges are applicable whether the service isused or not as follows

(A) When a service with aone month minimum period isdiscontinued prior to the expiration of the minimumperiod a one month charge will apply at the rate level ineffect at the time service is discontinued

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 _-mdash-___----

~ F i E

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 39

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

242

243

244

Minimum Periods

(B) When a service with a minimum period greater than onemonth is discontinued prior to the expiration of theminimum period the applicable charge will be the lesserof (1) the Telephone Companyrsquos total nonrecoverable costsless the net salvage value for the discontinued service or(2) the total monthly charges at the rate level in effectat the time service is discontinued for the remainder ofthe minimum period

Cancellation of an Order for Service

Provisions for the cancellation of an order for service are setforth in other applicable sections of this tariff

Credit Allowance for Service Interruptions

(A) General

A service is interrupted when it becomes unusable to thecustomer because of failure of a facility component used tofurnish service under this tariff or in the event that theprotective controls applied by the Telephone Company resultin the complete lOSS of service by the customer as setforth in 641 following An interruption period startswhen an inoperative service is reported to the TelephoneCompany and ends when the service is operative

For purposes of administering the following regulations amajor fraction shall mean more than half of the incrementalcredit period using the unit of time in which the serviceinterruption is measured ie 30 seconds 1 minute 1hour For example a major fraction for a 30 minute periodequals 16 minutes for a 24 hour period equals 12 hours andone minute

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdashmdashmdashrdquo -mdash-mdash

F ~tikl~Iq

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 40

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

244 Credit Allowance for Service Interruptions

(B) When a Credit Allowance Applies

In case of an interruption to any service allowance forthe period of interruption if not due to the negligence ofthe customer shall be as follows

(1) For Special Access Services no credit shall be allowedfor an interruption of less than 30 minutes Thecustomer shall be credited for an interruption of 30minutes or more at the rate of 11440 of the monthlycharges for the facility or service for each period of30 minutes or major fraction thereof that theinterruption continues

The monthly charges used to determine the credit shallbe the total of all the monthly rate element chargesassociated with the service charged by the TelephoneCompany

(2) For Switched Access Service no credit shall be allowedfor an interruption of less than 24 hours Thecustomer shall be credited for an interruption of 24hours or more at the rate of 130 of the applicablemonthly rates or minimum monthly usage charge for eachperiod of 24 hours or major fraction thereof that theinterruption continues

(3) The credit allowance(s) for an interruption or for aseries of interruptions shall not exceed the monthlyrate and minimum monthly usage charge for the serviceinterrupted in any one monthly billing period

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R HooDes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 41

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

244 Credit Allowance for Service Interruptions (Centrsquod)

(C) When a Credit Allowance Does Not Apply

No credit allowance will be made for

(1) Interruptions caused by the negligence of thecustomer

(2) Interruptions of a service due to the failure ofequipment or systems provided by the customer orothers

(3) Interruptions of a service during any period in whichthe Telephone Company is not afforded access to thepremises where the service is terminated

(4) Interruptions of a service when the customer hasreleased that service to the Telephone Company formaintenance purposes to make rearrangements or forthe implementation of an order for a change in theservice during the time that was negotiated with thecustomer prior to the release of that serviceThereafter a credit allowance as set forth in (B)preceding applies

(5) Periods when the customer elects not to release theservice for testing andor repair and continues to useit on an impaired basis

(6) An interruption or a group of interruptionsresulting from a common cause for amounts less thanone dollar

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 42

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

244 Credit Allowance for Service Interruptions (Centrsquod)

(D) Use of an Alternative Service Provided by the TelephoneWJWIY

Should the customer elect to use an alternative serviceprovided by the Telephone Company during the period that aservice is interrupted the customer must pay the tariffedrates and charges for the alternative service used

(E) Temporary Surrender of a Service

In certain instances the customer may be requested by theTelephone Company to surrender a service for purposes otherthan maintenance testing or activity relating to a serviceorder If the customer consents a credit allowance willbe granted The credit allowance will be 11440 of themonthly rate for each period of 30 minutes or fractionthereof that the service is surrendered In no case willthe credit allowance exceed the monthly rate for theservice surrendered in any one monthly billing period

245 Re-establishment of Service Following Fire Flood or OtherOccurrence

(A) Nonrecurringg Charges Do not Apply

Charges do not apply for the re-establishment of servicefollowing a fire flood or other occurrence attributed toan Act of God provided that

(1) The service is of the same type as was provided priorto the fire flood or other occurrence

(2) The service is for the same customer

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO t30x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 43

1

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

245 Re-establishment of Service Followinq Fire Flood or OtherOccurrence (Centrsquod)

(A)

(B)

Nonrecurring Charges Do Not Apply (Centrsquod)mdashmdash

(3) The service is at the same location on the samepremises

(4) The re-establishment of service begins within 60 daysafter Telephone Company service is available (The 60day period may be extended a reasonable period if therenovation of the original location on the premisesaffected is not practical within the allotted timeperiod)

Nonrecurring Charges Apply

Nonrecurring Charges apply for establishing service at adifferent location on the same premises or at a differentpremises pending re-establishment of service at theoriginal location at the rate set forth in 12 following

246 Title or Ownership Riqhts

(A) The payment of rates and charges by Customers for theservices offered under the provisions of this tariff doesnot assign confer or transfer title or ownership rights toproposals or facilities developed or utilizedrespectively by the Telephone Company in the provision ofsuch services

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO i30x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r-mdashmdashmdash-F- IJ-

r jldquo --rdquo-rsquox JLrdquo

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 44

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

247 Ordering Ratinq and Billing of Access Services Where MoreThan One Exchange Telephone Company is Involved

(A) When an Access Service is provided by more than oneTelephone Company the Telephone Companies involved willuse the following billing method

The customer will place the order for the service as setforth in Section 525

Each Telephone Company receiving an order or copy of theorder from the customer will determine the applicablecharges for the portion of the transport service itprovides and bills in accordance with its Access Servicestariff as follows

(1)

(2)

(3)

The Billing Percentage (BP) as set forth in ExchangeCarrier Association Tariff FCC No 2 represents theportion of transport service provided by eachTelephone Company The Telephone Company will bill aper minute per mile or per channel mile charge fromits end office to the Interconnection Point with theconnecting carrier the connecting carrierrsquos ratesmay be based on access minutes and mileage The BPfor the Telephone Company is based on its revenuerequirements and is calculated as set forth in(2)(3) and and (4) following

For Feature Groups A and B Switched Access Servicemultiply the number of access minutes of use timesthe number of miles times the per minute miletransport rate as set forth in 121C (2) following

For Feature Group C Switched Access Service multiplythe number of access minutes of use times the numberof miles times the per minute mile transport rate asset forth in 121C(2) following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

F[lsquo-r--gt-l-jI

PubilC 1-(1 i( rsquol[~ jJ

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

Original Page 45

247 Orderinq Rating and Billing of Access Services Where MoreThan One Exchange Telephone Company is Involved

(4) For Special Access multiply the number of specialtransport channels times the miles times the channelmileage rate set forth in 122B(2) following

(B) All other appropriate charges in each Exchange TelephoneCompanyrsquos tariff are applicable

25 Connections

251 General

Equipment and Systems (ie terminal equipment multilineterminating systems and communications systems) may beconnected with Switched and Special Access Service furnished bythe Telephone Company where such connection is made inaccordance with the provisions specified in Technical ReferencePublication AS No 1 and in 21 preceding

26 Definitions

Certain terms

Access Code

used herein are defined as follows

The term ldquoAccess Coderdquo Denotes a uniform five or seven digit codeassigned by the Telephone Company to an individual customer Thefive digit code has the form 10XXX and the seven digit code has theform 95O-1OXX

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

ACCESS SERVICE

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 46

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Access Minutes

The term ldquoAccess Minutesrdquo denotes that usage of exchange facilitiesin intrastate for the purpose of calculating chargeable usage Onthe originating end of an intrastate call usage is measured from thetime the originating end userrsquos call is delivered by the TelephoneCompany to and acknowledged as received by the customerrsquos facilitiesconnected with the originating exchange On the terminating end ofan intrastate call usage is measured from the time the call isreceived by the end user in the terminating exchange Timing ofusage at both originating and terminating ends of an intrastate callshall terminate when the calling or called party disconnectswhichever event is recognized first in the originating andterminating exchanges as applicable

Access Tandem

The term ldquoAccess Tandemrdquo denotes a Telephone Company switching systemthat provides a concentration and distribution function fororiginating or terminating traffic between end offices and acustomerrsquos premises

AnswerDisconnect Supervision

The term ldquoAnswerDisconnect Supervisionrdquo denotes the transmission ofthe switch trunk equipment supervisory signal (off-hook or on-hook)to the customerrsquos point of termination as an indication that thecalled party has answered or disconnected

Attenuation Distortion

The term ldquoAttenuation Distortionrdquo denotes the difference in loss atspecified frequencies relative to the loss at 1004 Hz unlessotherwise specified

Balance (100 Type) Test Line

The term ldquoBalance (100 Type) Test Linerdquo denotes an arrangement in anend office which provides for balance and noise testing

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdashmdash- - --

F ~ s i i--

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 47Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Bit

The term ldquoBitrdquo denotes the smallest unit of information in the binarysystem of notation

Business Day

The term ldquoBusiness Dayrdquo denotes the tldquoopen for business Generally in the800 00 AM to 500 PM respectiverdquoMonday through Friday resulting in aweek

Busy Hour Minutes of Capacity (BHMC)

mes of day that a company isbusiness community these arey with an hour for lunchstandard forty (40) hour work

The term ldquoBusy Hour Minutes of Capacity (BHMC)rdquo denotes the customerspecified maximum amount of Switched Access Service andor accessminutes the customer expects to be handled in an end office switchduring any hour in the 800 AM to 1100 PM period for the FeatureGroup ordered This customer furnished BHMC quantity is the inputdata the Telephone Company uses to determine the number oftransmission paths for the Feature Group

Call

The term ldquoCallrdquo denotes a customer attempt for which the completeaddress code (eg O- 911 or 10 digits) is provided to the servingdial tone office

Carrier or Common Carrier

See Interexchange Carrier

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

--mdash -- ____-

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 48

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Ccs

The term ldquoCCSrdquo denotes a hundred call seconds which is a standardunit of traffic load that is equal to 100 seconds of usage orcapacity of a group of servers (eg trunks)

Central Office

The term ldquoCentral Officerdquo denotes a local Telephone Company switchingsystem where the Telephone Exchange Service customer station loopsare terminated for purposes of interconnection to each other and totrunks

Central Office Prefix

The term ldquoCentral Office Prefixrdquo denotes the first three digits (NXX)of the seven digit telephone number assigned to a customerrsquosTelephone Exchange Service when dialed on a local basis

Centralized Automatic Reportinq on Trunks Testing

The term ldquoCentralized Automatic Reporting on Trunks Testingrdquo denotesa type of testing which includes the capacity for measuringoperational and transmission parameters

Channel(s)

The term ldquoChannel(s)rdquo denotes an electrical or photonic in the caseof fiber optic-based transmission systems communications pathbetween two or more points of termination

C-Messaqe Noise

The term ldquoC-Message Noiserdquo denotes the frequency weighted averagenoise within an idle voice channel The frequency weighting calledC-message is used to simulate the frequency characteristic of the500-type telephone set and the hearing of the average subscriber

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

[

--mdash -mdashldquos

~~rsquo ldquordquo ~

f4hl f~a~I

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 49

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

C-Notched Noise

The term ldquoC-Notched Noiserdquo denotes the C-message frequency weightednoise on a voice channel with a holding tone which is removed at themeasuring end through a notch (very narrow band) filter

Coin Station

The term ldquoCoin Stationrdquo denotes a location where Telephone Companyequipment is provided in a public or semipublic place where TelephoneCompany customers can originate telephonic communications and pay theapplicable charges by inserting coins into the equipment

Common Line

The term ldquoCommon Linerdquo denotes a line trunk pay telephone line orother facility provided under the general andor local exchangeservice tariffs of the Telephone Company terminated on a centraloffice switch A common line-residence is a line or trunk providedunder the residence regulations of the general andor local exchangeservice tariffs A common line-business is a line provided under thebusiness regulations of the general andor local exchange servicetariffs

Communications Systems

The term ldquoConununicationsSystemrdquo denotes channels and otherfacilities which are capable of communications between terminalequipment provided by other than the Telephone Company

Customer

The term ldquoCustomer(s)rdquo denotes any individual partnershipassociation joint-stock company trust corporation or governmentalentity or other entity which subscribes to the services offered underthis tariff including both Interexchange Carriers (ICS) and EndUsers

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdashmdashmdash mdash_____

F1~ -Zrsquordquo-i]1- -

I

JAN 1 1(+S8 ~1

ACCESS SERVICE

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 50

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Customer Designated Premises

The term ldquoCustomer Designated Premisesrdquo denoted the premisesspecified by the customer for the termination of Access Service

Customer Message

The term ldquoCustomer Messagerdquo used herein for Feature Groups A and BSwitched Access Service denotes a completed call over an intrastateFeature Group A and B Switched Access Service A completed callincludes both completed calls originated to and terminated from aFeature Group A Switched Access Service A customer message beginsin the originating direction when the off-hook supervision providedby the premise of the ordering customer is received by TelephoneCompany recording equipment A customer message begins in theterminating direction when answer supervision is received byTelephone Company recording equipment indicating the called party hasanswered A customer message ends in the originating direction whendisconnect supervision is received by Telephone Company recordingequipment from the premise of the ordering customer A customermessage ends in the terminating direction when disconnect supervisionis received by Telephone Company recording equipment from either thepremise of the ordering customer or the called party The termldquoCustomer Messagerdquo used herein for Feature Group C Switched AccessService denotes a completed intrastate call originated by acustomerrsquos end user A customer message begins when answersupervision from the premise of the ordering customer is received byTelephone Company recording equipment indicating that the calledparty has answered A message ends when disconnect supervision isreceived by Telephone Company recording equipment from either thepremise of the ordering customerrsquos end user premise from which thecall originated

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

--mdashmdash------------1------

gt

(AiJ ~- 198

ACCESS SERVICE

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 51

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Data Transmission (107 Type) Test Line

The term ldquoData Transmission (107 Type) Test Linerdquo denotes anarrangement which provides for a connection to a signal source whichprovides test signals for one-way testing of data and voicetransmission parameters

Detail Billinq

The term ldquoDetail Billingrdquo denotes the listing of each message andorrate element for which charges to a customer are due on a billprepared by the Telephone Company

Directory Assistance (Intrastate)

The term ldquoDirectory Assistancerdquo denotes the provision of telephonenumbers by a Telephone Company operator when the operator location isaccessed by a customer by dialing NPA + 555-1212 or 555-1212 or 411

Effective 2-Wire

The term ldquoEffective 2-Wirerdquo denotes a condition which permits thesimultaneous transmission in both directions over a channel but itis not possible to insure independent information transmission inboth directions Effective 2-wire channels may be terminated with 2-wire or 4-wire interfaces

Effective 4-Wire

The term ldquoEffective 4-Wirerdquo denotes a condition which permits thesimultaneous independent transmission of information in bothdirections over a channel The method of implementing effective 4-wire transmissions at the discretion of the Telephone Company(physical time domain frequency-domain separation or echocancellation techniques) Effective 4-wire channels may beterminated with a 2-wire interface at the customerrsquos premisesHowever when terminated 2-wire simultaneous independenttransmission cannot be supported because the two wire interfacecombines the transmission paths into a single path

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdashmdash - -

rrsquo~ y+ rsquo I

Ii ldquoldquo lsquo1lsquon

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 52

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

End Office Switch

The term ldquoEnd Office Switchrdquo denotes a local Telephone Companyswitching system where Telephone Exchange Service customer stationloops are terminated for purposes of interconnection to trunksIncluded are Remote Switching Modules and Remote Switching Systemsserved by a host office in a different wire center

End User

The term ldquoEnd Userrdquo means any customer of an intrastatetelecommunications service that is not a carrier except that acarrier other than a telephone Company shall be deemed to be an ldquoenduserrdquo when such carrier uses a telecommunications service foradministrative purposes without making such service available toothers directly or indirectly

Entry Switch

See First Point of Switching

Exchanqe

The term ldquoExchangerdquo denotes a unit generally smaller than a localaccess and transport area established by the Telephone Company forthe administration of communications service in a specified areawhich usually embraces a city town or village and its environs Itconsists of one or more central offices together with the associatedfacilities used in furnishing corrnnunicationsservice within thatarea One or more designated exchanges comprise a given local accessand transport area

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

p-lrsquo lsquo

mdash-mdash i t7=

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 53

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

First-Come First-Served

First-come first-served shall be based upon the received time anddate stamped by the Telephone Company on complete and accuratecustomer orders which allow the Telephone Company to initiate itsordering process Inaccurate or incomplete customer orders shall notbe deemed to have been received until such time as the customercorrects such inaccuracies andor omissions The customer shall notbe penalized for any delay in the Telephone Company review processbeyond 24 hours of receipt Once having been advised of the errorsandor omissions any delay in correction on the part of the customershall be added to the received time and date As facilities andorequipment become available customers will be provided service in theorder of the earliest received time and date

First Point of Switching

The term ldquoFirst Point of Switchingrdquo denotes the first TelephoneCompany location at which switching occurs on the terminating path ofa call proceeding from the customer premises to the terminating endoffice and at the same time the last Telephone Company location atwhich switching occurs on the originating path of a call proceedingfrom the originating end office to the customer premises

Grandfathered

The term ldquoGrandfatheredrsquo1denotes Terminal Equipment MultilineTerminating Systems and Protective Circuitry directly connected tothe facilities utilized to provide services under the provisions ofthis tariff and which are considered grandfathered under Part 68 ofthe FCCrsquoS Rules and Regulations

Host Office

The term ldquoHost Officerdquo denotes an electronic switching system whichprovides call processing capabilities for one or more RemoteSwitching Modules or Remote Switching Systems

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 130x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

---mdash

riF-M lt flsquo

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 54

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Host Central Office

The term ldquoHost Central Officerdquo denotes an electronic switching unitcontaining the central call processing functions which service theHost Central Office and its Remote Line Locations

Immediately Available Funds

The term ldquoImmediately Available Fundsrdquo denotes a corporate orpersonal check drawn on a bank account and funds which are availablefor use by the receiving party on the same day on which they arereceived and include US Federal Reserve bank wire transfers USFederal Reserve notes (paper cash) US coins US Postal MoneyOrders and New York Certificates of Deposit

Individual Case Basis

The term ldquoIndividual Case Basisrdquo denotes a condition in which theregulations if applicable ratesthe provisions of this tariff arecircumstances in each case

Interconnection Point

and charges for an offering underdeveloped based on the

The term ldquoInterconnection Pointrdquo denotes the point where thefacilities of the Telephone Company interconnects to the facilitiesof another Local Exchange Carrier to complete a transmission path tothe serving wire center serving the customer designated premises

Interexchange Carrier (IC) or Interexchange ConunonCarrier

The terms ldquoInterexchange Carrierrdquo (IC) or ldquoInterexchange CommonCarrierrdquo denotes any individual partnership association joint-stock company trust governmental entity or corporation engaged forhire in intrastate communications by wire or radio between two ormore exchanges

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

- ldquo __+_

~- j-w ldquo ldquo

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 55

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Interstate Communications

The term ldquoInterstate Communicationsrdquo denotes both interstate andforeign communications

Intrastate Communications

The term ldquoIntrastate Communicationsrdquo denotes any communicationswithin a state subject to oversight by a state regulatory commissionas provided by laws of the state involved

Line Side Connection

The term ldquoLine Side Connectionrdquo denotes a connection of atransmission path to the line side of a local exchange switchingsystem

Local Access and Transport Area

The term ldquoLocal Access and Transport Areardquo denotes a geographic areaestablished for the provision and administration of conununicationsservice It encompasses one or more designated exchanges which aregrouped to serve common social economic and other purposes

Local Tandem Switch

The term ldquoLocal Tandem Switchrdquo denotes a local Telephone Companyswitching unit by which local or access telephonic communications areswitched to and from an End Office Switch

Loop Around Test Line

The term ldquoLoop Around Test Linerdquo denotes an arrangement utilizing aTelephone Company central office to provide a means to make certaintwo-way transmission tests on a manual basis This arrangement hastwo central office terminations each reached by means of separatetelephone numbers and does not require any specific customer premisesequipment Equipment subject to this test arrangement is at thediscretion of the customer

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdash-------

1~ I j lsquoldquo ~rsquordquo~- 7

Is7 pldquorsquola

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 56

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

The term ldquoMessagerdquo denotes a ldquocallrdquo as defined preceding

Milliwatt (102 Type) Test Line

The term ldquoMilliwatt (102 Type) Test Linerdquo denotes an arrangement inan end office which provides a 1004 Hz tone at O dBmO for one-waytransmission measurements towards the customersrsquo premises from theTelephone Company end office

Network Control Signaling

The term ldquoNetwork Control Signalingrdquo denotes the transmission ofsignals used in the telecommunications system which perform functionssuch as supervision (control status and charge signals) addresssignaling (eg dialing) calling and called number identificationsrate of flow service selection error control and audible tonesignals (call progress signals indicating re-order or busyconditions alerting coin denominations coin collect and coinreturn tones) to control the operation of the telecommunicationssystem

Nonsynchronous Test Line

The term ldquoNonsynchronous Test Linerdquo denotes an arrangement in step-by-step end offices which provides operational tests which are not ascomplete as those provided by the synchronous test lines but can bemade more rapidly

North American Numberinq Plan

The term ldquoNorth American Numbering Planrdquo denotes a three-digit area(Numbering Plan Area) code and a seven-digit telephone number made upof a three-digit Central Office code plus a four-digit stationnumber

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~-mdash ----

1 F 1 - lsquo lsquolsquo-

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 57Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Off-hook

The term ldquoOff-hookrdquo denotes the active condition of Switched Accessor a Telephone Exchange Service line

On-hook

The term ldquoOn-hookrdquo denotesTelephone Exchange Service

Open Circuit Test Line

the idle condition of Switched Access or aline

The term ldquoOpen Circuit Test Linerdquo denotes an arrangement in an endoffice which provides an ac open circuit termination of a trunk orline by means of an inductor of several Henries

Originating Direction

The term ldquoOriginating Directionrdquo denotes the use of access servicefor the origination of calls from and End User Premises to a customerdesignated Premises

Pay Telephone

The term ldquoPay Telephonerdquo denotes Telephone Company providedinstruments and related facilities that are available to the generalpublic for public convenience and necessity including public andsemipublic telephones and coinless telephones

Point of Termination

The term ldquoPoint of Terminationrdquo denotes the point of demarcationwithin a customer-designated premises at which the TelephoneCompanyrsquos responsibility for the provision of Access Service ends

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Premises

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 58

ACCESS SERVICE

The term ldquoPremisesrdquo denotes a building or buirsquoproperty (except Railroad Right-of-Way etc)public highway

dings on continuousnot separated by a

Primary Carrier

The Local Exchanqe Carrier that owns the servinq wire center usuallyan access tandem-that interfaces with the Inter~xchange Carrier -

Remote Switching Modules andor Remote Switching Systems

The term ldquoRemote Switching Modules andor Remote Switching Systemsrdquodenotes small remotely controlled electronic end office switcheswhich obtain their call processing capability from an ESS-type HostOffice The Remote Switching Modules andor Remote Switching Systemscannot accommodate direct trunks to an IC

Registered Equipment

The term ldquoRegistered Equipmentrdquo denotes the customerrsquos premisesequipment which complies with and has been approved within theRegistration Provisions of Part 68 of the FCCrsquoS Rules andRegulations

Secondary Carrier

The Local Exchange Carrier that owns the facilities subtending thefacilities of the primary carrier which interfaces with theInterexchange Carrier

Seven Digit Manual Test Line

The term ldquoSeven Digit Manual Test Linerdquo denotes an arrangement whichallows the Customer to select balance milliwatt and synchronous testlines by manually dialing a seven digit number over the associatedaccess connection

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 mdashmdashmdash ------ldquo --rsquo

[ ~- -rsquolsquoldquoj ~ rdquo

I

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 59

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Shortage of Facilities or Equipment

The term ldquoShortage of Facilities or Equipmentrdquo denotes a conditionwhich occurs when the Telephone Company does not have appropriatecable switching capacity bridging or multiplexing equipment etcnecessary to provide the Access Service requested by the customer

Short Circuit Test Line

The term ldquoShort Circuit Test Linerdquo denotes an arrangement in an endoffice which provides for an ac short circuit termination of a trunkor line by means of a capacitor of at least four microfarads

Special Order

The term ldquoSpecial Orderrdquo denotes an order for a Billing andCollection Service

Subtending End Office of an Access Tandem

The term ldquoSubtending End Office of an Access Tandemrdquo denotes an endoffice that has final trunk group routing through that tandem

Subject to Availability of Equipment

The term ldquoSubject to availability of equipmentrdquo means the equipmentin question is installed in operating condition and has therequired capacity available in the end office of the TelephoneCompany

Synchronous Test Line

The term ldquoSynchronous Test Linerdquo denotes an arrangement in an endoffice which performs marginal operational tests of supervisory andring-tripping functions

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

irsquo brsquo

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 60

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Terminating Direction

The term ldquoTerminating Directionrdquo denotes the use of Access Servicefor the completion of calls from an IC premises to an End UserPremises

Transmission Measuring (105 Type) Test LineResponder

The term ldquoTransmission Measuring (105 Type) Test LineResponderrdquodenotes an arrangement in an end office which provides far-end accessto a responder and permits two-way loss and noise measurements to bemade on trunks from a near end office

Transmission Path

The term ldquoTransmission Pathrdquo denotes an electrical path capable oftransmitting signals within the range of the service offering ega voice grade transmission path is capable of transmitting voicefrequencies within the approximate range of 300 to 3000 HZ Atransmission path is comprised of physical or derived facilitiesconsisting of any form or configuration of plant typically used inthe telecommunications industry

Trunk

The term ldquoTrunkrdquo denotes a communications path connecting twoswitching systems in a network used in the establishment of an end-to-end connection

Trunk Group

The term ldquoTrunk Grouprdquo denotes a set of trunks which are trafficengineered as a unit for the establishment of connections betweenswitching systems in which all of the communications paths areinterchangeable

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 61Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Trunk Side Connection

The term ldquoTrunk Side Connectionrdquo denotes the connection of atransmission path to the trunk side of a local exchange switchingsystem

Two-Wire to Four-Wire Conversion

The term ldquoTwo-Wire to Four-Wire Conversionrdquo denotes an arrangementwhich converts a four-wire transmission path to a two-wiretransmission path to allow a four-wire facility to terminate in atwo-wire entity (eg a central office switch)

Uniform Service Order Code

The term ldquoUniform Service Order Coderdquo denotes a three or fivecharacter alphabetic numeric or an alphanumeric code thatidentifies a specific item of service or equipment Uniform ServiceOrder Codes are used in the Telephone Company billing system togenerate recurring rates and nonrecurring charges

V and H Coordinates Method

The term ldquoV and H Coordinates Methodrdquo denotes a method of computinqairline miles between two points by utilizing an establishedwhich is based on the vertical and horizontal coordinates ofpoints

WATS Access Line

formuiathe two

The term ldquoWATS Access Linerdquo denotes the dedicated access line betweena customer designated premises and the serving wire center of thatpremise For OUTWATS the originating end of the service which usesa WATS Access Line is referred to as the closed end For INWATS theterminating end of the service is referred to as the closed end

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 62

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

WATS Access Service

The term ldquoWATS Access Servicerdquo denotes the switched function providedat the WATS screening office for INWATS and OUTWATS services

Wire Center

The term ldquoWire Centerrdquo denotes a building in which one or morecentral offices used for the provision of Telephone ExchangeServices are located

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 63

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

The Telephone Company will provide Carrier Common Line Access Service(Carrier Common Line Access) to customers

31 General Description

Carrier Common Line Access provides for the use of Telephone Companycomnon lines by customers for access to end users to furnishIntrastate Communications

Carrier Common Line Access is provided where the customer obtainsTelephone Company Switched Access Service under this tariff

In addition a Special Access Surcharqe as set forth in 122Dfollowing wilrdquothe Telephoneas set forth ~

32 Limitations

apply to intrastate sp~cial access service provided byCompany to a customer in accordance with regulationsn 733 following

(A) A telephone number is not provided with Carrier CommonAccess

(B) Detail billing is not provided for Carrier Common Line

Line

Access

(C) Directory listings are not included in the rates and charges forCarrier Common Line Access

(D) Intercept arrangements are not included in the rates and chargesfor Carrier Common Line Access

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R I-loopesPresident Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

T

-mdashmdash-mdashmdash

i- f-

i ~---

--- d rsquordquomdashmdash-mdash

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 64

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

32 Limitations (Centrsquod)

(E) All trunk side connections provided in the same combined accessgroup will be limited to the same features and operatingcharacteristics

(F) Where WATS Access Service is provided which terminates at a WATSServing Office minutes which are carried on that service (ieoriginating minutes for outward WATS and terminating minutes forinward WATS) shall not be assessed Carrier Common Line Accessper minute charges

33 Undertaking of the Telephone Company

(A) Where the customer is provided with Switched Access Serviceunder other sections of this tariff the Telephone Company willprovide the use of Telephone Company common lines by a customerfor access to end users at rates and charges as set forth in121A following

(B) The Switched Access Service provided by the Telephone Companyincludes the Switched Access Service provided for bothinterstate and intrastate communications and the Carrier CommonLine Access rates and charges as set forth in 121A followingapply in accordance with the regulations as set forth in 37(E)following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone Company

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 65

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

33 Undertaking of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

(c) When the customer is provided Operator Trunk-Coin or CombinedCoin and Non-Coin Operator Trunk-Full Feature Optional Featuresfor sent-paid pay telephone access the Telephone Company willcollect sent-paid monies from pay telephone stations and willremit monies to the customer as set forth in 36 following TheTelephone Company will provide message call detail format andbill periods used to determine the monies upon request from thecustomer

34 Obligations of the Customer

(A) The Switched Access Service associated with Carrier Common LineAccess shall be ordered by the customer under other sections ofthis tariff

(B) The customer facilities at the premises of the ordering customershall provide the necessary on-hook and off-hook supervision

(C) All Switched Access Service provided to the customer will besubject to Carrier Common Line Access charges

(D) When the customer reports interstate and intrastate use ofSwitched Access Service the associated Carrier Common LineAccess used by the customer for intrastate will be determined asset forth in 37(E) following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r~

- -~7- gt- t ia-ldquo

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 66

ACCESS SERVICE

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

34 Obligations of the Customer (Centrsquod)

(E) Where Feature Group C end office switching is provided withoutTelephone Company recording and the customer records minutesof use which will be used to determine Carrier Common LineAccess charges (ie Feature Group C operator and TSPS callssuch as pay telephone sent-paid operator-DDD operator-personcollect credit-card third number andor other like calls) thecustomer shall furnish such minutes of use detail to theTelephone Company in a timely manner If the customer does notfurnish the data to the Telephone Company the customer shallidentify all Switched Access Services which could carry suchcalls in order for the Telephone Company to accumulate theminutes of use through the use of special Telephone Companymeasuring and recording equipment

35 Payment Arrangements

(A) The Telephone Company will bill the Carrier Common Line AccessThe bill day (ie the billing date of the bill) in a month foreach customer account will be established by the TelephoneCompany Payment is due from the customer 31 days after thebill day date (payment date) or by the next bill date (iesame date in the following month as the bill date) whichever isthe shortest interval and is payable in immediately availablefunds If such payment date is a Saturday Sunday or Holiday(ie New Yearrsquos Day Independence Day Labor Day ThanksgivingDay Christmas Day the second Tuesday in November and a daywhen Washingtonrsquos Birthday Memorial Day or Columbus Day islegally observed) payment will be due from the customer asfollows

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 - mdashmdash~

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 67

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

35 Payment Arrangements (Centrsquod)

If such payment date falls on a Sunday or on a Holiday whichis observed on a Monday the payment date shall be the firstnon-Holiday day following such Sunday or Holiday If suchpayment date falls on a Saturday or on a Holiday which isobserved on Tuesday Wednesday Thursdsay or Friday thepayment date shall be the last non-Holiday day precedingsuch Saturday or Holiday

(B) Further if any portion of the Carrier Common Line Accesspayment is received by the Telephone Company after the paymentdate as set forth in the (A) preceding or if any portion of theCarrier Common Line Access payment is received by the TelephoneCompany in funds which are not immediately available to theTelephone Company and the late payment penalty shall be theportion of the Carrier Common Line Access payment not receivedby the payment date times a late factor The late factor shallbe the lesser or

(1) the highest interest rate (in decimal value) which may belevied by law for commercial transactions compounded dailyfor the number of days from the payment date to andincluding the date that the customer actually makes thepayment to the Telephone Company or

(2) 0000590 per day compounded daily for the number of daysfrom the payment date to and including the date that thecustomer actually makes the payment to the TelephoneCompany

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Etox 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~nrsquordquo--rsquo lsquo--rdquorsquolsquo-rdquo

lrdquo

i)amdashl

Lrsquoj~~i

I

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 68

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

35 Payment Arrangements (Centrsquod)

(c) In the event a billing dispute concerning a monthrsquos CarrierCommon Line Access billed to the customer by the TelephoneCompany is resolved in favor of the Telephone Company anypayments withheld pending settlement of the dispute shall besubject to the late payment penalty set forth in (B) precedingIf the customer disputes the bill on or before the payment dateand pays the undisputed amount on or before the payment dateany late charge for the disputed amount will not start until 10days after the payment date If the billing dispute is resolvedin favor of the customer no late payment penalty will apply tothe disputed amount In addition if the customer disputes thebilled amount and pays the total amount (ie the non-disputedamount and the disputed amount) on or before the payment dateand the billing dispute is resolved in the favor of thecustomer the customer will receive a credit for a disputedamount penalty from the Telephone Company if the billing disputeis not resolved within 10 working days following the paymentdate or the date the customer furnishes to the Telephone Companydocumentation to support its claim plus 10 working dayswhichever date is the later date The disputed amount penaltyshall be the disputed amount resolved in the customerrsquos favortimes a penalty factor

36 Payment of Coin Sent-Paid Monies

The Telephone Company will collect the monies from coin pay telephonestations and will determine and remit amounts due to a customer whichis provided Operator Trunk-Coin or Combined Coin and Non-Coin orOperator Trunk-Full Feature Optional Features for sent-paid paytelephone access

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

-mdash ldquo_

I

---mdashmdash

lsquoF1 -a ~y -rsquoampwt-La

]

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 69

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

36 Payment of Coin Sent-Paid Monies

(A) Bil1 Period Coin Revenue

(Centrsquod)

The Telephone Company will establish a collection schedule foreach coin pay telephone station and will collect the monies fromthe coin pay stations based on this collection schedule Themonies collected based on this schedule during each bill periodestablished by the Telephone Company will be identified by coinpay telephone station and summed to develop the Bill Period CoinRevenue for each coin record day (ie the day a record isprepared and dated to show the amount due the customer)

(B) Total Customer Coin Revenue

The intrastate Total Customer Coin Revenue will be determined bythe Telephone Company based on the customer message call detailreceived from the customer for each bill period and thecustomerrsquos schedule of charges for sent-paid coin calls SuchTotal Customer Coin Revenue will be developed each coin recordday

(C) Recourse Adjustments

For each coin record day the Telephone Company will subtractfrom the Total Customer Coin Revenue an amount for coin stationshortages Coin station shortages are amounts resulting fromunauthorized calling at coin pay telephone stations use ofunauthorized coins (ie foreign coins slugs and improper useof US pennies) unauthorized removal of coins from coin paytelephone stations and coin refunds beyond the TelephoneCompanyrsquos control Such amount will be rounded to the nearestpenny The shortage factor will be determined by dividing theyearly total coin shortage amount by the yearly total coinrevenue amount (ie total coin revenue equals the coin revenuedue under exchange tariffs state toll tariff and interstatetoll tariffs) The total coin shortage amount and the totalrevenue amount will be determined by the Telephone Companythrough an annual special study

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 30x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

m i

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 70

ACCESS SERVICE

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

36 Payment of Coin Sent-Paid Monies

(D) Payment of Net Customer Coin Revenue

The Telephone Company will determine the Net Customer CoinRevenue for each coin record day by subtracting from the TotalCustomer Coin Revenue determined as set forth in (B) precedingthe amount for coin station shortages determined as set forth in(C) preceding On the date (payment date) determined by adding45 days to the coin record day the Telephone Company will remitpayment to the customer to the customer for the Net CustomerCoin Revenue

(E) Audit Provisions

Upon reasonable written notice by the customer to the TelephoneCompany the customer shall have the right through itsauthorized representative to examine and audit during normalbusiness hours and at reasonable intervals as determined by theTelephone Company all such records and accounts as may underrecognized accounting practices contain information bearing uponthe determination of the amount payable to the customer

Adjustment shall be made by the proper party to compensate forany errors or omissions disclosed by such examination or auditNeither such right to examine and audit nor the right to receivesuch adjustment shall be affected by any statement to thecontrary appearing on checks or otherwise unless suchstatement expressly waiving such right appears in a lettersigned by the authorized representative of the party having suchright and delivered to the other party

All information received or reviewed by the customer or itsauthorized representative is to be considered confidential andis not to be distributed provided or disclosed in any form toanyone not involved in the audit nor is such information to beused for any other purpose

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

F

-mdashmdashmdashmdashcrsquordquo- ~-~

- 1 = L ) [

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

37 Rate Regulations

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 71

(A)

(B)

(c)

The Common Line Charges will be billed to each Switched AccessService provided under this tariff in accordance with theregulations as set forth in (E) following except as set forth in(D) following

When access minutes are used to determine the Common LineCharges they will be accumulated using call detail recorded byTelephone Company equipment except as set forth in (C) followingand Feature Group C operator and TSPS call detail such as paytelephone sent-paid operator-DDD operator-person collectcredit-card third number andor other like calls recorded bythe customer The Telephone Company measuring and recordingequipment except as set forth in (C) following will beassociated with end office or local tandem switching equipmentand will record each originating and terminating access minutewhere answer supervision is received The accumulated accessminutes will be summed on a line by line-basis by line group orby end office whichever type of account is used by theTelephone Company for each customer and then rounded to thenearest minute

When Carrier Common Line Access is provided in association withFeature Group A or Feature Group B Switched Access Service inTelephone Company offices that are not equipped for measurementcapabilities an assumed average intrastate access minutes willbe used to determine the Common Line Access Rates Theseassumed access minutes will be determined by the primarycarrier

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

[r

mdash -mdash mdash ___ j-

y E) ]

1 $

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 72

ACCESS SERVICE

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

37 Rate Regulations

(D) When a customer reports interstate and intrastate use of in-service Switched Access Service the Carrier Common Line AccessCommon Line Charges will be billed only to intrastate SwitchedAccess Service access minutes based on the data reported by thecustomer as set forth in 2310 preceding The intrastateSwitched Access Service access minutes will when necessary beused to determine the Carrier Common Line Charges as set forthin (E) following

(E) The charges for the involved customer account wil 1 be determinedas follows

(1) The access minutes for a Feature Group B when utilized forthe provision of MTSWATs service and Feature Group CSwitched Access Service will be multiplied by theCommon Line - Access Rate per minute as setforth in 121A following to determine the charges

(2) The access minutes for a Feature Group A or B SwitchedAccess Service originating from or terminating at an endoffice or access tandem will be multiplied by the CommonLine Access Rate per minute as set forth in 121Afollowing to determine the charges

(3) The terminating Access Rate per minute applies to allterminating access minutes of use plus all originatingaccess minutes of use associated with calls placed to 800numbers

(4) The originating Access Rate per minute applies to al1originating access minutes of use less those originatingaccess minutes of use associated with calls places to 800numbers

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 ~=i --rdquo--___

1[

~+rdquorsquo]-rsquogt )rsquok)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 73

ACCESS SERVICE

4

RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 75

ACCESS SERVICE

5 Ordering Options for Switched and Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

52 Access Order

An Access Order is used by the Telephone Company to provide acustomer Access Service as follows

- Switched Access Services as set forth in 6 following and- Special Access Services as set forth in 7 following

When placing an order for Access Service the customer shall provideat a minimum the following information

- For Feature Group C Switched Access Service the customershall specify the number of busy hour minutes of capacity(BHMC) from the customerrsquos premises to the end office byFeature Group and by type of BHMC This information isused to determine the number of transmission paths as setforth in 645 following The customer then specifiesthe Local Transport and Local Switching options

- For all Special Access Services the customer mustspecify the customer designated premises the type ofservice egVoice Grade the channel interfacetechnical specification package and options desiredThe closed end of a WATS Access Line is SpecialAccess Service

For each Access Order a service order charge will be assessed at therate set forth in 125(A) following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 t mdashmdashmdash

i

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 76

ACCESS SERVICE

5 Orderinq Options for Switched and Special Access Service(Centrsquod)

52 Access Order (Centrsquod)

The BHMC may be determined by the customer in the following mannerFor each day (8 am to 11 pm Monday through Friday excludingnational holidays) the customer shall determine the highest numberof minutes of use for a single hour (eg 55 minutes in the 10-11 AMhour) The customer shall for the same hour period (ie busyhour) for each of twenty consecutive business days pick the twentyconsecutive business days in a calendar year which add up to thelargest number of minutes of use Both originating and terminatingminutes shall be included The customer shall then determine theaverage busy hour minutes of capacity (ie BHMC) by dividing thelargest number of minutes of use figure for the same hour period forthe consecutive twenty businessshall be performed for each endThese determinations thus estabrsquooffice

Where the Special Access Servic[

day-period by 20 This computationoffice the customer wishes to serveish the forecasted BHMC for each end

isrsquoexempt from the Special AccessSurcharge as set forth in Section 733rdquo following the customershall furnish with the order the certification as set forth inSection 733 following

521 Access Order Service Date Provision

Access Services will be installed during Telephone Companybusiness days If a customer requests that installation bedone outside of schedule work hours and the Telephone Companyagrees to this request the customer will be subject toapplicable Additional Labor charges as set forth in 92following

Access Service will be installed during Standard TelephoneCompany business days

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 77

ACCESS SERVICE

5 Ordering Options for Switched and Special Access Service(Centrsquod)

522 Access Order Modifications

The customer may request a modification of its Access Orderprior to the service date The Telephone Company will makeevery effort to accommodate a requested modification when it isable to do so with the normal work force assigned to completesuch an order within normal business hours If themodification cannot be made with the normal work force duringnormal business hours the Telephone Company will notify thecustomer If the customer still desires the Access Ordermodification the Telephone Company will schedule a new servicedate

Any increase in the number of Special Access channels orSwitched Access Service busy hour minutes of capacity will betreated as a new Access Order (for the increased amount only)

If order modifications are necessary to satisfy thetransmission performance for a Special Access ordered by acustomer these changes will be made without charges beingincurred by the customer

(A) Service Date Change

Access Order service dates may be changed but the newservice date may not exceed the original service date bymore than 30 calendar days If the customer requestedservice date is more than 30 calendar days after theoriginal service date the order will be cancelled by theTelephone Company and reissued If the Telephone Companydetermines it can accommodate the customerrsquos requestwithout delaying service dates for orders of othercustomers a new service date may be established An orderchange charge as set forth in 125 following will apply toall service date changes of 30 days or less

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~~rsquo-rsquordquordquo~TTldquo A

1

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 78

ACCESS SERVICE

5 Ordering Options for Switched and Special Access Services (Centrsquod)

52 Access Order (Centrsquod)

522 Access Order Modifications (Centrsquod)

(B) Partial Cancellation Charge

Any decrease in the number of ordered Special AccessService channels or Switched Access Service busy hourminutes of capacity will be treated as a partialcancellation and the order change charges as set forth in125 following will apply

(C) Design Change

The customer may request a design change to the serviceordered A design change is any change to an AccessOrder which requires engineering review An engineeringreview is a review by Telephone Company personnel of theservice ordered and the requested changes to determinewhat changes in the design if any are necessary to meetthe changes requested by the customer Design changesinclude such things as the addition or deletion ofoptional features or functions type of channel interfacetype of Interface Group or technical specificationpackage Design changes do not include a change ofcustomer premises end user premises end office switch orSpecial Access Service channel type Changes of thisnature will require the issuance of a new order and thecancellation of the original order with appropriatecancellation charges applied The Telephone Company willreview the requested change notify the customer whetherthe change is a design change if it can be accommodatedand if a new service date is required Charges for designchanges are set forth in order change charges in 125following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdashmdash- mdash-mdash-mdashmdash mdash----~

F 1 - 3

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 79

ACCESS SERVICE

5 Orderinq Options for Switched and Special Access Service(Centrsquod)

52 Access Order (Centrsquod)

523 Cancellation of an Access Order

(A) A customer may cancel an Access Order for the installationof service on any date prior to the service date Thecancellation date is the date the Telephone Companyreceives written or verbal notice from the customer thatthe order is to be cancelled The verbal notice must befollowed by a written confirmation within 10 days

If a customer or a customerrsquos end user is unable to acceptAccess Service within 30 calendar days after the originalservice date the customer has the choice of the followingoptions

- The Access Order shall be cancelled and charaes set forthin (B) following will apply or

- Billing for the service will commence

In such instances the cancellation date or the birsquodate depending on which option is selected by thecustomer shall be on the 31st day beyond the origservice date of the Access Order

(B) When a customer cancels an Access Order for the

ling

nal

installation of service a Cancellation Charge willapply as follows

(1) Installation of Switched or Special AccessService facilities is considered to have started whenthe Telephone Company incurs any cost in connectiontherewith or in preparation thereof which would nototherwise have been incurred

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

-mdash-mdash~mdash- mdashmdash ------mdash

~ ~ lsquo~-=m~ ~

I~

1l~i ] ldquo-~q

pijjlsquoldquo ldquo j

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 80

ACCESS SERVICE

5 Ordering Options for Switched and Special Access Services (Centrsquod)

52 Access Order (Centrsquod)

523 Cancellation of an Access Order (Centrsquod)

(Z) Where the customer cancels an Access Order prior tothe start of installation of access facilities nocharges shall apply

(3) Where installation of access facilities has beenstarted prior to the cancellation the chargesspecified in (a) or (b) following whichever is lowershall apply

(a) A charge equal to the costs incurred in suchinstallation less estimated net salvage Suchcharge is determined as detailed in (4) following

(b) The charge for the minimum period of Switched orSpecial Access Service ordered by the customer

(4) Charges applicable as specified in (3)(A) precedinginclude the nonrecoverable cost of equipment andmaterial ordered provided or used plus thenonrecoverable cost of installation and removalincluding the costs of engineering labor supervisiontransportation rights-of-way and other associatedcosts

(C) When a customer cancels an order for the discontinuance ofservice no charges apply for the cancellation

(D) If the Telephone Company misses a service date by more than30 days due to circumstances over which it has directcontrol (excluding eg acts of God governmentalrequirements work stoppages and civil commotions) thecustomer may cancel the Access Order without incurringcancellation charges

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 -__mdashmdash-mdashmdash

J~ ldquo- y- ldquo1 F L rsquo~I

11

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 81

ACCESS SERVICE

5 Orderinq Options for Switched and Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

52 Access Order (Centrsquod)

524 Minimum Period

(A) The minimum period for which Access Service is provided andfor which charges are applicable is one month

525 Orderinq of Access Services Where More Than One ExchangeTelephone Company is Involved

Each Telephone Company will provide its portion of the AccessService within its operating territory to an interconnectionpoint (1P) with the connecting carrier The interconnectionpoint and billing percentage (BP) will be determined by theTelephone Companies involved in providing the Access Serviceand listed in Exchange Carrier Association Tariff FCC No 2Each Telephone Company will bill the customer for its portionof the service as set forth in 247 All other appropriatecharges in each Telephone Company tariff are applicable

(A) For Feature Group A and B Switched Access Services thecustomer must place an order with the Telephone Company inwhose territory the first point of switching is located(ie FGA - dial tone office FGB - access tandem or endoffice) and provide a copy of the order to the secondarycarrier

(B) When WATS Access Service is ordered the TelephoneCompany is whose territory the end office is located mustreceive the order from the customer In addition theTelephone Company in whose territory the WATS screeningoffice is located must also receive a copy of the orderfrom the customer

(C) For Special Access Services without the use of a hub thecustomer will place the order with the Telephone Company inwhose territory the customer designated premises islocated

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

-

I

1

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 82

ACCESS SERVICE

5 Orderinq Options for Switched and Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

52 Access Order (Centrsquod)

525 Orderinq of Access Services Where More Than One ExchanqeTelephone Company is Involved

(D) For Special Access Services with a hub the customer wil 1place the order with the Telephone Company in whoseterritory the hub is located

For the service(s) ordered as set forth preceding the customermust also supply a copy of the order to the Telephone Companyin whose operating territory a customer designated premises islocated

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~

mdash-mdash mdashmdash-i

-ldquo [gt

s -

i

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 83

6 Switched Access Service

61 General

Switched Access Service which is available to customers for theiruse in furnishing their services to end users provides a two pointelectrical communications path between a customer designated premisesand and end userrsquos premises It provides for the use of commonterminating switching and trunking facilities and for the use ofcomunonsubscriber plant of the Telephone Company Switched AccessService provides for the ability to originate calls from an enduserrsquos premises to a customerrsquos premises and to terminate calls froma customers premises to an end userrsquos premises in the exchange whereit is provided It is available at each end office served by theTelephone Company

In the Telephone Companyrsquos exchange(s) the customerrsquos premises is notlocated in the serving area of the Telephone Company It is necessaryfor the customer to order Switched Access Service from the primarycarrier and Telephone Company in the case of Feature Group C In thecase of Feature Groups A provided through EAS extended area serviceand Feature Group B provided via an access tandem of the primarycarrier it is necessary for the customer to provide a copy of theorder to the Telephone Company

611 Feature Group Arrangements

Switched Access Service is provided in three servicecategories called Feature Groups These are differentiated bythe manner in which an end user can access them in originatingcalling eg with or without and access code Following is abrief description of each feature group arrangement

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~k- 6

_-_ mdashmdash -mdash-mdashVe ~gt 1

1 l-rsquolsquoi lsquoJ ~

~i

6

ver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 84

61 General (Centrsquod)

611 Feature Group Arrangements (Centrsquod)

(A)

(B)

(c)

Feature Group A (FGA)

FGA Access in the originating direction is available tothe FGA customersrsquo end users via the EAS facilities of theprimary carrier FGA Access in the terminating directionis available to all customers Terminating FGA Access isprovided via an access tandem or an end office of theprimary carrier to the end users in the EAS service areaA more detailed description of FGA Access is provided in621 following

Feature Group B (FGB)

FGB Access is available to all customers FGB Accessprovides trunk side access to Telephone Company end officeswitches via an access tandem of the primary carrierwith an associated uniform 95O-1OXX access code for thecustomers use in originating communications from andterminating communications to an Interexchange CarrierrsquosService or a customer ~rovided communications capabilityA more detailed description622 following

Feature Group C (FGC)

FGC Access provides trunk sldquoend office switches via an

of FGB Access is provided in

de access to Telephone Companyaccess tandem of the primary

carrier for providers of MTS and WATS used in originatingand terminating communications Feature Group C is onlyavailable to providers of MTS and WATS WATS AccessService is available as set forth in 712 followingA more detailed description of FGC Access is provided in623 following

Issued 1211187 Mr Melvin R HooJesPresident Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming B3120 mdashmdash

~rsquot ~l1~ ~ [L- ~~lt i J

1

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 85

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

61 General (Centrsquod)

611 Feature Group Arrangements (Centrsquod)

(D) Manner of Provision

FGC Access is furnished on BHMC basis BHMCS aredifferentiated by type and directionality of trafficcarried over a Switched Access Service arrangementDifferentiation of traffic among BHMC types is necessaryfor the Telephone Company to properly design SwitchedAccess Service to meet the traffic carrying capacityrequirement of the customer

There are two major BHMC categories identified asOriginating and Terminating Originating BHMCS representaccess capacity within a LATA for carrying traffic fromthe end user to the customer and Terminating BHMCSrepresent access capacity within a LATA for carryingtraffic from the customer to the end user When orderingcapacity for FGC Access the customer must at a minimumspecify such access capacity in terms of originating BHMCSandor terminating BHMCS

612 WATS Access Service

WATS Access Service is a type of Special Access Service thatis provided only for use with Feature Group C SwitchedAccess Service Wats Access Service connects a customerdesignated premises with a WATS Serving Office utilizing therate categories described in 712 following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

rrsquo- 1mdash-mdash--mdash ----

-F~ - ~ ~ ~ldquordquo J ~i lsquo rsquo 1 ~ l~~j 7 lc~g it 1

--mdash -mdash-i

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 86Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

61 General (Centrsquod)

613 Rate Categories

There are three rate categories which apply to Switched AccessService

- Local Transport- End Office (ie Local Switching Line Termination

Intercept Directory Assistance Surcharge)- Common Line (described in section 3 preceding)

The following diagram depicts a generic view of the componentsof Switch Access Service and the manner in which the componentsare

End

combined to provide a complete Access Service

SWITCHEOACCESS SERVICE

~y CummmuCklmklald

Usar Esd Offles CailrsrI I

I II

I III II uI II Accass Tandem

I II

I II

1ltCL LT

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoo~es President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 87

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

61 General (Centrsquod)

613 Rate Categories (Centrsquod)

(A) Local Transport

The Local Transport rate category provides thetransmission facilities between the customerrsquos premisesand the end office switch(es) where the customerrsquostraffic is switched to originate or terminate itsconununications The Telephone Company will measure andapply its per access minute rates to the local transporttermination at the end office and its per access minutemile rates to the Local Transport facilities from the endoffice to the Interconnection Point Local Transport isprovided at the rates set forth in 121C following andin accordance with 247 preceding

Local Transport is a two-way voice frequency transmissionpath composed of facilities determined by the TelephoneCompany The two-way voice frequency transmission pathpermits the transport of calls in the originatingdirection (from the end user end office switch to thecustomer premises location) and in the terminatingdirection (from the customer premises location to theend user end office switch) but not simultaneouslyThe voice frequency transmission path may be comprised ofany form or configuration of plant capable of andtypically used in the telecommunications industry forthe transmission of voice and associated telephonesignals within the frequency bandwidth of approximately300 to 3000 Hz

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 88

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

61 General (Centrsquod)

613 Rate Categories (Centrsquod)

(A) Local Transport (Centrsquod)

The Telephone Company will work cooperatively with thecustomer to develop routing and other local transportarrangements subject to availability of equipment or inaccordance with section 10 following

The Telephone Company will work cooperatively with theprimary carrier to provide the interface groups andoptional features the customer has ordered subject toavailability of equipment or in accordance with section10 following

The number of Local Transport transmission paths providedis based on the customerrsquos order and is determined by theTelephone Company as set forth in 645 following

(B) End Office

The End Office rate category provides the local endoffice switching and end user termination functions tocomplete the transmission of Switched Accesscommunications to and from the end users served by thelocal end office The End Office rate category includesthe Local Switching Line Termination Intercept andDirectory Assistance Surcharges

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~ mdash- mdashmdash~- ~ La ]ldquoJ -1

q

I[ 1 f-l

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 89

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

61 General (Centrsquod)

613 Rate Categories (Centrsquod)

(B) End Office

(1) Local Switching

The Local Switching rate element provides the localend office switching functions and the transporttermination for the trunk side arrangements whichterminate the Local Transport facilities LocalSwitching use is measured on an originating andterminating basis Rates for Local Switching useare applied on a total number of access minutes ofuse basis at the rates set forth in 121B(l)following The number of Transport Terminationsprovided will be determined by the Telephone Companyas set forth in 646 following

(2) Line Termination

The Line Termination rate element provides theterminations for the end user lines terminating inthe local end office

Line Terminations are available with either dialpulse or dual tone multifrequency signaling LineTermination rates are applied on a total number ofaccess minutes of use basis Line Termination ratesare set forth in 121B(2) following

Issued 123186 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

61 General (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 90

SERVICE

613 Rate Categories (Centrsquod)

(B) End Office (Centrsquod)

(3) Intercept

The Intercept rate element provides for thetermination of a call at a Telephone CompanyIntercept operator or recording The operator orrecording tells a caller why a call as dialedcould not be completed and if possible provide thecorrect number

Intercept rates are applied on an access minutes ofuse basis and are assessed to a customer based onthe total number of access minutes Intercept ratesare set forth in 121B(3) following

(4) Directory Assistance Surcharqe

Directory Assistance Surcharge rates are accessed toa customer based on the total number of accessminutes Directory Assistance surcharge rates areas set forth in 121B(4) following

The number of end office switching transmission pathsprovided will be determined by the Telephone Companybased on the busy hour minutes of capacity to each endoffice specified by the customer in its order Thenumber of transmission paths will be determined as setforth in 645 following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 mdash--mdash-- --mdashmdash-mdash=

I F-j ildquoldquordquo)[i ----~~-4

1

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 91

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

61 General (Centrsquod)

614 Design Layout Report

The Telephone Company will provide to the customer the makeupof the facilities and services provided to the first point ofswitching This information will be provided in the form of aDesign Layout Report The Design Layout Report will beprovided to the customer at no charge and will be reissuedwhenever facilities provided to the customer are materiallychanged

615 Acceptance Testing

At no additional charge the Telephone Company will at thecustomerrsquos request cooperatively test at the time ofinstallation the following parameters loss C-messagenoise 3-tone dc continuity and operational signaling

616 Ordering Options and Conditions

Switched Access Service is ordered under the Access Orderprovisions set forth in 5 preceding Also included in thatsection are charges which may be associated with orderingSwitched Access Service (eg Access Order charges OrderChange Charges Cancellation Charges etc)

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 92

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

61 General (Centrsquod)

617 Testing

(A) Acceptance Testinq

At no additional charge the Telephone Company will inconjunction with the primary carrier at the customersrequest subject to the availability of equipmentcooperatively test at the time of installation thefollowing parameters loss C-notched noise C-messagenoise 3-tone slope dc continuity and operationalsignaling When the Local Transport is provided withInterface Groups 2 through 10 and the TranpsortTermination is two-wire (ie there is a four-wire totwo-wire conversion in Local Transport) balanceparameters (equal level echo path loss) may also betested

(B) Routine Testing

At no additional charge the Telephone Company will inconjunction with the primary carrier at the customerrsquosrequest subject to the availability of equipment testafter installation on an automatic or manual basis 1004Hz loss C-message noise and Balance (Return loss)

In the case of automatic testing the customer shallprovide remote office test lines and 105 test lines withassociated responders or their functional equivalent Thefrequency of these tests will be that which is mutuallyagreed upon by the customer and the Telephone Company butshall consist of not less than quarterly 1004 Hz Loss andC-message noise test and an annual Balance test Trunktest failures requiring customer participation for troubleresolution will be provided to the customer on an as-occurs basis

Additional tests may be ordered as set forth in 92following Charges for these additional tests are setforth in 124(B) following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

rmdashmdash ------------mdash--mdash -

l~j~~~ 1rdquo ~j

ACCESS SERVICE

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 93

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

62 Provision and Description of Switched Access Service Feature Groups

Switched Access is provided in three different Feature Grouparrangements The company provides type B or C transmissionperformance to the Interconnection point with the primary carrierThe provision of Feature Groups require Local Transport facilitiesand the appropriate End Office functions The parameters for thetransmission performances are as set forth in 63 following

Feature Groups are arranged for either originating terminating ortwo-way calling based on the customer end office switching capacityordered Originating calling permits the delivery of calls fromtelephone exchange service locations to the customersrsquo premisesTerminating calling permits the delivery of calls from the customersrsquopremises to telephone exchange services locations Two-way callingpermits the delivery of calls in both directions but notsimultaneously The customer must work with the Primary Carrier todetermine the type of calling to be provided

There are various chargeable and nonchargeable optional featuresavailable with the Feature Groups through the tariff of the PrimaryCarrier The telephone company will work cooperatively with theprimary carrier to provide the features ordered by the customersubject to availability of equipment Where equipment is notavailable and the customer requests such features from the TelephoneCompany they must be ordered through Section 10 of this tariff

Following are detailed descriptions of Feature Groups provided by theTelephone Company Feature Groups are described in terms of theirspecific physical characteristics and calling patterns thetransmission performances with which it is provided and the standardtesting capabilities provided by the Telephone Company

Issued 123187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 ~-~-mdash-f-~rdquo

F ~ ~-rsquo--lsquo--- frdquo

~~hl ~ rlc

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

621 Feature Group A (FGA)

(A) Description

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 94

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

Originating FGA is provided via the EAS facilitiesof the primary carrier at electronic andelectromechanical end offices of the Telephonecompany

Terminating FGA is provided in connection withTelephone Company electronic and electromechanicalend offices via the access tandem or the end officeof the primary carrier for terminating calling only

A seven digit local telephone number assigned by theprimary carrier is provided for access to FGAswitching in the originating direction The sevendigit local telephone number will be associated withthe selected end office switch and is of the formNXX-XXXX

FGA Switching when used in the terminatingdirection is arranged with dial tone start-dialsignaling When used in the terminating directionFGA switching may at the option of the customer bearranged for dial pulse or dual tone multifrequencyaddress signaling subject to availability ofequipment at the first point of switching

No address signaling is provided when FGA Switchingis used in the originating direction Addresssignaling in such cases if required by thecustomer must be provided by the customerrsquos enduser using inband tone signaling techniques Suchinband tone address signals will not be regeneratedby the Telephone Company and will be subject to theordinary transmission capabilities of the LocalTransport provided

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 95

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

62 Provision and Description of Switched Access ServiceFeature Groups (Centrsquod)

621 Feature Group A (FGA) (Centrsquod)

(A) Description (Centrsquod)

(6) FGA switching when used in the terminatingdirection may be used to access valid NXXS in thelocal calling area emergency reporting service (911where available) exchange telephone repair (611where available) time or weather announcementservices of the Telephone Company communityinformation services of an information serviceprovider and other customersrsquo services (by dialingthe appropriate digits) Charges for FGAterminating calls to 611 or 911 will only applywhere sufficient call details are available

(B) Testinq Capabilities

FGA is provided in the terminating direction whereequipment is available with seven digit access lines tobalance (100 type) test line and milliwatt (102 type)test line Additional Testing and is available as setforth in 92 following

Issued 123186 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 96

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

62 Provision and Description of Switched Access ServiceFeature Groups (Centrsquod)

622 Feature Group B (FGB)

(A) Description

(1) FGB is provided at electronic and electromechanicalend office switches of the Telephone Company viathe designated electronic access tandem switches ofthe primary carrier

(2) FGB switching is provided with multifrequencyaddress signaling in both the originating andterminating directions

The provisions of FGB at the access tandem is madethrough the access tariff of the primary carrier

(3) The access code for FGB switching is a uniformaccess code The form of the uniform access code is95O-1OXX for carriers The uniform access code willbe assigned to the customer by the primary carrier

(4) FGB switching when used in the terminatingdirection may be used to access valid NXXS in thelocal calling area time or weather announcementservices of an information service provider andother customerrsquos services (by dialing theappropriate digits) Additionally non-accesscharges will also be billed for calls from a FGBtrunk to another customerrsquos service in

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO t30x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 97

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

62 Provision and Description of Switched Access ServiceFeature Groups (Centrsquod)

622 Feature Group B (FGB) (Centrsquod)

(A) Description (Centrsquod)

(4) (Centrsquod)

accordance with that customerrsquos applicable servicerates when the Telephone Company performs thebilling function for that customer Calls in theterminating direction will not be completed to 950-10XX access codes local operator assistance (O-and O+) Directory Assistance (411 and 555-1212)service codes 611 and 911 or 10XXX access codesFGB may not be switched in the terminatingdirection to Switched Access Service Feature GroupsB and C

(5) The Telephone Company will provide a communicationpath from the end office switches to theinterconnection point with the primary carrier

(B) Transmission Specifications

FGB is provided with Type B or C transmissionspecifications to Interconnection Points with the primarycarrier

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 98

62 Provision and Description of Switched Access ServiceFeature Groups (Centrsquod)

622 Feature Group B (FGB) (Centrsquod)

(C) Testinq Capabilities

FGB is provided in the termrdquoequipment is available with

nating directon whereseven digit access to

balance (100 type) test line milliwatt (102 type) testline nonsynchronous or synchronous test lineAdditional Testing is available as set forth in 92following

623 Feature Group C

(A) Description

(1) FGC is provided at al1 Telephone Company end officeswitches via Telephone Company designated accesstandem switches FGC switching is provided to theCustomer (ie providers of MTS and WATS AccessService) at an end office switch

(2) FGC is provided as trunk side switching through theuse of the access tandem switch of the primarycarrier The switch trunk equipment is provided withanswer and disconnect supervisory signaling Winkstart-pulsing signals are provided in all officeswhere available In those offices where wink-startsignals are not available delay dial start-pulsingsignals will be provided in which case no start-pulsing signals are provided

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

p=i-E-7-Tq

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 99

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

62 Provision and Description of Switched Access ServiceFeature Groups (Centrsquod)

623 Feature Group C (FGC) (Centrsquod)

(A) Description (Centrsquod)

(3)

(4)

FGC is provided with multifrequency addresssignaling The address signaling will be dialpulse revertive pulse immediate dial pulse orpanel call indicator signaling whichever isavailable Up to 12 digits of the called partynumber dialed by the customerrsquos end user using dualtone multifrequency or dial pulse address signalswill be provided by Telephone Company equipment tothe Customer Premises where the Switched AccessService Terminates Such called party numbersignals will be subject to the ordinary transmissioncapabilities of Local Transport provided

No access code is required for FGC Switching Thetelephone number dialed by the customerrsquos end usershall be a seven or ten digit number for calls inthe North American Numbering Plan (NANP) Forinternational calls outside the NANP a seven totwelve digit number may be dialed The form of thenumbers dialed by the customerrsquos end user is NXX-XXXX O or 1 + NXX-XXXX NPA + NXX-XXXX O or 1 + NPA+ NXXX-XXXX and when the end office is equipped forInternational Direct Dialing (IDDD) 01 + CC + NN or011 +CC+ NN

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 100

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

62 Provision and Description of Switched Access ServiceFeature Groups (Centrsquod)

623 Feature Group C (FGC) (Centrsquod)

(A) Description (Centrsquod)

(5) FGC switching when used in the terminatingdirection may be used to access valid NXXS in thelocal exchange area time or weather announcementservices of the Telephone Company cotnnunityinformation services of an information provider andthe customerrsquos services (by dialing the appropriatecodes) when the services can be reached using validNXX codes FGC may not be switched in theterminating direction to Switched Access ServiceFeature Group C

(B) Transmission Specifications

FGC is provided with either Type B or C TransmissionSpecifications when routed to an access tandem

Transmission Specifications between the Primary exchangecarrier and the customer are provided in the tariff of theprimary exchange carrier

DB Data Transmission Parameters are provided for thetransmission path between the access tandem and the endoffice

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~=-- -mdash- mdash

f lsquoT ldquo~ 7

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 101

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

62 Provision and Description of Switched Access ServiceFeature Groups (Centrsquod)

623 Feature Group C (FGC) (Centrsquod)

(C) Testinq Capabilities

FGC is provided in the terminating direction whereequipment is available with seven digit access tobalance (100 type) test line milliwatt (102 type) testline nonsynchronous and synchronous test line Inaddition to the tests described in 617 preceding whichare included with the installation of service and ongoingroutine testing Additional Testing is available as setforth in 92 following

63 Transmission Specifications

The Telephone Company provides Switched Access Service transmissionpaths with standard transmission specifications Type B or C Thetransmission specifications are set forth in Section 112

Data Transmission parameters are also provided with each SwitchedAccess Service transmission path The Telephone Company will inconjunction with the primary carrier and subject to availability ofequipment upon notification by the customer that the data parametersset forth in 1122(B) are not being met conduct tests independentlyor in cooperation with the customer and take any necessary action toinsure that the data parameters are met

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes Presiden Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 102

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service

63 Transmission Specifications (Centrsquod)

The Telephone Company will maintain existing transmissionspecifications on functioning service configurations installed priorto the effective date of this tariff except that serviceconfigurations having performance specifications exceeding thestandards listed in this provision will be maintained at performancelevels specified in this tariff

The transmission specifications concerning Switched Access Serviceare immediate action limits and are set forth in 112 followingAcceptance limits are set forth in Technical Reference TR-NPL-OO0334This Technical Reference also provides the basis for determiningSwitched Access Service maintenance limits

64 Obligations of the Telephone Company

In addition to the obligations of the Telephone Company set forth in2 preceding the Telephone Company has certain other obligationspertaining only to the provision of Switched Access Service Theseobligations are as follows

641 Network Management

The Telephone Company will administer its network to insurethe provision of acceptable service levels to alltelecommunications users of the Telephone Companyrsquos networkservices Generally service levels are considered acceptableonly when both end users and customers are able to establishconnections with little or no delay encountered within theTelephone Company network The Telephone Company maintainsthe right to apply protective controls over any traffic

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 103

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

64 Obligations of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

641 Network Management (Centrsquod)

carried over its network including that associated with acustomerrsquos Switched Access Service Generally suchprotective measures would only be taken as a result ofoccurrences such as failure or overload of Telephone Companyor customer facilities natural disasters mass calling ornational security demands In the event that the protectivecontrols applied by the Telephone Company result in thecomplete loss of service by the customer the customer will begranted a Credit Allowance for Service Interruption as setforth in 244(B)(2) preceding

642 Design and Traffic Routing of Switched Access Service

For Feature Groups A amp B the line or trunk directionality andtraffic routing of Switched Access Service between thecustomers premises and the entry switch are determined by thecustomerrsquos order with the primary carrier FGA Service isprovided to the customer by the Telephone Company via the EASfacilities of the primary carrier FGB Service is provided tothe customers by the Telephone Company via the access tandemof the primary carrier

For Feature Group C the Telephone Company shall design anddetermine the routing of Switched Access Service includingthe selection of the first point of switching and to the endoffices where busy hour minutes of capacity are ordered TheTelephone Company shall also decide if capacity is to beprovided by originating only terminating only or two-waytrunk groups Selection of facilities and equipment andtraffic routing of the service are based on standardengineering methods available facilities and equipment andthe Telephone Company traffic routing plans If the customerdesires routing or directionality different from thatdetermined by the Telephone Company the Telephone Companywill work cooperatively with the customer in determining (1)whether the service is to be routed directly to an end officeor through an access tandem switch and (2) the directionalityof the service

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

rmdashmdashmdash mdash_____-

1 F lsquo ldquorsquo~~ ~

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

64 Obligations of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 104

643

644

645

Provision of Service Performance Data

Subject to availability end-to-end service performance dataavailable to the Telephone Company through its own serviceevaluation routines may also be made available to thecustomer based on previously arranged intervals and formatThese data provide information on overall end-to-end callcompletion and non-completion performance eg customerequipment blockage failure results and transmissionperformance These data do not include service performancedata which are provided under other tariff sections egtesting service results If data is to be provided in otherthan paper format the charges for such exchange will bedetermined on an individual case basis

Trunk Group Measurement Reports

Subject to availability the Telephone Company will makeavailable trunk group data in the form of usage in CCS pegcount and overflow to the customer based on previously agreedto intervals

Determination of Number of Transmission Paths

The Telephone Company will determine the number of SwitchedAccess Service transmission paths to be provided for theSwitched Access Feature Group C busy hour minutes of capacityordered A transmission path is a communication path withinthe frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz or aderived communication path of a frequency bandwidth ofapproximately 300 Hz to 3000 Hz provided over a high frequencyanalog facility or a high speed digital facility between acustomerrsquos premises and a Telephone Company location Thenumber of transmission paths will be developed using the totalbusy hour minutes of capacity by type (as described in

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

ACCESS SERVICE

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 105

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

64 Obligations of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

645 Determination of Number of Transmission Paths

611(D) preceding) for the end offices for each Feature Groupordered from a customerrsquos designated premises The total busyhour minutes of capacity by type for the end office will beconverted to transmission paths using standard TelephoneCompany traffic engineering methods The number oftransmission paths provided shall be the number required basedon the use of access tandem switches and end office switches

646 Determination of Number of End Office Transport Terminations

For analog entry switches a termination will be provided foreach transmission path provided For digital entry switchesan equivalent termination will be provided for eachtransmission path provided

65 Obligations of the Customer

In addition to the obligations of the Customer set forth in 2preceding the Customer has certain specific obligations pertaining tothe use of Switched Access Service These obligations are asfollows

651 Report Requirements

Customers are responsible for providing the following reportsto the Telephone Company when applicable

(A) Jurisdictional Reports

When a Customer orders Switched Access Service for bothinterstate and intrastate use the percentage ofinterstate and intrastate traffic will be developed asset forth in 2310 preceding Charges will beapportioned in accordance with those reports The methodto be used for determining the intrastate charges is setforth in 2311 preceding

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

6

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 106

ACCESS SERVICE

Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

65 Obligations of the Customer (Centrsquod)

652 Supervisory Signaling

The customerrsquos facilities shall provide the necessary on-hookand off-hook answer and disconnect supervision

653 Trunk Group Measurement Reports

With the agreement of the Customer trunk group data in theform of usage in CCS peg count and overflow for its end ofall access trunk groups where technologically feasible willbe made available to the Telephone Company

This data will be used to monitor trunk group utilization andservice performance and will be based on previously arrangedintervals and format

66 Rate Regulations

This section contains the specific regulations governing the ratesand charges that apply for Switched Access Service

661 Description and Application of Rates and Charges

There are two types of rates and charges that apply toSwitched Access Service These are usage rates andnonrecurring charges These rates and charges are applieddifferently to the various rate elements as set forth in (C)following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 107

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

661 Description and Application of Rates and Charges (Centrsquod)

(A) Usage Rates

Usage rates are rates that apply only when a specificrate element is used These are applied on a per accessminute basis Access Minute charges are accumulated overa monthly period

(B) Nonrecurring Charges

Nonrecurring charges are one-time charges that apply for aspecific work activity (ie installation or change to anexisting service) The types of nonrecurring charges thatapply for Switched Access Service are installation ofservice and service rearrangements at the rates set forthin 121(D) following

(1) Installation of Service

Nonrecurring charges apply to each Switched AccessService installed For FGC which is ordered on abusy hour minutes of capacity basis the charge isapplied on a per trunk basis but the charge appliesonly when the capacity ordered requires theinstallation of an additional trunk(s)

(C) Application of Rates

Rates are applied to measured or assumed access minutes

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 108

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

661 Description and Application of Rates and Charges (Centrsquod)

(C) Application of Rates (Centlsquod)

The specific application of these rates for a specificcustomer is dependent upon the Feature Group

The following rules provide the basis for applying therates and charges

(1) Access rates apply to all FGA FGB and FGC accessminutes

(2) FGA and terminating FGBwill be billed in accordancewith the usage report received from the primaryexchange carrier on a monthly basis

(3) Where Feature Group A switched access usage isbetween a primary carrier and a Telephone Companywithin the same Extended Area Service Calling areathe Telephone Company will apply Switched AccessService End Office and Local Transport Rates as setforth in Section 121 following This is inaddition to those rates charged by the primarycarrier

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

ldquo t$ _ - -

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 109

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

661 Description and Application of Rates and Charqes (Centrsquod)

(C) Application of Rates (Centlsquod)

(4) Where Feature Group B switched access usage isbetween a primary carrier and Telephone Company endoffice(s) which subtends the Feature Group B accesstandem the Telephone Company will apply SwitchedAccess Service End Office and Local transport ratesas set forth in Section 121 following This is inaddition to those rates charged by the primarycarrier

662 Minimum Period

Switched Access Service is provided for a minimum period ofone month

663 Measuring Access Minutes

Customer traffic to end offices will be measured (ierecorded or assumed) by the Telephone Company at the endoffice switches or access tandem switches Originating andterminating calls will be measured (ie recorded or assumed)by the Telephone Company to determine the basis for computingchargeable access minutes In the event the customer messagedetail is not available because the Telephone Company lost ordamaged tapes or incurred recording system outages theTelephone Company will use the same estimates as set forth in851(C) following as the basis for computing chargeableaccess minutes For terminating calls over FGA and FGB FGCto 800 and for originating calls over FGB the measuredminutes are the chargeable access minutes For originatingcalls over FGC chargeable originating access minutes arederived from recorded minutes in the following manner

Step 1 Obtain recorded originating minutes and messagesmeasured as set forth in (C) following for FGC fromthe appropriate recording data

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 mdash-

r

--mdashmdash mdashmdash

F ~ gt~s u

Akl-$CrdquogtqI

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 110

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

663 Measuring Access Minutes (Centrsquod)

Step 2 Obtain the total attempts by dividing the originatingmeasured messages by the completion ratioCompletion ratios (CR) are obtained separately forthe major call categories such as DDD operator 800900 directory assistance and international from asample study which analyzes the ultimate completionstatus of the total attempts which receiveacknowledgement from the customer That is MeasuredMessages divided by Completion Ratio equals TotalAttempts

Step 3 Obtain the total non-conversation time additive(NCTA) by multiplying the total attempts (obtained inStep 2) by the NCTA per attempt ratio The NCTA perattempt ratio is obtained from the sample studyidentified in Step 2 by measuring the non-conversation time associated with both completed andincomplete attempts The total NCTA is the time ona completed attempt from the customer acknowledgementof receipt of call to called party answer (set up andringing) plus time on an incomplete attempt fromcustomer acknowledgement of call until the accesstandem or end office receives a disconnect signal(ring - no answer busy or network blockage) Thatis Total Attempts times Non-Conversation Time perAttempt equals Total NCTA

Step 4 Obtain total chargeable originating access minutes byadding the total NCTA (obtained in Step 3) to therecorded originating measured minutes (obtained inStep 1) That is Measured Minutes plus NCTA equalsChargeable Originating Access Minutes

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~~rsquo~l

-mdashmdash

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 111Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

663 Measuring Access Minutes (Centrsquod)

Following is an example which illustrates how the chargeableoriginating access minutes are derived from the measuredoriginating minutes using this formula

Where

(1)

(2)

(3)

Measured Minutes (M Min) = 7000Measured Messages (M Mes) = 1000Completion Ration (CR) = 75NCTA per Attempt = 4

Total Attempts = 1000 (M Mes) = 13333375 (CR)

Total NCTA = 4 (NCTA per Attempt) times133333 = 53333

Total Chargeable Originating Access Minutes =7000 (M Min) +53333 (NCTA) = 753333

When assumed minutes are used the assumed minutes are thechargeable access minutes

Usage rated FGA FGB and FGC access minutes or fractionsthereof the exact value of the fraction being a function ofthe switch technology where the measurement is made areaccumulated over the billing period for each end office andare then rounded up to the nearest access minute for each endoffice

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

rrsquo

mdash- mdashmdash --mdashmdash-mdash

F~ ldquoldquordquordquorsquordquo lsquo

- i

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 112

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

663 Measurinq Access Minutes (Centrsquod)

(A) Feature Group A Usaqe Measurement

For originating calls over FGA usage measurement beginswhen the originating FGA entry switch receives an off-hook supervisory signal forwarded from the customerrsquospoint of termination This off-hook signal may beprovided by the customerrsquos equipment before the calledparty answers or forwarded by the customerrsquos equipmentwhen the called party answers

The measurement of originating call usage over FGA endswhen the originating FGA entry switch receives an on-hooksupervisory signal from either the originating end userrsquosend office indicating the originating end user hasdisconnected or the customerrsquos point of terminationwhichever is recognized first by the entry switch

For terminating calls over FGA usage measurement beginswhen the terminating FGA entry switch receives an off-hook supervisory signal from the terminating end userrsquosend office indicating the terminating end user hasanswered

The measurement of terminating call usage over FGA endswhen the terminating FGA entry switch receives an on-hooksupervisory signal from either the terminating end userrsquosend office indicating the terminating end user hasdisconnected or the customerrsquos point of terminationwhichever is recognized first by the entry switch

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 113

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

663 Measurinq Access Minutes (Centrsquod)

(B) Feature Group B Usaqe Measurement

For originating calls over FGB usage measurement beginswhen the originating FGB entry switch receives answersupervision forwarded from the customerrsquos point oftermination indicating the customerrsquos equipment hasanswered

The measurement of originating call usage over FGB endswhen the originating FGB entry switch receives disconnectsupervision from either the originating end userrsquos endoffice indicating the originating end user hasdisconnected or the customerrsquos point of terminationwhichever is recognized first by the entry switch

For terminating calls over FGB usage measurement beginswhen the terminating FGB entry switch receives answersupervision from the terminating end userrsquos end officeindicating the terminating end user has answered

The measurement of terminating call usage FGB ends whenthe terminating FGB entry switch receives disconnectsupervision from either the terminating end userrsquos endoffice indicating the terminating end user hasdisconnected or the customerrsquos point of terminationwhichever is recognized first by the entry switch

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

663 Measuring Access Minutes (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 114

(c) Feature Group C Usage Measurement

For originating calls over FGC usage measurement beginswhen the originating FGC entry switch receives answersupervision from the customerrsquos point of terminationindicating the called party has answered

The measurement of originating call usage over FGC endswhen the originating FGC entry switch receives disconnectsupervision from either the originating end userrsquos endoffice indicating the originating end user hasdisconnected or the customerrsquos point of terminationwhichever is recognized first by the entry switch

For terminating calls over FGC to services other than 800or 900 terminating FGC usage is not directly measured atthe terminating entry switch but is imputed fromoriginating usage excluding usage from calls to 800 or900

For terminating calls over FGC to 800 Service usagemeasurement begins when the terminating FGC entry switchreceives answer supervision from the terminating end userrsquosend office indicating the terminating 800 Service enduser has answered

The measurement of terminating call usage over FGC to 800Service ends when the terminating FGC entry switch receivesan on-hook supervisory signal from the terminating enduserrsquos end office indicating the terminating 800 Serviceend user has disconnected or from the customerrsquos point oftermination whichever is recognized first by the entryswitch

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

[Flmdashmdashmdash----mdash-------mdash--

[Jz[rsquo-lt~- ]1

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 115

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

664 Mileage Measurement

The mileage to be used to determine the appropriate billing forLocal Transport facility is calculated on the airline distancebetween the end office switch which may be a Remote SwitchingLocation where the call carried by Local Transport originatesor terminates and the customerrsquos serving wire center Whereapplicable the VampH coordinates method is used to determine themileage This method is set forth in the EXCHANGE CARRIERASSOCIATION TARIFF FCC NO 2 for Wire Center Information(VampH coordinates)

To determine the rate to be billed first compute the airlinemileage using the VampH coordinates method If the calculationresults in a fraction of a mile always round up to the nextwhole mile before determining the mileage Multiply thecalculated mileage by the Billing Percentage (BP) as set forthin EXCHANGE CARRIER ASSOCIATION TARIFF NO 2 for the endoffice times the local transport facilities rate to determinethe appropriate local transport facilities charges Mileagerates for Local Transport Facilities are as set forth in 121Cfollowing

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

--mdash------_ rdquo--

F[_rsquo~j lsquoj

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 116

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service

71 General

Special Access Service provides a transmission path to connecttwo or more customer designated premises If only a portion of thefacilities can be provided by the Telephone Company Special AccessService provides the transmission path necessary to connect customerdesignated premises in the service area to the interconnection pointwith the primary carrier Special Access Service includes allexchange access which does not utilize Telephone Company end officeswitches Special Access Service also includes the transmission pathto connect a customer designated premise and a WATS serving office

711 Channel Type

The Telephone Company provides voice grade special access serviceThe customer can select from a list of available transmissionparameters and channel interfaces to build a system to meet speccommunications requirements

The Voice Grade channel is a channel for the transmission of ariarsquosignals within an approximate bandwith of 300 to 3000 Hz

712 Rate Categories

fic

Og

There are three basic rate categories which apply to Special AccessService in addition to the Special Access Surcharge described inSection 733

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 __ _

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 117

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

71 General (Centrsquod)

712 Rate Categories (Centrsquod)

(A)

(B)

Channel TerminationThe Channel Termination rate cateuorv wovides for theconnnunications path between a cus~om~ridesignated premisesand the serving wire center of that premises Included aspart of the Channel Termination is a standard channelinterface arrangement which defines the technicalcharacteristics associated with the type of facilities towhich the access service is to be connected at the Point ofTermination (POT) and the type of signaling capability ifany The signaling capability itself is provided as anoptional feature as set forth in (C) following OneChannel Termination charge applies per customer designatedpremises at which the channel is terminated

Closed End WATS Access Channel Termination provides theaccess line between a customer designated premises and thewire center serving that premises The Channel terminationrate is set forth in 122A following

Channel Mileage

The Channel Mileage rate category provides the transmissionfacility between the serving wire center of the customerdesignated premises and the interconnection point with theconnecting carrier Closed end WATS Access Channel Mileageprovides for the transmission Facility between a servingwire center associated with a customer designated premisesand the interconnecting point with the connecting carrieror the WATS serving office Channel Mileage is provided atthe rate set forth in 122B following and in accordancewith 247 preceding Channel Mileage rates are made up ofthe Channel Mileage Facility rate and the Channel MileageTermination rate

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 118

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

71 General (Centrsquod)

712 Rate Categories (Centrsquod)

(1)

(2)

Channel Mileaqe Facility

The Channel Mileage Facility rate recovers the cost forthe transmission path which extends between theCustomer Designated Premises serving wire center andthe Interconnection Point with the connecting carrieror the WATS serving office

Channel Mileage Termination

The Channel Mileage Termination rate recovers the costfor end office equipment associated with terminatingthe facility (ie basic circuit equipment andterminations at serving wire centers and hubs)Channel Mileage Termination rate will apply at theserving wire center(s) for each customer designatedpremises

(C) Optional Features and Functions

The Optional Features and Functions rate category providesfor optional features and functions which may be added to aSpecial Access Service to improve its quality or utility tomeet specific communications requirements These are notnecessarily identifiable with specific equipment butrather represent the end result in terms of performancecharacteristics which may be obtained Thesecharacteristics may be obtained by using variouscombinations of equipment Although the equipmentnecessary to perform a specified function may be installedat various locations along the path of the service theywill be charged for as a single rate element TheTelephone Company will work cooperatively with the customerand the primary carrier to provide the optional featuresand function desired but not included as part of thistariff subject to the availability of equipment or inaccordance with Section 10 following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdashmdash -q--_

F i l+ [1 ~

I

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 119

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

71 General (Centrsquod)

(C) Optional Features and Functions (Centrsquod)

A complete list and description of voice grade optionalfeatures and functions are set forth in Section 115following

The Telephone Company provides only the following optionalfeature and function(s)

NONE

713 Service Configurations

There are two types of services configurations over whichSpecial Access Services are provided two-point service andmultipoint service The Telephone Company provides thefollowing Special Access Services Two point service onepoint on a two point service in conjunction with another LECone or more points on a multipoint service provided inconjunction with another LEC or the closed end of a WATS AccessLine

(A) Two-Point Service

A two-point servicepremises either onhub where multiplex

Applicable rate eler

connects two customer designateda directly connected basis or through ang functions are performed

ents provided by the Telephone Companyare

- Channel Terminations (one per customer designatedpremises)

- Channel Mileage (as applicable between Serving WireCenter and Interconnection Point)

- Optional Features and Functions (when applicable)

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

-mdash -1~-

F i i lt)lsquo~j

KI ~ ~a~g iI FrsquoiJbllCS~L~lsquollirdquoli~gt~Ofi

$ ij i -

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 120

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

71 General (Centrsquod)

713 Service Configurations (Centrsquod)

The follcwing diagram depicts a two-point Voice Gradeservice connecting two customer designated premises (COP)located 15 miles apart

Applicable rate elements are

- Channel Terminations (2 applicable)- Channel Mileage (1 section Channel Mileage)

Facility per mile plus 2 Channel Mileage Terminations)

(B) Multipoint service connects three or more customerdesignated premises through a Telephone Company hub Onlycertain types of Special Access Service are provided asmultipoint service

Applicable rate Elements provided by the Telephone Companyare

- Channel Terminations (one per custcmer designatedpremises)

- Channel Mileage (as applicable between Serving WireCenter and Interconnection Point)

- Optional Features and Functions (when applicable)

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278 --mdashmdash - Freedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 121

ISilver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

71 General (Centrsquod)

(8) (Centrsquod)

Example Voice Grade multipoint service connecting four customerdesignated premises (COP) via two customer specifiedbridging hubs

Applicable rate elements are

- Channel Terminations (4 applicable)- Channel Mileage (4 sections Channel Mileage Facility per

mile plus 2 Channel Mileage Terminations per section)- Bridging Optional Feature from tariff of primary carrier

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

T

mdash--

Fldquo ~ ldquo----rsquoi~ 1 ldquo L+mdash --

~

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 122

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

71 General (Centrsquod)

714

715

716

717

Alternate Use

Alternate Use occurs when a service is arranged by theTelephone Company so that the customer can select differenttypes of transmission at different times A customer may use aservice in any privately beneficial manner However wheretechnical or engineering changes are required to effectuate analternate use the Telephone Company will make such specialarrangements available on an individual case basis

Special Facilities Routinq

A customer may request that the facilities used to provideSpecial Access Service be specially routed The TelephoneCompany will provide such routing on an individual casebasis

Design Layout Report

At the request of the customer the Telephone Company willprovide to the customer the make-up of the facilities andservices provided under this tariff as Special access Serviceto aid the customer in designing its overall service Thisinformation will be provided in the form of a Design LayoutReport The Desian Layout Reuort will be ~rovided to thecustomer at no ch~rge-and wiil be reissued orthese facilities are materially changed

Acceptance Testing

updated whenever

At no additional charge the Telephone Company will at thecustomerrsquos request subject to the availability of equipmentcooperatively test at the time of installation the followingparameters

(A) For Voice Grade analog services acceptance testing willinclude tests for loss 3-tone slope dc continuityoperational signaling and C-message noise when theseparameters are applicable and specified in the order forservice

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R HooJesPresident Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone Company

PO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 123

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

71

72

General (Centrsquod)

718 Ordering Options and Conditions

Special Access Service is ordered under the Access Orderprovisions set forth in 5 preceding Also included in thatsection are other charges which may be associated with orderingSpecial Access Service

Service Descriptions

For the purposes of ordering voice (VG) is the only category ofSpecial Access Service provided by the Company

This service consists of a basic channel to which a technicalspecifications package (customized or predefine) (see Section 116)channel interface(s)(see Section 113) and when desired optionalfeatures and functions (see Section 115) are added to construct theservice desired by the customer Each of the components of theservice are described in this section

Predefine and customized technical specifications packages will beprovided by the Telephone Company or in conjunction with the primarycarrier where technically feasible and subject to availability ofequipment or in accordance with Section 10 following If theTelephone Company determines that the requested parameterspecifications are not compatible the customer will be advised andgiven the opportunity to change the order When a customized channelis ordered the customer will be notified whether additional costswill apply In such cases the customer will be given an estimate ofthe hours to be billed before any further action is taken on theorder

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdash --------~l ~[jt-

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 124

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

72 Service Descriptions (Centrsquod)

Information pertaining to the technical specifications packagesindicates the transmission parameters that are available with eachpackage (see section 116) This information is displayed in amatrix with the transmission parameters listed down the left side andthe packages listed across the top Each package is identified by acode eg VGC The first two letters of the code indicate thecategory of Special Access Service to which the parameters areapplicable These two letter codes are shown above in parenthesisfollowing the category of Special Access Service The letter ldquoCrdquofollowing the two letter code indicates the technical specificationspackage for a customized service A numeric or alpha-numericdesignation following the two letter code indicates the specificpredefine package For a customized service the customer mayselect any parameters available with that category of service as longas the parameters are compatible When appropriate the TechnicalReference which contains detailed specifications for the parametersis shown following the matrix

The optional features and functions available with Voice GradeSpecial Access Service are described in the section 115 Theoptional features and functions information also indicates with whichtechnical specifications packages they are available Suchinformation is displayed in a matrix with the optional feature orfunction listed down the left side and the technical specificationspackage listed across the top

The Telephone Company will maintain existing transmissionspecifications on services installed prior to the effective date ofthis tariff except that existing services with performance levelsabove those levels set forth in this tariff will be maintainedperformance levels specified in this tariff

Channel interfaces at each Point of Termination on a two-pointservice may be symmetricalor asymmetrical Only certain channerdquointerface combinations are available with the predefine technspecifications packages These are delineated in the Technicsrdquo

at the

cal

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

mdashrF mdash-ILizD ~t1IA411l$gq

FrsquoIJ)ik5rdquorsquo-CJldquoi(lu~f~i

~p mdash--mdash ---- J_mdash

Silver Star TerdquoWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

ephone Company Orignal Page 125

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

72 Service Descriptions (Centrsquod)

References set forth below When a customized channel is requestedall channel interface combinations available with the specified typeof service are available with the customized channel subject to theavailability of equipment or in accordance with Section 10 following

All services installed after the effective date of this tariff willconform to the transmission specification standards contained in thistariff or in the following Technical references for voice gradeservice

Voice Grade PUB TR-NPL-OO0335PUB 41004 Table 4

721 Voice Grade Service

(A) Basic Channel Description

A Voice Grade channel is a channel which provides voicefrequency transmission capability in the nominal frequencyrange of 300 to 3000 Hz and may be terminated two-wire orfour-wire Voice Grade channels are provided betweencustomer designated premises and another customerdesignated premises or between a customer designatedpremises and the Telephone Company Interconnection Point

(B) Technical Specifications Packages

The Company provides the following Voice Grade packages

Package VG

Parameter J g ~ 4mdash

AttenuationDistortion x x x xC-Messages Noise x x x xLoss Deviation x x x x

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO EIOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

mdashmdashmdash _____

lsquoFHJH3

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 126

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

72 Service Descriptions (Centrsquod)

721 Voice Grade Service (Centrsquod)

(B)

(c)

Technical Specifications Packaqes (Centrsquod)

Echo Control - provided by the primary carr

For a com~lete listinu of VG technical soecrdquo

er

ficationpackages (see section-116) These tech~ical specificationpackages will be made available subject to the availabilityof equipment or in accordance with Section 10 following

Channel Interfaces

The Telephone Company providesinterface for Voice Grade servsignaling capability DA

The Telephone Company provides

re

interfaces for Voice-Grade service that reafiiresianalinu

the following channelice that does not requrdquo

the followinq channel

capability AC GO LA LB LC LS and RV - -

A complete list of channel interfaces and compatiblechannel interfaces are set forth in 113 and 114following

A complete list of Special Access Voice Grade optionalfeature and functions are set forth in Section 115following The technical specifications package for VoiceGrade service is set forth in section 116

The Telephone Company provides only the following optionalfeatures and functions

NONE

The Telephone Company will work cooperatively with theprimary carrier and the customer to provide the customerdesired special circuit subject to the availability ofequipment or in accordance with Section 10 following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278

r

------------__Freedom Wyoming 83120

F I 1-[lJ 1

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 127

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

73 Rate Regulations

This section contains the specific regulations governing the ratesand charges that apply for Special Access Service

731 Types of Rates and Charges

There are two types of rates and charges These are monthlyrates and nonrecurring charges The rates and charges aredescribed as follows

(A) Monthly Rates

Monthly rates are flat recurring rates that apply each monthor fraction thereof that a Special Access Service isprovided For billing purposes each month is considered tohave 30 days

(B) Nonrecurring Charges

Nonrecurring Charges apply to each installation of serviceas a one time charge Changes to existing services otherthan administrative changes will be treated as adiscontinuance of the existing service and an installationof a new services

If another channel termination is added to an existingmultipoint service nonrecurring charges will only apply tothe additional termination

Nonrecurring charges apply for each Channel Terminationinstalled as set forth in Section 122 following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO t30x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 mdash -

mdashFrdquo i= D I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 128Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS LINES

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

73 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

732 Minimum Period

The minimum service period for all services is one month

733 Surcharqe for Special Access Service

(A)

(B)

General

The monthly Special Access Surcharge will apply toeach intrastate Special Access Service that terminates onan end userrsquos PBX or other device where through a functionof the device the Special Access Service interconnects tothe local exchange network Interconnection functionsinclude but are not limited to wiring and softwarefunctions switching or patching of calls or stations

The Telephone Company will bill the customer who orders theSpecial Access Service the Surcharge on each serviceinstalled unless the service is exempt from the surchargeas set forth in (B) following at the rates set forth in122D following

Exemptions from Surcharge

The Special Access Service will be exempted from themonthly surcharge if the customer provides the TelephoneCompany written certification that the special accesstermination is one of the following

(1) an open-end termination in a Telephone Company switchof an FX line including CCSA and CCSA-equivalentONALS or

(Z) an analog channel termination that is used for radio ortelevision program transmission or

(3) a termination used for TELEX service or

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO EiOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

mdash--- -mdash -~f

rI

~-rdquo-rdquorsquo- F D ldquot ~~==

ftkldquo

1 ldquorsquoRi3n~I LiXic~~r~

-Grsquo~~$L_______-rdquolsquo-=A

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 129

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

73 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

733 Surcharqe for Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

(B) Exemptions from Surcharqe (Centrsquod)

(4) a termination that by the nature of its operatingcharacteristics could not make use of Telephone Companycormnonlines or

(5) a termination that interconnects either directly orindirectly to the local network where the usage issubject to Carrier Common Line charges such as aSpecial Access Service between customer points oftermination or a Special Access Service connectingCCSA or CCSA-type equipment (inter-matching trunks) or

(6) a termination that the customer certifies to theTelephone Company is not connected to a PBX or otherdevice capable of interconnecting the Special AccessService to a local exchange subscriber line

(C) Creditinq the Surcharge

The Telephone Company will cease billing the Special AccessSurcharge when certification that the service has becomeexempt from the surcharge as set forth in (B) precedingis received If the status of the Special Access Servicewas changed prior to receipt of the exemptioncertification the Telephone Company will credit thecustomerrsquos account not to exceed ninety (90) days basedon the effective date of the change specified by thecustomer in the letter of certification

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

F

_mdash -mdash --~ amp z rdquo

1

I ~ ldquo

----~lsquo-------ldquo--mdash

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 130

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

73 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

734 Mileage Measurement

The mileage to be used to determine the monthly rate for theChannel Mileage Facility is calculated on the airline distancebetween the Telephone Companyrsquos end office serving one customerdesignated premise and the wire center serving anothercustomer designated premise or the serving wire center of theprimary carrier along the same route for Special Access Serviceserving the customer designated premises The serving wirecenter associated with a customer designated premise is theserving wire center from which this customer designated premisewould normally obtain dial tone

To determine lsquohe amount to be billed first compute the mileageusing the VampH coordinates methods as set forth in the EXCHANGECARRIER ASSOCIATION TARIFF FCC NO 2 When the calculationof total mileage results in a fraction of a mile always roundup to the next whole mile before determining the mileage andapplying the rates Multiply the resulting number of miles bythe billing percentage as set forth in Exchange CarrierAssociation Tariff No 2 times the per mile rate set forth inSection 122 B(2) following and add the channel mileagetermination for each termination

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO EOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r ldquo-rdquo

mdash-mdash-

L

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 131

8 Billing and Collection Services

81 General Description

The Telephone Company will provide the following services

(A) Recording Services(B) Message Billing Service and(C) Other Billing Services

82 Recording Service

The Telephone Company will provide Recording Service in associationwith the offering of Feature Group C Switched Access Service forcustomer messages that can be recorded by the Telephone Companyproviding automatic message accounting equipment

The Telephone Company will provide Recording Service in its operatingterritory The minimum territory for which the Telephone Companywill provide Recording Service is all the appropriately equippedoffices in a state operating territory for which the customer hasordered Feature Group C Switched Access Service

821 General Description

Recording Service is the recording of the details of a customermessage and when requested by the customer the provision ofthose details to the customer Recording Service includesrecording assembly and editing and provisions of recordedcustomer message detail the applicable charges are set forth in123A following

Recording is the entering on magnetic tape or other acceptablemedia the details of customer messages originated throughSwitched Access Service for which answer and disconnectsupervision has been received Recording is provided 24 hoursa day 7 days a week the applicable charge for providing thetape is set forth in 123(F)

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

rldquo

-- --

F--

- -~-rsquo-~W

Silver Star Telephone CompanyACCESS SERVICE

8 Billing and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

82 Recording Service (Centrsquod)

821 General Description (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 132

(A)

(B)

(c)

(D)

(E)

Assembly and editing is the aggregation of recordedcustomer message details to create individual messages andthe verification that the data required for rating inaccordance with the standard format established by theTelephone Company is present

The Telephone Company will provide the assembled and editedmessage detail to the customer on magnetic tape at therequest of the customer Except for lost or damagedrecords the recorded detail will be available to thecustomer not more than five business days after the dateall the detail requested by the customer was processed bythe Telephone Company Assembly and editing will beperformed on all customer messages recorded during thebilling period established by the Telephone Company

A standard format for the provision of the recordedcustomer message detail will be established by theTelephone Company and provided to the customer If in thecourse of Telephone Company business it is necessary tochange the format the Telephone Company will notify theinvolved customers six months prior to the change

At the customerrsquos request the Telephone Company will makeevery reasonable effort to recover recorded customermessage detail previously made available to the customerand make it available again for the customer The chargesas set forth in 123A will apply for all such efforts anddetail provided

When the Telephone Company is notified that due to erroror omission incomplete data has been provided to acustomer the Telephone Company will make every reasonableeffort to locate andor recover the data and provide newdata to the customer at no additional charge Suchrequest to recover the data must be made within 30 daysfrom the date the details were initially made available tothe customer

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

[

mdashxmdash mdash X -1 = in- j lsquoldquo~j

l~l$ fiq

Public~~~~~~p~ Cm- wl~i

f

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 133Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billinq and Collection Services

83 Messaqe Billinq Service

831 General Description

The Telephone Company will provide or arrange for theprovision of Message Billing Service for customerrsquos End Userslocated in the Telephone Companyrsquos operating territoryMessage Billing Service entails

- Assembling of recorded Customer message details- Rating of messages and other service charges including

calculations of deposits in accordance with a schedule ofrates provided by the customer including both message-billed andbulk-billed services

- Establishment of accounts for bulk-billed customer End Users- Preparation and distribution of bills to End Users- Data transmission of rated Customer message detail between

exchange Telephone Company locations and- Collection of amounts due from End Users

(A) Customer message detail may be provided entirely by the customeror may be partially provided by the customer and partiallyprovided by the Telephone Company where the customer hasordered Recording Service as set forth in 82 Where thecustomer has ~rovided messaae detail the data ~rovided mustbe in the standard format e~tablished by the TelephoneCompany and delivered to a location specified by theTelephone Company

(B) Message-billed service is a billing Service for an Endaccount with an End User common line where individual

User

customer messages are posted to the account and are listed onthe bill rendered to the End User Message-billed service isalso a billing service for a customer credit card End Useraccount without an End User common line or WATS Access Line(WAL) Service where individual messages or groups of messagesare posted to the account and listed on the bill rendered tothe End User The message billing charges per message andper bill are set forth in 123(B) and 123(C) following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

- [F [ L i

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billinq and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

83 Message Billing Service (Centrsquod)

831 General Description (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 134

(B)

(c)

(D)

(E)

(Centrsquod)

Bulk-billed service is a billing service for an End Useraccount with a WATS Access Line (WAL) Service to the End Userpremises where individual customer messages are not posted tothe account and are not listed on the bill rendered to the EndUser

Account establishment is the preparation of customer End Userrecord so that a bill can be sent to that End User TheTelephone Company will not establish an End User account witha customer balance due

Data transmission is the transmitting and receiving of messagedetail between other Exchange Telephone Company locationsThe Data transmission charge set forth in 123(D) and 123(E)applies when message detail is data transmitted to or receivedfrom another Exchange Telephone Company location by theTelephone Company This charge applies on a per recordtransmitted or received basis A record is a logical groupingof information as described in the program that processes theinformation

The Telephone Company at its option may include customerbilling amounts as part of its regular monthly bill to itscustomers for local telephone exchange service The billformat will be determined by the Telephone Company

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

-mdash-mdash----

FIi iikmdash ldquoi-~

Silver Star Telephone CompanyACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 135

8 Billing and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

83 Message Billinq Service (Centrsquod)831 General Description (Centrsquod)

(F) Message Billing Service includes the normal treatment ofdelinquent accounts posting of credits and adjustmentsmessage investigation undertaken to secure proper billinginformation and when necessary in the judgment of theTelephone Company denial of customer service to the End UserThe Telephone Company will also make its best effort to answerinquiries from End Users concerning billed items for customerservice

(G) The Telephone Company will develop the customerrsquos schedule ofrates into a rating program Program development andmaintenance charges will be on a per hour basis as set forthin 123G

(H) At the request of the customer the Telephone Company willprepare and distribute customer credit cards by first classUS Mail service The Telephone Company will assign thecredit card number and will mark the records and files toshow that an End User has been issued an customer creditcard The Telephone Company will specify the information itrequires to issue a credit card and the format to be used bythe customer in furnishing such information Plastic coatedpaper cards will be distributed unless the customer requestsanother type card be provided Charges to prepare anddistribute credit cards will be developed on an individualbasis When it becomes necessary as determined by theTelephone Company to change the credit card number ordiscontinue the billing of credit card calls to an End Useraccount because of nonpayment of charges or unauthorized useof Telephone Company and customer service offerings theTelephone Company will notify the customer The TelephoneCompany will provide the customer with the credit cardassociated End User account name and Billing address for thecredit card number change or discontinued billing Al1charges for calls associated with such a discontinued creditcard will become the responsibility of the customer after thecustomer has been notified End User questions concerningthe issuing of customer credit cards will not be handled bythe Telephone Company

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

p-i-1-rsquo--rdquo-rdquo~-rdquo~

Silver Star Telephone CompanyACCESS SERVICE

8 Billinq and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

83 Messaqe Billing Service (Centrsquod)

831 General Description (Centrsquod)

84

85

(I)

(J)

(K)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 136

The Telephone Company will accept customer gift certificates forpayment from End Users if 1) the customer agrees in writing toimmediately redeem all such gift certificates and 2) theformat of the gift certificates is acceptable to theTelephone Company

The Telephone Company will not render bills under this tarifffor the provision andor delivery of telegrams gifts orother like services that the customer offers

Where the rates for customer services have been implemented underan accounting order pending final approval from a regulatoryagency the Telephone Company will upon written request fromthe customer keep such records as may be required to make anyadjustments to the End Users as may be ordered by theregulatory agency The charges for such service will bedetermined on an individual case basis

Other BillincjServices

The Telephone Company will undertake to provide Billing Service forprivate line or other dedicated non-switched services that thecustomer provides to End Users in its territory Also itwillundertake to provide Billing Analysis Service and Billing InformationService as defined to End Users in its territory Regulations andrates applicable to these services when required will be developed andfiled on an individual case basis

General Regulations

851 Liability of the Telephone Company

(A) In the absence of willful misconduct no liability fordamages to the Customer or other person or entity otherthan as set forth in 851(B) through 851(E) followingshall attach to the Telephone Company for its action orthe conduct of its employees in providing services underthis tariff

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

P

gtmdashmdash

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billing and Collections Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

851 Liability of the Telephone Company

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 137

(B) The Telephone Companyrsquos failure to provide or maintain servicesunder this tariff shall be excused by labor difficultiesgovernmental orders civil commotion criminal actions takenagainst the Telephone Company acts of God and othercircumstances beyond the Telephone Companyrsquos reasonable control

(c) If customer message detail is not available because theTelephone Company lost or damaged records or incurred recordingor processing system outages the Telephone Company will attemptto recover the lost customer detail for recording servicepurposes If the lost customer detail cannot be recovered andthe Telephone Company recorded the details the TelephoneCompany will estimate the volume of lost customer messages andtheir characteristics necessary for rating based on previouslyknown values for message billing service purposes If the lostcustomer detail cannot be recovered and the customer providedthe detail the customer will be requested to resupply thedetail If the customer cannot resupply the detail theTelephone Company will estimate the volume of lost customermessages and their characteristics based on previously knownvalues Such recovered or estimated detail will be included incustomer message detail provided to the customer or used asinput for Billing Service

In the event that these details are insufficient for End Userbilling the Telephone Company will credit to the customer anamount equal to the estimated revenue value of the lost customermessages

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO t30x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 ~- ~~ldquo--mdash 7

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 138Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billinq and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

851 Liability of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

(D) When the Telephone Company is notified that due to its error oromission the recorded customer message detail or the billingdata is incomplete or inaccurate the Telephone Company willmake every reasonable effort to correct the data at noadditional charge Such notification must be made within 60days from the date of the customer messages in question

(E) If the Telephone Company finds or is notified of an error inbilling to an End User it will correct the error within thelimits permitted by law

852 Obligations of the Customer

(A) When an customer orders Message Billing Service the customermust provide message detail for those messages to be billed thatare not recorded by the Telephone Company in a formatsatisfactory to the Telephone Company and delivered to alocation specified by the Telephone Company

(B) The customer must normally inform the Telephone Company at least30 days in advance of any changes in its rate schedules used bythe Telephone Company for providing Billing Service Notice ofless than 30 days shall entail an additional charge based on anindividual case basis If changes in the customerrsquos rateschedules are structural and necessitate the redesign of theTelephone Companyrsquos rating program additional charges willapply for program development as set forth in 123G following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

-_

Fj~

A

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billinq and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

852 Obligations of the Customer (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 139

(C) The customer shall be responsible for all contact andarrangements with its End Users concerning the provision andmaintenance of the customerrsquos service

853 Orderinq Services

(A) The minimum service period or Recording Service is one month andfor Billing Service is one year

(B) Separate Special Orders are required for Recording Service andfor Billing Service and must be placed at least one month inadvance of the desired service date A Special Order charge asset forth in 123H applies for each Special Order accepted bythe Telephone Company

(C) Recording Service may be ordered for customer services providedto all End Users located in the Telephone Companyrsquos operatingterritory or only for all End Users connected to specificTelephone Company exchanges

(D) Billing Services may only be ordered for al1 End Users locatedin the Telephone Companyrsquos operating territory

854 Mixed Intrastate and Interstate Services

When a customer has ordered Billing Service for both Intrastateand Interstate services and customer charges on an End Usermonthly bill contain an intrastate charge the rate applicableper bill rendered is the rate as set forth in 123C divided bytwo

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

[7

=mdashmdash- -3 ldquo ~ rsquo-

L ~mdash- ~~

8 ~ Ioq

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 140

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billinq and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

855 Purchase of Accounts Receivable

The Telephone Company will purchase from the customer its accountsreceivable that arise from bills rendered by the Telephone Companyto that customerrsquos End Users unless the Telephone Company agreesto act as billing agent for the customer The purchase ofaccounts receivable will be limited to amounts due the customerafter the Telephone Company starts providing Billing Service forthat customer After the Telephone Company has purchased thecustomerrsquos accounts receivable the customer is prohibited fromassigning transferring selling exchanging or giving theseaccounts receivable to any other entity or person The customerwill provide written assurance to the Telephone Company of suchforbearance and any assignment transfer sale exchange or giftis null and void and will subject the customer to all liabilitiesexpenses costs including attorney fees expended and incurred bythe Telephone Company in pursuing exclusive ownership of theaccounts receivable

The Telephone Companyrsquos purchase of a customerrsquos accountsreceivable shall be with recourse adjustments as set forth in855(B) to account for amounts due the customer that theTelephone Company is unable to collect from the End User whichuses the customerrsquos services The amounts due the customer forthe purchase of its accounts receivable will be determined asfollows

(A) Total Current Amount Billed

The Telephone Company will determine from its records for eachEnd user billing period (ie the billing date on a bill foran End User of an customerrsquos service) the total current amountlawfully billed to the customerrsquos End Users for customerservices including all taxes applicable to such services ATotal Current Amount Billed will be determined for eachcustomer for each End User billing period

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO EOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdashmdashmdash -mdash -rsquo----rdquordquolsquoldquoldquorsquo

~r I - [ ldquo1 iI

I 3Ilrsquo~rsquordquo~s1 prsquoi[-frsquolsquoldquo irsquorsquo

- rsquo rsquorsquoLrdquorsquoJlt mdash

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 141

8 Billing and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

855 Purchase of Accounts Receivable (Centrsquod)

(B) Recourse Adjustments

For each billing period the Telephone Company will makerecourse adjustments to the Total Current Amount Billed asfollows

(1) End User Adjustments

(A) For each billing period the Telephone Company wil 1subtract from the Total Current Amount Billed thelawfully billed amounts which the Telephone Companyremoves from End Users balances due in accordance withcustomer inquiry instructions

(B) In addition for each billing period the TelephoneCompany will subtract from the Total Current AmountBilled an amount that equals the face value of anycustomer gift certificate the Telephone Company has inits possession The customer gift certificates theTelephone Company possesses will be returned to thecustomer

(C) For each billing period the Telephone Company wil 1subtract from the Total Current Amount Billed billamounts for End User bills which the Telephone Companywas unable to deliver to the End User eg due toincorrect or out-of-date mailing address but wasdelivered to the customer

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 ___ mdash mdash--_---

m lsquordquoi I

rsquof] ~ j~p~ lsquo

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 142Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billing and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

855 Purchase of Accounts Receivable (Centrsquod)

(B) Recourse Adjustments (Centrsquod)

(2) Telephone Company and Customer Adjustments

(0) In addition for each billing perfiodthe TelephoneCompany may make adjustments to the Total CurrentAmount Billed to the customer for additions orsubtractions to an End User balance due for servicesbilled in prior periods

(E) Also each billing period the Telephone Company maymake adjustments to the Total Current Amount Billed toaccount for additions and subtractions for customer orTelephone Company prior billing period errors

(F) For each billing period the Telephone Company wil 1subtract from the Total Current Amount Billed an amountfor uncollectable Uncollectable are amounts billedby the Telephone Company to End Users on customer billsthat are added to the Uncollectable Accounts (realized)of the Telephone Company The amount thaldeducted is the uncollectable determineduncollectable by the Telephone Company inimmediately prior period or prior periodspreviously subtracted reduced by the CO1rdquoamounts previously subtracted

wi~l be lsquoto betheif notection of

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 130x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 mdash--- ----~

Ilsquo- ~ -r - j

lt~=j

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 143

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billing and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

855 Purchase of Accounts Receivable (Centrsquod)

(C) Payment of Net Purchase Amount to the Customer

(1)

(2)

The Telephone Company will purchase accounts receivable fromthe customer on eachrdquoEnd User bill day for the purchase amountwhich equals the Total Current Amount Billed as set forth in855(A) after known Adjustments as set forth in 855(B)have been made On the payment date determined by adding 31days to the End User bill day except as provided hereinthe Telephone Company will remit payment to the customer forthe purchase amount less additional adjustments as set forthin 855B (1) and (2) (net purchase amount) received by theTelephone Company prior to the payment date Payment willbe made in immediately available funds If such paymentdate would cause payment to be due on a Saturday Sunday orHoliday payment for the net purchase amount will be due tothe customer as follows

If such payment date falls on a Sunday or on a Holiday whichis observed on a Monday the payment date shall be the firstnon-Holiday day following such Sunday or Holiday If suchpayment date falls on a Saturday or on a Holiday which isobserved on Tuesday Wednesday Thursday or Friday thepayment date shall be the last non-Holiday day precedingsuch Saturday or Holiday

Further if any portion of the net purchase amount isreceived by the customer after the payment date or if anyportion of the net purchase amount is received by thecustomer in funds which are not immediately available to thecustomer then a late payment penalty shall be due thecustomer The late payment penalty shall be the due portionof the net purchase amount received after the payment datetimes a late factor The late factor shall be the lessorof

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 -----

I~-----rsquo-mdash-rdquo-rdquo ldquorsquo - ~ ldquo~$

i 1 i- - -~

4 k ~ lc~fj

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 144

8 Billinq and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

855 Purchase of Accounts Receivable (Centrsquod)

(C) Payment of Net Purchase Amount To Customer (Centrsquod)

(a) the highest interest rate (in decimal value) which maybe levied by law for commercial transactions in thestate for the number of days from the payment date toand including the date that the Telephone Companyactually makes the payment to the customer or

(b) 0000590 per day compounded daily for the number ofdays from the payment date to and including the datethat the Telephone Company actually makes the payment tothe customer

Any late payment penalty will be included with the nextTelephone Company payment to the customer

(3) Also if any adjustment that reduces an End User balance dueis received by the Telephone Company from the customer afterthe date the Telephone Company billed the charges to beadjusted to the End User plus 45 days then a late paymentpenalty shall be due the Telephone Company The late paymentpenalty shall be the adjustment amount times a late factorThe late factor shall be the lessor of

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 145

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billing and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

855 Purchase of Accounts Receivable (Centrsquod)

(c)

(D)

Payment of Net Purchase Amount To Customer (Centrsquod)

(a) The highest interest rate (in decimal value) which maybe levied by law for commercial transactions in thestate for the number of days from the billed plus dateto and including the date that the Telephone Companyposts the End User account or

(b) 0000590 per day compounded daily for the numberof days from the billed plus date to and including thedate that the Telephone Company posts the End Useraccount

Any late payment penalty will be included with the adjustmentmade by the Telephone Company to the customerrsquos Total CurrentAmount Billed

Nettinq of Net Purchase Accounts With Customer AccessService Charges

When a payment from a customer to the Telephone Company forAccess Service other than for Billing and Collection Servicesis due on the same payment date that a net purchase amount isdue from the Telephone Company to the customer the TelephoneCompany with notice to the customer of at least 31 days maynet the two payments The Telephone Company will pay the netamount to the customer on the payment date when such net amountis due the customer or require the amount is due the TelephoneCompany If either party does not made the payment on thepayment date a late payment penalty as set forth in 855C (a)or (b) applies

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 -Original Page 146

8 Billing and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

856 Auditing

Upon reasonable written notice by the customer to theTelephone Company the customer shall have the rightthrough its authorized representative to examine andoraudit during normal business hours and at reasonableintervals as determined by the Telephone Company all suchrecords and accounts as may under recognized accountingpractices contain information bearing upon the recording ofmessages rating billing and collecting for amounts payableto the customer

Adjustment shall be made by the proper party to compensatefor any errors or omissions disclosed by such examinationandor audit Neither such right to examine andor audit northe right to receive such adjustment shall be affected by anystatement to the contrary appearing on checks or otherwiseunless such statement expressly waiving such right appears ina letter signed by the authorized representatives of theparty having such right and delivered to the other party

All information received or reviewed by the customer or itsauthorized representative is to be considered confidentialand is not to be distributed provided or disclosed in anyform to anyone not involved in the audit nor is suchinformation to be used for any other purpose

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdash-mdash mdash- -_

ilsquo3-~~ ldquoldquolt i

-i -= L+

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billinq and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 147

857 Billinq Arrangements When the Telephone CompanyActs as Agent for the Customer

When the Telephone Company agrees to act as billing agent forthe customer the billing service payment arrangements andownership of the accounts receivable will be as follows

(A)

(B)

(c)

The billing services including the collection from EndUsers of monies for the customer accounts receivable thatarise from bills rendered by the Telephone Company to thatcustomerrsquos End Users provided by the Telephone Company willbe as set forth in 83 and 84

For the customer accounts receivable that arise from billsrendered by the Telephone Company to that customerrsquos EndUsers the Total Current Amount Billed and the RecourseAdjustments will be determined as set forth in 855 Thepayment of the net monies due the customer will be handledas set forth in 855C

The ownership of the customer accounts receivable will notbe transferred by the customer to the Telephone CompanyWhen the customer discontinues Billing Service providedunder this tariff and the Telephone Company is acting asbilling agent for the customer the Telephone Company willdetermine and make a final payment to the customer as setforth in 857B This final payment shall be considered tobe all of the remaining monies due the customer for thebills rendered to the customerrsquos End Users by the TelephoneCompany When the Telephone Company discontinues billingthe customerrsquos end users for customer services any depositsfor customer services will be returned to the appropriateEnd User in accordance with the Telephone Companyrsquos finalbilling procedures

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

----~rdquo- -~i j ilsquoldquo

k imdash L-iJ

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 148

ACCESS SERVICE

9 Additional Engineering Additional Labor and Miscellaneous Services

In this section normally scheduled working hours are an employeesscheduled work period on any given business days which totals eight (8)hours

91 Additional Engineering

Additional Engineering will be provided by the Telephone Company at the request of the customer when

(A) A customer requests additional technical information after the Telephone Company has already provided the technical information normally included on the DeSign Layout Report (DLR) as set forth in 613 and 716 preceding

(B) Additional engineering time is incurred by the Telephone Company to engineer a customers request for a customized service as set forth in 72 preceding

The Telephone Company will notify the customer that additional engineering charges will apply before any additional engineering is undertaken

911 Charges for Additional Engineering

The charges for additional Engineering are as shown in 124(A)

92 Additional Labor

Additional labor is that labor requested by the customer on a given service and agreed to by the Telephone Company The TelephoneCompany will notify the customer that additional labor charges will apply before any additional labor is undertaken Additional labor charges apply to the services described in Sections 921 through926

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 11788Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED I HJ 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 149

~

ACCESS SERVICE

9 Additional Engineering Additional Labor and Miscellaneous Services

92 Additional Labor (Contd)

921 Overtime Installation

Overtime installation is that Telephone Company installation effort outside of normally scheduled working hours

922 Overtime Repair

Overtime repair is that Telephone Company maintenance effort performed outside of normally scheduled working hours

923 Stand By

Stand by includes all time in excess of one-half (12) hour during which Telephone Company personnel stand by to made installation acceptance tests or cooperative tests with a customer

924 Testing and Maintenance with Other Telephone Companies

Additional labor charges apply for additional testingmaintenance or repair of facilities which connect to facilities of other telephone companies This is in addition to the normal effort required to test maintain or repair facilities provided solely by the Telephone Company

925 Testing Services

Testing Services other than those described in other parts of this tariff will be provided at the hourly rates described if requested by the customer Testing will be provided subject to the availability of equipment and qualified personnel

926 Other Labor

Other labor is that additional labor incurred to accommodate a specific customer request that involves labor which is not covered by any other section of this tariff It also covers additional labor necessary to meet customer requests as described in Section 5

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 27B Freedom Wyoming 83120

rmiddot FI LED

I HI 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

bull

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 150

ACCESS SERVICE

9 Additional Engineering Additional Labor and Miscellaneous Services

92 Additional Labor (Contd)

927 Charges for Additional Labor

The charges for additional labor are shown in 124(8)

93 Miscellaneous Services

931 Maintenance of Service

(A) When a customer reports a trouble to the Telephone Companyfor clearance and the trouble is not in the TelephoneCompanys facilities the customer shall be responsible for p~ment of a Maintenance of Service charge for the period of time from when Telephone Company personnel are dispatched to the customers premises to when the work is compl eted

(8) The charges for Maintenance of Service are shown in 124(C)

Issued 12187

~

Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

Effective 1188

FI LED

I UJ 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 30 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 151 _

ACCESS SERVICE

10 Special Construction

101 General

This section addresses special construction of Teleplone Companyfacilities which are used to provide services offered under this tariff

When special construction is required as described in 102 following the provisions of this section apply in addition to regulations rates and charges as set forth in other sections of this tariff

Regulations and rates will be added to this tariff for each specific application of Special Construction The customer will provide written authorization to the Telephone Company prior to the commencement of any Special Construction

102 Conditions Requiring Special Construction

Special construction is required when suitable facilities are not available to meet a customers order for service and one or more of the following conditions exist

- The Telephone Company has no other requirement for the facilities const~ucted at the customers request

- The customer requests that service be furnished using a type of facility or via a route other than that which the TelephoneCompany would otherwise utilize in furnishing the requested service

- The customer requests the construction of more facilities than are required to satisfy its order for service

- The customer requests construction be expedited resulting in added cost to the Telephone Company

- The customer requests that temporary facilities be constructed until permanent facilities are available

Issued 121787 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120 F I LED

I A~ 1 1988

Public Service Commission of WyominR

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Si1yener Star Telephone Company Or1g1nal Page 152

ACCESS SERVICE

11

111 local Transport Interface Groups

Interface Group 1 1s prov1ded w1th Type C Transm1ss10n Specificat1ons and Interface Groups 2 through 10 are prov1ded w1th Type A or B Transm1ss10n Spec1f1cat10ns depend1ng on the Feature Group and whether the Access Service is routed d1rectly or through an access tandem All Interface Groups are provided with Data Transission Parameters

Only certa1n pr8lises interfaces are available at the customer designated preMises The prem1ses 1nterfaces associated with the Interface Groups laY vary among Feature Groups The various preises interfaces wh1ch are ava1lable w1th the Interface Groupsand the Feature Groups with wh1ch they may be used are set forth 1n 1111 follow1ng shy

1111 Interface Group 1

Interface Group I except as set forth 1n the following prQvides two-w1re -vo1ce frequency transm1ss10n at the point of tenl1nation at the customers prem1ses The interface 1s capable of transmission of voice and assoc1ated telephone signals w1thin the frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz

Interface Group 1 is not provided in assoc1at10n w1th FGC and FGD when the first po1nt of switch1ng 1s an access tandem In addition Interface Group 1 1s not provided in association with FGB FGC or FGD when the first p01nt of switching provides only four-wire terminations

The transmission path between the point of term1nation at the customer deSignated premises and the first point of switchingMay be comprised of any form or configuration of plant capable of any typ1cally used in the telecommunications industry for the transmission of voice and associated telephone signals with1n the frequency of 300 to 3000 Hz

liiiid 12117 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 171)88S1lver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyom1 ng 83120

1 FILED

1 U 1 1988

9uMic Service Commission of Wyomint

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 ~

Silver Star Telephone Ccapany Original Page 153 I

ACCESS SERVICE

111 Locl Transpgrt Interface Groups (Contd)

1111 Interface Group 1 (Contd)

The interface is provided with loop supervisory signaling When the interface is associated with FGA such signalingwill be loop start or ground start signaling When the interface is associated with FGB FGC or FGD such signaling except for two-way calling which is ELM signaling will be reverse battery signaling

1112 Interface Group 2

Interface Group 2 provides four-wire voice frequency transmission at the pOint of termination at the customer designated premises The interface is capable of transmission of voice and associated telephone signals within the frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz

The transmission path between the pOint of termination at the customer designated premises and the first pOint of switching may be comprised of any form or configuration of plant capable of and typically used in the te1ecOlmUnications industry for the transmission of voice and associated telephone signals within the frequency

bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz

The interface is provided with loop supervisory signaling When the interface is associated with FGA such signalingwill be loop start or ground start signaling

When the interface is associated with FGB FGC or FGD such signaling except for two-way calling which is ELM signalingwill be reverse battery signaling

IsiUid 12181 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective tt88Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyom1 ng 83120

Fl LED AN 1 1988

Mit SaMce Commission of Wyomiq

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silwer Star TelephoM COIIIPlny Original Page 154

ACCESS SERVICE

11

111 Local Transport Interface Groups (Contd)

1113 Interface Group 3

Interface Group 3 provides group level analog transmission at the point of termination at the customer designatedpremises The interface is capable of transmitting electrical signals between the frequencies of 60 to 108 kKzwith the capability to channelize up to 12 voice frequency transmission paths Certain frequencies within the bandwidth of the Interface Group are reserved for TelephoneCQlpany use eg pilot and carrier group alarm tones Before the first point of switching the Telephone Companywill provide multiplex equipment to derive 12 transmission paths of frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz

The interface is provided with individual transmission path SF supervisory signaling

1114 Interface Group 4

Interface Group 4 provides supergroup level analog transmission at the point of termination at the customer deSignated premises The interface is capable of transmitting electrical Signals between the frequencies of 312 to 552 kHz with the capability to channelize up to 60 voice frequency transmission paths Certain frequencies within the bandwidth of the Interface Group are reserved for Telephone Company use eg pilot and carrier group alarm tones Before the first point of switching the TelephoneCompany will provide multiplex and channel bank equipment to derive 60 transmission paths of frequency bandwidth of approxilllltely 300 to 3000 Hz

The interface is provided with individual transmission path SF supervisory signaling

1iiiii3 11187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

JAN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of WYOMing

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 snr Star Telephone CCJlPany Original Page 155

11

ACCESS SERVICE

111 Locll Transport Interface Groups (Contd)

1115 Interface Group 5

Interface Group 5 provides mastergroup level analog transmission at the pOint of termination at the customer designated premises The interface is capable of transa1tt1ng electrical signals between the frequencies of 564 to 3084 kHz with the capability to channelize up to 600 voice frequency transmission paths Certain frequencies within the bandwidth of the Interface Group are reserved for Telephone Company use eg pilot and carrier group alarm tones Before the first pOint of switching the TelephoneCQIP4ny will provide multiplex and channel bank equipment to derive 600 tranSMission paths of frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz

The interface is provided with individual transmission path SF supervisory signaling

1116 Interface Group 6

Interface Group 6 provides OSl level digital transmission at the point of termination at the customer designated p~1ses The interface is capable of transmitting electrical signals at a nominal 1544 Mbps with the capability to channelize up to 24 voice frequency transmission paths Before the first point of switching when analog switching utilizing analog terminations is provided the Telephone Company will provide multiplex and channel bank equipment to derive 24 transmission paths of a frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz When digital switching or analog switching with digital carrier terminations is provided the Telephone Company will provide at the first pOint of switching a OSl signal in 0304 format

The interface is provided with individual transmission path bit streaa supervisory signaling

tiiiid 121f1 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyom1 ng 83120

FI LED

JAN 1 1988

NIIic ServIce Commission of Wymnimiddot1tI j

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Snver Star Telephone CCllPlny Original Page 156

ACCESS SERVICE

11

111 Local Transpgrt Interface Groups (Contd)

11 1 7 Interface Group 7

Interface Group 7 provides OSIC level digital transmission at the point of termination at the customer designatedpreises The interface is capable of transmitting electrical signals at a nominal 3152 Mbps with the capability to channelize up to 48 voice frequency transmission paths Before the first point of switching when analog switching utilizing analog terminations is provided the Telephone Company will provide multiplex and channel bank equ1~ent to derive up to 48 voice frequency transmission paths of a frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz When digital switching or analog switching with digital carrier terminations is provided the TelephoneCQlpAny will provide at the first pOint of switching OSI signals in 0304 format

The interface is provided with individual transmission path btt streu supervisory signaling

111 8 Interface Group 8

Interface Group 8 provides OS2 level digital transmission at the point of termination at the customer designatedpraises The interface is capable of tranSlllitting electrical Signals at a nominal 6312 Mbps with the capability to channelize up to 96 voice frequency tran5lliss1on paths Before the first point of switching when analog switching utilizing analog terminations is provided the Telephone Company will provide multiplex and channel bank equipment in its office to derive up to 96 trans1ss1on paths of a frequency bandwidth of approx1ately 300 to 3000 Hz

Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyom1 ng 83120

FI LE 0

UN 1 t988

Putdic Service Commi of Wyontiq

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Snver Star Telephone COIIpany Original Page 157

ACCESS SERVICE

11

111 L9Sa1 Transport Interface Groups (Contd)

1118 Interface Group 8 (Contd)

When digital switching or analog switching with digitalcarrier terminations is provided the Telephone Company will provide at the first pOint of switching OSl Signals in D3D4 f011lllt

The interface is provided with individual transmission path bit stream supervisory signaling

1119 Interface Group 9

Interface Group 9 provides OS3 level digital transmission at the point of termination at the customer designatedpremises The interface is capable of transmitting electrical Signals at a nominal 44736 Mbps with the capability to channelize up to 672 voice frequency transission paths Before the first point of switching when analog switching utilizing analog terminations is provided the Telephone Company will provide multiplex and channel bank equiPMent to derive up to 672 transmission paths of a frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 300 Hz When digital switching or analog switching with digital carrier terminations is provided the TelephoneCompany will provide at the first pOint of switching OSl signals in 0304 format

The interface is provided with individual transmission path bit strea supervisory signaling

11110 Interface Group 10

Interface Group 10 provides OS4 level digital transmission at the point of termination at the customer designatedpremises

tsiUia 12117 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 11188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILED I 1 A~ 1 1988

PubHc Service Commission of Wyoming J

l

middotn bull j

ur1g1na1 page 158

ACCESS SERVICE

11

111 Local Transport Interface Groups (Contd)

11110 Interface Group 10 (Contd)

The interface is capable of transmitting electrical signals at at nominal 274176 Mbps with the capability to channelize up to 4032 voice frequency transmission paths Before the first point of switching when analog switching ut111z1nganalog terminations is provided the Telephone Company will provide multiplex and channel bank equipment to derive up to 4032 transmission paths of a frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz When digital switching or analog switching with digital carrier terminations is provided the Telephone Company will provide at the first point of switching OSl signals in 0304 format The interface is provided with individual transmission path bit stream supervisory signaling

11111 Available Premises Interface Codes

Following isa matrix showing for each Interface Groupwhich premises interface codes are available as a function of the Telephone Company switch supervisory signaling and Feature Group For explanations of these codes see the Glossary of Channel Interface Codes in 731 following

Issiid 121787 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyom1 ng 83120

FI LED 1 HI 1 lq88

PublicSerlice Commission

-----_of W10ming

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3

n Snver Star Telephone COIIPany Original Page 159 ACCESS SERVICE

111 Local Transport Interface Groups (Contd)

11111 Available Premises Interface Codes (Contd)

Interface Telephone Company Premises Feature GroupIyp Switch Supervisory Signaling Interface Code ABC 0

1 La 2LS2 x lO 2lS3 x GO 2GS2 x GO 2GS3 x la GO 20X3 x la GO 4EA3-E x la GO 4EA3-M x La GO 6E83-E x lO GO 6E83-M x RV EA EB EC 20X3 x x x RV EA EB EC 4EA3-E x x x RV EA EB EC 4EA3-M x x x RV EA EB EC 6E83-E x x x RV EA EB EC 6EB3-M x x x EA EB EC 6EC3 x x RV 2RV3-0 x x x RV 2RV3-T x x x

2 LOt GO 4SF2 x la GO 4SF3 x lO 4lS2 x lO 4lS3 x lO 6lS2 x GO 4GS2 x GO 4GS3 x GO 6GS2 x la GO 4DX2 x la GO 40X3 x LOt GO 6EA2-E x la GO 6EA2-M x LOt GO 8E82-E x LOt GO 8EB2-M x la GO 6EX2-M X

IssUitJ 121S Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILED

JAN 1 1988

Putflic servtC8 ~mmissioft of WyoM~

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Sl1ver Star Telephone Ccapany Original Page 160n ACCESS SERVICE

11 Interfaces and echnical

111 Local Trans22rt Interface Grou~s (Contd)

11111 Available Premises Interface Codes (Contd)

Interface Telephone Company Premises Feature Group afOUl Switch SU2ervisorl Signaling I nterface Code A B C 0

2 Contd RV EA EB EC 4SF2 X X X RV EA EB EC 4SF3 X RV EA EB EC 40X2 X X X RV EA EB EC 40X3 X RV EA EB EC 60X2 X RV EA EB EC 6EA2-E X X X RV EA EB EC 6EA2-M X X X RV EA EB EC 8EB2-E X X X RV EA EB EC 8EB2-M X X X EA EB EC 8EC2-M X X RV 4RV2-0 X X X RV 4RV2-T X X X

r RV 4RV3-0 X X RV 4RV3-T X X

I

3 LO GO 4AH5-B X RV EA EB EC 4AH5-B X X X

4 lO GO 4AH6-C X RV EA EB EC 4AH6-C X X X

5 LO GO 4AH6-D X RV EA EB EC 4AH6-D X X X

6 LOt GO 40S9-15 X lO GO 40S9-15l X RV EA EB EC 40S9-15 X X X RV EA EB EC 40S9-15l X X X

7 LOt GO 40S9-31 X RV EA EB EC 40S9-31 X X X LO GO 40S9-31l X RV EA EB EC 40S9-31l X X X

Issued 121S7 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LEDn JAN 1 1988

~ic Service Commission of WyomiAg

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 161

ACCESS SERVICE

11

111 Local Trans2ert Interface Grou~s (Contd)

11111 Available Premises Interface Codes (Contd)

Interface Telephone Company Premises Feature Group Group Switch Su~ervisory Signaling Interface Code A B C 0

8 LO GO 40S0-63 X LO GO 4DSO-63L X RV EA EB EC 40S0-63 X X X RV EA EB EC 4DSO-63L X X X

9 LO GO 40S6-44 X LO GO 40S6-44L X RV EA EB EC 40S6-44 X X X RV EA EB EC 40S6-44L X X X

10 LO GO 40S6-27 X LO GO 40S6-27L X I RV EA EB EC 40S6-27 X X X

RV EA EB EC 40S6-27L X X X

11112 Supervisory Signaling

- For Interface Groups 1 and 2

OX Supervisory Signaling EampM Type I Supervisory Signaling EampM Type II Supervisory Signaling or EampM Type III Supervisory Signaling

- For Interface Group 2

SF Supervisory Signaling or Tandem Supervisory Signaling

Issued 12187 Mr Relvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box Freedom Wyoming 83120

278

Fl LED

JAN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of WyOfttins

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 162

ACCESS SERVICE

11

111 Local Transport Interface Groups (Contd)

11112 Supervisory Signaling (Contd)

- For Interface Groups 6 through 10

These Interface Groups may at the option of the customer be provided with individual transmission path SF supervisory signaling where such signaling is available in Telephone Company central offices Generally such signaling is available only where the entry switch provides an analog ie non digital interface to the transport termination

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications

~ Following are descriptions of the three Standard I Transmission Specifications available with Switched Access Service Feature Groups The specific applications in terms of the Feature Groups and Interface Groups with which the Feature Group Standard Transmission Specifications are provided are set forth in 621(C) 622(C) 623(C) and 624(C) preceding

(A) Type A Transmission Specifications

Type A Transmission Specifications is provided with the following parameters

(1) Loss Deviation

The maximum Loss Deviation of the 1004 Hz loss relative to the Expected Measured Loss (EML) is plusmn 20 dB

isSued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

tAN I 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 163

ACCESS SERVICE

11

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(A) Type A Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(2) Attenuation Distortion

The maximum Attenuation Distortion in the 404 to 2804 Hz frequency band relative to the loss at 1004 Hz is -10 dB to +30 dB

(3) C-Message Noise

The maximum C-Message Noise for the transmission path at the route miles listed is less than or equal to

Route Miles C-Message Noise~ less than 50 32 dBrnCO 51 to 100 34 dBrnCO

101 to 200 37 dBrnCO 201 to 400 40 dBrnCO 401 to 1000 42 d8rnCO

(4) C-Notch Noise

The maximum C-Notch Noise utilizing a -16 d8mO holding tone is less than or equal to 45 dBrnCO

Issued 127187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

n FI LED(

JAN 1 1988

fublic Service Commission of Wyominlaquo

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 164

ACCESS SERVICE

11 Channel Interfaces

112 Transm1ss1on Specifications Switched Access Service

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(A) Type A Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(5) Echo Control

Echo Control identified as Equal Level Echo Path Loss and expressed as Echo Return Loss and S1ng1ngReturn Loss 1s dependent on the routing 1ewhether the service is routed directly from the customers pOint of terminat10n (POT) to the end office or via an access tandem It is equal to or greater than the following

Echo Return Loss Singing Return Loss

r POT to Access I Tandem 21 dB 14 dB

POT to End Office - Direct MA NA - Via Access

Tandem 16 dB 11 dB

(6) Standard Return Loss

Standard Return Loss expressed as Echo Return Loss and Singing Return Loss on two-wire ports of a four-wire point of termination shall be equal to or greater than

Echo Return Loss Singing Return Loss

5 dB 25 dB

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

UN 1 1988

PulJllc Service Commission of Wyom~AI

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 165

ACCESS SERVICE

11

112 Transaiss10n Specifications Switched Access Service

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications (Contld)

(8) Type B Transmission Specifications

Type B Transmission Specifications are provided with the following parameters

(1) Loss Deviation

The maximum Loss Deviation of the 1004 Hz loss relative to the Expected Measured Loss (EML) is ~ 25 dB

(2) Attenuation Distortion

The maximum Attenuation Distortion in the 404 to 2804 Hz frequency band relative to loss at 1004 Hz

~ is -20 dB to +40 dB

(3) C-Message Noise

The maximum C-Message Noise for the transmission path at the route miles listed is less than or equal to

C-Message Noise Route Mi les Type B1 Type B2

less than 50 32 dBrnCO 35 dBrnCO 51 to 100 33 dBrnCO 37 dBrnCO 101 to 200 35 dBrnCO 40 dBrnCO 201 to 400 37 dBrnCO 43 dBrnCO 401 to 1000 39 dBrnCO 45 dBrnCO

For Feature Groups C and D only Type B2 will be provided For Feature Groups A and Bt Type B1 or B2 will be provided as set forth in Technical Reference PUB 62500

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

rAN 1 middot1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 166

ACCESS SERVICE

11

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(B) Type B Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(4) C-Notch Noise

The maximum C-Notch Noise utilizing a -16 dBmO holding tone is less than or equal to 47 dBrnCO

(5) Echo Control

Echo Control identified as Impedance Balance for FGA and FGB and Equal Level Echo Path Loss for FGC and FGD and expressed as Echo Return Loss (ERL)and Singing Return Loss (SRL) is dependent on the routing ie whether the service is routed directly from the customers point of termination (POT) to the end office or via an access tandem The ERL and SRL also differ by Feature Group typeof termination and type of transmission path They are greater than or equal to the following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 167(

( ACCESS SERVICE

11

112 Transission Specifications Switched Access Service

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(B) T~pe B Transmission Specifications (Cont d)

(5) Echo Control (Contd)

Echo Return Loss Singing Return Loss

POT of Access Tandem - Terminated in

4-Wire Trunk 21 dB 14 dB - Terminated in

2-Wire Trunk 16 dB 11 dB

POT to End Office - Direct 16 dB 11 dB - Via Access Tandem( bull For FGB access 8 DB 4 dB

bull For FGC access (Effective 4-Wire transmission path at end office) 16 dB 11 dB

bull For FGC access (Effective 2-Wire transmission path at end office) 13 dB 6 dB

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILED ~

fAN 1 1988 I

PulJUc Service Commisso 1

of ~iq ~ r

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 168

ACCESS SERVICE

11

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(B) Type B Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(6) Standard Return Loss

Standard Return Loss expressed as Echo Return Loss and Singing Return Loss on two-wire ports of a four-wire point of termination shall be equal to or greater than

Echo Return Loss Singing Return Loss

5 dB 25 dB

(C) Type C Transmission Specifications

Type C Transmission Specifications are provided with the following parameters

(1) Loss Deviation

The maximum Loss Deviation of the 1004 Hz loss relative to the Expected Measured Loss (EML) is + 30 dB

(2) Attenuation Distortion

The maximum Attenuation Distortion in the 404 to 2804 Hz frequency band relative to loss at 1004 Hz is -20 dB to +55 dB

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILED

I AN 1 1988

Public Service Commissiot of Wyoming

Silver Star Telephone Company WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3

Original Page 169

ACCESS SERVICE

11

1121

(C)

Feature Groups A and B Type C1 forth in Technical Reference PUB 62500

Issued 12187

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

Standard Transmission Specifications (Contd)

Type C Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(3) C-Message Noise

The maximum C-Message Noise for the transmission path at the route miles listed is less than or equal to

Route Miles C-Message No1se Type C1 Type C2

less than 50 32 dBrnCO 38 dBrnCO 51 to 100 33 dBrnCO 39 dBrnCO 101 to 200 35 dBrnCO 41 dBrnCO 201 to 400 37 dBrnCO 43 dBrnCO 401 to 1000 39 dBrnCO 45 dBrnCO

(4) C-Notch Noise

The maximum C-Notch Noise~ utilizing a -16 dBmO holding tone is less than or equal to 47 dBrnCO

For Feature Groups C and 0 only Type C2 will be provided For or C2 will be provided as set

Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 11188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

fA~ 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WVOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 170

ACCESS SERVICE

11

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(C) Type C Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(5) Echo Control

Echo Control identified as Return loss and expressed as Echo Return loss and Singing Return loss is dependent on the routing iebullbull whether the service is routed directly from the customers point of termination (POT) to the end office or via an access tandem It is equal to or greater than the following

Echo Return loss Singing Return loss

POT to Access Tandem 13 dB 6 dB

POT to End Office - Direct 13 dB 6 dB - Via Access Tandem

(For FGB only) 8 dB 4 dB

1122 Data Transmission Parameters

Two types of Data Transmission Parameters iebullbull Type DA and Type DB are provided for the Feature Group arrangementsThe specific applications in terms of the Feature Groupswith which they are provided are set forth in 621(C) 622(C) 623(C) and 624(C) preceding Following are descriptions of each

For Feature Groups C and D only Type C2 will be provided For Feature Groups A and B Type C1 or C2 or C2 will be provided as set forth in Technical Reference PUB 62500

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

UN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 171

ACCESS SERVICE

11 Interface Groups Transmission Specifications Channel Interfaces Special Access Optional Features and Functions and Technical Specification Packages (Contd)

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

1122 Data Transmission Parameters (Contd)

(A) Data Transmission Parameters Type DA

(1) Signal to C-Notched Noise Ratio

The Signal to C-Notched Noise Ratio is equal to or greater than 33 dB

(2) Envelope Delay Distortion

The maximum Envelope Delay Distortion for the frequencYbands and route miles specified is

604 to 2804 Hz

less than 50 route miles 500 microseconds equal to or greater than 50

route miles 900 microseconds

1004 to 2404 Hz

less than 50 route miles 200 microseconds equal to or greater than 50

route miles 400 microseconds

(3) Impulse Noise Counts

The Impulse Noise Counts exceeding a 65 dBrnCO threshold in 15 minutes is no more than 15 counts

Issued 121787 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278

Effective 11188

Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LE 0

JAN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Original Page 172

ACCESS SERVICE

Silver Star Telephone Companyr-

1122

11

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

Data Transmission Parameters (Contd)

Data Transmission Parameters Type DA (Contd)

Intermodulation Distortion

The Second Order (R2) and Third Order (R3)Intermodulation Distortion products are equal to or greater than

Second Order (R2) 33 dB Third Order (R3) 37 dB

(5) Phase Jitter

The Phase Jitter over the 4-300 Hz frequency band is less than or equal to 5 degrees peak-to-peak

(6) Frequency Shift

The maximum Frequency Shift does not exceed -2 to +2 Hz

Data Transmission Parameters Type DB

(1) Signal to C-Notched Noise Ratio

The signal to C-Notched Noise Ratio is equal to or greater than 30 dB

Mr Melvin Rbull Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

1 HI 1 1988

Public Service Commissiof of Wyoming

(A)

(4)

(B)

Issued 12187

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Or1g1nal Page 173

( ~ ACCESS SERVICE

11

112 Transm1ssion Specifications Switched Access Service

1122 Data Transmission Parameters (Contd)

(B) Data Transmission Parameters Type DB Contd)

(2) Envelope Delay Distortion

The maximum Envelope Delay Distortion for the frequency bands and route miles specified 1s

604 to 2804 Hz

less than 50 route miles 800 microseconds equal to or greater than 50

route miles 1000 microseconds

1004 to 2404 Hz

less than 50 route miles 320 microseconds equal to or greater than 50

route miles 500 microseconds

(3) Impulse Noise Counts

The Impulse Noise Counts exceeding a 67 dBrnCO threshold in 15 minutes is no more than 15 counts

(4) Intermodulation Distortion

The Second Order (R2) and Third Order (R3)Intermodulation Distortion products are equal to or greater than

Second Order (R2) 31 dB Third Order (R3) 34 dB

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILEDI

I AN 1 1988

Public Service Commissiot of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 174

ACCESS SERVICE

11

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

1122 Data Transmission Parameters (Contd)

B Data Transmission Parameters Type DB Contd)

(5) Phase Jitter

The Phase Jitter over the 4-300 Hz frequency bank is less than or equal to 7 degrees peak-to-peak

(6) Frequency Shift

The maximum Frequency Shift does not exceed -2 to +2 Hz

113 Special Access Channel Interface and Network Channel Codes

This section explains the Channel Interface codes and Network Channel codes that the customer must specify when ordering Special Access Service Included is an example of which explains the specific characters of the code a glossary of Channel Interface codes impedance levels Network Channel codes and compatibleChannel Interfaces

Example If the customer specifies a NT Network Code and a 2DC8-3 Channel Interface at the customers premises the following is beingrequested

NT bull Metallic Channel with a Predefined Technical Specification Package (1)

2 bull Number of physical wires at customer premises DC bull Facility interface for direct current or voltage 8 =Variable impedance level 3 = Metallic facilities (DC continuity) for direct currentlow

frequency control signals or slow speed data (30 baud)

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

r---

FI LE 0

r AN 1 988

PUblic Service Commission of Wyoming ii

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Tele~hone Company Original Page 175

ACCESS SERVICE

11

1131

Code

AB shy

AC shy

CT shyDA shy

DB shy

r DC shy

Issued 12187

Glossary of Channel Interface Codes and Options

Option Oefinition

accept 20 Hz ringing signal at customers point of termination accepts 20 Hz ringing signal at customers end users pOint of termination Centrex Tie Trunk Termination date stream in Vf frequency band at customers end users point of termination data stream 1n VF frequency band at customers point of termination

10 VF for TG1 and TG2 43 VF for 43 Telegraph Carrier type signals TG1 and

TG2 direct current or voltage

1 monitoring interface with series RC combination (McCulloh format)

2 Telephone Company energized alarm channel 3 Metallic facilities (OC continuity) for direct

currentlow frequency control signals or slow speed data (30 baud)

Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

Effective 1188

F I LED

JAN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyomiltg

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3

f Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 176

I ACCESS SERVICE

11

113 s5cial Access Channel Interface and Network Channel C es (Contd)

1131 Glossary of Channel Interface Codes and Options (Contd)

Code Option Definition

DO - DATAPHONE Select-A-Station (and TABS)interface at customers point of termination

DE - DATAPHONE Select-A-Station (and TABS)interface at the customers end users point of termination

OS - digital hierarchy interface 15 1544 Mbps (OS1) format per PUB 41451 plus

04 15E 8-bit PCM encoded in one 64 Kbps of the

OS1 Signal15F 8-bit PCM encoded in two 64 kbps of the

OS1 Signal~ 15G 8-bit PCM encoded in three 64 kbps of the

OS1 signal15H 1411-bit PCM encoded in six 64 kbps of

the OS1 signal15J 1544 Mpbs format per PUB 41451 15K 1544 Mpbs format per PUB 41451 plus

extended framing format 15L 1544 Mpbs (OS1) with SF signaling27 274176 Mpbs (OS4)27L 274176 Mpbs (OS4) with SF signaling31 3152 Mbps (OS1C)31L 3152 Mbps (OS1C) with SF signaling44 44736 Mbps (OS3)44L 44736 Mbps (OS3) with SF signaling

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILE 0

I AN 1 988

Public Smice Commission of Wyomlrtl

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 177

ACCESS SERVICE

11

1131 Glossar1of Channel Interface Codes and OptionsContld

Code Option Definition

OS - 63 6312 Mbps (OS2)63L 6312 Mbps (OS2) with SF signaling

DU - digital access interface 24 24 kbps48 48 kbps56 560 kbps96 96 kbpsA 1544 Mpbs format per PUB 41451 B 1544 Mpbs format per PUB 41451 plus

04 C 1544 Mpbs format per PUB 41451 plus

extended framing format OX - duplex signaling interface at

customer1s point of termination OY - duplex signaling interface at

customers end users point of termination

EA - E Type 1 EampM Lead Signaling Customer at POT or customers end user at POT originates on E Lead

EA M Type 1 EampM Lead Signaling Customer at POT or customers end user at POT originates on MLead

EB - E Type II EampM Lead Signaling Customer at POT or customers end user at POT originates on E Lead

EB - M Type II EampM Lead Signaling Customer at POT or customers end user at POT originates on MLead

EC - Type III EampM Signaling at customer POT

Issued 12lIS7 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LE 0

I AN 1 988

Public Service Commission of WyomiAg

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 178

ACCESS SERVICE

11 Channel Interfaces and Technical

113 Special Access Channel Interface and Network Channel Codes (Contd)

1131 G10Ssar of Channel Interface Codes and Options(Contd

Code Option Definition

EX - A tandem channel unit signaling for loop start or ground start and customer supplies open end (dial tone etc)functions

EX - B tandem channel unit signaling for loop start or ground start and customer supplies closed end (dial pulSing etc) functions

GO - ground start loop signaling - open end function by customer or customerS end user

r GS - ground start loop signaling - closed end function by customer or customers end user

IA - EIA (25 pin RS-232)LA - end user loop start loop signaling shy

Type A OPS registered port open end LB - end user loop start loop signaling shy

Type BOPS registered port open end LC - end user loop start loop signaling shy

Type COPS registered port open end LO - loop start loop signaling - open end function by

customer or customers end user LR - 20 Hz automatic ringdown interface at customer

with Telephone Company provided PLAR LS - loop start loop signaling - closed end function

by customer or customers end user NO - no signaling interface transmission only

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

I AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyomi~

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 179

ACCESS SERVICE

11

1131 Glossary of Channel Interface Codes and Options (Contd)

Code Option Definition

PG - program transmission - no dc signaling1 nominal frequency from 50 to 15000 Hz 3 nominal frequency from 200 to 3500 Hz 5 nominal frequency from 100 to 5000 Hz 8 nominal frequency from 50 to 8000 Hz

PR protective relaying RV - 0 reverse battery signaling one way

operation originate by customer T reverse battery signaling one way

operation terminate function by customer or customers end user

SF - Single frequency signaling with VF band at either customer POT or customers end user POT

TF - telephotograph interface TT - telegraphteletypewriter interface at

either customer POT or customers end user POT

2 200 milliamperes3 30 milliamperes 6 625 milliamperes

TV - television interface 1 combined (diplexed) video and one audio

signal 2 combined (diplexed) video and two audio

signals 5 video plus one (or two) audio 5 kHz

signal(s) or one (or two) two wire 15 video plus one (or two) audio 15 kHz

signal(s) Available only for the transmission of audio tone protective relaying signals used in the protection of electric power systemsduring fault conditions

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

f AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyomlng

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 1BO1

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Interface and Network Channel Codes

1132 Impedance

The nominal reference impedance with which the channel will be terminated for the purpose of evaluating transmission performance

Value (ohms) Codes

110 0 150 1 600 2 900 3+

135 5 75 61 124 7

Variable B 100 9

+For those interface codes with a 4-wire transmission path at the customer designated POT rather than a standard 900 ohm impedance the code (3) denotes a customer provided transmission equipment termination Such terminations were provided to customers in accordance with the FCC Docket N 20099 Settlement Agreement

Issued 12t1S7 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

Effective llBB

FI LED

r AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 181(lt

(

ACCESS SERVICE

Channel Interfaces and Technical

11

Network Channel Codes

1133 Digital Hierarchy Channel Interface Codes (4DS)

Customers selecting the multiplexed four-wire DSX-1 or higher facility interface option at the customer designated premises will be requested to provide subsequent system and channel assignment data The various digital bit rates in the digital hierarhy employ the channel interface code 4DS8 4DSO or 40S6 plus the speed options indicated below

Interface Code and Speed Option

Nominal Bit Rate (Mbps)

DigitalHierarchy Level

4058-15 1544 051 4DS8-31 3152 OS1C 4050-63 6312 052 4056-44 44736 DS3 40S6-27 274176 DS4

1134 Service DesignatorNetwork Channel Code Conversion Table

The purpose of this table is to show the relationship between the service designator codes (eg bullbull VGC MT2 etc)and the network channel codes that are used for

Issued 121187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes PreSident Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

AN 1 1968

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 182~

(

ACCESS SERVICE

11

113 Special Access Channel Interface and Network Channel Codes (Contd)

1134 Code Conversion

Service Designator Code

MIC MIl MI2 MI3 TGC TG1 TG2 VGC VG1 VG2 VG3 VG4 VG5 VG6 VG7 VG8 VG9 VG10 VGll VG12 APC AP1 AP2 AP3 AP4 TVC TV1 TV2

Network Channel Code

MQNT NU NV NQNW NY LQ LB LC LD LE LF LG LH LJ LK LN LP LR PQ PE PF PJ PK TQTV TW

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LE 0

I ~N 1 1988

PubJic Service Commission of Wyoming

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3( Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 183

ACCESS SERVICE

11

1134 Code

Codes

Service Designator Code

DAl DA2 DA3 DA4 HCO HCl HCIC HC2 HC3 HC4

Network Channel Code

XA XB XG XH HS HC HD HE HF HG

Issued 121187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LE 0

JAN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming ~

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 184

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Codes

1135 Compatible Channel Interfaces

The following tables show the channel interface codes (CIs)which are compatible

(A) Metallic

Compatible CIs

20CS-1 20C8-2 20C8-3 20C8-3

40S8- 20C8-1 40S8- 20C8-2

(B) Telegraph Grade

Compatible CIs Compatible CIs

20B-10 10IA8 40B2-10 10IA8 2TT2-2 2TT2-2 4TT2-2 4TT2-2

20B2-43+ 10IA8 40B2-43+ 10IA8 2TT2-2 2TT2-6 2TT2-6 4TT2-2 4TT2-2

40S8- 10IA8 2TT2-2 2TT2-2 2TT2-2

2TT2-6 2TT2-3 2TT2-2 4TT2-2

4TT2-2 4TT2-6

2TT2-6 2TT2-6 4TT2-2 4TT2-2 4TT2-6

4TT2-6 2TT2-6

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

UN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming -shy

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 ~ Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 185

r ACCESS SERVICE

11

1135 Com2atible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(C) Voice Grade

Com2atible CIs Com2atible CIs Comeatible CIs

2AB2 2AC2 20B2 20A2 2LR2 2LR2

2AB3 2AC2 20B3 20A2 2LR3 2LR2

2CT3 20Y2 20X3 2LA2 2LS2 2LA2 40S8 2LB2 2LB2 40X2 2LC2 2LC2 40X3 2L03 40Y2 2LS2 2LS3 2LA2 4EA2-E 2LS3 2LB2~ 4EA2-M 2LC2 4SF2 2G02 2GS2 4SF3 2GS3 2N02 20A2 60X2 2N02 60Y2 2G03 2GS2 60Y3 2GS3 2N03 2N02 6EA2-E 2PR2 6EA2-M 2L02 2LS2 6EB2-E 2LS3 2TF3 2TF2 6EB2-M 6EB3-E 2L03 2LS2 8EB2-E 2LS3 8EB2-M 8EC2 90Y2 9DY3 9EA2 9EA3

See 1133 preceding for explanation

Issued 121187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

1188

Fl LED t AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 186

ACCESS SERVICE

11 Interface Groups Transmission Specifications Channel Interfaces S~ecial Access Optional Features and Functions and Technical Specification Packages (Contd)

113 S~ec1al Access Channel Interface and Network Channel Codes ( ontd)

1135 Compatible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

Voice Grade (Contd)

Compatible CIs Compatible CIs Compatible CIs

4AB2 2AC2 40S8- 2AC2 40S8- 40G2 4AB2 20A2 4lR2 4AC2 20Y2 4lS2 4SF2 2G02 4N02

2G03 4PR2 4AB3 2AC2 2GS2 4RV2-T

4AC2 2GS3 4SF2 4SF2 2LA2 4SF3

2LB2 4TF2 4AC2 2AC2 2LC2 60A2

4AC2 2L02 60Y2 2103 60Y3

40A2 40A2 2LR2 6EA2-E 40B2 20A2 2LS2 6EA2-M

2N02 2LS3 6EB2-E 2PR2 2N02 6EB2-M 40A2 2PR2 6GS2 40B2 2RV2-T 6lS2 4N02 2TF2 8EB2-E 4PR2 4AC2 8EB2-M 60A2 40A2 90Y2

40E2 90Y3 4003 20E2 40X2 9EA2

40E2 40X3 9EA3 40Y2 4EA2-E 4EA2-M

See 1133 preceding for explanation

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED I A~ 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIff NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 1B7

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Codes

1135 Com~atible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(C) Voice Grade (Contd)

Com~atible CIs Com~atible CIs Com~atible CIs

40X2 20Y2 40X2 BEB2-E 40X3 60Y2 2LA2 BEB2-M 60Y3 2LB2 90Y2 6EA2-E 2LC2 9DY3 6EA2-M 2L03 9EA2 6EB2-E 2LS2 9EA3 6EB2-M 2LS3 6LS3 2RV2-T 4DX3 2DY2 8EB2-E 4DX2 2LA2 8EB2-M

40Y2 2LB2 90Y2 4EA2-E 2LC2 90Y3 4EA2-M 2L03 9EA2 4LS2 2LS2 9EA3 4RV2-T 2LS3 4Sf2 2RV2-T 40Y2 20Y2 4SF3 40X2 40Y2 60Y2 40X3 60Y3 4DY2 6EA2-E 4EA2-E 6EA2-M 4EA2-M 6EB2-E 4LS2 6EB2-M 4RV2-T 6LS2 4SF2

4SF3

Issued 121S7 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 11BSSilver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

I ~ FI LE D

JAN 1 1988

Pultlic Service Commission of WyomLq

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 188

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Codes

1135 Compatible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(C) Voice Grade (Contd)

Compatible CIs Compatible CIs Compatible CIs

4EA2-E 2DY2 4EA3-E 2DY2 4G02 2G02 40Y2 4DY2 2G03 4EA2-E 4EA2-E 2GS2 4EA2-M 4EA2-M 2GS3 4SF2 4SF2 4GS2 6DY2 60Y2 4SF2 60Y3 60Y3 6GS2 6EB2-E 6EA2-E 6EB2-M 6EA2-M 4G03 2G02 8EB2-E 6E82-E 2GS2 8EB2-M 6EB2-M 2GS3 90Y2 8EB2-E 4GS2 90Y3 8EB2-M 4SF2

90Y2 6GS2 4EA2-M 2DY2 90Y3

4DY2 9EA2 4EA2-M 9EA3 4SF2 60Y2 60Y3 6EB2-E 6EB2-M 8E82-E 8EB2-M 90Y2 90Y3

Issued 121187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

JAN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyommg

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 189

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Codes

1135 ComQatible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(C) Voice Grade (Contd)

ComQatible CIs ComQatible CIs ComQatible CIs

4L02 2LS2 4LS3 2LA2 4SF2 2L03 2LS3 2LB2 2LR2 4LS2 2LC2 2LS2 4SF2 2L02 2LS3 6LS2 2L03 2RV2-T

4SF2 4AC2 4L03 2LS2 40Y2

2LS3 4N02 20A2 4LS2 4LS2 20E2 4RV2-Ti 4SF2 2N02 4SF2 6LS2 40A2 60Y2

40E2 60Y3 4LR2 2LR2 4N02 6GS2

4LR2 60A2 9OY2 4SF2 9OY3

4RV2-0 2RV2-T 4LR3 2LR2 4RV2-T 4SF3 20Y2

4LR2 4SF2 2G03 4SF2 2GS2

4SF2 2AC2 2GS3 4LS2 2LA2 20Y2 2LA2

2LB2 2GS2 2LB2 2LC2 2GS3 2LC2 2L02 2LA2 2L03 2L03 2LB2 2LR2

2LC2

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

r AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 190 ~

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Codes

1135 Com2atible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(C) Voice Grade (Contd)

Com~atible CIs Com~atible CIs Com2atible CIs

4SF3 2LS2 6DA 4DA2 6DY3 2DY2 2LS3 6DA2 4DY2 2RV2-T 6DY2 4DY2 6DX2 2DY2 6DY3 4EA2-E 4DY2 4EA2-M 4EA2-E 6EA2-E 2AC2 4GS2 4LR2 4EA2-M 2DY2 4LS2 4SF2 2LA2 4RV2-T 6DY2 2LB2 4SF2 6DY3 2LC2 4SF3 6EA2-E 2L03 6DY2 6EA2-M 2LS2 6DY3 6EB2-E 2LS3 6EB2-E 6EB2-M 2RV2-T 6EB2-M 8EB2-E 4AC2 6GS2 8EB2-M 4DY2 6LS2 9DY2 4EA2-E 9DY2 9DY3 4EA2-M 9DY3 9EA2 4LS2 9EA2 9EA3 4RV2-T 9EA3 4SF2

6DY2 2DY2 4SF3 4TF2 2TF2 4DY2 6DY2

4TF2 6DY2 6DY3 6EA2-E 6EA2-M

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

r AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

---------------------------------- ~-------- shy

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 191~

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Codes

1135 Com2atible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(C) Voice Grade (Contd)

Com~at i b 1e CIs Com~atible CIs Com2atible CIs

6EA2-E 6EB2-E 6EA2-M 60Y2 6EB3-E 2OY2 6EB2-M 60Y3 40Y2 6LS2 6EA2-M 4EA2-E 8EB2-E 6EB2-E 4EA2-M 8EB2-M 6EB2-M 4SF2 90Y2 6LS2 60Y2 90Y3 8EB2-E 60Y3

8EB2-M 6EA2-E 6EA2-M 2AC2 90Y2 6EA2-M

2OY2 90Y3 8EB2-E1 2LA2 8EB2-M 2LB2 6EB2-E 2OY2 90Y2 2LC2 40Y2 90Y3 2L03 4SF2 9EA2 2LS2 60Y2 9EA3 2LS3 60Y3 2RV2-T 6EB2-E 6EX2-A 2GS2 4AC2 6EB2-M 2GS3 4DY2 90Y2 2LS2 4EA2-E 90Y3 2LS3 4EA2-M 4GS2 4LS2 6EB2-M 2OY2 4LS2 4RV2-T 4DY2 4SF2 4SF2 4SF2 6GS2 4SF3 6DY2 6LS2

60Y3 6EB2-M 90Y2 90Y3

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

~ FI LED

I AN 1 f988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 192

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Codes

1135 Comeatible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(C) Voice Grade (Contd)

Comeatible CIs Comeatible CIs Comeatible CIs

6EX2-B 2G03 8EB2-E 2AC2 8EB2-M 2AC2 2LA2 2DY2 2DY2 2182 2LA2 2LA2 2LC2 2LB2 2LB2 2L02 2LC2 2LC2 2L03 2L03 2L03 2LR2 2LS2 2LS2 4LR2 2LS3 2LS3 4SF2 2RV2-T 2RV2-T ~ 4AC2 4AC2

6G02 2G02 4DY2 4DY2 2GS2 4LS2 4LS2 2GS3 4RV2-T 4RV2-T 4GS2 4SF2 4SF2 4SF2 4SF3 4SF3 6GS2 6DY2 6DY2

6DY3 6DY3 6L02 2LS2 6EB2-E 6EB2-E

2LS3 6EB2-M 6EB2-M 4LS2 6LS2 6LS2 4SF2 8EB2-E 8EB2-M 6LS2 8EB2-M 9DY2

90Y2 90Y3 6LS2 2LA2 90Y3

2LB2 2LC2 2L02 2L03 4SF2

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILE 0 JAN 1 1988 Ii

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 193

ACCESS SERVICE

11

113 Seocial Access Channel Interface and Network Channel Codes ( ontld)

1135 Compatible Channel Interfaces (Contld)

(C) Voice Grade (Contld)

Compatible CIs Compatible CIs Compatible CIs

8EC2 20Y2 90Y2 20Y2 9EA3 20Y2 40Y2 40Y2 40Y2 4EA2-E 60Y2 4EA2-E 4EA2-M 60Y3 4EA2-M 4SF2 90Y2 60Y2 60Y2 60Y3 60Y3 90Y3 20Y2 6EA2-E 6EA2-E 40Y2 6EA2-M 6EA2-M 60Y2 6EB2-E 6EB2-E 60Y3 6EB2-M 6EB2-M 90Y2 8EB2-E 8EB2-E 90Y3 8EB2-M 8EB2-M 90Y2 90Y2 9EA2 20Y2 90Y3 90Y3 40Y2 9EA3 9EA2 4EA2-E 9EA3 4EA2-M

60Y2 60Y3 6EA2-E 6EA2-M 6EB2-E 6EB2-M 8EB2-E 8EB2-M 90Y2 90Y3 9EA2 9EA3

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED t AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 194

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Codes

1135 Com2atible Channel Interfaces (Contld)

(0) Program Audio

Comeatible CIs Compatible CIs

Issued 121187

2PG2-1 2PG1-1 4DS8-1SE 2PG2-1

2PG2-3 2PGl-3 4DS8-1SF 2PG2-3

2PG2-S 2PG1-S 4DS8-1SG 2PG2-S

2PG2-8 2PGl-8 4DA8-1SH 2PG2-8

Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

2PGl-3 2PG2-3

2PG1-S 2PG2-S

2PGl-8 2PG2-8

2PG1-1 2PG2-1

Effective 1188

F I LED

f AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of WyomiRg

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 195

ACCESS SERVICE

11 Interface Groups Transmission Specifications Channel Interfaces s~ec1al Access Optional Features and Functions and Technical Specification Packages (Contd)

113 s~ecial Access Channel Interface and Network Channel Codes ( ontd)

1135 Compatible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(E) Video

CO2atible CIs Compatible CIs

2TV6-1 4TV6-15 4TV7-5 4TV6-5 4TV7-15 4TV7-5

2TV6-2 6TV6-15 4TV7-15 4TV6-1S 6TV7-1S 4TV7-1S

2TV7-1 4TV6-15 6TV6-S 6TV6-5 4TV7-15 6TV7-5

I ~ 2TV7-2 6TV6-1S 6TV6-15 6TV6-1S

6TV7-15 6TV7-15

4TV6-5 4TV6-5 6TV7-5 6TV6-5 4TV7-5 6TV7-5

4TV6-1S 4TV6-15 6TV7-15 6TV6-1S 4TV7-15 6TV7-1S

Issued 121187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILE 0

I AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyom inl

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 196

ACCESS SERVICE

11

113 seecial Access Channel Interface and Network Channel Codes ( ontd)

1135 Com~atible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(F) Digital Data

Com~atible CIs Compatible CIs Com~atible CIs

4058-15 4058-15+ 4DU5-24 4DU5-24 6DU5-24 6DU5-24 4DU5-24 4DU5-48 4DU5-48 4DU5-48 6DU5-48 6DU5-48 4DU5-56 4DU5-96 4DU5-96 4DU5-96 6DU5-56 6DU5-56 6DU5-24 6DU5-48 4DU5-56 4DU5-56 6DU5-96 6DU5-96 6DU5-96

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED 1 AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 197

ACCESS SERVICE

11

113 s ecial Access Channel Interface and Network Channel Codes e( ontd)

1135 Compatible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(G) High Capacity

Compatible CIs Compatible CIs

40S0-63 40S0-63 40S8-15J 40U8-A 40U8-A B or C 60U8-A 60U8-AB or C

40S8-15K 40U8-B 40S6-27 40S6-27 40U8-C

40U8-A B or C 60U8-B 60U8-A B or C 60U8-C

40S6-44 40S6-44 40S8-31 40S8-31 40U8-A B or C 40U8-A B or C 6DU8-A B or C 60U8-A B or C

40S8-15 4058-15+ 40U8-AB 40U8-B OR C 40U8-A B OR C 60U8-B

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILE 0

I AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of WYGf11lnl

-- ------ shy---~-

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 201

ACCESS SERVICE

11 Interface Groups~ Transmission Specifications Channel Interfaces Special Access Optional eatures and Functions and Technical Specification Packages (Contd)

115 and Functions

(E) Improved Return Loss

( 1) On Effective Four-Wire Transmission at Four-Wire Point of Termination (applicable to each two-wire port) Provides for a fixed 600 ohm impedance variable level range and simplex reversal Telephone Company equipment is required at the customers premises where this option is ordered The Improved Return Loss parameters are delineated in Technical Reference PUB 62501

(2) On Effective Two-Wire Transmission at Two-Wire Point of Termination Provides for more stringent Echo Control specifications In order for this option to be applicablethe transmission path must be four-wire at one POT and twoshywire at the other POT Placement of Telephone Companyequipment may be required at the customers premises with the two-wire POT The Improved Return Loss parameters are delineated in Technical Reference PUB 62501

(F) Data Capability (D) Conditioning

Data Capability provides transmission characteristics suitable for data communications Specifically Data Capability provides for the control of Signal to C-Notched Noise Ratio and intershymodulation distortion It is available for two-point services or three-point multipoint services The Signal to C-Notched Noise Ratio and intermodulation distortion parameter for Data Capabi 1ity are

- Signal to C-Notched Noise Ratio is equal to or greater than 32dB - Intermodulation distortion - Signal to second order modulation products (R2) is equal to

or greater than 38dB - Signal to third order modulation products (R3) is equal to or

greater than 42dB

When a service equipped with Data Capability is used for voice communications the quality of the voice transmission may not be satisfactory

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

I AN 1 1988

Public Service Commissien of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 198

ACCESS SERVICE

11

114 WATS Access Channel Interfaces and Network Channel Codes

This section explains the Channel Interface codes and Network Channel Codes that the customer must specify when ordering WATS Access Service An example which explains the specific characters of the codes a glossary of Channel Interface codes and impedancelevels are set forth in 113 preceding

1141 Service DesignatorNetwork Channel Code Conversion Table

The purpose of this table is to show the relationship between the service designator codes and the network channel codes that are used for WATS Access Service

Service Designator Network Channel Code Code

WAL (Standard amp Improved) SE

1142 Compatible Channel Interfaces

Compatible CIs Compatible CIs

2GS 2GS 4GS 2GS 2LS 2LS 4GS 4GS 4LS 4LS

2LS 2GS 4LS 2GS 2LS 2LS 4GS 4GS 4LS 4LS

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILE 0

f AN 1 986

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 199

ACCESS SERVICE

11

115 Special Access Voice Grade Optional Features and Functions and Technical Specifications Package

(A) Central Office Bridging Capability

(1) Voice Bridging (two-wire and four-wire)

(2) Data Bridging (two-wire and four-wire)

(3) Telephoto Bridging (two-wire and four-wire)

( 4) DATAPHONE Select-A-Station Bridging with sequentialarrangement ports or addressable arrangement ports

(5) Telemetry and Alarm Bridging

Split Band Active BridgingPassive BridgingSummation Active Bridging

(B) Central Office Multiplexing

Voice to Telegraph Grade An arrangement that converts a Voice Grade channel to Telegraph Grade channels using frequency division multiplexing

(C) Conditioning

Conditioning provides more specific transmission characteristics for Voice Grade services C-Type conditioningcontrols attenuation distortion and envelope delay distortion Sealing Current helps maintain continuity on dry metallic loops

For two-point services the parameters apply to each service For multipoint services the parameters apply to each mid-link or end link C-Type conditioning and Data Capability may be combined on the same service

Issued 1211787 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

I AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 200

~

ACCESS SERVICE

11

115 and Functions

(C) Conditioning (Contd)

(1) C-Type Conditioning

C-Type Conditioning is provided for the additional control of attenuation distortion and envelope delay distortion on data services The attenuation distortion and envelopedelay distortion specifications for C-Type Conditioning are

Attenuation Distortion Envelope Delay(Frequency Response) Distortion Relative to 1004 Hz Variation

Frequency --Variation Frequency (microshyRange ~ dB Range (Hz) seconds)

r ~ 1000-2600 100

400-2800 -10 to +20 800-2600 200 300-3000 -10 to +30 600-2600 300 3000-3200 -20 to +60 500-2800 600

500-3000 3000

(2) Sealing Current Conditioning

Sealing Current Conditioning is provided to help maintain continuity on dry metallic loops It is usuallyassociated with four-wire DA or NO type channel interfaces

(D) Customer Specified Premises Receive level

This option allows the customer to specify the receive level at the Point of Termination The level must be within a specific range on effective four-wire transmission The ranges are delineated in Technical Reference PUB 62501

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LE 0

I At1 1 T~88

Public Service CommiSSion of Wyoming

I

WYOMING PS~C TARIFF NO 3f Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 202

ACCESS SERVICE

11

115 Functions

(G) Telephoto Capability

Telephoto Capability provides transmission characteristic suitable for telephotographic communications SpecificallyTelephoto Capability is provided for the control of attenuation distortion and envelope delay distortion on telephotographic services The attenuation distortion and envelope delay distortion parameters for Telephoto Capabi11ty are

Attenuation Distortion Envelope Delay Distortion 1004 Hz Reference

Frequency Variation Frequency Variation Range (Hz) (dB) Range (Hz) (mcs)

500-3000 -05 to +15 1000-2600 110 300-3200 -10 to +25 800-2800 180

(H) Signaling Capability

Signaling Capability provides for the ability to transmit signals from one customer premises to another customer premises on the same service

(I) Selective Signaling Arrangement

An arrangement that permits code selective ringing for up to ten codes on a multipoint service

Issued 121187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LE 0

f AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 203

ACCESS SERVICE

11 Channel Interfaces and Technical

115 and Functions

(J) Transfer Arrangement

An arrangement that affords the customer an additional measure of flexibility in the use of their access channel(s) The arrangement can be utilized to transfer a leg of a Special Access Service to another channel that terminates in either the same or a different customer premises A key activated or dial-up control service is required to operate the transfer arrangement A spare channel if required s not included as part of the option

(K) Public Packet Switching Network (PPSN) Interface Arrangement

An arrangement that provides the interface requirements that permit a Voice Grade service to interface with a Public Packet Switching Network packet switch located in a Telephone Companypremises The interface is compatible with X25 and X75 packet switching protocols as defined by the CCITT

(l) Four-WireTwo Wire Conversions

When a customer requests that an effective four-wire channel be terminated with a two-wire channel interface at the customer1s designated premises a four-wire to two-wire conversion is required The rate for the conversion is included as part of the basic Channel Termination rate

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILE 0

I At-j 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyomiltg

- -

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 204

ACCESS SERVICE

11

115 S~ecial Access Voice Grade O~tional Features and Functions and Technical S~ecifications Package ~Contd~

The following table shows the technical specifications packageswith which the optional features and functions are available

Available with Technical S~ecifications Package VGshy

C 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 C-Type Conditioning X X X X X XX Central Office

Bridging Capability X X X X X X X Central Office

Multiplexing X X Customer Specified

Premises Receive Level X X X X X X

Data Capabil ity X X X X Improved Return Loss

For Effective Four-Wire Transmission X X X X X X X X X X X X X For Effective Two-Wire Transmission X X X X

PPSN Interface Arrangement X X

Sealing Current Conditioning X X

Selective Signaling Arrangement X X X X X X X

Signaling Capability X X X X X X X X Telophoto

Capabi1ity X X Transfer Arrangement X X X X X X X X X X X X X

Issued 121187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED I HI 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WVOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 205~

) ACCESS SERVICE

11

116 S2ecial Access Technical S2ecifications Packages

shy

Parameter Attentuation

Distortion C-Message Noise Echo Control Envelope Display

Distortion Frequency Shift Impluse Noise Intermodulation

Distortion Loss Deviation Phase Hits Gain

Hits and DropoutsPhase Jitter Signal-to-C

Message Noise Signal-to-C

Notch Noise

C 1 2 3 4 5 Package VGshy6 7 sect ~ 10 11 12

X X X

X X X

X X X

X X X

X X

X X X

X X

X X X

X X X

X X

X X

X X X

X X X

X X X X

X X X

X X X

X X X

X X X

X X X

X X X

X X X

X X X X X X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X X X X X X X X

X

X X X X X X X X X

The desired parameters are selected by the customer from the list of available parameters

The technical specifications for these parameters (except for dropouts gain hits and phase hits) are delineated in Technical Reference PUB 62501 and associated Addendum The technical specifications for dropouts phase hits and gain hits are delineated in Technical Reference PUB 41004 Table 4

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILE 0 IAN 1 1988

Public Service Commission

of Wyoming

Issued June 1 2020 Effective July 1 2020

Legal amp Regulatory Administrator

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

14th Revised Page 206

ACCESS SERVICE

12 Rates and Charges

All rates and charges for the services offered in this tariff are shown in this section

Reference is made for each rate element to the appropriate tariff paragraph where the

application of the service is described

121 Switched Access Service

(A) End Office

(1) Directory Assistance Information Surcharge 614(B)(4)

(a) Per 100 terminating access minutes

Effective July 1 2013 051300

Effective July 1 2014 000000

(b) Per 100 originating access minute 0513

(2) Local Switching 613(A)

(a) Per terminating access minute 00

(3) Local Transport

(a) Per originating access minute 03

(4) 800 Series Database Access Queries

Per query

(a) Basic 0055

(b) Vertical Feature 0061

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 202070006-119-TT-20

Issued June 1 2020 Effective July 1 2020

Legal amp Regulatory Administrator

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

8th Revised Page 2061

ACCESS SERVICE

12 Rates and Charges (Contrsquod)

121 Switched Access Service (Contrsquod)

(B) Transport

(1) Local Transport Facility ICB 613(A)

per access minute per mile

(2) Tandem Switched Transport

Tandem Switched Facility per

access minute per mile

(a) terminating 000581

(3) Tandem Switched Termination

(a) per access minute per 003014

termination

(C) Installation Charge per installation 15600 661(C)

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 202070006-119-TT-20

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

2nd Revised page 207

ACCESS SERVICE

12 Rates and Charges (Contrsquod)

122 Special Access Service Non-

Monthly Recurring

Rates Charges Source

(A) Channel Termination

(1) Voice Grade Channel

Two Wire Per Termination ICB 22300 712(A)(R)

Four Wire Per Termination ICB 22300 712(A)(R)

(B) Channel Mileage

(1) Channel Mileage Termination

Per Termination ICB NA 712(B)(R)

(C) Optional Features

As Ordered ICB ICB 712(C)

(D) Special Access Surcharge

Per Voice Grade Equivalent

Circuit 2500 733(A)

(E) Intrastate T1

Point to Point 37881

Issued June 1 2003 Mr Allen R Hoopes Effective July 1 2003

Vice President General Manager

President

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 201970006-113-TT-19

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

1st Revised Page 208

ACCESS SERVICE

12 Rates and Charges (Contrsquod)

123 Billing and Collection Service Rates Source

(A) Program Development

Basic Per Hour 8000 831(G)

Program Development

Premium Per Hour 10000 831(G)

(B) Special Order Charge

Per Order 10000 853(B)

Issued June 1 2003 Mr Allen R Hoopes Effective July 1 2003

President

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 201970006-113-TT-19

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

1st Revised Page 209

ACCESS SERVICE

12 Rates and Charges (Contrsquod)

124 Miscellaneous Services Overtime

Basic time outside

Scheduled scheduled

working hours working hours Source

(A) Additional Eng Periods

Per engineer frac12 hour

Or fraction thereof 2600 1900 91

(B) Additional Labor

Per technician frac12 hour

Or fraction thereof 2600 1500 92

(C) Maintenance of Service

Per technician frac12 hour

Or fraction thereof 2600 1500 93

125 Access Orders Rate

(A) Access Order Charge

Per Order 10000 52

(B) Order Change Charge

Per Order 10000 522

Issued June 1 2003 Mr Allen R Hoopes Effective July 1 2003

President

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 201970006-113-TT-19

Issued June 1 2020 Effective July 1 2020

Legal amp Regulatory Administrator

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

1st Revised Page 3

ACCESS SERVICE

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Contrsquod)

Page No

2 GENERAL REGULATIONS (Contrsquod)

22 Use 24

221 Interface or Impairment 24

222 Unlawful Use 25

23 Obligations of the Customer 26

231 Damages 26

232 Ownership of Facilities and Theft 26

233 Equipment Space and Power 26

234 Availability for Testing 27

235 Balance 27

236 Design of Customer Services 27

237 Reference to the Telephone Company 28

238 Claims and Demands for Damages 28

239 Coordination with Respect to Network Contingencies 29

2310 Jurisdictional Report Requirements 29

2311 Determination of Intrastate Charges for Mixed Interstate and 32

Intrastate Access Service

2312 Identification and Rating of VoIP-PSTN Traffic 32

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances 33

241 Payment of Rates Charges and Deposits 33

242 Minimum Periods 38

243 Cancellation of an Order for Service 39

244 Credit Allowance for Service Interruptions 39

245 Re-establishment of Service Following Fire Flood or other Occurrence 42

246 Title or Ownership Rights 43

247 Ordering Rating and Billing of Access Services where more than One 44

Exchange Telephone Company is Involved

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 202070006-119-TT-20

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 4

ACCESS SERVICETABLE OF CONTENTS (Centrsquod) Page No

2 GENERAL REGULATIONS (Centrsquod)

25 Connections

251 General

26 Definitions

3 CARRIER COMMON LINE ACCESS SERVICE

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

General Description

Limitations

Undertaking of the Telephone Company

Obligations of the Customer

Payment Arrangements

Payment of Coin Sent-Paid Monies

Rate Regulations

4 (Reserved for Future Use)

5 ORDERING OPTIONS FOR SWITCHED AND SPECIAL ACCESSSERVICE

51 General

511 Ordering Conditions512 Prevision of Other Services

52 Access Order

521 Access Order Service Date Provision522 Access Order Modifications523 Cancellation of an Access Order524 Minimum Period525 Ordering of Access Services Where More

Than One Exchange Telephone Company isInvolved

45

45

45

63

63

63

64

65

66

68

71

73

74

74

7474

75

76777981

81

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdashmdash

F IL_lsquoE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3mdashSilver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Centrsquod)

6 SWITCHED ACCESS SERVICE

61

62

63

64

65

General

611 Feature Group Arrangements612 WATS Access Service613 Rate Categories614 Design Layout Report615 Acceptance Testing616 Ordering Options and Conditions617 Testing

Provision and Description of Switched AccessService Feature Groups

621 Feature Group A622 Feature Group B623 Feature Group C

Transmission Specifications

Obligations of the Telephone Company

641 Network Management

Original Page 5

Paqe No83

83

838586

9192

93

949698

101

102

102642 Design and Taffic Routing of Switched

Access Service 103643 Provision of Service Performance Data 104644 Trunk Group Measurement Reports 104645 Determination of Number of Transmission

Paths 104646 Determination of Number of End Office

Transport Terminations 105

Obligations of the Customer 105

651 Report Requirements 105652 Supervisory Signaling 106653 Trunk Group Measurement Reports 106

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r lsquoldquo

- mdash- mdash~-fl ~ ~=rsquo~ )J

i $ i-L

IA ~I lrrsquogtc~

~t

r)gtrsquo-sr lsquo- ldquo i 7rsquo-

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 6

ACCESS SERVICE

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Centrsquod)

6 SWITCHED ACCESS SERVICE (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations

661 Description and Application of Ratesand Charges

662 Minimum Period663 Measuring Access Minutes664 Mileage Measurement

7 SPECIAL ACCESS SERVICE

71 General

711 Channel Type712 Rate Categories713 Service Configurations714 Alternate Use715 Special Facilities Routing716 Design Layout Report717 Acceptance Testing718 Ordering Options and Conditions

72 Service Descriptions

721 Voice Grade Service

73 Rate Regulations

731 Types of Rates and Charges732 Minimum Period733 Surcharge for Special Access Service

734 Mileage Measurement

Page No

106

106109109115

116

116

116116119122122122122123

123

125

127

127128128

130

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~i~

mdashmdashmdash__ __~-j -7

t-E -JI

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

8 BILLING AND COLLECTION SERVICES

81

82

83

84

85

General Description

Recording Service

821 General Description

Message Billing Service

831 General Description

Other Billing Services

General Regulations

851 Liability of the Telephone Company852 Obligations of the Customer853 Ordering Services854 Mixed Intrastate and Interstate Services855 Purchase of Accounts Receivable856 Auditing857 Billing Arrangements When the

Telephone Company Acts as Agentfor the Customer

9 ADDITIONAL ENGINEERING ADDITIONAL LABOR ANDMISCELLANEOUS SERVICES

91 Additional Engineering

911 Charges for Additional Engineering

Original Page 7

Paqe No

131

131

131

131

133

133

136

136

136138139139140146

147

148

148

148

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

_ldquomdashmdashmdash

F~liD~

1

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Centrsquod)

9 ADDITIONAL ENGINEERING ADDITIONAL LABOR ANDMISCELLANEOUS SERVICES

92 Additional Labor

921922923924

925926927

Overtime InstallationOvertime RepairStand ByTesting and Maintenance withOther Telephone CompaniesTesting ServicesOther LaborCharges for Additional Labor

93 Miscellaneous Services

931 Maintenance of Service

10 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION

101 General

102 Conditions Requirinq Special Construction

11 INTERFACE GROUPS TRANSMISSION SPECIFICATIONSCHANNEL INTERFACES SPECIAL ACCESS OPTIONAL FEATURESAND FUNCTIONSAND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION PACKAGES

111 Local Transport Interface Groups

1111 Interface Group 11112 Interface Group 21113 Interface Group 31114 Interface Group 41115 Interface Group 51116 Interface Group 61117 Interface Group 71118 Interface Group 81119 Interface Group 911110 Interface Group 1011111 Available Premises Interface Codes11112 Supervisory Signaling

Original Page 8

148

149149149

149149149150

150

150

151

151

151

152

152

152153154154155155156156157157158161

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Pldquorsquorsquo-rdquo7-7

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 9

ACCESS SERVICE

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Centrsquod)

11Page No

INTERFACE GROUPS TRANSMISSION SPECIFICATIONSCHANNEL INTERFACES SPECIAL ACCESS OPTIONAL FEATURESAND FUNCTIONSAND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION PACKAGES (Centrsquod)

112

113

114

115

116

Transmission Specifications Switched AccessService

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications1122 Data Transmission Parameters

Special Access Channel Interface and NetworkChannel Codes

1131 Glossary of Channel Interface Codesand Options

1132 Impedance1133 Digital Hierarchy Channel Interface

Codes (4DS)1134 Service DesignatorNetwork Channel

Code Conversion Table1135 Compatible Channel Interfaces

WATS Access Channel Interfaces and NetworkChannel Codes

1141 Service DesignatorNetowrk ChannelCode Conversion Table

1142 Compatible Channel Interfaces

Special Access Voice Grade Optional Featuresand Functions and Technical Specificationsm

Special Access Technical SpecificationsPackaqes

162

162170

174

175180

181

181184

198

198198

199

205

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

F--rsquo~

t~$ ~ Ioqg

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 10

ACCESS SERVICE

12 RATES AND CHARGES

121 Switched Access Service

122 Special Access Service

123 Billing and Collection Service

124 Miscellaneous Services

125 Access Orders

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Centrsquod)

Page No

206

206

207

208

209

209

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

pi~~11rsquokl1 lnog

)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 11

ACCESS SERVICE

CONCURRING CARRIERS

NO CONCURRING CARRIERS

CONNECTING CARRIERS

NO CONNECTING CARRIERS

OTHER PARTICIPATING CARRIERS

NO OTHER PARTICIPATING CARRIERS

REGISTERED SERVICE MARKS REGISTERED TRADEMARKS

None None

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278 ~mdashmdashFreedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 12

(c) - To(D) - To(I) - To(M) - To(N) - To(R) - To(s) - To(T) - To(z) - To

LANIATampTBDBHMCcoCentrsquodCPEDAdBdBrnCdBrnCOdBvdBvldcEASEDDELEPLEMLEPLERLESSESSXfFIDFCCFX

signifysignifysignifysignifysignifysignifysignifysignifysignify

ACCESS SERVICE

EXPLANATION OF SYMBOLS

changed regulationdiscontinued rate or regulationincreasematter relocated without changenew rate or regulationreductionreissued mattera change in text but no change in rate or regulationa correction

EXPLANATION OF ABBREVIATIONS

Alternating currentActual Measured LossAutomatic Number IdentificationAmerican Telephone and Telegraph CompanyBusiness DayBusy Hour Minutes of CapacityCentral OfficeContinuedCustomer Provided EquipmentDirectory AssistancedecibelDecibel Reference Noise C-Message WeightingDecibel Reference Noise C-Message Referenced to ODecibel(s) relative to 1 volt (reference)Decibel(s) relating to 1 volt (reference)direct currentExtended Area ServiceEnvelope Delay DistortionEqual Level Echo Path LossExpected Measured LossEcho Path LossEcho Retrun LossElectronic Switching SystemElectronic Switching System ExchangefrequencyField IdentifierFederal Communications CommissionForeign Exchange

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

[i=-Ii

mdashldquomdashmdash

Ijmdash

=[-m

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 13

ACCESS SERVICE

EXPLANATION OF ABBREVIATIONS

HzIcICBICLkbpskHzLATAMaMbpsMHzMMUCMRCMTMTSNPANRCNTSNXXOTPLPBXPCMPOTrmsRSMRSSSRLSSNSwcTESTLPTSPSUsocVGVampHWATS

HertzInterexchange CarrierIndividual Case BasisInserted Connection LossKilobits per secondkilohertzLocal Access and Transport AreamilliamperesMegabits per secondMegahertzMinimum Monthly Usage ChargeMonthly Recurring ChargeMetallicMessage Telecommunications Service(s)Numbering Plan AreaNonrecurring ChargeNon-Traffic SensitiveThree-Digit Central Office CodeZero Transmission Level PointPrivate Branch ExchangePulse Code ModulationPoint of Terminationroot-mean-squareRemote Switching ModulesRemote Switching SystemsSinging Return LossSwitched Service NetworkServing Wire CenterTelephone Exchange Services(s)Transmission Level PointTraffic Service Position SystemUniform Service Order CodeVoice GradeVertical amp HorizontalWide Area Teleccmnunications Service(s)

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 27BFreedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 14

ACCESS SERVICE

REFERENCE TO OTHER TARIFFS

Whenever reference is made in this tariff to other tariffs of the TelephoneCompany the reference is made to the tariffs in force as of the effectivedate of this tariff and to amendments thereto and successive issues thereof

REFERENCE TO TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS

The following technical publications are referenced in this tariff andmay be obtained from Bell Communications Research Inc Distribution Stora9eCenter 60 New England Avenue Picataway New Jersey 08854-4196 (201) 981-5600

Technical Reference

1 PUB 41004Issued October 1973 Available October 1973

2 PUB TR-NPL-OO0334Issued June 1986 Available November 1986

3 PUB TR-NPL-OO0335Issued June 1986 Available November 1986

The following technical publication is referenced in this tariff and may beobtained from the Bell System for Technical Education Room F214 6200 Route53 Lisle IL 60532

Telecommunications Transmission EngineeringVolume 3 - Networks and Services (Chapter 6 and 7)Second Edition 1980Issued June 1980 Available June 1980

The following technical publication is referenced in this tariff and may beobtained from the National Exchange Carrier Association Inc Group Manager -Tariff Administration 100 S Jefferson Road Whippany NJ 07981 and theFederal Communication Commission]s commercial contractor

PUB AS No 1 Issue IIIssued May 1984 Available May 1984

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO EOX278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

_ _mdashmdash

f=]~j~)

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 15

ACCESS SERVICE

1 Application of Tariff

11 This tariff contains regulations rates and charges applicableto the provision of Carrier Common Line Switched AccessSpecial Access and Billing and Collection Serviceshereinafter referred to collectively as service(s) provided bySilver Star Telephone Company to Customers

12 The provision of such services by the Telephone Company as set forthin this tariff does not constitute a joint undertaking with thecustomer for the furnishing of any service

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278

F

mdash mdash---mdash -Freedom Wyoming 83120 ~ ~_a ~ ~ ~

I

I)l f 1-O

tPublirlsquordquordquo ~ 1

L-__Qldquo-J

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 16Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations

21 Unclertakinq of the Telephone Company

211 Scope

(A) The Telephone Company does not undertake to transmitmessages under this tariff

(B) The Telephone Company shall be responsible only for theinstallation operation and maintenance of the services itprovides

(C) The Telephone Company wil1 for maintenance purposes testits services only to the extent necessary to detect andorclear troubles

(D) Services are provided 24 hours daily seven days per weekexcept as set forth in other applicable sections of thistariff

(E) The Telephone Company does not warrant that its facilitiesand services meet standards other than those set forth inthis tariff

212 Limitations

(A) The customer may not assign or transfer the use ofservices provided under this tariff however where thereis not interruption of use or relocation of the servicessuch assignment or transfer may be made to

(1) another customer whether an individual partnershipassociation or corporation provided the assignee ortransferee assumes all outstanding indebtedness forsuch services and the unexpired portion of theminimum period and the termination liabilityapplicable to such services if any or

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

1st Revised Page 17

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

21 Undertaken u of the Telephone Com~anv (Control)

212 Limitations (Centrsquod)

(2) a court-appointed receiver trustee or otherperson acting pursuant to law in bankruptcyreceivership reorganization insolvencyliquidation or other similar proceedingsprovided the assignee or transferee assumes theunexpired portion of minimum period and thetermination liability applicable to suchservices if any

In all cases of assignment or transfer thewritten acknowledgment of the Telephone Companyis required prior to such assignment or transferwhich acknowledgement shall be made within 15days from the receipt of notification Allregulations and conditions contained in thistariff shall apply to such assignee ortransferee

The assignment or transfer of services does notrelieve or discharge the assignor or transferorfrom remaining jointly or severally liable withthe assignee or transferee for any obligationsexisting at the time of the assignment ortransfer

(B) The use and restcrationof services shall be provided ona first-come first-served baeis The use andrestoration of services shall be in accordance with Part64 Subpart D Appendix A of the Federal CommunicationsCommissionrsquos Rules and Regulations which specifies thepriority system for such activities

Issued 04992 Mr Allen R Hoopes Vice President Effective1001192 (T)Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 226Freedom Wyoming 83120

v= SEWCE ~KM

APIWVEDEFFECTIVEldquojrdquo9zDOCKETNO~ -7-amp9zrdquof

STATEOFWYOMING

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 18Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

21 Undertaking of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

213 Liability

(A) The Telephone Company(s liability if any for its willfulmisconduct is not limited by this tariff With respect toany other claim or suit by a customer or by any othersfor damages associated with the installation provisiontermination maintenance repair or restoration ofservice and subject to the provisions of (B) through (H)following the Telephone Companyrsquos liability except as setforth in 851 following if any shall not exceed anamount equal to the proportionate charge for the servicefor the period during which the service was affectedThis liability for damages shall be in addition to anyamounts that may otherwise be due the customer under thistariff as a Credit Alrsquo

(B) The Telephone Companyomission of any otherportion of a serviceits own act or omissit

owance for a Service Interruption

shall not be liable for any act orcarrier or customer providing anor shall the Telephone Company forn hold liable any other carrier or

customer providing a portion of a service

(C) The Telephone Company is not liable for damages to thecustomer premises resulting from the furnishing of aservice including the installation and removal ofequipment and associated wiring unless the damage iscaused by the Telephone Companyrsquos negligence

(D) The Telephone Company shall be indemnified defended andheld harmless by the end user against any claim loss ordamage arising from the end userrsquos use of services offeredunder this tariff involving

(1) Claims for libel slander invasion ofprivacy or infringement of copyrightarising from the end userrsquos owncommunications

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 19

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

21 Undertaking of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

213 Liability (Centrsquod)

(2) Claims for patent infringement arising from the enduserrsquos acts combining or using the service furnishedby the Telephone Company in connection with facilitiesor equipment furnished by the end user or customer or

(3) All other claims arising out of any act or omission ofthe end user in the course of using services providedpursuant to this tariff

(E) The Telephone Company shal1 be indemnified defended andheld harmless by the customer against any claim loss or damagearising from the customerrsquos use of services offered under thistariff involving

(1) Claims for libel slander invasion of privacy orinfringement of copyright arising from the customerrsquosown communications

(2) Claims for patent infringementarising from thecustomerrsquos acts combining or using the servicefurnished by the Telephone Company in connection withfacilities or equipment furnished by the end user orcustomer or

(3) All other claims arising out of any act or omission ofthe customer in the course of using services providedpursuant to this tariff

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 20

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

21 Undertaking of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

213 Liability (Centrsquod)

(F) The Telephone Company does not guarantee or make anywarranty with respect to its services when used in anexplosive atmosphere The Telephone Company shall beindemnified defended and held harmless by the customerfrom any and all claims by any person relating to suchcustomerrsquos use of services so provided

(G) No license under patents (other than the limited licenseto use) is granted by the Telephone Company or shall beimplied or arise by estoppel with respect to any serviceoffered under this tariff

(H) The Telephone Companyrsquos failure to provide or maintainservices under this tariff shall be excused by labordifficulties governmental orders civil commotionscriminal actions taken against the Telephone Company actsof God and other circumstances beyond the TelephoneCompanyrsquos reasonable control subject to the CreditAllowance for a Service Interruption as set forth in 244following

214 Provision of Services

The Telephone Company to the extent that such services are orcan be made available with reasonable effort and afterprovision has been made for the Telephone Companyrsquos telephoneexchange services will provide to the customer upon reasonablenotice services offered in other applicable sections of thistariff at rates and charges specified therein

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company 1st Revised Page 21

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

21 Undertakin a of the Telephone ComPanv (Centrsquod)

215 Installation and Termination of Services

The services provided under this tariff (A) will include anyentrance cable or drop wiring and wire or intrabuilding cableto that point where provision is made for termination of theTelephone Companyrsquoe outside distribution network facilities ata suitable location inside a customer-designated premises and(B) will be installed by the Telephone Company to such Pointof Termination

216 Maintenance of Services

The services provided under this tariff shall be maintained bythe Telephone Company The customer or others may notrearrange move disconnect remove or attempt to repair anyfacilities provided by the Telephone Company other than byconnection or disconnection to any interface means used

217 Chanqes and Substitutions

Except as provided for equipment and systems subject to FCCPart 68 Regulations at 47 CFR Section 68llO(b) theTelephone Company may where such action is reasonablyrequired in the operation of its business

(A) substitute change or rearrange any facilities used inproviding service under this tariff including but notlimited to (1) substitution of different metallicfacilities (2) substitution of carrier or derivedfacilities for metallic facilities used to provide otherthan metallic facilities and (3) substitution ofmetallic facilities for carrier or derived facilitiesused to provide other than metallic facilities

Issued 04992 Mr Allen R Hoopes Vice President Effective100192 (T)Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 226Freedom Wyoming 83120

4

twucsERvlcE~

AwRoHD F

E~ o--92

D00KETN0700W -m-mSTATEOFWYOMING

mdash- mdash

Silver Star Telephone CompanyACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 22

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

21 Undertaking of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

217 Chanqes and Substitutions (Centrsquod)

(B) change minimum protection criteria change operating ormaintenance characteristics of facilities or changeoperations or procedures of the Telephone Company Incase of any such substitution change or rearrangementthe transmission parameters will be within the range asset forth in 6 and 7 following The Telephone Companyshall not be responsible if any such substitution changeor rearrangement renders any customer furnished servicesobsolete or requires modification or alteration thereof orotherwise affects their use or performance If suchsubstitution change or rearrangement materially affectsthe operating characteristics of the facility theTelephone Company will provide reasonable notification tothe customer in writing Reasonable time will be allowedfor any redesign and implementation required by the changein operating characteristics The Telephone Company willwork cooperatively with the customer to determinereasonable notification procedures

218 Refusal and Discontinuance of Service

(A) Unless the provisions of 221(B) or 25 following applyif a customer fails to comply with 216 preceding or222 231 234 235 or 24 following including anypayments to be made by it on the dates and times hereinspecified the Telephone Company may on thirty (30) dayswritten notice by Certified US Mail to the persondesignated by that customer to receive such notices ofnoncompliance refuse additional applications for serviceandor refuse to complete any pending orders for serviceby the non-complying customer at any time thereafter

If the Telephone Company does not refuse additionalapplications for service on the date specified in thethirty (30) days notice and the customerrsquos noncompliancecontinues nothing contained herein shall preclude theTelephone Companyrsquos right to refuse additionalapplications for service to the non-complying customerwithout further notice

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

] rsquo

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 23

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

21 Undertaking of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

218 Refusal and Discontinuance of Service (Centrsquod)

(B) Unless the provisions of 221(B) or 25 following applyif a customer fails to comply with 216 preceding or222 231 234 235 or 24 following including anypayments to be made by it on the dates and times hereinspecified the Telephone Company may on thirty (30) dayswritten notice by Certified US Mail to the persondesignated by that customer to receive such notices ofnoncompliance discontinue the provision of the servicesto the non-complying customer at any time thereafter

In the case of such discontinuance all applicablecharges including termination charges shall become dueIf the Telephone Company does not discontinue theprovision of the services involved on the date specifiedin the thirty (30) days notice and the customerrsquosnoncompliance continues nothing contained herein shallpreclude the Telephone Companyrsquos right to discontinue theprovision of the services to the non-complying customerwithout further notice

219 Notification of Service-Affectinq Activities

The Telephone Company will provide the customer reasonablenotification of service-affecting activities that may occur innormal operation of its business Such activities may includebut are not limited to equipment or facilities additionsremovals or rearrangements routine preventative maintenanceand major switching office change-out Generally suchactivities are not individual customer service specific theyaffect many customersrsquo service No specific advancenotification period is applicable to all service activitiesThe Telephone Company will work cooperatively with the customerto determine the notification requirements

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdash- --mdashmdash

FIIED

I

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 24

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

21 Undertaking of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

2110 Coordination with Respect to Network Contingencies

The Telephone Company intends to work cooperatively with thecustomer to develop network contingency plans in order tomaintain maximum network capability following natural or man-made disasters which affect telecommunications services

2111 Provision and Ownership of Telephone Numbers

The Telephone Company reserves the reasonable right to assigndesignate or change telephone numbers any other call numberdesignations associated with Access Services or the TelephoneCompany serving central office prefixes associated with suchnumbers when necessary in the conduct of its businessShould it become necessary to make a change in suchnumbers(s) the Telephone Company will furnish to the customer6 months notice and explanation of the reason(s) for suchchange(s)

22 Use

221 Interference or Impairment

(A) The characteristics and methods of operation of anycircuits facilities or equipment provided by other thanthe Telephone Company and associated with the facilitiesutilized to provide services under this tariff shall notinterfere with or impair service over any facilities ofthe Telephone Company its affiliated companies or itsconnecting and concurring carriers involved in itsservices cause damage to their plant impair the privacyof any communications carried over their facilities orcreate hazards to the employees of any of them or thepublic

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~~

-mdash--mdash-mdash-rdquo---~ ----

7-$) jti-

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

1st Revised Page 25

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

22 (Centrsquod)

221 Interference or Impairment (Centrsquod)

(B) Except as provided for equipment or systems subject tothe FCC Part 68 Rules in 47 CFR Section 68108 ifsuch characteristics or methods of operation are not inaccordance with (A) preceding the Telephone Companywill where practicable notify the customer thattemporary discontinuance of the use of a service may berequired however where prior notice is notpracticable nothing contained herein shall be deemed topreclude the Telephone Companyrsquos right to temporarilydiscontinuance the customer will be promptly notifiedand afforded the opportunity to correct the conditionwhich gave rise to the temporary discontinuance Duringsuch period of temporary discontinuance creditallowance for service interruptions as set forth in244 following is not applicable

222 Unlawful Use

The service provided under this tariff shall not be used foran unlawful purpose

(A) The Telephone Company may upon written request from acustomer terminate service to any subscriber of acustomer identified by the customer as having utilizedthat customerrsquos service andor facilities in thecompletion of abusive telephone calls Service may beterminated by the Telephone Company as provided for inits general andor local exchange service

(B) In such instances when termination occurs as in (A)preceding the Telephone Company shall be indemnifieddefended and held harmless by the customer againgt anyclaim loss or damage arising from the TelephoneCompanyrsquos actions in terminating such service

Issued 04992 Mr Allen R Hoopesr Vice President Effective100192 (T)Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 226Freedom Wyoming 83120

iw6LlcSERVICGCuMumoNAWROVED

EFFECTIVE(7-rdquo$

00CKETNOZP (XXYrdquo792-ST4TEOFWYOMING

-----

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 26

231

232

233

QwE

The customer shall reimburse the Telephone Company for damagesto Telephone Company facilities utilized to provide servicesunder this tariff caused by the negligence or willful act ofthe customer or resulting from the customerrsquos improper use ofthe Telephone Company facilities or due to malfunction of anyfacilities or equipment provided by other than the TelephoneCompany

Nothing in the foregoing provision shall be interpreted to holdone customer liable for another customerrsquos actions TheTelephone Company will upon reimbursement for damagescooperate with the customer in prosecuting a claim against theperson causing such damage and the customer shall be subrogatedto the right of recovery by the Telephone Company for thedamages to the extent of such payment

Ownership of Facilities and Theft

Facilities utilized by the Telephone Company to provide serviceunder the provisions of this tariff shall remain the propertyof the Telephone Company Such facilities shall be returned tothe Telephone Company by the customer whenever requestedwithin a reasonable period following the request in as goodcondition as reasonable wear will permit

Equipment Space and Power

The customer shall furnish or arrange to have furnished to theTelephone Company at no charge equipment space and electricalpower required by the Telephone Company to provide servicesunder this tariff at the points of termination of suchservices The selection of ac or dc power shall

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 ~mdashmdash -mdash-

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 27

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Centrsquod)

233 Equipment Space and Power (Centrsquod)

be mutually agreed to by the customer and the TelephoneCompany The customer shall also make necessary arrangementsin order that the Telephone Company will have access to suchspaces at reasonable times for installing testing repairingor removing Telephone Company services

234 Availability for Testinq

The services provided under this tariff shall be available tothe Telephone Company at times mutually agreed upon in order topermit the Telephone Company to make tests and adjustmentsappropriate for maintaining the services in satisfactoryoperating condition Such tests and adjustments shall becompleted within a reasonable time No credit will be allowedfor any interruptions involved during such tests andadjustments

235 Balance

All signals for transmission over the services provided underthis tariff shall be delivered by the customer balanced toground

236 Design of Customer Services

Subject to the provisions of 217 preceding the customershall be solely responsible at its own expense for theoverall design of its services and for any redesigning orrearrangement of its services which may be required because ofchanges in facilities operations or procedures of theTelephone Company minimum protection criteria or operating ormaintenance characteristics of the facilities

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

[~1

mdash--mdashmdash_u

--

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 28

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Centrsquod)

237 Reference to the Telephone Company

The customer may advise End Users that certain services areprovided by the Telephone Company in connection with theservice the customer furnishes to the End Users however thecustomer shall not represent that the Telephone Company jointlyparticipates in the customerrsquos services

238 Claims and Demands for Damages

(A) With respect to claims of patent infringement made bythird persons the customer shall defend indemnifyprotect and save harmless the Telephone Company from andagainst all claims arising out of the combining with oruse in connection with the services provided under thistariff any circuit apparatus system or method providedby the customer

(B) The customer shall defend indemnify and save harmless theTelephone Company from and against any suits claimslosses or damages including punitive damages attorneyfees and court costs by third persons arising out of theconstruction installation operation maintenance orremoval of the customerrsquos circuits facilities orequipment connected to the Telephone Companyrsquos servicesprovided under this tariff including without limitationWorkmenrsquos Compensation claims actions for infringement ofcopyright andor unauthorized use of program materiallibel and slander actions based on the content ofcommunications transmitted over the customerrsquos circuitsfacilities or equipment and proceedings to recover taxesfines or penalties for failure of the customer to obtainor maintain in effect any necessary certificates permitslicenses or other authority to acquire or operate theservices provided under this tariff

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R liOODESPresident Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 mdashmdash mdash-__

I

Silver Star Telephone CompanyACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 29

238

239

2310

Claims and Demands for Damages (Centrsquod)

(B) (Centrsquod)

provided however the foregoing indemnification shall notapply to suits claims and demands to recover damages fordamage to property death or personal injury unless suchsuits claims or demands are based on the tortuous conductof the customer its officers agents or employees

(C) The customer shall defend indemnify and save harmless theTelephone Company from and against any suits claimslosses or damages including punitive damages attorneyfees and court costs by the customer or third partiesarising out of any act or omission of the customer in thecourse of using services provided under this tariff

Coordination with Respect to Network Contingencies

The customer shall in cooperation with the Telephone Companycoordinate in planning the actions to be taken to maintainmaximum network capability following natural or man-madedisasters which affect telecommunications services

Jurisdictional Report Requirements

(A) Jurisdictional Reports

(1) When a customer orders Feature Group A or B SwitLiedAccess Service from the primary carrier which iscapable of connecting to the end user in theTelephone Companyrsquos serving area the customer shallprovide a copy of such order to the telephonecompany The Telephone Company will apply thecustomer provided projected intrastate percentage ofintrastate usage to the total Feature Group A andFeature Group B minutes originating from theTelephone Companies end offices to the Customerrsquospremises in the primary carrierrsquos serving area orterminating from the Customerrsquos designated premisesto the telephone companyrsquos end office

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdash -mdashmdash

F1f [-ii

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 30

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Centrsquod)

2310 Jurisdictional Report Requirements

(A) Jurisdictional Reports

(2) When a customer orders Feature Group C SwitchedAccess Service the Telephone Company will unlessthe customer provides the projected intrastatepercentage for intrastate usage in its orderdetermine the projected intrastate percentage asfollows For originating access minutes theprojected intrastate percentage will be developed ona monthly basis by end office when the Feature GroupC Switched Access Service access minutes are measuredby dividing the measured intrastate originatingaccess minutes (the access minutes where the callingnumber and the called number are in the samestate) by the total originating access minutes

For terminating access minutes the data used by theTelephone Company to develop the projected intrastatepercentage for originating access minutes will beused to develop projected intrastate percentage forsuch terminating access minutes

The Telephone Company will designate the numberobtained by subtracting the projected interstatepercentage for originating and terminating accessminutes calculated by the Telephone Company from 100(100 - Telephone Company calculated projectedinterstate percentage = intrastate percentage) as theprojected intrastate percentage of use

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~

mdash---

F q1ldquoii=lsquo-I$1~Icio

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 31

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Centrsquod)

2310 Jurisdictional Report Requirements (Centrsquod)

(A) Jurisdictional Reports (Centrsquod)

(2) (Centrsquod)

Effective on the first of January April July andOctober of each year the customer shall update theinterstate and intrastate jurisdictional report Thecustomer shall forward to the Telephone Company to bereceived no later than 15 days after the first of eachsuch month a revised report showing the interstateand intrastate percentage of use for the past threemonths ending the last day of December March Juneand September respectively for each service arrangedfor intrastate use Additionally where the customerutilizes FGA Switched Access Service for calls betweena Primary Exchange Carrier and a Secondary ExchangeCarrier within the same Extended Area Service callingarea andor Feature Group B Switched Access Servicefor calls between a Primary Exchange Carrierrsquos accesstandem and a subtending Secondary Exchange Carrierwhere the Primary and Secondary Exchange Carriers arenot the same Telephone Company a copy of the revisedreport will be provided by the customer to theTelephone Company

The revised report will serve as the basis for thenext three months billing and will be effective on thebill date for that service No prorating or backbilling will be done based on the report

If the customer does not supply the reports theTelephone Company will assume the percentages to bethe same as those provided In the last quarterlyreport For those cases in which a quarterly reporthas never been received from the customer theTelephone Company will assume the percentages to bethe same as those provided in the order for service asset forth in (1) preceding

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

F

Issued June 1 2020 Effective July 1 2020

Legal amp Regulatory Administrator

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

1st Revised Page 32

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Contrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Contrsquod)

2311 Determination of Intrastate Charges for Mixed Interstate and Intrastate

Access Service

When mixed interstate and intrastate Access Service is provided all

charges (ie nonrecurring monthly andor usage) including optional

features charges will be prorated between interstate and intrastate The

percentage provided in the reports as set forth in 2310(A) preceding will

serve as the basis for prorating the charges The percentage of an Access

Service to be charged as intrastate is applied in the following manner

(A) For monthly nonrecurring chargeable rate elements multiply the

percent intrastate use times the quantity of chargeable elements times

the state tariff rate per element

(B) For usage sensitive (ie access minutes and calls) chargeable rate

elements multiply the percent intrastate use times actual use (ie

measured or Telephone Company assumed average use) times the

stated tariff rate

The intrastate percentage will change as revised usage reports are

submitted as set forth in 2310 preceding

2312 Identification and Rating of VoIP-PSTN Traffic

VoIP-PSTN Traffic is defined as traffic exchanged between a Company

end user and the customer in Time Division Multiplexing (TDM) format

that originates andor terminates in Internet Protocol (IP) format This

section governs the identification of VoIP-PSTN Traffic that is required to

be compensated at interstate access rates unless the parties have agreed

otherwise by the FCC in its Report and Order in WC Dockets Nos 10-90

etc FCC Release No 11-161 (November 18 2011) (FCC Order) and

Second Order on Reconsideration Specifically this section establishes

the method of separating VoIP-PSTN Traffic from the customers

traditional intrastate access traffic so that such VoIP-PSTN Traffic can be

billed in accordance with the FCC Order

Originating intrastate toll VoIP traffic will be billed the intrastate

originating access rates These rates apply regardless of whether the call

originates in TDM or IP format

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 202070006-119-TT-20

Issued June 1 2020 Effective July 1 2020

Legal amp Regulatory Administrator

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 321

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Contrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Contrsquod)

2312 Identification and Rating of VoIP-PSTN Traffic (contrsquod)

The relevant VoIP-PSTN Traffic identified in accordance with this tariff

section that is originated on Telephone Companyrsquos network that originates

andor terminates in IP format shall be billed at rates equal to Telephone

Companyrsquos applicable tariffed interstate originating switched access rates

as specified in Telephone Companyrsquos applicable federal access tariff

(A) Calculation and Application of Percent-VoIP- Usage Factors (1) Telephone Company will determine the number of relevant VoIP-

PSTN Traffic minutes of use (MOU) to which interstate rates will

be applied under 2312 preceding by applying a Percent VoIP

Usage (PVU) factor to the total terminating intrastate access MOU

received by a Telephone Company end user and delivered to the

customer

(2) The customer will calculate and furnish to Telephone Company a

PVU factor representing the percentage of the total intrastate

access MOU that the customer terminates to Telephone Company

that was sent and originated in IP format

(3) The terminating PVU shall be based on information such as traffic

studies actual call detail or other relevant and verifiable

information which will be provided to Telephone Company upon

request

(4) Telephone Company will apply the PVU factor to the total

terminating intrastate access MOU received from the customer to

determine the number of relevant VoIP-PSTN Traffic MOUs

(5) If the customer does not furnish Telephone Company with a PVU

factor Telephone Company will utilize a PVU equal to zero

(B) Initial PVU Factors (1) The PVU factor will be implemented when received for those

companies whose intrastate rates are higher than the interstate

rates

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 202070006-119-TT-20

Issued June 1 2020 Effective July 1 2020

Legal amp Regulatory Administrator

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 322

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Contrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Contrsquod)

2312 Identification and Rating of VoIP-PSTN Traffic (contrsquod)

(C) PVU Factor Updates

The customer may update the PVU factors quarterly using the method

set forth in (A)(2) preceding If the customer chooses to submit such updates it shall forward to Telephone Company no later than 15 days

after the first day of January April July andor October of each year

revised PVU factors based on data for the prior three months ending the

last day of December March June and September respectively The

revised PVU factors will serve as the basis for future billing and will be

effective on the bill date of each such month and shall serve as the basis

for subsequent monthly billing until superseded by new PVU factors No

prorating or back billing will be done based on the updated PVU factors

(D) PVU Factor Verification (1) Not more than twice in any year Telephone Company may request

from the customer an overview of the process used to determine the

PVU factors the call detail records description of the method for

determining how the end user originates and terminates calls in IP

format and other information used to determine the customers PVU

factors furnished to Telephone Company in order to validate the

PVU factors supplied The customer shall comply and shall

reasonably supply the requested data and information within 15 days

of Telephone Companys request

(2) Telephone Company may dispute the Customers PVU factor

based upon

bull A review of the requested data and information provided by the

customer

bull Telephone Companys reasonable review of other market information FCC reports on VoIP lines such as FCC Form 477 or state level results or based on other relevant data

bull A change in the reported PVU factor by more than five

percentage points from the preceding quarter

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 202070006-119-TT-20

Issued June 1 2020 Effective July 1 2020

Legal amp Regulatory Administrator

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 323

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Contrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Contrsquod)

2312 Identification and Rating of VoIP-PSTN Traffic (contrsquod)

(3) If after review of the data and information the customer and

Telephone Company establishes revised PVU factors Telephone

Company will begin using those revised PVU factors with the

next bill period

(4) If the dispute is unresolved Telephone Company may initiate an

audit Telephone Company shall limit audits of the customers

PVU factor to no more than twice per year The customer may

request that the audit be conducted by an independent auditor In

such cases the associated auditing expenses will be paid by the

customer

bull In the event that the customer fails to provide adequate

records to enable Telephone Company or an independent

auditor to conduct an audit verifying the customers PVU

factors Telephone Company will bill the usage for all

contested periods using the most recent undisputed PVU

factors reported by the customer These PVU factors will

remain in effect until the audit can be completed

bull During the audit the most recent undisputed PVU factors

from the previous reporting period will be used by Telephone

Company

bull Telephone Company will adjust the customers PVU factors

based on the results of the audit and implement the revised

PVU in the next billing period or quarterly report date

whichever is first The revised PVU factors will apply for the

next two quarters before new factors can be submitted by the

customer

bull If the audit supports the customers PVU factors the usage

for the contested periods will be adjusted to reflect the

customers audited PVU factors

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 202070006-119-TT-20

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 33

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances

241 Payment of Rates Charges and Deposits

(A) The Telephone Company will in order to safeguard itsinterests only require a customer which has a provenhistory of late payments of the Telephone Company or doesnot have established credit to make a deposit prior to orat any time after the provision of a service to thecustomer to be held by the Telephone Company as aguarantee of the payment of rates and charges No suchdeposit will be required of a customer which is asuccessor of a company which has established credit andhas no history of late payments to the Telephone CompanySuch deposit may not exceed the actual or estimated ratesand charges for the service for a two month period Thefact that a deposit has been made in no way relieves thecustomer from complying with the Telephone Companyrsquosregulations as to the prompt payment of bills At suchtime as the provision of the service to the customer isterminated the amount of the deposit will be credited tothe customerrsquos account and any credit balance which mayremain will be refunded

Such a deposit will be refunded or credited to the accountwhen the customer has established credit or in any eventafter the customer has established a one-year promptpayment record at any time prior to the termination of theprovision of the service to the customer In case of acash deposit for the period the deposit is held by theTelephone Company the customer will receive interest atthe same percentage rate as that set forth in (B)(3)(b)(I)or in (Be) whichever is lower The rate will becompounded daily for the number of days from the date thecustomer deposit is received by the Telephone Company toand including the date such deposit is credited to thecustomerrsquos account or the date the deposit is refunded bythe Telephone Company Should a deposit be credited to thecustomerrsquos account as indicated above no interest willaccrue on the deposit from the date such deposit iscredited to the customerrsquos account

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

_ mdash

F[- ~

--

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 34

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances

241 Payment of Rates Charqes and Deposits

(B) The Telephone Company shall bill on a current basis allcharges incurred by the credits due to the customer underthis tariff attributable to services established ordiscontinued during the preceding billing period

In addition the Telephone Company shall bill in advancecharges for all services to be provided during the ensuingbilling period except for charges associated with serviceusage and for the Federal Government which will be billedin arrears The bill day (ie the billing date of a billfor a customer for Access Service under this tariff) theperiod of service each bill covers and the payment datewill be as follows

(1) The Telephone Company will establish a bill day eachmonth for each customer account The bill will covernonusage sensitive service charges per month chargesfor the ensuing billing period for which the bill isrendered any known unbilled nonusage sensitive chargesfor prior periods and unbilled usage charges for theperiod after the last bill day through the current billday Any known unbilled usage charges for priorperiods and any known unbilled adjustments will beapplied to this bill Payment for such bills is due asset forth in (2) following If payment is not receivedby the payment date as set forth in (2) following inirrrnediatelyavailable funds a late payment penaltywill apply as set forth in (2) following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

rldquo

---------------

[- -ldquo rsquo

9

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 35

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

241 Payment of Rates Charqes and Deposits (Centrsquod)

(B) (Centrsquod)

(2) (a) All bills dated as set forth in (1) preceding forservice provided to the customer by the TelephoneCompany are due 31 days (payment date) after thebill day or by the next bill date (ie same datein the following month as the bill date)whichever is the shortest interval except asprovided herein and are payable in immediatelyavailable funds If such payment date would causepayment to be due on a Saturday Sunday or Holiday(ie New Yearrsquos Day Independence Day LaborDay Thanksgiving Day Christmas Day the secondTuesday in November and a day when WashingtonrsquosBirthday Memorial Day or Columbus Day is legallyobserved) payment for such bills will be due fromthe customer as follows

If such payment date falls on a Sunday or on aHoliday which is observed on a Monday the paymentdate shall be the first non-Holidayrsquoday followingsuch Sunday or Holiday If such payment datefalls on a Saturday or on a Holiday which isobserved on Tuesday Wednesday Thursday orFriday the payment date shall be the last non-Holiday day preceding such Saturday or Holiday

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r-

mdash-mdash

r rrsquorsquordquorsquordquo- rsquo

~

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 36

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

241 Payment of Rates Charues and Deposits (Centrsquod)

(B) (Centrsquod)

(2) (b) Further if any portion of the payment is receivedby the Telephone Company after the payment date asset forth in (a) preceding or if any portion ofthe payment is received by the Telephone Company infunds which are not immediately available to theTelephone Company then a late payment penaltyshall be due to the Telephone Company The latepayment penalty shall be the portion of the paymentnot received by the payment date times a latefactor The late factor shall be the lesser of

(c)

(I)

(11)

the highest interest rate (in decimal value)which may be levied by law for commercialtransactions compounded daily for the numberof days from the payment date to and includingthe date that the customer actually makes thepayment to the Telephone Company or

0000590 per day compounded daily for thenumber of days from the payment date to andincluding the date that the customer actuallymakes the payment to the Telephone Company

In the event that a billing dispute concerning anycharges billed to the customer by the TelephoneCompany is resolved in favor of the TelephoneCompany any payments withheld pending settlementof the dispute shall be subject to the late paymentpenalty set forth in (b) preceding If thecustomer disputes the bill on or before the paymentdate and pays the undisputed amount on or beforethe payment date any late payment charge for thedisputed amount will not start until 10 days afterthe payment date

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 37

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

241 Payment of Rates Charges and Deposits (Centrsquod)

(B) (Centrsquod)

(2) (d) In the event that a billing dispute concerning anycharges billed to the customer by the TelephoneCompany is resolved in favor of the customer nolate payment penalty will apply to the disputedamount In addition if the customer disputes thebilled amount and pays the total amount (ie thenondisputed amount and the disputed amount) on orbefore the payment date and the billing dispute isresolved in favor of the customer the customer willreceive a credit for a disputed amount penalty fromthe Telephone Company if the billing dispute is notresolved within 10 working days whichever date isthe later date The disputed amount penalty shallbe the disputed amount resolved in the customerrsquosfavor times a penalty factor The penalty factoris as set forth in (b) preceding

(c) When a payment for Access Service charges billed underthis tariff is due to the Telephone Company from thecustomer as set forth in (B)(2) preceding on the samepayment date that a Purchase of Accounts Receivable netpurchase amount is due to the customer from theTelephone Company as set forth in 855 following theTelephone Company may with at least 31 days notice tothe customer net the payment for customer AccessService charges with the net purchase amount TheTelephone Company will pay the net amount to the customeron the payment date when such net amount is due to thecustomer or require the customer to pay the TelephoneCompany the net amount when such net amount is due to theTelephone Company If either party does not make thepayment on the payment date a late payment penalty asset forth in 855 following or (B)(2) precedingwhichever is appropriate applies

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone Company

PO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 38Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

241 Payment of Rates Charges and Deposits (Centrsquod)

(D)

(E)

Adjustments for the quantities of services established ordiscontinued in any billing period beyond the minimumperiod set forth for services in other sections of thistariff will be prorated to the number of days or majorfraction of days based on a 30 day month The TelephoneCompany will upon request and if available furnish suchdetailed information as may reasonably be required forverification of any bill

When a rate as set forth in this tariff is shown to morethan two decimal places the charges will be determinedusing the rate shown The resulting amount will then berounded to the nearest penny (ie rounded to two decimalplaces)

242 Minimum Periods

The minimum period for which services are provided and forwhich rates and charges are applicable is one month except forthose services set forth in 853(A)

When a service is discontinued prior to the expiration of theminimum period charges are applicable whether the service isused or not as follows

(A) When a service with aone month minimum period isdiscontinued prior to the expiration of the minimumperiod a one month charge will apply at the rate level ineffect at the time service is discontinued

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 _-mdash-___----

~ F i E

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 39

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

242

243

244

Minimum Periods

(B) When a service with a minimum period greater than onemonth is discontinued prior to the expiration of theminimum period the applicable charge will be the lesserof (1) the Telephone Companyrsquos total nonrecoverable costsless the net salvage value for the discontinued service or(2) the total monthly charges at the rate level in effectat the time service is discontinued for the remainder ofthe minimum period

Cancellation of an Order for Service

Provisions for the cancellation of an order for service are setforth in other applicable sections of this tariff

Credit Allowance for Service Interruptions

(A) General

A service is interrupted when it becomes unusable to thecustomer because of failure of a facility component used tofurnish service under this tariff or in the event that theprotective controls applied by the Telephone Company resultin the complete lOSS of service by the customer as setforth in 641 following An interruption period startswhen an inoperative service is reported to the TelephoneCompany and ends when the service is operative

For purposes of administering the following regulations amajor fraction shall mean more than half of the incrementalcredit period using the unit of time in which the serviceinterruption is measured ie 30 seconds 1 minute 1hour For example a major fraction for a 30 minute periodequals 16 minutes for a 24 hour period equals 12 hours andone minute

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdashmdashmdashrdquo -mdash-mdash

F ~tikl~Iq

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 40

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

244 Credit Allowance for Service Interruptions

(B) When a Credit Allowance Applies

In case of an interruption to any service allowance forthe period of interruption if not due to the negligence ofthe customer shall be as follows

(1) For Special Access Services no credit shall be allowedfor an interruption of less than 30 minutes Thecustomer shall be credited for an interruption of 30minutes or more at the rate of 11440 of the monthlycharges for the facility or service for each period of30 minutes or major fraction thereof that theinterruption continues

The monthly charges used to determine the credit shallbe the total of all the monthly rate element chargesassociated with the service charged by the TelephoneCompany

(2) For Switched Access Service no credit shall be allowedfor an interruption of less than 24 hours Thecustomer shall be credited for an interruption of 24hours or more at the rate of 130 of the applicablemonthly rates or minimum monthly usage charge for eachperiod of 24 hours or major fraction thereof that theinterruption continues

(3) The credit allowance(s) for an interruption or for aseries of interruptions shall not exceed the monthlyrate and minimum monthly usage charge for the serviceinterrupted in any one monthly billing period

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R HooDes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 41

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

244 Credit Allowance for Service Interruptions (Centrsquod)

(C) When a Credit Allowance Does Not Apply

No credit allowance will be made for

(1) Interruptions caused by the negligence of thecustomer

(2) Interruptions of a service due to the failure ofequipment or systems provided by the customer orothers

(3) Interruptions of a service during any period in whichthe Telephone Company is not afforded access to thepremises where the service is terminated

(4) Interruptions of a service when the customer hasreleased that service to the Telephone Company formaintenance purposes to make rearrangements or forthe implementation of an order for a change in theservice during the time that was negotiated with thecustomer prior to the release of that serviceThereafter a credit allowance as set forth in (B)preceding applies

(5) Periods when the customer elects not to release theservice for testing andor repair and continues to useit on an impaired basis

(6) An interruption or a group of interruptionsresulting from a common cause for amounts less thanone dollar

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 42

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

244 Credit Allowance for Service Interruptions (Centrsquod)

(D) Use of an Alternative Service Provided by the TelephoneWJWIY

Should the customer elect to use an alternative serviceprovided by the Telephone Company during the period that aservice is interrupted the customer must pay the tariffedrates and charges for the alternative service used

(E) Temporary Surrender of a Service

In certain instances the customer may be requested by theTelephone Company to surrender a service for purposes otherthan maintenance testing or activity relating to a serviceorder If the customer consents a credit allowance willbe granted The credit allowance will be 11440 of themonthly rate for each period of 30 minutes or fractionthereof that the service is surrendered In no case willthe credit allowance exceed the monthly rate for theservice surrendered in any one monthly billing period

245 Re-establishment of Service Following Fire Flood or OtherOccurrence

(A) Nonrecurringg Charges Do not Apply

Charges do not apply for the re-establishment of servicefollowing a fire flood or other occurrence attributed toan Act of God provided that

(1) The service is of the same type as was provided priorto the fire flood or other occurrence

(2) The service is for the same customer

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO t30x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 43

1

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

245 Re-establishment of Service Followinq Fire Flood or OtherOccurrence (Centrsquod)

(A)

(B)

Nonrecurring Charges Do Not Apply (Centrsquod)mdashmdash

(3) The service is at the same location on the samepremises

(4) The re-establishment of service begins within 60 daysafter Telephone Company service is available (The 60day period may be extended a reasonable period if therenovation of the original location on the premisesaffected is not practical within the allotted timeperiod)

Nonrecurring Charges Apply

Nonrecurring Charges apply for establishing service at adifferent location on the same premises or at a differentpremises pending re-establishment of service at theoriginal location at the rate set forth in 12 following

246 Title or Ownership Riqhts

(A) The payment of rates and charges by Customers for theservices offered under the provisions of this tariff doesnot assign confer or transfer title or ownership rights toproposals or facilities developed or utilizedrespectively by the Telephone Company in the provision ofsuch services

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO i30x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r-mdashmdashmdash-F- IJ-

r jldquo --rdquo-rsquox JLrdquo

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 44

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

247 Ordering Ratinq and Billing of Access Services Where MoreThan One Exchange Telephone Company is Involved

(A) When an Access Service is provided by more than oneTelephone Company the Telephone Companies involved willuse the following billing method

The customer will place the order for the service as setforth in Section 525

Each Telephone Company receiving an order or copy of theorder from the customer will determine the applicablecharges for the portion of the transport service itprovides and bills in accordance with its Access Servicestariff as follows

(1)

(2)

(3)

The Billing Percentage (BP) as set forth in ExchangeCarrier Association Tariff FCC No 2 represents theportion of transport service provided by eachTelephone Company The Telephone Company will bill aper minute per mile or per channel mile charge fromits end office to the Interconnection Point with theconnecting carrier the connecting carrierrsquos ratesmay be based on access minutes and mileage The BPfor the Telephone Company is based on its revenuerequirements and is calculated as set forth in(2)(3) and and (4) following

For Feature Groups A and B Switched Access Servicemultiply the number of access minutes of use timesthe number of miles times the per minute miletransport rate as set forth in 121C (2) following

For Feature Group C Switched Access Service multiplythe number of access minutes of use times the numberof miles times the per minute mile transport rate asset forth in 121C(2) following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

F[lsquo-r--gt-l-jI

PubilC 1-(1 i( rsquol[~ jJ

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

Original Page 45

247 Orderinq Rating and Billing of Access Services Where MoreThan One Exchange Telephone Company is Involved

(4) For Special Access multiply the number of specialtransport channels times the miles times the channelmileage rate set forth in 122B(2) following

(B) All other appropriate charges in each Exchange TelephoneCompanyrsquos tariff are applicable

25 Connections

251 General

Equipment and Systems (ie terminal equipment multilineterminating systems and communications systems) may beconnected with Switched and Special Access Service furnished bythe Telephone Company where such connection is made inaccordance with the provisions specified in Technical ReferencePublication AS No 1 and in 21 preceding

26 Definitions

Certain terms

Access Code

used herein are defined as follows

The term ldquoAccess Coderdquo Denotes a uniform five or seven digit codeassigned by the Telephone Company to an individual customer Thefive digit code has the form 10XXX and the seven digit code has theform 95O-1OXX

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

ACCESS SERVICE

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 46

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Access Minutes

The term ldquoAccess Minutesrdquo denotes that usage of exchange facilitiesin intrastate for the purpose of calculating chargeable usage Onthe originating end of an intrastate call usage is measured from thetime the originating end userrsquos call is delivered by the TelephoneCompany to and acknowledged as received by the customerrsquos facilitiesconnected with the originating exchange On the terminating end ofan intrastate call usage is measured from the time the call isreceived by the end user in the terminating exchange Timing ofusage at both originating and terminating ends of an intrastate callshall terminate when the calling or called party disconnectswhichever event is recognized first in the originating andterminating exchanges as applicable

Access Tandem

The term ldquoAccess Tandemrdquo denotes a Telephone Company switching systemthat provides a concentration and distribution function fororiginating or terminating traffic between end offices and acustomerrsquos premises

AnswerDisconnect Supervision

The term ldquoAnswerDisconnect Supervisionrdquo denotes the transmission ofthe switch trunk equipment supervisory signal (off-hook or on-hook)to the customerrsquos point of termination as an indication that thecalled party has answered or disconnected

Attenuation Distortion

The term ldquoAttenuation Distortionrdquo denotes the difference in loss atspecified frequencies relative to the loss at 1004 Hz unlessotherwise specified

Balance (100 Type) Test Line

The term ldquoBalance (100 Type) Test Linerdquo denotes an arrangement in anend office which provides for balance and noise testing

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdashmdash- - --

F ~ s i i--

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 47Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Bit

The term ldquoBitrdquo denotes the smallest unit of information in the binarysystem of notation

Business Day

The term ldquoBusiness Dayrdquo denotes the tldquoopen for business Generally in the800 00 AM to 500 PM respectiverdquoMonday through Friday resulting in aweek

Busy Hour Minutes of Capacity (BHMC)

mes of day that a company isbusiness community these arey with an hour for lunchstandard forty (40) hour work

The term ldquoBusy Hour Minutes of Capacity (BHMC)rdquo denotes the customerspecified maximum amount of Switched Access Service andor accessminutes the customer expects to be handled in an end office switchduring any hour in the 800 AM to 1100 PM period for the FeatureGroup ordered This customer furnished BHMC quantity is the inputdata the Telephone Company uses to determine the number oftransmission paths for the Feature Group

Call

The term ldquoCallrdquo denotes a customer attempt for which the completeaddress code (eg O- 911 or 10 digits) is provided to the servingdial tone office

Carrier or Common Carrier

See Interexchange Carrier

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

--mdash -- ____-

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 48

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Ccs

The term ldquoCCSrdquo denotes a hundred call seconds which is a standardunit of traffic load that is equal to 100 seconds of usage orcapacity of a group of servers (eg trunks)

Central Office

The term ldquoCentral Officerdquo denotes a local Telephone Company switchingsystem where the Telephone Exchange Service customer station loopsare terminated for purposes of interconnection to each other and totrunks

Central Office Prefix

The term ldquoCentral Office Prefixrdquo denotes the first three digits (NXX)of the seven digit telephone number assigned to a customerrsquosTelephone Exchange Service when dialed on a local basis

Centralized Automatic Reportinq on Trunks Testing

The term ldquoCentralized Automatic Reporting on Trunks Testingrdquo denotesa type of testing which includes the capacity for measuringoperational and transmission parameters

Channel(s)

The term ldquoChannel(s)rdquo denotes an electrical or photonic in the caseof fiber optic-based transmission systems communications pathbetween two or more points of termination

C-Messaqe Noise

The term ldquoC-Message Noiserdquo denotes the frequency weighted averagenoise within an idle voice channel The frequency weighting calledC-message is used to simulate the frequency characteristic of the500-type telephone set and the hearing of the average subscriber

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

[

--mdash -mdashldquos

~~rsquo ldquordquo ~

f4hl f~a~I

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 49

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

C-Notched Noise

The term ldquoC-Notched Noiserdquo denotes the C-message frequency weightednoise on a voice channel with a holding tone which is removed at themeasuring end through a notch (very narrow band) filter

Coin Station

The term ldquoCoin Stationrdquo denotes a location where Telephone Companyequipment is provided in a public or semipublic place where TelephoneCompany customers can originate telephonic communications and pay theapplicable charges by inserting coins into the equipment

Common Line

The term ldquoCommon Linerdquo denotes a line trunk pay telephone line orother facility provided under the general andor local exchangeservice tariffs of the Telephone Company terminated on a centraloffice switch A common line-residence is a line or trunk providedunder the residence regulations of the general andor local exchangeservice tariffs A common line-business is a line provided under thebusiness regulations of the general andor local exchange servicetariffs

Communications Systems

The term ldquoConununicationsSystemrdquo denotes channels and otherfacilities which are capable of communications between terminalequipment provided by other than the Telephone Company

Customer

The term ldquoCustomer(s)rdquo denotes any individual partnershipassociation joint-stock company trust corporation or governmentalentity or other entity which subscribes to the services offered underthis tariff including both Interexchange Carriers (ICS) and EndUsers

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdashmdashmdash mdash_____

F1~ -Zrsquordquo-i]1- -

I

JAN 1 1(+S8 ~1

ACCESS SERVICE

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 50

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Customer Designated Premises

The term ldquoCustomer Designated Premisesrdquo denoted the premisesspecified by the customer for the termination of Access Service

Customer Message

The term ldquoCustomer Messagerdquo used herein for Feature Groups A and BSwitched Access Service denotes a completed call over an intrastateFeature Group A and B Switched Access Service A completed callincludes both completed calls originated to and terminated from aFeature Group A Switched Access Service A customer message beginsin the originating direction when the off-hook supervision providedby the premise of the ordering customer is received by TelephoneCompany recording equipment A customer message begins in theterminating direction when answer supervision is received byTelephone Company recording equipment indicating the called party hasanswered A customer message ends in the originating direction whendisconnect supervision is received by Telephone Company recordingequipment from the premise of the ordering customer A customermessage ends in the terminating direction when disconnect supervisionis received by Telephone Company recording equipment from either thepremise of the ordering customer or the called party The termldquoCustomer Messagerdquo used herein for Feature Group C Switched AccessService denotes a completed intrastate call originated by acustomerrsquos end user A customer message begins when answersupervision from the premise of the ordering customer is received byTelephone Company recording equipment indicating that the calledparty has answered A message ends when disconnect supervision isreceived by Telephone Company recording equipment from either thepremise of the ordering customerrsquos end user premise from which thecall originated

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

--mdashmdash------------1------

gt

(AiJ ~- 198

ACCESS SERVICE

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 51

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Data Transmission (107 Type) Test Line

The term ldquoData Transmission (107 Type) Test Linerdquo denotes anarrangement which provides for a connection to a signal source whichprovides test signals for one-way testing of data and voicetransmission parameters

Detail Billinq

The term ldquoDetail Billingrdquo denotes the listing of each message andorrate element for which charges to a customer are due on a billprepared by the Telephone Company

Directory Assistance (Intrastate)

The term ldquoDirectory Assistancerdquo denotes the provision of telephonenumbers by a Telephone Company operator when the operator location isaccessed by a customer by dialing NPA + 555-1212 or 555-1212 or 411

Effective 2-Wire

The term ldquoEffective 2-Wirerdquo denotes a condition which permits thesimultaneous transmission in both directions over a channel but itis not possible to insure independent information transmission inboth directions Effective 2-wire channels may be terminated with 2-wire or 4-wire interfaces

Effective 4-Wire

The term ldquoEffective 4-Wirerdquo denotes a condition which permits thesimultaneous independent transmission of information in bothdirections over a channel The method of implementing effective 4-wire transmissions at the discretion of the Telephone Company(physical time domain frequency-domain separation or echocancellation techniques) Effective 4-wire channels may beterminated with a 2-wire interface at the customerrsquos premisesHowever when terminated 2-wire simultaneous independenttransmission cannot be supported because the two wire interfacecombines the transmission paths into a single path

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdashmdash - -

rrsquo~ y+ rsquo I

Ii ldquoldquo lsquo1lsquon

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 52

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

End Office Switch

The term ldquoEnd Office Switchrdquo denotes a local Telephone Companyswitching system where Telephone Exchange Service customer stationloops are terminated for purposes of interconnection to trunksIncluded are Remote Switching Modules and Remote Switching Systemsserved by a host office in a different wire center

End User

The term ldquoEnd Userrdquo means any customer of an intrastatetelecommunications service that is not a carrier except that acarrier other than a telephone Company shall be deemed to be an ldquoenduserrdquo when such carrier uses a telecommunications service foradministrative purposes without making such service available toothers directly or indirectly

Entry Switch

See First Point of Switching

Exchanqe

The term ldquoExchangerdquo denotes a unit generally smaller than a localaccess and transport area established by the Telephone Company forthe administration of communications service in a specified areawhich usually embraces a city town or village and its environs Itconsists of one or more central offices together with the associatedfacilities used in furnishing corrnnunicationsservice within thatarea One or more designated exchanges comprise a given local accessand transport area

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

p-lrsquo lsquo

mdash-mdash i t7=

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 53

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

First-Come First-Served

First-come first-served shall be based upon the received time anddate stamped by the Telephone Company on complete and accuratecustomer orders which allow the Telephone Company to initiate itsordering process Inaccurate or incomplete customer orders shall notbe deemed to have been received until such time as the customercorrects such inaccuracies andor omissions The customer shall notbe penalized for any delay in the Telephone Company review processbeyond 24 hours of receipt Once having been advised of the errorsandor omissions any delay in correction on the part of the customershall be added to the received time and date As facilities andorequipment become available customers will be provided service in theorder of the earliest received time and date

First Point of Switching

The term ldquoFirst Point of Switchingrdquo denotes the first TelephoneCompany location at which switching occurs on the terminating path ofa call proceeding from the customer premises to the terminating endoffice and at the same time the last Telephone Company location atwhich switching occurs on the originating path of a call proceedingfrom the originating end office to the customer premises

Grandfathered

The term ldquoGrandfatheredrsquo1denotes Terminal Equipment MultilineTerminating Systems and Protective Circuitry directly connected tothe facilities utilized to provide services under the provisions ofthis tariff and which are considered grandfathered under Part 68 ofthe FCCrsquoS Rules and Regulations

Host Office

The term ldquoHost Officerdquo denotes an electronic switching system whichprovides call processing capabilities for one or more RemoteSwitching Modules or Remote Switching Systems

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 130x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

---mdash

riF-M lt flsquo

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 54

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Host Central Office

The term ldquoHost Central Officerdquo denotes an electronic switching unitcontaining the central call processing functions which service theHost Central Office and its Remote Line Locations

Immediately Available Funds

The term ldquoImmediately Available Fundsrdquo denotes a corporate orpersonal check drawn on a bank account and funds which are availablefor use by the receiving party on the same day on which they arereceived and include US Federal Reserve bank wire transfers USFederal Reserve notes (paper cash) US coins US Postal MoneyOrders and New York Certificates of Deposit

Individual Case Basis

The term ldquoIndividual Case Basisrdquo denotes a condition in which theregulations if applicable ratesthe provisions of this tariff arecircumstances in each case

Interconnection Point

and charges for an offering underdeveloped based on the

The term ldquoInterconnection Pointrdquo denotes the point where thefacilities of the Telephone Company interconnects to the facilitiesof another Local Exchange Carrier to complete a transmission path tothe serving wire center serving the customer designated premises

Interexchange Carrier (IC) or Interexchange ConunonCarrier

The terms ldquoInterexchange Carrierrdquo (IC) or ldquoInterexchange CommonCarrierrdquo denotes any individual partnership association joint-stock company trust governmental entity or corporation engaged forhire in intrastate communications by wire or radio between two ormore exchanges

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

- ldquo __+_

~- j-w ldquo ldquo

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 55

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Interstate Communications

The term ldquoInterstate Communicationsrdquo denotes both interstate andforeign communications

Intrastate Communications

The term ldquoIntrastate Communicationsrdquo denotes any communicationswithin a state subject to oversight by a state regulatory commissionas provided by laws of the state involved

Line Side Connection

The term ldquoLine Side Connectionrdquo denotes a connection of atransmission path to the line side of a local exchange switchingsystem

Local Access and Transport Area

The term ldquoLocal Access and Transport Areardquo denotes a geographic areaestablished for the provision and administration of conununicationsservice It encompasses one or more designated exchanges which aregrouped to serve common social economic and other purposes

Local Tandem Switch

The term ldquoLocal Tandem Switchrdquo denotes a local Telephone Companyswitching unit by which local or access telephonic communications areswitched to and from an End Office Switch

Loop Around Test Line

The term ldquoLoop Around Test Linerdquo denotes an arrangement utilizing aTelephone Company central office to provide a means to make certaintwo-way transmission tests on a manual basis This arrangement hastwo central office terminations each reached by means of separatetelephone numbers and does not require any specific customer premisesequipment Equipment subject to this test arrangement is at thediscretion of the customer

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdash-------

1~ I j lsquoldquo ~rsquordquo~- 7

Is7 pldquorsquola

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 56

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

The term ldquoMessagerdquo denotes a ldquocallrdquo as defined preceding

Milliwatt (102 Type) Test Line

The term ldquoMilliwatt (102 Type) Test Linerdquo denotes an arrangement inan end office which provides a 1004 Hz tone at O dBmO for one-waytransmission measurements towards the customersrsquo premises from theTelephone Company end office

Network Control Signaling

The term ldquoNetwork Control Signalingrdquo denotes the transmission ofsignals used in the telecommunications system which perform functionssuch as supervision (control status and charge signals) addresssignaling (eg dialing) calling and called number identificationsrate of flow service selection error control and audible tonesignals (call progress signals indicating re-order or busyconditions alerting coin denominations coin collect and coinreturn tones) to control the operation of the telecommunicationssystem

Nonsynchronous Test Line

The term ldquoNonsynchronous Test Linerdquo denotes an arrangement in step-by-step end offices which provides operational tests which are not ascomplete as those provided by the synchronous test lines but can bemade more rapidly

North American Numberinq Plan

The term ldquoNorth American Numbering Planrdquo denotes a three-digit area(Numbering Plan Area) code and a seven-digit telephone number made upof a three-digit Central Office code plus a four-digit stationnumber

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~-mdash ----

1 F 1 - lsquo lsquolsquo-

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 57Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Off-hook

The term ldquoOff-hookrdquo denotes the active condition of Switched Accessor a Telephone Exchange Service line

On-hook

The term ldquoOn-hookrdquo denotesTelephone Exchange Service

Open Circuit Test Line

the idle condition of Switched Access or aline

The term ldquoOpen Circuit Test Linerdquo denotes an arrangement in an endoffice which provides an ac open circuit termination of a trunk orline by means of an inductor of several Henries

Originating Direction

The term ldquoOriginating Directionrdquo denotes the use of access servicefor the origination of calls from and End User Premises to a customerdesignated Premises

Pay Telephone

The term ldquoPay Telephonerdquo denotes Telephone Company providedinstruments and related facilities that are available to the generalpublic for public convenience and necessity including public andsemipublic telephones and coinless telephones

Point of Termination

The term ldquoPoint of Terminationrdquo denotes the point of demarcationwithin a customer-designated premises at which the TelephoneCompanyrsquos responsibility for the provision of Access Service ends

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Premises

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 58

ACCESS SERVICE

The term ldquoPremisesrdquo denotes a building or buirsquoproperty (except Railroad Right-of-Way etc)public highway

dings on continuousnot separated by a

Primary Carrier

The Local Exchanqe Carrier that owns the servinq wire center usuallyan access tandem-that interfaces with the Inter~xchange Carrier -

Remote Switching Modules andor Remote Switching Systems

The term ldquoRemote Switching Modules andor Remote Switching Systemsrdquodenotes small remotely controlled electronic end office switcheswhich obtain their call processing capability from an ESS-type HostOffice The Remote Switching Modules andor Remote Switching Systemscannot accommodate direct trunks to an IC

Registered Equipment

The term ldquoRegistered Equipmentrdquo denotes the customerrsquos premisesequipment which complies with and has been approved within theRegistration Provisions of Part 68 of the FCCrsquoS Rules andRegulations

Secondary Carrier

The Local Exchange Carrier that owns the facilities subtending thefacilities of the primary carrier which interfaces with theInterexchange Carrier

Seven Digit Manual Test Line

The term ldquoSeven Digit Manual Test Linerdquo denotes an arrangement whichallows the Customer to select balance milliwatt and synchronous testlines by manually dialing a seven digit number over the associatedaccess connection

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 mdashmdashmdash ------ldquo --rsquo

[ ~- -rsquolsquoldquoj ~ rdquo

I

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 59

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Shortage of Facilities or Equipment

The term ldquoShortage of Facilities or Equipmentrdquo denotes a conditionwhich occurs when the Telephone Company does not have appropriatecable switching capacity bridging or multiplexing equipment etcnecessary to provide the Access Service requested by the customer

Short Circuit Test Line

The term ldquoShort Circuit Test Linerdquo denotes an arrangement in an endoffice which provides for an ac short circuit termination of a trunkor line by means of a capacitor of at least four microfarads

Special Order

The term ldquoSpecial Orderrdquo denotes an order for a Billing andCollection Service

Subtending End Office of an Access Tandem

The term ldquoSubtending End Office of an Access Tandemrdquo denotes an endoffice that has final trunk group routing through that tandem

Subject to Availability of Equipment

The term ldquoSubject to availability of equipmentrdquo means the equipmentin question is installed in operating condition and has therequired capacity available in the end office of the TelephoneCompany

Synchronous Test Line

The term ldquoSynchronous Test Linerdquo denotes an arrangement in an endoffice which performs marginal operational tests of supervisory andring-tripping functions

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

irsquo brsquo

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 60

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Terminating Direction

The term ldquoTerminating Directionrdquo denotes the use of Access Servicefor the completion of calls from an IC premises to an End UserPremises

Transmission Measuring (105 Type) Test LineResponder

The term ldquoTransmission Measuring (105 Type) Test LineResponderrdquodenotes an arrangement in an end office which provides far-end accessto a responder and permits two-way loss and noise measurements to bemade on trunks from a near end office

Transmission Path

The term ldquoTransmission Pathrdquo denotes an electrical path capable oftransmitting signals within the range of the service offering ega voice grade transmission path is capable of transmitting voicefrequencies within the approximate range of 300 to 3000 HZ Atransmission path is comprised of physical or derived facilitiesconsisting of any form or configuration of plant typically used inthe telecommunications industry

Trunk

The term ldquoTrunkrdquo denotes a communications path connecting twoswitching systems in a network used in the establishment of an end-to-end connection

Trunk Group

The term ldquoTrunk Grouprdquo denotes a set of trunks which are trafficengineered as a unit for the establishment of connections betweenswitching systems in which all of the communications paths areinterchangeable

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 61Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Trunk Side Connection

The term ldquoTrunk Side Connectionrdquo denotes the connection of atransmission path to the trunk side of a local exchange switchingsystem

Two-Wire to Four-Wire Conversion

The term ldquoTwo-Wire to Four-Wire Conversionrdquo denotes an arrangementwhich converts a four-wire transmission path to a two-wiretransmission path to allow a four-wire facility to terminate in atwo-wire entity (eg a central office switch)

Uniform Service Order Code

The term ldquoUniform Service Order Coderdquo denotes a three or fivecharacter alphabetic numeric or an alphanumeric code thatidentifies a specific item of service or equipment Uniform ServiceOrder Codes are used in the Telephone Company billing system togenerate recurring rates and nonrecurring charges

V and H Coordinates Method

The term ldquoV and H Coordinates Methodrdquo denotes a method of computinqairline miles between two points by utilizing an establishedwhich is based on the vertical and horizontal coordinates ofpoints

WATS Access Line

formuiathe two

The term ldquoWATS Access Linerdquo denotes the dedicated access line betweena customer designated premises and the serving wire center of thatpremise For OUTWATS the originating end of the service which usesa WATS Access Line is referred to as the closed end For INWATS theterminating end of the service is referred to as the closed end

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 62

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

WATS Access Service

The term ldquoWATS Access Servicerdquo denotes the switched function providedat the WATS screening office for INWATS and OUTWATS services

Wire Center

The term ldquoWire Centerrdquo denotes a building in which one or morecentral offices used for the provision of Telephone ExchangeServices are located

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 63

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

The Telephone Company will provide Carrier Common Line Access Service(Carrier Common Line Access) to customers

31 General Description

Carrier Common Line Access provides for the use of Telephone Companycomnon lines by customers for access to end users to furnishIntrastate Communications

Carrier Common Line Access is provided where the customer obtainsTelephone Company Switched Access Service under this tariff

In addition a Special Access Surcharqe as set forth in 122Dfollowing wilrdquothe Telephoneas set forth ~

32 Limitations

apply to intrastate sp~cial access service provided byCompany to a customer in accordance with regulationsn 733 following

(A) A telephone number is not provided with Carrier CommonAccess

(B) Detail billing is not provided for Carrier Common Line

Line

Access

(C) Directory listings are not included in the rates and charges forCarrier Common Line Access

(D) Intercept arrangements are not included in the rates and chargesfor Carrier Common Line Access

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R I-loopesPresident Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

T

-mdashmdash-mdashmdash

i- f-

i ~---

--- d rsquordquomdashmdash-mdash

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 64

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

32 Limitations (Centrsquod)

(E) All trunk side connections provided in the same combined accessgroup will be limited to the same features and operatingcharacteristics

(F) Where WATS Access Service is provided which terminates at a WATSServing Office minutes which are carried on that service (ieoriginating minutes for outward WATS and terminating minutes forinward WATS) shall not be assessed Carrier Common Line Accessper minute charges

33 Undertaking of the Telephone Company

(A) Where the customer is provided with Switched Access Serviceunder other sections of this tariff the Telephone Company willprovide the use of Telephone Company common lines by a customerfor access to end users at rates and charges as set forth in121A following

(B) The Switched Access Service provided by the Telephone Companyincludes the Switched Access Service provided for bothinterstate and intrastate communications and the Carrier CommonLine Access rates and charges as set forth in 121A followingapply in accordance with the regulations as set forth in 37(E)following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone Company

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 65

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

33 Undertaking of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

(c) When the customer is provided Operator Trunk-Coin or CombinedCoin and Non-Coin Operator Trunk-Full Feature Optional Featuresfor sent-paid pay telephone access the Telephone Company willcollect sent-paid monies from pay telephone stations and willremit monies to the customer as set forth in 36 following TheTelephone Company will provide message call detail format andbill periods used to determine the monies upon request from thecustomer

34 Obligations of the Customer

(A) The Switched Access Service associated with Carrier Common LineAccess shall be ordered by the customer under other sections ofthis tariff

(B) The customer facilities at the premises of the ordering customershall provide the necessary on-hook and off-hook supervision

(C) All Switched Access Service provided to the customer will besubject to Carrier Common Line Access charges

(D) When the customer reports interstate and intrastate use ofSwitched Access Service the associated Carrier Common LineAccess used by the customer for intrastate will be determined asset forth in 37(E) following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r~

- -~7- gt- t ia-ldquo

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 66

ACCESS SERVICE

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

34 Obligations of the Customer (Centrsquod)

(E) Where Feature Group C end office switching is provided withoutTelephone Company recording and the customer records minutesof use which will be used to determine Carrier Common LineAccess charges (ie Feature Group C operator and TSPS callssuch as pay telephone sent-paid operator-DDD operator-personcollect credit-card third number andor other like calls) thecustomer shall furnish such minutes of use detail to theTelephone Company in a timely manner If the customer does notfurnish the data to the Telephone Company the customer shallidentify all Switched Access Services which could carry suchcalls in order for the Telephone Company to accumulate theminutes of use through the use of special Telephone Companymeasuring and recording equipment

35 Payment Arrangements

(A) The Telephone Company will bill the Carrier Common Line AccessThe bill day (ie the billing date of the bill) in a month foreach customer account will be established by the TelephoneCompany Payment is due from the customer 31 days after thebill day date (payment date) or by the next bill date (iesame date in the following month as the bill date) whichever isthe shortest interval and is payable in immediately availablefunds If such payment date is a Saturday Sunday or Holiday(ie New Yearrsquos Day Independence Day Labor Day ThanksgivingDay Christmas Day the second Tuesday in November and a daywhen Washingtonrsquos Birthday Memorial Day or Columbus Day islegally observed) payment will be due from the customer asfollows

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 - mdashmdash~

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 67

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

35 Payment Arrangements (Centrsquod)

If such payment date falls on a Sunday or on a Holiday whichis observed on a Monday the payment date shall be the firstnon-Holiday day following such Sunday or Holiday If suchpayment date falls on a Saturday or on a Holiday which isobserved on Tuesday Wednesday Thursdsay or Friday thepayment date shall be the last non-Holiday day precedingsuch Saturday or Holiday

(B) Further if any portion of the Carrier Common Line Accesspayment is received by the Telephone Company after the paymentdate as set forth in the (A) preceding or if any portion of theCarrier Common Line Access payment is received by the TelephoneCompany in funds which are not immediately available to theTelephone Company and the late payment penalty shall be theportion of the Carrier Common Line Access payment not receivedby the payment date times a late factor The late factor shallbe the lesser or

(1) the highest interest rate (in decimal value) which may belevied by law for commercial transactions compounded dailyfor the number of days from the payment date to andincluding the date that the customer actually makes thepayment to the Telephone Company or

(2) 0000590 per day compounded daily for the number of daysfrom the payment date to and including the date that thecustomer actually makes the payment to the TelephoneCompany

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Etox 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~nrsquordquo--rsquo lsquo--rdquorsquolsquo-rdquo

lrdquo

i)amdashl

Lrsquoj~~i

I

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 68

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

35 Payment Arrangements (Centrsquod)

(c) In the event a billing dispute concerning a monthrsquos CarrierCommon Line Access billed to the customer by the TelephoneCompany is resolved in favor of the Telephone Company anypayments withheld pending settlement of the dispute shall besubject to the late payment penalty set forth in (B) precedingIf the customer disputes the bill on or before the payment dateand pays the undisputed amount on or before the payment dateany late charge for the disputed amount will not start until 10days after the payment date If the billing dispute is resolvedin favor of the customer no late payment penalty will apply tothe disputed amount In addition if the customer disputes thebilled amount and pays the total amount (ie the non-disputedamount and the disputed amount) on or before the payment dateand the billing dispute is resolved in the favor of thecustomer the customer will receive a credit for a disputedamount penalty from the Telephone Company if the billing disputeis not resolved within 10 working days following the paymentdate or the date the customer furnishes to the Telephone Companydocumentation to support its claim plus 10 working dayswhichever date is the later date The disputed amount penaltyshall be the disputed amount resolved in the customerrsquos favortimes a penalty factor

36 Payment of Coin Sent-Paid Monies

The Telephone Company will collect the monies from coin pay telephonestations and will determine and remit amounts due to a customer whichis provided Operator Trunk-Coin or Combined Coin and Non-Coin orOperator Trunk-Full Feature Optional Features for sent-paid paytelephone access

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

-mdash ldquo_

I

---mdashmdash

lsquoF1 -a ~y -rsquoampwt-La

]

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 69

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

36 Payment of Coin Sent-Paid Monies

(A) Bil1 Period Coin Revenue

(Centrsquod)

The Telephone Company will establish a collection schedule foreach coin pay telephone station and will collect the monies fromthe coin pay stations based on this collection schedule Themonies collected based on this schedule during each bill periodestablished by the Telephone Company will be identified by coinpay telephone station and summed to develop the Bill Period CoinRevenue for each coin record day (ie the day a record isprepared and dated to show the amount due the customer)

(B) Total Customer Coin Revenue

The intrastate Total Customer Coin Revenue will be determined bythe Telephone Company based on the customer message call detailreceived from the customer for each bill period and thecustomerrsquos schedule of charges for sent-paid coin calls SuchTotal Customer Coin Revenue will be developed each coin recordday

(C) Recourse Adjustments

For each coin record day the Telephone Company will subtractfrom the Total Customer Coin Revenue an amount for coin stationshortages Coin station shortages are amounts resulting fromunauthorized calling at coin pay telephone stations use ofunauthorized coins (ie foreign coins slugs and improper useof US pennies) unauthorized removal of coins from coin paytelephone stations and coin refunds beyond the TelephoneCompanyrsquos control Such amount will be rounded to the nearestpenny The shortage factor will be determined by dividing theyearly total coin shortage amount by the yearly total coinrevenue amount (ie total coin revenue equals the coin revenuedue under exchange tariffs state toll tariff and interstatetoll tariffs) The total coin shortage amount and the totalrevenue amount will be determined by the Telephone Companythrough an annual special study

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 30x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

m i

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 70

ACCESS SERVICE

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

36 Payment of Coin Sent-Paid Monies

(D) Payment of Net Customer Coin Revenue

The Telephone Company will determine the Net Customer CoinRevenue for each coin record day by subtracting from the TotalCustomer Coin Revenue determined as set forth in (B) precedingthe amount for coin station shortages determined as set forth in(C) preceding On the date (payment date) determined by adding45 days to the coin record day the Telephone Company will remitpayment to the customer to the customer for the Net CustomerCoin Revenue

(E) Audit Provisions

Upon reasonable written notice by the customer to the TelephoneCompany the customer shall have the right through itsauthorized representative to examine and audit during normalbusiness hours and at reasonable intervals as determined by theTelephone Company all such records and accounts as may underrecognized accounting practices contain information bearing uponthe determination of the amount payable to the customer

Adjustment shall be made by the proper party to compensate forany errors or omissions disclosed by such examination or auditNeither such right to examine and audit nor the right to receivesuch adjustment shall be affected by any statement to thecontrary appearing on checks or otherwise unless suchstatement expressly waiving such right appears in a lettersigned by the authorized representative of the party having suchright and delivered to the other party

All information received or reviewed by the customer or itsauthorized representative is to be considered confidential andis not to be distributed provided or disclosed in any form toanyone not involved in the audit nor is such information to beused for any other purpose

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

F

-mdashmdashmdashmdashcrsquordquo- ~-~

- 1 = L ) [

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

37 Rate Regulations

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 71

(A)

(B)

(c)

The Common Line Charges will be billed to each Switched AccessService provided under this tariff in accordance with theregulations as set forth in (E) following except as set forth in(D) following

When access minutes are used to determine the Common LineCharges they will be accumulated using call detail recorded byTelephone Company equipment except as set forth in (C) followingand Feature Group C operator and TSPS call detail such as paytelephone sent-paid operator-DDD operator-person collectcredit-card third number andor other like calls recorded bythe customer The Telephone Company measuring and recordingequipment except as set forth in (C) following will beassociated with end office or local tandem switching equipmentand will record each originating and terminating access minutewhere answer supervision is received The accumulated accessminutes will be summed on a line by line-basis by line group orby end office whichever type of account is used by theTelephone Company for each customer and then rounded to thenearest minute

When Carrier Common Line Access is provided in association withFeature Group A or Feature Group B Switched Access Service inTelephone Company offices that are not equipped for measurementcapabilities an assumed average intrastate access minutes willbe used to determine the Common Line Access Rates Theseassumed access minutes will be determined by the primarycarrier

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

[r

mdash -mdash mdash ___ j-

y E) ]

1 $

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 72

ACCESS SERVICE

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

37 Rate Regulations

(D) When a customer reports interstate and intrastate use of in-service Switched Access Service the Carrier Common Line AccessCommon Line Charges will be billed only to intrastate SwitchedAccess Service access minutes based on the data reported by thecustomer as set forth in 2310 preceding The intrastateSwitched Access Service access minutes will when necessary beused to determine the Carrier Common Line Charges as set forthin (E) following

(E) The charges for the involved customer account wil 1 be determinedas follows

(1) The access minutes for a Feature Group B when utilized forthe provision of MTSWATs service and Feature Group CSwitched Access Service will be multiplied by theCommon Line - Access Rate per minute as setforth in 121A following to determine the charges

(2) The access minutes for a Feature Group A or B SwitchedAccess Service originating from or terminating at an endoffice or access tandem will be multiplied by the CommonLine Access Rate per minute as set forth in 121Afollowing to determine the charges

(3) The terminating Access Rate per minute applies to allterminating access minutes of use plus all originatingaccess minutes of use associated with calls placed to 800numbers

(4) The originating Access Rate per minute applies to al1originating access minutes of use less those originatingaccess minutes of use associated with calls places to 800numbers

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 ~=i --rdquo--___

1[

~+rdquorsquo]-rsquogt )rsquok)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 73

ACCESS SERVICE

4

RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 75

ACCESS SERVICE

5 Ordering Options for Switched and Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

52 Access Order

An Access Order is used by the Telephone Company to provide acustomer Access Service as follows

- Switched Access Services as set forth in 6 following and- Special Access Services as set forth in 7 following

When placing an order for Access Service the customer shall provideat a minimum the following information

- For Feature Group C Switched Access Service the customershall specify the number of busy hour minutes of capacity(BHMC) from the customerrsquos premises to the end office byFeature Group and by type of BHMC This information isused to determine the number of transmission paths as setforth in 645 following The customer then specifiesthe Local Transport and Local Switching options

- For all Special Access Services the customer mustspecify the customer designated premises the type ofservice egVoice Grade the channel interfacetechnical specification package and options desiredThe closed end of a WATS Access Line is SpecialAccess Service

For each Access Order a service order charge will be assessed at therate set forth in 125(A) following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 t mdashmdashmdash

i

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 76

ACCESS SERVICE

5 Orderinq Options for Switched and Special Access Service(Centrsquod)

52 Access Order (Centrsquod)

The BHMC may be determined by the customer in the following mannerFor each day (8 am to 11 pm Monday through Friday excludingnational holidays) the customer shall determine the highest numberof minutes of use for a single hour (eg 55 minutes in the 10-11 AMhour) The customer shall for the same hour period (ie busyhour) for each of twenty consecutive business days pick the twentyconsecutive business days in a calendar year which add up to thelargest number of minutes of use Both originating and terminatingminutes shall be included The customer shall then determine theaverage busy hour minutes of capacity (ie BHMC) by dividing thelargest number of minutes of use figure for the same hour period forthe consecutive twenty businessshall be performed for each endThese determinations thus estabrsquooffice

Where the Special Access Servic[

day-period by 20 This computationoffice the customer wishes to serveish the forecasted BHMC for each end

isrsquoexempt from the Special AccessSurcharge as set forth in Section 733rdquo following the customershall furnish with the order the certification as set forth inSection 733 following

521 Access Order Service Date Provision

Access Services will be installed during Telephone Companybusiness days If a customer requests that installation bedone outside of schedule work hours and the Telephone Companyagrees to this request the customer will be subject toapplicable Additional Labor charges as set forth in 92following

Access Service will be installed during Standard TelephoneCompany business days

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 77

ACCESS SERVICE

5 Ordering Options for Switched and Special Access Service(Centrsquod)

522 Access Order Modifications

The customer may request a modification of its Access Orderprior to the service date The Telephone Company will makeevery effort to accommodate a requested modification when it isable to do so with the normal work force assigned to completesuch an order within normal business hours If themodification cannot be made with the normal work force duringnormal business hours the Telephone Company will notify thecustomer If the customer still desires the Access Ordermodification the Telephone Company will schedule a new servicedate

Any increase in the number of Special Access channels orSwitched Access Service busy hour minutes of capacity will betreated as a new Access Order (for the increased amount only)

If order modifications are necessary to satisfy thetransmission performance for a Special Access ordered by acustomer these changes will be made without charges beingincurred by the customer

(A) Service Date Change

Access Order service dates may be changed but the newservice date may not exceed the original service date bymore than 30 calendar days If the customer requestedservice date is more than 30 calendar days after theoriginal service date the order will be cancelled by theTelephone Company and reissued If the Telephone Companydetermines it can accommodate the customerrsquos requestwithout delaying service dates for orders of othercustomers a new service date may be established An orderchange charge as set forth in 125 following will apply toall service date changes of 30 days or less

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~~rsquo-rsquordquordquo~TTldquo A

1

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 78

ACCESS SERVICE

5 Ordering Options for Switched and Special Access Services (Centrsquod)

52 Access Order (Centrsquod)

522 Access Order Modifications (Centrsquod)

(B) Partial Cancellation Charge

Any decrease in the number of ordered Special AccessService channels or Switched Access Service busy hourminutes of capacity will be treated as a partialcancellation and the order change charges as set forth in125 following will apply

(C) Design Change

The customer may request a design change to the serviceordered A design change is any change to an AccessOrder which requires engineering review An engineeringreview is a review by Telephone Company personnel of theservice ordered and the requested changes to determinewhat changes in the design if any are necessary to meetthe changes requested by the customer Design changesinclude such things as the addition or deletion ofoptional features or functions type of channel interfacetype of Interface Group or technical specificationpackage Design changes do not include a change ofcustomer premises end user premises end office switch orSpecial Access Service channel type Changes of thisnature will require the issuance of a new order and thecancellation of the original order with appropriatecancellation charges applied The Telephone Company willreview the requested change notify the customer whetherthe change is a design change if it can be accommodatedand if a new service date is required Charges for designchanges are set forth in order change charges in 125following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdashmdash- mdash-mdash-mdashmdash mdash----~

F 1 - 3

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 79

ACCESS SERVICE

5 Orderinq Options for Switched and Special Access Service(Centrsquod)

52 Access Order (Centrsquod)

523 Cancellation of an Access Order

(A) A customer may cancel an Access Order for the installationof service on any date prior to the service date Thecancellation date is the date the Telephone Companyreceives written or verbal notice from the customer thatthe order is to be cancelled The verbal notice must befollowed by a written confirmation within 10 days

If a customer or a customerrsquos end user is unable to acceptAccess Service within 30 calendar days after the originalservice date the customer has the choice of the followingoptions

- The Access Order shall be cancelled and charaes set forthin (B) following will apply or

- Billing for the service will commence

In such instances the cancellation date or the birsquodate depending on which option is selected by thecustomer shall be on the 31st day beyond the origservice date of the Access Order

(B) When a customer cancels an Access Order for the

ling

nal

installation of service a Cancellation Charge willapply as follows

(1) Installation of Switched or Special AccessService facilities is considered to have started whenthe Telephone Company incurs any cost in connectiontherewith or in preparation thereof which would nototherwise have been incurred

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

-mdash-mdash~mdash- mdashmdash ------mdash

~ ~ lsquo~-=m~ ~

I~

1l~i ] ldquo-~q

pijjlsquoldquo ldquo j

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 80

ACCESS SERVICE

5 Ordering Options for Switched and Special Access Services (Centrsquod)

52 Access Order (Centrsquod)

523 Cancellation of an Access Order (Centrsquod)

(Z) Where the customer cancels an Access Order prior tothe start of installation of access facilities nocharges shall apply

(3) Where installation of access facilities has beenstarted prior to the cancellation the chargesspecified in (a) or (b) following whichever is lowershall apply

(a) A charge equal to the costs incurred in suchinstallation less estimated net salvage Suchcharge is determined as detailed in (4) following

(b) The charge for the minimum period of Switched orSpecial Access Service ordered by the customer

(4) Charges applicable as specified in (3)(A) precedinginclude the nonrecoverable cost of equipment andmaterial ordered provided or used plus thenonrecoverable cost of installation and removalincluding the costs of engineering labor supervisiontransportation rights-of-way and other associatedcosts

(C) When a customer cancels an order for the discontinuance ofservice no charges apply for the cancellation

(D) If the Telephone Company misses a service date by more than30 days due to circumstances over which it has directcontrol (excluding eg acts of God governmentalrequirements work stoppages and civil commotions) thecustomer may cancel the Access Order without incurringcancellation charges

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 -__mdashmdash-mdashmdash

J~ ldquo- y- ldquo1 F L rsquo~I

11

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 81

ACCESS SERVICE

5 Orderinq Options for Switched and Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

52 Access Order (Centrsquod)

524 Minimum Period

(A) The minimum period for which Access Service is provided andfor which charges are applicable is one month

525 Orderinq of Access Services Where More Than One ExchangeTelephone Company is Involved

Each Telephone Company will provide its portion of the AccessService within its operating territory to an interconnectionpoint (1P) with the connecting carrier The interconnectionpoint and billing percentage (BP) will be determined by theTelephone Companies involved in providing the Access Serviceand listed in Exchange Carrier Association Tariff FCC No 2Each Telephone Company will bill the customer for its portionof the service as set forth in 247 All other appropriatecharges in each Telephone Company tariff are applicable

(A) For Feature Group A and B Switched Access Services thecustomer must place an order with the Telephone Company inwhose territory the first point of switching is located(ie FGA - dial tone office FGB - access tandem or endoffice) and provide a copy of the order to the secondarycarrier

(B) When WATS Access Service is ordered the TelephoneCompany is whose territory the end office is located mustreceive the order from the customer In addition theTelephone Company in whose territory the WATS screeningoffice is located must also receive a copy of the orderfrom the customer

(C) For Special Access Services without the use of a hub thecustomer will place the order with the Telephone Company inwhose territory the customer designated premises islocated

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

-

I

1

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 82

ACCESS SERVICE

5 Orderinq Options for Switched and Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

52 Access Order (Centrsquod)

525 Orderinq of Access Services Where More Than One ExchanqeTelephone Company is Involved

(D) For Special Access Services with a hub the customer wil 1place the order with the Telephone Company in whoseterritory the hub is located

For the service(s) ordered as set forth preceding the customermust also supply a copy of the order to the Telephone Companyin whose operating territory a customer designated premises islocated

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~

mdash-mdash mdashmdash-i

-ldquo [gt

s -

i

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 83

6 Switched Access Service

61 General

Switched Access Service which is available to customers for theiruse in furnishing their services to end users provides a two pointelectrical communications path between a customer designated premisesand and end userrsquos premises It provides for the use of commonterminating switching and trunking facilities and for the use ofcomunonsubscriber plant of the Telephone Company Switched AccessService provides for the ability to originate calls from an enduserrsquos premises to a customerrsquos premises and to terminate calls froma customers premises to an end userrsquos premises in the exchange whereit is provided It is available at each end office served by theTelephone Company

In the Telephone Companyrsquos exchange(s) the customerrsquos premises is notlocated in the serving area of the Telephone Company It is necessaryfor the customer to order Switched Access Service from the primarycarrier and Telephone Company in the case of Feature Group C In thecase of Feature Groups A provided through EAS extended area serviceand Feature Group B provided via an access tandem of the primarycarrier it is necessary for the customer to provide a copy of theorder to the Telephone Company

611 Feature Group Arrangements

Switched Access Service is provided in three servicecategories called Feature Groups These are differentiated bythe manner in which an end user can access them in originatingcalling eg with or without and access code Following is abrief description of each feature group arrangement

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~k- 6

_-_ mdashmdash -mdash-mdashVe ~gt 1

1 l-rsquolsquoi lsquoJ ~

~i

6

ver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 84

61 General (Centrsquod)

611 Feature Group Arrangements (Centrsquod)

(A)

(B)

(c)

Feature Group A (FGA)

FGA Access in the originating direction is available tothe FGA customersrsquo end users via the EAS facilities of theprimary carrier FGA Access in the terminating directionis available to all customers Terminating FGA Access isprovided via an access tandem or an end office of theprimary carrier to the end users in the EAS service areaA more detailed description of FGA Access is provided in621 following

Feature Group B (FGB)

FGB Access is available to all customers FGB Accessprovides trunk side access to Telephone Company end officeswitches via an access tandem of the primary carrierwith an associated uniform 95O-1OXX access code for thecustomers use in originating communications from andterminating communications to an Interexchange CarrierrsquosService or a customer ~rovided communications capabilityA more detailed description622 following

Feature Group C (FGC)

FGC Access provides trunk sldquoend office switches via an

of FGB Access is provided in

de access to Telephone Companyaccess tandem of the primary

carrier for providers of MTS and WATS used in originatingand terminating communications Feature Group C is onlyavailable to providers of MTS and WATS WATS AccessService is available as set forth in 712 followingA more detailed description of FGC Access is provided in623 following

Issued 1211187 Mr Melvin R HooJesPresident Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming B3120 mdashmdash

~rsquot ~l1~ ~ [L- ~~lt i J

1

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 85

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

61 General (Centrsquod)

611 Feature Group Arrangements (Centrsquod)

(D) Manner of Provision

FGC Access is furnished on BHMC basis BHMCS aredifferentiated by type and directionality of trafficcarried over a Switched Access Service arrangementDifferentiation of traffic among BHMC types is necessaryfor the Telephone Company to properly design SwitchedAccess Service to meet the traffic carrying capacityrequirement of the customer

There are two major BHMC categories identified asOriginating and Terminating Originating BHMCS representaccess capacity within a LATA for carrying traffic fromthe end user to the customer and Terminating BHMCSrepresent access capacity within a LATA for carryingtraffic from the customer to the end user When orderingcapacity for FGC Access the customer must at a minimumspecify such access capacity in terms of originating BHMCSandor terminating BHMCS

612 WATS Access Service

WATS Access Service is a type of Special Access Service thatis provided only for use with Feature Group C SwitchedAccess Service Wats Access Service connects a customerdesignated premises with a WATS Serving Office utilizing therate categories described in 712 following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

rrsquo- 1mdash-mdash--mdash ----

-F~ - ~ ~ ~ldquordquo J ~i lsquo rsquo 1 ~ l~~j 7 lc~g it 1

--mdash -mdash-i

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 86Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

61 General (Centrsquod)

613 Rate Categories

There are three rate categories which apply to Switched AccessService

- Local Transport- End Office (ie Local Switching Line Termination

Intercept Directory Assistance Surcharge)- Common Line (described in section 3 preceding)

The following diagram depicts a generic view of the componentsof Switch Access Service and the manner in which the componentsare

End

combined to provide a complete Access Service

SWITCHEOACCESS SERVICE

~y CummmuCklmklald

Usar Esd Offles CailrsrI I

I II

I III II uI II Accass Tandem

I II

I II

1ltCL LT

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoo~es President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 87

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

61 General (Centrsquod)

613 Rate Categories (Centrsquod)

(A) Local Transport

The Local Transport rate category provides thetransmission facilities between the customerrsquos premisesand the end office switch(es) where the customerrsquostraffic is switched to originate or terminate itsconununications The Telephone Company will measure andapply its per access minute rates to the local transporttermination at the end office and its per access minutemile rates to the Local Transport facilities from the endoffice to the Interconnection Point Local Transport isprovided at the rates set forth in 121C following andin accordance with 247 preceding

Local Transport is a two-way voice frequency transmissionpath composed of facilities determined by the TelephoneCompany The two-way voice frequency transmission pathpermits the transport of calls in the originatingdirection (from the end user end office switch to thecustomer premises location) and in the terminatingdirection (from the customer premises location to theend user end office switch) but not simultaneouslyThe voice frequency transmission path may be comprised ofany form or configuration of plant capable of andtypically used in the telecommunications industry forthe transmission of voice and associated telephonesignals within the frequency bandwidth of approximately300 to 3000 Hz

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 88

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

61 General (Centrsquod)

613 Rate Categories (Centrsquod)

(A) Local Transport (Centrsquod)

The Telephone Company will work cooperatively with thecustomer to develop routing and other local transportarrangements subject to availability of equipment or inaccordance with section 10 following

The Telephone Company will work cooperatively with theprimary carrier to provide the interface groups andoptional features the customer has ordered subject toavailability of equipment or in accordance with section10 following

The number of Local Transport transmission paths providedis based on the customerrsquos order and is determined by theTelephone Company as set forth in 645 following

(B) End Office

The End Office rate category provides the local endoffice switching and end user termination functions tocomplete the transmission of Switched Accesscommunications to and from the end users served by thelocal end office The End Office rate category includesthe Local Switching Line Termination Intercept andDirectory Assistance Surcharges

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~ mdash- mdashmdash~- ~ La ]ldquoJ -1

q

I[ 1 f-l

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 89

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

61 General (Centrsquod)

613 Rate Categories (Centrsquod)

(B) End Office

(1) Local Switching

The Local Switching rate element provides the localend office switching functions and the transporttermination for the trunk side arrangements whichterminate the Local Transport facilities LocalSwitching use is measured on an originating andterminating basis Rates for Local Switching useare applied on a total number of access minutes ofuse basis at the rates set forth in 121B(l)following The number of Transport Terminationsprovided will be determined by the Telephone Companyas set forth in 646 following

(2) Line Termination

The Line Termination rate element provides theterminations for the end user lines terminating inthe local end office

Line Terminations are available with either dialpulse or dual tone multifrequency signaling LineTermination rates are applied on a total number ofaccess minutes of use basis Line Termination ratesare set forth in 121B(2) following

Issued 123186 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

61 General (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 90

SERVICE

613 Rate Categories (Centrsquod)

(B) End Office (Centrsquod)

(3) Intercept

The Intercept rate element provides for thetermination of a call at a Telephone CompanyIntercept operator or recording The operator orrecording tells a caller why a call as dialedcould not be completed and if possible provide thecorrect number

Intercept rates are applied on an access minutes ofuse basis and are assessed to a customer based onthe total number of access minutes Intercept ratesare set forth in 121B(3) following

(4) Directory Assistance Surcharqe

Directory Assistance Surcharge rates are accessed toa customer based on the total number of accessminutes Directory Assistance surcharge rates areas set forth in 121B(4) following

The number of end office switching transmission pathsprovided will be determined by the Telephone Companybased on the busy hour minutes of capacity to each endoffice specified by the customer in its order Thenumber of transmission paths will be determined as setforth in 645 following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 mdash--mdash-- --mdashmdash-mdash=

I F-j ildquoldquordquo)[i ----~~-4

1

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 91

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

61 General (Centrsquod)

614 Design Layout Report

The Telephone Company will provide to the customer the makeupof the facilities and services provided to the first point ofswitching This information will be provided in the form of aDesign Layout Report The Design Layout Report will beprovided to the customer at no charge and will be reissuedwhenever facilities provided to the customer are materiallychanged

615 Acceptance Testing

At no additional charge the Telephone Company will at thecustomerrsquos request cooperatively test at the time ofinstallation the following parameters loss C-messagenoise 3-tone dc continuity and operational signaling

616 Ordering Options and Conditions

Switched Access Service is ordered under the Access Orderprovisions set forth in 5 preceding Also included in thatsection are charges which may be associated with orderingSwitched Access Service (eg Access Order charges OrderChange Charges Cancellation Charges etc)

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 92

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

61 General (Centrsquod)

617 Testing

(A) Acceptance Testinq

At no additional charge the Telephone Company will inconjunction with the primary carrier at the customersrequest subject to the availability of equipmentcooperatively test at the time of installation thefollowing parameters loss C-notched noise C-messagenoise 3-tone slope dc continuity and operationalsignaling When the Local Transport is provided withInterface Groups 2 through 10 and the TranpsortTermination is two-wire (ie there is a four-wire totwo-wire conversion in Local Transport) balanceparameters (equal level echo path loss) may also betested

(B) Routine Testing

At no additional charge the Telephone Company will inconjunction with the primary carrier at the customerrsquosrequest subject to the availability of equipment testafter installation on an automatic or manual basis 1004Hz loss C-message noise and Balance (Return loss)

In the case of automatic testing the customer shallprovide remote office test lines and 105 test lines withassociated responders or their functional equivalent Thefrequency of these tests will be that which is mutuallyagreed upon by the customer and the Telephone Company butshall consist of not less than quarterly 1004 Hz Loss andC-message noise test and an annual Balance test Trunktest failures requiring customer participation for troubleresolution will be provided to the customer on an as-occurs basis

Additional tests may be ordered as set forth in 92following Charges for these additional tests are setforth in 124(B) following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

rmdashmdash ------------mdash--mdash -

l~j~~~ 1rdquo ~j

ACCESS SERVICE

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 93

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

62 Provision and Description of Switched Access Service Feature Groups

Switched Access is provided in three different Feature Grouparrangements The company provides type B or C transmissionperformance to the Interconnection point with the primary carrierThe provision of Feature Groups require Local Transport facilitiesand the appropriate End Office functions The parameters for thetransmission performances are as set forth in 63 following

Feature Groups are arranged for either originating terminating ortwo-way calling based on the customer end office switching capacityordered Originating calling permits the delivery of calls fromtelephone exchange service locations to the customersrsquo premisesTerminating calling permits the delivery of calls from the customersrsquopremises to telephone exchange services locations Two-way callingpermits the delivery of calls in both directions but notsimultaneously The customer must work with the Primary Carrier todetermine the type of calling to be provided

There are various chargeable and nonchargeable optional featuresavailable with the Feature Groups through the tariff of the PrimaryCarrier The telephone company will work cooperatively with theprimary carrier to provide the features ordered by the customersubject to availability of equipment Where equipment is notavailable and the customer requests such features from the TelephoneCompany they must be ordered through Section 10 of this tariff

Following are detailed descriptions of Feature Groups provided by theTelephone Company Feature Groups are described in terms of theirspecific physical characteristics and calling patterns thetransmission performances with which it is provided and the standardtesting capabilities provided by the Telephone Company

Issued 123187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 ~-~-mdash-f-~rdquo

F ~ ~-rsquo--lsquo--- frdquo

~~hl ~ rlc

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

621 Feature Group A (FGA)

(A) Description

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 94

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

Originating FGA is provided via the EAS facilitiesof the primary carrier at electronic andelectromechanical end offices of the Telephonecompany

Terminating FGA is provided in connection withTelephone Company electronic and electromechanicalend offices via the access tandem or the end officeof the primary carrier for terminating calling only

A seven digit local telephone number assigned by theprimary carrier is provided for access to FGAswitching in the originating direction The sevendigit local telephone number will be associated withthe selected end office switch and is of the formNXX-XXXX

FGA Switching when used in the terminatingdirection is arranged with dial tone start-dialsignaling When used in the terminating directionFGA switching may at the option of the customer bearranged for dial pulse or dual tone multifrequencyaddress signaling subject to availability ofequipment at the first point of switching

No address signaling is provided when FGA Switchingis used in the originating direction Addresssignaling in such cases if required by thecustomer must be provided by the customerrsquos enduser using inband tone signaling techniques Suchinband tone address signals will not be regeneratedby the Telephone Company and will be subject to theordinary transmission capabilities of the LocalTransport provided

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 95

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

62 Provision and Description of Switched Access ServiceFeature Groups (Centrsquod)

621 Feature Group A (FGA) (Centrsquod)

(A) Description (Centrsquod)

(6) FGA switching when used in the terminatingdirection may be used to access valid NXXS in thelocal calling area emergency reporting service (911where available) exchange telephone repair (611where available) time or weather announcementservices of the Telephone Company communityinformation services of an information serviceprovider and other customersrsquo services (by dialingthe appropriate digits) Charges for FGAterminating calls to 611 or 911 will only applywhere sufficient call details are available

(B) Testinq Capabilities

FGA is provided in the terminating direction whereequipment is available with seven digit access lines tobalance (100 type) test line and milliwatt (102 type)test line Additional Testing and is available as setforth in 92 following

Issued 123186 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 96

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

62 Provision and Description of Switched Access ServiceFeature Groups (Centrsquod)

622 Feature Group B (FGB)

(A) Description

(1) FGB is provided at electronic and electromechanicalend office switches of the Telephone Company viathe designated electronic access tandem switches ofthe primary carrier

(2) FGB switching is provided with multifrequencyaddress signaling in both the originating andterminating directions

The provisions of FGB at the access tandem is madethrough the access tariff of the primary carrier

(3) The access code for FGB switching is a uniformaccess code The form of the uniform access code is95O-1OXX for carriers The uniform access code willbe assigned to the customer by the primary carrier

(4) FGB switching when used in the terminatingdirection may be used to access valid NXXS in thelocal calling area time or weather announcementservices of an information service provider andother customerrsquos services (by dialing theappropriate digits) Additionally non-accesscharges will also be billed for calls from a FGBtrunk to another customerrsquos service in

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO t30x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 97

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

62 Provision and Description of Switched Access ServiceFeature Groups (Centrsquod)

622 Feature Group B (FGB) (Centrsquod)

(A) Description (Centrsquod)

(4) (Centrsquod)

accordance with that customerrsquos applicable servicerates when the Telephone Company performs thebilling function for that customer Calls in theterminating direction will not be completed to 950-10XX access codes local operator assistance (O-and O+) Directory Assistance (411 and 555-1212)service codes 611 and 911 or 10XXX access codesFGB may not be switched in the terminatingdirection to Switched Access Service Feature GroupsB and C

(5) The Telephone Company will provide a communicationpath from the end office switches to theinterconnection point with the primary carrier

(B) Transmission Specifications

FGB is provided with Type B or C transmissionspecifications to Interconnection Points with the primarycarrier

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 98

62 Provision and Description of Switched Access ServiceFeature Groups (Centrsquod)

622 Feature Group B (FGB) (Centrsquod)

(C) Testinq Capabilities

FGB is provided in the termrdquoequipment is available with

nating directon whereseven digit access to

balance (100 type) test line milliwatt (102 type) testline nonsynchronous or synchronous test lineAdditional Testing is available as set forth in 92following

623 Feature Group C

(A) Description

(1) FGC is provided at al1 Telephone Company end officeswitches via Telephone Company designated accesstandem switches FGC switching is provided to theCustomer (ie providers of MTS and WATS AccessService) at an end office switch

(2) FGC is provided as trunk side switching through theuse of the access tandem switch of the primarycarrier The switch trunk equipment is provided withanswer and disconnect supervisory signaling Winkstart-pulsing signals are provided in all officeswhere available In those offices where wink-startsignals are not available delay dial start-pulsingsignals will be provided in which case no start-pulsing signals are provided

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

p=i-E-7-Tq

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 99

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

62 Provision and Description of Switched Access ServiceFeature Groups (Centrsquod)

623 Feature Group C (FGC) (Centrsquod)

(A) Description (Centrsquod)

(3)

(4)

FGC is provided with multifrequency addresssignaling The address signaling will be dialpulse revertive pulse immediate dial pulse orpanel call indicator signaling whichever isavailable Up to 12 digits of the called partynumber dialed by the customerrsquos end user using dualtone multifrequency or dial pulse address signalswill be provided by Telephone Company equipment tothe Customer Premises where the Switched AccessService Terminates Such called party numbersignals will be subject to the ordinary transmissioncapabilities of Local Transport provided

No access code is required for FGC Switching Thetelephone number dialed by the customerrsquos end usershall be a seven or ten digit number for calls inthe North American Numbering Plan (NANP) Forinternational calls outside the NANP a seven totwelve digit number may be dialed The form of thenumbers dialed by the customerrsquos end user is NXX-XXXX O or 1 + NXX-XXXX NPA + NXX-XXXX O or 1 + NPA+ NXXX-XXXX and when the end office is equipped forInternational Direct Dialing (IDDD) 01 + CC + NN or011 +CC+ NN

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 100

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

62 Provision and Description of Switched Access ServiceFeature Groups (Centrsquod)

623 Feature Group C (FGC) (Centrsquod)

(A) Description (Centrsquod)

(5) FGC switching when used in the terminatingdirection may be used to access valid NXXS in thelocal exchange area time or weather announcementservices of the Telephone Company cotnnunityinformation services of an information provider andthe customerrsquos services (by dialing the appropriatecodes) when the services can be reached using validNXX codes FGC may not be switched in theterminating direction to Switched Access ServiceFeature Group C

(B) Transmission Specifications

FGC is provided with either Type B or C TransmissionSpecifications when routed to an access tandem

Transmission Specifications between the Primary exchangecarrier and the customer are provided in the tariff of theprimary exchange carrier

DB Data Transmission Parameters are provided for thetransmission path between the access tandem and the endoffice

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~=-- -mdash- mdash

f lsquoT ldquo~ 7

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 101

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

62 Provision and Description of Switched Access ServiceFeature Groups (Centrsquod)

623 Feature Group C (FGC) (Centrsquod)

(C) Testinq Capabilities

FGC is provided in the terminating direction whereequipment is available with seven digit access tobalance (100 type) test line milliwatt (102 type) testline nonsynchronous and synchronous test line Inaddition to the tests described in 617 preceding whichare included with the installation of service and ongoingroutine testing Additional Testing is available as setforth in 92 following

63 Transmission Specifications

The Telephone Company provides Switched Access Service transmissionpaths with standard transmission specifications Type B or C Thetransmission specifications are set forth in Section 112

Data Transmission parameters are also provided with each SwitchedAccess Service transmission path The Telephone Company will inconjunction with the primary carrier and subject to availability ofequipment upon notification by the customer that the data parametersset forth in 1122(B) are not being met conduct tests independentlyor in cooperation with the customer and take any necessary action toinsure that the data parameters are met

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes Presiden Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 102

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service

63 Transmission Specifications (Centrsquod)

The Telephone Company will maintain existing transmissionspecifications on functioning service configurations installed priorto the effective date of this tariff except that serviceconfigurations having performance specifications exceeding thestandards listed in this provision will be maintained at performancelevels specified in this tariff

The transmission specifications concerning Switched Access Serviceare immediate action limits and are set forth in 112 followingAcceptance limits are set forth in Technical Reference TR-NPL-OO0334This Technical Reference also provides the basis for determiningSwitched Access Service maintenance limits

64 Obligations of the Telephone Company

In addition to the obligations of the Telephone Company set forth in2 preceding the Telephone Company has certain other obligationspertaining only to the provision of Switched Access Service Theseobligations are as follows

641 Network Management

The Telephone Company will administer its network to insurethe provision of acceptable service levels to alltelecommunications users of the Telephone Companyrsquos networkservices Generally service levels are considered acceptableonly when both end users and customers are able to establishconnections with little or no delay encountered within theTelephone Company network The Telephone Company maintainsthe right to apply protective controls over any traffic

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 103

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

64 Obligations of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

641 Network Management (Centrsquod)

carried over its network including that associated with acustomerrsquos Switched Access Service Generally suchprotective measures would only be taken as a result ofoccurrences such as failure or overload of Telephone Companyor customer facilities natural disasters mass calling ornational security demands In the event that the protectivecontrols applied by the Telephone Company result in thecomplete loss of service by the customer the customer will begranted a Credit Allowance for Service Interruption as setforth in 244(B)(2) preceding

642 Design and Traffic Routing of Switched Access Service

For Feature Groups A amp B the line or trunk directionality andtraffic routing of Switched Access Service between thecustomers premises and the entry switch are determined by thecustomerrsquos order with the primary carrier FGA Service isprovided to the customer by the Telephone Company via the EASfacilities of the primary carrier FGB Service is provided tothe customers by the Telephone Company via the access tandemof the primary carrier

For Feature Group C the Telephone Company shall design anddetermine the routing of Switched Access Service includingthe selection of the first point of switching and to the endoffices where busy hour minutes of capacity are ordered TheTelephone Company shall also decide if capacity is to beprovided by originating only terminating only or two-waytrunk groups Selection of facilities and equipment andtraffic routing of the service are based on standardengineering methods available facilities and equipment andthe Telephone Company traffic routing plans If the customerdesires routing or directionality different from thatdetermined by the Telephone Company the Telephone Companywill work cooperatively with the customer in determining (1)whether the service is to be routed directly to an end officeor through an access tandem switch and (2) the directionalityof the service

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

rmdashmdashmdash mdash_____-

1 F lsquo ldquorsquo~~ ~

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

64 Obligations of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 104

643

644

645

Provision of Service Performance Data

Subject to availability end-to-end service performance dataavailable to the Telephone Company through its own serviceevaluation routines may also be made available to thecustomer based on previously arranged intervals and formatThese data provide information on overall end-to-end callcompletion and non-completion performance eg customerequipment blockage failure results and transmissionperformance These data do not include service performancedata which are provided under other tariff sections egtesting service results If data is to be provided in otherthan paper format the charges for such exchange will bedetermined on an individual case basis

Trunk Group Measurement Reports

Subject to availability the Telephone Company will makeavailable trunk group data in the form of usage in CCS pegcount and overflow to the customer based on previously agreedto intervals

Determination of Number of Transmission Paths

The Telephone Company will determine the number of SwitchedAccess Service transmission paths to be provided for theSwitched Access Feature Group C busy hour minutes of capacityordered A transmission path is a communication path withinthe frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz or aderived communication path of a frequency bandwidth ofapproximately 300 Hz to 3000 Hz provided over a high frequencyanalog facility or a high speed digital facility between acustomerrsquos premises and a Telephone Company location Thenumber of transmission paths will be developed using the totalbusy hour minutes of capacity by type (as described in

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

ACCESS SERVICE

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 105

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

64 Obligations of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

645 Determination of Number of Transmission Paths

611(D) preceding) for the end offices for each Feature Groupordered from a customerrsquos designated premises The total busyhour minutes of capacity by type for the end office will beconverted to transmission paths using standard TelephoneCompany traffic engineering methods The number oftransmission paths provided shall be the number required basedon the use of access tandem switches and end office switches

646 Determination of Number of End Office Transport Terminations

For analog entry switches a termination will be provided foreach transmission path provided For digital entry switchesan equivalent termination will be provided for eachtransmission path provided

65 Obligations of the Customer

In addition to the obligations of the Customer set forth in 2preceding the Customer has certain specific obligations pertaining tothe use of Switched Access Service These obligations are asfollows

651 Report Requirements

Customers are responsible for providing the following reportsto the Telephone Company when applicable

(A) Jurisdictional Reports

When a Customer orders Switched Access Service for bothinterstate and intrastate use the percentage ofinterstate and intrastate traffic will be developed asset forth in 2310 preceding Charges will beapportioned in accordance with those reports The methodto be used for determining the intrastate charges is setforth in 2311 preceding

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

6

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 106

ACCESS SERVICE

Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

65 Obligations of the Customer (Centrsquod)

652 Supervisory Signaling

The customerrsquos facilities shall provide the necessary on-hookand off-hook answer and disconnect supervision

653 Trunk Group Measurement Reports

With the agreement of the Customer trunk group data in theform of usage in CCS peg count and overflow for its end ofall access trunk groups where technologically feasible willbe made available to the Telephone Company

This data will be used to monitor trunk group utilization andservice performance and will be based on previously arrangedintervals and format

66 Rate Regulations

This section contains the specific regulations governing the ratesand charges that apply for Switched Access Service

661 Description and Application of Rates and Charges

There are two types of rates and charges that apply toSwitched Access Service These are usage rates andnonrecurring charges These rates and charges are applieddifferently to the various rate elements as set forth in (C)following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 107

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

661 Description and Application of Rates and Charges (Centrsquod)

(A) Usage Rates

Usage rates are rates that apply only when a specificrate element is used These are applied on a per accessminute basis Access Minute charges are accumulated overa monthly period

(B) Nonrecurring Charges

Nonrecurring charges are one-time charges that apply for aspecific work activity (ie installation or change to anexisting service) The types of nonrecurring charges thatapply for Switched Access Service are installation ofservice and service rearrangements at the rates set forthin 121(D) following

(1) Installation of Service

Nonrecurring charges apply to each Switched AccessService installed For FGC which is ordered on abusy hour minutes of capacity basis the charge isapplied on a per trunk basis but the charge appliesonly when the capacity ordered requires theinstallation of an additional trunk(s)

(C) Application of Rates

Rates are applied to measured or assumed access minutes

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 108

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

661 Description and Application of Rates and Charges (Centrsquod)

(C) Application of Rates (Centlsquod)

The specific application of these rates for a specificcustomer is dependent upon the Feature Group

The following rules provide the basis for applying therates and charges

(1) Access rates apply to all FGA FGB and FGC accessminutes

(2) FGA and terminating FGBwill be billed in accordancewith the usage report received from the primaryexchange carrier on a monthly basis

(3) Where Feature Group A switched access usage isbetween a primary carrier and a Telephone Companywithin the same Extended Area Service Calling areathe Telephone Company will apply Switched AccessService End Office and Local Transport Rates as setforth in Section 121 following This is inaddition to those rates charged by the primarycarrier

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

ldquo t$ _ - -

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 109

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

661 Description and Application of Rates and Charqes (Centrsquod)

(C) Application of Rates (Centlsquod)

(4) Where Feature Group B switched access usage isbetween a primary carrier and Telephone Company endoffice(s) which subtends the Feature Group B accesstandem the Telephone Company will apply SwitchedAccess Service End Office and Local transport ratesas set forth in Section 121 following This is inaddition to those rates charged by the primarycarrier

662 Minimum Period

Switched Access Service is provided for a minimum period ofone month

663 Measuring Access Minutes

Customer traffic to end offices will be measured (ierecorded or assumed) by the Telephone Company at the endoffice switches or access tandem switches Originating andterminating calls will be measured (ie recorded or assumed)by the Telephone Company to determine the basis for computingchargeable access minutes In the event the customer messagedetail is not available because the Telephone Company lost ordamaged tapes or incurred recording system outages theTelephone Company will use the same estimates as set forth in851(C) following as the basis for computing chargeableaccess minutes For terminating calls over FGA and FGB FGCto 800 and for originating calls over FGB the measuredminutes are the chargeable access minutes For originatingcalls over FGC chargeable originating access minutes arederived from recorded minutes in the following manner

Step 1 Obtain recorded originating minutes and messagesmeasured as set forth in (C) following for FGC fromthe appropriate recording data

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 mdash-

r

--mdashmdash mdashmdash

F ~ gt~s u

Akl-$CrdquogtqI

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 110

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

663 Measuring Access Minutes (Centrsquod)

Step 2 Obtain the total attempts by dividing the originatingmeasured messages by the completion ratioCompletion ratios (CR) are obtained separately forthe major call categories such as DDD operator 800900 directory assistance and international from asample study which analyzes the ultimate completionstatus of the total attempts which receiveacknowledgement from the customer That is MeasuredMessages divided by Completion Ratio equals TotalAttempts

Step 3 Obtain the total non-conversation time additive(NCTA) by multiplying the total attempts (obtained inStep 2) by the NCTA per attempt ratio The NCTA perattempt ratio is obtained from the sample studyidentified in Step 2 by measuring the non-conversation time associated with both completed andincomplete attempts The total NCTA is the time ona completed attempt from the customer acknowledgementof receipt of call to called party answer (set up andringing) plus time on an incomplete attempt fromcustomer acknowledgement of call until the accesstandem or end office receives a disconnect signal(ring - no answer busy or network blockage) Thatis Total Attempts times Non-Conversation Time perAttempt equals Total NCTA

Step 4 Obtain total chargeable originating access minutes byadding the total NCTA (obtained in Step 3) to therecorded originating measured minutes (obtained inStep 1) That is Measured Minutes plus NCTA equalsChargeable Originating Access Minutes

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~~rsquo~l

-mdashmdash

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 111Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

663 Measuring Access Minutes (Centrsquod)

Following is an example which illustrates how the chargeableoriginating access minutes are derived from the measuredoriginating minutes using this formula

Where

(1)

(2)

(3)

Measured Minutes (M Min) = 7000Measured Messages (M Mes) = 1000Completion Ration (CR) = 75NCTA per Attempt = 4

Total Attempts = 1000 (M Mes) = 13333375 (CR)

Total NCTA = 4 (NCTA per Attempt) times133333 = 53333

Total Chargeable Originating Access Minutes =7000 (M Min) +53333 (NCTA) = 753333

When assumed minutes are used the assumed minutes are thechargeable access minutes

Usage rated FGA FGB and FGC access minutes or fractionsthereof the exact value of the fraction being a function ofthe switch technology where the measurement is made areaccumulated over the billing period for each end office andare then rounded up to the nearest access minute for each endoffice

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

rrsquo

mdash- mdashmdash --mdashmdash-mdash

F~ ldquoldquordquordquorsquordquo lsquo

- i

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 112

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

663 Measurinq Access Minutes (Centrsquod)

(A) Feature Group A Usaqe Measurement

For originating calls over FGA usage measurement beginswhen the originating FGA entry switch receives an off-hook supervisory signal forwarded from the customerrsquospoint of termination This off-hook signal may beprovided by the customerrsquos equipment before the calledparty answers or forwarded by the customerrsquos equipmentwhen the called party answers

The measurement of originating call usage over FGA endswhen the originating FGA entry switch receives an on-hooksupervisory signal from either the originating end userrsquosend office indicating the originating end user hasdisconnected or the customerrsquos point of terminationwhichever is recognized first by the entry switch

For terminating calls over FGA usage measurement beginswhen the terminating FGA entry switch receives an off-hook supervisory signal from the terminating end userrsquosend office indicating the terminating end user hasanswered

The measurement of terminating call usage over FGA endswhen the terminating FGA entry switch receives an on-hooksupervisory signal from either the terminating end userrsquosend office indicating the terminating end user hasdisconnected or the customerrsquos point of terminationwhichever is recognized first by the entry switch

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 113

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

663 Measurinq Access Minutes (Centrsquod)

(B) Feature Group B Usaqe Measurement

For originating calls over FGB usage measurement beginswhen the originating FGB entry switch receives answersupervision forwarded from the customerrsquos point oftermination indicating the customerrsquos equipment hasanswered

The measurement of originating call usage over FGB endswhen the originating FGB entry switch receives disconnectsupervision from either the originating end userrsquos endoffice indicating the originating end user hasdisconnected or the customerrsquos point of terminationwhichever is recognized first by the entry switch

For terminating calls over FGB usage measurement beginswhen the terminating FGB entry switch receives answersupervision from the terminating end userrsquos end officeindicating the terminating end user has answered

The measurement of terminating call usage FGB ends whenthe terminating FGB entry switch receives disconnectsupervision from either the terminating end userrsquos endoffice indicating the terminating end user hasdisconnected or the customerrsquos point of terminationwhichever is recognized first by the entry switch

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

663 Measuring Access Minutes (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 114

(c) Feature Group C Usage Measurement

For originating calls over FGC usage measurement beginswhen the originating FGC entry switch receives answersupervision from the customerrsquos point of terminationindicating the called party has answered

The measurement of originating call usage over FGC endswhen the originating FGC entry switch receives disconnectsupervision from either the originating end userrsquos endoffice indicating the originating end user hasdisconnected or the customerrsquos point of terminationwhichever is recognized first by the entry switch

For terminating calls over FGC to services other than 800or 900 terminating FGC usage is not directly measured atthe terminating entry switch but is imputed fromoriginating usage excluding usage from calls to 800 or900

For terminating calls over FGC to 800 Service usagemeasurement begins when the terminating FGC entry switchreceives answer supervision from the terminating end userrsquosend office indicating the terminating 800 Service enduser has answered

The measurement of terminating call usage over FGC to 800Service ends when the terminating FGC entry switch receivesan on-hook supervisory signal from the terminating enduserrsquos end office indicating the terminating 800 Serviceend user has disconnected or from the customerrsquos point oftermination whichever is recognized first by the entryswitch

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

[Flmdashmdashmdash----mdash-------mdash--

[Jz[rsquo-lt~- ]1

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 115

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

664 Mileage Measurement

The mileage to be used to determine the appropriate billing forLocal Transport facility is calculated on the airline distancebetween the end office switch which may be a Remote SwitchingLocation where the call carried by Local Transport originatesor terminates and the customerrsquos serving wire center Whereapplicable the VampH coordinates method is used to determine themileage This method is set forth in the EXCHANGE CARRIERASSOCIATION TARIFF FCC NO 2 for Wire Center Information(VampH coordinates)

To determine the rate to be billed first compute the airlinemileage using the VampH coordinates method If the calculationresults in a fraction of a mile always round up to the nextwhole mile before determining the mileage Multiply thecalculated mileage by the Billing Percentage (BP) as set forthin EXCHANGE CARRIER ASSOCIATION TARIFF NO 2 for the endoffice times the local transport facilities rate to determinethe appropriate local transport facilities charges Mileagerates for Local Transport Facilities are as set forth in 121Cfollowing

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

--mdash------_ rdquo--

F[_rsquo~j lsquoj

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 116

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service

71 General

Special Access Service provides a transmission path to connecttwo or more customer designated premises If only a portion of thefacilities can be provided by the Telephone Company Special AccessService provides the transmission path necessary to connect customerdesignated premises in the service area to the interconnection pointwith the primary carrier Special Access Service includes allexchange access which does not utilize Telephone Company end officeswitches Special Access Service also includes the transmission pathto connect a customer designated premise and a WATS serving office

711 Channel Type

The Telephone Company provides voice grade special access serviceThe customer can select from a list of available transmissionparameters and channel interfaces to build a system to meet speccommunications requirements

The Voice Grade channel is a channel for the transmission of ariarsquosignals within an approximate bandwith of 300 to 3000 Hz

712 Rate Categories

fic

Og

There are three basic rate categories which apply to Special AccessService in addition to the Special Access Surcharge described inSection 733

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 __ _

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 117

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

71 General (Centrsquod)

712 Rate Categories (Centrsquod)

(A)

(B)

Channel TerminationThe Channel Termination rate cateuorv wovides for theconnnunications path between a cus~om~ridesignated premisesand the serving wire center of that premises Included aspart of the Channel Termination is a standard channelinterface arrangement which defines the technicalcharacteristics associated with the type of facilities towhich the access service is to be connected at the Point ofTermination (POT) and the type of signaling capability ifany The signaling capability itself is provided as anoptional feature as set forth in (C) following OneChannel Termination charge applies per customer designatedpremises at which the channel is terminated

Closed End WATS Access Channel Termination provides theaccess line between a customer designated premises and thewire center serving that premises The Channel terminationrate is set forth in 122A following

Channel Mileage

The Channel Mileage rate category provides the transmissionfacility between the serving wire center of the customerdesignated premises and the interconnection point with theconnecting carrier Closed end WATS Access Channel Mileageprovides for the transmission Facility between a servingwire center associated with a customer designated premisesand the interconnecting point with the connecting carrieror the WATS serving office Channel Mileage is provided atthe rate set forth in 122B following and in accordancewith 247 preceding Channel Mileage rates are made up ofthe Channel Mileage Facility rate and the Channel MileageTermination rate

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 118

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

71 General (Centrsquod)

712 Rate Categories (Centrsquod)

(1)

(2)

Channel Mileaqe Facility

The Channel Mileage Facility rate recovers the cost forthe transmission path which extends between theCustomer Designated Premises serving wire center andthe Interconnection Point with the connecting carrieror the WATS serving office

Channel Mileage Termination

The Channel Mileage Termination rate recovers the costfor end office equipment associated with terminatingthe facility (ie basic circuit equipment andterminations at serving wire centers and hubs)Channel Mileage Termination rate will apply at theserving wire center(s) for each customer designatedpremises

(C) Optional Features and Functions

The Optional Features and Functions rate category providesfor optional features and functions which may be added to aSpecial Access Service to improve its quality or utility tomeet specific communications requirements These are notnecessarily identifiable with specific equipment butrather represent the end result in terms of performancecharacteristics which may be obtained Thesecharacteristics may be obtained by using variouscombinations of equipment Although the equipmentnecessary to perform a specified function may be installedat various locations along the path of the service theywill be charged for as a single rate element TheTelephone Company will work cooperatively with the customerand the primary carrier to provide the optional featuresand function desired but not included as part of thistariff subject to the availability of equipment or inaccordance with Section 10 following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdashmdash -q--_

F i l+ [1 ~

I

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 119

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

71 General (Centrsquod)

(C) Optional Features and Functions (Centrsquod)

A complete list and description of voice grade optionalfeatures and functions are set forth in Section 115following

The Telephone Company provides only the following optionalfeature and function(s)

NONE

713 Service Configurations

There are two types of services configurations over whichSpecial Access Services are provided two-point service andmultipoint service The Telephone Company provides thefollowing Special Access Services Two point service onepoint on a two point service in conjunction with another LECone or more points on a multipoint service provided inconjunction with another LEC or the closed end of a WATS AccessLine

(A) Two-Point Service

A two-point servicepremises either onhub where multiplex

Applicable rate eler

connects two customer designateda directly connected basis or through ang functions are performed

ents provided by the Telephone Companyare

- Channel Terminations (one per customer designatedpremises)

- Channel Mileage (as applicable between Serving WireCenter and Interconnection Point)

- Optional Features and Functions (when applicable)

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

-mdash -1~-

F i i lt)lsquo~j

KI ~ ~a~g iI FrsquoiJbllCS~L~lsquollirdquoli~gt~Ofi

$ ij i -

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 120

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

71 General (Centrsquod)

713 Service Configurations (Centrsquod)

The follcwing diagram depicts a two-point Voice Gradeservice connecting two customer designated premises (COP)located 15 miles apart

Applicable rate elements are

- Channel Terminations (2 applicable)- Channel Mileage (1 section Channel Mileage)

Facility per mile plus 2 Channel Mileage Terminations)

(B) Multipoint service connects three or more customerdesignated premises through a Telephone Company hub Onlycertain types of Special Access Service are provided asmultipoint service

Applicable rate Elements provided by the Telephone Companyare

- Channel Terminations (one per custcmer designatedpremises)

- Channel Mileage (as applicable between Serving WireCenter and Interconnection Point)

- Optional Features and Functions (when applicable)

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278 --mdashmdash - Freedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 121

ISilver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

71 General (Centrsquod)

(8) (Centrsquod)

Example Voice Grade multipoint service connecting four customerdesignated premises (COP) via two customer specifiedbridging hubs

Applicable rate elements are

- Channel Terminations (4 applicable)- Channel Mileage (4 sections Channel Mileage Facility per

mile plus 2 Channel Mileage Terminations per section)- Bridging Optional Feature from tariff of primary carrier

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

T

mdash--

Fldquo ~ ldquo----rsquoi~ 1 ldquo L+mdash --

~

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 122

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

71 General (Centrsquod)

714

715

716

717

Alternate Use

Alternate Use occurs when a service is arranged by theTelephone Company so that the customer can select differenttypes of transmission at different times A customer may use aservice in any privately beneficial manner However wheretechnical or engineering changes are required to effectuate analternate use the Telephone Company will make such specialarrangements available on an individual case basis

Special Facilities Routinq

A customer may request that the facilities used to provideSpecial Access Service be specially routed The TelephoneCompany will provide such routing on an individual casebasis

Design Layout Report

At the request of the customer the Telephone Company willprovide to the customer the make-up of the facilities andservices provided under this tariff as Special access Serviceto aid the customer in designing its overall service Thisinformation will be provided in the form of a Design LayoutReport The Desian Layout Reuort will be ~rovided to thecustomer at no ch~rge-and wiil be reissued orthese facilities are materially changed

Acceptance Testing

updated whenever

At no additional charge the Telephone Company will at thecustomerrsquos request subject to the availability of equipmentcooperatively test at the time of installation the followingparameters

(A) For Voice Grade analog services acceptance testing willinclude tests for loss 3-tone slope dc continuityoperational signaling and C-message noise when theseparameters are applicable and specified in the order forservice

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R HooJesPresident Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone Company

PO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 123

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

71

72

General (Centrsquod)

718 Ordering Options and Conditions

Special Access Service is ordered under the Access Orderprovisions set forth in 5 preceding Also included in thatsection are other charges which may be associated with orderingSpecial Access Service

Service Descriptions

For the purposes of ordering voice (VG) is the only category ofSpecial Access Service provided by the Company

This service consists of a basic channel to which a technicalspecifications package (customized or predefine) (see Section 116)channel interface(s)(see Section 113) and when desired optionalfeatures and functions (see Section 115) are added to construct theservice desired by the customer Each of the components of theservice are described in this section

Predefine and customized technical specifications packages will beprovided by the Telephone Company or in conjunction with the primarycarrier where technically feasible and subject to availability ofequipment or in accordance with Section 10 following If theTelephone Company determines that the requested parameterspecifications are not compatible the customer will be advised andgiven the opportunity to change the order When a customized channelis ordered the customer will be notified whether additional costswill apply In such cases the customer will be given an estimate ofthe hours to be billed before any further action is taken on theorder

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdash --------~l ~[jt-

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 124

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

72 Service Descriptions (Centrsquod)

Information pertaining to the technical specifications packagesindicates the transmission parameters that are available with eachpackage (see section 116) This information is displayed in amatrix with the transmission parameters listed down the left side andthe packages listed across the top Each package is identified by acode eg VGC The first two letters of the code indicate thecategory of Special Access Service to which the parameters areapplicable These two letter codes are shown above in parenthesisfollowing the category of Special Access Service The letter ldquoCrdquofollowing the two letter code indicates the technical specificationspackage for a customized service A numeric or alpha-numericdesignation following the two letter code indicates the specificpredefine package For a customized service the customer mayselect any parameters available with that category of service as longas the parameters are compatible When appropriate the TechnicalReference which contains detailed specifications for the parametersis shown following the matrix

The optional features and functions available with Voice GradeSpecial Access Service are described in the section 115 Theoptional features and functions information also indicates with whichtechnical specifications packages they are available Suchinformation is displayed in a matrix with the optional feature orfunction listed down the left side and the technical specificationspackage listed across the top

The Telephone Company will maintain existing transmissionspecifications on services installed prior to the effective date ofthis tariff except that existing services with performance levelsabove those levels set forth in this tariff will be maintainedperformance levels specified in this tariff

Channel interfaces at each Point of Termination on a two-pointservice may be symmetricalor asymmetrical Only certain channerdquointerface combinations are available with the predefine technspecifications packages These are delineated in the Technicsrdquo

at the

cal

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

mdashrF mdash-ILizD ~t1IA411l$gq

FrsquoIJ)ik5rdquorsquo-CJldquoi(lu~f~i

~p mdash--mdash ---- J_mdash

Silver Star TerdquoWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

ephone Company Orignal Page 125

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

72 Service Descriptions (Centrsquod)

References set forth below When a customized channel is requestedall channel interface combinations available with the specified typeof service are available with the customized channel subject to theavailability of equipment or in accordance with Section 10 following

All services installed after the effective date of this tariff willconform to the transmission specification standards contained in thistariff or in the following Technical references for voice gradeservice

Voice Grade PUB TR-NPL-OO0335PUB 41004 Table 4

721 Voice Grade Service

(A) Basic Channel Description

A Voice Grade channel is a channel which provides voicefrequency transmission capability in the nominal frequencyrange of 300 to 3000 Hz and may be terminated two-wire orfour-wire Voice Grade channels are provided betweencustomer designated premises and another customerdesignated premises or between a customer designatedpremises and the Telephone Company Interconnection Point

(B) Technical Specifications Packages

The Company provides the following Voice Grade packages

Package VG

Parameter J g ~ 4mdash

AttenuationDistortion x x x xC-Messages Noise x x x xLoss Deviation x x x x

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO EIOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

mdashmdashmdash _____

lsquoFHJH3

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 126

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

72 Service Descriptions (Centrsquod)

721 Voice Grade Service (Centrsquod)

(B)

(c)

Technical Specifications Packaqes (Centrsquod)

Echo Control - provided by the primary carr

For a com~lete listinu of VG technical soecrdquo

er

ficationpackages (see section-116) These tech~ical specificationpackages will be made available subject to the availabilityof equipment or in accordance with Section 10 following

Channel Interfaces

The Telephone Company providesinterface for Voice Grade servsignaling capability DA

The Telephone Company provides

re

interfaces for Voice-Grade service that reafiiresianalinu

the following channelice that does not requrdquo

the followinq channel

capability AC GO LA LB LC LS and RV - -

A complete list of channel interfaces and compatiblechannel interfaces are set forth in 113 and 114following

A complete list of Special Access Voice Grade optionalfeature and functions are set forth in Section 115following The technical specifications package for VoiceGrade service is set forth in section 116

The Telephone Company provides only the following optionalfeatures and functions

NONE

The Telephone Company will work cooperatively with theprimary carrier and the customer to provide the customerdesired special circuit subject to the availability ofequipment or in accordance with Section 10 following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278

r

------------__Freedom Wyoming 83120

F I 1-[lJ 1

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 127

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

73 Rate Regulations

This section contains the specific regulations governing the ratesand charges that apply for Special Access Service

731 Types of Rates and Charges

There are two types of rates and charges These are monthlyrates and nonrecurring charges The rates and charges aredescribed as follows

(A) Monthly Rates

Monthly rates are flat recurring rates that apply each monthor fraction thereof that a Special Access Service isprovided For billing purposes each month is considered tohave 30 days

(B) Nonrecurring Charges

Nonrecurring Charges apply to each installation of serviceas a one time charge Changes to existing services otherthan administrative changes will be treated as adiscontinuance of the existing service and an installationof a new services

If another channel termination is added to an existingmultipoint service nonrecurring charges will only apply tothe additional termination

Nonrecurring charges apply for each Channel Terminationinstalled as set forth in Section 122 following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO t30x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 mdash -

mdashFrdquo i= D I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 128Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS LINES

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

73 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

732 Minimum Period

The minimum service period for all services is one month

733 Surcharqe for Special Access Service

(A)

(B)

General

The monthly Special Access Surcharge will apply toeach intrastate Special Access Service that terminates onan end userrsquos PBX or other device where through a functionof the device the Special Access Service interconnects tothe local exchange network Interconnection functionsinclude but are not limited to wiring and softwarefunctions switching or patching of calls or stations

The Telephone Company will bill the customer who orders theSpecial Access Service the Surcharge on each serviceinstalled unless the service is exempt from the surchargeas set forth in (B) following at the rates set forth in122D following

Exemptions from Surcharge

The Special Access Service will be exempted from themonthly surcharge if the customer provides the TelephoneCompany written certification that the special accesstermination is one of the following

(1) an open-end termination in a Telephone Company switchof an FX line including CCSA and CCSA-equivalentONALS or

(Z) an analog channel termination that is used for radio ortelevision program transmission or

(3) a termination used for TELEX service or

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO EiOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

mdash--- -mdash -~f

rI

~-rdquo-rdquorsquo- F D ldquot ~~==

ftkldquo

1 ldquorsquoRi3n~I LiXic~~r~

-Grsquo~~$L_______-rdquolsquo-=A

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 129

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

73 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

733 Surcharqe for Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

(B) Exemptions from Surcharqe (Centrsquod)

(4) a termination that by the nature of its operatingcharacteristics could not make use of Telephone Companycormnonlines or

(5) a termination that interconnects either directly orindirectly to the local network where the usage issubject to Carrier Common Line charges such as aSpecial Access Service between customer points oftermination or a Special Access Service connectingCCSA or CCSA-type equipment (inter-matching trunks) or

(6) a termination that the customer certifies to theTelephone Company is not connected to a PBX or otherdevice capable of interconnecting the Special AccessService to a local exchange subscriber line

(C) Creditinq the Surcharge

The Telephone Company will cease billing the Special AccessSurcharge when certification that the service has becomeexempt from the surcharge as set forth in (B) precedingis received If the status of the Special Access Servicewas changed prior to receipt of the exemptioncertification the Telephone Company will credit thecustomerrsquos account not to exceed ninety (90) days basedon the effective date of the change specified by thecustomer in the letter of certification

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

F

_mdash -mdash --~ amp z rdquo

1

I ~ ldquo

----~lsquo-------ldquo--mdash

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 130

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

73 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

734 Mileage Measurement

The mileage to be used to determine the monthly rate for theChannel Mileage Facility is calculated on the airline distancebetween the Telephone Companyrsquos end office serving one customerdesignated premise and the wire center serving anothercustomer designated premise or the serving wire center of theprimary carrier along the same route for Special Access Serviceserving the customer designated premises The serving wirecenter associated with a customer designated premise is theserving wire center from which this customer designated premisewould normally obtain dial tone

To determine lsquohe amount to be billed first compute the mileageusing the VampH coordinates methods as set forth in the EXCHANGECARRIER ASSOCIATION TARIFF FCC NO 2 When the calculationof total mileage results in a fraction of a mile always roundup to the next whole mile before determining the mileage andapplying the rates Multiply the resulting number of miles bythe billing percentage as set forth in Exchange CarrierAssociation Tariff No 2 times the per mile rate set forth inSection 122 B(2) following and add the channel mileagetermination for each termination

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO EOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r ldquo-rdquo

mdash-mdash-

L

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 131

8 Billing and Collection Services

81 General Description

The Telephone Company will provide the following services

(A) Recording Services(B) Message Billing Service and(C) Other Billing Services

82 Recording Service

The Telephone Company will provide Recording Service in associationwith the offering of Feature Group C Switched Access Service forcustomer messages that can be recorded by the Telephone Companyproviding automatic message accounting equipment

The Telephone Company will provide Recording Service in its operatingterritory The minimum territory for which the Telephone Companywill provide Recording Service is all the appropriately equippedoffices in a state operating territory for which the customer hasordered Feature Group C Switched Access Service

821 General Description

Recording Service is the recording of the details of a customermessage and when requested by the customer the provision ofthose details to the customer Recording Service includesrecording assembly and editing and provisions of recordedcustomer message detail the applicable charges are set forth in123A following

Recording is the entering on magnetic tape or other acceptablemedia the details of customer messages originated throughSwitched Access Service for which answer and disconnectsupervision has been received Recording is provided 24 hoursa day 7 days a week the applicable charge for providing thetape is set forth in 123(F)

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

rldquo

-- --

F--

- -~-rsquo-~W

Silver Star Telephone CompanyACCESS SERVICE

8 Billing and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

82 Recording Service (Centrsquod)

821 General Description (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 132

(A)

(B)

(c)

(D)

(E)

Assembly and editing is the aggregation of recordedcustomer message details to create individual messages andthe verification that the data required for rating inaccordance with the standard format established by theTelephone Company is present

The Telephone Company will provide the assembled and editedmessage detail to the customer on magnetic tape at therequest of the customer Except for lost or damagedrecords the recorded detail will be available to thecustomer not more than five business days after the dateall the detail requested by the customer was processed bythe Telephone Company Assembly and editing will beperformed on all customer messages recorded during thebilling period established by the Telephone Company

A standard format for the provision of the recordedcustomer message detail will be established by theTelephone Company and provided to the customer If in thecourse of Telephone Company business it is necessary tochange the format the Telephone Company will notify theinvolved customers six months prior to the change

At the customerrsquos request the Telephone Company will makeevery reasonable effort to recover recorded customermessage detail previously made available to the customerand make it available again for the customer The chargesas set forth in 123A will apply for all such efforts anddetail provided

When the Telephone Company is notified that due to erroror omission incomplete data has been provided to acustomer the Telephone Company will make every reasonableeffort to locate andor recover the data and provide newdata to the customer at no additional charge Suchrequest to recover the data must be made within 30 daysfrom the date the details were initially made available tothe customer

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

[

mdashxmdash mdash X -1 = in- j lsquoldquo~j

l~l$ fiq

Public~~~~~~p~ Cm- wl~i

f

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 133Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billinq and Collection Services

83 Messaqe Billinq Service

831 General Description

The Telephone Company will provide or arrange for theprovision of Message Billing Service for customerrsquos End Userslocated in the Telephone Companyrsquos operating territoryMessage Billing Service entails

- Assembling of recorded Customer message details- Rating of messages and other service charges including

calculations of deposits in accordance with a schedule ofrates provided by the customer including both message-billed andbulk-billed services

- Establishment of accounts for bulk-billed customer End Users- Preparation and distribution of bills to End Users- Data transmission of rated Customer message detail between

exchange Telephone Company locations and- Collection of amounts due from End Users

(A) Customer message detail may be provided entirely by the customeror may be partially provided by the customer and partiallyprovided by the Telephone Company where the customer hasordered Recording Service as set forth in 82 Where thecustomer has ~rovided messaae detail the data ~rovided mustbe in the standard format e~tablished by the TelephoneCompany and delivered to a location specified by theTelephone Company

(B) Message-billed service is a billing Service for an Endaccount with an End User common line where individual

User

customer messages are posted to the account and are listed onthe bill rendered to the End User Message-billed service isalso a billing service for a customer credit card End Useraccount without an End User common line or WATS Access Line(WAL) Service where individual messages or groups of messagesare posted to the account and listed on the bill rendered tothe End User The message billing charges per message andper bill are set forth in 123(B) and 123(C) following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

- [F [ L i

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billinq and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

83 Message Billing Service (Centrsquod)

831 General Description (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 134

(B)

(c)

(D)

(E)

(Centrsquod)

Bulk-billed service is a billing service for an End Useraccount with a WATS Access Line (WAL) Service to the End Userpremises where individual customer messages are not posted tothe account and are not listed on the bill rendered to the EndUser

Account establishment is the preparation of customer End Userrecord so that a bill can be sent to that End User TheTelephone Company will not establish an End User account witha customer balance due

Data transmission is the transmitting and receiving of messagedetail between other Exchange Telephone Company locationsThe Data transmission charge set forth in 123(D) and 123(E)applies when message detail is data transmitted to or receivedfrom another Exchange Telephone Company location by theTelephone Company This charge applies on a per recordtransmitted or received basis A record is a logical groupingof information as described in the program that processes theinformation

The Telephone Company at its option may include customerbilling amounts as part of its regular monthly bill to itscustomers for local telephone exchange service The billformat will be determined by the Telephone Company

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

-mdash-mdash----

FIi iikmdash ldquoi-~

Silver Star Telephone CompanyACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 135

8 Billing and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

83 Message Billinq Service (Centrsquod)831 General Description (Centrsquod)

(F) Message Billing Service includes the normal treatment ofdelinquent accounts posting of credits and adjustmentsmessage investigation undertaken to secure proper billinginformation and when necessary in the judgment of theTelephone Company denial of customer service to the End UserThe Telephone Company will also make its best effort to answerinquiries from End Users concerning billed items for customerservice

(G) The Telephone Company will develop the customerrsquos schedule ofrates into a rating program Program development andmaintenance charges will be on a per hour basis as set forthin 123G

(H) At the request of the customer the Telephone Company willprepare and distribute customer credit cards by first classUS Mail service The Telephone Company will assign thecredit card number and will mark the records and files toshow that an End User has been issued an customer creditcard The Telephone Company will specify the information itrequires to issue a credit card and the format to be used bythe customer in furnishing such information Plastic coatedpaper cards will be distributed unless the customer requestsanother type card be provided Charges to prepare anddistribute credit cards will be developed on an individualbasis When it becomes necessary as determined by theTelephone Company to change the credit card number ordiscontinue the billing of credit card calls to an End Useraccount because of nonpayment of charges or unauthorized useof Telephone Company and customer service offerings theTelephone Company will notify the customer The TelephoneCompany will provide the customer with the credit cardassociated End User account name and Billing address for thecredit card number change or discontinued billing Al1charges for calls associated with such a discontinued creditcard will become the responsibility of the customer after thecustomer has been notified End User questions concerningthe issuing of customer credit cards will not be handled bythe Telephone Company

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

p-i-1-rsquo--rdquo-rdquo~-rdquo~

Silver Star Telephone CompanyACCESS SERVICE

8 Billinq and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

83 Messaqe Billing Service (Centrsquod)

831 General Description (Centrsquod)

84

85

(I)

(J)

(K)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 136

The Telephone Company will accept customer gift certificates forpayment from End Users if 1) the customer agrees in writing toimmediately redeem all such gift certificates and 2) theformat of the gift certificates is acceptable to theTelephone Company

The Telephone Company will not render bills under this tarifffor the provision andor delivery of telegrams gifts orother like services that the customer offers

Where the rates for customer services have been implemented underan accounting order pending final approval from a regulatoryagency the Telephone Company will upon written request fromthe customer keep such records as may be required to make anyadjustments to the End Users as may be ordered by theregulatory agency The charges for such service will bedetermined on an individual case basis

Other BillincjServices

The Telephone Company will undertake to provide Billing Service forprivate line or other dedicated non-switched services that thecustomer provides to End Users in its territory Also itwillundertake to provide Billing Analysis Service and Billing InformationService as defined to End Users in its territory Regulations andrates applicable to these services when required will be developed andfiled on an individual case basis

General Regulations

851 Liability of the Telephone Company

(A) In the absence of willful misconduct no liability fordamages to the Customer or other person or entity otherthan as set forth in 851(B) through 851(E) followingshall attach to the Telephone Company for its action orthe conduct of its employees in providing services underthis tariff

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

P

gtmdashmdash

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billing and Collections Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

851 Liability of the Telephone Company

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 137

(B) The Telephone Companyrsquos failure to provide or maintain servicesunder this tariff shall be excused by labor difficultiesgovernmental orders civil commotion criminal actions takenagainst the Telephone Company acts of God and othercircumstances beyond the Telephone Companyrsquos reasonable control

(c) If customer message detail is not available because theTelephone Company lost or damaged records or incurred recordingor processing system outages the Telephone Company will attemptto recover the lost customer detail for recording servicepurposes If the lost customer detail cannot be recovered andthe Telephone Company recorded the details the TelephoneCompany will estimate the volume of lost customer messages andtheir characteristics necessary for rating based on previouslyknown values for message billing service purposes If the lostcustomer detail cannot be recovered and the customer providedthe detail the customer will be requested to resupply thedetail If the customer cannot resupply the detail theTelephone Company will estimate the volume of lost customermessages and their characteristics based on previously knownvalues Such recovered or estimated detail will be included incustomer message detail provided to the customer or used asinput for Billing Service

In the event that these details are insufficient for End Userbilling the Telephone Company will credit to the customer anamount equal to the estimated revenue value of the lost customermessages

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO t30x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 ~- ~~ldquo--mdash 7

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 138Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billinq and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

851 Liability of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

(D) When the Telephone Company is notified that due to its error oromission the recorded customer message detail or the billingdata is incomplete or inaccurate the Telephone Company willmake every reasonable effort to correct the data at noadditional charge Such notification must be made within 60days from the date of the customer messages in question

(E) If the Telephone Company finds or is notified of an error inbilling to an End User it will correct the error within thelimits permitted by law

852 Obligations of the Customer

(A) When an customer orders Message Billing Service the customermust provide message detail for those messages to be billed thatare not recorded by the Telephone Company in a formatsatisfactory to the Telephone Company and delivered to alocation specified by the Telephone Company

(B) The customer must normally inform the Telephone Company at least30 days in advance of any changes in its rate schedules used bythe Telephone Company for providing Billing Service Notice ofless than 30 days shall entail an additional charge based on anindividual case basis If changes in the customerrsquos rateschedules are structural and necessitate the redesign of theTelephone Companyrsquos rating program additional charges willapply for program development as set forth in 123G following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

-_

Fj~

A

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billinq and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

852 Obligations of the Customer (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 139

(C) The customer shall be responsible for all contact andarrangements with its End Users concerning the provision andmaintenance of the customerrsquos service

853 Orderinq Services

(A) The minimum service period or Recording Service is one month andfor Billing Service is one year

(B) Separate Special Orders are required for Recording Service andfor Billing Service and must be placed at least one month inadvance of the desired service date A Special Order charge asset forth in 123H applies for each Special Order accepted bythe Telephone Company

(C) Recording Service may be ordered for customer services providedto all End Users located in the Telephone Companyrsquos operatingterritory or only for all End Users connected to specificTelephone Company exchanges

(D) Billing Services may only be ordered for al1 End Users locatedin the Telephone Companyrsquos operating territory

854 Mixed Intrastate and Interstate Services

When a customer has ordered Billing Service for both Intrastateand Interstate services and customer charges on an End Usermonthly bill contain an intrastate charge the rate applicableper bill rendered is the rate as set forth in 123C divided bytwo

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

[7

=mdashmdash- -3 ldquo ~ rsquo-

L ~mdash- ~~

8 ~ Ioq

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 140

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billinq and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

855 Purchase of Accounts Receivable

The Telephone Company will purchase from the customer its accountsreceivable that arise from bills rendered by the Telephone Companyto that customerrsquos End Users unless the Telephone Company agreesto act as billing agent for the customer The purchase ofaccounts receivable will be limited to amounts due the customerafter the Telephone Company starts providing Billing Service forthat customer After the Telephone Company has purchased thecustomerrsquos accounts receivable the customer is prohibited fromassigning transferring selling exchanging or giving theseaccounts receivable to any other entity or person The customerwill provide written assurance to the Telephone Company of suchforbearance and any assignment transfer sale exchange or giftis null and void and will subject the customer to all liabilitiesexpenses costs including attorney fees expended and incurred bythe Telephone Company in pursuing exclusive ownership of theaccounts receivable

The Telephone Companyrsquos purchase of a customerrsquos accountsreceivable shall be with recourse adjustments as set forth in855(B) to account for amounts due the customer that theTelephone Company is unable to collect from the End User whichuses the customerrsquos services The amounts due the customer forthe purchase of its accounts receivable will be determined asfollows

(A) Total Current Amount Billed

The Telephone Company will determine from its records for eachEnd user billing period (ie the billing date on a bill foran End User of an customerrsquos service) the total current amountlawfully billed to the customerrsquos End Users for customerservices including all taxes applicable to such services ATotal Current Amount Billed will be determined for eachcustomer for each End User billing period

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO EOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdashmdashmdash -mdash -rsquo----rdquordquolsquoldquoldquorsquo

~r I - [ ldquo1 iI

I 3Ilrsquo~rsquordquo~s1 prsquoi[-frsquolsquoldquo irsquorsquo

- rsquo rsquorsquoLrdquorsquoJlt mdash

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 141

8 Billing and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

855 Purchase of Accounts Receivable (Centrsquod)

(B) Recourse Adjustments

For each billing period the Telephone Company will makerecourse adjustments to the Total Current Amount Billed asfollows

(1) End User Adjustments

(A) For each billing period the Telephone Company wil 1subtract from the Total Current Amount Billed thelawfully billed amounts which the Telephone Companyremoves from End Users balances due in accordance withcustomer inquiry instructions

(B) In addition for each billing period the TelephoneCompany will subtract from the Total Current AmountBilled an amount that equals the face value of anycustomer gift certificate the Telephone Company has inits possession The customer gift certificates theTelephone Company possesses will be returned to thecustomer

(C) For each billing period the Telephone Company wil 1subtract from the Total Current Amount Billed billamounts for End User bills which the Telephone Companywas unable to deliver to the End User eg due toincorrect or out-of-date mailing address but wasdelivered to the customer

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 ___ mdash mdash--_---

m lsquordquoi I

rsquof] ~ j~p~ lsquo

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 142Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billing and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

855 Purchase of Accounts Receivable (Centrsquod)

(B) Recourse Adjustments (Centrsquod)

(2) Telephone Company and Customer Adjustments

(0) In addition for each billing perfiodthe TelephoneCompany may make adjustments to the Total CurrentAmount Billed to the customer for additions orsubtractions to an End User balance due for servicesbilled in prior periods

(E) Also each billing period the Telephone Company maymake adjustments to the Total Current Amount Billed toaccount for additions and subtractions for customer orTelephone Company prior billing period errors

(F) For each billing period the Telephone Company wil 1subtract from the Total Current Amount Billed an amountfor uncollectable Uncollectable are amounts billedby the Telephone Company to End Users on customer billsthat are added to the Uncollectable Accounts (realized)of the Telephone Company The amount thaldeducted is the uncollectable determineduncollectable by the Telephone Company inimmediately prior period or prior periodspreviously subtracted reduced by the CO1rdquoamounts previously subtracted

wi~l be lsquoto betheif notection of

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 130x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 mdash--- ----~

Ilsquo- ~ -r - j

lt~=j

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 143

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billing and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

855 Purchase of Accounts Receivable (Centrsquod)

(C) Payment of Net Purchase Amount to the Customer

(1)

(2)

The Telephone Company will purchase accounts receivable fromthe customer on eachrdquoEnd User bill day for the purchase amountwhich equals the Total Current Amount Billed as set forth in855(A) after known Adjustments as set forth in 855(B)have been made On the payment date determined by adding 31days to the End User bill day except as provided hereinthe Telephone Company will remit payment to the customer forthe purchase amount less additional adjustments as set forthin 855B (1) and (2) (net purchase amount) received by theTelephone Company prior to the payment date Payment willbe made in immediately available funds If such paymentdate would cause payment to be due on a Saturday Sunday orHoliday payment for the net purchase amount will be due tothe customer as follows

If such payment date falls on a Sunday or on a Holiday whichis observed on a Monday the payment date shall be the firstnon-Holiday day following such Sunday or Holiday If suchpayment date falls on a Saturday or on a Holiday which isobserved on Tuesday Wednesday Thursday or Friday thepayment date shall be the last non-Holiday day precedingsuch Saturday or Holiday

Further if any portion of the net purchase amount isreceived by the customer after the payment date or if anyportion of the net purchase amount is received by thecustomer in funds which are not immediately available to thecustomer then a late payment penalty shall be due thecustomer The late payment penalty shall be the due portionof the net purchase amount received after the payment datetimes a late factor The late factor shall be the lessorof

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 -----

I~-----rsquo-mdash-rdquo-rdquo ldquorsquo - ~ ldquo~$

i 1 i- - -~

4 k ~ lc~fj

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 144

8 Billinq and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

855 Purchase of Accounts Receivable (Centrsquod)

(C) Payment of Net Purchase Amount To Customer (Centrsquod)

(a) the highest interest rate (in decimal value) which maybe levied by law for commercial transactions in thestate for the number of days from the payment date toand including the date that the Telephone Companyactually makes the payment to the customer or

(b) 0000590 per day compounded daily for the number ofdays from the payment date to and including the datethat the Telephone Company actually makes the payment tothe customer

Any late payment penalty will be included with the nextTelephone Company payment to the customer

(3) Also if any adjustment that reduces an End User balance dueis received by the Telephone Company from the customer afterthe date the Telephone Company billed the charges to beadjusted to the End User plus 45 days then a late paymentpenalty shall be due the Telephone Company The late paymentpenalty shall be the adjustment amount times a late factorThe late factor shall be the lessor of

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 145

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billing and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

855 Purchase of Accounts Receivable (Centrsquod)

(c)

(D)

Payment of Net Purchase Amount To Customer (Centrsquod)

(a) The highest interest rate (in decimal value) which maybe levied by law for commercial transactions in thestate for the number of days from the billed plus dateto and including the date that the Telephone Companyposts the End User account or

(b) 0000590 per day compounded daily for the numberof days from the billed plus date to and including thedate that the Telephone Company posts the End Useraccount

Any late payment penalty will be included with the adjustmentmade by the Telephone Company to the customerrsquos Total CurrentAmount Billed

Nettinq of Net Purchase Accounts With Customer AccessService Charges

When a payment from a customer to the Telephone Company forAccess Service other than for Billing and Collection Servicesis due on the same payment date that a net purchase amount isdue from the Telephone Company to the customer the TelephoneCompany with notice to the customer of at least 31 days maynet the two payments The Telephone Company will pay the netamount to the customer on the payment date when such net amountis due the customer or require the amount is due the TelephoneCompany If either party does not made the payment on thepayment date a late payment penalty as set forth in 855C (a)or (b) applies

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 -Original Page 146

8 Billing and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

856 Auditing

Upon reasonable written notice by the customer to theTelephone Company the customer shall have the rightthrough its authorized representative to examine andoraudit during normal business hours and at reasonableintervals as determined by the Telephone Company all suchrecords and accounts as may under recognized accountingpractices contain information bearing upon the recording ofmessages rating billing and collecting for amounts payableto the customer

Adjustment shall be made by the proper party to compensatefor any errors or omissions disclosed by such examinationandor audit Neither such right to examine andor audit northe right to receive such adjustment shall be affected by anystatement to the contrary appearing on checks or otherwiseunless such statement expressly waiving such right appears ina letter signed by the authorized representatives of theparty having such right and delivered to the other party

All information received or reviewed by the customer or itsauthorized representative is to be considered confidentialand is not to be distributed provided or disclosed in anyform to anyone not involved in the audit nor is suchinformation to be used for any other purpose

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdash-mdash mdash- -_

ilsquo3-~~ ldquoldquolt i

-i -= L+

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billinq and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 147

857 Billinq Arrangements When the Telephone CompanyActs as Agent for the Customer

When the Telephone Company agrees to act as billing agent forthe customer the billing service payment arrangements andownership of the accounts receivable will be as follows

(A)

(B)

(c)

The billing services including the collection from EndUsers of monies for the customer accounts receivable thatarise from bills rendered by the Telephone Company to thatcustomerrsquos End Users provided by the Telephone Company willbe as set forth in 83 and 84

For the customer accounts receivable that arise from billsrendered by the Telephone Company to that customerrsquos EndUsers the Total Current Amount Billed and the RecourseAdjustments will be determined as set forth in 855 Thepayment of the net monies due the customer will be handledas set forth in 855C

The ownership of the customer accounts receivable will notbe transferred by the customer to the Telephone CompanyWhen the customer discontinues Billing Service providedunder this tariff and the Telephone Company is acting asbilling agent for the customer the Telephone Company willdetermine and make a final payment to the customer as setforth in 857B This final payment shall be considered tobe all of the remaining monies due the customer for thebills rendered to the customerrsquos End Users by the TelephoneCompany When the Telephone Company discontinues billingthe customerrsquos end users for customer services any depositsfor customer services will be returned to the appropriateEnd User in accordance with the Telephone Companyrsquos finalbilling procedures

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

----~rdquo- -~i j ilsquoldquo

k imdash L-iJ

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 148

ACCESS SERVICE

9 Additional Engineering Additional Labor and Miscellaneous Services

In this section normally scheduled working hours are an employeesscheduled work period on any given business days which totals eight (8)hours

91 Additional Engineering

Additional Engineering will be provided by the Telephone Company at the request of the customer when

(A) A customer requests additional technical information after the Telephone Company has already provided the technical information normally included on the DeSign Layout Report (DLR) as set forth in 613 and 716 preceding

(B) Additional engineering time is incurred by the Telephone Company to engineer a customers request for a customized service as set forth in 72 preceding

The Telephone Company will notify the customer that additional engineering charges will apply before any additional engineering is undertaken

911 Charges for Additional Engineering

The charges for additional Engineering are as shown in 124(A)

92 Additional Labor

Additional labor is that labor requested by the customer on a given service and agreed to by the Telephone Company The TelephoneCompany will notify the customer that additional labor charges will apply before any additional labor is undertaken Additional labor charges apply to the services described in Sections 921 through926

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 11788Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED I HJ 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 149

~

ACCESS SERVICE

9 Additional Engineering Additional Labor and Miscellaneous Services

92 Additional Labor (Contd)

921 Overtime Installation

Overtime installation is that Telephone Company installation effort outside of normally scheduled working hours

922 Overtime Repair

Overtime repair is that Telephone Company maintenance effort performed outside of normally scheduled working hours

923 Stand By

Stand by includes all time in excess of one-half (12) hour during which Telephone Company personnel stand by to made installation acceptance tests or cooperative tests with a customer

924 Testing and Maintenance with Other Telephone Companies

Additional labor charges apply for additional testingmaintenance or repair of facilities which connect to facilities of other telephone companies This is in addition to the normal effort required to test maintain or repair facilities provided solely by the Telephone Company

925 Testing Services

Testing Services other than those described in other parts of this tariff will be provided at the hourly rates described if requested by the customer Testing will be provided subject to the availability of equipment and qualified personnel

926 Other Labor

Other labor is that additional labor incurred to accommodate a specific customer request that involves labor which is not covered by any other section of this tariff It also covers additional labor necessary to meet customer requests as described in Section 5

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 27B Freedom Wyoming 83120

rmiddot FI LED

I HI 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

bull

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 150

ACCESS SERVICE

9 Additional Engineering Additional Labor and Miscellaneous Services

92 Additional Labor (Contd)

927 Charges for Additional Labor

The charges for additional labor are shown in 124(8)

93 Miscellaneous Services

931 Maintenance of Service

(A) When a customer reports a trouble to the Telephone Companyfor clearance and the trouble is not in the TelephoneCompanys facilities the customer shall be responsible for p~ment of a Maintenance of Service charge for the period of time from when Telephone Company personnel are dispatched to the customers premises to when the work is compl eted

(8) The charges for Maintenance of Service are shown in 124(C)

Issued 12187

~

Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

Effective 1188

FI LED

I UJ 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 30 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 151 _

ACCESS SERVICE

10 Special Construction

101 General

This section addresses special construction of Teleplone Companyfacilities which are used to provide services offered under this tariff

When special construction is required as described in 102 following the provisions of this section apply in addition to regulations rates and charges as set forth in other sections of this tariff

Regulations and rates will be added to this tariff for each specific application of Special Construction The customer will provide written authorization to the Telephone Company prior to the commencement of any Special Construction

102 Conditions Requiring Special Construction

Special construction is required when suitable facilities are not available to meet a customers order for service and one or more of the following conditions exist

- The Telephone Company has no other requirement for the facilities const~ucted at the customers request

- The customer requests that service be furnished using a type of facility or via a route other than that which the TelephoneCompany would otherwise utilize in furnishing the requested service

- The customer requests the construction of more facilities than are required to satisfy its order for service

- The customer requests construction be expedited resulting in added cost to the Telephone Company

- The customer requests that temporary facilities be constructed until permanent facilities are available

Issued 121787 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120 F I LED

I A~ 1 1988

Public Service Commission of WyominR

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Si1yener Star Telephone Company Or1g1nal Page 152

ACCESS SERVICE

11

111 local Transport Interface Groups

Interface Group 1 1s prov1ded w1th Type C Transm1ss10n Specificat1ons and Interface Groups 2 through 10 are prov1ded w1th Type A or B Transm1ss10n Spec1f1cat10ns depend1ng on the Feature Group and whether the Access Service is routed d1rectly or through an access tandem All Interface Groups are provided with Data Transission Parameters

Only certa1n pr8lises interfaces are available at the customer designated preMises The prem1ses 1nterfaces associated with the Interface Groups laY vary among Feature Groups The various preises interfaces wh1ch are ava1lable w1th the Interface Groupsand the Feature Groups with wh1ch they may be used are set forth 1n 1111 follow1ng shy

1111 Interface Group 1

Interface Group I except as set forth 1n the following prQvides two-w1re -vo1ce frequency transm1ss10n at the point of tenl1nation at the customers prem1ses The interface 1s capable of transmission of voice and assoc1ated telephone signals w1thin the frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz

Interface Group 1 is not provided in assoc1at10n w1th FGC and FGD when the first po1nt of switch1ng 1s an access tandem In addition Interface Group 1 1s not provided in association with FGB FGC or FGD when the first p01nt of switching provides only four-wire terminations

The transmission path between the point of term1nation at the customer deSignated premises and the first point of switchingMay be comprised of any form or configuration of plant capable of any typ1cally used in the telecommunications industry for the transmission of voice and associated telephone signals with1n the frequency of 300 to 3000 Hz

liiiid 12117 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 171)88S1lver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyom1 ng 83120

1 FILED

1 U 1 1988

9uMic Service Commission of Wyomint

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 ~

Silver Star Telephone Ccapany Original Page 153 I

ACCESS SERVICE

111 Locl Transpgrt Interface Groups (Contd)

1111 Interface Group 1 (Contd)

The interface is provided with loop supervisory signaling When the interface is associated with FGA such signalingwill be loop start or ground start signaling When the interface is associated with FGB FGC or FGD such signaling except for two-way calling which is ELM signaling will be reverse battery signaling

1112 Interface Group 2

Interface Group 2 provides four-wire voice frequency transmission at the pOint of termination at the customer designated premises The interface is capable of transmission of voice and associated telephone signals within the frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz

The transmission path between the pOint of termination at the customer designated premises and the first pOint of switching may be comprised of any form or configuration of plant capable of and typically used in the te1ecOlmUnications industry for the transmission of voice and associated telephone signals within the frequency

bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz

The interface is provided with loop supervisory signaling When the interface is associated with FGA such signalingwill be loop start or ground start signaling

When the interface is associated with FGB FGC or FGD such signaling except for two-way calling which is ELM signalingwill be reverse battery signaling

IsiUid 12181 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective tt88Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyom1 ng 83120

Fl LED AN 1 1988

Mit SaMce Commission of Wyomiq

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silwer Star TelephoM COIIIPlny Original Page 154

ACCESS SERVICE

11

111 Local Transport Interface Groups (Contd)

1113 Interface Group 3

Interface Group 3 provides group level analog transmission at the point of termination at the customer designatedpremises The interface is capable of transmitting electrical signals between the frequencies of 60 to 108 kKzwith the capability to channelize up to 12 voice frequency transmission paths Certain frequencies within the bandwidth of the Interface Group are reserved for TelephoneCQlpany use eg pilot and carrier group alarm tones Before the first point of switching the Telephone Companywill provide multiplex equipment to derive 12 transmission paths of frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz

The interface is provided with individual transmission path SF supervisory signaling

1114 Interface Group 4

Interface Group 4 provides supergroup level analog transmission at the point of termination at the customer deSignated premises The interface is capable of transmitting electrical Signals between the frequencies of 312 to 552 kHz with the capability to channelize up to 60 voice frequency transmission paths Certain frequencies within the bandwidth of the Interface Group are reserved for Telephone Company use eg pilot and carrier group alarm tones Before the first point of switching the TelephoneCompany will provide multiplex and channel bank equipment to derive 60 transmission paths of frequency bandwidth of approxilllltely 300 to 3000 Hz

The interface is provided with individual transmission path SF supervisory signaling

1iiiii3 11187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

JAN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of WYOMing

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 snr Star Telephone CCJlPany Original Page 155

11

ACCESS SERVICE

111 Locll Transport Interface Groups (Contd)

1115 Interface Group 5

Interface Group 5 provides mastergroup level analog transmission at the pOint of termination at the customer designated premises The interface is capable of transa1tt1ng electrical signals between the frequencies of 564 to 3084 kHz with the capability to channelize up to 600 voice frequency transmission paths Certain frequencies within the bandwidth of the Interface Group are reserved for Telephone Company use eg pilot and carrier group alarm tones Before the first pOint of switching the TelephoneCQIP4ny will provide multiplex and channel bank equipment to derive 600 tranSMission paths of frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz

The interface is provided with individual transmission path SF supervisory signaling

1116 Interface Group 6

Interface Group 6 provides OSl level digital transmission at the point of termination at the customer designated p~1ses The interface is capable of transmitting electrical signals at a nominal 1544 Mbps with the capability to channelize up to 24 voice frequency transmission paths Before the first point of switching when analog switching utilizing analog terminations is provided the Telephone Company will provide multiplex and channel bank equipment to derive 24 transmission paths of a frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz When digital switching or analog switching with digital carrier terminations is provided the Telephone Company will provide at the first pOint of switching a OSl signal in 0304 format

The interface is provided with individual transmission path bit streaa supervisory signaling

tiiiid 121f1 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyom1 ng 83120

FI LED

JAN 1 1988

NIIic ServIce Commission of Wymnimiddot1tI j

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Snver Star Telephone CCllPlny Original Page 156

ACCESS SERVICE

11

111 Local Transpgrt Interface Groups (Contd)

11 1 7 Interface Group 7

Interface Group 7 provides OSIC level digital transmission at the point of termination at the customer designatedpreises The interface is capable of transmitting electrical signals at a nominal 3152 Mbps with the capability to channelize up to 48 voice frequency transmission paths Before the first point of switching when analog switching utilizing analog terminations is provided the Telephone Company will provide multiplex and channel bank equ1~ent to derive up to 48 voice frequency transmission paths of a frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz When digital switching or analog switching with digital carrier terminations is provided the TelephoneCQlpAny will provide at the first pOint of switching OSI signals in 0304 format

The interface is provided with individual transmission path btt streu supervisory signaling

111 8 Interface Group 8

Interface Group 8 provides OS2 level digital transmission at the point of termination at the customer designatedpraises The interface is capable of tranSlllitting electrical Signals at a nominal 6312 Mbps with the capability to channelize up to 96 voice frequency tran5lliss1on paths Before the first point of switching when analog switching utilizing analog terminations is provided the Telephone Company will provide multiplex and channel bank equipment in its office to derive up to 96 trans1ss1on paths of a frequency bandwidth of approx1ately 300 to 3000 Hz

Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyom1 ng 83120

FI LE 0

UN 1 t988

Putdic Service Commi of Wyontiq

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Snver Star Telephone COIIpany Original Page 157

ACCESS SERVICE

11

111 L9Sa1 Transport Interface Groups (Contd)

1118 Interface Group 8 (Contd)

When digital switching or analog switching with digitalcarrier terminations is provided the Telephone Company will provide at the first pOint of switching OSl Signals in D3D4 f011lllt

The interface is provided with individual transmission path bit stream supervisory signaling

1119 Interface Group 9

Interface Group 9 provides OS3 level digital transmission at the point of termination at the customer designatedpremises The interface is capable of transmitting electrical Signals at a nominal 44736 Mbps with the capability to channelize up to 672 voice frequency transission paths Before the first point of switching when analog switching utilizing analog terminations is provided the Telephone Company will provide multiplex and channel bank equiPMent to derive up to 672 transmission paths of a frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 300 Hz When digital switching or analog switching with digital carrier terminations is provided the TelephoneCompany will provide at the first pOint of switching OSl signals in 0304 format

The interface is provided with individual transmission path bit strea supervisory signaling

11110 Interface Group 10

Interface Group 10 provides OS4 level digital transmission at the point of termination at the customer designatedpremises

tsiUia 12117 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 11188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILED I 1 A~ 1 1988

PubHc Service Commission of Wyoming J

l

middotn bull j

ur1g1na1 page 158

ACCESS SERVICE

11

111 Local Transport Interface Groups (Contd)

11110 Interface Group 10 (Contd)

The interface is capable of transmitting electrical signals at at nominal 274176 Mbps with the capability to channelize up to 4032 voice frequency transmission paths Before the first point of switching when analog switching ut111z1nganalog terminations is provided the Telephone Company will provide multiplex and channel bank equipment to derive up to 4032 transmission paths of a frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz When digital switching or analog switching with digital carrier terminations is provided the Telephone Company will provide at the first point of switching OSl signals in 0304 format The interface is provided with individual transmission path bit stream supervisory signaling

11111 Available Premises Interface Codes

Following isa matrix showing for each Interface Groupwhich premises interface codes are available as a function of the Telephone Company switch supervisory signaling and Feature Group For explanations of these codes see the Glossary of Channel Interface Codes in 731 following

Issiid 121787 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyom1 ng 83120

FI LED 1 HI 1 lq88

PublicSerlice Commission

-----_of W10ming

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3

n Snver Star Telephone COIIPany Original Page 159 ACCESS SERVICE

111 Local Transport Interface Groups (Contd)

11111 Available Premises Interface Codes (Contd)

Interface Telephone Company Premises Feature GroupIyp Switch Supervisory Signaling Interface Code ABC 0

1 La 2LS2 x lO 2lS3 x GO 2GS2 x GO 2GS3 x la GO 20X3 x la GO 4EA3-E x la GO 4EA3-M x La GO 6E83-E x lO GO 6E83-M x RV EA EB EC 20X3 x x x RV EA EB EC 4EA3-E x x x RV EA EB EC 4EA3-M x x x RV EA EB EC 6E83-E x x x RV EA EB EC 6EB3-M x x x EA EB EC 6EC3 x x RV 2RV3-0 x x x RV 2RV3-T x x x

2 LOt GO 4SF2 x la GO 4SF3 x lO 4lS2 x lO 4lS3 x lO 6lS2 x GO 4GS2 x GO 4GS3 x GO 6GS2 x la GO 4DX2 x la GO 40X3 x LOt GO 6EA2-E x la GO 6EA2-M x LOt GO 8E82-E x LOt GO 8EB2-M x la GO 6EX2-M X

IssUitJ 121S Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILED

JAN 1 1988

Putflic servtC8 ~mmissioft of WyoM~

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Sl1ver Star Telephone Ccapany Original Page 160n ACCESS SERVICE

11 Interfaces and echnical

111 Local Trans22rt Interface Grou~s (Contd)

11111 Available Premises Interface Codes (Contd)

Interface Telephone Company Premises Feature Group afOUl Switch SU2ervisorl Signaling I nterface Code A B C 0

2 Contd RV EA EB EC 4SF2 X X X RV EA EB EC 4SF3 X RV EA EB EC 40X2 X X X RV EA EB EC 40X3 X RV EA EB EC 60X2 X RV EA EB EC 6EA2-E X X X RV EA EB EC 6EA2-M X X X RV EA EB EC 8EB2-E X X X RV EA EB EC 8EB2-M X X X EA EB EC 8EC2-M X X RV 4RV2-0 X X X RV 4RV2-T X X X

r RV 4RV3-0 X X RV 4RV3-T X X

I

3 LO GO 4AH5-B X RV EA EB EC 4AH5-B X X X

4 lO GO 4AH6-C X RV EA EB EC 4AH6-C X X X

5 LO GO 4AH6-D X RV EA EB EC 4AH6-D X X X

6 LOt GO 40S9-15 X lO GO 40S9-15l X RV EA EB EC 40S9-15 X X X RV EA EB EC 40S9-15l X X X

7 LOt GO 40S9-31 X RV EA EB EC 40S9-31 X X X LO GO 40S9-31l X RV EA EB EC 40S9-31l X X X

Issued 121S7 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LEDn JAN 1 1988

~ic Service Commission of WyomiAg

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 161

ACCESS SERVICE

11

111 Local Trans2ert Interface Grou~s (Contd)

11111 Available Premises Interface Codes (Contd)

Interface Telephone Company Premises Feature Group Group Switch Su~ervisory Signaling Interface Code A B C 0

8 LO GO 40S0-63 X LO GO 4DSO-63L X RV EA EB EC 40S0-63 X X X RV EA EB EC 4DSO-63L X X X

9 LO GO 40S6-44 X LO GO 40S6-44L X RV EA EB EC 40S6-44 X X X RV EA EB EC 40S6-44L X X X

10 LO GO 40S6-27 X LO GO 40S6-27L X I RV EA EB EC 40S6-27 X X X

RV EA EB EC 40S6-27L X X X

11112 Supervisory Signaling

- For Interface Groups 1 and 2

OX Supervisory Signaling EampM Type I Supervisory Signaling EampM Type II Supervisory Signaling or EampM Type III Supervisory Signaling

- For Interface Group 2

SF Supervisory Signaling or Tandem Supervisory Signaling

Issued 12187 Mr Relvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box Freedom Wyoming 83120

278

Fl LED

JAN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of WyOfttins

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 162

ACCESS SERVICE

11

111 Local Transport Interface Groups (Contd)

11112 Supervisory Signaling (Contd)

- For Interface Groups 6 through 10

These Interface Groups may at the option of the customer be provided with individual transmission path SF supervisory signaling where such signaling is available in Telephone Company central offices Generally such signaling is available only where the entry switch provides an analog ie non digital interface to the transport termination

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications

~ Following are descriptions of the three Standard I Transmission Specifications available with Switched Access Service Feature Groups The specific applications in terms of the Feature Groups and Interface Groups with which the Feature Group Standard Transmission Specifications are provided are set forth in 621(C) 622(C) 623(C) and 624(C) preceding

(A) Type A Transmission Specifications

Type A Transmission Specifications is provided with the following parameters

(1) Loss Deviation

The maximum Loss Deviation of the 1004 Hz loss relative to the Expected Measured Loss (EML) is plusmn 20 dB

isSued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

tAN I 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 163

ACCESS SERVICE

11

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(A) Type A Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(2) Attenuation Distortion

The maximum Attenuation Distortion in the 404 to 2804 Hz frequency band relative to the loss at 1004 Hz is -10 dB to +30 dB

(3) C-Message Noise

The maximum C-Message Noise for the transmission path at the route miles listed is less than or equal to

Route Miles C-Message Noise~ less than 50 32 dBrnCO 51 to 100 34 dBrnCO

101 to 200 37 dBrnCO 201 to 400 40 dBrnCO 401 to 1000 42 d8rnCO

(4) C-Notch Noise

The maximum C-Notch Noise utilizing a -16 d8mO holding tone is less than or equal to 45 dBrnCO

Issued 127187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

n FI LED(

JAN 1 1988

fublic Service Commission of Wyominlaquo

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 164

ACCESS SERVICE

11 Channel Interfaces

112 Transm1ss1on Specifications Switched Access Service

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(A) Type A Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(5) Echo Control

Echo Control identified as Equal Level Echo Path Loss and expressed as Echo Return Loss and S1ng1ngReturn Loss 1s dependent on the routing 1ewhether the service is routed directly from the customers pOint of terminat10n (POT) to the end office or via an access tandem It is equal to or greater than the following

Echo Return Loss Singing Return Loss

r POT to Access I Tandem 21 dB 14 dB

POT to End Office - Direct MA NA - Via Access

Tandem 16 dB 11 dB

(6) Standard Return Loss

Standard Return Loss expressed as Echo Return Loss and Singing Return Loss on two-wire ports of a four-wire point of termination shall be equal to or greater than

Echo Return Loss Singing Return Loss

5 dB 25 dB

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

UN 1 1988

PulJllc Service Commission of Wyom~AI

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 165

ACCESS SERVICE

11

112 Transaiss10n Specifications Switched Access Service

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications (Contld)

(8) Type B Transmission Specifications

Type B Transmission Specifications are provided with the following parameters

(1) Loss Deviation

The maximum Loss Deviation of the 1004 Hz loss relative to the Expected Measured Loss (EML) is ~ 25 dB

(2) Attenuation Distortion

The maximum Attenuation Distortion in the 404 to 2804 Hz frequency band relative to loss at 1004 Hz

~ is -20 dB to +40 dB

(3) C-Message Noise

The maximum C-Message Noise for the transmission path at the route miles listed is less than or equal to

C-Message Noise Route Mi les Type B1 Type B2

less than 50 32 dBrnCO 35 dBrnCO 51 to 100 33 dBrnCO 37 dBrnCO 101 to 200 35 dBrnCO 40 dBrnCO 201 to 400 37 dBrnCO 43 dBrnCO 401 to 1000 39 dBrnCO 45 dBrnCO

For Feature Groups C and D only Type B2 will be provided For Feature Groups A and Bt Type B1 or B2 will be provided as set forth in Technical Reference PUB 62500

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

rAN 1 middot1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 166

ACCESS SERVICE

11

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(B) Type B Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(4) C-Notch Noise

The maximum C-Notch Noise utilizing a -16 dBmO holding tone is less than or equal to 47 dBrnCO

(5) Echo Control

Echo Control identified as Impedance Balance for FGA and FGB and Equal Level Echo Path Loss for FGC and FGD and expressed as Echo Return Loss (ERL)and Singing Return Loss (SRL) is dependent on the routing ie whether the service is routed directly from the customers point of termination (POT) to the end office or via an access tandem The ERL and SRL also differ by Feature Group typeof termination and type of transmission path They are greater than or equal to the following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 167(

( ACCESS SERVICE

11

112 Transission Specifications Switched Access Service

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(B) T~pe B Transmission Specifications (Cont d)

(5) Echo Control (Contd)

Echo Return Loss Singing Return Loss

POT of Access Tandem - Terminated in

4-Wire Trunk 21 dB 14 dB - Terminated in

2-Wire Trunk 16 dB 11 dB

POT to End Office - Direct 16 dB 11 dB - Via Access Tandem( bull For FGB access 8 DB 4 dB

bull For FGC access (Effective 4-Wire transmission path at end office) 16 dB 11 dB

bull For FGC access (Effective 2-Wire transmission path at end office) 13 dB 6 dB

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILED ~

fAN 1 1988 I

PulJUc Service Commisso 1

of ~iq ~ r

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 168

ACCESS SERVICE

11

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(B) Type B Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(6) Standard Return Loss

Standard Return Loss expressed as Echo Return Loss and Singing Return Loss on two-wire ports of a four-wire point of termination shall be equal to or greater than

Echo Return Loss Singing Return Loss

5 dB 25 dB

(C) Type C Transmission Specifications

Type C Transmission Specifications are provided with the following parameters

(1) Loss Deviation

The maximum Loss Deviation of the 1004 Hz loss relative to the Expected Measured Loss (EML) is + 30 dB

(2) Attenuation Distortion

The maximum Attenuation Distortion in the 404 to 2804 Hz frequency band relative to loss at 1004 Hz is -20 dB to +55 dB

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILED

I AN 1 1988

Public Service Commissiot of Wyoming

Silver Star Telephone Company WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3

Original Page 169

ACCESS SERVICE

11

1121

(C)

Feature Groups A and B Type C1 forth in Technical Reference PUB 62500

Issued 12187

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

Standard Transmission Specifications (Contd)

Type C Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(3) C-Message Noise

The maximum C-Message Noise for the transmission path at the route miles listed is less than or equal to

Route Miles C-Message No1se Type C1 Type C2

less than 50 32 dBrnCO 38 dBrnCO 51 to 100 33 dBrnCO 39 dBrnCO 101 to 200 35 dBrnCO 41 dBrnCO 201 to 400 37 dBrnCO 43 dBrnCO 401 to 1000 39 dBrnCO 45 dBrnCO

(4) C-Notch Noise

The maximum C-Notch Noise~ utilizing a -16 dBmO holding tone is less than or equal to 47 dBrnCO

For Feature Groups C and 0 only Type C2 will be provided For or C2 will be provided as set

Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 11188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

fA~ 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WVOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 170

ACCESS SERVICE

11

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(C) Type C Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(5) Echo Control

Echo Control identified as Return loss and expressed as Echo Return loss and Singing Return loss is dependent on the routing iebullbull whether the service is routed directly from the customers point of termination (POT) to the end office or via an access tandem It is equal to or greater than the following

Echo Return loss Singing Return loss

POT to Access Tandem 13 dB 6 dB

POT to End Office - Direct 13 dB 6 dB - Via Access Tandem

(For FGB only) 8 dB 4 dB

1122 Data Transmission Parameters

Two types of Data Transmission Parameters iebullbull Type DA and Type DB are provided for the Feature Group arrangementsThe specific applications in terms of the Feature Groupswith which they are provided are set forth in 621(C) 622(C) 623(C) and 624(C) preceding Following are descriptions of each

For Feature Groups C and D only Type C2 will be provided For Feature Groups A and B Type C1 or C2 or C2 will be provided as set forth in Technical Reference PUB 62500

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

UN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 171

ACCESS SERVICE

11 Interface Groups Transmission Specifications Channel Interfaces Special Access Optional Features and Functions and Technical Specification Packages (Contd)

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

1122 Data Transmission Parameters (Contd)

(A) Data Transmission Parameters Type DA

(1) Signal to C-Notched Noise Ratio

The Signal to C-Notched Noise Ratio is equal to or greater than 33 dB

(2) Envelope Delay Distortion

The maximum Envelope Delay Distortion for the frequencYbands and route miles specified is

604 to 2804 Hz

less than 50 route miles 500 microseconds equal to or greater than 50

route miles 900 microseconds

1004 to 2404 Hz

less than 50 route miles 200 microseconds equal to or greater than 50

route miles 400 microseconds

(3) Impulse Noise Counts

The Impulse Noise Counts exceeding a 65 dBrnCO threshold in 15 minutes is no more than 15 counts

Issued 121787 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278

Effective 11188

Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LE 0

JAN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Original Page 172

ACCESS SERVICE

Silver Star Telephone Companyr-

1122

11

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

Data Transmission Parameters (Contd)

Data Transmission Parameters Type DA (Contd)

Intermodulation Distortion

The Second Order (R2) and Third Order (R3)Intermodulation Distortion products are equal to or greater than

Second Order (R2) 33 dB Third Order (R3) 37 dB

(5) Phase Jitter

The Phase Jitter over the 4-300 Hz frequency band is less than or equal to 5 degrees peak-to-peak

(6) Frequency Shift

The maximum Frequency Shift does not exceed -2 to +2 Hz

Data Transmission Parameters Type DB

(1) Signal to C-Notched Noise Ratio

The signal to C-Notched Noise Ratio is equal to or greater than 30 dB

Mr Melvin Rbull Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

1 HI 1 1988

Public Service Commissiof of Wyoming

(A)

(4)

(B)

Issued 12187

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Or1g1nal Page 173

( ~ ACCESS SERVICE

11

112 Transm1ssion Specifications Switched Access Service

1122 Data Transmission Parameters (Contd)

(B) Data Transmission Parameters Type DB Contd)

(2) Envelope Delay Distortion

The maximum Envelope Delay Distortion for the frequency bands and route miles specified 1s

604 to 2804 Hz

less than 50 route miles 800 microseconds equal to or greater than 50

route miles 1000 microseconds

1004 to 2404 Hz

less than 50 route miles 320 microseconds equal to or greater than 50

route miles 500 microseconds

(3) Impulse Noise Counts

The Impulse Noise Counts exceeding a 67 dBrnCO threshold in 15 minutes is no more than 15 counts

(4) Intermodulation Distortion

The Second Order (R2) and Third Order (R3)Intermodulation Distortion products are equal to or greater than

Second Order (R2) 31 dB Third Order (R3) 34 dB

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILEDI

I AN 1 1988

Public Service Commissiot of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 174

ACCESS SERVICE

11

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

1122 Data Transmission Parameters (Contd)

B Data Transmission Parameters Type DB Contd)

(5) Phase Jitter

The Phase Jitter over the 4-300 Hz frequency bank is less than or equal to 7 degrees peak-to-peak

(6) Frequency Shift

The maximum Frequency Shift does not exceed -2 to +2 Hz

113 Special Access Channel Interface and Network Channel Codes

This section explains the Channel Interface codes and Network Channel codes that the customer must specify when ordering Special Access Service Included is an example of which explains the specific characters of the code a glossary of Channel Interface codes impedance levels Network Channel codes and compatibleChannel Interfaces

Example If the customer specifies a NT Network Code and a 2DC8-3 Channel Interface at the customers premises the following is beingrequested

NT bull Metallic Channel with a Predefined Technical Specification Package (1)

2 bull Number of physical wires at customer premises DC bull Facility interface for direct current or voltage 8 =Variable impedance level 3 = Metallic facilities (DC continuity) for direct currentlow

frequency control signals or slow speed data (30 baud)

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

r---

FI LE 0

r AN 1 988

PUblic Service Commission of Wyoming ii

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Tele~hone Company Original Page 175

ACCESS SERVICE

11

1131

Code

AB shy

AC shy

CT shyDA shy

DB shy

r DC shy

Issued 12187

Glossary of Channel Interface Codes and Options

Option Oefinition

accept 20 Hz ringing signal at customers point of termination accepts 20 Hz ringing signal at customers end users pOint of termination Centrex Tie Trunk Termination date stream in Vf frequency band at customers end users point of termination data stream 1n VF frequency band at customers point of termination

10 VF for TG1 and TG2 43 VF for 43 Telegraph Carrier type signals TG1 and

TG2 direct current or voltage

1 monitoring interface with series RC combination (McCulloh format)

2 Telephone Company energized alarm channel 3 Metallic facilities (OC continuity) for direct

currentlow frequency control signals or slow speed data (30 baud)

Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

Effective 1188

F I LED

JAN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyomiltg

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3

f Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 176

I ACCESS SERVICE

11

113 s5cial Access Channel Interface and Network Channel C es (Contd)

1131 Glossary of Channel Interface Codes and Options (Contd)

Code Option Definition

DO - DATAPHONE Select-A-Station (and TABS)interface at customers point of termination

DE - DATAPHONE Select-A-Station (and TABS)interface at the customers end users point of termination

OS - digital hierarchy interface 15 1544 Mbps (OS1) format per PUB 41451 plus

04 15E 8-bit PCM encoded in one 64 Kbps of the

OS1 Signal15F 8-bit PCM encoded in two 64 kbps of the

OS1 Signal~ 15G 8-bit PCM encoded in three 64 kbps of the

OS1 signal15H 1411-bit PCM encoded in six 64 kbps of

the OS1 signal15J 1544 Mpbs format per PUB 41451 15K 1544 Mpbs format per PUB 41451 plus

extended framing format 15L 1544 Mpbs (OS1) with SF signaling27 274176 Mpbs (OS4)27L 274176 Mpbs (OS4) with SF signaling31 3152 Mbps (OS1C)31L 3152 Mbps (OS1C) with SF signaling44 44736 Mbps (OS3)44L 44736 Mbps (OS3) with SF signaling

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILE 0

I AN 1 988

Public Smice Commission of Wyomlrtl

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 177

ACCESS SERVICE

11

1131 Glossar1of Channel Interface Codes and OptionsContld

Code Option Definition

OS - 63 6312 Mbps (OS2)63L 6312 Mbps (OS2) with SF signaling

DU - digital access interface 24 24 kbps48 48 kbps56 560 kbps96 96 kbpsA 1544 Mpbs format per PUB 41451 B 1544 Mpbs format per PUB 41451 plus

04 C 1544 Mpbs format per PUB 41451 plus

extended framing format OX - duplex signaling interface at

customer1s point of termination OY - duplex signaling interface at

customers end users point of termination

EA - E Type 1 EampM Lead Signaling Customer at POT or customers end user at POT originates on E Lead

EA M Type 1 EampM Lead Signaling Customer at POT or customers end user at POT originates on MLead

EB - E Type II EampM Lead Signaling Customer at POT or customers end user at POT originates on E Lead

EB - M Type II EampM Lead Signaling Customer at POT or customers end user at POT originates on MLead

EC - Type III EampM Signaling at customer POT

Issued 12lIS7 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LE 0

I AN 1 988

Public Service Commission of WyomiAg

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 178

ACCESS SERVICE

11 Channel Interfaces and Technical

113 Special Access Channel Interface and Network Channel Codes (Contd)

1131 G10Ssar of Channel Interface Codes and Options(Contd

Code Option Definition

EX - A tandem channel unit signaling for loop start or ground start and customer supplies open end (dial tone etc)functions

EX - B tandem channel unit signaling for loop start or ground start and customer supplies closed end (dial pulSing etc) functions

GO - ground start loop signaling - open end function by customer or customerS end user

r GS - ground start loop signaling - closed end function by customer or customers end user

IA - EIA (25 pin RS-232)LA - end user loop start loop signaling shy

Type A OPS registered port open end LB - end user loop start loop signaling shy

Type BOPS registered port open end LC - end user loop start loop signaling shy

Type COPS registered port open end LO - loop start loop signaling - open end function by

customer or customers end user LR - 20 Hz automatic ringdown interface at customer

with Telephone Company provided PLAR LS - loop start loop signaling - closed end function

by customer or customers end user NO - no signaling interface transmission only

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

I AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyomi~

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 179

ACCESS SERVICE

11

1131 Glossary of Channel Interface Codes and Options (Contd)

Code Option Definition

PG - program transmission - no dc signaling1 nominal frequency from 50 to 15000 Hz 3 nominal frequency from 200 to 3500 Hz 5 nominal frequency from 100 to 5000 Hz 8 nominal frequency from 50 to 8000 Hz

PR protective relaying RV - 0 reverse battery signaling one way

operation originate by customer T reverse battery signaling one way

operation terminate function by customer or customers end user

SF - Single frequency signaling with VF band at either customer POT or customers end user POT

TF - telephotograph interface TT - telegraphteletypewriter interface at

either customer POT or customers end user POT

2 200 milliamperes3 30 milliamperes 6 625 milliamperes

TV - television interface 1 combined (diplexed) video and one audio

signal 2 combined (diplexed) video and two audio

signals 5 video plus one (or two) audio 5 kHz

signal(s) or one (or two) two wire 15 video plus one (or two) audio 15 kHz

signal(s) Available only for the transmission of audio tone protective relaying signals used in the protection of electric power systemsduring fault conditions

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

f AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyomlng

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 1BO1

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Interface and Network Channel Codes

1132 Impedance

The nominal reference impedance with which the channel will be terminated for the purpose of evaluating transmission performance

Value (ohms) Codes

110 0 150 1 600 2 900 3+

135 5 75 61 124 7

Variable B 100 9

+For those interface codes with a 4-wire transmission path at the customer designated POT rather than a standard 900 ohm impedance the code (3) denotes a customer provided transmission equipment termination Such terminations were provided to customers in accordance with the FCC Docket N 20099 Settlement Agreement

Issued 12t1S7 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

Effective llBB

FI LED

r AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 181(lt

(

ACCESS SERVICE

Channel Interfaces and Technical

11

Network Channel Codes

1133 Digital Hierarchy Channel Interface Codes (4DS)

Customers selecting the multiplexed four-wire DSX-1 or higher facility interface option at the customer designated premises will be requested to provide subsequent system and channel assignment data The various digital bit rates in the digital hierarhy employ the channel interface code 4DS8 4DSO or 40S6 plus the speed options indicated below

Interface Code and Speed Option

Nominal Bit Rate (Mbps)

DigitalHierarchy Level

4058-15 1544 051 4DS8-31 3152 OS1C 4050-63 6312 052 4056-44 44736 DS3 40S6-27 274176 DS4

1134 Service DesignatorNetwork Channel Code Conversion Table

The purpose of this table is to show the relationship between the service designator codes (eg bullbull VGC MT2 etc)and the network channel codes that are used for

Issued 121187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes PreSident Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

AN 1 1968

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 182~

(

ACCESS SERVICE

11

113 Special Access Channel Interface and Network Channel Codes (Contd)

1134 Code Conversion

Service Designator Code

MIC MIl MI2 MI3 TGC TG1 TG2 VGC VG1 VG2 VG3 VG4 VG5 VG6 VG7 VG8 VG9 VG10 VGll VG12 APC AP1 AP2 AP3 AP4 TVC TV1 TV2

Network Channel Code

MQNT NU NV NQNW NY LQ LB LC LD LE LF LG LH LJ LK LN LP LR PQ PE PF PJ PK TQTV TW

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LE 0

I ~N 1 1988

PubJic Service Commission of Wyoming

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3( Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 183

ACCESS SERVICE

11

1134 Code

Codes

Service Designator Code

DAl DA2 DA3 DA4 HCO HCl HCIC HC2 HC3 HC4

Network Channel Code

XA XB XG XH HS HC HD HE HF HG

Issued 121187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LE 0

JAN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming ~

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 184

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Codes

1135 Compatible Channel Interfaces

The following tables show the channel interface codes (CIs)which are compatible

(A) Metallic

Compatible CIs

20CS-1 20C8-2 20C8-3 20C8-3

40S8- 20C8-1 40S8- 20C8-2

(B) Telegraph Grade

Compatible CIs Compatible CIs

20B-10 10IA8 40B2-10 10IA8 2TT2-2 2TT2-2 4TT2-2 4TT2-2

20B2-43+ 10IA8 40B2-43+ 10IA8 2TT2-2 2TT2-6 2TT2-6 4TT2-2 4TT2-2

40S8- 10IA8 2TT2-2 2TT2-2 2TT2-2

2TT2-6 2TT2-3 2TT2-2 4TT2-2

4TT2-2 4TT2-6

2TT2-6 2TT2-6 4TT2-2 4TT2-2 4TT2-6

4TT2-6 2TT2-6

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

UN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming -shy

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 ~ Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 185

r ACCESS SERVICE

11

1135 Com2atible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(C) Voice Grade

Com2atible CIs Com2atible CIs Comeatible CIs

2AB2 2AC2 20B2 20A2 2LR2 2LR2

2AB3 2AC2 20B3 20A2 2LR3 2LR2

2CT3 20Y2 20X3 2LA2 2LS2 2LA2 40S8 2LB2 2LB2 40X2 2LC2 2LC2 40X3 2L03 40Y2 2LS2 2LS3 2LA2 4EA2-E 2LS3 2LB2~ 4EA2-M 2LC2 4SF2 2G02 2GS2 4SF3 2GS3 2N02 20A2 60X2 2N02 60Y2 2G03 2GS2 60Y3 2GS3 2N03 2N02 6EA2-E 2PR2 6EA2-M 2L02 2LS2 6EB2-E 2LS3 2TF3 2TF2 6EB2-M 6EB3-E 2L03 2LS2 8EB2-E 2LS3 8EB2-M 8EC2 90Y2 9DY3 9EA2 9EA3

See 1133 preceding for explanation

Issued 121187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

1188

Fl LED t AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 186

ACCESS SERVICE

11 Interface Groups Transmission Specifications Channel Interfaces S~ecial Access Optional Features and Functions and Technical Specification Packages (Contd)

113 S~ec1al Access Channel Interface and Network Channel Codes ( ontd)

1135 Compatible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

Voice Grade (Contd)

Compatible CIs Compatible CIs Compatible CIs

4AB2 2AC2 40S8- 2AC2 40S8- 40G2 4AB2 20A2 4lR2 4AC2 20Y2 4lS2 4SF2 2G02 4N02

2G03 4PR2 4AB3 2AC2 2GS2 4RV2-T

4AC2 2GS3 4SF2 4SF2 2LA2 4SF3

2LB2 4TF2 4AC2 2AC2 2LC2 60A2

4AC2 2L02 60Y2 2103 60Y3

40A2 40A2 2LR2 6EA2-E 40B2 20A2 2LS2 6EA2-M

2N02 2LS3 6EB2-E 2PR2 2N02 6EB2-M 40A2 2PR2 6GS2 40B2 2RV2-T 6lS2 4N02 2TF2 8EB2-E 4PR2 4AC2 8EB2-M 60A2 40A2 90Y2

40E2 90Y3 4003 20E2 40X2 9EA2

40E2 40X3 9EA3 40Y2 4EA2-E 4EA2-M

See 1133 preceding for explanation

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED I A~ 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIff NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 1B7

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Codes

1135 Com~atible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(C) Voice Grade (Contd)

Com~atible CIs Com~atible CIs Com~atible CIs

40X2 20Y2 40X2 BEB2-E 40X3 60Y2 2LA2 BEB2-M 60Y3 2LB2 90Y2 6EA2-E 2LC2 9DY3 6EA2-M 2L03 9EA2 6EB2-E 2LS2 9EA3 6EB2-M 2LS3 6LS3 2RV2-T 4DX3 2DY2 8EB2-E 4DX2 2LA2 8EB2-M

40Y2 2LB2 90Y2 4EA2-E 2LC2 90Y3 4EA2-M 2L03 9EA2 4LS2 2LS2 9EA3 4RV2-T 2LS3 4Sf2 2RV2-T 40Y2 20Y2 4SF3 40X2 40Y2 60Y2 40X3 60Y3 4DY2 6EA2-E 4EA2-E 6EA2-M 4EA2-M 6EB2-E 4LS2 6EB2-M 4RV2-T 6LS2 4SF2

4SF3

Issued 121S7 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 11BSSilver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

I ~ FI LE D

JAN 1 1988

Pultlic Service Commission of WyomLq

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 188

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Codes

1135 Compatible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(C) Voice Grade (Contd)

Compatible CIs Compatible CIs Compatible CIs

4EA2-E 2DY2 4EA3-E 2DY2 4G02 2G02 40Y2 4DY2 2G03 4EA2-E 4EA2-E 2GS2 4EA2-M 4EA2-M 2GS3 4SF2 4SF2 4GS2 6DY2 60Y2 4SF2 60Y3 60Y3 6GS2 6EB2-E 6EA2-E 6EB2-M 6EA2-M 4G03 2G02 8EB2-E 6E82-E 2GS2 8EB2-M 6EB2-M 2GS3 90Y2 8EB2-E 4GS2 90Y3 8EB2-M 4SF2

90Y2 6GS2 4EA2-M 2DY2 90Y3

4DY2 9EA2 4EA2-M 9EA3 4SF2 60Y2 60Y3 6EB2-E 6EB2-M 8E82-E 8EB2-M 90Y2 90Y3

Issued 121187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

JAN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyommg

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 189

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Codes

1135 ComQatible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(C) Voice Grade (Contd)

ComQatible CIs ComQatible CIs ComQatible CIs

4L02 2LS2 4LS3 2LA2 4SF2 2L03 2LS3 2LB2 2LR2 4LS2 2LC2 2LS2 4SF2 2L02 2LS3 6LS2 2L03 2RV2-T

4SF2 4AC2 4L03 2LS2 40Y2

2LS3 4N02 20A2 4LS2 4LS2 20E2 4RV2-Ti 4SF2 2N02 4SF2 6LS2 40A2 60Y2

40E2 60Y3 4LR2 2LR2 4N02 6GS2

4LR2 60A2 9OY2 4SF2 9OY3

4RV2-0 2RV2-T 4LR3 2LR2 4RV2-T 4SF3 20Y2

4LR2 4SF2 2G03 4SF2 2GS2

4SF2 2AC2 2GS3 4LS2 2LA2 20Y2 2LA2

2LB2 2GS2 2LB2 2LC2 2GS3 2LC2 2L02 2LA2 2L03 2L03 2LB2 2LR2

2LC2

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

r AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 190 ~

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Codes

1135 Com2atible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(C) Voice Grade (Contd)

Com~atible CIs Com~atible CIs Com2atible CIs

4SF3 2LS2 6DA 4DA2 6DY3 2DY2 2LS3 6DA2 4DY2 2RV2-T 6DY2 4DY2 6DX2 2DY2 6DY3 4EA2-E 4DY2 4EA2-M 4EA2-E 6EA2-E 2AC2 4GS2 4LR2 4EA2-M 2DY2 4LS2 4SF2 2LA2 4RV2-T 6DY2 2LB2 4SF2 6DY3 2LC2 4SF3 6EA2-E 2L03 6DY2 6EA2-M 2LS2 6DY3 6EB2-E 2LS3 6EB2-E 6EB2-M 2RV2-T 6EB2-M 8EB2-E 4AC2 6GS2 8EB2-M 4DY2 6LS2 9DY2 4EA2-E 9DY2 9DY3 4EA2-M 9DY3 9EA2 4LS2 9EA2 9EA3 4RV2-T 9EA3 4SF2

6DY2 2DY2 4SF3 4TF2 2TF2 4DY2 6DY2

4TF2 6DY2 6DY3 6EA2-E 6EA2-M

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

r AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

---------------------------------- ~-------- shy

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 191~

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Codes

1135 Com2atible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(C) Voice Grade (Contd)

Com~at i b 1e CIs Com~atible CIs Com2atible CIs

6EA2-E 6EB2-E 6EA2-M 60Y2 6EB3-E 2OY2 6EB2-M 60Y3 40Y2 6LS2 6EA2-M 4EA2-E 8EB2-E 6EB2-E 4EA2-M 8EB2-M 6EB2-M 4SF2 90Y2 6LS2 60Y2 90Y3 8EB2-E 60Y3

8EB2-M 6EA2-E 6EA2-M 2AC2 90Y2 6EA2-M

2OY2 90Y3 8EB2-E1 2LA2 8EB2-M 2LB2 6EB2-E 2OY2 90Y2 2LC2 40Y2 90Y3 2L03 4SF2 9EA2 2LS2 60Y2 9EA3 2LS3 60Y3 2RV2-T 6EB2-E 6EX2-A 2GS2 4AC2 6EB2-M 2GS3 4DY2 90Y2 2LS2 4EA2-E 90Y3 2LS3 4EA2-M 4GS2 4LS2 6EB2-M 2OY2 4LS2 4RV2-T 4DY2 4SF2 4SF2 4SF2 6GS2 4SF3 6DY2 6LS2

60Y3 6EB2-M 90Y2 90Y3

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

~ FI LED

I AN 1 f988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 192

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Codes

1135 Comeatible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(C) Voice Grade (Contd)

Comeatible CIs Comeatible CIs Comeatible CIs

6EX2-B 2G03 8EB2-E 2AC2 8EB2-M 2AC2 2LA2 2DY2 2DY2 2182 2LA2 2LA2 2LC2 2LB2 2LB2 2L02 2LC2 2LC2 2L03 2L03 2L03 2LR2 2LS2 2LS2 4LR2 2LS3 2LS3 4SF2 2RV2-T 2RV2-T ~ 4AC2 4AC2

6G02 2G02 4DY2 4DY2 2GS2 4LS2 4LS2 2GS3 4RV2-T 4RV2-T 4GS2 4SF2 4SF2 4SF2 4SF3 4SF3 6GS2 6DY2 6DY2

6DY3 6DY3 6L02 2LS2 6EB2-E 6EB2-E

2LS3 6EB2-M 6EB2-M 4LS2 6LS2 6LS2 4SF2 8EB2-E 8EB2-M 6LS2 8EB2-M 9DY2

90Y2 90Y3 6LS2 2LA2 90Y3

2LB2 2LC2 2L02 2L03 4SF2

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILE 0 JAN 1 1988 Ii

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 193

ACCESS SERVICE

11

113 Seocial Access Channel Interface and Network Channel Codes ( ontld)

1135 Compatible Channel Interfaces (Contld)

(C) Voice Grade (Contld)

Compatible CIs Compatible CIs Compatible CIs

8EC2 20Y2 90Y2 20Y2 9EA3 20Y2 40Y2 40Y2 40Y2 4EA2-E 60Y2 4EA2-E 4EA2-M 60Y3 4EA2-M 4SF2 90Y2 60Y2 60Y2 60Y3 60Y3 90Y3 20Y2 6EA2-E 6EA2-E 40Y2 6EA2-M 6EA2-M 60Y2 6EB2-E 6EB2-E 60Y3 6EB2-M 6EB2-M 90Y2 8EB2-E 8EB2-E 90Y3 8EB2-M 8EB2-M 90Y2 90Y2 9EA2 20Y2 90Y3 90Y3 40Y2 9EA3 9EA2 4EA2-E 9EA3 4EA2-M

60Y2 60Y3 6EA2-E 6EA2-M 6EB2-E 6EB2-M 8EB2-E 8EB2-M 90Y2 90Y3 9EA2 9EA3

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED t AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 194

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Codes

1135 Com2atible Channel Interfaces (Contld)

(0) Program Audio

Comeatible CIs Compatible CIs

Issued 121187

2PG2-1 2PG1-1 4DS8-1SE 2PG2-1

2PG2-3 2PGl-3 4DS8-1SF 2PG2-3

2PG2-S 2PG1-S 4DS8-1SG 2PG2-S

2PG2-8 2PGl-8 4DA8-1SH 2PG2-8

Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

2PGl-3 2PG2-3

2PG1-S 2PG2-S

2PGl-8 2PG2-8

2PG1-1 2PG2-1

Effective 1188

F I LED

f AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of WyomiRg

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 195

ACCESS SERVICE

11 Interface Groups Transmission Specifications Channel Interfaces s~ec1al Access Optional Features and Functions and Technical Specification Packages (Contd)

113 s~ecial Access Channel Interface and Network Channel Codes ( ontd)

1135 Compatible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(E) Video

CO2atible CIs Compatible CIs

2TV6-1 4TV6-15 4TV7-5 4TV6-5 4TV7-15 4TV7-5

2TV6-2 6TV6-15 4TV7-15 4TV6-1S 6TV7-1S 4TV7-1S

2TV7-1 4TV6-15 6TV6-S 6TV6-5 4TV7-15 6TV7-5

I ~ 2TV7-2 6TV6-1S 6TV6-15 6TV6-1S

6TV7-15 6TV7-15

4TV6-5 4TV6-5 6TV7-5 6TV6-5 4TV7-5 6TV7-5

4TV6-1S 4TV6-15 6TV7-15 6TV6-1S 4TV7-15 6TV7-1S

Issued 121187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILE 0

I AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyom inl

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 196

ACCESS SERVICE

11

113 seecial Access Channel Interface and Network Channel Codes ( ontd)

1135 Com~atible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(F) Digital Data

Com~atible CIs Compatible CIs Com~atible CIs

4058-15 4058-15+ 4DU5-24 4DU5-24 6DU5-24 6DU5-24 4DU5-24 4DU5-48 4DU5-48 4DU5-48 6DU5-48 6DU5-48 4DU5-56 4DU5-96 4DU5-96 4DU5-96 6DU5-56 6DU5-56 6DU5-24 6DU5-48 4DU5-56 4DU5-56 6DU5-96 6DU5-96 6DU5-96

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED 1 AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 197

ACCESS SERVICE

11

113 s ecial Access Channel Interface and Network Channel Codes e( ontd)

1135 Compatible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(G) High Capacity

Compatible CIs Compatible CIs

40S0-63 40S0-63 40S8-15J 40U8-A 40U8-A B or C 60U8-A 60U8-AB or C

40S8-15K 40U8-B 40S6-27 40S6-27 40U8-C

40U8-A B or C 60U8-B 60U8-A B or C 60U8-C

40S6-44 40S6-44 40S8-31 40S8-31 40U8-A B or C 40U8-A B or C 6DU8-A B or C 60U8-A B or C

40S8-15 4058-15+ 40U8-AB 40U8-B OR C 40U8-A B OR C 60U8-B

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILE 0

I AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of WYGf11lnl

-- ------ shy---~-

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 201

ACCESS SERVICE

11 Interface Groups~ Transmission Specifications Channel Interfaces Special Access Optional eatures and Functions and Technical Specification Packages (Contd)

115 and Functions

(E) Improved Return Loss

( 1) On Effective Four-Wire Transmission at Four-Wire Point of Termination (applicable to each two-wire port) Provides for a fixed 600 ohm impedance variable level range and simplex reversal Telephone Company equipment is required at the customers premises where this option is ordered The Improved Return Loss parameters are delineated in Technical Reference PUB 62501

(2) On Effective Two-Wire Transmission at Two-Wire Point of Termination Provides for more stringent Echo Control specifications In order for this option to be applicablethe transmission path must be four-wire at one POT and twoshywire at the other POT Placement of Telephone Companyequipment may be required at the customers premises with the two-wire POT The Improved Return Loss parameters are delineated in Technical Reference PUB 62501

(F) Data Capability (D) Conditioning

Data Capability provides transmission characteristics suitable for data communications Specifically Data Capability provides for the control of Signal to C-Notched Noise Ratio and intershymodulation distortion It is available for two-point services or three-point multipoint services The Signal to C-Notched Noise Ratio and intermodulation distortion parameter for Data Capabi 1ity are

- Signal to C-Notched Noise Ratio is equal to or greater than 32dB - Intermodulation distortion - Signal to second order modulation products (R2) is equal to

or greater than 38dB - Signal to third order modulation products (R3) is equal to or

greater than 42dB

When a service equipped with Data Capability is used for voice communications the quality of the voice transmission may not be satisfactory

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

I AN 1 1988

Public Service Commissien of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 198

ACCESS SERVICE

11

114 WATS Access Channel Interfaces and Network Channel Codes

This section explains the Channel Interface codes and Network Channel Codes that the customer must specify when ordering WATS Access Service An example which explains the specific characters of the codes a glossary of Channel Interface codes and impedancelevels are set forth in 113 preceding

1141 Service DesignatorNetwork Channel Code Conversion Table

The purpose of this table is to show the relationship between the service designator codes and the network channel codes that are used for WATS Access Service

Service Designator Network Channel Code Code

WAL (Standard amp Improved) SE

1142 Compatible Channel Interfaces

Compatible CIs Compatible CIs

2GS 2GS 4GS 2GS 2LS 2LS 4GS 4GS 4LS 4LS

2LS 2GS 4LS 2GS 2LS 2LS 4GS 4GS 4LS 4LS

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILE 0

f AN 1 986

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 199

ACCESS SERVICE

11

115 Special Access Voice Grade Optional Features and Functions and Technical Specifications Package

(A) Central Office Bridging Capability

(1) Voice Bridging (two-wire and four-wire)

(2) Data Bridging (two-wire and four-wire)

(3) Telephoto Bridging (two-wire and four-wire)

( 4) DATAPHONE Select-A-Station Bridging with sequentialarrangement ports or addressable arrangement ports

(5) Telemetry and Alarm Bridging

Split Band Active BridgingPassive BridgingSummation Active Bridging

(B) Central Office Multiplexing

Voice to Telegraph Grade An arrangement that converts a Voice Grade channel to Telegraph Grade channels using frequency division multiplexing

(C) Conditioning

Conditioning provides more specific transmission characteristics for Voice Grade services C-Type conditioningcontrols attenuation distortion and envelope delay distortion Sealing Current helps maintain continuity on dry metallic loops

For two-point services the parameters apply to each service For multipoint services the parameters apply to each mid-link or end link C-Type conditioning and Data Capability may be combined on the same service

Issued 1211787 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

I AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 200

~

ACCESS SERVICE

11

115 and Functions

(C) Conditioning (Contd)

(1) C-Type Conditioning

C-Type Conditioning is provided for the additional control of attenuation distortion and envelope delay distortion on data services The attenuation distortion and envelopedelay distortion specifications for C-Type Conditioning are

Attenuation Distortion Envelope Delay(Frequency Response) Distortion Relative to 1004 Hz Variation

Frequency --Variation Frequency (microshyRange ~ dB Range (Hz) seconds)

r ~ 1000-2600 100

400-2800 -10 to +20 800-2600 200 300-3000 -10 to +30 600-2600 300 3000-3200 -20 to +60 500-2800 600

500-3000 3000

(2) Sealing Current Conditioning

Sealing Current Conditioning is provided to help maintain continuity on dry metallic loops It is usuallyassociated with four-wire DA or NO type channel interfaces

(D) Customer Specified Premises Receive level

This option allows the customer to specify the receive level at the Point of Termination The level must be within a specific range on effective four-wire transmission The ranges are delineated in Technical Reference PUB 62501

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LE 0

I At1 1 T~88

Public Service CommiSSion of Wyoming

I

WYOMING PS~C TARIFF NO 3f Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 202

ACCESS SERVICE

11

115 Functions

(G) Telephoto Capability

Telephoto Capability provides transmission characteristic suitable for telephotographic communications SpecificallyTelephoto Capability is provided for the control of attenuation distortion and envelope delay distortion on telephotographic services The attenuation distortion and envelope delay distortion parameters for Telephoto Capabi11ty are

Attenuation Distortion Envelope Delay Distortion 1004 Hz Reference

Frequency Variation Frequency Variation Range (Hz) (dB) Range (Hz) (mcs)

500-3000 -05 to +15 1000-2600 110 300-3200 -10 to +25 800-2800 180

(H) Signaling Capability

Signaling Capability provides for the ability to transmit signals from one customer premises to another customer premises on the same service

(I) Selective Signaling Arrangement

An arrangement that permits code selective ringing for up to ten codes on a multipoint service

Issued 121187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LE 0

f AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 203

ACCESS SERVICE

11 Channel Interfaces and Technical

115 and Functions

(J) Transfer Arrangement

An arrangement that affords the customer an additional measure of flexibility in the use of their access channel(s) The arrangement can be utilized to transfer a leg of a Special Access Service to another channel that terminates in either the same or a different customer premises A key activated or dial-up control service is required to operate the transfer arrangement A spare channel if required s not included as part of the option

(K) Public Packet Switching Network (PPSN) Interface Arrangement

An arrangement that provides the interface requirements that permit a Voice Grade service to interface with a Public Packet Switching Network packet switch located in a Telephone Companypremises The interface is compatible with X25 and X75 packet switching protocols as defined by the CCITT

(l) Four-WireTwo Wire Conversions

When a customer requests that an effective four-wire channel be terminated with a two-wire channel interface at the customer1s designated premises a four-wire to two-wire conversion is required The rate for the conversion is included as part of the basic Channel Termination rate

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILE 0

I At-j 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyomiltg

- -

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 204

ACCESS SERVICE

11

115 S~ecial Access Voice Grade O~tional Features and Functions and Technical S~ecifications Package ~Contd~

The following table shows the technical specifications packageswith which the optional features and functions are available

Available with Technical S~ecifications Package VGshy

C 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 C-Type Conditioning X X X X X XX Central Office

Bridging Capability X X X X X X X Central Office

Multiplexing X X Customer Specified

Premises Receive Level X X X X X X

Data Capabil ity X X X X Improved Return Loss

For Effective Four-Wire Transmission X X X X X X X X X X X X X For Effective Two-Wire Transmission X X X X

PPSN Interface Arrangement X X

Sealing Current Conditioning X X

Selective Signaling Arrangement X X X X X X X

Signaling Capability X X X X X X X X Telophoto

Capabi1ity X X Transfer Arrangement X X X X X X X X X X X X X

Issued 121187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED I HI 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WVOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 205~

) ACCESS SERVICE

11

116 S2ecial Access Technical S2ecifications Packages

shy

Parameter Attentuation

Distortion C-Message Noise Echo Control Envelope Display

Distortion Frequency Shift Impluse Noise Intermodulation

Distortion Loss Deviation Phase Hits Gain

Hits and DropoutsPhase Jitter Signal-to-C

Message Noise Signal-to-C

Notch Noise

C 1 2 3 4 5 Package VGshy6 7 sect ~ 10 11 12

X X X

X X X

X X X

X X X

X X

X X X

X X

X X X

X X X

X X

X X

X X X

X X X

X X X X

X X X

X X X

X X X

X X X

X X X

X X X

X X X

X X X X X X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X X X X X X X X

X

X X X X X X X X X

The desired parameters are selected by the customer from the list of available parameters

The technical specifications for these parameters (except for dropouts gain hits and phase hits) are delineated in Technical Reference PUB 62501 and associated Addendum The technical specifications for dropouts phase hits and gain hits are delineated in Technical Reference PUB 41004 Table 4

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILE 0 IAN 1 1988

Public Service Commission

of Wyoming

Issued June 1 2020 Effective July 1 2020

Legal amp Regulatory Administrator

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

14th Revised Page 206

ACCESS SERVICE

12 Rates and Charges

All rates and charges for the services offered in this tariff are shown in this section

Reference is made for each rate element to the appropriate tariff paragraph where the

application of the service is described

121 Switched Access Service

(A) End Office

(1) Directory Assistance Information Surcharge 614(B)(4)

(a) Per 100 terminating access minutes

Effective July 1 2013 051300

Effective July 1 2014 000000

(b) Per 100 originating access minute 0513

(2) Local Switching 613(A)

(a) Per terminating access minute 00

(3) Local Transport

(a) Per originating access minute 03

(4) 800 Series Database Access Queries

Per query

(a) Basic 0055

(b) Vertical Feature 0061

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 202070006-119-TT-20

Issued June 1 2020 Effective July 1 2020

Legal amp Regulatory Administrator

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

8th Revised Page 2061

ACCESS SERVICE

12 Rates and Charges (Contrsquod)

121 Switched Access Service (Contrsquod)

(B) Transport

(1) Local Transport Facility ICB 613(A)

per access minute per mile

(2) Tandem Switched Transport

Tandem Switched Facility per

access minute per mile

(a) terminating 000581

(3) Tandem Switched Termination

(a) per access minute per 003014

termination

(C) Installation Charge per installation 15600 661(C)

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 202070006-119-TT-20

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

2nd Revised page 207

ACCESS SERVICE

12 Rates and Charges (Contrsquod)

122 Special Access Service Non-

Monthly Recurring

Rates Charges Source

(A) Channel Termination

(1) Voice Grade Channel

Two Wire Per Termination ICB 22300 712(A)(R)

Four Wire Per Termination ICB 22300 712(A)(R)

(B) Channel Mileage

(1) Channel Mileage Termination

Per Termination ICB NA 712(B)(R)

(C) Optional Features

As Ordered ICB ICB 712(C)

(D) Special Access Surcharge

Per Voice Grade Equivalent

Circuit 2500 733(A)

(E) Intrastate T1

Point to Point 37881

Issued June 1 2003 Mr Allen R Hoopes Effective July 1 2003

Vice President General Manager

President

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 201970006-113-TT-19

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

1st Revised Page 208

ACCESS SERVICE

12 Rates and Charges (Contrsquod)

123 Billing and Collection Service Rates Source

(A) Program Development

Basic Per Hour 8000 831(G)

Program Development

Premium Per Hour 10000 831(G)

(B) Special Order Charge

Per Order 10000 853(B)

Issued June 1 2003 Mr Allen R Hoopes Effective July 1 2003

President

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 201970006-113-TT-19

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

1st Revised Page 209

ACCESS SERVICE

12 Rates and Charges (Contrsquod)

124 Miscellaneous Services Overtime

Basic time outside

Scheduled scheduled

working hours working hours Source

(A) Additional Eng Periods

Per engineer frac12 hour

Or fraction thereof 2600 1900 91

(B) Additional Labor

Per technician frac12 hour

Or fraction thereof 2600 1500 92

(C) Maintenance of Service

Per technician frac12 hour

Or fraction thereof 2600 1500 93

125 Access Orders Rate

(A) Access Order Charge

Per Order 10000 52

(B) Order Change Charge

Per Order 10000 522

Issued June 1 2003 Mr Allen R Hoopes Effective July 1 2003

President

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 201970006-113-TT-19

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 4

ACCESS SERVICETABLE OF CONTENTS (Centrsquod) Page No

2 GENERAL REGULATIONS (Centrsquod)

25 Connections

251 General

26 Definitions

3 CARRIER COMMON LINE ACCESS SERVICE

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

General Description

Limitations

Undertaking of the Telephone Company

Obligations of the Customer

Payment Arrangements

Payment of Coin Sent-Paid Monies

Rate Regulations

4 (Reserved for Future Use)

5 ORDERING OPTIONS FOR SWITCHED AND SPECIAL ACCESSSERVICE

51 General

511 Ordering Conditions512 Prevision of Other Services

52 Access Order

521 Access Order Service Date Provision522 Access Order Modifications523 Cancellation of an Access Order524 Minimum Period525 Ordering of Access Services Where More

Than One Exchange Telephone Company isInvolved

45

45

45

63

63

63

64

65

66

68

71

73

74

74

7474

75

76777981

81

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdashmdash

F IL_lsquoE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3mdashSilver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Centrsquod)

6 SWITCHED ACCESS SERVICE

61

62

63

64

65

General

611 Feature Group Arrangements612 WATS Access Service613 Rate Categories614 Design Layout Report615 Acceptance Testing616 Ordering Options and Conditions617 Testing

Provision and Description of Switched AccessService Feature Groups

621 Feature Group A622 Feature Group B623 Feature Group C

Transmission Specifications

Obligations of the Telephone Company

641 Network Management

Original Page 5

Paqe No83

83

838586

9192

93

949698

101

102

102642 Design and Taffic Routing of Switched

Access Service 103643 Provision of Service Performance Data 104644 Trunk Group Measurement Reports 104645 Determination of Number of Transmission

Paths 104646 Determination of Number of End Office

Transport Terminations 105

Obligations of the Customer 105

651 Report Requirements 105652 Supervisory Signaling 106653 Trunk Group Measurement Reports 106

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r lsquoldquo

- mdash- mdash~-fl ~ ~=rsquo~ )J

i $ i-L

IA ~I lrrsquogtc~

~t

r)gtrsquo-sr lsquo- ldquo i 7rsquo-

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 6

ACCESS SERVICE

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Centrsquod)

6 SWITCHED ACCESS SERVICE (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations

661 Description and Application of Ratesand Charges

662 Minimum Period663 Measuring Access Minutes664 Mileage Measurement

7 SPECIAL ACCESS SERVICE

71 General

711 Channel Type712 Rate Categories713 Service Configurations714 Alternate Use715 Special Facilities Routing716 Design Layout Report717 Acceptance Testing718 Ordering Options and Conditions

72 Service Descriptions

721 Voice Grade Service

73 Rate Regulations

731 Types of Rates and Charges732 Minimum Period733 Surcharge for Special Access Service

734 Mileage Measurement

Page No

106

106109109115

116

116

116116119122122122122123

123

125

127

127128128

130

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~i~

mdashmdashmdash__ __~-j -7

t-E -JI

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

8 BILLING AND COLLECTION SERVICES

81

82

83

84

85

General Description

Recording Service

821 General Description

Message Billing Service

831 General Description

Other Billing Services

General Regulations

851 Liability of the Telephone Company852 Obligations of the Customer853 Ordering Services854 Mixed Intrastate and Interstate Services855 Purchase of Accounts Receivable856 Auditing857 Billing Arrangements When the

Telephone Company Acts as Agentfor the Customer

9 ADDITIONAL ENGINEERING ADDITIONAL LABOR ANDMISCELLANEOUS SERVICES

91 Additional Engineering

911 Charges for Additional Engineering

Original Page 7

Paqe No

131

131

131

131

133

133

136

136

136138139139140146

147

148

148

148

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

_ldquomdashmdashmdash

F~liD~

1

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Centrsquod)

9 ADDITIONAL ENGINEERING ADDITIONAL LABOR ANDMISCELLANEOUS SERVICES

92 Additional Labor

921922923924

925926927

Overtime InstallationOvertime RepairStand ByTesting and Maintenance withOther Telephone CompaniesTesting ServicesOther LaborCharges for Additional Labor

93 Miscellaneous Services

931 Maintenance of Service

10 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION

101 General

102 Conditions Requirinq Special Construction

11 INTERFACE GROUPS TRANSMISSION SPECIFICATIONSCHANNEL INTERFACES SPECIAL ACCESS OPTIONAL FEATURESAND FUNCTIONSAND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION PACKAGES

111 Local Transport Interface Groups

1111 Interface Group 11112 Interface Group 21113 Interface Group 31114 Interface Group 41115 Interface Group 51116 Interface Group 61117 Interface Group 71118 Interface Group 81119 Interface Group 911110 Interface Group 1011111 Available Premises Interface Codes11112 Supervisory Signaling

Original Page 8

148

149149149

149149149150

150

150

151

151

151

152

152

152153154154155155156156157157158161

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Pldquorsquorsquo-rdquo7-7

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 9

ACCESS SERVICE

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Centrsquod)

11Page No

INTERFACE GROUPS TRANSMISSION SPECIFICATIONSCHANNEL INTERFACES SPECIAL ACCESS OPTIONAL FEATURESAND FUNCTIONSAND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION PACKAGES (Centrsquod)

112

113

114

115

116

Transmission Specifications Switched AccessService

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications1122 Data Transmission Parameters

Special Access Channel Interface and NetworkChannel Codes

1131 Glossary of Channel Interface Codesand Options

1132 Impedance1133 Digital Hierarchy Channel Interface

Codes (4DS)1134 Service DesignatorNetwork Channel

Code Conversion Table1135 Compatible Channel Interfaces

WATS Access Channel Interfaces and NetworkChannel Codes

1141 Service DesignatorNetowrk ChannelCode Conversion Table

1142 Compatible Channel Interfaces

Special Access Voice Grade Optional Featuresand Functions and Technical Specificationsm

Special Access Technical SpecificationsPackaqes

162

162170

174

175180

181

181184

198

198198

199

205

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

F--rsquo~

t~$ ~ Ioqg

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 10

ACCESS SERVICE

12 RATES AND CHARGES

121 Switched Access Service

122 Special Access Service

123 Billing and Collection Service

124 Miscellaneous Services

125 Access Orders

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Centrsquod)

Page No

206

206

207

208

209

209

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

pi~~11rsquokl1 lnog

)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 11

ACCESS SERVICE

CONCURRING CARRIERS

NO CONCURRING CARRIERS

CONNECTING CARRIERS

NO CONNECTING CARRIERS

OTHER PARTICIPATING CARRIERS

NO OTHER PARTICIPATING CARRIERS

REGISTERED SERVICE MARKS REGISTERED TRADEMARKS

None None

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278 ~mdashmdashFreedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 12

(c) - To(D) - To(I) - To(M) - To(N) - To(R) - To(s) - To(T) - To(z) - To

LANIATampTBDBHMCcoCentrsquodCPEDAdBdBrnCdBrnCOdBvdBvldcEASEDDELEPLEMLEPLERLESSESSXfFIDFCCFX

signifysignifysignifysignifysignifysignifysignifysignifysignify

ACCESS SERVICE

EXPLANATION OF SYMBOLS

changed regulationdiscontinued rate or regulationincreasematter relocated without changenew rate or regulationreductionreissued mattera change in text but no change in rate or regulationa correction

EXPLANATION OF ABBREVIATIONS

Alternating currentActual Measured LossAutomatic Number IdentificationAmerican Telephone and Telegraph CompanyBusiness DayBusy Hour Minutes of CapacityCentral OfficeContinuedCustomer Provided EquipmentDirectory AssistancedecibelDecibel Reference Noise C-Message WeightingDecibel Reference Noise C-Message Referenced to ODecibel(s) relative to 1 volt (reference)Decibel(s) relating to 1 volt (reference)direct currentExtended Area ServiceEnvelope Delay DistortionEqual Level Echo Path LossExpected Measured LossEcho Path LossEcho Retrun LossElectronic Switching SystemElectronic Switching System ExchangefrequencyField IdentifierFederal Communications CommissionForeign Exchange

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

[i=-Ii

mdashldquomdashmdash

Ijmdash

=[-m

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 13

ACCESS SERVICE

EXPLANATION OF ABBREVIATIONS

HzIcICBICLkbpskHzLATAMaMbpsMHzMMUCMRCMTMTSNPANRCNTSNXXOTPLPBXPCMPOTrmsRSMRSSSRLSSNSwcTESTLPTSPSUsocVGVampHWATS

HertzInterexchange CarrierIndividual Case BasisInserted Connection LossKilobits per secondkilohertzLocal Access and Transport AreamilliamperesMegabits per secondMegahertzMinimum Monthly Usage ChargeMonthly Recurring ChargeMetallicMessage Telecommunications Service(s)Numbering Plan AreaNonrecurring ChargeNon-Traffic SensitiveThree-Digit Central Office CodeZero Transmission Level PointPrivate Branch ExchangePulse Code ModulationPoint of Terminationroot-mean-squareRemote Switching ModulesRemote Switching SystemsSinging Return LossSwitched Service NetworkServing Wire CenterTelephone Exchange Services(s)Transmission Level PointTraffic Service Position SystemUniform Service Order CodeVoice GradeVertical amp HorizontalWide Area Teleccmnunications Service(s)

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 27BFreedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 14

ACCESS SERVICE

REFERENCE TO OTHER TARIFFS

Whenever reference is made in this tariff to other tariffs of the TelephoneCompany the reference is made to the tariffs in force as of the effectivedate of this tariff and to amendments thereto and successive issues thereof

REFERENCE TO TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS

The following technical publications are referenced in this tariff andmay be obtained from Bell Communications Research Inc Distribution Stora9eCenter 60 New England Avenue Picataway New Jersey 08854-4196 (201) 981-5600

Technical Reference

1 PUB 41004Issued October 1973 Available October 1973

2 PUB TR-NPL-OO0334Issued June 1986 Available November 1986

3 PUB TR-NPL-OO0335Issued June 1986 Available November 1986

The following technical publication is referenced in this tariff and may beobtained from the Bell System for Technical Education Room F214 6200 Route53 Lisle IL 60532

Telecommunications Transmission EngineeringVolume 3 - Networks and Services (Chapter 6 and 7)Second Edition 1980Issued June 1980 Available June 1980

The following technical publication is referenced in this tariff and may beobtained from the National Exchange Carrier Association Inc Group Manager -Tariff Administration 100 S Jefferson Road Whippany NJ 07981 and theFederal Communication Commission]s commercial contractor

PUB AS No 1 Issue IIIssued May 1984 Available May 1984

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO EOX278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

_ _mdashmdash

f=]~j~)

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 15

ACCESS SERVICE

1 Application of Tariff

11 This tariff contains regulations rates and charges applicableto the provision of Carrier Common Line Switched AccessSpecial Access and Billing and Collection Serviceshereinafter referred to collectively as service(s) provided bySilver Star Telephone Company to Customers

12 The provision of such services by the Telephone Company as set forthin this tariff does not constitute a joint undertaking with thecustomer for the furnishing of any service

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278

F

mdash mdash---mdash -Freedom Wyoming 83120 ~ ~_a ~ ~ ~

I

I)l f 1-O

tPublirlsquordquordquo ~ 1

L-__Qldquo-J

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 16Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations

21 Unclertakinq of the Telephone Company

211 Scope

(A) The Telephone Company does not undertake to transmitmessages under this tariff

(B) The Telephone Company shall be responsible only for theinstallation operation and maintenance of the services itprovides

(C) The Telephone Company wil1 for maintenance purposes testits services only to the extent necessary to detect andorclear troubles

(D) Services are provided 24 hours daily seven days per weekexcept as set forth in other applicable sections of thistariff

(E) The Telephone Company does not warrant that its facilitiesand services meet standards other than those set forth inthis tariff

212 Limitations

(A) The customer may not assign or transfer the use ofservices provided under this tariff however where thereis not interruption of use or relocation of the servicessuch assignment or transfer may be made to

(1) another customer whether an individual partnershipassociation or corporation provided the assignee ortransferee assumes all outstanding indebtedness forsuch services and the unexpired portion of theminimum period and the termination liabilityapplicable to such services if any or

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

1st Revised Page 17

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

21 Undertaken u of the Telephone Com~anv (Control)

212 Limitations (Centrsquod)

(2) a court-appointed receiver trustee or otherperson acting pursuant to law in bankruptcyreceivership reorganization insolvencyliquidation or other similar proceedingsprovided the assignee or transferee assumes theunexpired portion of minimum period and thetermination liability applicable to suchservices if any

In all cases of assignment or transfer thewritten acknowledgment of the Telephone Companyis required prior to such assignment or transferwhich acknowledgement shall be made within 15days from the receipt of notification Allregulations and conditions contained in thistariff shall apply to such assignee ortransferee

The assignment or transfer of services does notrelieve or discharge the assignor or transferorfrom remaining jointly or severally liable withthe assignee or transferee for any obligationsexisting at the time of the assignment ortransfer

(B) The use and restcrationof services shall be provided ona first-come first-served baeis The use andrestoration of services shall be in accordance with Part64 Subpart D Appendix A of the Federal CommunicationsCommissionrsquos Rules and Regulations which specifies thepriority system for such activities

Issued 04992 Mr Allen R Hoopes Vice President Effective1001192 (T)Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 226Freedom Wyoming 83120

v= SEWCE ~KM

APIWVEDEFFECTIVEldquojrdquo9zDOCKETNO~ -7-amp9zrdquof

STATEOFWYOMING

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 18Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

21 Undertaking of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

213 Liability

(A) The Telephone Company(s liability if any for its willfulmisconduct is not limited by this tariff With respect toany other claim or suit by a customer or by any othersfor damages associated with the installation provisiontermination maintenance repair or restoration ofservice and subject to the provisions of (B) through (H)following the Telephone Companyrsquos liability except as setforth in 851 following if any shall not exceed anamount equal to the proportionate charge for the servicefor the period during which the service was affectedThis liability for damages shall be in addition to anyamounts that may otherwise be due the customer under thistariff as a Credit Alrsquo

(B) The Telephone Companyomission of any otherportion of a serviceits own act or omissit

owance for a Service Interruption

shall not be liable for any act orcarrier or customer providing anor shall the Telephone Company forn hold liable any other carrier or

customer providing a portion of a service

(C) The Telephone Company is not liable for damages to thecustomer premises resulting from the furnishing of aservice including the installation and removal ofequipment and associated wiring unless the damage iscaused by the Telephone Companyrsquos negligence

(D) The Telephone Company shall be indemnified defended andheld harmless by the end user against any claim loss ordamage arising from the end userrsquos use of services offeredunder this tariff involving

(1) Claims for libel slander invasion ofprivacy or infringement of copyrightarising from the end userrsquos owncommunications

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 19

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

21 Undertaking of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

213 Liability (Centrsquod)

(2) Claims for patent infringement arising from the enduserrsquos acts combining or using the service furnishedby the Telephone Company in connection with facilitiesor equipment furnished by the end user or customer or

(3) All other claims arising out of any act or omission ofthe end user in the course of using services providedpursuant to this tariff

(E) The Telephone Company shal1 be indemnified defended andheld harmless by the customer against any claim loss or damagearising from the customerrsquos use of services offered under thistariff involving

(1) Claims for libel slander invasion of privacy orinfringement of copyright arising from the customerrsquosown communications

(2) Claims for patent infringementarising from thecustomerrsquos acts combining or using the servicefurnished by the Telephone Company in connection withfacilities or equipment furnished by the end user orcustomer or

(3) All other claims arising out of any act or omission ofthe customer in the course of using services providedpursuant to this tariff

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 20

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

21 Undertaking of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

213 Liability (Centrsquod)

(F) The Telephone Company does not guarantee or make anywarranty with respect to its services when used in anexplosive atmosphere The Telephone Company shall beindemnified defended and held harmless by the customerfrom any and all claims by any person relating to suchcustomerrsquos use of services so provided

(G) No license under patents (other than the limited licenseto use) is granted by the Telephone Company or shall beimplied or arise by estoppel with respect to any serviceoffered under this tariff

(H) The Telephone Companyrsquos failure to provide or maintainservices under this tariff shall be excused by labordifficulties governmental orders civil commotionscriminal actions taken against the Telephone Company actsof God and other circumstances beyond the TelephoneCompanyrsquos reasonable control subject to the CreditAllowance for a Service Interruption as set forth in 244following

214 Provision of Services

The Telephone Company to the extent that such services are orcan be made available with reasonable effort and afterprovision has been made for the Telephone Companyrsquos telephoneexchange services will provide to the customer upon reasonablenotice services offered in other applicable sections of thistariff at rates and charges specified therein

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company 1st Revised Page 21

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

21 Undertakin a of the Telephone ComPanv (Centrsquod)

215 Installation and Termination of Services

The services provided under this tariff (A) will include anyentrance cable or drop wiring and wire or intrabuilding cableto that point where provision is made for termination of theTelephone Companyrsquoe outside distribution network facilities ata suitable location inside a customer-designated premises and(B) will be installed by the Telephone Company to such Pointof Termination

216 Maintenance of Services

The services provided under this tariff shall be maintained bythe Telephone Company The customer or others may notrearrange move disconnect remove or attempt to repair anyfacilities provided by the Telephone Company other than byconnection or disconnection to any interface means used

217 Chanqes and Substitutions

Except as provided for equipment and systems subject to FCCPart 68 Regulations at 47 CFR Section 68llO(b) theTelephone Company may where such action is reasonablyrequired in the operation of its business

(A) substitute change or rearrange any facilities used inproviding service under this tariff including but notlimited to (1) substitution of different metallicfacilities (2) substitution of carrier or derivedfacilities for metallic facilities used to provide otherthan metallic facilities and (3) substitution ofmetallic facilities for carrier or derived facilitiesused to provide other than metallic facilities

Issued 04992 Mr Allen R Hoopes Vice President Effective100192 (T)Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 226Freedom Wyoming 83120

4

twucsERvlcE~

AwRoHD F

E~ o--92

D00KETN0700W -m-mSTATEOFWYOMING

mdash- mdash

Silver Star Telephone CompanyACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 22

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

21 Undertaking of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

217 Chanqes and Substitutions (Centrsquod)

(B) change minimum protection criteria change operating ormaintenance characteristics of facilities or changeoperations or procedures of the Telephone Company Incase of any such substitution change or rearrangementthe transmission parameters will be within the range asset forth in 6 and 7 following The Telephone Companyshall not be responsible if any such substitution changeor rearrangement renders any customer furnished servicesobsolete or requires modification or alteration thereof orotherwise affects their use or performance If suchsubstitution change or rearrangement materially affectsthe operating characteristics of the facility theTelephone Company will provide reasonable notification tothe customer in writing Reasonable time will be allowedfor any redesign and implementation required by the changein operating characteristics The Telephone Company willwork cooperatively with the customer to determinereasonable notification procedures

218 Refusal and Discontinuance of Service

(A) Unless the provisions of 221(B) or 25 following applyif a customer fails to comply with 216 preceding or222 231 234 235 or 24 following including anypayments to be made by it on the dates and times hereinspecified the Telephone Company may on thirty (30) dayswritten notice by Certified US Mail to the persondesignated by that customer to receive such notices ofnoncompliance refuse additional applications for serviceandor refuse to complete any pending orders for serviceby the non-complying customer at any time thereafter

If the Telephone Company does not refuse additionalapplications for service on the date specified in thethirty (30) days notice and the customerrsquos noncompliancecontinues nothing contained herein shall preclude theTelephone Companyrsquos right to refuse additionalapplications for service to the non-complying customerwithout further notice

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

] rsquo

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 23

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

21 Undertaking of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

218 Refusal and Discontinuance of Service (Centrsquod)

(B) Unless the provisions of 221(B) or 25 following applyif a customer fails to comply with 216 preceding or222 231 234 235 or 24 following including anypayments to be made by it on the dates and times hereinspecified the Telephone Company may on thirty (30) dayswritten notice by Certified US Mail to the persondesignated by that customer to receive such notices ofnoncompliance discontinue the provision of the servicesto the non-complying customer at any time thereafter

In the case of such discontinuance all applicablecharges including termination charges shall become dueIf the Telephone Company does not discontinue theprovision of the services involved on the date specifiedin the thirty (30) days notice and the customerrsquosnoncompliance continues nothing contained herein shallpreclude the Telephone Companyrsquos right to discontinue theprovision of the services to the non-complying customerwithout further notice

219 Notification of Service-Affectinq Activities

The Telephone Company will provide the customer reasonablenotification of service-affecting activities that may occur innormal operation of its business Such activities may includebut are not limited to equipment or facilities additionsremovals or rearrangements routine preventative maintenanceand major switching office change-out Generally suchactivities are not individual customer service specific theyaffect many customersrsquo service No specific advancenotification period is applicable to all service activitiesThe Telephone Company will work cooperatively with the customerto determine the notification requirements

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdash- --mdashmdash

FIIED

I

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 24

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

21 Undertaking of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

2110 Coordination with Respect to Network Contingencies

The Telephone Company intends to work cooperatively with thecustomer to develop network contingency plans in order tomaintain maximum network capability following natural or man-made disasters which affect telecommunications services

2111 Provision and Ownership of Telephone Numbers

The Telephone Company reserves the reasonable right to assigndesignate or change telephone numbers any other call numberdesignations associated with Access Services or the TelephoneCompany serving central office prefixes associated with suchnumbers when necessary in the conduct of its businessShould it become necessary to make a change in suchnumbers(s) the Telephone Company will furnish to the customer6 months notice and explanation of the reason(s) for suchchange(s)

22 Use

221 Interference or Impairment

(A) The characteristics and methods of operation of anycircuits facilities or equipment provided by other thanthe Telephone Company and associated with the facilitiesutilized to provide services under this tariff shall notinterfere with or impair service over any facilities ofthe Telephone Company its affiliated companies or itsconnecting and concurring carriers involved in itsservices cause damage to their plant impair the privacyof any communications carried over their facilities orcreate hazards to the employees of any of them or thepublic

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~~

-mdash--mdash-mdash-rdquo---~ ----

7-$) jti-

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

1st Revised Page 25

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

22 (Centrsquod)

221 Interference or Impairment (Centrsquod)

(B) Except as provided for equipment or systems subject tothe FCC Part 68 Rules in 47 CFR Section 68108 ifsuch characteristics or methods of operation are not inaccordance with (A) preceding the Telephone Companywill where practicable notify the customer thattemporary discontinuance of the use of a service may berequired however where prior notice is notpracticable nothing contained herein shall be deemed topreclude the Telephone Companyrsquos right to temporarilydiscontinuance the customer will be promptly notifiedand afforded the opportunity to correct the conditionwhich gave rise to the temporary discontinuance Duringsuch period of temporary discontinuance creditallowance for service interruptions as set forth in244 following is not applicable

222 Unlawful Use

The service provided under this tariff shall not be used foran unlawful purpose

(A) The Telephone Company may upon written request from acustomer terminate service to any subscriber of acustomer identified by the customer as having utilizedthat customerrsquos service andor facilities in thecompletion of abusive telephone calls Service may beterminated by the Telephone Company as provided for inits general andor local exchange service

(B) In such instances when termination occurs as in (A)preceding the Telephone Company shall be indemnifieddefended and held harmless by the customer againgt anyclaim loss or damage arising from the TelephoneCompanyrsquos actions in terminating such service

Issued 04992 Mr Allen R Hoopesr Vice President Effective100192 (T)Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 226Freedom Wyoming 83120

iw6LlcSERVICGCuMumoNAWROVED

EFFECTIVE(7-rdquo$

00CKETNOZP (XXYrdquo792-ST4TEOFWYOMING

-----

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 26

231

232

233

QwE

The customer shall reimburse the Telephone Company for damagesto Telephone Company facilities utilized to provide servicesunder this tariff caused by the negligence or willful act ofthe customer or resulting from the customerrsquos improper use ofthe Telephone Company facilities or due to malfunction of anyfacilities or equipment provided by other than the TelephoneCompany

Nothing in the foregoing provision shall be interpreted to holdone customer liable for another customerrsquos actions TheTelephone Company will upon reimbursement for damagescooperate with the customer in prosecuting a claim against theperson causing such damage and the customer shall be subrogatedto the right of recovery by the Telephone Company for thedamages to the extent of such payment

Ownership of Facilities and Theft

Facilities utilized by the Telephone Company to provide serviceunder the provisions of this tariff shall remain the propertyof the Telephone Company Such facilities shall be returned tothe Telephone Company by the customer whenever requestedwithin a reasonable period following the request in as goodcondition as reasonable wear will permit

Equipment Space and Power

The customer shall furnish or arrange to have furnished to theTelephone Company at no charge equipment space and electricalpower required by the Telephone Company to provide servicesunder this tariff at the points of termination of suchservices The selection of ac or dc power shall

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 ~mdashmdash -mdash-

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 27

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Centrsquod)

233 Equipment Space and Power (Centrsquod)

be mutually agreed to by the customer and the TelephoneCompany The customer shall also make necessary arrangementsin order that the Telephone Company will have access to suchspaces at reasonable times for installing testing repairingor removing Telephone Company services

234 Availability for Testinq

The services provided under this tariff shall be available tothe Telephone Company at times mutually agreed upon in order topermit the Telephone Company to make tests and adjustmentsappropriate for maintaining the services in satisfactoryoperating condition Such tests and adjustments shall becompleted within a reasonable time No credit will be allowedfor any interruptions involved during such tests andadjustments

235 Balance

All signals for transmission over the services provided underthis tariff shall be delivered by the customer balanced toground

236 Design of Customer Services

Subject to the provisions of 217 preceding the customershall be solely responsible at its own expense for theoverall design of its services and for any redesigning orrearrangement of its services which may be required because ofchanges in facilities operations or procedures of theTelephone Company minimum protection criteria or operating ormaintenance characteristics of the facilities

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

[~1

mdash--mdashmdash_u

--

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 28

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Centrsquod)

237 Reference to the Telephone Company

The customer may advise End Users that certain services areprovided by the Telephone Company in connection with theservice the customer furnishes to the End Users however thecustomer shall not represent that the Telephone Company jointlyparticipates in the customerrsquos services

238 Claims and Demands for Damages

(A) With respect to claims of patent infringement made bythird persons the customer shall defend indemnifyprotect and save harmless the Telephone Company from andagainst all claims arising out of the combining with oruse in connection with the services provided under thistariff any circuit apparatus system or method providedby the customer

(B) The customer shall defend indemnify and save harmless theTelephone Company from and against any suits claimslosses or damages including punitive damages attorneyfees and court costs by third persons arising out of theconstruction installation operation maintenance orremoval of the customerrsquos circuits facilities orequipment connected to the Telephone Companyrsquos servicesprovided under this tariff including without limitationWorkmenrsquos Compensation claims actions for infringement ofcopyright andor unauthorized use of program materiallibel and slander actions based on the content ofcommunications transmitted over the customerrsquos circuitsfacilities or equipment and proceedings to recover taxesfines or penalties for failure of the customer to obtainor maintain in effect any necessary certificates permitslicenses or other authority to acquire or operate theservices provided under this tariff

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R liOODESPresident Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 mdashmdash mdash-__

I

Silver Star Telephone CompanyACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 29

238

239

2310

Claims and Demands for Damages (Centrsquod)

(B) (Centrsquod)

provided however the foregoing indemnification shall notapply to suits claims and demands to recover damages fordamage to property death or personal injury unless suchsuits claims or demands are based on the tortuous conductof the customer its officers agents or employees

(C) The customer shall defend indemnify and save harmless theTelephone Company from and against any suits claimslosses or damages including punitive damages attorneyfees and court costs by the customer or third partiesarising out of any act or omission of the customer in thecourse of using services provided under this tariff

Coordination with Respect to Network Contingencies

The customer shall in cooperation with the Telephone Companycoordinate in planning the actions to be taken to maintainmaximum network capability following natural or man-madedisasters which affect telecommunications services

Jurisdictional Report Requirements

(A) Jurisdictional Reports

(1) When a customer orders Feature Group A or B SwitLiedAccess Service from the primary carrier which iscapable of connecting to the end user in theTelephone Companyrsquos serving area the customer shallprovide a copy of such order to the telephonecompany The Telephone Company will apply thecustomer provided projected intrastate percentage ofintrastate usage to the total Feature Group A andFeature Group B minutes originating from theTelephone Companies end offices to the Customerrsquospremises in the primary carrierrsquos serving area orterminating from the Customerrsquos designated premisesto the telephone companyrsquos end office

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdash -mdashmdash

F1f [-ii

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 30

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Centrsquod)

2310 Jurisdictional Report Requirements

(A) Jurisdictional Reports

(2) When a customer orders Feature Group C SwitchedAccess Service the Telephone Company will unlessthe customer provides the projected intrastatepercentage for intrastate usage in its orderdetermine the projected intrastate percentage asfollows For originating access minutes theprojected intrastate percentage will be developed ona monthly basis by end office when the Feature GroupC Switched Access Service access minutes are measuredby dividing the measured intrastate originatingaccess minutes (the access minutes where the callingnumber and the called number are in the samestate) by the total originating access minutes

For terminating access minutes the data used by theTelephone Company to develop the projected intrastatepercentage for originating access minutes will beused to develop projected intrastate percentage forsuch terminating access minutes

The Telephone Company will designate the numberobtained by subtracting the projected interstatepercentage for originating and terminating accessminutes calculated by the Telephone Company from 100(100 - Telephone Company calculated projectedinterstate percentage = intrastate percentage) as theprojected intrastate percentage of use

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~

mdash---

F q1ldquoii=lsquo-I$1~Icio

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 31

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Centrsquod)

2310 Jurisdictional Report Requirements (Centrsquod)

(A) Jurisdictional Reports (Centrsquod)

(2) (Centrsquod)

Effective on the first of January April July andOctober of each year the customer shall update theinterstate and intrastate jurisdictional report Thecustomer shall forward to the Telephone Company to bereceived no later than 15 days after the first of eachsuch month a revised report showing the interstateand intrastate percentage of use for the past threemonths ending the last day of December March Juneand September respectively for each service arrangedfor intrastate use Additionally where the customerutilizes FGA Switched Access Service for calls betweena Primary Exchange Carrier and a Secondary ExchangeCarrier within the same Extended Area Service callingarea andor Feature Group B Switched Access Servicefor calls between a Primary Exchange Carrierrsquos accesstandem and a subtending Secondary Exchange Carrierwhere the Primary and Secondary Exchange Carriers arenot the same Telephone Company a copy of the revisedreport will be provided by the customer to theTelephone Company

The revised report will serve as the basis for thenext three months billing and will be effective on thebill date for that service No prorating or backbilling will be done based on the report

If the customer does not supply the reports theTelephone Company will assume the percentages to bethe same as those provided In the last quarterlyreport For those cases in which a quarterly reporthas never been received from the customer theTelephone Company will assume the percentages to bethe same as those provided in the order for service asset forth in (1) preceding

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

F

Issued June 1 2020 Effective July 1 2020

Legal amp Regulatory Administrator

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

1st Revised Page 32

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Contrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Contrsquod)

2311 Determination of Intrastate Charges for Mixed Interstate and Intrastate

Access Service

When mixed interstate and intrastate Access Service is provided all

charges (ie nonrecurring monthly andor usage) including optional

features charges will be prorated between interstate and intrastate The

percentage provided in the reports as set forth in 2310(A) preceding will

serve as the basis for prorating the charges The percentage of an Access

Service to be charged as intrastate is applied in the following manner

(A) For monthly nonrecurring chargeable rate elements multiply the

percent intrastate use times the quantity of chargeable elements times

the state tariff rate per element

(B) For usage sensitive (ie access minutes and calls) chargeable rate

elements multiply the percent intrastate use times actual use (ie

measured or Telephone Company assumed average use) times the

stated tariff rate

The intrastate percentage will change as revised usage reports are

submitted as set forth in 2310 preceding

2312 Identification and Rating of VoIP-PSTN Traffic

VoIP-PSTN Traffic is defined as traffic exchanged between a Company

end user and the customer in Time Division Multiplexing (TDM) format

that originates andor terminates in Internet Protocol (IP) format This

section governs the identification of VoIP-PSTN Traffic that is required to

be compensated at interstate access rates unless the parties have agreed

otherwise by the FCC in its Report and Order in WC Dockets Nos 10-90

etc FCC Release No 11-161 (November 18 2011) (FCC Order) and

Second Order on Reconsideration Specifically this section establishes

the method of separating VoIP-PSTN Traffic from the customers

traditional intrastate access traffic so that such VoIP-PSTN Traffic can be

billed in accordance with the FCC Order

Originating intrastate toll VoIP traffic will be billed the intrastate

originating access rates These rates apply regardless of whether the call

originates in TDM or IP format

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 202070006-119-TT-20

Issued June 1 2020 Effective July 1 2020

Legal amp Regulatory Administrator

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 321

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Contrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Contrsquod)

2312 Identification and Rating of VoIP-PSTN Traffic (contrsquod)

The relevant VoIP-PSTN Traffic identified in accordance with this tariff

section that is originated on Telephone Companyrsquos network that originates

andor terminates in IP format shall be billed at rates equal to Telephone

Companyrsquos applicable tariffed interstate originating switched access rates

as specified in Telephone Companyrsquos applicable federal access tariff

(A) Calculation and Application of Percent-VoIP- Usage Factors (1) Telephone Company will determine the number of relevant VoIP-

PSTN Traffic minutes of use (MOU) to which interstate rates will

be applied under 2312 preceding by applying a Percent VoIP

Usage (PVU) factor to the total terminating intrastate access MOU

received by a Telephone Company end user and delivered to the

customer

(2) The customer will calculate and furnish to Telephone Company a

PVU factor representing the percentage of the total intrastate

access MOU that the customer terminates to Telephone Company

that was sent and originated in IP format

(3) The terminating PVU shall be based on information such as traffic

studies actual call detail or other relevant and verifiable

information which will be provided to Telephone Company upon

request

(4) Telephone Company will apply the PVU factor to the total

terminating intrastate access MOU received from the customer to

determine the number of relevant VoIP-PSTN Traffic MOUs

(5) If the customer does not furnish Telephone Company with a PVU

factor Telephone Company will utilize a PVU equal to zero

(B) Initial PVU Factors (1) The PVU factor will be implemented when received for those

companies whose intrastate rates are higher than the interstate

rates

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 202070006-119-TT-20

Issued June 1 2020 Effective July 1 2020

Legal amp Regulatory Administrator

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 322

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Contrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Contrsquod)

2312 Identification and Rating of VoIP-PSTN Traffic (contrsquod)

(C) PVU Factor Updates

The customer may update the PVU factors quarterly using the method

set forth in (A)(2) preceding If the customer chooses to submit such updates it shall forward to Telephone Company no later than 15 days

after the first day of January April July andor October of each year

revised PVU factors based on data for the prior three months ending the

last day of December March June and September respectively The

revised PVU factors will serve as the basis for future billing and will be

effective on the bill date of each such month and shall serve as the basis

for subsequent monthly billing until superseded by new PVU factors No

prorating or back billing will be done based on the updated PVU factors

(D) PVU Factor Verification (1) Not more than twice in any year Telephone Company may request

from the customer an overview of the process used to determine the

PVU factors the call detail records description of the method for

determining how the end user originates and terminates calls in IP

format and other information used to determine the customers PVU

factors furnished to Telephone Company in order to validate the

PVU factors supplied The customer shall comply and shall

reasonably supply the requested data and information within 15 days

of Telephone Companys request

(2) Telephone Company may dispute the Customers PVU factor

based upon

bull A review of the requested data and information provided by the

customer

bull Telephone Companys reasonable review of other market information FCC reports on VoIP lines such as FCC Form 477 or state level results or based on other relevant data

bull A change in the reported PVU factor by more than five

percentage points from the preceding quarter

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 202070006-119-TT-20

Issued June 1 2020 Effective July 1 2020

Legal amp Regulatory Administrator

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 323

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Contrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Contrsquod)

2312 Identification and Rating of VoIP-PSTN Traffic (contrsquod)

(3) If after review of the data and information the customer and

Telephone Company establishes revised PVU factors Telephone

Company will begin using those revised PVU factors with the

next bill period

(4) If the dispute is unresolved Telephone Company may initiate an

audit Telephone Company shall limit audits of the customers

PVU factor to no more than twice per year The customer may

request that the audit be conducted by an independent auditor In

such cases the associated auditing expenses will be paid by the

customer

bull In the event that the customer fails to provide adequate

records to enable Telephone Company or an independent

auditor to conduct an audit verifying the customers PVU

factors Telephone Company will bill the usage for all

contested periods using the most recent undisputed PVU

factors reported by the customer These PVU factors will

remain in effect until the audit can be completed

bull During the audit the most recent undisputed PVU factors

from the previous reporting period will be used by Telephone

Company

bull Telephone Company will adjust the customers PVU factors

based on the results of the audit and implement the revised

PVU in the next billing period or quarterly report date

whichever is first The revised PVU factors will apply for the

next two quarters before new factors can be submitted by the

customer

bull If the audit supports the customers PVU factors the usage

for the contested periods will be adjusted to reflect the

customers audited PVU factors

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 202070006-119-TT-20

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 33

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances

241 Payment of Rates Charges and Deposits

(A) The Telephone Company will in order to safeguard itsinterests only require a customer which has a provenhistory of late payments of the Telephone Company or doesnot have established credit to make a deposit prior to orat any time after the provision of a service to thecustomer to be held by the Telephone Company as aguarantee of the payment of rates and charges No suchdeposit will be required of a customer which is asuccessor of a company which has established credit andhas no history of late payments to the Telephone CompanySuch deposit may not exceed the actual or estimated ratesand charges for the service for a two month period Thefact that a deposit has been made in no way relieves thecustomer from complying with the Telephone Companyrsquosregulations as to the prompt payment of bills At suchtime as the provision of the service to the customer isterminated the amount of the deposit will be credited tothe customerrsquos account and any credit balance which mayremain will be refunded

Such a deposit will be refunded or credited to the accountwhen the customer has established credit or in any eventafter the customer has established a one-year promptpayment record at any time prior to the termination of theprovision of the service to the customer In case of acash deposit for the period the deposit is held by theTelephone Company the customer will receive interest atthe same percentage rate as that set forth in (B)(3)(b)(I)or in (Be) whichever is lower The rate will becompounded daily for the number of days from the date thecustomer deposit is received by the Telephone Company toand including the date such deposit is credited to thecustomerrsquos account or the date the deposit is refunded bythe Telephone Company Should a deposit be credited to thecustomerrsquos account as indicated above no interest willaccrue on the deposit from the date such deposit iscredited to the customerrsquos account

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

_ mdash

F[- ~

--

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 34

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances

241 Payment of Rates Charqes and Deposits

(B) The Telephone Company shall bill on a current basis allcharges incurred by the credits due to the customer underthis tariff attributable to services established ordiscontinued during the preceding billing period

In addition the Telephone Company shall bill in advancecharges for all services to be provided during the ensuingbilling period except for charges associated with serviceusage and for the Federal Government which will be billedin arrears The bill day (ie the billing date of a billfor a customer for Access Service under this tariff) theperiod of service each bill covers and the payment datewill be as follows

(1) The Telephone Company will establish a bill day eachmonth for each customer account The bill will covernonusage sensitive service charges per month chargesfor the ensuing billing period for which the bill isrendered any known unbilled nonusage sensitive chargesfor prior periods and unbilled usage charges for theperiod after the last bill day through the current billday Any known unbilled usage charges for priorperiods and any known unbilled adjustments will beapplied to this bill Payment for such bills is due asset forth in (2) following If payment is not receivedby the payment date as set forth in (2) following inirrrnediatelyavailable funds a late payment penaltywill apply as set forth in (2) following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

rldquo

---------------

[- -ldquo rsquo

9

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 35

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

241 Payment of Rates Charqes and Deposits (Centrsquod)

(B) (Centrsquod)

(2) (a) All bills dated as set forth in (1) preceding forservice provided to the customer by the TelephoneCompany are due 31 days (payment date) after thebill day or by the next bill date (ie same datein the following month as the bill date)whichever is the shortest interval except asprovided herein and are payable in immediatelyavailable funds If such payment date would causepayment to be due on a Saturday Sunday or Holiday(ie New Yearrsquos Day Independence Day LaborDay Thanksgiving Day Christmas Day the secondTuesday in November and a day when WashingtonrsquosBirthday Memorial Day or Columbus Day is legallyobserved) payment for such bills will be due fromthe customer as follows

If such payment date falls on a Sunday or on aHoliday which is observed on a Monday the paymentdate shall be the first non-Holidayrsquoday followingsuch Sunday or Holiday If such payment datefalls on a Saturday or on a Holiday which isobserved on Tuesday Wednesday Thursday orFriday the payment date shall be the last non-Holiday day preceding such Saturday or Holiday

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r-

mdash-mdash

r rrsquorsquordquorsquordquo- rsquo

~

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 36

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

241 Payment of Rates Charues and Deposits (Centrsquod)

(B) (Centrsquod)

(2) (b) Further if any portion of the payment is receivedby the Telephone Company after the payment date asset forth in (a) preceding or if any portion ofthe payment is received by the Telephone Company infunds which are not immediately available to theTelephone Company then a late payment penaltyshall be due to the Telephone Company The latepayment penalty shall be the portion of the paymentnot received by the payment date times a latefactor The late factor shall be the lesser of

(c)

(I)

(11)

the highest interest rate (in decimal value)which may be levied by law for commercialtransactions compounded daily for the numberof days from the payment date to and includingthe date that the customer actually makes thepayment to the Telephone Company or

0000590 per day compounded daily for thenumber of days from the payment date to andincluding the date that the customer actuallymakes the payment to the Telephone Company

In the event that a billing dispute concerning anycharges billed to the customer by the TelephoneCompany is resolved in favor of the TelephoneCompany any payments withheld pending settlementof the dispute shall be subject to the late paymentpenalty set forth in (b) preceding If thecustomer disputes the bill on or before the paymentdate and pays the undisputed amount on or beforethe payment date any late payment charge for thedisputed amount will not start until 10 days afterthe payment date

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 37

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

241 Payment of Rates Charges and Deposits (Centrsquod)

(B) (Centrsquod)

(2) (d) In the event that a billing dispute concerning anycharges billed to the customer by the TelephoneCompany is resolved in favor of the customer nolate payment penalty will apply to the disputedamount In addition if the customer disputes thebilled amount and pays the total amount (ie thenondisputed amount and the disputed amount) on orbefore the payment date and the billing dispute isresolved in favor of the customer the customer willreceive a credit for a disputed amount penalty fromthe Telephone Company if the billing dispute is notresolved within 10 working days whichever date isthe later date The disputed amount penalty shallbe the disputed amount resolved in the customerrsquosfavor times a penalty factor The penalty factoris as set forth in (b) preceding

(c) When a payment for Access Service charges billed underthis tariff is due to the Telephone Company from thecustomer as set forth in (B)(2) preceding on the samepayment date that a Purchase of Accounts Receivable netpurchase amount is due to the customer from theTelephone Company as set forth in 855 following theTelephone Company may with at least 31 days notice tothe customer net the payment for customer AccessService charges with the net purchase amount TheTelephone Company will pay the net amount to the customeron the payment date when such net amount is due to thecustomer or require the customer to pay the TelephoneCompany the net amount when such net amount is due to theTelephone Company If either party does not make thepayment on the payment date a late payment penalty asset forth in 855 following or (B)(2) precedingwhichever is appropriate applies

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone Company

PO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 38Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

241 Payment of Rates Charges and Deposits (Centrsquod)

(D)

(E)

Adjustments for the quantities of services established ordiscontinued in any billing period beyond the minimumperiod set forth for services in other sections of thistariff will be prorated to the number of days or majorfraction of days based on a 30 day month The TelephoneCompany will upon request and if available furnish suchdetailed information as may reasonably be required forverification of any bill

When a rate as set forth in this tariff is shown to morethan two decimal places the charges will be determinedusing the rate shown The resulting amount will then berounded to the nearest penny (ie rounded to two decimalplaces)

242 Minimum Periods

The minimum period for which services are provided and forwhich rates and charges are applicable is one month except forthose services set forth in 853(A)

When a service is discontinued prior to the expiration of theminimum period charges are applicable whether the service isused or not as follows

(A) When a service with aone month minimum period isdiscontinued prior to the expiration of the minimumperiod a one month charge will apply at the rate level ineffect at the time service is discontinued

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 _-mdash-___----

~ F i E

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 39

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

242

243

244

Minimum Periods

(B) When a service with a minimum period greater than onemonth is discontinued prior to the expiration of theminimum period the applicable charge will be the lesserof (1) the Telephone Companyrsquos total nonrecoverable costsless the net salvage value for the discontinued service or(2) the total monthly charges at the rate level in effectat the time service is discontinued for the remainder ofthe minimum period

Cancellation of an Order for Service

Provisions for the cancellation of an order for service are setforth in other applicable sections of this tariff

Credit Allowance for Service Interruptions

(A) General

A service is interrupted when it becomes unusable to thecustomer because of failure of a facility component used tofurnish service under this tariff or in the event that theprotective controls applied by the Telephone Company resultin the complete lOSS of service by the customer as setforth in 641 following An interruption period startswhen an inoperative service is reported to the TelephoneCompany and ends when the service is operative

For purposes of administering the following regulations amajor fraction shall mean more than half of the incrementalcredit period using the unit of time in which the serviceinterruption is measured ie 30 seconds 1 minute 1hour For example a major fraction for a 30 minute periodequals 16 minutes for a 24 hour period equals 12 hours andone minute

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdashmdashmdashrdquo -mdash-mdash

F ~tikl~Iq

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 40

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

244 Credit Allowance for Service Interruptions

(B) When a Credit Allowance Applies

In case of an interruption to any service allowance forthe period of interruption if not due to the negligence ofthe customer shall be as follows

(1) For Special Access Services no credit shall be allowedfor an interruption of less than 30 minutes Thecustomer shall be credited for an interruption of 30minutes or more at the rate of 11440 of the monthlycharges for the facility or service for each period of30 minutes or major fraction thereof that theinterruption continues

The monthly charges used to determine the credit shallbe the total of all the monthly rate element chargesassociated with the service charged by the TelephoneCompany

(2) For Switched Access Service no credit shall be allowedfor an interruption of less than 24 hours Thecustomer shall be credited for an interruption of 24hours or more at the rate of 130 of the applicablemonthly rates or minimum monthly usage charge for eachperiod of 24 hours or major fraction thereof that theinterruption continues

(3) The credit allowance(s) for an interruption or for aseries of interruptions shall not exceed the monthlyrate and minimum monthly usage charge for the serviceinterrupted in any one monthly billing period

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R HooDes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 41

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

244 Credit Allowance for Service Interruptions (Centrsquod)

(C) When a Credit Allowance Does Not Apply

No credit allowance will be made for

(1) Interruptions caused by the negligence of thecustomer

(2) Interruptions of a service due to the failure ofequipment or systems provided by the customer orothers

(3) Interruptions of a service during any period in whichthe Telephone Company is not afforded access to thepremises where the service is terminated

(4) Interruptions of a service when the customer hasreleased that service to the Telephone Company formaintenance purposes to make rearrangements or forthe implementation of an order for a change in theservice during the time that was negotiated with thecustomer prior to the release of that serviceThereafter a credit allowance as set forth in (B)preceding applies

(5) Periods when the customer elects not to release theservice for testing andor repair and continues to useit on an impaired basis

(6) An interruption or a group of interruptionsresulting from a common cause for amounts less thanone dollar

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 42

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

244 Credit Allowance for Service Interruptions (Centrsquod)

(D) Use of an Alternative Service Provided by the TelephoneWJWIY

Should the customer elect to use an alternative serviceprovided by the Telephone Company during the period that aservice is interrupted the customer must pay the tariffedrates and charges for the alternative service used

(E) Temporary Surrender of a Service

In certain instances the customer may be requested by theTelephone Company to surrender a service for purposes otherthan maintenance testing or activity relating to a serviceorder If the customer consents a credit allowance willbe granted The credit allowance will be 11440 of themonthly rate for each period of 30 minutes or fractionthereof that the service is surrendered In no case willthe credit allowance exceed the monthly rate for theservice surrendered in any one monthly billing period

245 Re-establishment of Service Following Fire Flood or OtherOccurrence

(A) Nonrecurringg Charges Do not Apply

Charges do not apply for the re-establishment of servicefollowing a fire flood or other occurrence attributed toan Act of God provided that

(1) The service is of the same type as was provided priorto the fire flood or other occurrence

(2) The service is for the same customer

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO t30x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 43

1

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

245 Re-establishment of Service Followinq Fire Flood or OtherOccurrence (Centrsquod)

(A)

(B)

Nonrecurring Charges Do Not Apply (Centrsquod)mdashmdash

(3) The service is at the same location on the samepremises

(4) The re-establishment of service begins within 60 daysafter Telephone Company service is available (The 60day period may be extended a reasonable period if therenovation of the original location on the premisesaffected is not practical within the allotted timeperiod)

Nonrecurring Charges Apply

Nonrecurring Charges apply for establishing service at adifferent location on the same premises or at a differentpremises pending re-establishment of service at theoriginal location at the rate set forth in 12 following

246 Title or Ownership Riqhts

(A) The payment of rates and charges by Customers for theservices offered under the provisions of this tariff doesnot assign confer or transfer title or ownership rights toproposals or facilities developed or utilizedrespectively by the Telephone Company in the provision ofsuch services

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO i30x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r-mdashmdashmdash-F- IJ-

r jldquo --rdquo-rsquox JLrdquo

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 44

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

247 Ordering Ratinq and Billing of Access Services Where MoreThan One Exchange Telephone Company is Involved

(A) When an Access Service is provided by more than oneTelephone Company the Telephone Companies involved willuse the following billing method

The customer will place the order for the service as setforth in Section 525

Each Telephone Company receiving an order or copy of theorder from the customer will determine the applicablecharges for the portion of the transport service itprovides and bills in accordance with its Access Servicestariff as follows

(1)

(2)

(3)

The Billing Percentage (BP) as set forth in ExchangeCarrier Association Tariff FCC No 2 represents theportion of transport service provided by eachTelephone Company The Telephone Company will bill aper minute per mile or per channel mile charge fromits end office to the Interconnection Point with theconnecting carrier the connecting carrierrsquos ratesmay be based on access minutes and mileage The BPfor the Telephone Company is based on its revenuerequirements and is calculated as set forth in(2)(3) and and (4) following

For Feature Groups A and B Switched Access Servicemultiply the number of access minutes of use timesthe number of miles times the per minute miletransport rate as set forth in 121C (2) following

For Feature Group C Switched Access Service multiplythe number of access minutes of use times the numberof miles times the per minute mile transport rate asset forth in 121C(2) following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

F[lsquo-r--gt-l-jI

PubilC 1-(1 i( rsquol[~ jJ

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

Original Page 45

247 Orderinq Rating and Billing of Access Services Where MoreThan One Exchange Telephone Company is Involved

(4) For Special Access multiply the number of specialtransport channels times the miles times the channelmileage rate set forth in 122B(2) following

(B) All other appropriate charges in each Exchange TelephoneCompanyrsquos tariff are applicable

25 Connections

251 General

Equipment and Systems (ie terminal equipment multilineterminating systems and communications systems) may beconnected with Switched and Special Access Service furnished bythe Telephone Company where such connection is made inaccordance with the provisions specified in Technical ReferencePublication AS No 1 and in 21 preceding

26 Definitions

Certain terms

Access Code

used herein are defined as follows

The term ldquoAccess Coderdquo Denotes a uniform five or seven digit codeassigned by the Telephone Company to an individual customer Thefive digit code has the form 10XXX and the seven digit code has theform 95O-1OXX

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

ACCESS SERVICE

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 46

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Access Minutes

The term ldquoAccess Minutesrdquo denotes that usage of exchange facilitiesin intrastate for the purpose of calculating chargeable usage Onthe originating end of an intrastate call usage is measured from thetime the originating end userrsquos call is delivered by the TelephoneCompany to and acknowledged as received by the customerrsquos facilitiesconnected with the originating exchange On the terminating end ofan intrastate call usage is measured from the time the call isreceived by the end user in the terminating exchange Timing ofusage at both originating and terminating ends of an intrastate callshall terminate when the calling or called party disconnectswhichever event is recognized first in the originating andterminating exchanges as applicable

Access Tandem

The term ldquoAccess Tandemrdquo denotes a Telephone Company switching systemthat provides a concentration and distribution function fororiginating or terminating traffic between end offices and acustomerrsquos premises

AnswerDisconnect Supervision

The term ldquoAnswerDisconnect Supervisionrdquo denotes the transmission ofthe switch trunk equipment supervisory signal (off-hook or on-hook)to the customerrsquos point of termination as an indication that thecalled party has answered or disconnected

Attenuation Distortion

The term ldquoAttenuation Distortionrdquo denotes the difference in loss atspecified frequencies relative to the loss at 1004 Hz unlessotherwise specified

Balance (100 Type) Test Line

The term ldquoBalance (100 Type) Test Linerdquo denotes an arrangement in anend office which provides for balance and noise testing

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdashmdash- - --

F ~ s i i--

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 47Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Bit

The term ldquoBitrdquo denotes the smallest unit of information in the binarysystem of notation

Business Day

The term ldquoBusiness Dayrdquo denotes the tldquoopen for business Generally in the800 00 AM to 500 PM respectiverdquoMonday through Friday resulting in aweek

Busy Hour Minutes of Capacity (BHMC)

mes of day that a company isbusiness community these arey with an hour for lunchstandard forty (40) hour work

The term ldquoBusy Hour Minutes of Capacity (BHMC)rdquo denotes the customerspecified maximum amount of Switched Access Service andor accessminutes the customer expects to be handled in an end office switchduring any hour in the 800 AM to 1100 PM period for the FeatureGroup ordered This customer furnished BHMC quantity is the inputdata the Telephone Company uses to determine the number oftransmission paths for the Feature Group

Call

The term ldquoCallrdquo denotes a customer attempt for which the completeaddress code (eg O- 911 or 10 digits) is provided to the servingdial tone office

Carrier or Common Carrier

See Interexchange Carrier

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

--mdash -- ____-

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 48

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Ccs

The term ldquoCCSrdquo denotes a hundred call seconds which is a standardunit of traffic load that is equal to 100 seconds of usage orcapacity of a group of servers (eg trunks)

Central Office

The term ldquoCentral Officerdquo denotes a local Telephone Company switchingsystem where the Telephone Exchange Service customer station loopsare terminated for purposes of interconnection to each other and totrunks

Central Office Prefix

The term ldquoCentral Office Prefixrdquo denotes the first three digits (NXX)of the seven digit telephone number assigned to a customerrsquosTelephone Exchange Service when dialed on a local basis

Centralized Automatic Reportinq on Trunks Testing

The term ldquoCentralized Automatic Reporting on Trunks Testingrdquo denotesa type of testing which includes the capacity for measuringoperational and transmission parameters

Channel(s)

The term ldquoChannel(s)rdquo denotes an electrical or photonic in the caseof fiber optic-based transmission systems communications pathbetween two or more points of termination

C-Messaqe Noise

The term ldquoC-Message Noiserdquo denotes the frequency weighted averagenoise within an idle voice channel The frequency weighting calledC-message is used to simulate the frequency characteristic of the500-type telephone set and the hearing of the average subscriber

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

[

--mdash -mdashldquos

~~rsquo ldquordquo ~

f4hl f~a~I

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 49

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

C-Notched Noise

The term ldquoC-Notched Noiserdquo denotes the C-message frequency weightednoise on a voice channel with a holding tone which is removed at themeasuring end through a notch (very narrow band) filter

Coin Station

The term ldquoCoin Stationrdquo denotes a location where Telephone Companyequipment is provided in a public or semipublic place where TelephoneCompany customers can originate telephonic communications and pay theapplicable charges by inserting coins into the equipment

Common Line

The term ldquoCommon Linerdquo denotes a line trunk pay telephone line orother facility provided under the general andor local exchangeservice tariffs of the Telephone Company terminated on a centraloffice switch A common line-residence is a line or trunk providedunder the residence regulations of the general andor local exchangeservice tariffs A common line-business is a line provided under thebusiness regulations of the general andor local exchange servicetariffs

Communications Systems

The term ldquoConununicationsSystemrdquo denotes channels and otherfacilities which are capable of communications between terminalequipment provided by other than the Telephone Company

Customer

The term ldquoCustomer(s)rdquo denotes any individual partnershipassociation joint-stock company trust corporation or governmentalentity or other entity which subscribes to the services offered underthis tariff including both Interexchange Carriers (ICS) and EndUsers

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdashmdashmdash mdash_____

F1~ -Zrsquordquo-i]1- -

I

JAN 1 1(+S8 ~1

ACCESS SERVICE

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 50

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Customer Designated Premises

The term ldquoCustomer Designated Premisesrdquo denoted the premisesspecified by the customer for the termination of Access Service

Customer Message

The term ldquoCustomer Messagerdquo used herein for Feature Groups A and BSwitched Access Service denotes a completed call over an intrastateFeature Group A and B Switched Access Service A completed callincludes both completed calls originated to and terminated from aFeature Group A Switched Access Service A customer message beginsin the originating direction when the off-hook supervision providedby the premise of the ordering customer is received by TelephoneCompany recording equipment A customer message begins in theterminating direction when answer supervision is received byTelephone Company recording equipment indicating the called party hasanswered A customer message ends in the originating direction whendisconnect supervision is received by Telephone Company recordingequipment from the premise of the ordering customer A customermessage ends in the terminating direction when disconnect supervisionis received by Telephone Company recording equipment from either thepremise of the ordering customer or the called party The termldquoCustomer Messagerdquo used herein for Feature Group C Switched AccessService denotes a completed intrastate call originated by acustomerrsquos end user A customer message begins when answersupervision from the premise of the ordering customer is received byTelephone Company recording equipment indicating that the calledparty has answered A message ends when disconnect supervision isreceived by Telephone Company recording equipment from either thepremise of the ordering customerrsquos end user premise from which thecall originated

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

--mdashmdash------------1------

gt

(AiJ ~- 198

ACCESS SERVICE

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 51

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Data Transmission (107 Type) Test Line

The term ldquoData Transmission (107 Type) Test Linerdquo denotes anarrangement which provides for a connection to a signal source whichprovides test signals for one-way testing of data and voicetransmission parameters

Detail Billinq

The term ldquoDetail Billingrdquo denotes the listing of each message andorrate element for which charges to a customer are due on a billprepared by the Telephone Company

Directory Assistance (Intrastate)

The term ldquoDirectory Assistancerdquo denotes the provision of telephonenumbers by a Telephone Company operator when the operator location isaccessed by a customer by dialing NPA + 555-1212 or 555-1212 or 411

Effective 2-Wire

The term ldquoEffective 2-Wirerdquo denotes a condition which permits thesimultaneous transmission in both directions over a channel but itis not possible to insure independent information transmission inboth directions Effective 2-wire channels may be terminated with 2-wire or 4-wire interfaces

Effective 4-Wire

The term ldquoEffective 4-Wirerdquo denotes a condition which permits thesimultaneous independent transmission of information in bothdirections over a channel The method of implementing effective 4-wire transmissions at the discretion of the Telephone Company(physical time domain frequency-domain separation or echocancellation techniques) Effective 4-wire channels may beterminated with a 2-wire interface at the customerrsquos premisesHowever when terminated 2-wire simultaneous independenttransmission cannot be supported because the two wire interfacecombines the transmission paths into a single path

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdashmdash - -

rrsquo~ y+ rsquo I

Ii ldquoldquo lsquo1lsquon

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 52

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

End Office Switch

The term ldquoEnd Office Switchrdquo denotes a local Telephone Companyswitching system where Telephone Exchange Service customer stationloops are terminated for purposes of interconnection to trunksIncluded are Remote Switching Modules and Remote Switching Systemsserved by a host office in a different wire center

End User

The term ldquoEnd Userrdquo means any customer of an intrastatetelecommunications service that is not a carrier except that acarrier other than a telephone Company shall be deemed to be an ldquoenduserrdquo when such carrier uses a telecommunications service foradministrative purposes without making such service available toothers directly or indirectly

Entry Switch

See First Point of Switching

Exchanqe

The term ldquoExchangerdquo denotes a unit generally smaller than a localaccess and transport area established by the Telephone Company forthe administration of communications service in a specified areawhich usually embraces a city town or village and its environs Itconsists of one or more central offices together with the associatedfacilities used in furnishing corrnnunicationsservice within thatarea One or more designated exchanges comprise a given local accessand transport area

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

p-lrsquo lsquo

mdash-mdash i t7=

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 53

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

First-Come First-Served

First-come first-served shall be based upon the received time anddate stamped by the Telephone Company on complete and accuratecustomer orders which allow the Telephone Company to initiate itsordering process Inaccurate or incomplete customer orders shall notbe deemed to have been received until such time as the customercorrects such inaccuracies andor omissions The customer shall notbe penalized for any delay in the Telephone Company review processbeyond 24 hours of receipt Once having been advised of the errorsandor omissions any delay in correction on the part of the customershall be added to the received time and date As facilities andorequipment become available customers will be provided service in theorder of the earliest received time and date

First Point of Switching

The term ldquoFirst Point of Switchingrdquo denotes the first TelephoneCompany location at which switching occurs on the terminating path ofa call proceeding from the customer premises to the terminating endoffice and at the same time the last Telephone Company location atwhich switching occurs on the originating path of a call proceedingfrom the originating end office to the customer premises

Grandfathered

The term ldquoGrandfatheredrsquo1denotes Terminal Equipment MultilineTerminating Systems and Protective Circuitry directly connected tothe facilities utilized to provide services under the provisions ofthis tariff and which are considered grandfathered under Part 68 ofthe FCCrsquoS Rules and Regulations

Host Office

The term ldquoHost Officerdquo denotes an electronic switching system whichprovides call processing capabilities for one or more RemoteSwitching Modules or Remote Switching Systems

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 130x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

---mdash

riF-M lt flsquo

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 54

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Host Central Office

The term ldquoHost Central Officerdquo denotes an electronic switching unitcontaining the central call processing functions which service theHost Central Office and its Remote Line Locations

Immediately Available Funds

The term ldquoImmediately Available Fundsrdquo denotes a corporate orpersonal check drawn on a bank account and funds which are availablefor use by the receiving party on the same day on which they arereceived and include US Federal Reserve bank wire transfers USFederal Reserve notes (paper cash) US coins US Postal MoneyOrders and New York Certificates of Deposit

Individual Case Basis

The term ldquoIndividual Case Basisrdquo denotes a condition in which theregulations if applicable ratesthe provisions of this tariff arecircumstances in each case

Interconnection Point

and charges for an offering underdeveloped based on the

The term ldquoInterconnection Pointrdquo denotes the point where thefacilities of the Telephone Company interconnects to the facilitiesof another Local Exchange Carrier to complete a transmission path tothe serving wire center serving the customer designated premises

Interexchange Carrier (IC) or Interexchange ConunonCarrier

The terms ldquoInterexchange Carrierrdquo (IC) or ldquoInterexchange CommonCarrierrdquo denotes any individual partnership association joint-stock company trust governmental entity or corporation engaged forhire in intrastate communications by wire or radio between two ormore exchanges

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

- ldquo __+_

~- j-w ldquo ldquo

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 55

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Interstate Communications

The term ldquoInterstate Communicationsrdquo denotes both interstate andforeign communications

Intrastate Communications

The term ldquoIntrastate Communicationsrdquo denotes any communicationswithin a state subject to oversight by a state regulatory commissionas provided by laws of the state involved

Line Side Connection

The term ldquoLine Side Connectionrdquo denotes a connection of atransmission path to the line side of a local exchange switchingsystem

Local Access and Transport Area

The term ldquoLocal Access and Transport Areardquo denotes a geographic areaestablished for the provision and administration of conununicationsservice It encompasses one or more designated exchanges which aregrouped to serve common social economic and other purposes

Local Tandem Switch

The term ldquoLocal Tandem Switchrdquo denotes a local Telephone Companyswitching unit by which local or access telephonic communications areswitched to and from an End Office Switch

Loop Around Test Line

The term ldquoLoop Around Test Linerdquo denotes an arrangement utilizing aTelephone Company central office to provide a means to make certaintwo-way transmission tests on a manual basis This arrangement hastwo central office terminations each reached by means of separatetelephone numbers and does not require any specific customer premisesequipment Equipment subject to this test arrangement is at thediscretion of the customer

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdash-------

1~ I j lsquoldquo ~rsquordquo~- 7

Is7 pldquorsquola

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 56

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

The term ldquoMessagerdquo denotes a ldquocallrdquo as defined preceding

Milliwatt (102 Type) Test Line

The term ldquoMilliwatt (102 Type) Test Linerdquo denotes an arrangement inan end office which provides a 1004 Hz tone at O dBmO for one-waytransmission measurements towards the customersrsquo premises from theTelephone Company end office

Network Control Signaling

The term ldquoNetwork Control Signalingrdquo denotes the transmission ofsignals used in the telecommunications system which perform functionssuch as supervision (control status and charge signals) addresssignaling (eg dialing) calling and called number identificationsrate of flow service selection error control and audible tonesignals (call progress signals indicating re-order or busyconditions alerting coin denominations coin collect and coinreturn tones) to control the operation of the telecommunicationssystem

Nonsynchronous Test Line

The term ldquoNonsynchronous Test Linerdquo denotes an arrangement in step-by-step end offices which provides operational tests which are not ascomplete as those provided by the synchronous test lines but can bemade more rapidly

North American Numberinq Plan

The term ldquoNorth American Numbering Planrdquo denotes a three-digit area(Numbering Plan Area) code and a seven-digit telephone number made upof a three-digit Central Office code plus a four-digit stationnumber

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~-mdash ----

1 F 1 - lsquo lsquolsquo-

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 57Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Off-hook

The term ldquoOff-hookrdquo denotes the active condition of Switched Accessor a Telephone Exchange Service line

On-hook

The term ldquoOn-hookrdquo denotesTelephone Exchange Service

Open Circuit Test Line

the idle condition of Switched Access or aline

The term ldquoOpen Circuit Test Linerdquo denotes an arrangement in an endoffice which provides an ac open circuit termination of a trunk orline by means of an inductor of several Henries

Originating Direction

The term ldquoOriginating Directionrdquo denotes the use of access servicefor the origination of calls from and End User Premises to a customerdesignated Premises

Pay Telephone

The term ldquoPay Telephonerdquo denotes Telephone Company providedinstruments and related facilities that are available to the generalpublic for public convenience and necessity including public andsemipublic telephones and coinless telephones

Point of Termination

The term ldquoPoint of Terminationrdquo denotes the point of demarcationwithin a customer-designated premises at which the TelephoneCompanyrsquos responsibility for the provision of Access Service ends

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Premises

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 58

ACCESS SERVICE

The term ldquoPremisesrdquo denotes a building or buirsquoproperty (except Railroad Right-of-Way etc)public highway

dings on continuousnot separated by a

Primary Carrier

The Local Exchanqe Carrier that owns the servinq wire center usuallyan access tandem-that interfaces with the Inter~xchange Carrier -

Remote Switching Modules andor Remote Switching Systems

The term ldquoRemote Switching Modules andor Remote Switching Systemsrdquodenotes small remotely controlled electronic end office switcheswhich obtain their call processing capability from an ESS-type HostOffice The Remote Switching Modules andor Remote Switching Systemscannot accommodate direct trunks to an IC

Registered Equipment

The term ldquoRegistered Equipmentrdquo denotes the customerrsquos premisesequipment which complies with and has been approved within theRegistration Provisions of Part 68 of the FCCrsquoS Rules andRegulations

Secondary Carrier

The Local Exchange Carrier that owns the facilities subtending thefacilities of the primary carrier which interfaces with theInterexchange Carrier

Seven Digit Manual Test Line

The term ldquoSeven Digit Manual Test Linerdquo denotes an arrangement whichallows the Customer to select balance milliwatt and synchronous testlines by manually dialing a seven digit number over the associatedaccess connection

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 mdashmdashmdash ------ldquo --rsquo

[ ~- -rsquolsquoldquoj ~ rdquo

I

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 59

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Shortage of Facilities or Equipment

The term ldquoShortage of Facilities or Equipmentrdquo denotes a conditionwhich occurs when the Telephone Company does not have appropriatecable switching capacity bridging or multiplexing equipment etcnecessary to provide the Access Service requested by the customer

Short Circuit Test Line

The term ldquoShort Circuit Test Linerdquo denotes an arrangement in an endoffice which provides for an ac short circuit termination of a trunkor line by means of a capacitor of at least four microfarads

Special Order

The term ldquoSpecial Orderrdquo denotes an order for a Billing andCollection Service

Subtending End Office of an Access Tandem

The term ldquoSubtending End Office of an Access Tandemrdquo denotes an endoffice that has final trunk group routing through that tandem

Subject to Availability of Equipment

The term ldquoSubject to availability of equipmentrdquo means the equipmentin question is installed in operating condition and has therequired capacity available in the end office of the TelephoneCompany

Synchronous Test Line

The term ldquoSynchronous Test Linerdquo denotes an arrangement in an endoffice which performs marginal operational tests of supervisory andring-tripping functions

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

irsquo brsquo

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 60

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Terminating Direction

The term ldquoTerminating Directionrdquo denotes the use of Access Servicefor the completion of calls from an IC premises to an End UserPremises

Transmission Measuring (105 Type) Test LineResponder

The term ldquoTransmission Measuring (105 Type) Test LineResponderrdquodenotes an arrangement in an end office which provides far-end accessto a responder and permits two-way loss and noise measurements to bemade on trunks from a near end office

Transmission Path

The term ldquoTransmission Pathrdquo denotes an electrical path capable oftransmitting signals within the range of the service offering ega voice grade transmission path is capable of transmitting voicefrequencies within the approximate range of 300 to 3000 HZ Atransmission path is comprised of physical or derived facilitiesconsisting of any form or configuration of plant typically used inthe telecommunications industry

Trunk

The term ldquoTrunkrdquo denotes a communications path connecting twoswitching systems in a network used in the establishment of an end-to-end connection

Trunk Group

The term ldquoTrunk Grouprdquo denotes a set of trunks which are trafficengineered as a unit for the establishment of connections betweenswitching systems in which all of the communications paths areinterchangeable

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 61Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Trunk Side Connection

The term ldquoTrunk Side Connectionrdquo denotes the connection of atransmission path to the trunk side of a local exchange switchingsystem

Two-Wire to Four-Wire Conversion

The term ldquoTwo-Wire to Four-Wire Conversionrdquo denotes an arrangementwhich converts a four-wire transmission path to a two-wiretransmission path to allow a four-wire facility to terminate in atwo-wire entity (eg a central office switch)

Uniform Service Order Code

The term ldquoUniform Service Order Coderdquo denotes a three or fivecharacter alphabetic numeric or an alphanumeric code thatidentifies a specific item of service or equipment Uniform ServiceOrder Codes are used in the Telephone Company billing system togenerate recurring rates and nonrecurring charges

V and H Coordinates Method

The term ldquoV and H Coordinates Methodrdquo denotes a method of computinqairline miles between two points by utilizing an establishedwhich is based on the vertical and horizontal coordinates ofpoints

WATS Access Line

formuiathe two

The term ldquoWATS Access Linerdquo denotes the dedicated access line betweena customer designated premises and the serving wire center of thatpremise For OUTWATS the originating end of the service which usesa WATS Access Line is referred to as the closed end For INWATS theterminating end of the service is referred to as the closed end

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 62

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

WATS Access Service

The term ldquoWATS Access Servicerdquo denotes the switched function providedat the WATS screening office for INWATS and OUTWATS services

Wire Center

The term ldquoWire Centerrdquo denotes a building in which one or morecentral offices used for the provision of Telephone ExchangeServices are located

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 63

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

The Telephone Company will provide Carrier Common Line Access Service(Carrier Common Line Access) to customers

31 General Description

Carrier Common Line Access provides for the use of Telephone Companycomnon lines by customers for access to end users to furnishIntrastate Communications

Carrier Common Line Access is provided where the customer obtainsTelephone Company Switched Access Service under this tariff

In addition a Special Access Surcharqe as set forth in 122Dfollowing wilrdquothe Telephoneas set forth ~

32 Limitations

apply to intrastate sp~cial access service provided byCompany to a customer in accordance with regulationsn 733 following

(A) A telephone number is not provided with Carrier CommonAccess

(B) Detail billing is not provided for Carrier Common Line

Line

Access

(C) Directory listings are not included in the rates and charges forCarrier Common Line Access

(D) Intercept arrangements are not included in the rates and chargesfor Carrier Common Line Access

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R I-loopesPresident Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

T

-mdashmdash-mdashmdash

i- f-

i ~---

--- d rsquordquomdashmdash-mdash

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 64

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

32 Limitations (Centrsquod)

(E) All trunk side connections provided in the same combined accessgroup will be limited to the same features and operatingcharacteristics

(F) Where WATS Access Service is provided which terminates at a WATSServing Office minutes which are carried on that service (ieoriginating minutes for outward WATS and terminating minutes forinward WATS) shall not be assessed Carrier Common Line Accessper minute charges

33 Undertaking of the Telephone Company

(A) Where the customer is provided with Switched Access Serviceunder other sections of this tariff the Telephone Company willprovide the use of Telephone Company common lines by a customerfor access to end users at rates and charges as set forth in121A following

(B) The Switched Access Service provided by the Telephone Companyincludes the Switched Access Service provided for bothinterstate and intrastate communications and the Carrier CommonLine Access rates and charges as set forth in 121A followingapply in accordance with the regulations as set forth in 37(E)following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone Company

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 65

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

33 Undertaking of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

(c) When the customer is provided Operator Trunk-Coin or CombinedCoin and Non-Coin Operator Trunk-Full Feature Optional Featuresfor sent-paid pay telephone access the Telephone Company willcollect sent-paid monies from pay telephone stations and willremit monies to the customer as set forth in 36 following TheTelephone Company will provide message call detail format andbill periods used to determine the monies upon request from thecustomer

34 Obligations of the Customer

(A) The Switched Access Service associated with Carrier Common LineAccess shall be ordered by the customer under other sections ofthis tariff

(B) The customer facilities at the premises of the ordering customershall provide the necessary on-hook and off-hook supervision

(C) All Switched Access Service provided to the customer will besubject to Carrier Common Line Access charges

(D) When the customer reports interstate and intrastate use ofSwitched Access Service the associated Carrier Common LineAccess used by the customer for intrastate will be determined asset forth in 37(E) following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r~

- -~7- gt- t ia-ldquo

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 66

ACCESS SERVICE

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

34 Obligations of the Customer (Centrsquod)

(E) Where Feature Group C end office switching is provided withoutTelephone Company recording and the customer records minutesof use which will be used to determine Carrier Common LineAccess charges (ie Feature Group C operator and TSPS callssuch as pay telephone sent-paid operator-DDD operator-personcollect credit-card third number andor other like calls) thecustomer shall furnish such minutes of use detail to theTelephone Company in a timely manner If the customer does notfurnish the data to the Telephone Company the customer shallidentify all Switched Access Services which could carry suchcalls in order for the Telephone Company to accumulate theminutes of use through the use of special Telephone Companymeasuring and recording equipment

35 Payment Arrangements

(A) The Telephone Company will bill the Carrier Common Line AccessThe bill day (ie the billing date of the bill) in a month foreach customer account will be established by the TelephoneCompany Payment is due from the customer 31 days after thebill day date (payment date) or by the next bill date (iesame date in the following month as the bill date) whichever isthe shortest interval and is payable in immediately availablefunds If such payment date is a Saturday Sunday or Holiday(ie New Yearrsquos Day Independence Day Labor Day ThanksgivingDay Christmas Day the second Tuesday in November and a daywhen Washingtonrsquos Birthday Memorial Day or Columbus Day islegally observed) payment will be due from the customer asfollows

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 - mdashmdash~

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 67

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

35 Payment Arrangements (Centrsquod)

If such payment date falls on a Sunday or on a Holiday whichis observed on a Monday the payment date shall be the firstnon-Holiday day following such Sunday or Holiday If suchpayment date falls on a Saturday or on a Holiday which isobserved on Tuesday Wednesday Thursdsay or Friday thepayment date shall be the last non-Holiday day precedingsuch Saturday or Holiday

(B) Further if any portion of the Carrier Common Line Accesspayment is received by the Telephone Company after the paymentdate as set forth in the (A) preceding or if any portion of theCarrier Common Line Access payment is received by the TelephoneCompany in funds which are not immediately available to theTelephone Company and the late payment penalty shall be theportion of the Carrier Common Line Access payment not receivedby the payment date times a late factor The late factor shallbe the lesser or

(1) the highest interest rate (in decimal value) which may belevied by law for commercial transactions compounded dailyfor the number of days from the payment date to andincluding the date that the customer actually makes thepayment to the Telephone Company or

(2) 0000590 per day compounded daily for the number of daysfrom the payment date to and including the date that thecustomer actually makes the payment to the TelephoneCompany

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Etox 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~nrsquordquo--rsquo lsquo--rdquorsquolsquo-rdquo

lrdquo

i)amdashl

Lrsquoj~~i

I

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 68

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

35 Payment Arrangements (Centrsquod)

(c) In the event a billing dispute concerning a monthrsquos CarrierCommon Line Access billed to the customer by the TelephoneCompany is resolved in favor of the Telephone Company anypayments withheld pending settlement of the dispute shall besubject to the late payment penalty set forth in (B) precedingIf the customer disputes the bill on or before the payment dateand pays the undisputed amount on or before the payment dateany late charge for the disputed amount will not start until 10days after the payment date If the billing dispute is resolvedin favor of the customer no late payment penalty will apply tothe disputed amount In addition if the customer disputes thebilled amount and pays the total amount (ie the non-disputedamount and the disputed amount) on or before the payment dateand the billing dispute is resolved in the favor of thecustomer the customer will receive a credit for a disputedamount penalty from the Telephone Company if the billing disputeis not resolved within 10 working days following the paymentdate or the date the customer furnishes to the Telephone Companydocumentation to support its claim plus 10 working dayswhichever date is the later date The disputed amount penaltyshall be the disputed amount resolved in the customerrsquos favortimes a penalty factor

36 Payment of Coin Sent-Paid Monies

The Telephone Company will collect the monies from coin pay telephonestations and will determine and remit amounts due to a customer whichis provided Operator Trunk-Coin or Combined Coin and Non-Coin orOperator Trunk-Full Feature Optional Features for sent-paid paytelephone access

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

-mdash ldquo_

I

---mdashmdash

lsquoF1 -a ~y -rsquoampwt-La

]

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 69

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

36 Payment of Coin Sent-Paid Monies

(A) Bil1 Period Coin Revenue

(Centrsquod)

The Telephone Company will establish a collection schedule foreach coin pay telephone station and will collect the monies fromthe coin pay stations based on this collection schedule Themonies collected based on this schedule during each bill periodestablished by the Telephone Company will be identified by coinpay telephone station and summed to develop the Bill Period CoinRevenue for each coin record day (ie the day a record isprepared and dated to show the amount due the customer)

(B) Total Customer Coin Revenue

The intrastate Total Customer Coin Revenue will be determined bythe Telephone Company based on the customer message call detailreceived from the customer for each bill period and thecustomerrsquos schedule of charges for sent-paid coin calls SuchTotal Customer Coin Revenue will be developed each coin recordday

(C) Recourse Adjustments

For each coin record day the Telephone Company will subtractfrom the Total Customer Coin Revenue an amount for coin stationshortages Coin station shortages are amounts resulting fromunauthorized calling at coin pay telephone stations use ofunauthorized coins (ie foreign coins slugs and improper useof US pennies) unauthorized removal of coins from coin paytelephone stations and coin refunds beyond the TelephoneCompanyrsquos control Such amount will be rounded to the nearestpenny The shortage factor will be determined by dividing theyearly total coin shortage amount by the yearly total coinrevenue amount (ie total coin revenue equals the coin revenuedue under exchange tariffs state toll tariff and interstatetoll tariffs) The total coin shortage amount and the totalrevenue amount will be determined by the Telephone Companythrough an annual special study

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 30x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

m i

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 70

ACCESS SERVICE

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

36 Payment of Coin Sent-Paid Monies

(D) Payment of Net Customer Coin Revenue

The Telephone Company will determine the Net Customer CoinRevenue for each coin record day by subtracting from the TotalCustomer Coin Revenue determined as set forth in (B) precedingthe amount for coin station shortages determined as set forth in(C) preceding On the date (payment date) determined by adding45 days to the coin record day the Telephone Company will remitpayment to the customer to the customer for the Net CustomerCoin Revenue

(E) Audit Provisions

Upon reasonable written notice by the customer to the TelephoneCompany the customer shall have the right through itsauthorized representative to examine and audit during normalbusiness hours and at reasonable intervals as determined by theTelephone Company all such records and accounts as may underrecognized accounting practices contain information bearing uponthe determination of the amount payable to the customer

Adjustment shall be made by the proper party to compensate forany errors or omissions disclosed by such examination or auditNeither such right to examine and audit nor the right to receivesuch adjustment shall be affected by any statement to thecontrary appearing on checks or otherwise unless suchstatement expressly waiving such right appears in a lettersigned by the authorized representative of the party having suchright and delivered to the other party

All information received or reviewed by the customer or itsauthorized representative is to be considered confidential andis not to be distributed provided or disclosed in any form toanyone not involved in the audit nor is such information to beused for any other purpose

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

F

-mdashmdashmdashmdashcrsquordquo- ~-~

- 1 = L ) [

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

37 Rate Regulations

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 71

(A)

(B)

(c)

The Common Line Charges will be billed to each Switched AccessService provided under this tariff in accordance with theregulations as set forth in (E) following except as set forth in(D) following

When access minutes are used to determine the Common LineCharges they will be accumulated using call detail recorded byTelephone Company equipment except as set forth in (C) followingand Feature Group C operator and TSPS call detail such as paytelephone sent-paid operator-DDD operator-person collectcredit-card third number andor other like calls recorded bythe customer The Telephone Company measuring and recordingequipment except as set forth in (C) following will beassociated with end office or local tandem switching equipmentand will record each originating and terminating access minutewhere answer supervision is received The accumulated accessminutes will be summed on a line by line-basis by line group orby end office whichever type of account is used by theTelephone Company for each customer and then rounded to thenearest minute

When Carrier Common Line Access is provided in association withFeature Group A or Feature Group B Switched Access Service inTelephone Company offices that are not equipped for measurementcapabilities an assumed average intrastate access minutes willbe used to determine the Common Line Access Rates Theseassumed access minutes will be determined by the primarycarrier

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

[r

mdash -mdash mdash ___ j-

y E) ]

1 $

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 72

ACCESS SERVICE

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

37 Rate Regulations

(D) When a customer reports interstate and intrastate use of in-service Switched Access Service the Carrier Common Line AccessCommon Line Charges will be billed only to intrastate SwitchedAccess Service access minutes based on the data reported by thecustomer as set forth in 2310 preceding The intrastateSwitched Access Service access minutes will when necessary beused to determine the Carrier Common Line Charges as set forthin (E) following

(E) The charges for the involved customer account wil 1 be determinedas follows

(1) The access minutes for a Feature Group B when utilized forthe provision of MTSWATs service and Feature Group CSwitched Access Service will be multiplied by theCommon Line - Access Rate per minute as setforth in 121A following to determine the charges

(2) The access minutes for a Feature Group A or B SwitchedAccess Service originating from or terminating at an endoffice or access tandem will be multiplied by the CommonLine Access Rate per minute as set forth in 121Afollowing to determine the charges

(3) The terminating Access Rate per minute applies to allterminating access minutes of use plus all originatingaccess minutes of use associated with calls placed to 800numbers

(4) The originating Access Rate per minute applies to al1originating access minutes of use less those originatingaccess minutes of use associated with calls places to 800numbers

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 ~=i --rdquo--___

1[

~+rdquorsquo]-rsquogt )rsquok)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 73

ACCESS SERVICE

4

RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 75

ACCESS SERVICE

5 Ordering Options for Switched and Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

52 Access Order

An Access Order is used by the Telephone Company to provide acustomer Access Service as follows

- Switched Access Services as set forth in 6 following and- Special Access Services as set forth in 7 following

When placing an order for Access Service the customer shall provideat a minimum the following information

- For Feature Group C Switched Access Service the customershall specify the number of busy hour minutes of capacity(BHMC) from the customerrsquos premises to the end office byFeature Group and by type of BHMC This information isused to determine the number of transmission paths as setforth in 645 following The customer then specifiesthe Local Transport and Local Switching options

- For all Special Access Services the customer mustspecify the customer designated premises the type ofservice egVoice Grade the channel interfacetechnical specification package and options desiredThe closed end of a WATS Access Line is SpecialAccess Service

For each Access Order a service order charge will be assessed at therate set forth in 125(A) following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 t mdashmdashmdash

i

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 76

ACCESS SERVICE

5 Orderinq Options for Switched and Special Access Service(Centrsquod)

52 Access Order (Centrsquod)

The BHMC may be determined by the customer in the following mannerFor each day (8 am to 11 pm Monday through Friday excludingnational holidays) the customer shall determine the highest numberof minutes of use for a single hour (eg 55 minutes in the 10-11 AMhour) The customer shall for the same hour period (ie busyhour) for each of twenty consecutive business days pick the twentyconsecutive business days in a calendar year which add up to thelargest number of minutes of use Both originating and terminatingminutes shall be included The customer shall then determine theaverage busy hour minutes of capacity (ie BHMC) by dividing thelargest number of minutes of use figure for the same hour period forthe consecutive twenty businessshall be performed for each endThese determinations thus estabrsquooffice

Where the Special Access Servic[

day-period by 20 This computationoffice the customer wishes to serveish the forecasted BHMC for each end

isrsquoexempt from the Special AccessSurcharge as set forth in Section 733rdquo following the customershall furnish with the order the certification as set forth inSection 733 following

521 Access Order Service Date Provision

Access Services will be installed during Telephone Companybusiness days If a customer requests that installation bedone outside of schedule work hours and the Telephone Companyagrees to this request the customer will be subject toapplicable Additional Labor charges as set forth in 92following

Access Service will be installed during Standard TelephoneCompany business days

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 77

ACCESS SERVICE

5 Ordering Options for Switched and Special Access Service(Centrsquod)

522 Access Order Modifications

The customer may request a modification of its Access Orderprior to the service date The Telephone Company will makeevery effort to accommodate a requested modification when it isable to do so with the normal work force assigned to completesuch an order within normal business hours If themodification cannot be made with the normal work force duringnormal business hours the Telephone Company will notify thecustomer If the customer still desires the Access Ordermodification the Telephone Company will schedule a new servicedate

Any increase in the number of Special Access channels orSwitched Access Service busy hour minutes of capacity will betreated as a new Access Order (for the increased amount only)

If order modifications are necessary to satisfy thetransmission performance for a Special Access ordered by acustomer these changes will be made without charges beingincurred by the customer

(A) Service Date Change

Access Order service dates may be changed but the newservice date may not exceed the original service date bymore than 30 calendar days If the customer requestedservice date is more than 30 calendar days after theoriginal service date the order will be cancelled by theTelephone Company and reissued If the Telephone Companydetermines it can accommodate the customerrsquos requestwithout delaying service dates for orders of othercustomers a new service date may be established An orderchange charge as set forth in 125 following will apply toall service date changes of 30 days or less

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~~rsquo-rsquordquordquo~TTldquo A

1

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 78

ACCESS SERVICE

5 Ordering Options for Switched and Special Access Services (Centrsquod)

52 Access Order (Centrsquod)

522 Access Order Modifications (Centrsquod)

(B) Partial Cancellation Charge

Any decrease in the number of ordered Special AccessService channels or Switched Access Service busy hourminutes of capacity will be treated as a partialcancellation and the order change charges as set forth in125 following will apply

(C) Design Change

The customer may request a design change to the serviceordered A design change is any change to an AccessOrder which requires engineering review An engineeringreview is a review by Telephone Company personnel of theservice ordered and the requested changes to determinewhat changes in the design if any are necessary to meetthe changes requested by the customer Design changesinclude such things as the addition or deletion ofoptional features or functions type of channel interfacetype of Interface Group or technical specificationpackage Design changes do not include a change ofcustomer premises end user premises end office switch orSpecial Access Service channel type Changes of thisnature will require the issuance of a new order and thecancellation of the original order with appropriatecancellation charges applied The Telephone Company willreview the requested change notify the customer whetherthe change is a design change if it can be accommodatedand if a new service date is required Charges for designchanges are set forth in order change charges in 125following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdashmdash- mdash-mdash-mdashmdash mdash----~

F 1 - 3

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 79

ACCESS SERVICE

5 Orderinq Options for Switched and Special Access Service(Centrsquod)

52 Access Order (Centrsquod)

523 Cancellation of an Access Order

(A) A customer may cancel an Access Order for the installationof service on any date prior to the service date Thecancellation date is the date the Telephone Companyreceives written or verbal notice from the customer thatthe order is to be cancelled The verbal notice must befollowed by a written confirmation within 10 days

If a customer or a customerrsquos end user is unable to acceptAccess Service within 30 calendar days after the originalservice date the customer has the choice of the followingoptions

- The Access Order shall be cancelled and charaes set forthin (B) following will apply or

- Billing for the service will commence

In such instances the cancellation date or the birsquodate depending on which option is selected by thecustomer shall be on the 31st day beyond the origservice date of the Access Order

(B) When a customer cancels an Access Order for the

ling

nal

installation of service a Cancellation Charge willapply as follows

(1) Installation of Switched or Special AccessService facilities is considered to have started whenthe Telephone Company incurs any cost in connectiontherewith or in preparation thereof which would nototherwise have been incurred

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

-mdash-mdash~mdash- mdashmdash ------mdash

~ ~ lsquo~-=m~ ~

I~

1l~i ] ldquo-~q

pijjlsquoldquo ldquo j

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 80

ACCESS SERVICE

5 Ordering Options for Switched and Special Access Services (Centrsquod)

52 Access Order (Centrsquod)

523 Cancellation of an Access Order (Centrsquod)

(Z) Where the customer cancels an Access Order prior tothe start of installation of access facilities nocharges shall apply

(3) Where installation of access facilities has beenstarted prior to the cancellation the chargesspecified in (a) or (b) following whichever is lowershall apply

(a) A charge equal to the costs incurred in suchinstallation less estimated net salvage Suchcharge is determined as detailed in (4) following

(b) The charge for the minimum period of Switched orSpecial Access Service ordered by the customer

(4) Charges applicable as specified in (3)(A) precedinginclude the nonrecoverable cost of equipment andmaterial ordered provided or used plus thenonrecoverable cost of installation and removalincluding the costs of engineering labor supervisiontransportation rights-of-way and other associatedcosts

(C) When a customer cancels an order for the discontinuance ofservice no charges apply for the cancellation

(D) If the Telephone Company misses a service date by more than30 days due to circumstances over which it has directcontrol (excluding eg acts of God governmentalrequirements work stoppages and civil commotions) thecustomer may cancel the Access Order without incurringcancellation charges

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 -__mdashmdash-mdashmdash

J~ ldquo- y- ldquo1 F L rsquo~I

11

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 81

ACCESS SERVICE

5 Orderinq Options for Switched and Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

52 Access Order (Centrsquod)

524 Minimum Period

(A) The minimum period for which Access Service is provided andfor which charges are applicable is one month

525 Orderinq of Access Services Where More Than One ExchangeTelephone Company is Involved

Each Telephone Company will provide its portion of the AccessService within its operating territory to an interconnectionpoint (1P) with the connecting carrier The interconnectionpoint and billing percentage (BP) will be determined by theTelephone Companies involved in providing the Access Serviceand listed in Exchange Carrier Association Tariff FCC No 2Each Telephone Company will bill the customer for its portionof the service as set forth in 247 All other appropriatecharges in each Telephone Company tariff are applicable

(A) For Feature Group A and B Switched Access Services thecustomer must place an order with the Telephone Company inwhose territory the first point of switching is located(ie FGA - dial tone office FGB - access tandem or endoffice) and provide a copy of the order to the secondarycarrier

(B) When WATS Access Service is ordered the TelephoneCompany is whose territory the end office is located mustreceive the order from the customer In addition theTelephone Company in whose territory the WATS screeningoffice is located must also receive a copy of the orderfrom the customer

(C) For Special Access Services without the use of a hub thecustomer will place the order with the Telephone Company inwhose territory the customer designated premises islocated

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

-

I

1

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 82

ACCESS SERVICE

5 Orderinq Options for Switched and Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

52 Access Order (Centrsquod)

525 Orderinq of Access Services Where More Than One ExchanqeTelephone Company is Involved

(D) For Special Access Services with a hub the customer wil 1place the order with the Telephone Company in whoseterritory the hub is located

For the service(s) ordered as set forth preceding the customermust also supply a copy of the order to the Telephone Companyin whose operating territory a customer designated premises islocated

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~

mdash-mdash mdashmdash-i

-ldquo [gt

s -

i

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 83

6 Switched Access Service

61 General

Switched Access Service which is available to customers for theiruse in furnishing their services to end users provides a two pointelectrical communications path between a customer designated premisesand and end userrsquos premises It provides for the use of commonterminating switching and trunking facilities and for the use ofcomunonsubscriber plant of the Telephone Company Switched AccessService provides for the ability to originate calls from an enduserrsquos premises to a customerrsquos premises and to terminate calls froma customers premises to an end userrsquos premises in the exchange whereit is provided It is available at each end office served by theTelephone Company

In the Telephone Companyrsquos exchange(s) the customerrsquos premises is notlocated in the serving area of the Telephone Company It is necessaryfor the customer to order Switched Access Service from the primarycarrier and Telephone Company in the case of Feature Group C In thecase of Feature Groups A provided through EAS extended area serviceand Feature Group B provided via an access tandem of the primarycarrier it is necessary for the customer to provide a copy of theorder to the Telephone Company

611 Feature Group Arrangements

Switched Access Service is provided in three servicecategories called Feature Groups These are differentiated bythe manner in which an end user can access them in originatingcalling eg with or without and access code Following is abrief description of each feature group arrangement

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~k- 6

_-_ mdashmdash -mdash-mdashVe ~gt 1

1 l-rsquolsquoi lsquoJ ~

~i

6

ver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 84

61 General (Centrsquod)

611 Feature Group Arrangements (Centrsquod)

(A)

(B)

(c)

Feature Group A (FGA)

FGA Access in the originating direction is available tothe FGA customersrsquo end users via the EAS facilities of theprimary carrier FGA Access in the terminating directionis available to all customers Terminating FGA Access isprovided via an access tandem or an end office of theprimary carrier to the end users in the EAS service areaA more detailed description of FGA Access is provided in621 following

Feature Group B (FGB)

FGB Access is available to all customers FGB Accessprovides trunk side access to Telephone Company end officeswitches via an access tandem of the primary carrierwith an associated uniform 95O-1OXX access code for thecustomers use in originating communications from andterminating communications to an Interexchange CarrierrsquosService or a customer ~rovided communications capabilityA more detailed description622 following

Feature Group C (FGC)

FGC Access provides trunk sldquoend office switches via an

of FGB Access is provided in

de access to Telephone Companyaccess tandem of the primary

carrier for providers of MTS and WATS used in originatingand terminating communications Feature Group C is onlyavailable to providers of MTS and WATS WATS AccessService is available as set forth in 712 followingA more detailed description of FGC Access is provided in623 following

Issued 1211187 Mr Melvin R HooJesPresident Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming B3120 mdashmdash

~rsquot ~l1~ ~ [L- ~~lt i J

1

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 85

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

61 General (Centrsquod)

611 Feature Group Arrangements (Centrsquod)

(D) Manner of Provision

FGC Access is furnished on BHMC basis BHMCS aredifferentiated by type and directionality of trafficcarried over a Switched Access Service arrangementDifferentiation of traffic among BHMC types is necessaryfor the Telephone Company to properly design SwitchedAccess Service to meet the traffic carrying capacityrequirement of the customer

There are two major BHMC categories identified asOriginating and Terminating Originating BHMCS representaccess capacity within a LATA for carrying traffic fromthe end user to the customer and Terminating BHMCSrepresent access capacity within a LATA for carryingtraffic from the customer to the end user When orderingcapacity for FGC Access the customer must at a minimumspecify such access capacity in terms of originating BHMCSandor terminating BHMCS

612 WATS Access Service

WATS Access Service is a type of Special Access Service thatis provided only for use with Feature Group C SwitchedAccess Service Wats Access Service connects a customerdesignated premises with a WATS Serving Office utilizing therate categories described in 712 following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

rrsquo- 1mdash-mdash--mdash ----

-F~ - ~ ~ ~ldquordquo J ~i lsquo rsquo 1 ~ l~~j 7 lc~g it 1

--mdash -mdash-i

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 86Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

61 General (Centrsquod)

613 Rate Categories

There are three rate categories which apply to Switched AccessService

- Local Transport- End Office (ie Local Switching Line Termination

Intercept Directory Assistance Surcharge)- Common Line (described in section 3 preceding)

The following diagram depicts a generic view of the componentsof Switch Access Service and the manner in which the componentsare

End

combined to provide a complete Access Service

SWITCHEOACCESS SERVICE

~y CummmuCklmklald

Usar Esd Offles CailrsrI I

I II

I III II uI II Accass Tandem

I II

I II

1ltCL LT

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoo~es President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 87

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

61 General (Centrsquod)

613 Rate Categories (Centrsquod)

(A) Local Transport

The Local Transport rate category provides thetransmission facilities between the customerrsquos premisesand the end office switch(es) where the customerrsquostraffic is switched to originate or terminate itsconununications The Telephone Company will measure andapply its per access minute rates to the local transporttermination at the end office and its per access minutemile rates to the Local Transport facilities from the endoffice to the Interconnection Point Local Transport isprovided at the rates set forth in 121C following andin accordance with 247 preceding

Local Transport is a two-way voice frequency transmissionpath composed of facilities determined by the TelephoneCompany The two-way voice frequency transmission pathpermits the transport of calls in the originatingdirection (from the end user end office switch to thecustomer premises location) and in the terminatingdirection (from the customer premises location to theend user end office switch) but not simultaneouslyThe voice frequency transmission path may be comprised ofany form or configuration of plant capable of andtypically used in the telecommunications industry forthe transmission of voice and associated telephonesignals within the frequency bandwidth of approximately300 to 3000 Hz

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 88

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

61 General (Centrsquod)

613 Rate Categories (Centrsquod)

(A) Local Transport (Centrsquod)

The Telephone Company will work cooperatively with thecustomer to develop routing and other local transportarrangements subject to availability of equipment or inaccordance with section 10 following

The Telephone Company will work cooperatively with theprimary carrier to provide the interface groups andoptional features the customer has ordered subject toavailability of equipment or in accordance with section10 following

The number of Local Transport transmission paths providedis based on the customerrsquos order and is determined by theTelephone Company as set forth in 645 following

(B) End Office

The End Office rate category provides the local endoffice switching and end user termination functions tocomplete the transmission of Switched Accesscommunications to and from the end users served by thelocal end office The End Office rate category includesthe Local Switching Line Termination Intercept andDirectory Assistance Surcharges

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~ mdash- mdashmdash~- ~ La ]ldquoJ -1

q

I[ 1 f-l

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 89

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

61 General (Centrsquod)

613 Rate Categories (Centrsquod)

(B) End Office

(1) Local Switching

The Local Switching rate element provides the localend office switching functions and the transporttermination for the trunk side arrangements whichterminate the Local Transport facilities LocalSwitching use is measured on an originating andterminating basis Rates for Local Switching useare applied on a total number of access minutes ofuse basis at the rates set forth in 121B(l)following The number of Transport Terminationsprovided will be determined by the Telephone Companyas set forth in 646 following

(2) Line Termination

The Line Termination rate element provides theterminations for the end user lines terminating inthe local end office

Line Terminations are available with either dialpulse or dual tone multifrequency signaling LineTermination rates are applied on a total number ofaccess minutes of use basis Line Termination ratesare set forth in 121B(2) following

Issued 123186 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

61 General (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 90

SERVICE

613 Rate Categories (Centrsquod)

(B) End Office (Centrsquod)

(3) Intercept

The Intercept rate element provides for thetermination of a call at a Telephone CompanyIntercept operator or recording The operator orrecording tells a caller why a call as dialedcould not be completed and if possible provide thecorrect number

Intercept rates are applied on an access minutes ofuse basis and are assessed to a customer based onthe total number of access minutes Intercept ratesare set forth in 121B(3) following

(4) Directory Assistance Surcharqe

Directory Assistance Surcharge rates are accessed toa customer based on the total number of accessminutes Directory Assistance surcharge rates areas set forth in 121B(4) following

The number of end office switching transmission pathsprovided will be determined by the Telephone Companybased on the busy hour minutes of capacity to each endoffice specified by the customer in its order Thenumber of transmission paths will be determined as setforth in 645 following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 mdash--mdash-- --mdashmdash-mdash=

I F-j ildquoldquordquo)[i ----~~-4

1

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 91

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

61 General (Centrsquod)

614 Design Layout Report

The Telephone Company will provide to the customer the makeupof the facilities and services provided to the first point ofswitching This information will be provided in the form of aDesign Layout Report The Design Layout Report will beprovided to the customer at no charge and will be reissuedwhenever facilities provided to the customer are materiallychanged

615 Acceptance Testing

At no additional charge the Telephone Company will at thecustomerrsquos request cooperatively test at the time ofinstallation the following parameters loss C-messagenoise 3-tone dc continuity and operational signaling

616 Ordering Options and Conditions

Switched Access Service is ordered under the Access Orderprovisions set forth in 5 preceding Also included in thatsection are charges which may be associated with orderingSwitched Access Service (eg Access Order charges OrderChange Charges Cancellation Charges etc)

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 92

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

61 General (Centrsquod)

617 Testing

(A) Acceptance Testinq

At no additional charge the Telephone Company will inconjunction with the primary carrier at the customersrequest subject to the availability of equipmentcooperatively test at the time of installation thefollowing parameters loss C-notched noise C-messagenoise 3-tone slope dc continuity and operationalsignaling When the Local Transport is provided withInterface Groups 2 through 10 and the TranpsortTermination is two-wire (ie there is a four-wire totwo-wire conversion in Local Transport) balanceparameters (equal level echo path loss) may also betested

(B) Routine Testing

At no additional charge the Telephone Company will inconjunction with the primary carrier at the customerrsquosrequest subject to the availability of equipment testafter installation on an automatic or manual basis 1004Hz loss C-message noise and Balance (Return loss)

In the case of automatic testing the customer shallprovide remote office test lines and 105 test lines withassociated responders or their functional equivalent Thefrequency of these tests will be that which is mutuallyagreed upon by the customer and the Telephone Company butshall consist of not less than quarterly 1004 Hz Loss andC-message noise test and an annual Balance test Trunktest failures requiring customer participation for troubleresolution will be provided to the customer on an as-occurs basis

Additional tests may be ordered as set forth in 92following Charges for these additional tests are setforth in 124(B) following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

rmdashmdash ------------mdash--mdash -

l~j~~~ 1rdquo ~j

ACCESS SERVICE

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 93

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

62 Provision and Description of Switched Access Service Feature Groups

Switched Access is provided in three different Feature Grouparrangements The company provides type B or C transmissionperformance to the Interconnection point with the primary carrierThe provision of Feature Groups require Local Transport facilitiesand the appropriate End Office functions The parameters for thetransmission performances are as set forth in 63 following

Feature Groups are arranged for either originating terminating ortwo-way calling based on the customer end office switching capacityordered Originating calling permits the delivery of calls fromtelephone exchange service locations to the customersrsquo premisesTerminating calling permits the delivery of calls from the customersrsquopremises to telephone exchange services locations Two-way callingpermits the delivery of calls in both directions but notsimultaneously The customer must work with the Primary Carrier todetermine the type of calling to be provided

There are various chargeable and nonchargeable optional featuresavailable with the Feature Groups through the tariff of the PrimaryCarrier The telephone company will work cooperatively with theprimary carrier to provide the features ordered by the customersubject to availability of equipment Where equipment is notavailable and the customer requests such features from the TelephoneCompany they must be ordered through Section 10 of this tariff

Following are detailed descriptions of Feature Groups provided by theTelephone Company Feature Groups are described in terms of theirspecific physical characteristics and calling patterns thetransmission performances with which it is provided and the standardtesting capabilities provided by the Telephone Company

Issued 123187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 ~-~-mdash-f-~rdquo

F ~ ~-rsquo--lsquo--- frdquo

~~hl ~ rlc

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

621 Feature Group A (FGA)

(A) Description

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 94

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

Originating FGA is provided via the EAS facilitiesof the primary carrier at electronic andelectromechanical end offices of the Telephonecompany

Terminating FGA is provided in connection withTelephone Company electronic and electromechanicalend offices via the access tandem or the end officeof the primary carrier for terminating calling only

A seven digit local telephone number assigned by theprimary carrier is provided for access to FGAswitching in the originating direction The sevendigit local telephone number will be associated withthe selected end office switch and is of the formNXX-XXXX

FGA Switching when used in the terminatingdirection is arranged with dial tone start-dialsignaling When used in the terminating directionFGA switching may at the option of the customer bearranged for dial pulse or dual tone multifrequencyaddress signaling subject to availability ofequipment at the first point of switching

No address signaling is provided when FGA Switchingis used in the originating direction Addresssignaling in such cases if required by thecustomer must be provided by the customerrsquos enduser using inband tone signaling techniques Suchinband tone address signals will not be regeneratedby the Telephone Company and will be subject to theordinary transmission capabilities of the LocalTransport provided

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 95

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

62 Provision and Description of Switched Access ServiceFeature Groups (Centrsquod)

621 Feature Group A (FGA) (Centrsquod)

(A) Description (Centrsquod)

(6) FGA switching when used in the terminatingdirection may be used to access valid NXXS in thelocal calling area emergency reporting service (911where available) exchange telephone repair (611where available) time or weather announcementservices of the Telephone Company communityinformation services of an information serviceprovider and other customersrsquo services (by dialingthe appropriate digits) Charges for FGAterminating calls to 611 or 911 will only applywhere sufficient call details are available

(B) Testinq Capabilities

FGA is provided in the terminating direction whereequipment is available with seven digit access lines tobalance (100 type) test line and milliwatt (102 type)test line Additional Testing and is available as setforth in 92 following

Issued 123186 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 96

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

62 Provision and Description of Switched Access ServiceFeature Groups (Centrsquod)

622 Feature Group B (FGB)

(A) Description

(1) FGB is provided at electronic and electromechanicalend office switches of the Telephone Company viathe designated electronic access tandem switches ofthe primary carrier

(2) FGB switching is provided with multifrequencyaddress signaling in both the originating andterminating directions

The provisions of FGB at the access tandem is madethrough the access tariff of the primary carrier

(3) The access code for FGB switching is a uniformaccess code The form of the uniform access code is95O-1OXX for carriers The uniform access code willbe assigned to the customer by the primary carrier

(4) FGB switching when used in the terminatingdirection may be used to access valid NXXS in thelocal calling area time or weather announcementservices of an information service provider andother customerrsquos services (by dialing theappropriate digits) Additionally non-accesscharges will also be billed for calls from a FGBtrunk to another customerrsquos service in

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO t30x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 97

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

62 Provision and Description of Switched Access ServiceFeature Groups (Centrsquod)

622 Feature Group B (FGB) (Centrsquod)

(A) Description (Centrsquod)

(4) (Centrsquod)

accordance with that customerrsquos applicable servicerates when the Telephone Company performs thebilling function for that customer Calls in theterminating direction will not be completed to 950-10XX access codes local operator assistance (O-and O+) Directory Assistance (411 and 555-1212)service codes 611 and 911 or 10XXX access codesFGB may not be switched in the terminatingdirection to Switched Access Service Feature GroupsB and C

(5) The Telephone Company will provide a communicationpath from the end office switches to theinterconnection point with the primary carrier

(B) Transmission Specifications

FGB is provided with Type B or C transmissionspecifications to Interconnection Points with the primarycarrier

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 98

62 Provision and Description of Switched Access ServiceFeature Groups (Centrsquod)

622 Feature Group B (FGB) (Centrsquod)

(C) Testinq Capabilities

FGB is provided in the termrdquoequipment is available with

nating directon whereseven digit access to

balance (100 type) test line milliwatt (102 type) testline nonsynchronous or synchronous test lineAdditional Testing is available as set forth in 92following

623 Feature Group C

(A) Description

(1) FGC is provided at al1 Telephone Company end officeswitches via Telephone Company designated accesstandem switches FGC switching is provided to theCustomer (ie providers of MTS and WATS AccessService) at an end office switch

(2) FGC is provided as trunk side switching through theuse of the access tandem switch of the primarycarrier The switch trunk equipment is provided withanswer and disconnect supervisory signaling Winkstart-pulsing signals are provided in all officeswhere available In those offices where wink-startsignals are not available delay dial start-pulsingsignals will be provided in which case no start-pulsing signals are provided

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

p=i-E-7-Tq

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 99

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

62 Provision and Description of Switched Access ServiceFeature Groups (Centrsquod)

623 Feature Group C (FGC) (Centrsquod)

(A) Description (Centrsquod)

(3)

(4)

FGC is provided with multifrequency addresssignaling The address signaling will be dialpulse revertive pulse immediate dial pulse orpanel call indicator signaling whichever isavailable Up to 12 digits of the called partynumber dialed by the customerrsquos end user using dualtone multifrequency or dial pulse address signalswill be provided by Telephone Company equipment tothe Customer Premises where the Switched AccessService Terminates Such called party numbersignals will be subject to the ordinary transmissioncapabilities of Local Transport provided

No access code is required for FGC Switching Thetelephone number dialed by the customerrsquos end usershall be a seven or ten digit number for calls inthe North American Numbering Plan (NANP) Forinternational calls outside the NANP a seven totwelve digit number may be dialed The form of thenumbers dialed by the customerrsquos end user is NXX-XXXX O or 1 + NXX-XXXX NPA + NXX-XXXX O or 1 + NPA+ NXXX-XXXX and when the end office is equipped forInternational Direct Dialing (IDDD) 01 + CC + NN or011 +CC+ NN

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 100

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

62 Provision and Description of Switched Access ServiceFeature Groups (Centrsquod)

623 Feature Group C (FGC) (Centrsquod)

(A) Description (Centrsquod)

(5) FGC switching when used in the terminatingdirection may be used to access valid NXXS in thelocal exchange area time or weather announcementservices of the Telephone Company cotnnunityinformation services of an information provider andthe customerrsquos services (by dialing the appropriatecodes) when the services can be reached using validNXX codes FGC may not be switched in theterminating direction to Switched Access ServiceFeature Group C

(B) Transmission Specifications

FGC is provided with either Type B or C TransmissionSpecifications when routed to an access tandem

Transmission Specifications between the Primary exchangecarrier and the customer are provided in the tariff of theprimary exchange carrier

DB Data Transmission Parameters are provided for thetransmission path between the access tandem and the endoffice

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~=-- -mdash- mdash

f lsquoT ldquo~ 7

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 101

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

62 Provision and Description of Switched Access ServiceFeature Groups (Centrsquod)

623 Feature Group C (FGC) (Centrsquod)

(C) Testinq Capabilities

FGC is provided in the terminating direction whereequipment is available with seven digit access tobalance (100 type) test line milliwatt (102 type) testline nonsynchronous and synchronous test line Inaddition to the tests described in 617 preceding whichare included with the installation of service and ongoingroutine testing Additional Testing is available as setforth in 92 following

63 Transmission Specifications

The Telephone Company provides Switched Access Service transmissionpaths with standard transmission specifications Type B or C Thetransmission specifications are set forth in Section 112

Data Transmission parameters are also provided with each SwitchedAccess Service transmission path The Telephone Company will inconjunction with the primary carrier and subject to availability ofequipment upon notification by the customer that the data parametersset forth in 1122(B) are not being met conduct tests independentlyor in cooperation with the customer and take any necessary action toinsure that the data parameters are met

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes Presiden Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 102

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service

63 Transmission Specifications (Centrsquod)

The Telephone Company will maintain existing transmissionspecifications on functioning service configurations installed priorto the effective date of this tariff except that serviceconfigurations having performance specifications exceeding thestandards listed in this provision will be maintained at performancelevels specified in this tariff

The transmission specifications concerning Switched Access Serviceare immediate action limits and are set forth in 112 followingAcceptance limits are set forth in Technical Reference TR-NPL-OO0334This Technical Reference also provides the basis for determiningSwitched Access Service maintenance limits

64 Obligations of the Telephone Company

In addition to the obligations of the Telephone Company set forth in2 preceding the Telephone Company has certain other obligationspertaining only to the provision of Switched Access Service Theseobligations are as follows

641 Network Management

The Telephone Company will administer its network to insurethe provision of acceptable service levels to alltelecommunications users of the Telephone Companyrsquos networkservices Generally service levels are considered acceptableonly when both end users and customers are able to establishconnections with little or no delay encountered within theTelephone Company network The Telephone Company maintainsthe right to apply protective controls over any traffic

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 103

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

64 Obligations of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

641 Network Management (Centrsquod)

carried over its network including that associated with acustomerrsquos Switched Access Service Generally suchprotective measures would only be taken as a result ofoccurrences such as failure or overload of Telephone Companyor customer facilities natural disasters mass calling ornational security demands In the event that the protectivecontrols applied by the Telephone Company result in thecomplete loss of service by the customer the customer will begranted a Credit Allowance for Service Interruption as setforth in 244(B)(2) preceding

642 Design and Traffic Routing of Switched Access Service

For Feature Groups A amp B the line or trunk directionality andtraffic routing of Switched Access Service between thecustomers premises and the entry switch are determined by thecustomerrsquos order with the primary carrier FGA Service isprovided to the customer by the Telephone Company via the EASfacilities of the primary carrier FGB Service is provided tothe customers by the Telephone Company via the access tandemof the primary carrier

For Feature Group C the Telephone Company shall design anddetermine the routing of Switched Access Service includingthe selection of the first point of switching and to the endoffices where busy hour minutes of capacity are ordered TheTelephone Company shall also decide if capacity is to beprovided by originating only terminating only or two-waytrunk groups Selection of facilities and equipment andtraffic routing of the service are based on standardengineering methods available facilities and equipment andthe Telephone Company traffic routing plans If the customerdesires routing or directionality different from thatdetermined by the Telephone Company the Telephone Companywill work cooperatively with the customer in determining (1)whether the service is to be routed directly to an end officeor through an access tandem switch and (2) the directionalityof the service

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

rmdashmdashmdash mdash_____-

1 F lsquo ldquorsquo~~ ~

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

64 Obligations of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 104

643

644

645

Provision of Service Performance Data

Subject to availability end-to-end service performance dataavailable to the Telephone Company through its own serviceevaluation routines may also be made available to thecustomer based on previously arranged intervals and formatThese data provide information on overall end-to-end callcompletion and non-completion performance eg customerequipment blockage failure results and transmissionperformance These data do not include service performancedata which are provided under other tariff sections egtesting service results If data is to be provided in otherthan paper format the charges for such exchange will bedetermined on an individual case basis

Trunk Group Measurement Reports

Subject to availability the Telephone Company will makeavailable trunk group data in the form of usage in CCS pegcount and overflow to the customer based on previously agreedto intervals

Determination of Number of Transmission Paths

The Telephone Company will determine the number of SwitchedAccess Service transmission paths to be provided for theSwitched Access Feature Group C busy hour minutes of capacityordered A transmission path is a communication path withinthe frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz or aderived communication path of a frequency bandwidth ofapproximately 300 Hz to 3000 Hz provided over a high frequencyanalog facility or a high speed digital facility between acustomerrsquos premises and a Telephone Company location Thenumber of transmission paths will be developed using the totalbusy hour minutes of capacity by type (as described in

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

ACCESS SERVICE

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 105

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

64 Obligations of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

645 Determination of Number of Transmission Paths

611(D) preceding) for the end offices for each Feature Groupordered from a customerrsquos designated premises The total busyhour minutes of capacity by type for the end office will beconverted to transmission paths using standard TelephoneCompany traffic engineering methods The number oftransmission paths provided shall be the number required basedon the use of access tandem switches and end office switches

646 Determination of Number of End Office Transport Terminations

For analog entry switches a termination will be provided foreach transmission path provided For digital entry switchesan equivalent termination will be provided for eachtransmission path provided

65 Obligations of the Customer

In addition to the obligations of the Customer set forth in 2preceding the Customer has certain specific obligations pertaining tothe use of Switched Access Service These obligations are asfollows

651 Report Requirements

Customers are responsible for providing the following reportsto the Telephone Company when applicable

(A) Jurisdictional Reports

When a Customer orders Switched Access Service for bothinterstate and intrastate use the percentage ofinterstate and intrastate traffic will be developed asset forth in 2310 preceding Charges will beapportioned in accordance with those reports The methodto be used for determining the intrastate charges is setforth in 2311 preceding

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

6

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 106

ACCESS SERVICE

Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

65 Obligations of the Customer (Centrsquod)

652 Supervisory Signaling

The customerrsquos facilities shall provide the necessary on-hookand off-hook answer and disconnect supervision

653 Trunk Group Measurement Reports

With the agreement of the Customer trunk group data in theform of usage in CCS peg count and overflow for its end ofall access trunk groups where technologically feasible willbe made available to the Telephone Company

This data will be used to monitor trunk group utilization andservice performance and will be based on previously arrangedintervals and format

66 Rate Regulations

This section contains the specific regulations governing the ratesand charges that apply for Switched Access Service

661 Description and Application of Rates and Charges

There are two types of rates and charges that apply toSwitched Access Service These are usage rates andnonrecurring charges These rates and charges are applieddifferently to the various rate elements as set forth in (C)following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 107

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

661 Description and Application of Rates and Charges (Centrsquod)

(A) Usage Rates

Usage rates are rates that apply only when a specificrate element is used These are applied on a per accessminute basis Access Minute charges are accumulated overa monthly period

(B) Nonrecurring Charges

Nonrecurring charges are one-time charges that apply for aspecific work activity (ie installation or change to anexisting service) The types of nonrecurring charges thatapply for Switched Access Service are installation ofservice and service rearrangements at the rates set forthin 121(D) following

(1) Installation of Service

Nonrecurring charges apply to each Switched AccessService installed For FGC which is ordered on abusy hour minutes of capacity basis the charge isapplied on a per trunk basis but the charge appliesonly when the capacity ordered requires theinstallation of an additional trunk(s)

(C) Application of Rates

Rates are applied to measured or assumed access minutes

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 108

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

661 Description and Application of Rates and Charges (Centrsquod)

(C) Application of Rates (Centlsquod)

The specific application of these rates for a specificcustomer is dependent upon the Feature Group

The following rules provide the basis for applying therates and charges

(1) Access rates apply to all FGA FGB and FGC accessminutes

(2) FGA and terminating FGBwill be billed in accordancewith the usage report received from the primaryexchange carrier on a monthly basis

(3) Where Feature Group A switched access usage isbetween a primary carrier and a Telephone Companywithin the same Extended Area Service Calling areathe Telephone Company will apply Switched AccessService End Office and Local Transport Rates as setforth in Section 121 following This is inaddition to those rates charged by the primarycarrier

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

ldquo t$ _ - -

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 109

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

661 Description and Application of Rates and Charqes (Centrsquod)

(C) Application of Rates (Centlsquod)

(4) Where Feature Group B switched access usage isbetween a primary carrier and Telephone Company endoffice(s) which subtends the Feature Group B accesstandem the Telephone Company will apply SwitchedAccess Service End Office and Local transport ratesas set forth in Section 121 following This is inaddition to those rates charged by the primarycarrier

662 Minimum Period

Switched Access Service is provided for a minimum period ofone month

663 Measuring Access Minutes

Customer traffic to end offices will be measured (ierecorded or assumed) by the Telephone Company at the endoffice switches or access tandem switches Originating andterminating calls will be measured (ie recorded or assumed)by the Telephone Company to determine the basis for computingchargeable access minutes In the event the customer messagedetail is not available because the Telephone Company lost ordamaged tapes or incurred recording system outages theTelephone Company will use the same estimates as set forth in851(C) following as the basis for computing chargeableaccess minutes For terminating calls over FGA and FGB FGCto 800 and for originating calls over FGB the measuredminutes are the chargeable access minutes For originatingcalls over FGC chargeable originating access minutes arederived from recorded minutes in the following manner

Step 1 Obtain recorded originating minutes and messagesmeasured as set forth in (C) following for FGC fromthe appropriate recording data

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 mdash-

r

--mdashmdash mdashmdash

F ~ gt~s u

Akl-$CrdquogtqI

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 110

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

663 Measuring Access Minutes (Centrsquod)

Step 2 Obtain the total attempts by dividing the originatingmeasured messages by the completion ratioCompletion ratios (CR) are obtained separately forthe major call categories such as DDD operator 800900 directory assistance and international from asample study which analyzes the ultimate completionstatus of the total attempts which receiveacknowledgement from the customer That is MeasuredMessages divided by Completion Ratio equals TotalAttempts

Step 3 Obtain the total non-conversation time additive(NCTA) by multiplying the total attempts (obtained inStep 2) by the NCTA per attempt ratio The NCTA perattempt ratio is obtained from the sample studyidentified in Step 2 by measuring the non-conversation time associated with both completed andincomplete attempts The total NCTA is the time ona completed attempt from the customer acknowledgementof receipt of call to called party answer (set up andringing) plus time on an incomplete attempt fromcustomer acknowledgement of call until the accesstandem or end office receives a disconnect signal(ring - no answer busy or network blockage) Thatis Total Attempts times Non-Conversation Time perAttempt equals Total NCTA

Step 4 Obtain total chargeable originating access minutes byadding the total NCTA (obtained in Step 3) to therecorded originating measured minutes (obtained inStep 1) That is Measured Minutes plus NCTA equalsChargeable Originating Access Minutes

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~~rsquo~l

-mdashmdash

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 111Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

663 Measuring Access Minutes (Centrsquod)

Following is an example which illustrates how the chargeableoriginating access minutes are derived from the measuredoriginating minutes using this formula

Where

(1)

(2)

(3)

Measured Minutes (M Min) = 7000Measured Messages (M Mes) = 1000Completion Ration (CR) = 75NCTA per Attempt = 4

Total Attempts = 1000 (M Mes) = 13333375 (CR)

Total NCTA = 4 (NCTA per Attempt) times133333 = 53333

Total Chargeable Originating Access Minutes =7000 (M Min) +53333 (NCTA) = 753333

When assumed minutes are used the assumed minutes are thechargeable access minutes

Usage rated FGA FGB and FGC access minutes or fractionsthereof the exact value of the fraction being a function ofthe switch technology where the measurement is made areaccumulated over the billing period for each end office andare then rounded up to the nearest access minute for each endoffice

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

rrsquo

mdash- mdashmdash --mdashmdash-mdash

F~ ldquoldquordquordquorsquordquo lsquo

- i

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 112

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

663 Measurinq Access Minutes (Centrsquod)

(A) Feature Group A Usaqe Measurement

For originating calls over FGA usage measurement beginswhen the originating FGA entry switch receives an off-hook supervisory signal forwarded from the customerrsquospoint of termination This off-hook signal may beprovided by the customerrsquos equipment before the calledparty answers or forwarded by the customerrsquos equipmentwhen the called party answers

The measurement of originating call usage over FGA endswhen the originating FGA entry switch receives an on-hooksupervisory signal from either the originating end userrsquosend office indicating the originating end user hasdisconnected or the customerrsquos point of terminationwhichever is recognized first by the entry switch

For terminating calls over FGA usage measurement beginswhen the terminating FGA entry switch receives an off-hook supervisory signal from the terminating end userrsquosend office indicating the terminating end user hasanswered

The measurement of terminating call usage over FGA endswhen the terminating FGA entry switch receives an on-hooksupervisory signal from either the terminating end userrsquosend office indicating the terminating end user hasdisconnected or the customerrsquos point of terminationwhichever is recognized first by the entry switch

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 113

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

663 Measurinq Access Minutes (Centrsquod)

(B) Feature Group B Usaqe Measurement

For originating calls over FGB usage measurement beginswhen the originating FGB entry switch receives answersupervision forwarded from the customerrsquos point oftermination indicating the customerrsquos equipment hasanswered

The measurement of originating call usage over FGB endswhen the originating FGB entry switch receives disconnectsupervision from either the originating end userrsquos endoffice indicating the originating end user hasdisconnected or the customerrsquos point of terminationwhichever is recognized first by the entry switch

For terminating calls over FGB usage measurement beginswhen the terminating FGB entry switch receives answersupervision from the terminating end userrsquos end officeindicating the terminating end user has answered

The measurement of terminating call usage FGB ends whenthe terminating FGB entry switch receives disconnectsupervision from either the terminating end userrsquos endoffice indicating the terminating end user hasdisconnected or the customerrsquos point of terminationwhichever is recognized first by the entry switch

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

663 Measuring Access Minutes (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 114

(c) Feature Group C Usage Measurement

For originating calls over FGC usage measurement beginswhen the originating FGC entry switch receives answersupervision from the customerrsquos point of terminationindicating the called party has answered

The measurement of originating call usage over FGC endswhen the originating FGC entry switch receives disconnectsupervision from either the originating end userrsquos endoffice indicating the originating end user hasdisconnected or the customerrsquos point of terminationwhichever is recognized first by the entry switch

For terminating calls over FGC to services other than 800or 900 terminating FGC usage is not directly measured atthe terminating entry switch but is imputed fromoriginating usage excluding usage from calls to 800 or900

For terminating calls over FGC to 800 Service usagemeasurement begins when the terminating FGC entry switchreceives answer supervision from the terminating end userrsquosend office indicating the terminating 800 Service enduser has answered

The measurement of terminating call usage over FGC to 800Service ends when the terminating FGC entry switch receivesan on-hook supervisory signal from the terminating enduserrsquos end office indicating the terminating 800 Serviceend user has disconnected or from the customerrsquos point oftermination whichever is recognized first by the entryswitch

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

[Flmdashmdashmdash----mdash-------mdash--

[Jz[rsquo-lt~- ]1

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 115

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

664 Mileage Measurement

The mileage to be used to determine the appropriate billing forLocal Transport facility is calculated on the airline distancebetween the end office switch which may be a Remote SwitchingLocation where the call carried by Local Transport originatesor terminates and the customerrsquos serving wire center Whereapplicable the VampH coordinates method is used to determine themileage This method is set forth in the EXCHANGE CARRIERASSOCIATION TARIFF FCC NO 2 for Wire Center Information(VampH coordinates)

To determine the rate to be billed first compute the airlinemileage using the VampH coordinates method If the calculationresults in a fraction of a mile always round up to the nextwhole mile before determining the mileage Multiply thecalculated mileage by the Billing Percentage (BP) as set forthin EXCHANGE CARRIER ASSOCIATION TARIFF NO 2 for the endoffice times the local transport facilities rate to determinethe appropriate local transport facilities charges Mileagerates for Local Transport Facilities are as set forth in 121Cfollowing

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

--mdash------_ rdquo--

F[_rsquo~j lsquoj

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 116

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service

71 General

Special Access Service provides a transmission path to connecttwo or more customer designated premises If only a portion of thefacilities can be provided by the Telephone Company Special AccessService provides the transmission path necessary to connect customerdesignated premises in the service area to the interconnection pointwith the primary carrier Special Access Service includes allexchange access which does not utilize Telephone Company end officeswitches Special Access Service also includes the transmission pathto connect a customer designated premise and a WATS serving office

711 Channel Type

The Telephone Company provides voice grade special access serviceThe customer can select from a list of available transmissionparameters and channel interfaces to build a system to meet speccommunications requirements

The Voice Grade channel is a channel for the transmission of ariarsquosignals within an approximate bandwith of 300 to 3000 Hz

712 Rate Categories

fic

Og

There are three basic rate categories which apply to Special AccessService in addition to the Special Access Surcharge described inSection 733

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 __ _

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 117

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

71 General (Centrsquod)

712 Rate Categories (Centrsquod)

(A)

(B)

Channel TerminationThe Channel Termination rate cateuorv wovides for theconnnunications path between a cus~om~ridesignated premisesand the serving wire center of that premises Included aspart of the Channel Termination is a standard channelinterface arrangement which defines the technicalcharacteristics associated with the type of facilities towhich the access service is to be connected at the Point ofTermination (POT) and the type of signaling capability ifany The signaling capability itself is provided as anoptional feature as set forth in (C) following OneChannel Termination charge applies per customer designatedpremises at which the channel is terminated

Closed End WATS Access Channel Termination provides theaccess line between a customer designated premises and thewire center serving that premises The Channel terminationrate is set forth in 122A following

Channel Mileage

The Channel Mileage rate category provides the transmissionfacility between the serving wire center of the customerdesignated premises and the interconnection point with theconnecting carrier Closed end WATS Access Channel Mileageprovides for the transmission Facility between a servingwire center associated with a customer designated premisesand the interconnecting point with the connecting carrieror the WATS serving office Channel Mileage is provided atthe rate set forth in 122B following and in accordancewith 247 preceding Channel Mileage rates are made up ofthe Channel Mileage Facility rate and the Channel MileageTermination rate

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 118

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

71 General (Centrsquod)

712 Rate Categories (Centrsquod)

(1)

(2)

Channel Mileaqe Facility

The Channel Mileage Facility rate recovers the cost forthe transmission path which extends between theCustomer Designated Premises serving wire center andthe Interconnection Point with the connecting carrieror the WATS serving office

Channel Mileage Termination

The Channel Mileage Termination rate recovers the costfor end office equipment associated with terminatingthe facility (ie basic circuit equipment andterminations at serving wire centers and hubs)Channel Mileage Termination rate will apply at theserving wire center(s) for each customer designatedpremises

(C) Optional Features and Functions

The Optional Features and Functions rate category providesfor optional features and functions which may be added to aSpecial Access Service to improve its quality or utility tomeet specific communications requirements These are notnecessarily identifiable with specific equipment butrather represent the end result in terms of performancecharacteristics which may be obtained Thesecharacteristics may be obtained by using variouscombinations of equipment Although the equipmentnecessary to perform a specified function may be installedat various locations along the path of the service theywill be charged for as a single rate element TheTelephone Company will work cooperatively with the customerand the primary carrier to provide the optional featuresand function desired but not included as part of thistariff subject to the availability of equipment or inaccordance with Section 10 following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdashmdash -q--_

F i l+ [1 ~

I

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 119

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

71 General (Centrsquod)

(C) Optional Features and Functions (Centrsquod)

A complete list and description of voice grade optionalfeatures and functions are set forth in Section 115following

The Telephone Company provides only the following optionalfeature and function(s)

NONE

713 Service Configurations

There are two types of services configurations over whichSpecial Access Services are provided two-point service andmultipoint service The Telephone Company provides thefollowing Special Access Services Two point service onepoint on a two point service in conjunction with another LECone or more points on a multipoint service provided inconjunction with another LEC or the closed end of a WATS AccessLine

(A) Two-Point Service

A two-point servicepremises either onhub where multiplex

Applicable rate eler

connects two customer designateda directly connected basis or through ang functions are performed

ents provided by the Telephone Companyare

- Channel Terminations (one per customer designatedpremises)

- Channel Mileage (as applicable between Serving WireCenter and Interconnection Point)

- Optional Features and Functions (when applicable)

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

-mdash -1~-

F i i lt)lsquo~j

KI ~ ~a~g iI FrsquoiJbllCS~L~lsquollirdquoli~gt~Ofi

$ ij i -

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 120

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

71 General (Centrsquod)

713 Service Configurations (Centrsquod)

The follcwing diagram depicts a two-point Voice Gradeservice connecting two customer designated premises (COP)located 15 miles apart

Applicable rate elements are

- Channel Terminations (2 applicable)- Channel Mileage (1 section Channel Mileage)

Facility per mile plus 2 Channel Mileage Terminations)

(B) Multipoint service connects three or more customerdesignated premises through a Telephone Company hub Onlycertain types of Special Access Service are provided asmultipoint service

Applicable rate Elements provided by the Telephone Companyare

- Channel Terminations (one per custcmer designatedpremises)

- Channel Mileage (as applicable between Serving WireCenter and Interconnection Point)

- Optional Features and Functions (when applicable)

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278 --mdashmdash - Freedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 121

ISilver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

71 General (Centrsquod)

(8) (Centrsquod)

Example Voice Grade multipoint service connecting four customerdesignated premises (COP) via two customer specifiedbridging hubs

Applicable rate elements are

- Channel Terminations (4 applicable)- Channel Mileage (4 sections Channel Mileage Facility per

mile plus 2 Channel Mileage Terminations per section)- Bridging Optional Feature from tariff of primary carrier

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

T

mdash--

Fldquo ~ ldquo----rsquoi~ 1 ldquo L+mdash --

~

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 122

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

71 General (Centrsquod)

714

715

716

717

Alternate Use

Alternate Use occurs when a service is arranged by theTelephone Company so that the customer can select differenttypes of transmission at different times A customer may use aservice in any privately beneficial manner However wheretechnical or engineering changes are required to effectuate analternate use the Telephone Company will make such specialarrangements available on an individual case basis

Special Facilities Routinq

A customer may request that the facilities used to provideSpecial Access Service be specially routed The TelephoneCompany will provide such routing on an individual casebasis

Design Layout Report

At the request of the customer the Telephone Company willprovide to the customer the make-up of the facilities andservices provided under this tariff as Special access Serviceto aid the customer in designing its overall service Thisinformation will be provided in the form of a Design LayoutReport The Desian Layout Reuort will be ~rovided to thecustomer at no ch~rge-and wiil be reissued orthese facilities are materially changed

Acceptance Testing

updated whenever

At no additional charge the Telephone Company will at thecustomerrsquos request subject to the availability of equipmentcooperatively test at the time of installation the followingparameters

(A) For Voice Grade analog services acceptance testing willinclude tests for loss 3-tone slope dc continuityoperational signaling and C-message noise when theseparameters are applicable and specified in the order forservice

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R HooJesPresident Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone Company

PO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 123

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

71

72

General (Centrsquod)

718 Ordering Options and Conditions

Special Access Service is ordered under the Access Orderprovisions set forth in 5 preceding Also included in thatsection are other charges which may be associated with orderingSpecial Access Service

Service Descriptions

For the purposes of ordering voice (VG) is the only category ofSpecial Access Service provided by the Company

This service consists of a basic channel to which a technicalspecifications package (customized or predefine) (see Section 116)channel interface(s)(see Section 113) and when desired optionalfeatures and functions (see Section 115) are added to construct theservice desired by the customer Each of the components of theservice are described in this section

Predefine and customized technical specifications packages will beprovided by the Telephone Company or in conjunction with the primarycarrier where technically feasible and subject to availability ofequipment or in accordance with Section 10 following If theTelephone Company determines that the requested parameterspecifications are not compatible the customer will be advised andgiven the opportunity to change the order When a customized channelis ordered the customer will be notified whether additional costswill apply In such cases the customer will be given an estimate ofthe hours to be billed before any further action is taken on theorder

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdash --------~l ~[jt-

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 124

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

72 Service Descriptions (Centrsquod)

Information pertaining to the technical specifications packagesindicates the transmission parameters that are available with eachpackage (see section 116) This information is displayed in amatrix with the transmission parameters listed down the left side andthe packages listed across the top Each package is identified by acode eg VGC The first two letters of the code indicate thecategory of Special Access Service to which the parameters areapplicable These two letter codes are shown above in parenthesisfollowing the category of Special Access Service The letter ldquoCrdquofollowing the two letter code indicates the technical specificationspackage for a customized service A numeric or alpha-numericdesignation following the two letter code indicates the specificpredefine package For a customized service the customer mayselect any parameters available with that category of service as longas the parameters are compatible When appropriate the TechnicalReference which contains detailed specifications for the parametersis shown following the matrix

The optional features and functions available with Voice GradeSpecial Access Service are described in the section 115 Theoptional features and functions information also indicates with whichtechnical specifications packages they are available Suchinformation is displayed in a matrix with the optional feature orfunction listed down the left side and the technical specificationspackage listed across the top

The Telephone Company will maintain existing transmissionspecifications on services installed prior to the effective date ofthis tariff except that existing services with performance levelsabove those levels set forth in this tariff will be maintainedperformance levels specified in this tariff

Channel interfaces at each Point of Termination on a two-pointservice may be symmetricalor asymmetrical Only certain channerdquointerface combinations are available with the predefine technspecifications packages These are delineated in the Technicsrdquo

at the

cal

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

mdashrF mdash-ILizD ~t1IA411l$gq

FrsquoIJ)ik5rdquorsquo-CJldquoi(lu~f~i

~p mdash--mdash ---- J_mdash

Silver Star TerdquoWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

ephone Company Orignal Page 125

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

72 Service Descriptions (Centrsquod)

References set forth below When a customized channel is requestedall channel interface combinations available with the specified typeof service are available with the customized channel subject to theavailability of equipment or in accordance with Section 10 following

All services installed after the effective date of this tariff willconform to the transmission specification standards contained in thistariff or in the following Technical references for voice gradeservice

Voice Grade PUB TR-NPL-OO0335PUB 41004 Table 4

721 Voice Grade Service

(A) Basic Channel Description

A Voice Grade channel is a channel which provides voicefrequency transmission capability in the nominal frequencyrange of 300 to 3000 Hz and may be terminated two-wire orfour-wire Voice Grade channels are provided betweencustomer designated premises and another customerdesignated premises or between a customer designatedpremises and the Telephone Company Interconnection Point

(B) Technical Specifications Packages

The Company provides the following Voice Grade packages

Package VG

Parameter J g ~ 4mdash

AttenuationDistortion x x x xC-Messages Noise x x x xLoss Deviation x x x x

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO EIOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

mdashmdashmdash _____

lsquoFHJH3

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 126

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

72 Service Descriptions (Centrsquod)

721 Voice Grade Service (Centrsquod)

(B)

(c)

Technical Specifications Packaqes (Centrsquod)

Echo Control - provided by the primary carr

For a com~lete listinu of VG technical soecrdquo

er

ficationpackages (see section-116) These tech~ical specificationpackages will be made available subject to the availabilityof equipment or in accordance with Section 10 following

Channel Interfaces

The Telephone Company providesinterface for Voice Grade servsignaling capability DA

The Telephone Company provides

re

interfaces for Voice-Grade service that reafiiresianalinu

the following channelice that does not requrdquo

the followinq channel

capability AC GO LA LB LC LS and RV - -

A complete list of channel interfaces and compatiblechannel interfaces are set forth in 113 and 114following

A complete list of Special Access Voice Grade optionalfeature and functions are set forth in Section 115following The technical specifications package for VoiceGrade service is set forth in section 116

The Telephone Company provides only the following optionalfeatures and functions

NONE

The Telephone Company will work cooperatively with theprimary carrier and the customer to provide the customerdesired special circuit subject to the availability ofequipment or in accordance with Section 10 following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278

r

------------__Freedom Wyoming 83120

F I 1-[lJ 1

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 127

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

73 Rate Regulations

This section contains the specific regulations governing the ratesand charges that apply for Special Access Service

731 Types of Rates and Charges

There are two types of rates and charges These are monthlyrates and nonrecurring charges The rates and charges aredescribed as follows

(A) Monthly Rates

Monthly rates are flat recurring rates that apply each monthor fraction thereof that a Special Access Service isprovided For billing purposes each month is considered tohave 30 days

(B) Nonrecurring Charges

Nonrecurring Charges apply to each installation of serviceas a one time charge Changes to existing services otherthan administrative changes will be treated as adiscontinuance of the existing service and an installationof a new services

If another channel termination is added to an existingmultipoint service nonrecurring charges will only apply tothe additional termination

Nonrecurring charges apply for each Channel Terminationinstalled as set forth in Section 122 following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO t30x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 mdash -

mdashFrdquo i= D I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 128Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS LINES

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

73 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

732 Minimum Period

The minimum service period for all services is one month

733 Surcharqe for Special Access Service

(A)

(B)

General

The monthly Special Access Surcharge will apply toeach intrastate Special Access Service that terminates onan end userrsquos PBX or other device where through a functionof the device the Special Access Service interconnects tothe local exchange network Interconnection functionsinclude but are not limited to wiring and softwarefunctions switching or patching of calls or stations

The Telephone Company will bill the customer who orders theSpecial Access Service the Surcharge on each serviceinstalled unless the service is exempt from the surchargeas set forth in (B) following at the rates set forth in122D following

Exemptions from Surcharge

The Special Access Service will be exempted from themonthly surcharge if the customer provides the TelephoneCompany written certification that the special accesstermination is one of the following

(1) an open-end termination in a Telephone Company switchof an FX line including CCSA and CCSA-equivalentONALS or

(Z) an analog channel termination that is used for radio ortelevision program transmission or

(3) a termination used for TELEX service or

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO EiOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

mdash--- -mdash -~f

rI

~-rdquo-rdquorsquo- F D ldquot ~~==

ftkldquo

1 ldquorsquoRi3n~I LiXic~~r~

-Grsquo~~$L_______-rdquolsquo-=A

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 129

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

73 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

733 Surcharqe for Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

(B) Exemptions from Surcharqe (Centrsquod)

(4) a termination that by the nature of its operatingcharacteristics could not make use of Telephone Companycormnonlines or

(5) a termination that interconnects either directly orindirectly to the local network where the usage issubject to Carrier Common Line charges such as aSpecial Access Service between customer points oftermination or a Special Access Service connectingCCSA or CCSA-type equipment (inter-matching trunks) or

(6) a termination that the customer certifies to theTelephone Company is not connected to a PBX or otherdevice capable of interconnecting the Special AccessService to a local exchange subscriber line

(C) Creditinq the Surcharge

The Telephone Company will cease billing the Special AccessSurcharge when certification that the service has becomeexempt from the surcharge as set forth in (B) precedingis received If the status of the Special Access Servicewas changed prior to receipt of the exemptioncertification the Telephone Company will credit thecustomerrsquos account not to exceed ninety (90) days basedon the effective date of the change specified by thecustomer in the letter of certification

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

F

_mdash -mdash --~ amp z rdquo

1

I ~ ldquo

----~lsquo-------ldquo--mdash

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 130

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

73 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

734 Mileage Measurement

The mileage to be used to determine the monthly rate for theChannel Mileage Facility is calculated on the airline distancebetween the Telephone Companyrsquos end office serving one customerdesignated premise and the wire center serving anothercustomer designated premise or the serving wire center of theprimary carrier along the same route for Special Access Serviceserving the customer designated premises The serving wirecenter associated with a customer designated premise is theserving wire center from which this customer designated premisewould normally obtain dial tone

To determine lsquohe amount to be billed first compute the mileageusing the VampH coordinates methods as set forth in the EXCHANGECARRIER ASSOCIATION TARIFF FCC NO 2 When the calculationof total mileage results in a fraction of a mile always roundup to the next whole mile before determining the mileage andapplying the rates Multiply the resulting number of miles bythe billing percentage as set forth in Exchange CarrierAssociation Tariff No 2 times the per mile rate set forth inSection 122 B(2) following and add the channel mileagetermination for each termination

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO EOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r ldquo-rdquo

mdash-mdash-

L

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 131

8 Billing and Collection Services

81 General Description

The Telephone Company will provide the following services

(A) Recording Services(B) Message Billing Service and(C) Other Billing Services

82 Recording Service

The Telephone Company will provide Recording Service in associationwith the offering of Feature Group C Switched Access Service forcustomer messages that can be recorded by the Telephone Companyproviding automatic message accounting equipment

The Telephone Company will provide Recording Service in its operatingterritory The minimum territory for which the Telephone Companywill provide Recording Service is all the appropriately equippedoffices in a state operating territory for which the customer hasordered Feature Group C Switched Access Service

821 General Description

Recording Service is the recording of the details of a customermessage and when requested by the customer the provision ofthose details to the customer Recording Service includesrecording assembly and editing and provisions of recordedcustomer message detail the applicable charges are set forth in123A following

Recording is the entering on magnetic tape or other acceptablemedia the details of customer messages originated throughSwitched Access Service for which answer and disconnectsupervision has been received Recording is provided 24 hoursa day 7 days a week the applicable charge for providing thetape is set forth in 123(F)

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

rldquo

-- --

F--

- -~-rsquo-~W

Silver Star Telephone CompanyACCESS SERVICE

8 Billing and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

82 Recording Service (Centrsquod)

821 General Description (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 132

(A)

(B)

(c)

(D)

(E)

Assembly and editing is the aggregation of recordedcustomer message details to create individual messages andthe verification that the data required for rating inaccordance with the standard format established by theTelephone Company is present

The Telephone Company will provide the assembled and editedmessage detail to the customer on magnetic tape at therequest of the customer Except for lost or damagedrecords the recorded detail will be available to thecustomer not more than five business days after the dateall the detail requested by the customer was processed bythe Telephone Company Assembly and editing will beperformed on all customer messages recorded during thebilling period established by the Telephone Company

A standard format for the provision of the recordedcustomer message detail will be established by theTelephone Company and provided to the customer If in thecourse of Telephone Company business it is necessary tochange the format the Telephone Company will notify theinvolved customers six months prior to the change

At the customerrsquos request the Telephone Company will makeevery reasonable effort to recover recorded customermessage detail previously made available to the customerand make it available again for the customer The chargesas set forth in 123A will apply for all such efforts anddetail provided

When the Telephone Company is notified that due to erroror omission incomplete data has been provided to acustomer the Telephone Company will make every reasonableeffort to locate andor recover the data and provide newdata to the customer at no additional charge Suchrequest to recover the data must be made within 30 daysfrom the date the details were initially made available tothe customer

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

[

mdashxmdash mdash X -1 = in- j lsquoldquo~j

l~l$ fiq

Public~~~~~~p~ Cm- wl~i

f

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 133Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billinq and Collection Services

83 Messaqe Billinq Service

831 General Description

The Telephone Company will provide or arrange for theprovision of Message Billing Service for customerrsquos End Userslocated in the Telephone Companyrsquos operating territoryMessage Billing Service entails

- Assembling of recorded Customer message details- Rating of messages and other service charges including

calculations of deposits in accordance with a schedule ofrates provided by the customer including both message-billed andbulk-billed services

- Establishment of accounts for bulk-billed customer End Users- Preparation and distribution of bills to End Users- Data transmission of rated Customer message detail between

exchange Telephone Company locations and- Collection of amounts due from End Users

(A) Customer message detail may be provided entirely by the customeror may be partially provided by the customer and partiallyprovided by the Telephone Company where the customer hasordered Recording Service as set forth in 82 Where thecustomer has ~rovided messaae detail the data ~rovided mustbe in the standard format e~tablished by the TelephoneCompany and delivered to a location specified by theTelephone Company

(B) Message-billed service is a billing Service for an Endaccount with an End User common line where individual

User

customer messages are posted to the account and are listed onthe bill rendered to the End User Message-billed service isalso a billing service for a customer credit card End Useraccount without an End User common line or WATS Access Line(WAL) Service where individual messages or groups of messagesare posted to the account and listed on the bill rendered tothe End User The message billing charges per message andper bill are set forth in 123(B) and 123(C) following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

- [F [ L i

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billinq and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

83 Message Billing Service (Centrsquod)

831 General Description (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 134

(B)

(c)

(D)

(E)

(Centrsquod)

Bulk-billed service is a billing service for an End Useraccount with a WATS Access Line (WAL) Service to the End Userpremises where individual customer messages are not posted tothe account and are not listed on the bill rendered to the EndUser

Account establishment is the preparation of customer End Userrecord so that a bill can be sent to that End User TheTelephone Company will not establish an End User account witha customer balance due

Data transmission is the transmitting and receiving of messagedetail between other Exchange Telephone Company locationsThe Data transmission charge set forth in 123(D) and 123(E)applies when message detail is data transmitted to or receivedfrom another Exchange Telephone Company location by theTelephone Company This charge applies on a per recordtransmitted or received basis A record is a logical groupingof information as described in the program that processes theinformation

The Telephone Company at its option may include customerbilling amounts as part of its regular monthly bill to itscustomers for local telephone exchange service The billformat will be determined by the Telephone Company

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

-mdash-mdash----

FIi iikmdash ldquoi-~

Silver Star Telephone CompanyACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 135

8 Billing and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

83 Message Billinq Service (Centrsquod)831 General Description (Centrsquod)

(F) Message Billing Service includes the normal treatment ofdelinquent accounts posting of credits and adjustmentsmessage investigation undertaken to secure proper billinginformation and when necessary in the judgment of theTelephone Company denial of customer service to the End UserThe Telephone Company will also make its best effort to answerinquiries from End Users concerning billed items for customerservice

(G) The Telephone Company will develop the customerrsquos schedule ofrates into a rating program Program development andmaintenance charges will be on a per hour basis as set forthin 123G

(H) At the request of the customer the Telephone Company willprepare and distribute customer credit cards by first classUS Mail service The Telephone Company will assign thecredit card number and will mark the records and files toshow that an End User has been issued an customer creditcard The Telephone Company will specify the information itrequires to issue a credit card and the format to be used bythe customer in furnishing such information Plastic coatedpaper cards will be distributed unless the customer requestsanother type card be provided Charges to prepare anddistribute credit cards will be developed on an individualbasis When it becomes necessary as determined by theTelephone Company to change the credit card number ordiscontinue the billing of credit card calls to an End Useraccount because of nonpayment of charges or unauthorized useof Telephone Company and customer service offerings theTelephone Company will notify the customer The TelephoneCompany will provide the customer with the credit cardassociated End User account name and Billing address for thecredit card number change or discontinued billing Al1charges for calls associated with such a discontinued creditcard will become the responsibility of the customer after thecustomer has been notified End User questions concerningthe issuing of customer credit cards will not be handled bythe Telephone Company

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

p-i-1-rsquo--rdquo-rdquo~-rdquo~

Silver Star Telephone CompanyACCESS SERVICE

8 Billinq and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

83 Messaqe Billing Service (Centrsquod)

831 General Description (Centrsquod)

84

85

(I)

(J)

(K)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 136

The Telephone Company will accept customer gift certificates forpayment from End Users if 1) the customer agrees in writing toimmediately redeem all such gift certificates and 2) theformat of the gift certificates is acceptable to theTelephone Company

The Telephone Company will not render bills under this tarifffor the provision andor delivery of telegrams gifts orother like services that the customer offers

Where the rates for customer services have been implemented underan accounting order pending final approval from a regulatoryagency the Telephone Company will upon written request fromthe customer keep such records as may be required to make anyadjustments to the End Users as may be ordered by theregulatory agency The charges for such service will bedetermined on an individual case basis

Other BillincjServices

The Telephone Company will undertake to provide Billing Service forprivate line or other dedicated non-switched services that thecustomer provides to End Users in its territory Also itwillundertake to provide Billing Analysis Service and Billing InformationService as defined to End Users in its territory Regulations andrates applicable to these services when required will be developed andfiled on an individual case basis

General Regulations

851 Liability of the Telephone Company

(A) In the absence of willful misconduct no liability fordamages to the Customer or other person or entity otherthan as set forth in 851(B) through 851(E) followingshall attach to the Telephone Company for its action orthe conduct of its employees in providing services underthis tariff

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

P

gtmdashmdash

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billing and Collections Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

851 Liability of the Telephone Company

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 137

(B) The Telephone Companyrsquos failure to provide or maintain servicesunder this tariff shall be excused by labor difficultiesgovernmental orders civil commotion criminal actions takenagainst the Telephone Company acts of God and othercircumstances beyond the Telephone Companyrsquos reasonable control

(c) If customer message detail is not available because theTelephone Company lost or damaged records or incurred recordingor processing system outages the Telephone Company will attemptto recover the lost customer detail for recording servicepurposes If the lost customer detail cannot be recovered andthe Telephone Company recorded the details the TelephoneCompany will estimate the volume of lost customer messages andtheir characteristics necessary for rating based on previouslyknown values for message billing service purposes If the lostcustomer detail cannot be recovered and the customer providedthe detail the customer will be requested to resupply thedetail If the customer cannot resupply the detail theTelephone Company will estimate the volume of lost customermessages and their characteristics based on previously knownvalues Such recovered or estimated detail will be included incustomer message detail provided to the customer or used asinput for Billing Service

In the event that these details are insufficient for End Userbilling the Telephone Company will credit to the customer anamount equal to the estimated revenue value of the lost customermessages

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO t30x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 ~- ~~ldquo--mdash 7

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 138Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billinq and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

851 Liability of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

(D) When the Telephone Company is notified that due to its error oromission the recorded customer message detail or the billingdata is incomplete or inaccurate the Telephone Company willmake every reasonable effort to correct the data at noadditional charge Such notification must be made within 60days from the date of the customer messages in question

(E) If the Telephone Company finds or is notified of an error inbilling to an End User it will correct the error within thelimits permitted by law

852 Obligations of the Customer

(A) When an customer orders Message Billing Service the customermust provide message detail for those messages to be billed thatare not recorded by the Telephone Company in a formatsatisfactory to the Telephone Company and delivered to alocation specified by the Telephone Company

(B) The customer must normally inform the Telephone Company at least30 days in advance of any changes in its rate schedules used bythe Telephone Company for providing Billing Service Notice ofless than 30 days shall entail an additional charge based on anindividual case basis If changes in the customerrsquos rateschedules are structural and necessitate the redesign of theTelephone Companyrsquos rating program additional charges willapply for program development as set forth in 123G following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

-_

Fj~

A

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billinq and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

852 Obligations of the Customer (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 139

(C) The customer shall be responsible for all contact andarrangements with its End Users concerning the provision andmaintenance of the customerrsquos service

853 Orderinq Services

(A) The minimum service period or Recording Service is one month andfor Billing Service is one year

(B) Separate Special Orders are required for Recording Service andfor Billing Service and must be placed at least one month inadvance of the desired service date A Special Order charge asset forth in 123H applies for each Special Order accepted bythe Telephone Company

(C) Recording Service may be ordered for customer services providedto all End Users located in the Telephone Companyrsquos operatingterritory or only for all End Users connected to specificTelephone Company exchanges

(D) Billing Services may only be ordered for al1 End Users locatedin the Telephone Companyrsquos operating territory

854 Mixed Intrastate and Interstate Services

When a customer has ordered Billing Service for both Intrastateand Interstate services and customer charges on an End Usermonthly bill contain an intrastate charge the rate applicableper bill rendered is the rate as set forth in 123C divided bytwo

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

[7

=mdashmdash- -3 ldquo ~ rsquo-

L ~mdash- ~~

8 ~ Ioq

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 140

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billinq and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

855 Purchase of Accounts Receivable

The Telephone Company will purchase from the customer its accountsreceivable that arise from bills rendered by the Telephone Companyto that customerrsquos End Users unless the Telephone Company agreesto act as billing agent for the customer The purchase ofaccounts receivable will be limited to amounts due the customerafter the Telephone Company starts providing Billing Service forthat customer After the Telephone Company has purchased thecustomerrsquos accounts receivable the customer is prohibited fromassigning transferring selling exchanging or giving theseaccounts receivable to any other entity or person The customerwill provide written assurance to the Telephone Company of suchforbearance and any assignment transfer sale exchange or giftis null and void and will subject the customer to all liabilitiesexpenses costs including attorney fees expended and incurred bythe Telephone Company in pursuing exclusive ownership of theaccounts receivable

The Telephone Companyrsquos purchase of a customerrsquos accountsreceivable shall be with recourse adjustments as set forth in855(B) to account for amounts due the customer that theTelephone Company is unable to collect from the End User whichuses the customerrsquos services The amounts due the customer forthe purchase of its accounts receivable will be determined asfollows

(A) Total Current Amount Billed

The Telephone Company will determine from its records for eachEnd user billing period (ie the billing date on a bill foran End User of an customerrsquos service) the total current amountlawfully billed to the customerrsquos End Users for customerservices including all taxes applicable to such services ATotal Current Amount Billed will be determined for eachcustomer for each End User billing period

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO EOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdashmdashmdash -mdash -rsquo----rdquordquolsquoldquoldquorsquo

~r I - [ ldquo1 iI

I 3Ilrsquo~rsquordquo~s1 prsquoi[-frsquolsquoldquo irsquorsquo

- rsquo rsquorsquoLrdquorsquoJlt mdash

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 141

8 Billing and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

855 Purchase of Accounts Receivable (Centrsquod)

(B) Recourse Adjustments

For each billing period the Telephone Company will makerecourse adjustments to the Total Current Amount Billed asfollows

(1) End User Adjustments

(A) For each billing period the Telephone Company wil 1subtract from the Total Current Amount Billed thelawfully billed amounts which the Telephone Companyremoves from End Users balances due in accordance withcustomer inquiry instructions

(B) In addition for each billing period the TelephoneCompany will subtract from the Total Current AmountBilled an amount that equals the face value of anycustomer gift certificate the Telephone Company has inits possession The customer gift certificates theTelephone Company possesses will be returned to thecustomer

(C) For each billing period the Telephone Company wil 1subtract from the Total Current Amount Billed billamounts for End User bills which the Telephone Companywas unable to deliver to the End User eg due toincorrect or out-of-date mailing address but wasdelivered to the customer

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 ___ mdash mdash--_---

m lsquordquoi I

rsquof] ~ j~p~ lsquo

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 142Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billing and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

855 Purchase of Accounts Receivable (Centrsquod)

(B) Recourse Adjustments (Centrsquod)

(2) Telephone Company and Customer Adjustments

(0) In addition for each billing perfiodthe TelephoneCompany may make adjustments to the Total CurrentAmount Billed to the customer for additions orsubtractions to an End User balance due for servicesbilled in prior periods

(E) Also each billing period the Telephone Company maymake adjustments to the Total Current Amount Billed toaccount for additions and subtractions for customer orTelephone Company prior billing period errors

(F) For each billing period the Telephone Company wil 1subtract from the Total Current Amount Billed an amountfor uncollectable Uncollectable are amounts billedby the Telephone Company to End Users on customer billsthat are added to the Uncollectable Accounts (realized)of the Telephone Company The amount thaldeducted is the uncollectable determineduncollectable by the Telephone Company inimmediately prior period or prior periodspreviously subtracted reduced by the CO1rdquoamounts previously subtracted

wi~l be lsquoto betheif notection of

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 130x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 mdash--- ----~

Ilsquo- ~ -r - j

lt~=j

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 143

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billing and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

855 Purchase of Accounts Receivable (Centrsquod)

(C) Payment of Net Purchase Amount to the Customer

(1)

(2)

The Telephone Company will purchase accounts receivable fromthe customer on eachrdquoEnd User bill day for the purchase amountwhich equals the Total Current Amount Billed as set forth in855(A) after known Adjustments as set forth in 855(B)have been made On the payment date determined by adding 31days to the End User bill day except as provided hereinthe Telephone Company will remit payment to the customer forthe purchase amount less additional adjustments as set forthin 855B (1) and (2) (net purchase amount) received by theTelephone Company prior to the payment date Payment willbe made in immediately available funds If such paymentdate would cause payment to be due on a Saturday Sunday orHoliday payment for the net purchase amount will be due tothe customer as follows

If such payment date falls on a Sunday or on a Holiday whichis observed on a Monday the payment date shall be the firstnon-Holiday day following such Sunday or Holiday If suchpayment date falls on a Saturday or on a Holiday which isobserved on Tuesday Wednesday Thursday or Friday thepayment date shall be the last non-Holiday day precedingsuch Saturday or Holiday

Further if any portion of the net purchase amount isreceived by the customer after the payment date or if anyportion of the net purchase amount is received by thecustomer in funds which are not immediately available to thecustomer then a late payment penalty shall be due thecustomer The late payment penalty shall be the due portionof the net purchase amount received after the payment datetimes a late factor The late factor shall be the lessorof

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 -----

I~-----rsquo-mdash-rdquo-rdquo ldquorsquo - ~ ldquo~$

i 1 i- - -~

4 k ~ lc~fj

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 144

8 Billinq and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

855 Purchase of Accounts Receivable (Centrsquod)

(C) Payment of Net Purchase Amount To Customer (Centrsquod)

(a) the highest interest rate (in decimal value) which maybe levied by law for commercial transactions in thestate for the number of days from the payment date toand including the date that the Telephone Companyactually makes the payment to the customer or

(b) 0000590 per day compounded daily for the number ofdays from the payment date to and including the datethat the Telephone Company actually makes the payment tothe customer

Any late payment penalty will be included with the nextTelephone Company payment to the customer

(3) Also if any adjustment that reduces an End User balance dueis received by the Telephone Company from the customer afterthe date the Telephone Company billed the charges to beadjusted to the End User plus 45 days then a late paymentpenalty shall be due the Telephone Company The late paymentpenalty shall be the adjustment amount times a late factorThe late factor shall be the lessor of

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 145

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billing and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

855 Purchase of Accounts Receivable (Centrsquod)

(c)

(D)

Payment of Net Purchase Amount To Customer (Centrsquod)

(a) The highest interest rate (in decimal value) which maybe levied by law for commercial transactions in thestate for the number of days from the billed plus dateto and including the date that the Telephone Companyposts the End User account or

(b) 0000590 per day compounded daily for the numberof days from the billed plus date to and including thedate that the Telephone Company posts the End Useraccount

Any late payment penalty will be included with the adjustmentmade by the Telephone Company to the customerrsquos Total CurrentAmount Billed

Nettinq of Net Purchase Accounts With Customer AccessService Charges

When a payment from a customer to the Telephone Company forAccess Service other than for Billing and Collection Servicesis due on the same payment date that a net purchase amount isdue from the Telephone Company to the customer the TelephoneCompany with notice to the customer of at least 31 days maynet the two payments The Telephone Company will pay the netamount to the customer on the payment date when such net amountis due the customer or require the amount is due the TelephoneCompany If either party does not made the payment on thepayment date a late payment penalty as set forth in 855C (a)or (b) applies

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 -Original Page 146

8 Billing and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

856 Auditing

Upon reasonable written notice by the customer to theTelephone Company the customer shall have the rightthrough its authorized representative to examine andoraudit during normal business hours and at reasonableintervals as determined by the Telephone Company all suchrecords and accounts as may under recognized accountingpractices contain information bearing upon the recording ofmessages rating billing and collecting for amounts payableto the customer

Adjustment shall be made by the proper party to compensatefor any errors or omissions disclosed by such examinationandor audit Neither such right to examine andor audit northe right to receive such adjustment shall be affected by anystatement to the contrary appearing on checks or otherwiseunless such statement expressly waiving such right appears ina letter signed by the authorized representatives of theparty having such right and delivered to the other party

All information received or reviewed by the customer or itsauthorized representative is to be considered confidentialand is not to be distributed provided or disclosed in anyform to anyone not involved in the audit nor is suchinformation to be used for any other purpose

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdash-mdash mdash- -_

ilsquo3-~~ ldquoldquolt i

-i -= L+

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billinq and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 147

857 Billinq Arrangements When the Telephone CompanyActs as Agent for the Customer

When the Telephone Company agrees to act as billing agent forthe customer the billing service payment arrangements andownership of the accounts receivable will be as follows

(A)

(B)

(c)

The billing services including the collection from EndUsers of monies for the customer accounts receivable thatarise from bills rendered by the Telephone Company to thatcustomerrsquos End Users provided by the Telephone Company willbe as set forth in 83 and 84

For the customer accounts receivable that arise from billsrendered by the Telephone Company to that customerrsquos EndUsers the Total Current Amount Billed and the RecourseAdjustments will be determined as set forth in 855 Thepayment of the net monies due the customer will be handledas set forth in 855C

The ownership of the customer accounts receivable will notbe transferred by the customer to the Telephone CompanyWhen the customer discontinues Billing Service providedunder this tariff and the Telephone Company is acting asbilling agent for the customer the Telephone Company willdetermine and make a final payment to the customer as setforth in 857B This final payment shall be considered tobe all of the remaining monies due the customer for thebills rendered to the customerrsquos End Users by the TelephoneCompany When the Telephone Company discontinues billingthe customerrsquos end users for customer services any depositsfor customer services will be returned to the appropriateEnd User in accordance with the Telephone Companyrsquos finalbilling procedures

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

----~rdquo- -~i j ilsquoldquo

k imdash L-iJ

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 148

ACCESS SERVICE

9 Additional Engineering Additional Labor and Miscellaneous Services

In this section normally scheduled working hours are an employeesscheduled work period on any given business days which totals eight (8)hours

91 Additional Engineering

Additional Engineering will be provided by the Telephone Company at the request of the customer when

(A) A customer requests additional technical information after the Telephone Company has already provided the technical information normally included on the DeSign Layout Report (DLR) as set forth in 613 and 716 preceding

(B) Additional engineering time is incurred by the Telephone Company to engineer a customers request for a customized service as set forth in 72 preceding

The Telephone Company will notify the customer that additional engineering charges will apply before any additional engineering is undertaken

911 Charges for Additional Engineering

The charges for additional Engineering are as shown in 124(A)

92 Additional Labor

Additional labor is that labor requested by the customer on a given service and agreed to by the Telephone Company The TelephoneCompany will notify the customer that additional labor charges will apply before any additional labor is undertaken Additional labor charges apply to the services described in Sections 921 through926

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 11788Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED I HJ 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 149

~

ACCESS SERVICE

9 Additional Engineering Additional Labor and Miscellaneous Services

92 Additional Labor (Contd)

921 Overtime Installation

Overtime installation is that Telephone Company installation effort outside of normally scheduled working hours

922 Overtime Repair

Overtime repair is that Telephone Company maintenance effort performed outside of normally scheduled working hours

923 Stand By

Stand by includes all time in excess of one-half (12) hour during which Telephone Company personnel stand by to made installation acceptance tests or cooperative tests with a customer

924 Testing and Maintenance with Other Telephone Companies

Additional labor charges apply for additional testingmaintenance or repair of facilities which connect to facilities of other telephone companies This is in addition to the normal effort required to test maintain or repair facilities provided solely by the Telephone Company

925 Testing Services

Testing Services other than those described in other parts of this tariff will be provided at the hourly rates described if requested by the customer Testing will be provided subject to the availability of equipment and qualified personnel

926 Other Labor

Other labor is that additional labor incurred to accommodate a specific customer request that involves labor which is not covered by any other section of this tariff It also covers additional labor necessary to meet customer requests as described in Section 5

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 27B Freedom Wyoming 83120

rmiddot FI LED

I HI 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

bull

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 150

ACCESS SERVICE

9 Additional Engineering Additional Labor and Miscellaneous Services

92 Additional Labor (Contd)

927 Charges for Additional Labor

The charges for additional labor are shown in 124(8)

93 Miscellaneous Services

931 Maintenance of Service

(A) When a customer reports a trouble to the Telephone Companyfor clearance and the trouble is not in the TelephoneCompanys facilities the customer shall be responsible for p~ment of a Maintenance of Service charge for the period of time from when Telephone Company personnel are dispatched to the customers premises to when the work is compl eted

(8) The charges for Maintenance of Service are shown in 124(C)

Issued 12187

~

Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

Effective 1188

FI LED

I UJ 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 30 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 151 _

ACCESS SERVICE

10 Special Construction

101 General

This section addresses special construction of Teleplone Companyfacilities which are used to provide services offered under this tariff

When special construction is required as described in 102 following the provisions of this section apply in addition to regulations rates and charges as set forth in other sections of this tariff

Regulations and rates will be added to this tariff for each specific application of Special Construction The customer will provide written authorization to the Telephone Company prior to the commencement of any Special Construction

102 Conditions Requiring Special Construction

Special construction is required when suitable facilities are not available to meet a customers order for service and one or more of the following conditions exist

- The Telephone Company has no other requirement for the facilities const~ucted at the customers request

- The customer requests that service be furnished using a type of facility or via a route other than that which the TelephoneCompany would otherwise utilize in furnishing the requested service

- The customer requests the construction of more facilities than are required to satisfy its order for service

- The customer requests construction be expedited resulting in added cost to the Telephone Company

- The customer requests that temporary facilities be constructed until permanent facilities are available

Issued 121787 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120 F I LED

I A~ 1 1988

Public Service Commission of WyominR

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Si1yener Star Telephone Company Or1g1nal Page 152

ACCESS SERVICE

11

111 local Transport Interface Groups

Interface Group 1 1s prov1ded w1th Type C Transm1ss10n Specificat1ons and Interface Groups 2 through 10 are prov1ded w1th Type A or B Transm1ss10n Spec1f1cat10ns depend1ng on the Feature Group and whether the Access Service is routed d1rectly or through an access tandem All Interface Groups are provided with Data Transission Parameters

Only certa1n pr8lises interfaces are available at the customer designated preMises The prem1ses 1nterfaces associated with the Interface Groups laY vary among Feature Groups The various preises interfaces wh1ch are ava1lable w1th the Interface Groupsand the Feature Groups with wh1ch they may be used are set forth 1n 1111 follow1ng shy

1111 Interface Group 1

Interface Group I except as set forth 1n the following prQvides two-w1re -vo1ce frequency transm1ss10n at the point of tenl1nation at the customers prem1ses The interface 1s capable of transmission of voice and assoc1ated telephone signals w1thin the frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz

Interface Group 1 is not provided in assoc1at10n w1th FGC and FGD when the first po1nt of switch1ng 1s an access tandem In addition Interface Group 1 1s not provided in association with FGB FGC or FGD when the first p01nt of switching provides only four-wire terminations

The transmission path between the point of term1nation at the customer deSignated premises and the first point of switchingMay be comprised of any form or configuration of plant capable of any typ1cally used in the telecommunications industry for the transmission of voice and associated telephone signals with1n the frequency of 300 to 3000 Hz

liiiid 12117 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 171)88S1lver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyom1 ng 83120

1 FILED

1 U 1 1988

9uMic Service Commission of Wyomint

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 ~

Silver Star Telephone Ccapany Original Page 153 I

ACCESS SERVICE

111 Locl Transpgrt Interface Groups (Contd)

1111 Interface Group 1 (Contd)

The interface is provided with loop supervisory signaling When the interface is associated with FGA such signalingwill be loop start or ground start signaling When the interface is associated with FGB FGC or FGD such signaling except for two-way calling which is ELM signaling will be reverse battery signaling

1112 Interface Group 2

Interface Group 2 provides four-wire voice frequency transmission at the pOint of termination at the customer designated premises The interface is capable of transmission of voice and associated telephone signals within the frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz

The transmission path between the pOint of termination at the customer designated premises and the first pOint of switching may be comprised of any form or configuration of plant capable of and typically used in the te1ecOlmUnications industry for the transmission of voice and associated telephone signals within the frequency

bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz

The interface is provided with loop supervisory signaling When the interface is associated with FGA such signalingwill be loop start or ground start signaling

When the interface is associated with FGB FGC or FGD such signaling except for two-way calling which is ELM signalingwill be reverse battery signaling

IsiUid 12181 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective tt88Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyom1 ng 83120

Fl LED AN 1 1988

Mit SaMce Commission of Wyomiq

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silwer Star TelephoM COIIIPlny Original Page 154

ACCESS SERVICE

11

111 Local Transport Interface Groups (Contd)

1113 Interface Group 3

Interface Group 3 provides group level analog transmission at the point of termination at the customer designatedpremises The interface is capable of transmitting electrical signals between the frequencies of 60 to 108 kKzwith the capability to channelize up to 12 voice frequency transmission paths Certain frequencies within the bandwidth of the Interface Group are reserved for TelephoneCQlpany use eg pilot and carrier group alarm tones Before the first point of switching the Telephone Companywill provide multiplex equipment to derive 12 transmission paths of frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz

The interface is provided with individual transmission path SF supervisory signaling

1114 Interface Group 4

Interface Group 4 provides supergroup level analog transmission at the point of termination at the customer deSignated premises The interface is capable of transmitting electrical Signals between the frequencies of 312 to 552 kHz with the capability to channelize up to 60 voice frequency transmission paths Certain frequencies within the bandwidth of the Interface Group are reserved for Telephone Company use eg pilot and carrier group alarm tones Before the first point of switching the TelephoneCompany will provide multiplex and channel bank equipment to derive 60 transmission paths of frequency bandwidth of approxilllltely 300 to 3000 Hz

The interface is provided with individual transmission path SF supervisory signaling

1iiiii3 11187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

JAN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of WYOMing

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 snr Star Telephone CCJlPany Original Page 155

11

ACCESS SERVICE

111 Locll Transport Interface Groups (Contd)

1115 Interface Group 5

Interface Group 5 provides mastergroup level analog transmission at the pOint of termination at the customer designated premises The interface is capable of transa1tt1ng electrical signals between the frequencies of 564 to 3084 kHz with the capability to channelize up to 600 voice frequency transmission paths Certain frequencies within the bandwidth of the Interface Group are reserved for Telephone Company use eg pilot and carrier group alarm tones Before the first pOint of switching the TelephoneCQIP4ny will provide multiplex and channel bank equipment to derive 600 tranSMission paths of frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz

The interface is provided with individual transmission path SF supervisory signaling

1116 Interface Group 6

Interface Group 6 provides OSl level digital transmission at the point of termination at the customer designated p~1ses The interface is capable of transmitting electrical signals at a nominal 1544 Mbps with the capability to channelize up to 24 voice frequency transmission paths Before the first point of switching when analog switching utilizing analog terminations is provided the Telephone Company will provide multiplex and channel bank equipment to derive 24 transmission paths of a frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz When digital switching or analog switching with digital carrier terminations is provided the Telephone Company will provide at the first pOint of switching a OSl signal in 0304 format

The interface is provided with individual transmission path bit streaa supervisory signaling

tiiiid 121f1 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyom1 ng 83120

FI LED

JAN 1 1988

NIIic ServIce Commission of Wymnimiddot1tI j

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Snver Star Telephone CCllPlny Original Page 156

ACCESS SERVICE

11

111 Local Transpgrt Interface Groups (Contd)

11 1 7 Interface Group 7

Interface Group 7 provides OSIC level digital transmission at the point of termination at the customer designatedpreises The interface is capable of transmitting electrical signals at a nominal 3152 Mbps with the capability to channelize up to 48 voice frequency transmission paths Before the first point of switching when analog switching utilizing analog terminations is provided the Telephone Company will provide multiplex and channel bank equ1~ent to derive up to 48 voice frequency transmission paths of a frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz When digital switching or analog switching with digital carrier terminations is provided the TelephoneCQlpAny will provide at the first pOint of switching OSI signals in 0304 format

The interface is provided with individual transmission path btt streu supervisory signaling

111 8 Interface Group 8

Interface Group 8 provides OS2 level digital transmission at the point of termination at the customer designatedpraises The interface is capable of tranSlllitting electrical Signals at a nominal 6312 Mbps with the capability to channelize up to 96 voice frequency tran5lliss1on paths Before the first point of switching when analog switching utilizing analog terminations is provided the Telephone Company will provide multiplex and channel bank equipment in its office to derive up to 96 trans1ss1on paths of a frequency bandwidth of approx1ately 300 to 3000 Hz

Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyom1 ng 83120

FI LE 0

UN 1 t988

Putdic Service Commi of Wyontiq

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Snver Star Telephone COIIpany Original Page 157

ACCESS SERVICE

11

111 L9Sa1 Transport Interface Groups (Contd)

1118 Interface Group 8 (Contd)

When digital switching or analog switching with digitalcarrier terminations is provided the Telephone Company will provide at the first pOint of switching OSl Signals in D3D4 f011lllt

The interface is provided with individual transmission path bit stream supervisory signaling

1119 Interface Group 9

Interface Group 9 provides OS3 level digital transmission at the point of termination at the customer designatedpremises The interface is capable of transmitting electrical Signals at a nominal 44736 Mbps with the capability to channelize up to 672 voice frequency transission paths Before the first point of switching when analog switching utilizing analog terminations is provided the Telephone Company will provide multiplex and channel bank equiPMent to derive up to 672 transmission paths of a frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 300 Hz When digital switching or analog switching with digital carrier terminations is provided the TelephoneCompany will provide at the first pOint of switching OSl signals in 0304 format

The interface is provided with individual transmission path bit strea supervisory signaling

11110 Interface Group 10

Interface Group 10 provides OS4 level digital transmission at the point of termination at the customer designatedpremises

tsiUia 12117 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 11188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILED I 1 A~ 1 1988

PubHc Service Commission of Wyoming J

l

middotn bull j

ur1g1na1 page 158

ACCESS SERVICE

11

111 Local Transport Interface Groups (Contd)

11110 Interface Group 10 (Contd)

The interface is capable of transmitting electrical signals at at nominal 274176 Mbps with the capability to channelize up to 4032 voice frequency transmission paths Before the first point of switching when analog switching ut111z1nganalog terminations is provided the Telephone Company will provide multiplex and channel bank equipment to derive up to 4032 transmission paths of a frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz When digital switching or analog switching with digital carrier terminations is provided the Telephone Company will provide at the first point of switching OSl signals in 0304 format The interface is provided with individual transmission path bit stream supervisory signaling

11111 Available Premises Interface Codes

Following isa matrix showing for each Interface Groupwhich premises interface codes are available as a function of the Telephone Company switch supervisory signaling and Feature Group For explanations of these codes see the Glossary of Channel Interface Codes in 731 following

Issiid 121787 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyom1 ng 83120

FI LED 1 HI 1 lq88

PublicSerlice Commission

-----_of W10ming

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3

n Snver Star Telephone COIIPany Original Page 159 ACCESS SERVICE

111 Local Transport Interface Groups (Contd)

11111 Available Premises Interface Codes (Contd)

Interface Telephone Company Premises Feature GroupIyp Switch Supervisory Signaling Interface Code ABC 0

1 La 2LS2 x lO 2lS3 x GO 2GS2 x GO 2GS3 x la GO 20X3 x la GO 4EA3-E x la GO 4EA3-M x La GO 6E83-E x lO GO 6E83-M x RV EA EB EC 20X3 x x x RV EA EB EC 4EA3-E x x x RV EA EB EC 4EA3-M x x x RV EA EB EC 6E83-E x x x RV EA EB EC 6EB3-M x x x EA EB EC 6EC3 x x RV 2RV3-0 x x x RV 2RV3-T x x x

2 LOt GO 4SF2 x la GO 4SF3 x lO 4lS2 x lO 4lS3 x lO 6lS2 x GO 4GS2 x GO 4GS3 x GO 6GS2 x la GO 4DX2 x la GO 40X3 x LOt GO 6EA2-E x la GO 6EA2-M x LOt GO 8E82-E x LOt GO 8EB2-M x la GO 6EX2-M X

IssUitJ 121S Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILED

JAN 1 1988

Putflic servtC8 ~mmissioft of WyoM~

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Sl1ver Star Telephone Ccapany Original Page 160n ACCESS SERVICE

11 Interfaces and echnical

111 Local Trans22rt Interface Grou~s (Contd)

11111 Available Premises Interface Codes (Contd)

Interface Telephone Company Premises Feature Group afOUl Switch SU2ervisorl Signaling I nterface Code A B C 0

2 Contd RV EA EB EC 4SF2 X X X RV EA EB EC 4SF3 X RV EA EB EC 40X2 X X X RV EA EB EC 40X3 X RV EA EB EC 60X2 X RV EA EB EC 6EA2-E X X X RV EA EB EC 6EA2-M X X X RV EA EB EC 8EB2-E X X X RV EA EB EC 8EB2-M X X X EA EB EC 8EC2-M X X RV 4RV2-0 X X X RV 4RV2-T X X X

r RV 4RV3-0 X X RV 4RV3-T X X

I

3 LO GO 4AH5-B X RV EA EB EC 4AH5-B X X X

4 lO GO 4AH6-C X RV EA EB EC 4AH6-C X X X

5 LO GO 4AH6-D X RV EA EB EC 4AH6-D X X X

6 LOt GO 40S9-15 X lO GO 40S9-15l X RV EA EB EC 40S9-15 X X X RV EA EB EC 40S9-15l X X X

7 LOt GO 40S9-31 X RV EA EB EC 40S9-31 X X X LO GO 40S9-31l X RV EA EB EC 40S9-31l X X X

Issued 121S7 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LEDn JAN 1 1988

~ic Service Commission of WyomiAg

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 161

ACCESS SERVICE

11

111 Local Trans2ert Interface Grou~s (Contd)

11111 Available Premises Interface Codes (Contd)

Interface Telephone Company Premises Feature Group Group Switch Su~ervisory Signaling Interface Code A B C 0

8 LO GO 40S0-63 X LO GO 4DSO-63L X RV EA EB EC 40S0-63 X X X RV EA EB EC 4DSO-63L X X X

9 LO GO 40S6-44 X LO GO 40S6-44L X RV EA EB EC 40S6-44 X X X RV EA EB EC 40S6-44L X X X

10 LO GO 40S6-27 X LO GO 40S6-27L X I RV EA EB EC 40S6-27 X X X

RV EA EB EC 40S6-27L X X X

11112 Supervisory Signaling

- For Interface Groups 1 and 2

OX Supervisory Signaling EampM Type I Supervisory Signaling EampM Type II Supervisory Signaling or EampM Type III Supervisory Signaling

- For Interface Group 2

SF Supervisory Signaling or Tandem Supervisory Signaling

Issued 12187 Mr Relvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box Freedom Wyoming 83120

278

Fl LED

JAN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of WyOfttins

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 162

ACCESS SERVICE

11

111 Local Transport Interface Groups (Contd)

11112 Supervisory Signaling (Contd)

- For Interface Groups 6 through 10

These Interface Groups may at the option of the customer be provided with individual transmission path SF supervisory signaling where such signaling is available in Telephone Company central offices Generally such signaling is available only where the entry switch provides an analog ie non digital interface to the transport termination

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications

~ Following are descriptions of the three Standard I Transmission Specifications available with Switched Access Service Feature Groups The specific applications in terms of the Feature Groups and Interface Groups with which the Feature Group Standard Transmission Specifications are provided are set forth in 621(C) 622(C) 623(C) and 624(C) preceding

(A) Type A Transmission Specifications

Type A Transmission Specifications is provided with the following parameters

(1) Loss Deviation

The maximum Loss Deviation of the 1004 Hz loss relative to the Expected Measured Loss (EML) is plusmn 20 dB

isSued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

tAN I 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 163

ACCESS SERVICE

11

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(A) Type A Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(2) Attenuation Distortion

The maximum Attenuation Distortion in the 404 to 2804 Hz frequency band relative to the loss at 1004 Hz is -10 dB to +30 dB

(3) C-Message Noise

The maximum C-Message Noise for the transmission path at the route miles listed is less than or equal to

Route Miles C-Message Noise~ less than 50 32 dBrnCO 51 to 100 34 dBrnCO

101 to 200 37 dBrnCO 201 to 400 40 dBrnCO 401 to 1000 42 d8rnCO

(4) C-Notch Noise

The maximum C-Notch Noise utilizing a -16 d8mO holding tone is less than or equal to 45 dBrnCO

Issued 127187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

n FI LED(

JAN 1 1988

fublic Service Commission of Wyominlaquo

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 164

ACCESS SERVICE

11 Channel Interfaces

112 Transm1ss1on Specifications Switched Access Service

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(A) Type A Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(5) Echo Control

Echo Control identified as Equal Level Echo Path Loss and expressed as Echo Return Loss and S1ng1ngReturn Loss 1s dependent on the routing 1ewhether the service is routed directly from the customers pOint of terminat10n (POT) to the end office or via an access tandem It is equal to or greater than the following

Echo Return Loss Singing Return Loss

r POT to Access I Tandem 21 dB 14 dB

POT to End Office - Direct MA NA - Via Access

Tandem 16 dB 11 dB

(6) Standard Return Loss

Standard Return Loss expressed as Echo Return Loss and Singing Return Loss on two-wire ports of a four-wire point of termination shall be equal to or greater than

Echo Return Loss Singing Return Loss

5 dB 25 dB

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

UN 1 1988

PulJllc Service Commission of Wyom~AI

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 165

ACCESS SERVICE

11

112 Transaiss10n Specifications Switched Access Service

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications (Contld)

(8) Type B Transmission Specifications

Type B Transmission Specifications are provided with the following parameters

(1) Loss Deviation

The maximum Loss Deviation of the 1004 Hz loss relative to the Expected Measured Loss (EML) is ~ 25 dB

(2) Attenuation Distortion

The maximum Attenuation Distortion in the 404 to 2804 Hz frequency band relative to loss at 1004 Hz

~ is -20 dB to +40 dB

(3) C-Message Noise

The maximum C-Message Noise for the transmission path at the route miles listed is less than or equal to

C-Message Noise Route Mi les Type B1 Type B2

less than 50 32 dBrnCO 35 dBrnCO 51 to 100 33 dBrnCO 37 dBrnCO 101 to 200 35 dBrnCO 40 dBrnCO 201 to 400 37 dBrnCO 43 dBrnCO 401 to 1000 39 dBrnCO 45 dBrnCO

For Feature Groups C and D only Type B2 will be provided For Feature Groups A and Bt Type B1 or B2 will be provided as set forth in Technical Reference PUB 62500

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

rAN 1 middot1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 166

ACCESS SERVICE

11

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(B) Type B Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(4) C-Notch Noise

The maximum C-Notch Noise utilizing a -16 dBmO holding tone is less than or equal to 47 dBrnCO

(5) Echo Control

Echo Control identified as Impedance Balance for FGA and FGB and Equal Level Echo Path Loss for FGC and FGD and expressed as Echo Return Loss (ERL)and Singing Return Loss (SRL) is dependent on the routing ie whether the service is routed directly from the customers point of termination (POT) to the end office or via an access tandem The ERL and SRL also differ by Feature Group typeof termination and type of transmission path They are greater than or equal to the following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 167(

( ACCESS SERVICE

11

112 Transission Specifications Switched Access Service

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(B) T~pe B Transmission Specifications (Cont d)

(5) Echo Control (Contd)

Echo Return Loss Singing Return Loss

POT of Access Tandem - Terminated in

4-Wire Trunk 21 dB 14 dB - Terminated in

2-Wire Trunk 16 dB 11 dB

POT to End Office - Direct 16 dB 11 dB - Via Access Tandem( bull For FGB access 8 DB 4 dB

bull For FGC access (Effective 4-Wire transmission path at end office) 16 dB 11 dB

bull For FGC access (Effective 2-Wire transmission path at end office) 13 dB 6 dB

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILED ~

fAN 1 1988 I

PulJUc Service Commisso 1

of ~iq ~ r

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 168

ACCESS SERVICE

11

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(B) Type B Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(6) Standard Return Loss

Standard Return Loss expressed as Echo Return Loss and Singing Return Loss on two-wire ports of a four-wire point of termination shall be equal to or greater than

Echo Return Loss Singing Return Loss

5 dB 25 dB

(C) Type C Transmission Specifications

Type C Transmission Specifications are provided with the following parameters

(1) Loss Deviation

The maximum Loss Deviation of the 1004 Hz loss relative to the Expected Measured Loss (EML) is + 30 dB

(2) Attenuation Distortion

The maximum Attenuation Distortion in the 404 to 2804 Hz frequency band relative to loss at 1004 Hz is -20 dB to +55 dB

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILED

I AN 1 1988

Public Service Commissiot of Wyoming

Silver Star Telephone Company WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3

Original Page 169

ACCESS SERVICE

11

1121

(C)

Feature Groups A and B Type C1 forth in Technical Reference PUB 62500

Issued 12187

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

Standard Transmission Specifications (Contd)

Type C Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(3) C-Message Noise

The maximum C-Message Noise for the transmission path at the route miles listed is less than or equal to

Route Miles C-Message No1se Type C1 Type C2

less than 50 32 dBrnCO 38 dBrnCO 51 to 100 33 dBrnCO 39 dBrnCO 101 to 200 35 dBrnCO 41 dBrnCO 201 to 400 37 dBrnCO 43 dBrnCO 401 to 1000 39 dBrnCO 45 dBrnCO

(4) C-Notch Noise

The maximum C-Notch Noise~ utilizing a -16 dBmO holding tone is less than or equal to 47 dBrnCO

For Feature Groups C and 0 only Type C2 will be provided For or C2 will be provided as set

Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 11188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

fA~ 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WVOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 170

ACCESS SERVICE

11

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(C) Type C Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(5) Echo Control

Echo Control identified as Return loss and expressed as Echo Return loss and Singing Return loss is dependent on the routing iebullbull whether the service is routed directly from the customers point of termination (POT) to the end office or via an access tandem It is equal to or greater than the following

Echo Return loss Singing Return loss

POT to Access Tandem 13 dB 6 dB

POT to End Office - Direct 13 dB 6 dB - Via Access Tandem

(For FGB only) 8 dB 4 dB

1122 Data Transmission Parameters

Two types of Data Transmission Parameters iebullbull Type DA and Type DB are provided for the Feature Group arrangementsThe specific applications in terms of the Feature Groupswith which they are provided are set forth in 621(C) 622(C) 623(C) and 624(C) preceding Following are descriptions of each

For Feature Groups C and D only Type C2 will be provided For Feature Groups A and B Type C1 or C2 or C2 will be provided as set forth in Technical Reference PUB 62500

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

UN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 171

ACCESS SERVICE

11 Interface Groups Transmission Specifications Channel Interfaces Special Access Optional Features and Functions and Technical Specification Packages (Contd)

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

1122 Data Transmission Parameters (Contd)

(A) Data Transmission Parameters Type DA

(1) Signal to C-Notched Noise Ratio

The Signal to C-Notched Noise Ratio is equal to or greater than 33 dB

(2) Envelope Delay Distortion

The maximum Envelope Delay Distortion for the frequencYbands and route miles specified is

604 to 2804 Hz

less than 50 route miles 500 microseconds equal to or greater than 50

route miles 900 microseconds

1004 to 2404 Hz

less than 50 route miles 200 microseconds equal to or greater than 50

route miles 400 microseconds

(3) Impulse Noise Counts

The Impulse Noise Counts exceeding a 65 dBrnCO threshold in 15 minutes is no more than 15 counts

Issued 121787 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278

Effective 11188

Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LE 0

JAN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Original Page 172

ACCESS SERVICE

Silver Star Telephone Companyr-

1122

11

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

Data Transmission Parameters (Contd)

Data Transmission Parameters Type DA (Contd)

Intermodulation Distortion

The Second Order (R2) and Third Order (R3)Intermodulation Distortion products are equal to or greater than

Second Order (R2) 33 dB Third Order (R3) 37 dB

(5) Phase Jitter

The Phase Jitter over the 4-300 Hz frequency band is less than or equal to 5 degrees peak-to-peak

(6) Frequency Shift

The maximum Frequency Shift does not exceed -2 to +2 Hz

Data Transmission Parameters Type DB

(1) Signal to C-Notched Noise Ratio

The signal to C-Notched Noise Ratio is equal to or greater than 30 dB

Mr Melvin Rbull Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

1 HI 1 1988

Public Service Commissiof of Wyoming

(A)

(4)

(B)

Issued 12187

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Or1g1nal Page 173

( ~ ACCESS SERVICE

11

112 Transm1ssion Specifications Switched Access Service

1122 Data Transmission Parameters (Contd)

(B) Data Transmission Parameters Type DB Contd)

(2) Envelope Delay Distortion

The maximum Envelope Delay Distortion for the frequency bands and route miles specified 1s

604 to 2804 Hz

less than 50 route miles 800 microseconds equal to or greater than 50

route miles 1000 microseconds

1004 to 2404 Hz

less than 50 route miles 320 microseconds equal to or greater than 50

route miles 500 microseconds

(3) Impulse Noise Counts

The Impulse Noise Counts exceeding a 67 dBrnCO threshold in 15 minutes is no more than 15 counts

(4) Intermodulation Distortion

The Second Order (R2) and Third Order (R3)Intermodulation Distortion products are equal to or greater than

Second Order (R2) 31 dB Third Order (R3) 34 dB

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILEDI

I AN 1 1988

Public Service Commissiot of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 174

ACCESS SERVICE

11

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

1122 Data Transmission Parameters (Contd)

B Data Transmission Parameters Type DB Contd)

(5) Phase Jitter

The Phase Jitter over the 4-300 Hz frequency bank is less than or equal to 7 degrees peak-to-peak

(6) Frequency Shift

The maximum Frequency Shift does not exceed -2 to +2 Hz

113 Special Access Channel Interface and Network Channel Codes

This section explains the Channel Interface codes and Network Channel codes that the customer must specify when ordering Special Access Service Included is an example of which explains the specific characters of the code a glossary of Channel Interface codes impedance levels Network Channel codes and compatibleChannel Interfaces

Example If the customer specifies a NT Network Code and a 2DC8-3 Channel Interface at the customers premises the following is beingrequested

NT bull Metallic Channel with a Predefined Technical Specification Package (1)

2 bull Number of physical wires at customer premises DC bull Facility interface for direct current or voltage 8 =Variable impedance level 3 = Metallic facilities (DC continuity) for direct currentlow

frequency control signals or slow speed data (30 baud)

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

r---

FI LE 0

r AN 1 988

PUblic Service Commission of Wyoming ii

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Tele~hone Company Original Page 175

ACCESS SERVICE

11

1131

Code

AB shy

AC shy

CT shyDA shy

DB shy

r DC shy

Issued 12187

Glossary of Channel Interface Codes and Options

Option Oefinition

accept 20 Hz ringing signal at customers point of termination accepts 20 Hz ringing signal at customers end users pOint of termination Centrex Tie Trunk Termination date stream in Vf frequency band at customers end users point of termination data stream 1n VF frequency band at customers point of termination

10 VF for TG1 and TG2 43 VF for 43 Telegraph Carrier type signals TG1 and

TG2 direct current or voltage

1 monitoring interface with series RC combination (McCulloh format)

2 Telephone Company energized alarm channel 3 Metallic facilities (OC continuity) for direct

currentlow frequency control signals or slow speed data (30 baud)

Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

Effective 1188

F I LED

JAN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyomiltg

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3

f Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 176

I ACCESS SERVICE

11

113 s5cial Access Channel Interface and Network Channel C es (Contd)

1131 Glossary of Channel Interface Codes and Options (Contd)

Code Option Definition

DO - DATAPHONE Select-A-Station (and TABS)interface at customers point of termination

DE - DATAPHONE Select-A-Station (and TABS)interface at the customers end users point of termination

OS - digital hierarchy interface 15 1544 Mbps (OS1) format per PUB 41451 plus

04 15E 8-bit PCM encoded in one 64 Kbps of the

OS1 Signal15F 8-bit PCM encoded in two 64 kbps of the

OS1 Signal~ 15G 8-bit PCM encoded in three 64 kbps of the

OS1 signal15H 1411-bit PCM encoded in six 64 kbps of

the OS1 signal15J 1544 Mpbs format per PUB 41451 15K 1544 Mpbs format per PUB 41451 plus

extended framing format 15L 1544 Mpbs (OS1) with SF signaling27 274176 Mpbs (OS4)27L 274176 Mpbs (OS4) with SF signaling31 3152 Mbps (OS1C)31L 3152 Mbps (OS1C) with SF signaling44 44736 Mbps (OS3)44L 44736 Mbps (OS3) with SF signaling

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILE 0

I AN 1 988

Public Smice Commission of Wyomlrtl

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 177

ACCESS SERVICE

11

1131 Glossar1of Channel Interface Codes and OptionsContld

Code Option Definition

OS - 63 6312 Mbps (OS2)63L 6312 Mbps (OS2) with SF signaling

DU - digital access interface 24 24 kbps48 48 kbps56 560 kbps96 96 kbpsA 1544 Mpbs format per PUB 41451 B 1544 Mpbs format per PUB 41451 plus

04 C 1544 Mpbs format per PUB 41451 plus

extended framing format OX - duplex signaling interface at

customer1s point of termination OY - duplex signaling interface at

customers end users point of termination

EA - E Type 1 EampM Lead Signaling Customer at POT or customers end user at POT originates on E Lead

EA M Type 1 EampM Lead Signaling Customer at POT or customers end user at POT originates on MLead

EB - E Type II EampM Lead Signaling Customer at POT or customers end user at POT originates on E Lead

EB - M Type II EampM Lead Signaling Customer at POT or customers end user at POT originates on MLead

EC - Type III EampM Signaling at customer POT

Issued 12lIS7 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LE 0

I AN 1 988

Public Service Commission of WyomiAg

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 178

ACCESS SERVICE

11 Channel Interfaces and Technical

113 Special Access Channel Interface and Network Channel Codes (Contd)

1131 G10Ssar of Channel Interface Codes and Options(Contd

Code Option Definition

EX - A tandem channel unit signaling for loop start or ground start and customer supplies open end (dial tone etc)functions

EX - B tandem channel unit signaling for loop start or ground start and customer supplies closed end (dial pulSing etc) functions

GO - ground start loop signaling - open end function by customer or customerS end user

r GS - ground start loop signaling - closed end function by customer or customers end user

IA - EIA (25 pin RS-232)LA - end user loop start loop signaling shy

Type A OPS registered port open end LB - end user loop start loop signaling shy

Type BOPS registered port open end LC - end user loop start loop signaling shy

Type COPS registered port open end LO - loop start loop signaling - open end function by

customer or customers end user LR - 20 Hz automatic ringdown interface at customer

with Telephone Company provided PLAR LS - loop start loop signaling - closed end function

by customer or customers end user NO - no signaling interface transmission only

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

I AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyomi~

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 179

ACCESS SERVICE

11

1131 Glossary of Channel Interface Codes and Options (Contd)

Code Option Definition

PG - program transmission - no dc signaling1 nominal frequency from 50 to 15000 Hz 3 nominal frequency from 200 to 3500 Hz 5 nominal frequency from 100 to 5000 Hz 8 nominal frequency from 50 to 8000 Hz

PR protective relaying RV - 0 reverse battery signaling one way

operation originate by customer T reverse battery signaling one way

operation terminate function by customer or customers end user

SF - Single frequency signaling with VF band at either customer POT or customers end user POT

TF - telephotograph interface TT - telegraphteletypewriter interface at

either customer POT or customers end user POT

2 200 milliamperes3 30 milliamperes 6 625 milliamperes

TV - television interface 1 combined (diplexed) video and one audio

signal 2 combined (diplexed) video and two audio

signals 5 video plus one (or two) audio 5 kHz

signal(s) or one (or two) two wire 15 video plus one (or two) audio 15 kHz

signal(s) Available only for the transmission of audio tone protective relaying signals used in the protection of electric power systemsduring fault conditions

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

f AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyomlng

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 1BO1

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Interface and Network Channel Codes

1132 Impedance

The nominal reference impedance with which the channel will be terminated for the purpose of evaluating transmission performance

Value (ohms) Codes

110 0 150 1 600 2 900 3+

135 5 75 61 124 7

Variable B 100 9

+For those interface codes with a 4-wire transmission path at the customer designated POT rather than a standard 900 ohm impedance the code (3) denotes a customer provided transmission equipment termination Such terminations were provided to customers in accordance with the FCC Docket N 20099 Settlement Agreement

Issued 12t1S7 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

Effective llBB

FI LED

r AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 181(lt

(

ACCESS SERVICE

Channel Interfaces and Technical

11

Network Channel Codes

1133 Digital Hierarchy Channel Interface Codes (4DS)

Customers selecting the multiplexed four-wire DSX-1 or higher facility interface option at the customer designated premises will be requested to provide subsequent system and channel assignment data The various digital bit rates in the digital hierarhy employ the channel interface code 4DS8 4DSO or 40S6 plus the speed options indicated below

Interface Code and Speed Option

Nominal Bit Rate (Mbps)

DigitalHierarchy Level

4058-15 1544 051 4DS8-31 3152 OS1C 4050-63 6312 052 4056-44 44736 DS3 40S6-27 274176 DS4

1134 Service DesignatorNetwork Channel Code Conversion Table

The purpose of this table is to show the relationship between the service designator codes (eg bullbull VGC MT2 etc)and the network channel codes that are used for

Issued 121187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes PreSident Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

AN 1 1968

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 182~

(

ACCESS SERVICE

11

113 Special Access Channel Interface and Network Channel Codes (Contd)

1134 Code Conversion

Service Designator Code

MIC MIl MI2 MI3 TGC TG1 TG2 VGC VG1 VG2 VG3 VG4 VG5 VG6 VG7 VG8 VG9 VG10 VGll VG12 APC AP1 AP2 AP3 AP4 TVC TV1 TV2

Network Channel Code

MQNT NU NV NQNW NY LQ LB LC LD LE LF LG LH LJ LK LN LP LR PQ PE PF PJ PK TQTV TW

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LE 0

I ~N 1 1988

PubJic Service Commission of Wyoming

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3( Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 183

ACCESS SERVICE

11

1134 Code

Codes

Service Designator Code

DAl DA2 DA3 DA4 HCO HCl HCIC HC2 HC3 HC4

Network Channel Code

XA XB XG XH HS HC HD HE HF HG

Issued 121187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LE 0

JAN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming ~

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 184

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Codes

1135 Compatible Channel Interfaces

The following tables show the channel interface codes (CIs)which are compatible

(A) Metallic

Compatible CIs

20CS-1 20C8-2 20C8-3 20C8-3

40S8- 20C8-1 40S8- 20C8-2

(B) Telegraph Grade

Compatible CIs Compatible CIs

20B-10 10IA8 40B2-10 10IA8 2TT2-2 2TT2-2 4TT2-2 4TT2-2

20B2-43+ 10IA8 40B2-43+ 10IA8 2TT2-2 2TT2-6 2TT2-6 4TT2-2 4TT2-2

40S8- 10IA8 2TT2-2 2TT2-2 2TT2-2

2TT2-6 2TT2-3 2TT2-2 4TT2-2

4TT2-2 4TT2-6

2TT2-6 2TT2-6 4TT2-2 4TT2-2 4TT2-6

4TT2-6 2TT2-6

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

UN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming -shy

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 ~ Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 185

r ACCESS SERVICE

11

1135 Com2atible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(C) Voice Grade

Com2atible CIs Com2atible CIs Comeatible CIs

2AB2 2AC2 20B2 20A2 2LR2 2LR2

2AB3 2AC2 20B3 20A2 2LR3 2LR2

2CT3 20Y2 20X3 2LA2 2LS2 2LA2 40S8 2LB2 2LB2 40X2 2LC2 2LC2 40X3 2L03 40Y2 2LS2 2LS3 2LA2 4EA2-E 2LS3 2LB2~ 4EA2-M 2LC2 4SF2 2G02 2GS2 4SF3 2GS3 2N02 20A2 60X2 2N02 60Y2 2G03 2GS2 60Y3 2GS3 2N03 2N02 6EA2-E 2PR2 6EA2-M 2L02 2LS2 6EB2-E 2LS3 2TF3 2TF2 6EB2-M 6EB3-E 2L03 2LS2 8EB2-E 2LS3 8EB2-M 8EC2 90Y2 9DY3 9EA2 9EA3

See 1133 preceding for explanation

Issued 121187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

1188

Fl LED t AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 186

ACCESS SERVICE

11 Interface Groups Transmission Specifications Channel Interfaces S~ecial Access Optional Features and Functions and Technical Specification Packages (Contd)

113 S~ec1al Access Channel Interface and Network Channel Codes ( ontd)

1135 Compatible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

Voice Grade (Contd)

Compatible CIs Compatible CIs Compatible CIs

4AB2 2AC2 40S8- 2AC2 40S8- 40G2 4AB2 20A2 4lR2 4AC2 20Y2 4lS2 4SF2 2G02 4N02

2G03 4PR2 4AB3 2AC2 2GS2 4RV2-T

4AC2 2GS3 4SF2 4SF2 2LA2 4SF3

2LB2 4TF2 4AC2 2AC2 2LC2 60A2

4AC2 2L02 60Y2 2103 60Y3

40A2 40A2 2LR2 6EA2-E 40B2 20A2 2LS2 6EA2-M

2N02 2LS3 6EB2-E 2PR2 2N02 6EB2-M 40A2 2PR2 6GS2 40B2 2RV2-T 6lS2 4N02 2TF2 8EB2-E 4PR2 4AC2 8EB2-M 60A2 40A2 90Y2

40E2 90Y3 4003 20E2 40X2 9EA2

40E2 40X3 9EA3 40Y2 4EA2-E 4EA2-M

See 1133 preceding for explanation

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED I A~ 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIff NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 1B7

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Codes

1135 Com~atible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(C) Voice Grade (Contd)

Com~atible CIs Com~atible CIs Com~atible CIs

40X2 20Y2 40X2 BEB2-E 40X3 60Y2 2LA2 BEB2-M 60Y3 2LB2 90Y2 6EA2-E 2LC2 9DY3 6EA2-M 2L03 9EA2 6EB2-E 2LS2 9EA3 6EB2-M 2LS3 6LS3 2RV2-T 4DX3 2DY2 8EB2-E 4DX2 2LA2 8EB2-M

40Y2 2LB2 90Y2 4EA2-E 2LC2 90Y3 4EA2-M 2L03 9EA2 4LS2 2LS2 9EA3 4RV2-T 2LS3 4Sf2 2RV2-T 40Y2 20Y2 4SF3 40X2 40Y2 60Y2 40X3 60Y3 4DY2 6EA2-E 4EA2-E 6EA2-M 4EA2-M 6EB2-E 4LS2 6EB2-M 4RV2-T 6LS2 4SF2

4SF3

Issued 121S7 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 11BSSilver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

I ~ FI LE D

JAN 1 1988

Pultlic Service Commission of WyomLq

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 188

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Codes

1135 Compatible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(C) Voice Grade (Contd)

Compatible CIs Compatible CIs Compatible CIs

4EA2-E 2DY2 4EA3-E 2DY2 4G02 2G02 40Y2 4DY2 2G03 4EA2-E 4EA2-E 2GS2 4EA2-M 4EA2-M 2GS3 4SF2 4SF2 4GS2 6DY2 60Y2 4SF2 60Y3 60Y3 6GS2 6EB2-E 6EA2-E 6EB2-M 6EA2-M 4G03 2G02 8EB2-E 6E82-E 2GS2 8EB2-M 6EB2-M 2GS3 90Y2 8EB2-E 4GS2 90Y3 8EB2-M 4SF2

90Y2 6GS2 4EA2-M 2DY2 90Y3

4DY2 9EA2 4EA2-M 9EA3 4SF2 60Y2 60Y3 6EB2-E 6EB2-M 8E82-E 8EB2-M 90Y2 90Y3

Issued 121187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

JAN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyommg

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 189

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Codes

1135 ComQatible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(C) Voice Grade (Contd)

ComQatible CIs ComQatible CIs ComQatible CIs

4L02 2LS2 4LS3 2LA2 4SF2 2L03 2LS3 2LB2 2LR2 4LS2 2LC2 2LS2 4SF2 2L02 2LS3 6LS2 2L03 2RV2-T

4SF2 4AC2 4L03 2LS2 40Y2

2LS3 4N02 20A2 4LS2 4LS2 20E2 4RV2-Ti 4SF2 2N02 4SF2 6LS2 40A2 60Y2

40E2 60Y3 4LR2 2LR2 4N02 6GS2

4LR2 60A2 9OY2 4SF2 9OY3

4RV2-0 2RV2-T 4LR3 2LR2 4RV2-T 4SF3 20Y2

4LR2 4SF2 2G03 4SF2 2GS2

4SF2 2AC2 2GS3 4LS2 2LA2 20Y2 2LA2

2LB2 2GS2 2LB2 2LC2 2GS3 2LC2 2L02 2LA2 2L03 2L03 2LB2 2LR2

2LC2

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

r AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 190 ~

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Codes

1135 Com2atible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(C) Voice Grade (Contd)

Com~atible CIs Com~atible CIs Com2atible CIs

4SF3 2LS2 6DA 4DA2 6DY3 2DY2 2LS3 6DA2 4DY2 2RV2-T 6DY2 4DY2 6DX2 2DY2 6DY3 4EA2-E 4DY2 4EA2-M 4EA2-E 6EA2-E 2AC2 4GS2 4LR2 4EA2-M 2DY2 4LS2 4SF2 2LA2 4RV2-T 6DY2 2LB2 4SF2 6DY3 2LC2 4SF3 6EA2-E 2L03 6DY2 6EA2-M 2LS2 6DY3 6EB2-E 2LS3 6EB2-E 6EB2-M 2RV2-T 6EB2-M 8EB2-E 4AC2 6GS2 8EB2-M 4DY2 6LS2 9DY2 4EA2-E 9DY2 9DY3 4EA2-M 9DY3 9EA2 4LS2 9EA2 9EA3 4RV2-T 9EA3 4SF2

6DY2 2DY2 4SF3 4TF2 2TF2 4DY2 6DY2

4TF2 6DY2 6DY3 6EA2-E 6EA2-M

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

r AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

---------------------------------- ~-------- shy

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 191~

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Codes

1135 Com2atible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(C) Voice Grade (Contd)

Com~at i b 1e CIs Com~atible CIs Com2atible CIs

6EA2-E 6EB2-E 6EA2-M 60Y2 6EB3-E 2OY2 6EB2-M 60Y3 40Y2 6LS2 6EA2-M 4EA2-E 8EB2-E 6EB2-E 4EA2-M 8EB2-M 6EB2-M 4SF2 90Y2 6LS2 60Y2 90Y3 8EB2-E 60Y3

8EB2-M 6EA2-E 6EA2-M 2AC2 90Y2 6EA2-M

2OY2 90Y3 8EB2-E1 2LA2 8EB2-M 2LB2 6EB2-E 2OY2 90Y2 2LC2 40Y2 90Y3 2L03 4SF2 9EA2 2LS2 60Y2 9EA3 2LS3 60Y3 2RV2-T 6EB2-E 6EX2-A 2GS2 4AC2 6EB2-M 2GS3 4DY2 90Y2 2LS2 4EA2-E 90Y3 2LS3 4EA2-M 4GS2 4LS2 6EB2-M 2OY2 4LS2 4RV2-T 4DY2 4SF2 4SF2 4SF2 6GS2 4SF3 6DY2 6LS2

60Y3 6EB2-M 90Y2 90Y3

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

~ FI LED

I AN 1 f988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 192

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Codes

1135 Comeatible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(C) Voice Grade (Contd)

Comeatible CIs Comeatible CIs Comeatible CIs

6EX2-B 2G03 8EB2-E 2AC2 8EB2-M 2AC2 2LA2 2DY2 2DY2 2182 2LA2 2LA2 2LC2 2LB2 2LB2 2L02 2LC2 2LC2 2L03 2L03 2L03 2LR2 2LS2 2LS2 4LR2 2LS3 2LS3 4SF2 2RV2-T 2RV2-T ~ 4AC2 4AC2

6G02 2G02 4DY2 4DY2 2GS2 4LS2 4LS2 2GS3 4RV2-T 4RV2-T 4GS2 4SF2 4SF2 4SF2 4SF3 4SF3 6GS2 6DY2 6DY2

6DY3 6DY3 6L02 2LS2 6EB2-E 6EB2-E

2LS3 6EB2-M 6EB2-M 4LS2 6LS2 6LS2 4SF2 8EB2-E 8EB2-M 6LS2 8EB2-M 9DY2

90Y2 90Y3 6LS2 2LA2 90Y3

2LB2 2LC2 2L02 2L03 4SF2

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILE 0 JAN 1 1988 Ii

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 193

ACCESS SERVICE

11

113 Seocial Access Channel Interface and Network Channel Codes ( ontld)

1135 Compatible Channel Interfaces (Contld)

(C) Voice Grade (Contld)

Compatible CIs Compatible CIs Compatible CIs

8EC2 20Y2 90Y2 20Y2 9EA3 20Y2 40Y2 40Y2 40Y2 4EA2-E 60Y2 4EA2-E 4EA2-M 60Y3 4EA2-M 4SF2 90Y2 60Y2 60Y2 60Y3 60Y3 90Y3 20Y2 6EA2-E 6EA2-E 40Y2 6EA2-M 6EA2-M 60Y2 6EB2-E 6EB2-E 60Y3 6EB2-M 6EB2-M 90Y2 8EB2-E 8EB2-E 90Y3 8EB2-M 8EB2-M 90Y2 90Y2 9EA2 20Y2 90Y3 90Y3 40Y2 9EA3 9EA2 4EA2-E 9EA3 4EA2-M

60Y2 60Y3 6EA2-E 6EA2-M 6EB2-E 6EB2-M 8EB2-E 8EB2-M 90Y2 90Y3 9EA2 9EA3

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED t AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 194

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Codes

1135 Com2atible Channel Interfaces (Contld)

(0) Program Audio

Comeatible CIs Compatible CIs

Issued 121187

2PG2-1 2PG1-1 4DS8-1SE 2PG2-1

2PG2-3 2PGl-3 4DS8-1SF 2PG2-3

2PG2-S 2PG1-S 4DS8-1SG 2PG2-S

2PG2-8 2PGl-8 4DA8-1SH 2PG2-8

Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

2PGl-3 2PG2-3

2PG1-S 2PG2-S

2PGl-8 2PG2-8

2PG1-1 2PG2-1

Effective 1188

F I LED

f AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of WyomiRg

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 195

ACCESS SERVICE

11 Interface Groups Transmission Specifications Channel Interfaces s~ec1al Access Optional Features and Functions and Technical Specification Packages (Contd)

113 s~ecial Access Channel Interface and Network Channel Codes ( ontd)

1135 Compatible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(E) Video

CO2atible CIs Compatible CIs

2TV6-1 4TV6-15 4TV7-5 4TV6-5 4TV7-15 4TV7-5

2TV6-2 6TV6-15 4TV7-15 4TV6-1S 6TV7-1S 4TV7-1S

2TV7-1 4TV6-15 6TV6-S 6TV6-5 4TV7-15 6TV7-5

I ~ 2TV7-2 6TV6-1S 6TV6-15 6TV6-1S

6TV7-15 6TV7-15

4TV6-5 4TV6-5 6TV7-5 6TV6-5 4TV7-5 6TV7-5

4TV6-1S 4TV6-15 6TV7-15 6TV6-1S 4TV7-15 6TV7-1S

Issued 121187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILE 0

I AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyom inl

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 196

ACCESS SERVICE

11

113 seecial Access Channel Interface and Network Channel Codes ( ontd)

1135 Com~atible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(F) Digital Data

Com~atible CIs Compatible CIs Com~atible CIs

4058-15 4058-15+ 4DU5-24 4DU5-24 6DU5-24 6DU5-24 4DU5-24 4DU5-48 4DU5-48 4DU5-48 6DU5-48 6DU5-48 4DU5-56 4DU5-96 4DU5-96 4DU5-96 6DU5-56 6DU5-56 6DU5-24 6DU5-48 4DU5-56 4DU5-56 6DU5-96 6DU5-96 6DU5-96

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED 1 AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 197

ACCESS SERVICE

11

113 s ecial Access Channel Interface and Network Channel Codes e( ontd)

1135 Compatible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(G) High Capacity

Compatible CIs Compatible CIs

40S0-63 40S0-63 40S8-15J 40U8-A 40U8-A B or C 60U8-A 60U8-AB or C

40S8-15K 40U8-B 40S6-27 40S6-27 40U8-C

40U8-A B or C 60U8-B 60U8-A B or C 60U8-C

40S6-44 40S6-44 40S8-31 40S8-31 40U8-A B or C 40U8-A B or C 6DU8-A B or C 60U8-A B or C

40S8-15 4058-15+ 40U8-AB 40U8-B OR C 40U8-A B OR C 60U8-B

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILE 0

I AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of WYGf11lnl

-- ------ shy---~-

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 201

ACCESS SERVICE

11 Interface Groups~ Transmission Specifications Channel Interfaces Special Access Optional eatures and Functions and Technical Specification Packages (Contd)

115 and Functions

(E) Improved Return Loss

( 1) On Effective Four-Wire Transmission at Four-Wire Point of Termination (applicable to each two-wire port) Provides for a fixed 600 ohm impedance variable level range and simplex reversal Telephone Company equipment is required at the customers premises where this option is ordered The Improved Return Loss parameters are delineated in Technical Reference PUB 62501

(2) On Effective Two-Wire Transmission at Two-Wire Point of Termination Provides for more stringent Echo Control specifications In order for this option to be applicablethe transmission path must be four-wire at one POT and twoshywire at the other POT Placement of Telephone Companyequipment may be required at the customers premises with the two-wire POT The Improved Return Loss parameters are delineated in Technical Reference PUB 62501

(F) Data Capability (D) Conditioning

Data Capability provides transmission characteristics suitable for data communications Specifically Data Capability provides for the control of Signal to C-Notched Noise Ratio and intershymodulation distortion It is available for two-point services or three-point multipoint services The Signal to C-Notched Noise Ratio and intermodulation distortion parameter for Data Capabi 1ity are

- Signal to C-Notched Noise Ratio is equal to or greater than 32dB - Intermodulation distortion - Signal to second order modulation products (R2) is equal to

or greater than 38dB - Signal to third order modulation products (R3) is equal to or

greater than 42dB

When a service equipped with Data Capability is used for voice communications the quality of the voice transmission may not be satisfactory

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

I AN 1 1988

Public Service Commissien of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 198

ACCESS SERVICE

11

114 WATS Access Channel Interfaces and Network Channel Codes

This section explains the Channel Interface codes and Network Channel Codes that the customer must specify when ordering WATS Access Service An example which explains the specific characters of the codes a glossary of Channel Interface codes and impedancelevels are set forth in 113 preceding

1141 Service DesignatorNetwork Channel Code Conversion Table

The purpose of this table is to show the relationship between the service designator codes and the network channel codes that are used for WATS Access Service

Service Designator Network Channel Code Code

WAL (Standard amp Improved) SE

1142 Compatible Channel Interfaces

Compatible CIs Compatible CIs

2GS 2GS 4GS 2GS 2LS 2LS 4GS 4GS 4LS 4LS

2LS 2GS 4LS 2GS 2LS 2LS 4GS 4GS 4LS 4LS

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILE 0

f AN 1 986

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 199

ACCESS SERVICE

11

115 Special Access Voice Grade Optional Features and Functions and Technical Specifications Package

(A) Central Office Bridging Capability

(1) Voice Bridging (two-wire and four-wire)

(2) Data Bridging (two-wire and four-wire)

(3) Telephoto Bridging (two-wire and four-wire)

( 4) DATAPHONE Select-A-Station Bridging with sequentialarrangement ports or addressable arrangement ports

(5) Telemetry and Alarm Bridging

Split Band Active BridgingPassive BridgingSummation Active Bridging

(B) Central Office Multiplexing

Voice to Telegraph Grade An arrangement that converts a Voice Grade channel to Telegraph Grade channels using frequency division multiplexing

(C) Conditioning

Conditioning provides more specific transmission characteristics for Voice Grade services C-Type conditioningcontrols attenuation distortion and envelope delay distortion Sealing Current helps maintain continuity on dry metallic loops

For two-point services the parameters apply to each service For multipoint services the parameters apply to each mid-link or end link C-Type conditioning and Data Capability may be combined on the same service

Issued 1211787 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

I AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 200

~

ACCESS SERVICE

11

115 and Functions

(C) Conditioning (Contd)

(1) C-Type Conditioning

C-Type Conditioning is provided for the additional control of attenuation distortion and envelope delay distortion on data services The attenuation distortion and envelopedelay distortion specifications for C-Type Conditioning are

Attenuation Distortion Envelope Delay(Frequency Response) Distortion Relative to 1004 Hz Variation

Frequency --Variation Frequency (microshyRange ~ dB Range (Hz) seconds)

r ~ 1000-2600 100

400-2800 -10 to +20 800-2600 200 300-3000 -10 to +30 600-2600 300 3000-3200 -20 to +60 500-2800 600

500-3000 3000

(2) Sealing Current Conditioning

Sealing Current Conditioning is provided to help maintain continuity on dry metallic loops It is usuallyassociated with four-wire DA or NO type channel interfaces

(D) Customer Specified Premises Receive level

This option allows the customer to specify the receive level at the Point of Termination The level must be within a specific range on effective four-wire transmission The ranges are delineated in Technical Reference PUB 62501

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LE 0

I At1 1 T~88

Public Service CommiSSion of Wyoming

I

WYOMING PS~C TARIFF NO 3f Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 202

ACCESS SERVICE

11

115 Functions

(G) Telephoto Capability

Telephoto Capability provides transmission characteristic suitable for telephotographic communications SpecificallyTelephoto Capability is provided for the control of attenuation distortion and envelope delay distortion on telephotographic services The attenuation distortion and envelope delay distortion parameters for Telephoto Capabi11ty are

Attenuation Distortion Envelope Delay Distortion 1004 Hz Reference

Frequency Variation Frequency Variation Range (Hz) (dB) Range (Hz) (mcs)

500-3000 -05 to +15 1000-2600 110 300-3200 -10 to +25 800-2800 180

(H) Signaling Capability

Signaling Capability provides for the ability to transmit signals from one customer premises to another customer premises on the same service

(I) Selective Signaling Arrangement

An arrangement that permits code selective ringing for up to ten codes on a multipoint service

Issued 121187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LE 0

f AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 203

ACCESS SERVICE

11 Channel Interfaces and Technical

115 and Functions

(J) Transfer Arrangement

An arrangement that affords the customer an additional measure of flexibility in the use of their access channel(s) The arrangement can be utilized to transfer a leg of a Special Access Service to another channel that terminates in either the same or a different customer premises A key activated or dial-up control service is required to operate the transfer arrangement A spare channel if required s not included as part of the option

(K) Public Packet Switching Network (PPSN) Interface Arrangement

An arrangement that provides the interface requirements that permit a Voice Grade service to interface with a Public Packet Switching Network packet switch located in a Telephone Companypremises The interface is compatible with X25 and X75 packet switching protocols as defined by the CCITT

(l) Four-WireTwo Wire Conversions

When a customer requests that an effective four-wire channel be terminated with a two-wire channel interface at the customer1s designated premises a four-wire to two-wire conversion is required The rate for the conversion is included as part of the basic Channel Termination rate

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILE 0

I At-j 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyomiltg

- -

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 204

ACCESS SERVICE

11

115 S~ecial Access Voice Grade O~tional Features and Functions and Technical S~ecifications Package ~Contd~

The following table shows the technical specifications packageswith which the optional features and functions are available

Available with Technical S~ecifications Package VGshy

C 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 C-Type Conditioning X X X X X XX Central Office

Bridging Capability X X X X X X X Central Office

Multiplexing X X Customer Specified

Premises Receive Level X X X X X X

Data Capabil ity X X X X Improved Return Loss

For Effective Four-Wire Transmission X X X X X X X X X X X X X For Effective Two-Wire Transmission X X X X

PPSN Interface Arrangement X X

Sealing Current Conditioning X X

Selective Signaling Arrangement X X X X X X X

Signaling Capability X X X X X X X X Telophoto

Capabi1ity X X Transfer Arrangement X X X X X X X X X X X X X

Issued 121187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED I HI 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WVOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 205~

) ACCESS SERVICE

11

116 S2ecial Access Technical S2ecifications Packages

shy

Parameter Attentuation

Distortion C-Message Noise Echo Control Envelope Display

Distortion Frequency Shift Impluse Noise Intermodulation

Distortion Loss Deviation Phase Hits Gain

Hits and DropoutsPhase Jitter Signal-to-C

Message Noise Signal-to-C

Notch Noise

C 1 2 3 4 5 Package VGshy6 7 sect ~ 10 11 12

X X X

X X X

X X X

X X X

X X

X X X

X X

X X X

X X X

X X

X X

X X X

X X X

X X X X

X X X

X X X

X X X

X X X

X X X

X X X

X X X

X X X X X X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X X X X X X X X

X

X X X X X X X X X

The desired parameters are selected by the customer from the list of available parameters

The technical specifications for these parameters (except for dropouts gain hits and phase hits) are delineated in Technical Reference PUB 62501 and associated Addendum The technical specifications for dropouts phase hits and gain hits are delineated in Technical Reference PUB 41004 Table 4

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILE 0 IAN 1 1988

Public Service Commission

of Wyoming

Issued June 1 2020 Effective July 1 2020

Legal amp Regulatory Administrator

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

14th Revised Page 206

ACCESS SERVICE

12 Rates and Charges

All rates and charges for the services offered in this tariff are shown in this section

Reference is made for each rate element to the appropriate tariff paragraph where the

application of the service is described

121 Switched Access Service

(A) End Office

(1) Directory Assistance Information Surcharge 614(B)(4)

(a) Per 100 terminating access minutes

Effective July 1 2013 051300

Effective July 1 2014 000000

(b) Per 100 originating access minute 0513

(2) Local Switching 613(A)

(a) Per terminating access minute 00

(3) Local Transport

(a) Per originating access minute 03

(4) 800 Series Database Access Queries

Per query

(a) Basic 0055

(b) Vertical Feature 0061

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 202070006-119-TT-20

Issued June 1 2020 Effective July 1 2020

Legal amp Regulatory Administrator

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

8th Revised Page 2061

ACCESS SERVICE

12 Rates and Charges (Contrsquod)

121 Switched Access Service (Contrsquod)

(B) Transport

(1) Local Transport Facility ICB 613(A)

per access minute per mile

(2) Tandem Switched Transport

Tandem Switched Facility per

access minute per mile

(a) terminating 000581

(3) Tandem Switched Termination

(a) per access minute per 003014

termination

(C) Installation Charge per installation 15600 661(C)

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 202070006-119-TT-20

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

2nd Revised page 207

ACCESS SERVICE

12 Rates and Charges (Contrsquod)

122 Special Access Service Non-

Monthly Recurring

Rates Charges Source

(A) Channel Termination

(1) Voice Grade Channel

Two Wire Per Termination ICB 22300 712(A)(R)

Four Wire Per Termination ICB 22300 712(A)(R)

(B) Channel Mileage

(1) Channel Mileage Termination

Per Termination ICB NA 712(B)(R)

(C) Optional Features

As Ordered ICB ICB 712(C)

(D) Special Access Surcharge

Per Voice Grade Equivalent

Circuit 2500 733(A)

(E) Intrastate T1

Point to Point 37881

Issued June 1 2003 Mr Allen R Hoopes Effective July 1 2003

Vice President General Manager

President

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 201970006-113-TT-19

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

1st Revised Page 208

ACCESS SERVICE

12 Rates and Charges (Contrsquod)

123 Billing and Collection Service Rates Source

(A) Program Development

Basic Per Hour 8000 831(G)

Program Development

Premium Per Hour 10000 831(G)

(B) Special Order Charge

Per Order 10000 853(B)

Issued June 1 2003 Mr Allen R Hoopes Effective July 1 2003

President

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 201970006-113-TT-19

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

1st Revised Page 209

ACCESS SERVICE

12 Rates and Charges (Contrsquod)

124 Miscellaneous Services Overtime

Basic time outside

Scheduled scheduled

working hours working hours Source

(A) Additional Eng Periods

Per engineer frac12 hour

Or fraction thereof 2600 1900 91

(B) Additional Labor

Per technician frac12 hour

Or fraction thereof 2600 1500 92

(C) Maintenance of Service

Per technician frac12 hour

Or fraction thereof 2600 1500 93

125 Access Orders Rate

(A) Access Order Charge

Per Order 10000 52

(B) Order Change Charge

Per Order 10000 522

Issued June 1 2003 Mr Allen R Hoopes Effective July 1 2003

President

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 201970006-113-TT-19

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3mdashSilver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Centrsquod)

6 SWITCHED ACCESS SERVICE

61

62

63

64

65

General

611 Feature Group Arrangements612 WATS Access Service613 Rate Categories614 Design Layout Report615 Acceptance Testing616 Ordering Options and Conditions617 Testing

Provision and Description of Switched AccessService Feature Groups

621 Feature Group A622 Feature Group B623 Feature Group C

Transmission Specifications

Obligations of the Telephone Company

641 Network Management

Original Page 5

Paqe No83

83

838586

9192

93

949698

101

102

102642 Design and Taffic Routing of Switched

Access Service 103643 Provision of Service Performance Data 104644 Trunk Group Measurement Reports 104645 Determination of Number of Transmission

Paths 104646 Determination of Number of End Office

Transport Terminations 105

Obligations of the Customer 105

651 Report Requirements 105652 Supervisory Signaling 106653 Trunk Group Measurement Reports 106

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r lsquoldquo

- mdash- mdash~-fl ~ ~=rsquo~ )J

i $ i-L

IA ~I lrrsquogtc~

~t

r)gtrsquo-sr lsquo- ldquo i 7rsquo-

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 6

ACCESS SERVICE

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Centrsquod)

6 SWITCHED ACCESS SERVICE (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations

661 Description and Application of Ratesand Charges

662 Minimum Period663 Measuring Access Minutes664 Mileage Measurement

7 SPECIAL ACCESS SERVICE

71 General

711 Channel Type712 Rate Categories713 Service Configurations714 Alternate Use715 Special Facilities Routing716 Design Layout Report717 Acceptance Testing718 Ordering Options and Conditions

72 Service Descriptions

721 Voice Grade Service

73 Rate Regulations

731 Types of Rates and Charges732 Minimum Period733 Surcharge for Special Access Service

734 Mileage Measurement

Page No

106

106109109115

116

116

116116119122122122122123

123

125

127

127128128

130

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~i~

mdashmdashmdash__ __~-j -7

t-E -JI

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

8 BILLING AND COLLECTION SERVICES

81

82

83

84

85

General Description

Recording Service

821 General Description

Message Billing Service

831 General Description

Other Billing Services

General Regulations

851 Liability of the Telephone Company852 Obligations of the Customer853 Ordering Services854 Mixed Intrastate and Interstate Services855 Purchase of Accounts Receivable856 Auditing857 Billing Arrangements When the

Telephone Company Acts as Agentfor the Customer

9 ADDITIONAL ENGINEERING ADDITIONAL LABOR ANDMISCELLANEOUS SERVICES

91 Additional Engineering

911 Charges for Additional Engineering

Original Page 7

Paqe No

131

131

131

131

133

133

136

136

136138139139140146

147

148

148

148

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

_ldquomdashmdashmdash

F~liD~

1

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Centrsquod)

9 ADDITIONAL ENGINEERING ADDITIONAL LABOR ANDMISCELLANEOUS SERVICES

92 Additional Labor

921922923924

925926927

Overtime InstallationOvertime RepairStand ByTesting and Maintenance withOther Telephone CompaniesTesting ServicesOther LaborCharges for Additional Labor

93 Miscellaneous Services

931 Maintenance of Service

10 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION

101 General

102 Conditions Requirinq Special Construction

11 INTERFACE GROUPS TRANSMISSION SPECIFICATIONSCHANNEL INTERFACES SPECIAL ACCESS OPTIONAL FEATURESAND FUNCTIONSAND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION PACKAGES

111 Local Transport Interface Groups

1111 Interface Group 11112 Interface Group 21113 Interface Group 31114 Interface Group 41115 Interface Group 51116 Interface Group 61117 Interface Group 71118 Interface Group 81119 Interface Group 911110 Interface Group 1011111 Available Premises Interface Codes11112 Supervisory Signaling

Original Page 8

148

149149149

149149149150

150

150

151

151

151

152

152

152153154154155155156156157157158161

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Pldquorsquorsquo-rdquo7-7

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 9

ACCESS SERVICE

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Centrsquod)

11Page No

INTERFACE GROUPS TRANSMISSION SPECIFICATIONSCHANNEL INTERFACES SPECIAL ACCESS OPTIONAL FEATURESAND FUNCTIONSAND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION PACKAGES (Centrsquod)

112

113

114

115

116

Transmission Specifications Switched AccessService

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications1122 Data Transmission Parameters

Special Access Channel Interface and NetworkChannel Codes

1131 Glossary of Channel Interface Codesand Options

1132 Impedance1133 Digital Hierarchy Channel Interface

Codes (4DS)1134 Service DesignatorNetwork Channel

Code Conversion Table1135 Compatible Channel Interfaces

WATS Access Channel Interfaces and NetworkChannel Codes

1141 Service DesignatorNetowrk ChannelCode Conversion Table

1142 Compatible Channel Interfaces

Special Access Voice Grade Optional Featuresand Functions and Technical Specificationsm

Special Access Technical SpecificationsPackaqes

162

162170

174

175180

181

181184

198

198198

199

205

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

F--rsquo~

t~$ ~ Ioqg

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 10

ACCESS SERVICE

12 RATES AND CHARGES

121 Switched Access Service

122 Special Access Service

123 Billing and Collection Service

124 Miscellaneous Services

125 Access Orders

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Centrsquod)

Page No

206

206

207

208

209

209

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

pi~~11rsquokl1 lnog

)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 11

ACCESS SERVICE

CONCURRING CARRIERS

NO CONCURRING CARRIERS

CONNECTING CARRIERS

NO CONNECTING CARRIERS

OTHER PARTICIPATING CARRIERS

NO OTHER PARTICIPATING CARRIERS

REGISTERED SERVICE MARKS REGISTERED TRADEMARKS

None None

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278 ~mdashmdashFreedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 12

(c) - To(D) - To(I) - To(M) - To(N) - To(R) - To(s) - To(T) - To(z) - To

LANIATampTBDBHMCcoCentrsquodCPEDAdBdBrnCdBrnCOdBvdBvldcEASEDDELEPLEMLEPLERLESSESSXfFIDFCCFX

signifysignifysignifysignifysignifysignifysignifysignifysignify

ACCESS SERVICE

EXPLANATION OF SYMBOLS

changed regulationdiscontinued rate or regulationincreasematter relocated without changenew rate or regulationreductionreissued mattera change in text but no change in rate or regulationa correction

EXPLANATION OF ABBREVIATIONS

Alternating currentActual Measured LossAutomatic Number IdentificationAmerican Telephone and Telegraph CompanyBusiness DayBusy Hour Minutes of CapacityCentral OfficeContinuedCustomer Provided EquipmentDirectory AssistancedecibelDecibel Reference Noise C-Message WeightingDecibel Reference Noise C-Message Referenced to ODecibel(s) relative to 1 volt (reference)Decibel(s) relating to 1 volt (reference)direct currentExtended Area ServiceEnvelope Delay DistortionEqual Level Echo Path LossExpected Measured LossEcho Path LossEcho Retrun LossElectronic Switching SystemElectronic Switching System ExchangefrequencyField IdentifierFederal Communications CommissionForeign Exchange

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

[i=-Ii

mdashldquomdashmdash

Ijmdash

=[-m

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 13

ACCESS SERVICE

EXPLANATION OF ABBREVIATIONS

HzIcICBICLkbpskHzLATAMaMbpsMHzMMUCMRCMTMTSNPANRCNTSNXXOTPLPBXPCMPOTrmsRSMRSSSRLSSNSwcTESTLPTSPSUsocVGVampHWATS

HertzInterexchange CarrierIndividual Case BasisInserted Connection LossKilobits per secondkilohertzLocal Access and Transport AreamilliamperesMegabits per secondMegahertzMinimum Monthly Usage ChargeMonthly Recurring ChargeMetallicMessage Telecommunications Service(s)Numbering Plan AreaNonrecurring ChargeNon-Traffic SensitiveThree-Digit Central Office CodeZero Transmission Level PointPrivate Branch ExchangePulse Code ModulationPoint of Terminationroot-mean-squareRemote Switching ModulesRemote Switching SystemsSinging Return LossSwitched Service NetworkServing Wire CenterTelephone Exchange Services(s)Transmission Level PointTraffic Service Position SystemUniform Service Order CodeVoice GradeVertical amp HorizontalWide Area Teleccmnunications Service(s)

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 27BFreedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 14

ACCESS SERVICE

REFERENCE TO OTHER TARIFFS

Whenever reference is made in this tariff to other tariffs of the TelephoneCompany the reference is made to the tariffs in force as of the effectivedate of this tariff and to amendments thereto and successive issues thereof

REFERENCE TO TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS

The following technical publications are referenced in this tariff andmay be obtained from Bell Communications Research Inc Distribution Stora9eCenter 60 New England Avenue Picataway New Jersey 08854-4196 (201) 981-5600

Technical Reference

1 PUB 41004Issued October 1973 Available October 1973

2 PUB TR-NPL-OO0334Issued June 1986 Available November 1986

3 PUB TR-NPL-OO0335Issued June 1986 Available November 1986

The following technical publication is referenced in this tariff and may beobtained from the Bell System for Technical Education Room F214 6200 Route53 Lisle IL 60532

Telecommunications Transmission EngineeringVolume 3 - Networks and Services (Chapter 6 and 7)Second Edition 1980Issued June 1980 Available June 1980

The following technical publication is referenced in this tariff and may beobtained from the National Exchange Carrier Association Inc Group Manager -Tariff Administration 100 S Jefferson Road Whippany NJ 07981 and theFederal Communication Commission]s commercial contractor

PUB AS No 1 Issue IIIssued May 1984 Available May 1984

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO EOX278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

_ _mdashmdash

f=]~j~)

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 15

ACCESS SERVICE

1 Application of Tariff

11 This tariff contains regulations rates and charges applicableto the provision of Carrier Common Line Switched AccessSpecial Access and Billing and Collection Serviceshereinafter referred to collectively as service(s) provided bySilver Star Telephone Company to Customers

12 The provision of such services by the Telephone Company as set forthin this tariff does not constitute a joint undertaking with thecustomer for the furnishing of any service

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278

F

mdash mdash---mdash -Freedom Wyoming 83120 ~ ~_a ~ ~ ~

I

I)l f 1-O

tPublirlsquordquordquo ~ 1

L-__Qldquo-J

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 16Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations

21 Unclertakinq of the Telephone Company

211 Scope

(A) The Telephone Company does not undertake to transmitmessages under this tariff

(B) The Telephone Company shall be responsible only for theinstallation operation and maintenance of the services itprovides

(C) The Telephone Company wil1 for maintenance purposes testits services only to the extent necessary to detect andorclear troubles

(D) Services are provided 24 hours daily seven days per weekexcept as set forth in other applicable sections of thistariff

(E) The Telephone Company does not warrant that its facilitiesand services meet standards other than those set forth inthis tariff

212 Limitations

(A) The customer may not assign or transfer the use ofservices provided under this tariff however where thereis not interruption of use or relocation of the servicessuch assignment or transfer may be made to

(1) another customer whether an individual partnershipassociation or corporation provided the assignee ortransferee assumes all outstanding indebtedness forsuch services and the unexpired portion of theminimum period and the termination liabilityapplicable to such services if any or

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

1st Revised Page 17

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

21 Undertaken u of the Telephone Com~anv (Control)

212 Limitations (Centrsquod)

(2) a court-appointed receiver trustee or otherperson acting pursuant to law in bankruptcyreceivership reorganization insolvencyliquidation or other similar proceedingsprovided the assignee or transferee assumes theunexpired portion of minimum period and thetermination liability applicable to suchservices if any

In all cases of assignment or transfer thewritten acknowledgment of the Telephone Companyis required prior to such assignment or transferwhich acknowledgement shall be made within 15days from the receipt of notification Allregulations and conditions contained in thistariff shall apply to such assignee ortransferee

The assignment or transfer of services does notrelieve or discharge the assignor or transferorfrom remaining jointly or severally liable withthe assignee or transferee for any obligationsexisting at the time of the assignment ortransfer

(B) The use and restcrationof services shall be provided ona first-come first-served baeis The use andrestoration of services shall be in accordance with Part64 Subpart D Appendix A of the Federal CommunicationsCommissionrsquos Rules and Regulations which specifies thepriority system for such activities

Issued 04992 Mr Allen R Hoopes Vice President Effective1001192 (T)Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 226Freedom Wyoming 83120

v= SEWCE ~KM

APIWVEDEFFECTIVEldquojrdquo9zDOCKETNO~ -7-amp9zrdquof

STATEOFWYOMING

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 18Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

21 Undertaking of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

213 Liability

(A) The Telephone Company(s liability if any for its willfulmisconduct is not limited by this tariff With respect toany other claim or suit by a customer or by any othersfor damages associated with the installation provisiontermination maintenance repair or restoration ofservice and subject to the provisions of (B) through (H)following the Telephone Companyrsquos liability except as setforth in 851 following if any shall not exceed anamount equal to the proportionate charge for the servicefor the period during which the service was affectedThis liability for damages shall be in addition to anyamounts that may otherwise be due the customer under thistariff as a Credit Alrsquo

(B) The Telephone Companyomission of any otherportion of a serviceits own act or omissit

owance for a Service Interruption

shall not be liable for any act orcarrier or customer providing anor shall the Telephone Company forn hold liable any other carrier or

customer providing a portion of a service

(C) The Telephone Company is not liable for damages to thecustomer premises resulting from the furnishing of aservice including the installation and removal ofequipment and associated wiring unless the damage iscaused by the Telephone Companyrsquos negligence

(D) The Telephone Company shall be indemnified defended andheld harmless by the end user against any claim loss ordamage arising from the end userrsquos use of services offeredunder this tariff involving

(1) Claims for libel slander invasion ofprivacy or infringement of copyrightarising from the end userrsquos owncommunications

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 19

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

21 Undertaking of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

213 Liability (Centrsquod)

(2) Claims for patent infringement arising from the enduserrsquos acts combining or using the service furnishedby the Telephone Company in connection with facilitiesor equipment furnished by the end user or customer or

(3) All other claims arising out of any act or omission ofthe end user in the course of using services providedpursuant to this tariff

(E) The Telephone Company shal1 be indemnified defended andheld harmless by the customer against any claim loss or damagearising from the customerrsquos use of services offered under thistariff involving

(1) Claims for libel slander invasion of privacy orinfringement of copyright arising from the customerrsquosown communications

(2) Claims for patent infringementarising from thecustomerrsquos acts combining or using the servicefurnished by the Telephone Company in connection withfacilities or equipment furnished by the end user orcustomer or

(3) All other claims arising out of any act or omission ofthe customer in the course of using services providedpursuant to this tariff

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 20

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

21 Undertaking of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

213 Liability (Centrsquod)

(F) The Telephone Company does not guarantee or make anywarranty with respect to its services when used in anexplosive atmosphere The Telephone Company shall beindemnified defended and held harmless by the customerfrom any and all claims by any person relating to suchcustomerrsquos use of services so provided

(G) No license under patents (other than the limited licenseto use) is granted by the Telephone Company or shall beimplied or arise by estoppel with respect to any serviceoffered under this tariff

(H) The Telephone Companyrsquos failure to provide or maintainservices under this tariff shall be excused by labordifficulties governmental orders civil commotionscriminal actions taken against the Telephone Company actsof God and other circumstances beyond the TelephoneCompanyrsquos reasonable control subject to the CreditAllowance for a Service Interruption as set forth in 244following

214 Provision of Services

The Telephone Company to the extent that such services are orcan be made available with reasonable effort and afterprovision has been made for the Telephone Companyrsquos telephoneexchange services will provide to the customer upon reasonablenotice services offered in other applicable sections of thistariff at rates and charges specified therein

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company 1st Revised Page 21

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

21 Undertakin a of the Telephone ComPanv (Centrsquod)

215 Installation and Termination of Services

The services provided under this tariff (A) will include anyentrance cable or drop wiring and wire or intrabuilding cableto that point where provision is made for termination of theTelephone Companyrsquoe outside distribution network facilities ata suitable location inside a customer-designated premises and(B) will be installed by the Telephone Company to such Pointof Termination

216 Maintenance of Services

The services provided under this tariff shall be maintained bythe Telephone Company The customer or others may notrearrange move disconnect remove or attempt to repair anyfacilities provided by the Telephone Company other than byconnection or disconnection to any interface means used

217 Chanqes and Substitutions

Except as provided for equipment and systems subject to FCCPart 68 Regulations at 47 CFR Section 68llO(b) theTelephone Company may where such action is reasonablyrequired in the operation of its business

(A) substitute change or rearrange any facilities used inproviding service under this tariff including but notlimited to (1) substitution of different metallicfacilities (2) substitution of carrier or derivedfacilities for metallic facilities used to provide otherthan metallic facilities and (3) substitution ofmetallic facilities for carrier or derived facilitiesused to provide other than metallic facilities

Issued 04992 Mr Allen R Hoopes Vice President Effective100192 (T)Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 226Freedom Wyoming 83120

4

twucsERvlcE~

AwRoHD F

E~ o--92

D00KETN0700W -m-mSTATEOFWYOMING

mdash- mdash

Silver Star Telephone CompanyACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 22

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

21 Undertaking of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

217 Chanqes and Substitutions (Centrsquod)

(B) change minimum protection criteria change operating ormaintenance characteristics of facilities or changeoperations or procedures of the Telephone Company Incase of any such substitution change or rearrangementthe transmission parameters will be within the range asset forth in 6 and 7 following The Telephone Companyshall not be responsible if any such substitution changeor rearrangement renders any customer furnished servicesobsolete or requires modification or alteration thereof orotherwise affects their use or performance If suchsubstitution change or rearrangement materially affectsthe operating characteristics of the facility theTelephone Company will provide reasonable notification tothe customer in writing Reasonable time will be allowedfor any redesign and implementation required by the changein operating characteristics The Telephone Company willwork cooperatively with the customer to determinereasonable notification procedures

218 Refusal and Discontinuance of Service

(A) Unless the provisions of 221(B) or 25 following applyif a customer fails to comply with 216 preceding or222 231 234 235 or 24 following including anypayments to be made by it on the dates and times hereinspecified the Telephone Company may on thirty (30) dayswritten notice by Certified US Mail to the persondesignated by that customer to receive such notices ofnoncompliance refuse additional applications for serviceandor refuse to complete any pending orders for serviceby the non-complying customer at any time thereafter

If the Telephone Company does not refuse additionalapplications for service on the date specified in thethirty (30) days notice and the customerrsquos noncompliancecontinues nothing contained herein shall preclude theTelephone Companyrsquos right to refuse additionalapplications for service to the non-complying customerwithout further notice

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

] rsquo

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 23

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

21 Undertaking of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

218 Refusal and Discontinuance of Service (Centrsquod)

(B) Unless the provisions of 221(B) or 25 following applyif a customer fails to comply with 216 preceding or222 231 234 235 or 24 following including anypayments to be made by it on the dates and times hereinspecified the Telephone Company may on thirty (30) dayswritten notice by Certified US Mail to the persondesignated by that customer to receive such notices ofnoncompliance discontinue the provision of the servicesto the non-complying customer at any time thereafter

In the case of such discontinuance all applicablecharges including termination charges shall become dueIf the Telephone Company does not discontinue theprovision of the services involved on the date specifiedin the thirty (30) days notice and the customerrsquosnoncompliance continues nothing contained herein shallpreclude the Telephone Companyrsquos right to discontinue theprovision of the services to the non-complying customerwithout further notice

219 Notification of Service-Affectinq Activities

The Telephone Company will provide the customer reasonablenotification of service-affecting activities that may occur innormal operation of its business Such activities may includebut are not limited to equipment or facilities additionsremovals or rearrangements routine preventative maintenanceand major switching office change-out Generally suchactivities are not individual customer service specific theyaffect many customersrsquo service No specific advancenotification period is applicable to all service activitiesThe Telephone Company will work cooperatively with the customerto determine the notification requirements

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdash- --mdashmdash

FIIED

I

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 24

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

21 Undertaking of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

2110 Coordination with Respect to Network Contingencies

The Telephone Company intends to work cooperatively with thecustomer to develop network contingency plans in order tomaintain maximum network capability following natural or man-made disasters which affect telecommunications services

2111 Provision and Ownership of Telephone Numbers

The Telephone Company reserves the reasonable right to assigndesignate or change telephone numbers any other call numberdesignations associated with Access Services or the TelephoneCompany serving central office prefixes associated with suchnumbers when necessary in the conduct of its businessShould it become necessary to make a change in suchnumbers(s) the Telephone Company will furnish to the customer6 months notice and explanation of the reason(s) for suchchange(s)

22 Use

221 Interference or Impairment

(A) The characteristics and methods of operation of anycircuits facilities or equipment provided by other thanthe Telephone Company and associated with the facilitiesutilized to provide services under this tariff shall notinterfere with or impair service over any facilities ofthe Telephone Company its affiliated companies or itsconnecting and concurring carriers involved in itsservices cause damage to their plant impair the privacyof any communications carried over their facilities orcreate hazards to the employees of any of them or thepublic

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~~

-mdash--mdash-mdash-rdquo---~ ----

7-$) jti-

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

1st Revised Page 25

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

22 (Centrsquod)

221 Interference or Impairment (Centrsquod)

(B) Except as provided for equipment or systems subject tothe FCC Part 68 Rules in 47 CFR Section 68108 ifsuch characteristics or methods of operation are not inaccordance with (A) preceding the Telephone Companywill where practicable notify the customer thattemporary discontinuance of the use of a service may berequired however where prior notice is notpracticable nothing contained herein shall be deemed topreclude the Telephone Companyrsquos right to temporarilydiscontinuance the customer will be promptly notifiedand afforded the opportunity to correct the conditionwhich gave rise to the temporary discontinuance Duringsuch period of temporary discontinuance creditallowance for service interruptions as set forth in244 following is not applicable

222 Unlawful Use

The service provided under this tariff shall not be used foran unlawful purpose

(A) The Telephone Company may upon written request from acustomer terminate service to any subscriber of acustomer identified by the customer as having utilizedthat customerrsquos service andor facilities in thecompletion of abusive telephone calls Service may beterminated by the Telephone Company as provided for inits general andor local exchange service

(B) In such instances when termination occurs as in (A)preceding the Telephone Company shall be indemnifieddefended and held harmless by the customer againgt anyclaim loss or damage arising from the TelephoneCompanyrsquos actions in terminating such service

Issued 04992 Mr Allen R Hoopesr Vice President Effective100192 (T)Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 226Freedom Wyoming 83120

iw6LlcSERVICGCuMumoNAWROVED

EFFECTIVE(7-rdquo$

00CKETNOZP (XXYrdquo792-ST4TEOFWYOMING

-----

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 26

231

232

233

QwE

The customer shall reimburse the Telephone Company for damagesto Telephone Company facilities utilized to provide servicesunder this tariff caused by the negligence or willful act ofthe customer or resulting from the customerrsquos improper use ofthe Telephone Company facilities or due to malfunction of anyfacilities or equipment provided by other than the TelephoneCompany

Nothing in the foregoing provision shall be interpreted to holdone customer liable for another customerrsquos actions TheTelephone Company will upon reimbursement for damagescooperate with the customer in prosecuting a claim against theperson causing such damage and the customer shall be subrogatedto the right of recovery by the Telephone Company for thedamages to the extent of such payment

Ownership of Facilities and Theft

Facilities utilized by the Telephone Company to provide serviceunder the provisions of this tariff shall remain the propertyof the Telephone Company Such facilities shall be returned tothe Telephone Company by the customer whenever requestedwithin a reasonable period following the request in as goodcondition as reasonable wear will permit

Equipment Space and Power

The customer shall furnish or arrange to have furnished to theTelephone Company at no charge equipment space and electricalpower required by the Telephone Company to provide servicesunder this tariff at the points of termination of suchservices The selection of ac or dc power shall

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 ~mdashmdash -mdash-

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 27

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Centrsquod)

233 Equipment Space and Power (Centrsquod)

be mutually agreed to by the customer and the TelephoneCompany The customer shall also make necessary arrangementsin order that the Telephone Company will have access to suchspaces at reasonable times for installing testing repairingor removing Telephone Company services

234 Availability for Testinq

The services provided under this tariff shall be available tothe Telephone Company at times mutually agreed upon in order topermit the Telephone Company to make tests and adjustmentsappropriate for maintaining the services in satisfactoryoperating condition Such tests and adjustments shall becompleted within a reasonable time No credit will be allowedfor any interruptions involved during such tests andadjustments

235 Balance

All signals for transmission over the services provided underthis tariff shall be delivered by the customer balanced toground

236 Design of Customer Services

Subject to the provisions of 217 preceding the customershall be solely responsible at its own expense for theoverall design of its services and for any redesigning orrearrangement of its services which may be required because ofchanges in facilities operations or procedures of theTelephone Company minimum protection criteria or operating ormaintenance characteristics of the facilities

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

[~1

mdash--mdashmdash_u

--

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 28

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Centrsquod)

237 Reference to the Telephone Company

The customer may advise End Users that certain services areprovided by the Telephone Company in connection with theservice the customer furnishes to the End Users however thecustomer shall not represent that the Telephone Company jointlyparticipates in the customerrsquos services

238 Claims and Demands for Damages

(A) With respect to claims of patent infringement made bythird persons the customer shall defend indemnifyprotect and save harmless the Telephone Company from andagainst all claims arising out of the combining with oruse in connection with the services provided under thistariff any circuit apparatus system or method providedby the customer

(B) The customer shall defend indemnify and save harmless theTelephone Company from and against any suits claimslosses or damages including punitive damages attorneyfees and court costs by third persons arising out of theconstruction installation operation maintenance orremoval of the customerrsquos circuits facilities orequipment connected to the Telephone Companyrsquos servicesprovided under this tariff including without limitationWorkmenrsquos Compensation claims actions for infringement ofcopyright andor unauthorized use of program materiallibel and slander actions based on the content ofcommunications transmitted over the customerrsquos circuitsfacilities or equipment and proceedings to recover taxesfines or penalties for failure of the customer to obtainor maintain in effect any necessary certificates permitslicenses or other authority to acquire or operate theservices provided under this tariff

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R liOODESPresident Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 mdashmdash mdash-__

I

Silver Star Telephone CompanyACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 29

238

239

2310

Claims and Demands for Damages (Centrsquod)

(B) (Centrsquod)

provided however the foregoing indemnification shall notapply to suits claims and demands to recover damages fordamage to property death or personal injury unless suchsuits claims or demands are based on the tortuous conductof the customer its officers agents or employees

(C) The customer shall defend indemnify and save harmless theTelephone Company from and against any suits claimslosses or damages including punitive damages attorneyfees and court costs by the customer or third partiesarising out of any act or omission of the customer in thecourse of using services provided under this tariff

Coordination with Respect to Network Contingencies

The customer shall in cooperation with the Telephone Companycoordinate in planning the actions to be taken to maintainmaximum network capability following natural or man-madedisasters which affect telecommunications services

Jurisdictional Report Requirements

(A) Jurisdictional Reports

(1) When a customer orders Feature Group A or B SwitLiedAccess Service from the primary carrier which iscapable of connecting to the end user in theTelephone Companyrsquos serving area the customer shallprovide a copy of such order to the telephonecompany The Telephone Company will apply thecustomer provided projected intrastate percentage ofintrastate usage to the total Feature Group A andFeature Group B minutes originating from theTelephone Companies end offices to the Customerrsquospremises in the primary carrierrsquos serving area orterminating from the Customerrsquos designated premisesto the telephone companyrsquos end office

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdash -mdashmdash

F1f [-ii

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 30

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Centrsquod)

2310 Jurisdictional Report Requirements

(A) Jurisdictional Reports

(2) When a customer orders Feature Group C SwitchedAccess Service the Telephone Company will unlessthe customer provides the projected intrastatepercentage for intrastate usage in its orderdetermine the projected intrastate percentage asfollows For originating access minutes theprojected intrastate percentage will be developed ona monthly basis by end office when the Feature GroupC Switched Access Service access minutes are measuredby dividing the measured intrastate originatingaccess minutes (the access minutes where the callingnumber and the called number are in the samestate) by the total originating access minutes

For terminating access minutes the data used by theTelephone Company to develop the projected intrastatepercentage for originating access minutes will beused to develop projected intrastate percentage forsuch terminating access minutes

The Telephone Company will designate the numberobtained by subtracting the projected interstatepercentage for originating and terminating accessminutes calculated by the Telephone Company from 100(100 - Telephone Company calculated projectedinterstate percentage = intrastate percentage) as theprojected intrastate percentage of use

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~

mdash---

F q1ldquoii=lsquo-I$1~Icio

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 31

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Centrsquod)

2310 Jurisdictional Report Requirements (Centrsquod)

(A) Jurisdictional Reports (Centrsquod)

(2) (Centrsquod)

Effective on the first of January April July andOctober of each year the customer shall update theinterstate and intrastate jurisdictional report Thecustomer shall forward to the Telephone Company to bereceived no later than 15 days after the first of eachsuch month a revised report showing the interstateand intrastate percentage of use for the past threemonths ending the last day of December March Juneand September respectively for each service arrangedfor intrastate use Additionally where the customerutilizes FGA Switched Access Service for calls betweena Primary Exchange Carrier and a Secondary ExchangeCarrier within the same Extended Area Service callingarea andor Feature Group B Switched Access Servicefor calls between a Primary Exchange Carrierrsquos accesstandem and a subtending Secondary Exchange Carrierwhere the Primary and Secondary Exchange Carriers arenot the same Telephone Company a copy of the revisedreport will be provided by the customer to theTelephone Company

The revised report will serve as the basis for thenext three months billing and will be effective on thebill date for that service No prorating or backbilling will be done based on the report

If the customer does not supply the reports theTelephone Company will assume the percentages to bethe same as those provided In the last quarterlyreport For those cases in which a quarterly reporthas never been received from the customer theTelephone Company will assume the percentages to bethe same as those provided in the order for service asset forth in (1) preceding

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

F

Issued June 1 2020 Effective July 1 2020

Legal amp Regulatory Administrator

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

1st Revised Page 32

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Contrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Contrsquod)

2311 Determination of Intrastate Charges for Mixed Interstate and Intrastate

Access Service

When mixed interstate and intrastate Access Service is provided all

charges (ie nonrecurring monthly andor usage) including optional

features charges will be prorated between interstate and intrastate The

percentage provided in the reports as set forth in 2310(A) preceding will

serve as the basis for prorating the charges The percentage of an Access

Service to be charged as intrastate is applied in the following manner

(A) For monthly nonrecurring chargeable rate elements multiply the

percent intrastate use times the quantity of chargeable elements times

the state tariff rate per element

(B) For usage sensitive (ie access minutes and calls) chargeable rate

elements multiply the percent intrastate use times actual use (ie

measured or Telephone Company assumed average use) times the

stated tariff rate

The intrastate percentage will change as revised usage reports are

submitted as set forth in 2310 preceding

2312 Identification and Rating of VoIP-PSTN Traffic

VoIP-PSTN Traffic is defined as traffic exchanged between a Company

end user and the customer in Time Division Multiplexing (TDM) format

that originates andor terminates in Internet Protocol (IP) format This

section governs the identification of VoIP-PSTN Traffic that is required to

be compensated at interstate access rates unless the parties have agreed

otherwise by the FCC in its Report and Order in WC Dockets Nos 10-90

etc FCC Release No 11-161 (November 18 2011) (FCC Order) and

Second Order on Reconsideration Specifically this section establishes

the method of separating VoIP-PSTN Traffic from the customers

traditional intrastate access traffic so that such VoIP-PSTN Traffic can be

billed in accordance with the FCC Order

Originating intrastate toll VoIP traffic will be billed the intrastate

originating access rates These rates apply regardless of whether the call

originates in TDM or IP format

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 202070006-119-TT-20

Issued June 1 2020 Effective July 1 2020

Legal amp Regulatory Administrator

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 321

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Contrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Contrsquod)

2312 Identification and Rating of VoIP-PSTN Traffic (contrsquod)

The relevant VoIP-PSTN Traffic identified in accordance with this tariff

section that is originated on Telephone Companyrsquos network that originates

andor terminates in IP format shall be billed at rates equal to Telephone

Companyrsquos applicable tariffed interstate originating switched access rates

as specified in Telephone Companyrsquos applicable federal access tariff

(A) Calculation and Application of Percent-VoIP- Usage Factors (1) Telephone Company will determine the number of relevant VoIP-

PSTN Traffic minutes of use (MOU) to which interstate rates will

be applied under 2312 preceding by applying a Percent VoIP

Usage (PVU) factor to the total terminating intrastate access MOU

received by a Telephone Company end user and delivered to the

customer

(2) The customer will calculate and furnish to Telephone Company a

PVU factor representing the percentage of the total intrastate

access MOU that the customer terminates to Telephone Company

that was sent and originated in IP format

(3) The terminating PVU shall be based on information such as traffic

studies actual call detail or other relevant and verifiable

information which will be provided to Telephone Company upon

request

(4) Telephone Company will apply the PVU factor to the total

terminating intrastate access MOU received from the customer to

determine the number of relevant VoIP-PSTN Traffic MOUs

(5) If the customer does not furnish Telephone Company with a PVU

factor Telephone Company will utilize a PVU equal to zero

(B) Initial PVU Factors (1) The PVU factor will be implemented when received for those

companies whose intrastate rates are higher than the interstate

rates

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 202070006-119-TT-20

Issued June 1 2020 Effective July 1 2020

Legal amp Regulatory Administrator

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 322

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Contrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Contrsquod)

2312 Identification and Rating of VoIP-PSTN Traffic (contrsquod)

(C) PVU Factor Updates

The customer may update the PVU factors quarterly using the method

set forth in (A)(2) preceding If the customer chooses to submit such updates it shall forward to Telephone Company no later than 15 days

after the first day of January April July andor October of each year

revised PVU factors based on data for the prior three months ending the

last day of December March June and September respectively The

revised PVU factors will serve as the basis for future billing and will be

effective on the bill date of each such month and shall serve as the basis

for subsequent monthly billing until superseded by new PVU factors No

prorating or back billing will be done based on the updated PVU factors

(D) PVU Factor Verification (1) Not more than twice in any year Telephone Company may request

from the customer an overview of the process used to determine the

PVU factors the call detail records description of the method for

determining how the end user originates and terminates calls in IP

format and other information used to determine the customers PVU

factors furnished to Telephone Company in order to validate the

PVU factors supplied The customer shall comply and shall

reasonably supply the requested data and information within 15 days

of Telephone Companys request

(2) Telephone Company may dispute the Customers PVU factor

based upon

bull A review of the requested data and information provided by the

customer

bull Telephone Companys reasonable review of other market information FCC reports on VoIP lines such as FCC Form 477 or state level results or based on other relevant data

bull A change in the reported PVU factor by more than five

percentage points from the preceding quarter

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 202070006-119-TT-20

Issued June 1 2020 Effective July 1 2020

Legal amp Regulatory Administrator

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 323

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Contrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Contrsquod)

2312 Identification and Rating of VoIP-PSTN Traffic (contrsquod)

(3) If after review of the data and information the customer and

Telephone Company establishes revised PVU factors Telephone

Company will begin using those revised PVU factors with the

next bill period

(4) If the dispute is unresolved Telephone Company may initiate an

audit Telephone Company shall limit audits of the customers

PVU factor to no more than twice per year The customer may

request that the audit be conducted by an independent auditor In

such cases the associated auditing expenses will be paid by the

customer

bull In the event that the customer fails to provide adequate

records to enable Telephone Company or an independent

auditor to conduct an audit verifying the customers PVU

factors Telephone Company will bill the usage for all

contested periods using the most recent undisputed PVU

factors reported by the customer These PVU factors will

remain in effect until the audit can be completed

bull During the audit the most recent undisputed PVU factors

from the previous reporting period will be used by Telephone

Company

bull Telephone Company will adjust the customers PVU factors

based on the results of the audit and implement the revised

PVU in the next billing period or quarterly report date

whichever is first The revised PVU factors will apply for the

next two quarters before new factors can be submitted by the

customer

bull If the audit supports the customers PVU factors the usage

for the contested periods will be adjusted to reflect the

customers audited PVU factors

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 202070006-119-TT-20

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 33

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances

241 Payment of Rates Charges and Deposits

(A) The Telephone Company will in order to safeguard itsinterests only require a customer which has a provenhistory of late payments of the Telephone Company or doesnot have established credit to make a deposit prior to orat any time after the provision of a service to thecustomer to be held by the Telephone Company as aguarantee of the payment of rates and charges No suchdeposit will be required of a customer which is asuccessor of a company which has established credit andhas no history of late payments to the Telephone CompanySuch deposit may not exceed the actual or estimated ratesand charges for the service for a two month period Thefact that a deposit has been made in no way relieves thecustomer from complying with the Telephone Companyrsquosregulations as to the prompt payment of bills At suchtime as the provision of the service to the customer isterminated the amount of the deposit will be credited tothe customerrsquos account and any credit balance which mayremain will be refunded

Such a deposit will be refunded or credited to the accountwhen the customer has established credit or in any eventafter the customer has established a one-year promptpayment record at any time prior to the termination of theprovision of the service to the customer In case of acash deposit for the period the deposit is held by theTelephone Company the customer will receive interest atthe same percentage rate as that set forth in (B)(3)(b)(I)or in (Be) whichever is lower The rate will becompounded daily for the number of days from the date thecustomer deposit is received by the Telephone Company toand including the date such deposit is credited to thecustomerrsquos account or the date the deposit is refunded bythe Telephone Company Should a deposit be credited to thecustomerrsquos account as indicated above no interest willaccrue on the deposit from the date such deposit iscredited to the customerrsquos account

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

_ mdash

F[- ~

--

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 34

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances

241 Payment of Rates Charqes and Deposits

(B) The Telephone Company shall bill on a current basis allcharges incurred by the credits due to the customer underthis tariff attributable to services established ordiscontinued during the preceding billing period

In addition the Telephone Company shall bill in advancecharges for all services to be provided during the ensuingbilling period except for charges associated with serviceusage and for the Federal Government which will be billedin arrears The bill day (ie the billing date of a billfor a customer for Access Service under this tariff) theperiod of service each bill covers and the payment datewill be as follows

(1) The Telephone Company will establish a bill day eachmonth for each customer account The bill will covernonusage sensitive service charges per month chargesfor the ensuing billing period for which the bill isrendered any known unbilled nonusage sensitive chargesfor prior periods and unbilled usage charges for theperiod after the last bill day through the current billday Any known unbilled usage charges for priorperiods and any known unbilled adjustments will beapplied to this bill Payment for such bills is due asset forth in (2) following If payment is not receivedby the payment date as set forth in (2) following inirrrnediatelyavailable funds a late payment penaltywill apply as set forth in (2) following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

rldquo

---------------

[- -ldquo rsquo

9

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 35

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

241 Payment of Rates Charqes and Deposits (Centrsquod)

(B) (Centrsquod)

(2) (a) All bills dated as set forth in (1) preceding forservice provided to the customer by the TelephoneCompany are due 31 days (payment date) after thebill day or by the next bill date (ie same datein the following month as the bill date)whichever is the shortest interval except asprovided herein and are payable in immediatelyavailable funds If such payment date would causepayment to be due on a Saturday Sunday or Holiday(ie New Yearrsquos Day Independence Day LaborDay Thanksgiving Day Christmas Day the secondTuesday in November and a day when WashingtonrsquosBirthday Memorial Day or Columbus Day is legallyobserved) payment for such bills will be due fromthe customer as follows

If such payment date falls on a Sunday or on aHoliday which is observed on a Monday the paymentdate shall be the first non-Holidayrsquoday followingsuch Sunday or Holiday If such payment datefalls on a Saturday or on a Holiday which isobserved on Tuesday Wednesday Thursday orFriday the payment date shall be the last non-Holiday day preceding such Saturday or Holiday

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r-

mdash-mdash

r rrsquorsquordquorsquordquo- rsquo

~

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 36

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

241 Payment of Rates Charues and Deposits (Centrsquod)

(B) (Centrsquod)

(2) (b) Further if any portion of the payment is receivedby the Telephone Company after the payment date asset forth in (a) preceding or if any portion ofthe payment is received by the Telephone Company infunds which are not immediately available to theTelephone Company then a late payment penaltyshall be due to the Telephone Company The latepayment penalty shall be the portion of the paymentnot received by the payment date times a latefactor The late factor shall be the lesser of

(c)

(I)

(11)

the highest interest rate (in decimal value)which may be levied by law for commercialtransactions compounded daily for the numberof days from the payment date to and includingthe date that the customer actually makes thepayment to the Telephone Company or

0000590 per day compounded daily for thenumber of days from the payment date to andincluding the date that the customer actuallymakes the payment to the Telephone Company

In the event that a billing dispute concerning anycharges billed to the customer by the TelephoneCompany is resolved in favor of the TelephoneCompany any payments withheld pending settlementof the dispute shall be subject to the late paymentpenalty set forth in (b) preceding If thecustomer disputes the bill on or before the paymentdate and pays the undisputed amount on or beforethe payment date any late payment charge for thedisputed amount will not start until 10 days afterthe payment date

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 37

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

241 Payment of Rates Charges and Deposits (Centrsquod)

(B) (Centrsquod)

(2) (d) In the event that a billing dispute concerning anycharges billed to the customer by the TelephoneCompany is resolved in favor of the customer nolate payment penalty will apply to the disputedamount In addition if the customer disputes thebilled amount and pays the total amount (ie thenondisputed amount and the disputed amount) on orbefore the payment date and the billing dispute isresolved in favor of the customer the customer willreceive a credit for a disputed amount penalty fromthe Telephone Company if the billing dispute is notresolved within 10 working days whichever date isthe later date The disputed amount penalty shallbe the disputed amount resolved in the customerrsquosfavor times a penalty factor The penalty factoris as set forth in (b) preceding

(c) When a payment for Access Service charges billed underthis tariff is due to the Telephone Company from thecustomer as set forth in (B)(2) preceding on the samepayment date that a Purchase of Accounts Receivable netpurchase amount is due to the customer from theTelephone Company as set forth in 855 following theTelephone Company may with at least 31 days notice tothe customer net the payment for customer AccessService charges with the net purchase amount TheTelephone Company will pay the net amount to the customeron the payment date when such net amount is due to thecustomer or require the customer to pay the TelephoneCompany the net amount when such net amount is due to theTelephone Company If either party does not make thepayment on the payment date a late payment penalty asset forth in 855 following or (B)(2) precedingwhichever is appropriate applies

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone Company

PO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 38Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

241 Payment of Rates Charges and Deposits (Centrsquod)

(D)

(E)

Adjustments for the quantities of services established ordiscontinued in any billing period beyond the minimumperiod set forth for services in other sections of thistariff will be prorated to the number of days or majorfraction of days based on a 30 day month The TelephoneCompany will upon request and if available furnish suchdetailed information as may reasonably be required forverification of any bill

When a rate as set forth in this tariff is shown to morethan two decimal places the charges will be determinedusing the rate shown The resulting amount will then berounded to the nearest penny (ie rounded to two decimalplaces)

242 Minimum Periods

The minimum period for which services are provided and forwhich rates and charges are applicable is one month except forthose services set forth in 853(A)

When a service is discontinued prior to the expiration of theminimum period charges are applicable whether the service isused or not as follows

(A) When a service with aone month minimum period isdiscontinued prior to the expiration of the minimumperiod a one month charge will apply at the rate level ineffect at the time service is discontinued

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 _-mdash-___----

~ F i E

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 39

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

242

243

244

Minimum Periods

(B) When a service with a minimum period greater than onemonth is discontinued prior to the expiration of theminimum period the applicable charge will be the lesserof (1) the Telephone Companyrsquos total nonrecoverable costsless the net salvage value for the discontinued service or(2) the total monthly charges at the rate level in effectat the time service is discontinued for the remainder ofthe minimum period

Cancellation of an Order for Service

Provisions for the cancellation of an order for service are setforth in other applicable sections of this tariff

Credit Allowance for Service Interruptions

(A) General

A service is interrupted when it becomes unusable to thecustomer because of failure of a facility component used tofurnish service under this tariff or in the event that theprotective controls applied by the Telephone Company resultin the complete lOSS of service by the customer as setforth in 641 following An interruption period startswhen an inoperative service is reported to the TelephoneCompany and ends when the service is operative

For purposes of administering the following regulations amajor fraction shall mean more than half of the incrementalcredit period using the unit of time in which the serviceinterruption is measured ie 30 seconds 1 minute 1hour For example a major fraction for a 30 minute periodequals 16 minutes for a 24 hour period equals 12 hours andone minute

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdashmdashmdashrdquo -mdash-mdash

F ~tikl~Iq

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 40

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

244 Credit Allowance for Service Interruptions

(B) When a Credit Allowance Applies

In case of an interruption to any service allowance forthe period of interruption if not due to the negligence ofthe customer shall be as follows

(1) For Special Access Services no credit shall be allowedfor an interruption of less than 30 minutes Thecustomer shall be credited for an interruption of 30minutes or more at the rate of 11440 of the monthlycharges for the facility or service for each period of30 minutes or major fraction thereof that theinterruption continues

The monthly charges used to determine the credit shallbe the total of all the monthly rate element chargesassociated with the service charged by the TelephoneCompany

(2) For Switched Access Service no credit shall be allowedfor an interruption of less than 24 hours Thecustomer shall be credited for an interruption of 24hours or more at the rate of 130 of the applicablemonthly rates or minimum monthly usage charge for eachperiod of 24 hours or major fraction thereof that theinterruption continues

(3) The credit allowance(s) for an interruption or for aseries of interruptions shall not exceed the monthlyrate and minimum monthly usage charge for the serviceinterrupted in any one monthly billing period

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R HooDes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 41

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

244 Credit Allowance for Service Interruptions (Centrsquod)

(C) When a Credit Allowance Does Not Apply

No credit allowance will be made for

(1) Interruptions caused by the negligence of thecustomer

(2) Interruptions of a service due to the failure ofequipment or systems provided by the customer orothers

(3) Interruptions of a service during any period in whichthe Telephone Company is not afforded access to thepremises where the service is terminated

(4) Interruptions of a service when the customer hasreleased that service to the Telephone Company formaintenance purposes to make rearrangements or forthe implementation of an order for a change in theservice during the time that was negotiated with thecustomer prior to the release of that serviceThereafter a credit allowance as set forth in (B)preceding applies

(5) Periods when the customer elects not to release theservice for testing andor repair and continues to useit on an impaired basis

(6) An interruption or a group of interruptionsresulting from a common cause for amounts less thanone dollar

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 42

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

244 Credit Allowance for Service Interruptions (Centrsquod)

(D) Use of an Alternative Service Provided by the TelephoneWJWIY

Should the customer elect to use an alternative serviceprovided by the Telephone Company during the period that aservice is interrupted the customer must pay the tariffedrates and charges for the alternative service used

(E) Temporary Surrender of a Service

In certain instances the customer may be requested by theTelephone Company to surrender a service for purposes otherthan maintenance testing or activity relating to a serviceorder If the customer consents a credit allowance willbe granted The credit allowance will be 11440 of themonthly rate for each period of 30 minutes or fractionthereof that the service is surrendered In no case willthe credit allowance exceed the monthly rate for theservice surrendered in any one monthly billing period

245 Re-establishment of Service Following Fire Flood or OtherOccurrence

(A) Nonrecurringg Charges Do not Apply

Charges do not apply for the re-establishment of servicefollowing a fire flood or other occurrence attributed toan Act of God provided that

(1) The service is of the same type as was provided priorto the fire flood or other occurrence

(2) The service is for the same customer

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO t30x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 43

1

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

245 Re-establishment of Service Followinq Fire Flood or OtherOccurrence (Centrsquod)

(A)

(B)

Nonrecurring Charges Do Not Apply (Centrsquod)mdashmdash

(3) The service is at the same location on the samepremises

(4) The re-establishment of service begins within 60 daysafter Telephone Company service is available (The 60day period may be extended a reasonable period if therenovation of the original location on the premisesaffected is not practical within the allotted timeperiod)

Nonrecurring Charges Apply

Nonrecurring Charges apply for establishing service at adifferent location on the same premises or at a differentpremises pending re-establishment of service at theoriginal location at the rate set forth in 12 following

246 Title or Ownership Riqhts

(A) The payment of rates and charges by Customers for theservices offered under the provisions of this tariff doesnot assign confer or transfer title or ownership rights toproposals or facilities developed or utilizedrespectively by the Telephone Company in the provision ofsuch services

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO i30x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r-mdashmdashmdash-F- IJ-

r jldquo --rdquo-rsquox JLrdquo

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 44

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

247 Ordering Ratinq and Billing of Access Services Where MoreThan One Exchange Telephone Company is Involved

(A) When an Access Service is provided by more than oneTelephone Company the Telephone Companies involved willuse the following billing method

The customer will place the order for the service as setforth in Section 525

Each Telephone Company receiving an order or copy of theorder from the customer will determine the applicablecharges for the portion of the transport service itprovides and bills in accordance with its Access Servicestariff as follows

(1)

(2)

(3)

The Billing Percentage (BP) as set forth in ExchangeCarrier Association Tariff FCC No 2 represents theportion of transport service provided by eachTelephone Company The Telephone Company will bill aper minute per mile or per channel mile charge fromits end office to the Interconnection Point with theconnecting carrier the connecting carrierrsquos ratesmay be based on access minutes and mileage The BPfor the Telephone Company is based on its revenuerequirements and is calculated as set forth in(2)(3) and and (4) following

For Feature Groups A and B Switched Access Servicemultiply the number of access minutes of use timesthe number of miles times the per minute miletransport rate as set forth in 121C (2) following

For Feature Group C Switched Access Service multiplythe number of access minutes of use times the numberof miles times the per minute mile transport rate asset forth in 121C(2) following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

F[lsquo-r--gt-l-jI

PubilC 1-(1 i( rsquol[~ jJ

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

Original Page 45

247 Orderinq Rating and Billing of Access Services Where MoreThan One Exchange Telephone Company is Involved

(4) For Special Access multiply the number of specialtransport channels times the miles times the channelmileage rate set forth in 122B(2) following

(B) All other appropriate charges in each Exchange TelephoneCompanyrsquos tariff are applicable

25 Connections

251 General

Equipment and Systems (ie terminal equipment multilineterminating systems and communications systems) may beconnected with Switched and Special Access Service furnished bythe Telephone Company where such connection is made inaccordance with the provisions specified in Technical ReferencePublication AS No 1 and in 21 preceding

26 Definitions

Certain terms

Access Code

used herein are defined as follows

The term ldquoAccess Coderdquo Denotes a uniform five or seven digit codeassigned by the Telephone Company to an individual customer Thefive digit code has the form 10XXX and the seven digit code has theform 95O-1OXX

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

ACCESS SERVICE

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 46

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Access Minutes

The term ldquoAccess Minutesrdquo denotes that usage of exchange facilitiesin intrastate for the purpose of calculating chargeable usage Onthe originating end of an intrastate call usage is measured from thetime the originating end userrsquos call is delivered by the TelephoneCompany to and acknowledged as received by the customerrsquos facilitiesconnected with the originating exchange On the terminating end ofan intrastate call usage is measured from the time the call isreceived by the end user in the terminating exchange Timing ofusage at both originating and terminating ends of an intrastate callshall terminate when the calling or called party disconnectswhichever event is recognized first in the originating andterminating exchanges as applicable

Access Tandem

The term ldquoAccess Tandemrdquo denotes a Telephone Company switching systemthat provides a concentration and distribution function fororiginating or terminating traffic between end offices and acustomerrsquos premises

AnswerDisconnect Supervision

The term ldquoAnswerDisconnect Supervisionrdquo denotes the transmission ofthe switch trunk equipment supervisory signal (off-hook or on-hook)to the customerrsquos point of termination as an indication that thecalled party has answered or disconnected

Attenuation Distortion

The term ldquoAttenuation Distortionrdquo denotes the difference in loss atspecified frequencies relative to the loss at 1004 Hz unlessotherwise specified

Balance (100 Type) Test Line

The term ldquoBalance (100 Type) Test Linerdquo denotes an arrangement in anend office which provides for balance and noise testing

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdashmdash- - --

F ~ s i i--

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 47Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Bit

The term ldquoBitrdquo denotes the smallest unit of information in the binarysystem of notation

Business Day

The term ldquoBusiness Dayrdquo denotes the tldquoopen for business Generally in the800 00 AM to 500 PM respectiverdquoMonday through Friday resulting in aweek

Busy Hour Minutes of Capacity (BHMC)

mes of day that a company isbusiness community these arey with an hour for lunchstandard forty (40) hour work

The term ldquoBusy Hour Minutes of Capacity (BHMC)rdquo denotes the customerspecified maximum amount of Switched Access Service andor accessminutes the customer expects to be handled in an end office switchduring any hour in the 800 AM to 1100 PM period for the FeatureGroup ordered This customer furnished BHMC quantity is the inputdata the Telephone Company uses to determine the number oftransmission paths for the Feature Group

Call

The term ldquoCallrdquo denotes a customer attempt for which the completeaddress code (eg O- 911 or 10 digits) is provided to the servingdial tone office

Carrier or Common Carrier

See Interexchange Carrier

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

--mdash -- ____-

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 48

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Ccs

The term ldquoCCSrdquo denotes a hundred call seconds which is a standardunit of traffic load that is equal to 100 seconds of usage orcapacity of a group of servers (eg trunks)

Central Office

The term ldquoCentral Officerdquo denotes a local Telephone Company switchingsystem where the Telephone Exchange Service customer station loopsare terminated for purposes of interconnection to each other and totrunks

Central Office Prefix

The term ldquoCentral Office Prefixrdquo denotes the first three digits (NXX)of the seven digit telephone number assigned to a customerrsquosTelephone Exchange Service when dialed on a local basis

Centralized Automatic Reportinq on Trunks Testing

The term ldquoCentralized Automatic Reporting on Trunks Testingrdquo denotesa type of testing which includes the capacity for measuringoperational and transmission parameters

Channel(s)

The term ldquoChannel(s)rdquo denotes an electrical or photonic in the caseof fiber optic-based transmission systems communications pathbetween two or more points of termination

C-Messaqe Noise

The term ldquoC-Message Noiserdquo denotes the frequency weighted averagenoise within an idle voice channel The frequency weighting calledC-message is used to simulate the frequency characteristic of the500-type telephone set and the hearing of the average subscriber

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

[

--mdash -mdashldquos

~~rsquo ldquordquo ~

f4hl f~a~I

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 49

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

C-Notched Noise

The term ldquoC-Notched Noiserdquo denotes the C-message frequency weightednoise on a voice channel with a holding tone which is removed at themeasuring end through a notch (very narrow band) filter

Coin Station

The term ldquoCoin Stationrdquo denotes a location where Telephone Companyequipment is provided in a public or semipublic place where TelephoneCompany customers can originate telephonic communications and pay theapplicable charges by inserting coins into the equipment

Common Line

The term ldquoCommon Linerdquo denotes a line trunk pay telephone line orother facility provided under the general andor local exchangeservice tariffs of the Telephone Company terminated on a centraloffice switch A common line-residence is a line or trunk providedunder the residence regulations of the general andor local exchangeservice tariffs A common line-business is a line provided under thebusiness regulations of the general andor local exchange servicetariffs

Communications Systems

The term ldquoConununicationsSystemrdquo denotes channels and otherfacilities which are capable of communications between terminalequipment provided by other than the Telephone Company

Customer

The term ldquoCustomer(s)rdquo denotes any individual partnershipassociation joint-stock company trust corporation or governmentalentity or other entity which subscribes to the services offered underthis tariff including both Interexchange Carriers (ICS) and EndUsers

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdashmdashmdash mdash_____

F1~ -Zrsquordquo-i]1- -

I

JAN 1 1(+S8 ~1

ACCESS SERVICE

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 50

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Customer Designated Premises

The term ldquoCustomer Designated Premisesrdquo denoted the premisesspecified by the customer for the termination of Access Service

Customer Message

The term ldquoCustomer Messagerdquo used herein for Feature Groups A and BSwitched Access Service denotes a completed call over an intrastateFeature Group A and B Switched Access Service A completed callincludes both completed calls originated to and terminated from aFeature Group A Switched Access Service A customer message beginsin the originating direction when the off-hook supervision providedby the premise of the ordering customer is received by TelephoneCompany recording equipment A customer message begins in theterminating direction when answer supervision is received byTelephone Company recording equipment indicating the called party hasanswered A customer message ends in the originating direction whendisconnect supervision is received by Telephone Company recordingequipment from the premise of the ordering customer A customermessage ends in the terminating direction when disconnect supervisionis received by Telephone Company recording equipment from either thepremise of the ordering customer or the called party The termldquoCustomer Messagerdquo used herein for Feature Group C Switched AccessService denotes a completed intrastate call originated by acustomerrsquos end user A customer message begins when answersupervision from the premise of the ordering customer is received byTelephone Company recording equipment indicating that the calledparty has answered A message ends when disconnect supervision isreceived by Telephone Company recording equipment from either thepremise of the ordering customerrsquos end user premise from which thecall originated

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

--mdashmdash------------1------

gt

(AiJ ~- 198

ACCESS SERVICE

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 51

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Data Transmission (107 Type) Test Line

The term ldquoData Transmission (107 Type) Test Linerdquo denotes anarrangement which provides for a connection to a signal source whichprovides test signals for one-way testing of data and voicetransmission parameters

Detail Billinq

The term ldquoDetail Billingrdquo denotes the listing of each message andorrate element for which charges to a customer are due on a billprepared by the Telephone Company

Directory Assistance (Intrastate)

The term ldquoDirectory Assistancerdquo denotes the provision of telephonenumbers by a Telephone Company operator when the operator location isaccessed by a customer by dialing NPA + 555-1212 or 555-1212 or 411

Effective 2-Wire

The term ldquoEffective 2-Wirerdquo denotes a condition which permits thesimultaneous transmission in both directions over a channel but itis not possible to insure independent information transmission inboth directions Effective 2-wire channels may be terminated with 2-wire or 4-wire interfaces

Effective 4-Wire

The term ldquoEffective 4-Wirerdquo denotes a condition which permits thesimultaneous independent transmission of information in bothdirections over a channel The method of implementing effective 4-wire transmissions at the discretion of the Telephone Company(physical time domain frequency-domain separation or echocancellation techniques) Effective 4-wire channels may beterminated with a 2-wire interface at the customerrsquos premisesHowever when terminated 2-wire simultaneous independenttransmission cannot be supported because the two wire interfacecombines the transmission paths into a single path

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdashmdash - -

rrsquo~ y+ rsquo I

Ii ldquoldquo lsquo1lsquon

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 52

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

End Office Switch

The term ldquoEnd Office Switchrdquo denotes a local Telephone Companyswitching system where Telephone Exchange Service customer stationloops are terminated for purposes of interconnection to trunksIncluded are Remote Switching Modules and Remote Switching Systemsserved by a host office in a different wire center

End User

The term ldquoEnd Userrdquo means any customer of an intrastatetelecommunications service that is not a carrier except that acarrier other than a telephone Company shall be deemed to be an ldquoenduserrdquo when such carrier uses a telecommunications service foradministrative purposes without making such service available toothers directly or indirectly

Entry Switch

See First Point of Switching

Exchanqe

The term ldquoExchangerdquo denotes a unit generally smaller than a localaccess and transport area established by the Telephone Company forthe administration of communications service in a specified areawhich usually embraces a city town or village and its environs Itconsists of one or more central offices together with the associatedfacilities used in furnishing corrnnunicationsservice within thatarea One or more designated exchanges comprise a given local accessand transport area

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

p-lrsquo lsquo

mdash-mdash i t7=

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 53

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

First-Come First-Served

First-come first-served shall be based upon the received time anddate stamped by the Telephone Company on complete and accuratecustomer orders which allow the Telephone Company to initiate itsordering process Inaccurate or incomplete customer orders shall notbe deemed to have been received until such time as the customercorrects such inaccuracies andor omissions The customer shall notbe penalized for any delay in the Telephone Company review processbeyond 24 hours of receipt Once having been advised of the errorsandor omissions any delay in correction on the part of the customershall be added to the received time and date As facilities andorequipment become available customers will be provided service in theorder of the earliest received time and date

First Point of Switching

The term ldquoFirst Point of Switchingrdquo denotes the first TelephoneCompany location at which switching occurs on the terminating path ofa call proceeding from the customer premises to the terminating endoffice and at the same time the last Telephone Company location atwhich switching occurs on the originating path of a call proceedingfrom the originating end office to the customer premises

Grandfathered

The term ldquoGrandfatheredrsquo1denotes Terminal Equipment MultilineTerminating Systems and Protective Circuitry directly connected tothe facilities utilized to provide services under the provisions ofthis tariff and which are considered grandfathered under Part 68 ofthe FCCrsquoS Rules and Regulations

Host Office

The term ldquoHost Officerdquo denotes an electronic switching system whichprovides call processing capabilities for one or more RemoteSwitching Modules or Remote Switching Systems

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 130x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

---mdash

riF-M lt flsquo

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 54

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Host Central Office

The term ldquoHost Central Officerdquo denotes an electronic switching unitcontaining the central call processing functions which service theHost Central Office and its Remote Line Locations

Immediately Available Funds

The term ldquoImmediately Available Fundsrdquo denotes a corporate orpersonal check drawn on a bank account and funds which are availablefor use by the receiving party on the same day on which they arereceived and include US Federal Reserve bank wire transfers USFederal Reserve notes (paper cash) US coins US Postal MoneyOrders and New York Certificates of Deposit

Individual Case Basis

The term ldquoIndividual Case Basisrdquo denotes a condition in which theregulations if applicable ratesthe provisions of this tariff arecircumstances in each case

Interconnection Point

and charges for an offering underdeveloped based on the

The term ldquoInterconnection Pointrdquo denotes the point where thefacilities of the Telephone Company interconnects to the facilitiesof another Local Exchange Carrier to complete a transmission path tothe serving wire center serving the customer designated premises

Interexchange Carrier (IC) or Interexchange ConunonCarrier

The terms ldquoInterexchange Carrierrdquo (IC) or ldquoInterexchange CommonCarrierrdquo denotes any individual partnership association joint-stock company trust governmental entity or corporation engaged forhire in intrastate communications by wire or radio between two ormore exchanges

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

- ldquo __+_

~- j-w ldquo ldquo

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 55

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Interstate Communications

The term ldquoInterstate Communicationsrdquo denotes both interstate andforeign communications

Intrastate Communications

The term ldquoIntrastate Communicationsrdquo denotes any communicationswithin a state subject to oversight by a state regulatory commissionas provided by laws of the state involved

Line Side Connection

The term ldquoLine Side Connectionrdquo denotes a connection of atransmission path to the line side of a local exchange switchingsystem

Local Access and Transport Area

The term ldquoLocal Access and Transport Areardquo denotes a geographic areaestablished for the provision and administration of conununicationsservice It encompasses one or more designated exchanges which aregrouped to serve common social economic and other purposes

Local Tandem Switch

The term ldquoLocal Tandem Switchrdquo denotes a local Telephone Companyswitching unit by which local or access telephonic communications areswitched to and from an End Office Switch

Loop Around Test Line

The term ldquoLoop Around Test Linerdquo denotes an arrangement utilizing aTelephone Company central office to provide a means to make certaintwo-way transmission tests on a manual basis This arrangement hastwo central office terminations each reached by means of separatetelephone numbers and does not require any specific customer premisesequipment Equipment subject to this test arrangement is at thediscretion of the customer

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdash-------

1~ I j lsquoldquo ~rsquordquo~- 7

Is7 pldquorsquola

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 56

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

The term ldquoMessagerdquo denotes a ldquocallrdquo as defined preceding

Milliwatt (102 Type) Test Line

The term ldquoMilliwatt (102 Type) Test Linerdquo denotes an arrangement inan end office which provides a 1004 Hz tone at O dBmO for one-waytransmission measurements towards the customersrsquo premises from theTelephone Company end office

Network Control Signaling

The term ldquoNetwork Control Signalingrdquo denotes the transmission ofsignals used in the telecommunications system which perform functionssuch as supervision (control status and charge signals) addresssignaling (eg dialing) calling and called number identificationsrate of flow service selection error control and audible tonesignals (call progress signals indicating re-order or busyconditions alerting coin denominations coin collect and coinreturn tones) to control the operation of the telecommunicationssystem

Nonsynchronous Test Line

The term ldquoNonsynchronous Test Linerdquo denotes an arrangement in step-by-step end offices which provides operational tests which are not ascomplete as those provided by the synchronous test lines but can bemade more rapidly

North American Numberinq Plan

The term ldquoNorth American Numbering Planrdquo denotes a three-digit area(Numbering Plan Area) code and a seven-digit telephone number made upof a three-digit Central Office code plus a four-digit stationnumber

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~-mdash ----

1 F 1 - lsquo lsquolsquo-

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 57Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Off-hook

The term ldquoOff-hookrdquo denotes the active condition of Switched Accessor a Telephone Exchange Service line

On-hook

The term ldquoOn-hookrdquo denotesTelephone Exchange Service

Open Circuit Test Line

the idle condition of Switched Access or aline

The term ldquoOpen Circuit Test Linerdquo denotes an arrangement in an endoffice which provides an ac open circuit termination of a trunk orline by means of an inductor of several Henries

Originating Direction

The term ldquoOriginating Directionrdquo denotes the use of access servicefor the origination of calls from and End User Premises to a customerdesignated Premises

Pay Telephone

The term ldquoPay Telephonerdquo denotes Telephone Company providedinstruments and related facilities that are available to the generalpublic for public convenience and necessity including public andsemipublic telephones and coinless telephones

Point of Termination

The term ldquoPoint of Terminationrdquo denotes the point of demarcationwithin a customer-designated premises at which the TelephoneCompanyrsquos responsibility for the provision of Access Service ends

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Premises

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 58

ACCESS SERVICE

The term ldquoPremisesrdquo denotes a building or buirsquoproperty (except Railroad Right-of-Way etc)public highway

dings on continuousnot separated by a

Primary Carrier

The Local Exchanqe Carrier that owns the servinq wire center usuallyan access tandem-that interfaces with the Inter~xchange Carrier -

Remote Switching Modules andor Remote Switching Systems

The term ldquoRemote Switching Modules andor Remote Switching Systemsrdquodenotes small remotely controlled electronic end office switcheswhich obtain their call processing capability from an ESS-type HostOffice The Remote Switching Modules andor Remote Switching Systemscannot accommodate direct trunks to an IC

Registered Equipment

The term ldquoRegistered Equipmentrdquo denotes the customerrsquos premisesequipment which complies with and has been approved within theRegistration Provisions of Part 68 of the FCCrsquoS Rules andRegulations

Secondary Carrier

The Local Exchange Carrier that owns the facilities subtending thefacilities of the primary carrier which interfaces with theInterexchange Carrier

Seven Digit Manual Test Line

The term ldquoSeven Digit Manual Test Linerdquo denotes an arrangement whichallows the Customer to select balance milliwatt and synchronous testlines by manually dialing a seven digit number over the associatedaccess connection

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 mdashmdashmdash ------ldquo --rsquo

[ ~- -rsquolsquoldquoj ~ rdquo

I

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 59

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Shortage of Facilities or Equipment

The term ldquoShortage of Facilities or Equipmentrdquo denotes a conditionwhich occurs when the Telephone Company does not have appropriatecable switching capacity bridging or multiplexing equipment etcnecessary to provide the Access Service requested by the customer

Short Circuit Test Line

The term ldquoShort Circuit Test Linerdquo denotes an arrangement in an endoffice which provides for an ac short circuit termination of a trunkor line by means of a capacitor of at least four microfarads

Special Order

The term ldquoSpecial Orderrdquo denotes an order for a Billing andCollection Service

Subtending End Office of an Access Tandem

The term ldquoSubtending End Office of an Access Tandemrdquo denotes an endoffice that has final trunk group routing through that tandem

Subject to Availability of Equipment

The term ldquoSubject to availability of equipmentrdquo means the equipmentin question is installed in operating condition and has therequired capacity available in the end office of the TelephoneCompany

Synchronous Test Line

The term ldquoSynchronous Test Linerdquo denotes an arrangement in an endoffice which performs marginal operational tests of supervisory andring-tripping functions

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

irsquo brsquo

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 60

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Terminating Direction

The term ldquoTerminating Directionrdquo denotes the use of Access Servicefor the completion of calls from an IC premises to an End UserPremises

Transmission Measuring (105 Type) Test LineResponder

The term ldquoTransmission Measuring (105 Type) Test LineResponderrdquodenotes an arrangement in an end office which provides far-end accessto a responder and permits two-way loss and noise measurements to bemade on trunks from a near end office

Transmission Path

The term ldquoTransmission Pathrdquo denotes an electrical path capable oftransmitting signals within the range of the service offering ega voice grade transmission path is capable of transmitting voicefrequencies within the approximate range of 300 to 3000 HZ Atransmission path is comprised of physical or derived facilitiesconsisting of any form or configuration of plant typically used inthe telecommunications industry

Trunk

The term ldquoTrunkrdquo denotes a communications path connecting twoswitching systems in a network used in the establishment of an end-to-end connection

Trunk Group

The term ldquoTrunk Grouprdquo denotes a set of trunks which are trafficengineered as a unit for the establishment of connections betweenswitching systems in which all of the communications paths areinterchangeable

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 61Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Trunk Side Connection

The term ldquoTrunk Side Connectionrdquo denotes the connection of atransmission path to the trunk side of a local exchange switchingsystem

Two-Wire to Four-Wire Conversion

The term ldquoTwo-Wire to Four-Wire Conversionrdquo denotes an arrangementwhich converts a four-wire transmission path to a two-wiretransmission path to allow a four-wire facility to terminate in atwo-wire entity (eg a central office switch)

Uniform Service Order Code

The term ldquoUniform Service Order Coderdquo denotes a three or fivecharacter alphabetic numeric or an alphanumeric code thatidentifies a specific item of service or equipment Uniform ServiceOrder Codes are used in the Telephone Company billing system togenerate recurring rates and nonrecurring charges

V and H Coordinates Method

The term ldquoV and H Coordinates Methodrdquo denotes a method of computinqairline miles between two points by utilizing an establishedwhich is based on the vertical and horizontal coordinates ofpoints

WATS Access Line

formuiathe two

The term ldquoWATS Access Linerdquo denotes the dedicated access line betweena customer designated premises and the serving wire center of thatpremise For OUTWATS the originating end of the service which usesa WATS Access Line is referred to as the closed end For INWATS theterminating end of the service is referred to as the closed end

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 62

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

WATS Access Service

The term ldquoWATS Access Servicerdquo denotes the switched function providedat the WATS screening office for INWATS and OUTWATS services

Wire Center

The term ldquoWire Centerrdquo denotes a building in which one or morecentral offices used for the provision of Telephone ExchangeServices are located

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 63

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

The Telephone Company will provide Carrier Common Line Access Service(Carrier Common Line Access) to customers

31 General Description

Carrier Common Line Access provides for the use of Telephone Companycomnon lines by customers for access to end users to furnishIntrastate Communications

Carrier Common Line Access is provided where the customer obtainsTelephone Company Switched Access Service under this tariff

In addition a Special Access Surcharqe as set forth in 122Dfollowing wilrdquothe Telephoneas set forth ~

32 Limitations

apply to intrastate sp~cial access service provided byCompany to a customer in accordance with regulationsn 733 following

(A) A telephone number is not provided with Carrier CommonAccess

(B) Detail billing is not provided for Carrier Common Line

Line

Access

(C) Directory listings are not included in the rates and charges forCarrier Common Line Access

(D) Intercept arrangements are not included in the rates and chargesfor Carrier Common Line Access

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R I-loopesPresident Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

T

-mdashmdash-mdashmdash

i- f-

i ~---

--- d rsquordquomdashmdash-mdash

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 64

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

32 Limitations (Centrsquod)

(E) All trunk side connections provided in the same combined accessgroup will be limited to the same features and operatingcharacteristics

(F) Where WATS Access Service is provided which terminates at a WATSServing Office minutes which are carried on that service (ieoriginating minutes for outward WATS and terminating minutes forinward WATS) shall not be assessed Carrier Common Line Accessper minute charges

33 Undertaking of the Telephone Company

(A) Where the customer is provided with Switched Access Serviceunder other sections of this tariff the Telephone Company willprovide the use of Telephone Company common lines by a customerfor access to end users at rates and charges as set forth in121A following

(B) The Switched Access Service provided by the Telephone Companyincludes the Switched Access Service provided for bothinterstate and intrastate communications and the Carrier CommonLine Access rates and charges as set forth in 121A followingapply in accordance with the regulations as set forth in 37(E)following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone Company

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 65

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

33 Undertaking of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

(c) When the customer is provided Operator Trunk-Coin or CombinedCoin and Non-Coin Operator Trunk-Full Feature Optional Featuresfor sent-paid pay telephone access the Telephone Company willcollect sent-paid monies from pay telephone stations and willremit monies to the customer as set forth in 36 following TheTelephone Company will provide message call detail format andbill periods used to determine the monies upon request from thecustomer

34 Obligations of the Customer

(A) The Switched Access Service associated with Carrier Common LineAccess shall be ordered by the customer under other sections ofthis tariff

(B) The customer facilities at the premises of the ordering customershall provide the necessary on-hook and off-hook supervision

(C) All Switched Access Service provided to the customer will besubject to Carrier Common Line Access charges

(D) When the customer reports interstate and intrastate use ofSwitched Access Service the associated Carrier Common LineAccess used by the customer for intrastate will be determined asset forth in 37(E) following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r~

- -~7- gt- t ia-ldquo

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 66

ACCESS SERVICE

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

34 Obligations of the Customer (Centrsquod)

(E) Where Feature Group C end office switching is provided withoutTelephone Company recording and the customer records minutesof use which will be used to determine Carrier Common LineAccess charges (ie Feature Group C operator and TSPS callssuch as pay telephone sent-paid operator-DDD operator-personcollect credit-card third number andor other like calls) thecustomer shall furnish such minutes of use detail to theTelephone Company in a timely manner If the customer does notfurnish the data to the Telephone Company the customer shallidentify all Switched Access Services which could carry suchcalls in order for the Telephone Company to accumulate theminutes of use through the use of special Telephone Companymeasuring and recording equipment

35 Payment Arrangements

(A) The Telephone Company will bill the Carrier Common Line AccessThe bill day (ie the billing date of the bill) in a month foreach customer account will be established by the TelephoneCompany Payment is due from the customer 31 days after thebill day date (payment date) or by the next bill date (iesame date in the following month as the bill date) whichever isthe shortest interval and is payable in immediately availablefunds If such payment date is a Saturday Sunday or Holiday(ie New Yearrsquos Day Independence Day Labor Day ThanksgivingDay Christmas Day the second Tuesday in November and a daywhen Washingtonrsquos Birthday Memorial Day or Columbus Day islegally observed) payment will be due from the customer asfollows

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 - mdashmdash~

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 67

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

35 Payment Arrangements (Centrsquod)

If such payment date falls on a Sunday or on a Holiday whichis observed on a Monday the payment date shall be the firstnon-Holiday day following such Sunday or Holiday If suchpayment date falls on a Saturday or on a Holiday which isobserved on Tuesday Wednesday Thursdsay or Friday thepayment date shall be the last non-Holiday day precedingsuch Saturday or Holiday

(B) Further if any portion of the Carrier Common Line Accesspayment is received by the Telephone Company after the paymentdate as set forth in the (A) preceding or if any portion of theCarrier Common Line Access payment is received by the TelephoneCompany in funds which are not immediately available to theTelephone Company and the late payment penalty shall be theportion of the Carrier Common Line Access payment not receivedby the payment date times a late factor The late factor shallbe the lesser or

(1) the highest interest rate (in decimal value) which may belevied by law for commercial transactions compounded dailyfor the number of days from the payment date to andincluding the date that the customer actually makes thepayment to the Telephone Company or

(2) 0000590 per day compounded daily for the number of daysfrom the payment date to and including the date that thecustomer actually makes the payment to the TelephoneCompany

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Etox 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~nrsquordquo--rsquo lsquo--rdquorsquolsquo-rdquo

lrdquo

i)amdashl

Lrsquoj~~i

I

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 68

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

35 Payment Arrangements (Centrsquod)

(c) In the event a billing dispute concerning a monthrsquos CarrierCommon Line Access billed to the customer by the TelephoneCompany is resolved in favor of the Telephone Company anypayments withheld pending settlement of the dispute shall besubject to the late payment penalty set forth in (B) precedingIf the customer disputes the bill on or before the payment dateand pays the undisputed amount on or before the payment dateany late charge for the disputed amount will not start until 10days after the payment date If the billing dispute is resolvedin favor of the customer no late payment penalty will apply tothe disputed amount In addition if the customer disputes thebilled amount and pays the total amount (ie the non-disputedamount and the disputed amount) on or before the payment dateand the billing dispute is resolved in the favor of thecustomer the customer will receive a credit for a disputedamount penalty from the Telephone Company if the billing disputeis not resolved within 10 working days following the paymentdate or the date the customer furnishes to the Telephone Companydocumentation to support its claim plus 10 working dayswhichever date is the later date The disputed amount penaltyshall be the disputed amount resolved in the customerrsquos favortimes a penalty factor

36 Payment of Coin Sent-Paid Monies

The Telephone Company will collect the monies from coin pay telephonestations and will determine and remit amounts due to a customer whichis provided Operator Trunk-Coin or Combined Coin and Non-Coin orOperator Trunk-Full Feature Optional Features for sent-paid paytelephone access

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

-mdash ldquo_

I

---mdashmdash

lsquoF1 -a ~y -rsquoampwt-La

]

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 69

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

36 Payment of Coin Sent-Paid Monies

(A) Bil1 Period Coin Revenue

(Centrsquod)

The Telephone Company will establish a collection schedule foreach coin pay telephone station and will collect the monies fromthe coin pay stations based on this collection schedule Themonies collected based on this schedule during each bill periodestablished by the Telephone Company will be identified by coinpay telephone station and summed to develop the Bill Period CoinRevenue for each coin record day (ie the day a record isprepared and dated to show the amount due the customer)

(B) Total Customer Coin Revenue

The intrastate Total Customer Coin Revenue will be determined bythe Telephone Company based on the customer message call detailreceived from the customer for each bill period and thecustomerrsquos schedule of charges for sent-paid coin calls SuchTotal Customer Coin Revenue will be developed each coin recordday

(C) Recourse Adjustments

For each coin record day the Telephone Company will subtractfrom the Total Customer Coin Revenue an amount for coin stationshortages Coin station shortages are amounts resulting fromunauthorized calling at coin pay telephone stations use ofunauthorized coins (ie foreign coins slugs and improper useof US pennies) unauthorized removal of coins from coin paytelephone stations and coin refunds beyond the TelephoneCompanyrsquos control Such amount will be rounded to the nearestpenny The shortage factor will be determined by dividing theyearly total coin shortage amount by the yearly total coinrevenue amount (ie total coin revenue equals the coin revenuedue under exchange tariffs state toll tariff and interstatetoll tariffs) The total coin shortage amount and the totalrevenue amount will be determined by the Telephone Companythrough an annual special study

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 30x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

m i

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 70

ACCESS SERVICE

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

36 Payment of Coin Sent-Paid Monies

(D) Payment of Net Customer Coin Revenue

The Telephone Company will determine the Net Customer CoinRevenue for each coin record day by subtracting from the TotalCustomer Coin Revenue determined as set forth in (B) precedingthe amount for coin station shortages determined as set forth in(C) preceding On the date (payment date) determined by adding45 days to the coin record day the Telephone Company will remitpayment to the customer to the customer for the Net CustomerCoin Revenue

(E) Audit Provisions

Upon reasonable written notice by the customer to the TelephoneCompany the customer shall have the right through itsauthorized representative to examine and audit during normalbusiness hours and at reasonable intervals as determined by theTelephone Company all such records and accounts as may underrecognized accounting practices contain information bearing uponthe determination of the amount payable to the customer

Adjustment shall be made by the proper party to compensate forany errors or omissions disclosed by such examination or auditNeither such right to examine and audit nor the right to receivesuch adjustment shall be affected by any statement to thecontrary appearing on checks or otherwise unless suchstatement expressly waiving such right appears in a lettersigned by the authorized representative of the party having suchright and delivered to the other party

All information received or reviewed by the customer or itsauthorized representative is to be considered confidential andis not to be distributed provided or disclosed in any form toanyone not involved in the audit nor is such information to beused for any other purpose

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

F

-mdashmdashmdashmdashcrsquordquo- ~-~

- 1 = L ) [

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

37 Rate Regulations

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 71

(A)

(B)

(c)

The Common Line Charges will be billed to each Switched AccessService provided under this tariff in accordance with theregulations as set forth in (E) following except as set forth in(D) following

When access minutes are used to determine the Common LineCharges they will be accumulated using call detail recorded byTelephone Company equipment except as set forth in (C) followingand Feature Group C operator and TSPS call detail such as paytelephone sent-paid operator-DDD operator-person collectcredit-card third number andor other like calls recorded bythe customer The Telephone Company measuring and recordingequipment except as set forth in (C) following will beassociated with end office or local tandem switching equipmentand will record each originating and terminating access minutewhere answer supervision is received The accumulated accessminutes will be summed on a line by line-basis by line group orby end office whichever type of account is used by theTelephone Company for each customer and then rounded to thenearest minute

When Carrier Common Line Access is provided in association withFeature Group A or Feature Group B Switched Access Service inTelephone Company offices that are not equipped for measurementcapabilities an assumed average intrastate access minutes willbe used to determine the Common Line Access Rates Theseassumed access minutes will be determined by the primarycarrier

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

[r

mdash -mdash mdash ___ j-

y E) ]

1 $

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 72

ACCESS SERVICE

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

37 Rate Regulations

(D) When a customer reports interstate and intrastate use of in-service Switched Access Service the Carrier Common Line AccessCommon Line Charges will be billed only to intrastate SwitchedAccess Service access minutes based on the data reported by thecustomer as set forth in 2310 preceding The intrastateSwitched Access Service access minutes will when necessary beused to determine the Carrier Common Line Charges as set forthin (E) following

(E) The charges for the involved customer account wil 1 be determinedas follows

(1) The access minutes for a Feature Group B when utilized forthe provision of MTSWATs service and Feature Group CSwitched Access Service will be multiplied by theCommon Line - Access Rate per minute as setforth in 121A following to determine the charges

(2) The access minutes for a Feature Group A or B SwitchedAccess Service originating from or terminating at an endoffice or access tandem will be multiplied by the CommonLine Access Rate per minute as set forth in 121Afollowing to determine the charges

(3) The terminating Access Rate per minute applies to allterminating access minutes of use plus all originatingaccess minutes of use associated with calls placed to 800numbers

(4) The originating Access Rate per minute applies to al1originating access minutes of use less those originatingaccess minutes of use associated with calls places to 800numbers

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 ~=i --rdquo--___

1[

~+rdquorsquo]-rsquogt )rsquok)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 73

ACCESS SERVICE

4

RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 75

ACCESS SERVICE

5 Ordering Options for Switched and Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

52 Access Order

An Access Order is used by the Telephone Company to provide acustomer Access Service as follows

- Switched Access Services as set forth in 6 following and- Special Access Services as set forth in 7 following

When placing an order for Access Service the customer shall provideat a minimum the following information

- For Feature Group C Switched Access Service the customershall specify the number of busy hour minutes of capacity(BHMC) from the customerrsquos premises to the end office byFeature Group and by type of BHMC This information isused to determine the number of transmission paths as setforth in 645 following The customer then specifiesthe Local Transport and Local Switching options

- For all Special Access Services the customer mustspecify the customer designated premises the type ofservice egVoice Grade the channel interfacetechnical specification package and options desiredThe closed end of a WATS Access Line is SpecialAccess Service

For each Access Order a service order charge will be assessed at therate set forth in 125(A) following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 t mdashmdashmdash

i

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 76

ACCESS SERVICE

5 Orderinq Options for Switched and Special Access Service(Centrsquod)

52 Access Order (Centrsquod)

The BHMC may be determined by the customer in the following mannerFor each day (8 am to 11 pm Monday through Friday excludingnational holidays) the customer shall determine the highest numberof minutes of use for a single hour (eg 55 minutes in the 10-11 AMhour) The customer shall for the same hour period (ie busyhour) for each of twenty consecutive business days pick the twentyconsecutive business days in a calendar year which add up to thelargest number of minutes of use Both originating and terminatingminutes shall be included The customer shall then determine theaverage busy hour minutes of capacity (ie BHMC) by dividing thelargest number of minutes of use figure for the same hour period forthe consecutive twenty businessshall be performed for each endThese determinations thus estabrsquooffice

Where the Special Access Servic[

day-period by 20 This computationoffice the customer wishes to serveish the forecasted BHMC for each end

isrsquoexempt from the Special AccessSurcharge as set forth in Section 733rdquo following the customershall furnish with the order the certification as set forth inSection 733 following

521 Access Order Service Date Provision

Access Services will be installed during Telephone Companybusiness days If a customer requests that installation bedone outside of schedule work hours and the Telephone Companyagrees to this request the customer will be subject toapplicable Additional Labor charges as set forth in 92following

Access Service will be installed during Standard TelephoneCompany business days

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 77

ACCESS SERVICE

5 Ordering Options for Switched and Special Access Service(Centrsquod)

522 Access Order Modifications

The customer may request a modification of its Access Orderprior to the service date The Telephone Company will makeevery effort to accommodate a requested modification when it isable to do so with the normal work force assigned to completesuch an order within normal business hours If themodification cannot be made with the normal work force duringnormal business hours the Telephone Company will notify thecustomer If the customer still desires the Access Ordermodification the Telephone Company will schedule a new servicedate

Any increase in the number of Special Access channels orSwitched Access Service busy hour minutes of capacity will betreated as a new Access Order (for the increased amount only)

If order modifications are necessary to satisfy thetransmission performance for a Special Access ordered by acustomer these changes will be made without charges beingincurred by the customer

(A) Service Date Change

Access Order service dates may be changed but the newservice date may not exceed the original service date bymore than 30 calendar days If the customer requestedservice date is more than 30 calendar days after theoriginal service date the order will be cancelled by theTelephone Company and reissued If the Telephone Companydetermines it can accommodate the customerrsquos requestwithout delaying service dates for orders of othercustomers a new service date may be established An orderchange charge as set forth in 125 following will apply toall service date changes of 30 days or less

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~~rsquo-rsquordquordquo~TTldquo A

1

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 78

ACCESS SERVICE

5 Ordering Options for Switched and Special Access Services (Centrsquod)

52 Access Order (Centrsquod)

522 Access Order Modifications (Centrsquod)

(B) Partial Cancellation Charge

Any decrease in the number of ordered Special AccessService channels or Switched Access Service busy hourminutes of capacity will be treated as a partialcancellation and the order change charges as set forth in125 following will apply

(C) Design Change

The customer may request a design change to the serviceordered A design change is any change to an AccessOrder which requires engineering review An engineeringreview is a review by Telephone Company personnel of theservice ordered and the requested changes to determinewhat changes in the design if any are necessary to meetthe changes requested by the customer Design changesinclude such things as the addition or deletion ofoptional features or functions type of channel interfacetype of Interface Group or technical specificationpackage Design changes do not include a change ofcustomer premises end user premises end office switch orSpecial Access Service channel type Changes of thisnature will require the issuance of a new order and thecancellation of the original order with appropriatecancellation charges applied The Telephone Company willreview the requested change notify the customer whetherthe change is a design change if it can be accommodatedand if a new service date is required Charges for designchanges are set forth in order change charges in 125following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdashmdash- mdash-mdash-mdashmdash mdash----~

F 1 - 3

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 79

ACCESS SERVICE

5 Orderinq Options for Switched and Special Access Service(Centrsquod)

52 Access Order (Centrsquod)

523 Cancellation of an Access Order

(A) A customer may cancel an Access Order for the installationof service on any date prior to the service date Thecancellation date is the date the Telephone Companyreceives written or verbal notice from the customer thatthe order is to be cancelled The verbal notice must befollowed by a written confirmation within 10 days

If a customer or a customerrsquos end user is unable to acceptAccess Service within 30 calendar days after the originalservice date the customer has the choice of the followingoptions

- The Access Order shall be cancelled and charaes set forthin (B) following will apply or

- Billing for the service will commence

In such instances the cancellation date or the birsquodate depending on which option is selected by thecustomer shall be on the 31st day beyond the origservice date of the Access Order

(B) When a customer cancels an Access Order for the

ling

nal

installation of service a Cancellation Charge willapply as follows

(1) Installation of Switched or Special AccessService facilities is considered to have started whenthe Telephone Company incurs any cost in connectiontherewith or in preparation thereof which would nototherwise have been incurred

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

-mdash-mdash~mdash- mdashmdash ------mdash

~ ~ lsquo~-=m~ ~

I~

1l~i ] ldquo-~q

pijjlsquoldquo ldquo j

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 80

ACCESS SERVICE

5 Ordering Options for Switched and Special Access Services (Centrsquod)

52 Access Order (Centrsquod)

523 Cancellation of an Access Order (Centrsquod)

(Z) Where the customer cancels an Access Order prior tothe start of installation of access facilities nocharges shall apply

(3) Where installation of access facilities has beenstarted prior to the cancellation the chargesspecified in (a) or (b) following whichever is lowershall apply

(a) A charge equal to the costs incurred in suchinstallation less estimated net salvage Suchcharge is determined as detailed in (4) following

(b) The charge for the minimum period of Switched orSpecial Access Service ordered by the customer

(4) Charges applicable as specified in (3)(A) precedinginclude the nonrecoverable cost of equipment andmaterial ordered provided or used plus thenonrecoverable cost of installation and removalincluding the costs of engineering labor supervisiontransportation rights-of-way and other associatedcosts

(C) When a customer cancels an order for the discontinuance ofservice no charges apply for the cancellation

(D) If the Telephone Company misses a service date by more than30 days due to circumstances over which it has directcontrol (excluding eg acts of God governmentalrequirements work stoppages and civil commotions) thecustomer may cancel the Access Order without incurringcancellation charges

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 -__mdashmdash-mdashmdash

J~ ldquo- y- ldquo1 F L rsquo~I

11

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 81

ACCESS SERVICE

5 Orderinq Options for Switched and Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

52 Access Order (Centrsquod)

524 Minimum Period

(A) The minimum period for which Access Service is provided andfor which charges are applicable is one month

525 Orderinq of Access Services Where More Than One ExchangeTelephone Company is Involved

Each Telephone Company will provide its portion of the AccessService within its operating territory to an interconnectionpoint (1P) with the connecting carrier The interconnectionpoint and billing percentage (BP) will be determined by theTelephone Companies involved in providing the Access Serviceand listed in Exchange Carrier Association Tariff FCC No 2Each Telephone Company will bill the customer for its portionof the service as set forth in 247 All other appropriatecharges in each Telephone Company tariff are applicable

(A) For Feature Group A and B Switched Access Services thecustomer must place an order with the Telephone Company inwhose territory the first point of switching is located(ie FGA - dial tone office FGB - access tandem or endoffice) and provide a copy of the order to the secondarycarrier

(B) When WATS Access Service is ordered the TelephoneCompany is whose territory the end office is located mustreceive the order from the customer In addition theTelephone Company in whose territory the WATS screeningoffice is located must also receive a copy of the orderfrom the customer

(C) For Special Access Services without the use of a hub thecustomer will place the order with the Telephone Company inwhose territory the customer designated premises islocated

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

-

I

1

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 82

ACCESS SERVICE

5 Orderinq Options for Switched and Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

52 Access Order (Centrsquod)

525 Orderinq of Access Services Where More Than One ExchanqeTelephone Company is Involved

(D) For Special Access Services with a hub the customer wil 1place the order with the Telephone Company in whoseterritory the hub is located

For the service(s) ordered as set forth preceding the customermust also supply a copy of the order to the Telephone Companyin whose operating territory a customer designated premises islocated

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~

mdash-mdash mdashmdash-i

-ldquo [gt

s -

i

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 83

6 Switched Access Service

61 General

Switched Access Service which is available to customers for theiruse in furnishing their services to end users provides a two pointelectrical communications path between a customer designated premisesand and end userrsquos premises It provides for the use of commonterminating switching and trunking facilities and for the use ofcomunonsubscriber plant of the Telephone Company Switched AccessService provides for the ability to originate calls from an enduserrsquos premises to a customerrsquos premises and to terminate calls froma customers premises to an end userrsquos premises in the exchange whereit is provided It is available at each end office served by theTelephone Company

In the Telephone Companyrsquos exchange(s) the customerrsquos premises is notlocated in the serving area of the Telephone Company It is necessaryfor the customer to order Switched Access Service from the primarycarrier and Telephone Company in the case of Feature Group C In thecase of Feature Groups A provided through EAS extended area serviceand Feature Group B provided via an access tandem of the primarycarrier it is necessary for the customer to provide a copy of theorder to the Telephone Company

611 Feature Group Arrangements

Switched Access Service is provided in three servicecategories called Feature Groups These are differentiated bythe manner in which an end user can access them in originatingcalling eg with or without and access code Following is abrief description of each feature group arrangement

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~k- 6

_-_ mdashmdash -mdash-mdashVe ~gt 1

1 l-rsquolsquoi lsquoJ ~

~i

6

ver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 84

61 General (Centrsquod)

611 Feature Group Arrangements (Centrsquod)

(A)

(B)

(c)

Feature Group A (FGA)

FGA Access in the originating direction is available tothe FGA customersrsquo end users via the EAS facilities of theprimary carrier FGA Access in the terminating directionis available to all customers Terminating FGA Access isprovided via an access tandem or an end office of theprimary carrier to the end users in the EAS service areaA more detailed description of FGA Access is provided in621 following

Feature Group B (FGB)

FGB Access is available to all customers FGB Accessprovides trunk side access to Telephone Company end officeswitches via an access tandem of the primary carrierwith an associated uniform 95O-1OXX access code for thecustomers use in originating communications from andterminating communications to an Interexchange CarrierrsquosService or a customer ~rovided communications capabilityA more detailed description622 following

Feature Group C (FGC)

FGC Access provides trunk sldquoend office switches via an

of FGB Access is provided in

de access to Telephone Companyaccess tandem of the primary

carrier for providers of MTS and WATS used in originatingand terminating communications Feature Group C is onlyavailable to providers of MTS and WATS WATS AccessService is available as set forth in 712 followingA more detailed description of FGC Access is provided in623 following

Issued 1211187 Mr Melvin R HooJesPresident Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming B3120 mdashmdash

~rsquot ~l1~ ~ [L- ~~lt i J

1

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 85

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

61 General (Centrsquod)

611 Feature Group Arrangements (Centrsquod)

(D) Manner of Provision

FGC Access is furnished on BHMC basis BHMCS aredifferentiated by type and directionality of trafficcarried over a Switched Access Service arrangementDifferentiation of traffic among BHMC types is necessaryfor the Telephone Company to properly design SwitchedAccess Service to meet the traffic carrying capacityrequirement of the customer

There are two major BHMC categories identified asOriginating and Terminating Originating BHMCS representaccess capacity within a LATA for carrying traffic fromthe end user to the customer and Terminating BHMCSrepresent access capacity within a LATA for carryingtraffic from the customer to the end user When orderingcapacity for FGC Access the customer must at a minimumspecify such access capacity in terms of originating BHMCSandor terminating BHMCS

612 WATS Access Service

WATS Access Service is a type of Special Access Service thatis provided only for use with Feature Group C SwitchedAccess Service Wats Access Service connects a customerdesignated premises with a WATS Serving Office utilizing therate categories described in 712 following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

rrsquo- 1mdash-mdash--mdash ----

-F~ - ~ ~ ~ldquordquo J ~i lsquo rsquo 1 ~ l~~j 7 lc~g it 1

--mdash -mdash-i

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 86Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

61 General (Centrsquod)

613 Rate Categories

There are three rate categories which apply to Switched AccessService

- Local Transport- End Office (ie Local Switching Line Termination

Intercept Directory Assistance Surcharge)- Common Line (described in section 3 preceding)

The following diagram depicts a generic view of the componentsof Switch Access Service and the manner in which the componentsare

End

combined to provide a complete Access Service

SWITCHEOACCESS SERVICE

~y CummmuCklmklald

Usar Esd Offles CailrsrI I

I II

I III II uI II Accass Tandem

I II

I II

1ltCL LT

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoo~es President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 87

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

61 General (Centrsquod)

613 Rate Categories (Centrsquod)

(A) Local Transport

The Local Transport rate category provides thetransmission facilities between the customerrsquos premisesand the end office switch(es) where the customerrsquostraffic is switched to originate or terminate itsconununications The Telephone Company will measure andapply its per access minute rates to the local transporttermination at the end office and its per access minutemile rates to the Local Transport facilities from the endoffice to the Interconnection Point Local Transport isprovided at the rates set forth in 121C following andin accordance with 247 preceding

Local Transport is a two-way voice frequency transmissionpath composed of facilities determined by the TelephoneCompany The two-way voice frequency transmission pathpermits the transport of calls in the originatingdirection (from the end user end office switch to thecustomer premises location) and in the terminatingdirection (from the customer premises location to theend user end office switch) but not simultaneouslyThe voice frequency transmission path may be comprised ofany form or configuration of plant capable of andtypically used in the telecommunications industry forthe transmission of voice and associated telephonesignals within the frequency bandwidth of approximately300 to 3000 Hz

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 88

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

61 General (Centrsquod)

613 Rate Categories (Centrsquod)

(A) Local Transport (Centrsquod)

The Telephone Company will work cooperatively with thecustomer to develop routing and other local transportarrangements subject to availability of equipment or inaccordance with section 10 following

The Telephone Company will work cooperatively with theprimary carrier to provide the interface groups andoptional features the customer has ordered subject toavailability of equipment or in accordance with section10 following

The number of Local Transport transmission paths providedis based on the customerrsquos order and is determined by theTelephone Company as set forth in 645 following

(B) End Office

The End Office rate category provides the local endoffice switching and end user termination functions tocomplete the transmission of Switched Accesscommunications to and from the end users served by thelocal end office The End Office rate category includesthe Local Switching Line Termination Intercept andDirectory Assistance Surcharges

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~ mdash- mdashmdash~- ~ La ]ldquoJ -1

q

I[ 1 f-l

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 89

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

61 General (Centrsquod)

613 Rate Categories (Centrsquod)

(B) End Office

(1) Local Switching

The Local Switching rate element provides the localend office switching functions and the transporttermination for the trunk side arrangements whichterminate the Local Transport facilities LocalSwitching use is measured on an originating andterminating basis Rates for Local Switching useare applied on a total number of access minutes ofuse basis at the rates set forth in 121B(l)following The number of Transport Terminationsprovided will be determined by the Telephone Companyas set forth in 646 following

(2) Line Termination

The Line Termination rate element provides theterminations for the end user lines terminating inthe local end office

Line Terminations are available with either dialpulse or dual tone multifrequency signaling LineTermination rates are applied on a total number ofaccess minutes of use basis Line Termination ratesare set forth in 121B(2) following

Issued 123186 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

61 General (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 90

SERVICE

613 Rate Categories (Centrsquod)

(B) End Office (Centrsquod)

(3) Intercept

The Intercept rate element provides for thetermination of a call at a Telephone CompanyIntercept operator or recording The operator orrecording tells a caller why a call as dialedcould not be completed and if possible provide thecorrect number

Intercept rates are applied on an access minutes ofuse basis and are assessed to a customer based onthe total number of access minutes Intercept ratesare set forth in 121B(3) following

(4) Directory Assistance Surcharqe

Directory Assistance Surcharge rates are accessed toa customer based on the total number of accessminutes Directory Assistance surcharge rates areas set forth in 121B(4) following

The number of end office switching transmission pathsprovided will be determined by the Telephone Companybased on the busy hour minutes of capacity to each endoffice specified by the customer in its order Thenumber of transmission paths will be determined as setforth in 645 following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 mdash--mdash-- --mdashmdash-mdash=

I F-j ildquoldquordquo)[i ----~~-4

1

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 91

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

61 General (Centrsquod)

614 Design Layout Report

The Telephone Company will provide to the customer the makeupof the facilities and services provided to the first point ofswitching This information will be provided in the form of aDesign Layout Report The Design Layout Report will beprovided to the customer at no charge and will be reissuedwhenever facilities provided to the customer are materiallychanged

615 Acceptance Testing

At no additional charge the Telephone Company will at thecustomerrsquos request cooperatively test at the time ofinstallation the following parameters loss C-messagenoise 3-tone dc continuity and operational signaling

616 Ordering Options and Conditions

Switched Access Service is ordered under the Access Orderprovisions set forth in 5 preceding Also included in thatsection are charges which may be associated with orderingSwitched Access Service (eg Access Order charges OrderChange Charges Cancellation Charges etc)

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 92

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

61 General (Centrsquod)

617 Testing

(A) Acceptance Testinq

At no additional charge the Telephone Company will inconjunction with the primary carrier at the customersrequest subject to the availability of equipmentcooperatively test at the time of installation thefollowing parameters loss C-notched noise C-messagenoise 3-tone slope dc continuity and operationalsignaling When the Local Transport is provided withInterface Groups 2 through 10 and the TranpsortTermination is two-wire (ie there is a four-wire totwo-wire conversion in Local Transport) balanceparameters (equal level echo path loss) may also betested

(B) Routine Testing

At no additional charge the Telephone Company will inconjunction with the primary carrier at the customerrsquosrequest subject to the availability of equipment testafter installation on an automatic or manual basis 1004Hz loss C-message noise and Balance (Return loss)

In the case of automatic testing the customer shallprovide remote office test lines and 105 test lines withassociated responders or their functional equivalent Thefrequency of these tests will be that which is mutuallyagreed upon by the customer and the Telephone Company butshall consist of not less than quarterly 1004 Hz Loss andC-message noise test and an annual Balance test Trunktest failures requiring customer participation for troubleresolution will be provided to the customer on an as-occurs basis

Additional tests may be ordered as set forth in 92following Charges for these additional tests are setforth in 124(B) following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

rmdashmdash ------------mdash--mdash -

l~j~~~ 1rdquo ~j

ACCESS SERVICE

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 93

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

62 Provision and Description of Switched Access Service Feature Groups

Switched Access is provided in three different Feature Grouparrangements The company provides type B or C transmissionperformance to the Interconnection point with the primary carrierThe provision of Feature Groups require Local Transport facilitiesand the appropriate End Office functions The parameters for thetransmission performances are as set forth in 63 following

Feature Groups are arranged for either originating terminating ortwo-way calling based on the customer end office switching capacityordered Originating calling permits the delivery of calls fromtelephone exchange service locations to the customersrsquo premisesTerminating calling permits the delivery of calls from the customersrsquopremises to telephone exchange services locations Two-way callingpermits the delivery of calls in both directions but notsimultaneously The customer must work with the Primary Carrier todetermine the type of calling to be provided

There are various chargeable and nonchargeable optional featuresavailable with the Feature Groups through the tariff of the PrimaryCarrier The telephone company will work cooperatively with theprimary carrier to provide the features ordered by the customersubject to availability of equipment Where equipment is notavailable and the customer requests such features from the TelephoneCompany they must be ordered through Section 10 of this tariff

Following are detailed descriptions of Feature Groups provided by theTelephone Company Feature Groups are described in terms of theirspecific physical characteristics and calling patterns thetransmission performances with which it is provided and the standardtesting capabilities provided by the Telephone Company

Issued 123187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 ~-~-mdash-f-~rdquo

F ~ ~-rsquo--lsquo--- frdquo

~~hl ~ rlc

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

621 Feature Group A (FGA)

(A) Description

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 94

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

Originating FGA is provided via the EAS facilitiesof the primary carrier at electronic andelectromechanical end offices of the Telephonecompany

Terminating FGA is provided in connection withTelephone Company electronic and electromechanicalend offices via the access tandem or the end officeof the primary carrier for terminating calling only

A seven digit local telephone number assigned by theprimary carrier is provided for access to FGAswitching in the originating direction The sevendigit local telephone number will be associated withthe selected end office switch and is of the formNXX-XXXX

FGA Switching when used in the terminatingdirection is arranged with dial tone start-dialsignaling When used in the terminating directionFGA switching may at the option of the customer bearranged for dial pulse or dual tone multifrequencyaddress signaling subject to availability ofequipment at the first point of switching

No address signaling is provided when FGA Switchingis used in the originating direction Addresssignaling in such cases if required by thecustomer must be provided by the customerrsquos enduser using inband tone signaling techniques Suchinband tone address signals will not be regeneratedby the Telephone Company and will be subject to theordinary transmission capabilities of the LocalTransport provided

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 95

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

62 Provision and Description of Switched Access ServiceFeature Groups (Centrsquod)

621 Feature Group A (FGA) (Centrsquod)

(A) Description (Centrsquod)

(6) FGA switching when used in the terminatingdirection may be used to access valid NXXS in thelocal calling area emergency reporting service (911where available) exchange telephone repair (611where available) time or weather announcementservices of the Telephone Company communityinformation services of an information serviceprovider and other customersrsquo services (by dialingthe appropriate digits) Charges for FGAterminating calls to 611 or 911 will only applywhere sufficient call details are available

(B) Testinq Capabilities

FGA is provided in the terminating direction whereequipment is available with seven digit access lines tobalance (100 type) test line and milliwatt (102 type)test line Additional Testing and is available as setforth in 92 following

Issued 123186 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 96

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

62 Provision and Description of Switched Access ServiceFeature Groups (Centrsquod)

622 Feature Group B (FGB)

(A) Description

(1) FGB is provided at electronic and electromechanicalend office switches of the Telephone Company viathe designated electronic access tandem switches ofthe primary carrier

(2) FGB switching is provided with multifrequencyaddress signaling in both the originating andterminating directions

The provisions of FGB at the access tandem is madethrough the access tariff of the primary carrier

(3) The access code for FGB switching is a uniformaccess code The form of the uniform access code is95O-1OXX for carriers The uniform access code willbe assigned to the customer by the primary carrier

(4) FGB switching when used in the terminatingdirection may be used to access valid NXXS in thelocal calling area time or weather announcementservices of an information service provider andother customerrsquos services (by dialing theappropriate digits) Additionally non-accesscharges will also be billed for calls from a FGBtrunk to another customerrsquos service in

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO t30x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 97

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

62 Provision and Description of Switched Access ServiceFeature Groups (Centrsquod)

622 Feature Group B (FGB) (Centrsquod)

(A) Description (Centrsquod)

(4) (Centrsquod)

accordance with that customerrsquos applicable servicerates when the Telephone Company performs thebilling function for that customer Calls in theterminating direction will not be completed to 950-10XX access codes local operator assistance (O-and O+) Directory Assistance (411 and 555-1212)service codes 611 and 911 or 10XXX access codesFGB may not be switched in the terminatingdirection to Switched Access Service Feature GroupsB and C

(5) The Telephone Company will provide a communicationpath from the end office switches to theinterconnection point with the primary carrier

(B) Transmission Specifications

FGB is provided with Type B or C transmissionspecifications to Interconnection Points with the primarycarrier

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 98

62 Provision and Description of Switched Access ServiceFeature Groups (Centrsquod)

622 Feature Group B (FGB) (Centrsquod)

(C) Testinq Capabilities

FGB is provided in the termrdquoequipment is available with

nating directon whereseven digit access to

balance (100 type) test line milliwatt (102 type) testline nonsynchronous or synchronous test lineAdditional Testing is available as set forth in 92following

623 Feature Group C

(A) Description

(1) FGC is provided at al1 Telephone Company end officeswitches via Telephone Company designated accesstandem switches FGC switching is provided to theCustomer (ie providers of MTS and WATS AccessService) at an end office switch

(2) FGC is provided as trunk side switching through theuse of the access tandem switch of the primarycarrier The switch trunk equipment is provided withanswer and disconnect supervisory signaling Winkstart-pulsing signals are provided in all officeswhere available In those offices where wink-startsignals are not available delay dial start-pulsingsignals will be provided in which case no start-pulsing signals are provided

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

p=i-E-7-Tq

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 99

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

62 Provision and Description of Switched Access ServiceFeature Groups (Centrsquod)

623 Feature Group C (FGC) (Centrsquod)

(A) Description (Centrsquod)

(3)

(4)

FGC is provided with multifrequency addresssignaling The address signaling will be dialpulse revertive pulse immediate dial pulse orpanel call indicator signaling whichever isavailable Up to 12 digits of the called partynumber dialed by the customerrsquos end user using dualtone multifrequency or dial pulse address signalswill be provided by Telephone Company equipment tothe Customer Premises where the Switched AccessService Terminates Such called party numbersignals will be subject to the ordinary transmissioncapabilities of Local Transport provided

No access code is required for FGC Switching Thetelephone number dialed by the customerrsquos end usershall be a seven or ten digit number for calls inthe North American Numbering Plan (NANP) Forinternational calls outside the NANP a seven totwelve digit number may be dialed The form of thenumbers dialed by the customerrsquos end user is NXX-XXXX O or 1 + NXX-XXXX NPA + NXX-XXXX O or 1 + NPA+ NXXX-XXXX and when the end office is equipped forInternational Direct Dialing (IDDD) 01 + CC + NN or011 +CC+ NN

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 100

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

62 Provision and Description of Switched Access ServiceFeature Groups (Centrsquod)

623 Feature Group C (FGC) (Centrsquod)

(A) Description (Centrsquod)

(5) FGC switching when used in the terminatingdirection may be used to access valid NXXS in thelocal exchange area time or weather announcementservices of the Telephone Company cotnnunityinformation services of an information provider andthe customerrsquos services (by dialing the appropriatecodes) when the services can be reached using validNXX codes FGC may not be switched in theterminating direction to Switched Access ServiceFeature Group C

(B) Transmission Specifications

FGC is provided with either Type B or C TransmissionSpecifications when routed to an access tandem

Transmission Specifications between the Primary exchangecarrier and the customer are provided in the tariff of theprimary exchange carrier

DB Data Transmission Parameters are provided for thetransmission path between the access tandem and the endoffice

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~=-- -mdash- mdash

f lsquoT ldquo~ 7

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 101

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

62 Provision and Description of Switched Access ServiceFeature Groups (Centrsquod)

623 Feature Group C (FGC) (Centrsquod)

(C) Testinq Capabilities

FGC is provided in the terminating direction whereequipment is available with seven digit access tobalance (100 type) test line milliwatt (102 type) testline nonsynchronous and synchronous test line Inaddition to the tests described in 617 preceding whichare included with the installation of service and ongoingroutine testing Additional Testing is available as setforth in 92 following

63 Transmission Specifications

The Telephone Company provides Switched Access Service transmissionpaths with standard transmission specifications Type B or C Thetransmission specifications are set forth in Section 112

Data Transmission parameters are also provided with each SwitchedAccess Service transmission path The Telephone Company will inconjunction with the primary carrier and subject to availability ofequipment upon notification by the customer that the data parametersset forth in 1122(B) are not being met conduct tests independentlyor in cooperation with the customer and take any necessary action toinsure that the data parameters are met

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes Presiden Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 102

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service

63 Transmission Specifications (Centrsquod)

The Telephone Company will maintain existing transmissionspecifications on functioning service configurations installed priorto the effective date of this tariff except that serviceconfigurations having performance specifications exceeding thestandards listed in this provision will be maintained at performancelevels specified in this tariff

The transmission specifications concerning Switched Access Serviceare immediate action limits and are set forth in 112 followingAcceptance limits are set forth in Technical Reference TR-NPL-OO0334This Technical Reference also provides the basis for determiningSwitched Access Service maintenance limits

64 Obligations of the Telephone Company

In addition to the obligations of the Telephone Company set forth in2 preceding the Telephone Company has certain other obligationspertaining only to the provision of Switched Access Service Theseobligations are as follows

641 Network Management

The Telephone Company will administer its network to insurethe provision of acceptable service levels to alltelecommunications users of the Telephone Companyrsquos networkservices Generally service levels are considered acceptableonly when both end users and customers are able to establishconnections with little or no delay encountered within theTelephone Company network The Telephone Company maintainsthe right to apply protective controls over any traffic

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 103

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

64 Obligations of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

641 Network Management (Centrsquod)

carried over its network including that associated with acustomerrsquos Switched Access Service Generally suchprotective measures would only be taken as a result ofoccurrences such as failure or overload of Telephone Companyor customer facilities natural disasters mass calling ornational security demands In the event that the protectivecontrols applied by the Telephone Company result in thecomplete loss of service by the customer the customer will begranted a Credit Allowance for Service Interruption as setforth in 244(B)(2) preceding

642 Design and Traffic Routing of Switched Access Service

For Feature Groups A amp B the line or trunk directionality andtraffic routing of Switched Access Service between thecustomers premises and the entry switch are determined by thecustomerrsquos order with the primary carrier FGA Service isprovided to the customer by the Telephone Company via the EASfacilities of the primary carrier FGB Service is provided tothe customers by the Telephone Company via the access tandemof the primary carrier

For Feature Group C the Telephone Company shall design anddetermine the routing of Switched Access Service includingthe selection of the first point of switching and to the endoffices where busy hour minutes of capacity are ordered TheTelephone Company shall also decide if capacity is to beprovided by originating only terminating only or two-waytrunk groups Selection of facilities and equipment andtraffic routing of the service are based on standardengineering methods available facilities and equipment andthe Telephone Company traffic routing plans If the customerdesires routing or directionality different from thatdetermined by the Telephone Company the Telephone Companywill work cooperatively with the customer in determining (1)whether the service is to be routed directly to an end officeor through an access tandem switch and (2) the directionalityof the service

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

rmdashmdashmdash mdash_____-

1 F lsquo ldquorsquo~~ ~

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

64 Obligations of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 104

643

644

645

Provision of Service Performance Data

Subject to availability end-to-end service performance dataavailable to the Telephone Company through its own serviceevaluation routines may also be made available to thecustomer based on previously arranged intervals and formatThese data provide information on overall end-to-end callcompletion and non-completion performance eg customerequipment blockage failure results and transmissionperformance These data do not include service performancedata which are provided under other tariff sections egtesting service results If data is to be provided in otherthan paper format the charges for such exchange will bedetermined on an individual case basis

Trunk Group Measurement Reports

Subject to availability the Telephone Company will makeavailable trunk group data in the form of usage in CCS pegcount and overflow to the customer based on previously agreedto intervals

Determination of Number of Transmission Paths

The Telephone Company will determine the number of SwitchedAccess Service transmission paths to be provided for theSwitched Access Feature Group C busy hour minutes of capacityordered A transmission path is a communication path withinthe frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz or aderived communication path of a frequency bandwidth ofapproximately 300 Hz to 3000 Hz provided over a high frequencyanalog facility or a high speed digital facility between acustomerrsquos premises and a Telephone Company location Thenumber of transmission paths will be developed using the totalbusy hour minutes of capacity by type (as described in

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

ACCESS SERVICE

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 105

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

64 Obligations of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

645 Determination of Number of Transmission Paths

611(D) preceding) for the end offices for each Feature Groupordered from a customerrsquos designated premises The total busyhour minutes of capacity by type for the end office will beconverted to transmission paths using standard TelephoneCompany traffic engineering methods The number oftransmission paths provided shall be the number required basedon the use of access tandem switches and end office switches

646 Determination of Number of End Office Transport Terminations

For analog entry switches a termination will be provided foreach transmission path provided For digital entry switchesan equivalent termination will be provided for eachtransmission path provided

65 Obligations of the Customer

In addition to the obligations of the Customer set forth in 2preceding the Customer has certain specific obligations pertaining tothe use of Switched Access Service These obligations are asfollows

651 Report Requirements

Customers are responsible for providing the following reportsto the Telephone Company when applicable

(A) Jurisdictional Reports

When a Customer orders Switched Access Service for bothinterstate and intrastate use the percentage ofinterstate and intrastate traffic will be developed asset forth in 2310 preceding Charges will beapportioned in accordance with those reports The methodto be used for determining the intrastate charges is setforth in 2311 preceding

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

6

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 106

ACCESS SERVICE

Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

65 Obligations of the Customer (Centrsquod)

652 Supervisory Signaling

The customerrsquos facilities shall provide the necessary on-hookand off-hook answer and disconnect supervision

653 Trunk Group Measurement Reports

With the agreement of the Customer trunk group data in theform of usage in CCS peg count and overflow for its end ofall access trunk groups where technologically feasible willbe made available to the Telephone Company

This data will be used to monitor trunk group utilization andservice performance and will be based on previously arrangedintervals and format

66 Rate Regulations

This section contains the specific regulations governing the ratesand charges that apply for Switched Access Service

661 Description and Application of Rates and Charges

There are two types of rates and charges that apply toSwitched Access Service These are usage rates andnonrecurring charges These rates and charges are applieddifferently to the various rate elements as set forth in (C)following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 107

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

661 Description and Application of Rates and Charges (Centrsquod)

(A) Usage Rates

Usage rates are rates that apply only when a specificrate element is used These are applied on a per accessminute basis Access Minute charges are accumulated overa monthly period

(B) Nonrecurring Charges

Nonrecurring charges are one-time charges that apply for aspecific work activity (ie installation or change to anexisting service) The types of nonrecurring charges thatapply for Switched Access Service are installation ofservice and service rearrangements at the rates set forthin 121(D) following

(1) Installation of Service

Nonrecurring charges apply to each Switched AccessService installed For FGC which is ordered on abusy hour minutes of capacity basis the charge isapplied on a per trunk basis but the charge appliesonly when the capacity ordered requires theinstallation of an additional trunk(s)

(C) Application of Rates

Rates are applied to measured or assumed access minutes

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 108

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

661 Description and Application of Rates and Charges (Centrsquod)

(C) Application of Rates (Centlsquod)

The specific application of these rates for a specificcustomer is dependent upon the Feature Group

The following rules provide the basis for applying therates and charges

(1) Access rates apply to all FGA FGB and FGC accessminutes

(2) FGA and terminating FGBwill be billed in accordancewith the usage report received from the primaryexchange carrier on a monthly basis

(3) Where Feature Group A switched access usage isbetween a primary carrier and a Telephone Companywithin the same Extended Area Service Calling areathe Telephone Company will apply Switched AccessService End Office and Local Transport Rates as setforth in Section 121 following This is inaddition to those rates charged by the primarycarrier

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

ldquo t$ _ - -

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 109

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

661 Description and Application of Rates and Charqes (Centrsquod)

(C) Application of Rates (Centlsquod)

(4) Where Feature Group B switched access usage isbetween a primary carrier and Telephone Company endoffice(s) which subtends the Feature Group B accesstandem the Telephone Company will apply SwitchedAccess Service End Office and Local transport ratesas set forth in Section 121 following This is inaddition to those rates charged by the primarycarrier

662 Minimum Period

Switched Access Service is provided for a minimum period ofone month

663 Measuring Access Minutes

Customer traffic to end offices will be measured (ierecorded or assumed) by the Telephone Company at the endoffice switches or access tandem switches Originating andterminating calls will be measured (ie recorded or assumed)by the Telephone Company to determine the basis for computingchargeable access minutes In the event the customer messagedetail is not available because the Telephone Company lost ordamaged tapes or incurred recording system outages theTelephone Company will use the same estimates as set forth in851(C) following as the basis for computing chargeableaccess minutes For terminating calls over FGA and FGB FGCto 800 and for originating calls over FGB the measuredminutes are the chargeable access minutes For originatingcalls over FGC chargeable originating access minutes arederived from recorded minutes in the following manner

Step 1 Obtain recorded originating minutes and messagesmeasured as set forth in (C) following for FGC fromthe appropriate recording data

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 mdash-

r

--mdashmdash mdashmdash

F ~ gt~s u

Akl-$CrdquogtqI

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 110

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

663 Measuring Access Minutes (Centrsquod)

Step 2 Obtain the total attempts by dividing the originatingmeasured messages by the completion ratioCompletion ratios (CR) are obtained separately forthe major call categories such as DDD operator 800900 directory assistance and international from asample study which analyzes the ultimate completionstatus of the total attempts which receiveacknowledgement from the customer That is MeasuredMessages divided by Completion Ratio equals TotalAttempts

Step 3 Obtain the total non-conversation time additive(NCTA) by multiplying the total attempts (obtained inStep 2) by the NCTA per attempt ratio The NCTA perattempt ratio is obtained from the sample studyidentified in Step 2 by measuring the non-conversation time associated with both completed andincomplete attempts The total NCTA is the time ona completed attempt from the customer acknowledgementof receipt of call to called party answer (set up andringing) plus time on an incomplete attempt fromcustomer acknowledgement of call until the accesstandem or end office receives a disconnect signal(ring - no answer busy or network blockage) Thatis Total Attempts times Non-Conversation Time perAttempt equals Total NCTA

Step 4 Obtain total chargeable originating access minutes byadding the total NCTA (obtained in Step 3) to therecorded originating measured minutes (obtained inStep 1) That is Measured Minutes plus NCTA equalsChargeable Originating Access Minutes

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~~rsquo~l

-mdashmdash

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 111Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

663 Measuring Access Minutes (Centrsquod)

Following is an example which illustrates how the chargeableoriginating access minutes are derived from the measuredoriginating minutes using this formula

Where

(1)

(2)

(3)

Measured Minutes (M Min) = 7000Measured Messages (M Mes) = 1000Completion Ration (CR) = 75NCTA per Attempt = 4

Total Attempts = 1000 (M Mes) = 13333375 (CR)

Total NCTA = 4 (NCTA per Attempt) times133333 = 53333

Total Chargeable Originating Access Minutes =7000 (M Min) +53333 (NCTA) = 753333

When assumed minutes are used the assumed minutes are thechargeable access minutes

Usage rated FGA FGB and FGC access minutes or fractionsthereof the exact value of the fraction being a function ofthe switch technology where the measurement is made areaccumulated over the billing period for each end office andare then rounded up to the nearest access minute for each endoffice

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

rrsquo

mdash- mdashmdash --mdashmdash-mdash

F~ ldquoldquordquordquorsquordquo lsquo

- i

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 112

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

663 Measurinq Access Minutes (Centrsquod)

(A) Feature Group A Usaqe Measurement

For originating calls over FGA usage measurement beginswhen the originating FGA entry switch receives an off-hook supervisory signal forwarded from the customerrsquospoint of termination This off-hook signal may beprovided by the customerrsquos equipment before the calledparty answers or forwarded by the customerrsquos equipmentwhen the called party answers

The measurement of originating call usage over FGA endswhen the originating FGA entry switch receives an on-hooksupervisory signal from either the originating end userrsquosend office indicating the originating end user hasdisconnected or the customerrsquos point of terminationwhichever is recognized first by the entry switch

For terminating calls over FGA usage measurement beginswhen the terminating FGA entry switch receives an off-hook supervisory signal from the terminating end userrsquosend office indicating the terminating end user hasanswered

The measurement of terminating call usage over FGA endswhen the terminating FGA entry switch receives an on-hooksupervisory signal from either the terminating end userrsquosend office indicating the terminating end user hasdisconnected or the customerrsquos point of terminationwhichever is recognized first by the entry switch

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 113

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

663 Measurinq Access Minutes (Centrsquod)

(B) Feature Group B Usaqe Measurement

For originating calls over FGB usage measurement beginswhen the originating FGB entry switch receives answersupervision forwarded from the customerrsquos point oftermination indicating the customerrsquos equipment hasanswered

The measurement of originating call usage over FGB endswhen the originating FGB entry switch receives disconnectsupervision from either the originating end userrsquos endoffice indicating the originating end user hasdisconnected or the customerrsquos point of terminationwhichever is recognized first by the entry switch

For terminating calls over FGB usage measurement beginswhen the terminating FGB entry switch receives answersupervision from the terminating end userrsquos end officeindicating the terminating end user has answered

The measurement of terminating call usage FGB ends whenthe terminating FGB entry switch receives disconnectsupervision from either the terminating end userrsquos endoffice indicating the terminating end user hasdisconnected or the customerrsquos point of terminationwhichever is recognized first by the entry switch

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

663 Measuring Access Minutes (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 114

(c) Feature Group C Usage Measurement

For originating calls over FGC usage measurement beginswhen the originating FGC entry switch receives answersupervision from the customerrsquos point of terminationindicating the called party has answered

The measurement of originating call usage over FGC endswhen the originating FGC entry switch receives disconnectsupervision from either the originating end userrsquos endoffice indicating the originating end user hasdisconnected or the customerrsquos point of terminationwhichever is recognized first by the entry switch

For terminating calls over FGC to services other than 800or 900 terminating FGC usage is not directly measured atthe terminating entry switch but is imputed fromoriginating usage excluding usage from calls to 800 or900

For terminating calls over FGC to 800 Service usagemeasurement begins when the terminating FGC entry switchreceives answer supervision from the terminating end userrsquosend office indicating the terminating 800 Service enduser has answered

The measurement of terminating call usage over FGC to 800Service ends when the terminating FGC entry switch receivesan on-hook supervisory signal from the terminating enduserrsquos end office indicating the terminating 800 Serviceend user has disconnected or from the customerrsquos point oftermination whichever is recognized first by the entryswitch

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

[Flmdashmdashmdash----mdash-------mdash--

[Jz[rsquo-lt~- ]1

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 115

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

664 Mileage Measurement

The mileage to be used to determine the appropriate billing forLocal Transport facility is calculated on the airline distancebetween the end office switch which may be a Remote SwitchingLocation where the call carried by Local Transport originatesor terminates and the customerrsquos serving wire center Whereapplicable the VampH coordinates method is used to determine themileage This method is set forth in the EXCHANGE CARRIERASSOCIATION TARIFF FCC NO 2 for Wire Center Information(VampH coordinates)

To determine the rate to be billed first compute the airlinemileage using the VampH coordinates method If the calculationresults in a fraction of a mile always round up to the nextwhole mile before determining the mileage Multiply thecalculated mileage by the Billing Percentage (BP) as set forthin EXCHANGE CARRIER ASSOCIATION TARIFF NO 2 for the endoffice times the local transport facilities rate to determinethe appropriate local transport facilities charges Mileagerates for Local Transport Facilities are as set forth in 121Cfollowing

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

--mdash------_ rdquo--

F[_rsquo~j lsquoj

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 116

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service

71 General

Special Access Service provides a transmission path to connecttwo or more customer designated premises If only a portion of thefacilities can be provided by the Telephone Company Special AccessService provides the transmission path necessary to connect customerdesignated premises in the service area to the interconnection pointwith the primary carrier Special Access Service includes allexchange access which does not utilize Telephone Company end officeswitches Special Access Service also includes the transmission pathto connect a customer designated premise and a WATS serving office

711 Channel Type

The Telephone Company provides voice grade special access serviceThe customer can select from a list of available transmissionparameters and channel interfaces to build a system to meet speccommunications requirements

The Voice Grade channel is a channel for the transmission of ariarsquosignals within an approximate bandwith of 300 to 3000 Hz

712 Rate Categories

fic

Og

There are three basic rate categories which apply to Special AccessService in addition to the Special Access Surcharge described inSection 733

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 __ _

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 117

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

71 General (Centrsquod)

712 Rate Categories (Centrsquod)

(A)

(B)

Channel TerminationThe Channel Termination rate cateuorv wovides for theconnnunications path between a cus~om~ridesignated premisesand the serving wire center of that premises Included aspart of the Channel Termination is a standard channelinterface arrangement which defines the technicalcharacteristics associated with the type of facilities towhich the access service is to be connected at the Point ofTermination (POT) and the type of signaling capability ifany The signaling capability itself is provided as anoptional feature as set forth in (C) following OneChannel Termination charge applies per customer designatedpremises at which the channel is terminated

Closed End WATS Access Channel Termination provides theaccess line between a customer designated premises and thewire center serving that premises The Channel terminationrate is set forth in 122A following

Channel Mileage

The Channel Mileage rate category provides the transmissionfacility between the serving wire center of the customerdesignated premises and the interconnection point with theconnecting carrier Closed end WATS Access Channel Mileageprovides for the transmission Facility between a servingwire center associated with a customer designated premisesand the interconnecting point with the connecting carrieror the WATS serving office Channel Mileage is provided atthe rate set forth in 122B following and in accordancewith 247 preceding Channel Mileage rates are made up ofthe Channel Mileage Facility rate and the Channel MileageTermination rate

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 118

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

71 General (Centrsquod)

712 Rate Categories (Centrsquod)

(1)

(2)

Channel Mileaqe Facility

The Channel Mileage Facility rate recovers the cost forthe transmission path which extends between theCustomer Designated Premises serving wire center andthe Interconnection Point with the connecting carrieror the WATS serving office

Channel Mileage Termination

The Channel Mileage Termination rate recovers the costfor end office equipment associated with terminatingthe facility (ie basic circuit equipment andterminations at serving wire centers and hubs)Channel Mileage Termination rate will apply at theserving wire center(s) for each customer designatedpremises

(C) Optional Features and Functions

The Optional Features and Functions rate category providesfor optional features and functions which may be added to aSpecial Access Service to improve its quality or utility tomeet specific communications requirements These are notnecessarily identifiable with specific equipment butrather represent the end result in terms of performancecharacteristics which may be obtained Thesecharacteristics may be obtained by using variouscombinations of equipment Although the equipmentnecessary to perform a specified function may be installedat various locations along the path of the service theywill be charged for as a single rate element TheTelephone Company will work cooperatively with the customerand the primary carrier to provide the optional featuresand function desired but not included as part of thistariff subject to the availability of equipment or inaccordance with Section 10 following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdashmdash -q--_

F i l+ [1 ~

I

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 119

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

71 General (Centrsquod)

(C) Optional Features and Functions (Centrsquod)

A complete list and description of voice grade optionalfeatures and functions are set forth in Section 115following

The Telephone Company provides only the following optionalfeature and function(s)

NONE

713 Service Configurations

There are two types of services configurations over whichSpecial Access Services are provided two-point service andmultipoint service The Telephone Company provides thefollowing Special Access Services Two point service onepoint on a two point service in conjunction with another LECone or more points on a multipoint service provided inconjunction with another LEC or the closed end of a WATS AccessLine

(A) Two-Point Service

A two-point servicepremises either onhub where multiplex

Applicable rate eler

connects two customer designateda directly connected basis or through ang functions are performed

ents provided by the Telephone Companyare

- Channel Terminations (one per customer designatedpremises)

- Channel Mileage (as applicable between Serving WireCenter and Interconnection Point)

- Optional Features and Functions (when applicable)

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

-mdash -1~-

F i i lt)lsquo~j

KI ~ ~a~g iI FrsquoiJbllCS~L~lsquollirdquoli~gt~Ofi

$ ij i -

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 120

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

71 General (Centrsquod)

713 Service Configurations (Centrsquod)

The follcwing diagram depicts a two-point Voice Gradeservice connecting two customer designated premises (COP)located 15 miles apart

Applicable rate elements are

- Channel Terminations (2 applicable)- Channel Mileage (1 section Channel Mileage)

Facility per mile plus 2 Channel Mileage Terminations)

(B) Multipoint service connects three or more customerdesignated premises through a Telephone Company hub Onlycertain types of Special Access Service are provided asmultipoint service

Applicable rate Elements provided by the Telephone Companyare

- Channel Terminations (one per custcmer designatedpremises)

- Channel Mileage (as applicable between Serving WireCenter and Interconnection Point)

- Optional Features and Functions (when applicable)

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278 --mdashmdash - Freedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 121

ISilver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

71 General (Centrsquod)

(8) (Centrsquod)

Example Voice Grade multipoint service connecting four customerdesignated premises (COP) via two customer specifiedbridging hubs

Applicable rate elements are

- Channel Terminations (4 applicable)- Channel Mileage (4 sections Channel Mileage Facility per

mile plus 2 Channel Mileage Terminations per section)- Bridging Optional Feature from tariff of primary carrier

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

T

mdash--

Fldquo ~ ldquo----rsquoi~ 1 ldquo L+mdash --

~

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 122

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

71 General (Centrsquod)

714

715

716

717

Alternate Use

Alternate Use occurs when a service is arranged by theTelephone Company so that the customer can select differenttypes of transmission at different times A customer may use aservice in any privately beneficial manner However wheretechnical or engineering changes are required to effectuate analternate use the Telephone Company will make such specialarrangements available on an individual case basis

Special Facilities Routinq

A customer may request that the facilities used to provideSpecial Access Service be specially routed The TelephoneCompany will provide such routing on an individual casebasis

Design Layout Report

At the request of the customer the Telephone Company willprovide to the customer the make-up of the facilities andservices provided under this tariff as Special access Serviceto aid the customer in designing its overall service Thisinformation will be provided in the form of a Design LayoutReport The Desian Layout Reuort will be ~rovided to thecustomer at no ch~rge-and wiil be reissued orthese facilities are materially changed

Acceptance Testing

updated whenever

At no additional charge the Telephone Company will at thecustomerrsquos request subject to the availability of equipmentcooperatively test at the time of installation the followingparameters

(A) For Voice Grade analog services acceptance testing willinclude tests for loss 3-tone slope dc continuityoperational signaling and C-message noise when theseparameters are applicable and specified in the order forservice

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R HooJesPresident Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone Company

PO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 123

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

71

72

General (Centrsquod)

718 Ordering Options and Conditions

Special Access Service is ordered under the Access Orderprovisions set forth in 5 preceding Also included in thatsection are other charges which may be associated with orderingSpecial Access Service

Service Descriptions

For the purposes of ordering voice (VG) is the only category ofSpecial Access Service provided by the Company

This service consists of a basic channel to which a technicalspecifications package (customized or predefine) (see Section 116)channel interface(s)(see Section 113) and when desired optionalfeatures and functions (see Section 115) are added to construct theservice desired by the customer Each of the components of theservice are described in this section

Predefine and customized technical specifications packages will beprovided by the Telephone Company or in conjunction with the primarycarrier where technically feasible and subject to availability ofequipment or in accordance with Section 10 following If theTelephone Company determines that the requested parameterspecifications are not compatible the customer will be advised andgiven the opportunity to change the order When a customized channelis ordered the customer will be notified whether additional costswill apply In such cases the customer will be given an estimate ofthe hours to be billed before any further action is taken on theorder

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdash --------~l ~[jt-

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 124

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

72 Service Descriptions (Centrsquod)

Information pertaining to the technical specifications packagesindicates the transmission parameters that are available with eachpackage (see section 116) This information is displayed in amatrix with the transmission parameters listed down the left side andthe packages listed across the top Each package is identified by acode eg VGC The first two letters of the code indicate thecategory of Special Access Service to which the parameters areapplicable These two letter codes are shown above in parenthesisfollowing the category of Special Access Service The letter ldquoCrdquofollowing the two letter code indicates the technical specificationspackage for a customized service A numeric or alpha-numericdesignation following the two letter code indicates the specificpredefine package For a customized service the customer mayselect any parameters available with that category of service as longas the parameters are compatible When appropriate the TechnicalReference which contains detailed specifications for the parametersis shown following the matrix

The optional features and functions available with Voice GradeSpecial Access Service are described in the section 115 Theoptional features and functions information also indicates with whichtechnical specifications packages they are available Suchinformation is displayed in a matrix with the optional feature orfunction listed down the left side and the technical specificationspackage listed across the top

The Telephone Company will maintain existing transmissionspecifications on services installed prior to the effective date ofthis tariff except that existing services with performance levelsabove those levels set forth in this tariff will be maintainedperformance levels specified in this tariff

Channel interfaces at each Point of Termination on a two-pointservice may be symmetricalor asymmetrical Only certain channerdquointerface combinations are available with the predefine technspecifications packages These are delineated in the Technicsrdquo

at the

cal

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

mdashrF mdash-ILizD ~t1IA411l$gq

FrsquoIJ)ik5rdquorsquo-CJldquoi(lu~f~i

~p mdash--mdash ---- J_mdash

Silver Star TerdquoWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

ephone Company Orignal Page 125

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

72 Service Descriptions (Centrsquod)

References set forth below When a customized channel is requestedall channel interface combinations available with the specified typeof service are available with the customized channel subject to theavailability of equipment or in accordance with Section 10 following

All services installed after the effective date of this tariff willconform to the transmission specification standards contained in thistariff or in the following Technical references for voice gradeservice

Voice Grade PUB TR-NPL-OO0335PUB 41004 Table 4

721 Voice Grade Service

(A) Basic Channel Description

A Voice Grade channel is a channel which provides voicefrequency transmission capability in the nominal frequencyrange of 300 to 3000 Hz and may be terminated two-wire orfour-wire Voice Grade channels are provided betweencustomer designated premises and another customerdesignated premises or between a customer designatedpremises and the Telephone Company Interconnection Point

(B) Technical Specifications Packages

The Company provides the following Voice Grade packages

Package VG

Parameter J g ~ 4mdash

AttenuationDistortion x x x xC-Messages Noise x x x xLoss Deviation x x x x

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO EIOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

mdashmdashmdash _____

lsquoFHJH3

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 126

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

72 Service Descriptions (Centrsquod)

721 Voice Grade Service (Centrsquod)

(B)

(c)

Technical Specifications Packaqes (Centrsquod)

Echo Control - provided by the primary carr

For a com~lete listinu of VG technical soecrdquo

er

ficationpackages (see section-116) These tech~ical specificationpackages will be made available subject to the availabilityof equipment or in accordance with Section 10 following

Channel Interfaces

The Telephone Company providesinterface for Voice Grade servsignaling capability DA

The Telephone Company provides

re

interfaces for Voice-Grade service that reafiiresianalinu

the following channelice that does not requrdquo

the followinq channel

capability AC GO LA LB LC LS and RV - -

A complete list of channel interfaces and compatiblechannel interfaces are set forth in 113 and 114following

A complete list of Special Access Voice Grade optionalfeature and functions are set forth in Section 115following The technical specifications package for VoiceGrade service is set forth in section 116

The Telephone Company provides only the following optionalfeatures and functions

NONE

The Telephone Company will work cooperatively with theprimary carrier and the customer to provide the customerdesired special circuit subject to the availability ofequipment or in accordance with Section 10 following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278

r

------------__Freedom Wyoming 83120

F I 1-[lJ 1

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 127

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

73 Rate Regulations

This section contains the specific regulations governing the ratesand charges that apply for Special Access Service

731 Types of Rates and Charges

There are two types of rates and charges These are monthlyrates and nonrecurring charges The rates and charges aredescribed as follows

(A) Monthly Rates

Monthly rates are flat recurring rates that apply each monthor fraction thereof that a Special Access Service isprovided For billing purposes each month is considered tohave 30 days

(B) Nonrecurring Charges

Nonrecurring Charges apply to each installation of serviceas a one time charge Changes to existing services otherthan administrative changes will be treated as adiscontinuance of the existing service and an installationof a new services

If another channel termination is added to an existingmultipoint service nonrecurring charges will only apply tothe additional termination

Nonrecurring charges apply for each Channel Terminationinstalled as set forth in Section 122 following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO t30x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 mdash -

mdashFrdquo i= D I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 128Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS LINES

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

73 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

732 Minimum Period

The minimum service period for all services is one month

733 Surcharqe for Special Access Service

(A)

(B)

General

The monthly Special Access Surcharge will apply toeach intrastate Special Access Service that terminates onan end userrsquos PBX or other device where through a functionof the device the Special Access Service interconnects tothe local exchange network Interconnection functionsinclude but are not limited to wiring and softwarefunctions switching or patching of calls or stations

The Telephone Company will bill the customer who orders theSpecial Access Service the Surcharge on each serviceinstalled unless the service is exempt from the surchargeas set forth in (B) following at the rates set forth in122D following

Exemptions from Surcharge

The Special Access Service will be exempted from themonthly surcharge if the customer provides the TelephoneCompany written certification that the special accesstermination is one of the following

(1) an open-end termination in a Telephone Company switchof an FX line including CCSA and CCSA-equivalentONALS or

(Z) an analog channel termination that is used for radio ortelevision program transmission or

(3) a termination used for TELEX service or

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO EiOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

mdash--- -mdash -~f

rI

~-rdquo-rdquorsquo- F D ldquot ~~==

ftkldquo

1 ldquorsquoRi3n~I LiXic~~r~

-Grsquo~~$L_______-rdquolsquo-=A

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 129

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

73 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

733 Surcharqe for Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

(B) Exemptions from Surcharqe (Centrsquod)

(4) a termination that by the nature of its operatingcharacteristics could not make use of Telephone Companycormnonlines or

(5) a termination that interconnects either directly orindirectly to the local network where the usage issubject to Carrier Common Line charges such as aSpecial Access Service between customer points oftermination or a Special Access Service connectingCCSA or CCSA-type equipment (inter-matching trunks) or

(6) a termination that the customer certifies to theTelephone Company is not connected to a PBX or otherdevice capable of interconnecting the Special AccessService to a local exchange subscriber line

(C) Creditinq the Surcharge

The Telephone Company will cease billing the Special AccessSurcharge when certification that the service has becomeexempt from the surcharge as set forth in (B) precedingis received If the status of the Special Access Servicewas changed prior to receipt of the exemptioncertification the Telephone Company will credit thecustomerrsquos account not to exceed ninety (90) days basedon the effective date of the change specified by thecustomer in the letter of certification

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

F

_mdash -mdash --~ amp z rdquo

1

I ~ ldquo

----~lsquo-------ldquo--mdash

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 130

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

73 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

734 Mileage Measurement

The mileage to be used to determine the monthly rate for theChannel Mileage Facility is calculated on the airline distancebetween the Telephone Companyrsquos end office serving one customerdesignated premise and the wire center serving anothercustomer designated premise or the serving wire center of theprimary carrier along the same route for Special Access Serviceserving the customer designated premises The serving wirecenter associated with a customer designated premise is theserving wire center from which this customer designated premisewould normally obtain dial tone

To determine lsquohe amount to be billed first compute the mileageusing the VampH coordinates methods as set forth in the EXCHANGECARRIER ASSOCIATION TARIFF FCC NO 2 When the calculationof total mileage results in a fraction of a mile always roundup to the next whole mile before determining the mileage andapplying the rates Multiply the resulting number of miles bythe billing percentage as set forth in Exchange CarrierAssociation Tariff No 2 times the per mile rate set forth inSection 122 B(2) following and add the channel mileagetermination for each termination

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO EOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r ldquo-rdquo

mdash-mdash-

L

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 131

8 Billing and Collection Services

81 General Description

The Telephone Company will provide the following services

(A) Recording Services(B) Message Billing Service and(C) Other Billing Services

82 Recording Service

The Telephone Company will provide Recording Service in associationwith the offering of Feature Group C Switched Access Service forcustomer messages that can be recorded by the Telephone Companyproviding automatic message accounting equipment

The Telephone Company will provide Recording Service in its operatingterritory The minimum territory for which the Telephone Companywill provide Recording Service is all the appropriately equippedoffices in a state operating territory for which the customer hasordered Feature Group C Switched Access Service

821 General Description

Recording Service is the recording of the details of a customermessage and when requested by the customer the provision ofthose details to the customer Recording Service includesrecording assembly and editing and provisions of recordedcustomer message detail the applicable charges are set forth in123A following

Recording is the entering on magnetic tape or other acceptablemedia the details of customer messages originated throughSwitched Access Service for which answer and disconnectsupervision has been received Recording is provided 24 hoursa day 7 days a week the applicable charge for providing thetape is set forth in 123(F)

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

rldquo

-- --

F--

- -~-rsquo-~W

Silver Star Telephone CompanyACCESS SERVICE

8 Billing and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

82 Recording Service (Centrsquod)

821 General Description (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 132

(A)

(B)

(c)

(D)

(E)

Assembly and editing is the aggregation of recordedcustomer message details to create individual messages andthe verification that the data required for rating inaccordance with the standard format established by theTelephone Company is present

The Telephone Company will provide the assembled and editedmessage detail to the customer on magnetic tape at therequest of the customer Except for lost or damagedrecords the recorded detail will be available to thecustomer not more than five business days after the dateall the detail requested by the customer was processed bythe Telephone Company Assembly and editing will beperformed on all customer messages recorded during thebilling period established by the Telephone Company

A standard format for the provision of the recordedcustomer message detail will be established by theTelephone Company and provided to the customer If in thecourse of Telephone Company business it is necessary tochange the format the Telephone Company will notify theinvolved customers six months prior to the change

At the customerrsquos request the Telephone Company will makeevery reasonable effort to recover recorded customermessage detail previously made available to the customerand make it available again for the customer The chargesas set forth in 123A will apply for all such efforts anddetail provided

When the Telephone Company is notified that due to erroror omission incomplete data has been provided to acustomer the Telephone Company will make every reasonableeffort to locate andor recover the data and provide newdata to the customer at no additional charge Suchrequest to recover the data must be made within 30 daysfrom the date the details were initially made available tothe customer

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

[

mdashxmdash mdash X -1 = in- j lsquoldquo~j

l~l$ fiq

Public~~~~~~p~ Cm- wl~i

f

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 133Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billinq and Collection Services

83 Messaqe Billinq Service

831 General Description

The Telephone Company will provide or arrange for theprovision of Message Billing Service for customerrsquos End Userslocated in the Telephone Companyrsquos operating territoryMessage Billing Service entails

- Assembling of recorded Customer message details- Rating of messages and other service charges including

calculations of deposits in accordance with a schedule ofrates provided by the customer including both message-billed andbulk-billed services

- Establishment of accounts for bulk-billed customer End Users- Preparation and distribution of bills to End Users- Data transmission of rated Customer message detail between

exchange Telephone Company locations and- Collection of amounts due from End Users

(A) Customer message detail may be provided entirely by the customeror may be partially provided by the customer and partiallyprovided by the Telephone Company where the customer hasordered Recording Service as set forth in 82 Where thecustomer has ~rovided messaae detail the data ~rovided mustbe in the standard format e~tablished by the TelephoneCompany and delivered to a location specified by theTelephone Company

(B) Message-billed service is a billing Service for an Endaccount with an End User common line where individual

User

customer messages are posted to the account and are listed onthe bill rendered to the End User Message-billed service isalso a billing service for a customer credit card End Useraccount without an End User common line or WATS Access Line(WAL) Service where individual messages or groups of messagesare posted to the account and listed on the bill rendered tothe End User The message billing charges per message andper bill are set forth in 123(B) and 123(C) following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

- [F [ L i

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billinq and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

83 Message Billing Service (Centrsquod)

831 General Description (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 134

(B)

(c)

(D)

(E)

(Centrsquod)

Bulk-billed service is a billing service for an End Useraccount with a WATS Access Line (WAL) Service to the End Userpremises where individual customer messages are not posted tothe account and are not listed on the bill rendered to the EndUser

Account establishment is the preparation of customer End Userrecord so that a bill can be sent to that End User TheTelephone Company will not establish an End User account witha customer balance due

Data transmission is the transmitting and receiving of messagedetail between other Exchange Telephone Company locationsThe Data transmission charge set forth in 123(D) and 123(E)applies when message detail is data transmitted to or receivedfrom another Exchange Telephone Company location by theTelephone Company This charge applies on a per recordtransmitted or received basis A record is a logical groupingof information as described in the program that processes theinformation

The Telephone Company at its option may include customerbilling amounts as part of its regular monthly bill to itscustomers for local telephone exchange service The billformat will be determined by the Telephone Company

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

-mdash-mdash----

FIi iikmdash ldquoi-~

Silver Star Telephone CompanyACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 135

8 Billing and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

83 Message Billinq Service (Centrsquod)831 General Description (Centrsquod)

(F) Message Billing Service includes the normal treatment ofdelinquent accounts posting of credits and adjustmentsmessage investigation undertaken to secure proper billinginformation and when necessary in the judgment of theTelephone Company denial of customer service to the End UserThe Telephone Company will also make its best effort to answerinquiries from End Users concerning billed items for customerservice

(G) The Telephone Company will develop the customerrsquos schedule ofrates into a rating program Program development andmaintenance charges will be on a per hour basis as set forthin 123G

(H) At the request of the customer the Telephone Company willprepare and distribute customer credit cards by first classUS Mail service The Telephone Company will assign thecredit card number and will mark the records and files toshow that an End User has been issued an customer creditcard The Telephone Company will specify the information itrequires to issue a credit card and the format to be used bythe customer in furnishing such information Plastic coatedpaper cards will be distributed unless the customer requestsanother type card be provided Charges to prepare anddistribute credit cards will be developed on an individualbasis When it becomes necessary as determined by theTelephone Company to change the credit card number ordiscontinue the billing of credit card calls to an End Useraccount because of nonpayment of charges or unauthorized useof Telephone Company and customer service offerings theTelephone Company will notify the customer The TelephoneCompany will provide the customer with the credit cardassociated End User account name and Billing address for thecredit card number change or discontinued billing Al1charges for calls associated with such a discontinued creditcard will become the responsibility of the customer after thecustomer has been notified End User questions concerningthe issuing of customer credit cards will not be handled bythe Telephone Company

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

p-i-1-rsquo--rdquo-rdquo~-rdquo~

Silver Star Telephone CompanyACCESS SERVICE

8 Billinq and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

83 Messaqe Billing Service (Centrsquod)

831 General Description (Centrsquod)

84

85

(I)

(J)

(K)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 136

The Telephone Company will accept customer gift certificates forpayment from End Users if 1) the customer agrees in writing toimmediately redeem all such gift certificates and 2) theformat of the gift certificates is acceptable to theTelephone Company

The Telephone Company will not render bills under this tarifffor the provision andor delivery of telegrams gifts orother like services that the customer offers

Where the rates for customer services have been implemented underan accounting order pending final approval from a regulatoryagency the Telephone Company will upon written request fromthe customer keep such records as may be required to make anyadjustments to the End Users as may be ordered by theregulatory agency The charges for such service will bedetermined on an individual case basis

Other BillincjServices

The Telephone Company will undertake to provide Billing Service forprivate line or other dedicated non-switched services that thecustomer provides to End Users in its territory Also itwillundertake to provide Billing Analysis Service and Billing InformationService as defined to End Users in its territory Regulations andrates applicable to these services when required will be developed andfiled on an individual case basis

General Regulations

851 Liability of the Telephone Company

(A) In the absence of willful misconduct no liability fordamages to the Customer or other person or entity otherthan as set forth in 851(B) through 851(E) followingshall attach to the Telephone Company for its action orthe conduct of its employees in providing services underthis tariff

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

P

gtmdashmdash

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billing and Collections Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

851 Liability of the Telephone Company

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 137

(B) The Telephone Companyrsquos failure to provide or maintain servicesunder this tariff shall be excused by labor difficultiesgovernmental orders civil commotion criminal actions takenagainst the Telephone Company acts of God and othercircumstances beyond the Telephone Companyrsquos reasonable control

(c) If customer message detail is not available because theTelephone Company lost or damaged records or incurred recordingor processing system outages the Telephone Company will attemptto recover the lost customer detail for recording servicepurposes If the lost customer detail cannot be recovered andthe Telephone Company recorded the details the TelephoneCompany will estimate the volume of lost customer messages andtheir characteristics necessary for rating based on previouslyknown values for message billing service purposes If the lostcustomer detail cannot be recovered and the customer providedthe detail the customer will be requested to resupply thedetail If the customer cannot resupply the detail theTelephone Company will estimate the volume of lost customermessages and their characteristics based on previously knownvalues Such recovered or estimated detail will be included incustomer message detail provided to the customer or used asinput for Billing Service

In the event that these details are insufficient for End Userbilling the Telephone Company will credit to the customer anamount equal to the estimated revenue value of the lost customermessages

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO t30x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 ~- ~~ldquo--mdash 7

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 138Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billinq and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

851 Liability of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

(D) When the Telephone Company is notified that due to its error oromission the recorded customer message detail or the billingdata is incomplete or inaccurate the Telephone Company willmake every reasonable effort to correct the data at noadditional charge Such notification must be made within 60days from the date of the customer messages in question

(E) If the Telephone Company finds or is notified of an error inbilling to an End User it will correct the error within thelimits permitted by law

852 Obligations of the Customer

(A) When an customer orders Message Billing Service the customermust provide message detail for those messages to be billed thatare not recorded by the Telephone Company in a formatsatisfactory to the Telephone Company and delivered to alocation specified by the Telephone Company

(B) The customer must normally inform the Telephone Company at least30 days in advance of any changes in its rate schedules used bythe Telephone Company for providing Billing Service Notice ofless than 30 days shall entail an additional charge based on anindividual case basis If changes in the customerrsquos rateschedules are structural and necessitate the redesign of theTelephone Companyrsquos rating program additional charges willapply for program development as set forth in 123G following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

-_

Fj~

A

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billinq and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

852 Obligations of the Customer (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 139

(C) The customer shall be responsible for all contact andarrangements with its End Users concerning the provision andmaintenance of the customerrsquos service

853 Orderinq Services

(A) The minimum service period or Recording Service is one month andfor Billing Service is one year

(B) Separate Special Orders are required for Recording Service andfor Billing Service and must be placed at least one month inadvance of the desired service date A Special Order charge asset forth in 123H applies for each Special Order accepted bythe Telephone Company

(C) Recording Service may be ordered for customer services providedto all End Users located in the Telephone Companyrsquos operatingterritory or only for all End Users connected to specificTelephone Company exchanges

(D) Billing Services may only be ordered for al1 End Users locatedin the Telephone Companyrsquos operating territory

854 Mixed Intrastate and Interstate Services

When a customer has ordered Billing Service for both Intrastateand Interstate services and customer charges on an End Usermonthly bill contain an intrastate charge the rate applicableper bill rendered is the rate as set forth in 123C divided bytwo

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

[7

=mdashmdash- -3 ldquo ~ rsquo-

L ~mdash- ~~

8 ~ Ioq

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 140

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billinq and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

855 Purchase of Accounts Receivable

The Telephone Company will purchase from the customer its accountsreceivable that arise from bills rendered by the Telephone Companyto that customerrsquos End Users unless the Telephone Company agreesto act as billing agent for the customer The purchase ofaccounts receivable will be limited to amounts due the customerafter the Telephone Company starts providing Billing Service forthat customer After the Telephone Company has purchased thecustomerrsquos accounts receivable the customer is prohibited fromassigning transferring selling exchanging or giving theseaccounts receivable to any other entity or person The customerwill provide written assurance to the Telephone Company of suchforbearance and any assignment transfer sale exchange or giftis null and void and will subject the customer to all liabilitiesexpenses costs including attorney fees expended and incurred bythe Telephone Company in pursuing exclusive ownership of theaccounts receivable

The Telephone Companyrsquos purchase of a customerrsquos accountsreceivable shall be with recourse adjustments as set forth in855(B) to account for amounts due the customer that theTelephone Company is unable to collect from the End User whichuses the customerrsquos services The amounts due the customer forthe purchase of its accounts receivable will be determined asfollows

(A) Total Current Amount Billed

The Telephone Company will determine from its records for eachEnd user billing period (ie the billing date on a bill foran End User of an customerrsquos service) the total current amountlawfully billed to the customerrsquos End Users for customerservices including all taxes applicable to such services ATotal Current Amount Billed will be determined for eachcustomer for each End User billing period

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO EOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdashmdashmdash -mdash -rsquo----rdquordquolsquoldquoldquorsquo

~r I - [ ldquo1 iI

I 3Ilrsquo~rsquordquo~s1 prsquoi[-frsquolsquoldquo irsquorsquo

- rsquo rsquorsquoLrdquorsquoJlt mdash

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 141

8 Billing and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

855 Purchase of Accounts Receivable (Centrsquod)

(B) Recourse Adjustments

For each billing period the Telephone Company will makerecourse adjustments to the Total Current Amount Billed asfollows

(1) End User Adjustments

(A) For each billing period the Telephone Company wil 1subtract from the Total Current Amount Billed thelawfully billed amounts which the Telephone Companyremoves from End Users balances due in accordance withcustomer inquiry instructions

(B) In addition for each billing period the TelephoneCompany will subtract from the Total Current AmountBilled an amount that equals the face value of anycustomer gift certificate the Telephone Company has inits possession The customer gift certificates theTelephone Company possesses will be returned to thecustomer

(C) For each billing period the Telephone Company wil 1subtract from the Total Current Amount Billed billamounts for End User bills which the Telephone Companywas unable to deliver to the End User eg due toincorrect or out-of-date mailing address but wasdelivered to the customer

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 ___ mdash mdash--_---

m lsquordquoi I

rsquof] ~ j~p~ lsquo

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 142Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billing and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

855 Purchase of Accounts Receivable (Centrsquod)

(B) Recourse Adjustments (Centrsquod)

(2) Telephone Company and Customer Adjustments

(0) In addition for each billing perfiodthe TelephoneCompany may make adjustments to the Total CurrentAmount Billed to the customer for additions orsubtractions to an End User balance due for servicesbilled in prior periods

(E) Also each billing period the Telephone Company maymake adjustments to the Total Current Amount Billed toaccount for additions and subtractions for customer orTelephone Company prior billing period errors

(F) For each billing period the Telephone Company wil 1subtract from the Total Current Amount Billed an amountfor uncollectable Uncollectable are amounts billedby the Telephone Company to End Users on customer billsthat are added to the Uncollectable Accounts (realized)of the Telephone Company The amount thaldeducted is the uncollectable determineduncollectable by the Telephone Company inimmediately prior period or prior periodspreviously subtracted reduced by the CO1rdquoamounts previously subtracted

wi~l be lsquoto betheif notection of

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 130x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 mdash--- ----~

Ilsquo- ~ -r - j

lt~=j

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 143

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billing and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

855 Purchase of Accounts Receivable (Centrsquod)

(C) Payment of Net Purchase Amount to the Customer

(1)

(2)

The Telephone Company will purchase accounts receivable fromthe customer on eachrdquoEnd User bill day for the purchase amountwhich equals the Total Current Amount Billed as set forth in855(A) after known Adjustments as set forth in 855(B)have been made On the payment date determined by adding 31days to the End User bill day except as provided hereinthe Telephone Company will remit payment to the customer forthe purchase amount less additional adjustments as set forthin 855B (1) and (2) (net purchase amount) received by theTelephone Company prior to the payment date Payment willbe made in immediately available funds If such paymentdate would cause payment to be due on a Saturday Sunday orHoliday payment for the net purchase amount will be due tothe customer as follows

If such payment date falls on a Sunday or on a Holiday whichis observed on a Monday the payment date shall be the firstnon-Holiday day following such Sunday or Holiday If suchpayment date falls on a Saturday or on a Holiday which isobserved on Tuesday Wednesday Thursday or Friday thepayment date shall be the last non-Holiday day precedingsuch Saturday or Holiday

Further if any portion of the net purchase amount isreceived by the customer after the payment date or if anyportion of the net purchase amount is received by thecustomer in funds which are not immediately available to thecustomer then a late payment penalty shall be due thecustomer The late payment penalty shall be the due portionof the net purchase amount received after the payment datetimes a late factor The late factor shall be the lessorof

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 -----

I~-----rsquo-mdash-rdquo-rdquo ldquorsquo - ~ ldquo~$

i 1 i- - -~

4 k ~ lc~fj

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 144

8 Billinq and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

855 Purchase of Accounts Receivable (Centrsquod)

(C) Payment of Net Purchase Amount To Customer (Centrsquod)

(a) the highest interest rate (in decimal value) which maybe levied by law for commercial transactions in thestate for the number of days from the payment date toand including the date that the Telephone Companyactually makes the payment to the customer or

(b) 0000590 per day compounded daily for the number ofdays from the payment date to and including the datethat the Telephone Company actually makes the payment tothe customer

Any late payment penalty will be included with the nextTelephone Company payment to the customer

(3) Also if any adjustment that reduces an End User balance dueis received by the Telephone Company from the customer afterthe date the Telephone Company billed the charges to beadjusted to the End User plus 45 days then a late paymentpenalty shall be due the Telephone Company The late paymentpenalty shall be the adjustment amount times a late factorThe late factor shall be the lessor of

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 145

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billing and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

855 Purchase of Accounts Receivable (Centrsquod)

(c)

(D)

Payment of Net Purchase Amount To Customer (Centrsquod)

(a) The highest interest rate (in decimal value) which maybe levied by law for commercial transactions in thestate for the number of days from the billed plus dateto and including the date that the Telephone Companyposts the End User account or

(b) 0000590 per day compounded daily for the numberof days from the billed plus date to and including thedate that the Telephone Company posts the End Useraccount

Any late payment penalty will be included with the adjustmentmade by the Telephone Company to the customerrsquos Total CurrentAmount Billed

Nettinq of Net Purchase Accounts With Customer AccessService Charges

When a payment from a customer to the Telephone Company forAccess Service other than for Billing and Collection Servicesis due on the same payment date that a net purchase amount isdue from the Telephone Company to the customer the TelephoneCompany with notice to the customer of at least 31 days maynet the two payments The Telephone Company will pay the netamount to the customer on the payment date when such net amountis due the customer or require the amount is due the TelephoneCompany If either party does not made the payment on thepayment date a late payment penalty as set forth in 855C (a)or (b) applies

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 -Original Page 146

8 Billing and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

856 Auditing

Upon reasonable written notice by the customer to theTelephone Company the customer shall have the rightthrough its authorized representative to examine andoraudit during normal business hours and at reasonableintervals as determined by the Telephone Company all suchrecords and accounts as may under recognized accountingpractices contain information bearing upon the recording ofmessages rating billing and collecting for amounts payableto the customer

Adjustment shall be made by the proper party to compensatefor any errors or omissions disclosed by such examinationandor audit Neither such right to examine andor audit northe right to receive such adjustment shall be affected by anystatement to the contrary appearing on checks or otherwiseunless such statement expressly waiving such right appears ina letter signed by the authorized representatives of theparty having such right and delivered to the other party

All information received or reviewed by the customer or itsauthorized representative is to be considered confidentialand is not to be distributed provided or disclosed in anyform to anyone not involved in the audit nor is suchinformation to be used for any other purpose

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdash-mdash mdash- -_

ilsquo3-~~ ldquoldquolt i

-i -= L+

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billinq and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 147

857 Billinq Arrangements When the Telephone CompanyActs as Agent for the Customer

When the Telephone Company agrees to act as billing agent forthe customer the billing service payment arrangements andownership of the accounts receivable will be as follows

(A)

(B)

(c)

The billing services including the collection from EndUsers of monies for the customer accounts receivable thatarise from bills rendered by the Telephone Company to thatcustomerrsquos End Users provided by the Telephone Company willbe as set forth in 83 and 84

For the customer accounts receivable that arise from billsrendered by the Telephone Company to that customerrsquos EndUsers the Total Current Amount Billed and the RecourseAdjustments will be determined as set forth in 855 Thepayment of the net monies due the customer will be handledas set forth in 855C

The ownership of the customer accounts receivable will notbe transferred by the customer to the Telephone CompanyWhen the customer discontinues Billing Service providedunder this tariff and the Telephone Company is acting asbilling agent for the customer the Telephone Company willdetermine and make a final payment to the customer as setforth in 857B This final payment shall be considered tobe all of the remaining monies due the customer for thebills rendered to the customerrsquos End Users by the TelephoneCompany When the Telephone Company discontinues billingthe customerrsquos end users for customer services any depositsfor customer services will be returned to the appropriateEnd User in accordance with the Telephone Companyrsquos finalbilling procedures

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

----~rdquo- -~i j ilsquoldquo

k imdash L-iJ

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 148

ACCESS SERVICE

9 Additional Engineering Additional Labor and Miscellaneous Services

In this section normally scheduled working hours are an employeesscheduled work period on any given business days which totals eight (8)hours

91 Additional Engineering

Additional Engineering will be provided by the Telephone Company at the request of the customer when

(A) A customer requests additional technical information after the Telephone Company has already provided the technical information normally included on the DeSign Layout Report (DLR) as set forth in 613 and 716 preceding

(B) Additional engineering time is incurred by the Telephone Company to engineer a customers request for a customized service as set forth in 72 preceding

The Telephone Company will notify the customer that additional engineering charges will apply before any additional engineering is undertaken

911 Charges for Additional Engineering

The charges for additional Engineering are as shown in 124(A)

92 Additional Labor

Additional labor is that labor requested by the customer on a given service and agreed to by the Telephone Company The TelephoneCompany will notify the customer that additional labor charges will apply before any additional labor is undertaken Additional labor charges apply to the services described in Sections 921 through926

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 11788Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED I HJ 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 149

~

ACCESS SERVICE

9 Additional Engineering Additional Labor and Miscellaneous Services

92 Additional Labor (Contd)

921 Overtime Installation

Overtime installation is that Telephone Company installation effort outside of normally scheduled working hours

922 Overtime Repair

Overtime repair is that Telephone Company maintenance effort performed outside of normally scheduled working hours

923 Stand By

Stand by includes all time in excess of one-half (12) hour during which Telephone Company personnel stand by to made installation acceptance tests or cooperative tests with a customer

924 Testing and Maintenance with Other Telephone Companies

Additional labor charges apply for additional testingmaintenance or repair of facilities which connect to facilities of other telephone companies This is in addition to the normal effort required to test maintain or repair facilities provided solely by the Telephone Company

925 Testing Services

Testing Services other than those described in other parts of this tariff will be provided at the hourly rates described if requested by the customer Testing will be provided subject to the availability of equipment and qualified personnel

926 Other Labor

Other labor is that additional labor incurred to accommodate a specific customer request that involves labor which is not covered by any other section of this tariff It also covers additional labor necessary to meet customer requests as described in Section 5

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 27B Freedom Wyoming 83120

rmiddot FI LED

I HI 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

bull

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 150

ACCESS SERVICE

9 Additional Engineering Additional Labor and Miscellaneous Services

92 Additional Labor (Contd)

927 Charges for Additional Labor

The charges for additional labor are shown in 124(8)

93 Miscellaneous Services

931 Maintenance of Service

(A) When a customer reports a trouble to the Telephone Companyfor clearance and the trouble is not in the TelephoneCompanys facilities the customer shall be responsible for p~ment of a Maintenance of Service charge for the period of time from when Telephone Company personnel are dispatched to the customers premises to when the work is compl eted

(8) The charges for Maintenance of Service are shown in 124(C)

Issued 12187

~

Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

Effective 1188

FI LED

I UJ 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 30 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 151 _

ACCESS SERVICE

10 Special Construction

101 General

This section addresses special construction of Teleplone Companyfacilities which are used to provide services offered under this tariff

When special construction is required as described in 102 following the provisions of this section apply in addition to regulations rates and charges as set forth in other sections of this tariff

Regulations and rates will be added to this tariff for each specific application of Special Construction The customer will provide written authorization to the Telephone Company prior to the commencement of any Special Construction

102 Conditions Requiring Special Construction

Special construction is required when suitable facilities are not available to meet a customers order for service and one or more of the following conditions exist

- The Telephone Company has no other requirement for the facilities const~ucted at the customers request

- The customer requests that service be furnished using a type of facility or via a route other than that which the TelephoneCompany would otherwise utilize in furnishing the requested service

- The customer requests the construction of more facilities than are required to satisfy its order for service

- The customer requests construction be expedited resulting in added cost to the Telephone Company

- The customer requests that temporary facilities be constructed until permanent facilities are available

Issued 121787 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120 F I LED

I A~ 1 1988

Public Service Commission of WyominR

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Si1yener Star Telephone Company Or1g1nal Page 152

ACCESS SERVICE

11

111 local Transport Interface Groups

Interface Group 1 1s prov1ded w1th Type C Transm1ss10n Specificat1ons and Interface Groups 2 through 10 are prov1ded w1th Type A or B Transm1ss10n Spec1f1cat10ns depend1ng on the Feature Group and whether the Access Service is routed d1rectly or through an access tandem All Interface Groups are provided with Data Transission Parameters

Only certa1n pr8lises interfaces are available at the customer designated preMises The prem1ses 1nterfaces associated with the Interface Groups laY vary among Feature Groups The various preises interfaces wh1ch are ava1lable w1th the Interface Groupsand the Feature Groups with wh1ch they may be used are set forth 1n 1111 follow1ng shy

1111 Interface Group 1

Interface Group I except as set forth 1n the following prQvides two-w1re -vo1ce frequency transm1ss10n at the point of tenl1nation at the customers prem1ses The interface 1s capable of transmission of voice and assoc1ated telephone signals w1thin the frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz

Interface Group 1 is not provided in assoc1at10n w1th FGC and FGD when the first po1nt of switch1ng 1s an access tandem In addition Interface Group 1 1s not provided in association with FGB FGC or FGD when the first p01nt of switching provides only four-wire terminations

The transmission path between the point of term1nation at the customer deSignated premises and the first point of switchingMay be comprised of any form or configuration of plant capable of any typ1cally used in the telecommunications industry for the transmission of voice and associated telephone signals with1n the frequency of 300 to 3000 Hz

liiiid 12117 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 171)88S1lver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyom1 ng 83120

1 FILED

1 U 1 1988

9uMic Service Commission of Wyomint

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 ~

Silver Star Telephone Ccapany Original Page 153 I

ACCESS SERVICE

111 Locl Transpgrt Interface Groups (Contd)

1111 Interface Group 1 (Contd)

The interface is provided with loop supervisory signaling When the interface is associated with FGA such signalingwill be loop start or ground start signaling When the interface is associated with FGB FGC or FGD such signaling except for two-way calling which is ELM signaling will be reverse battery signaling

1112 Interface Group 2

Interface Group 2 provides four-wire voice frequency transmission at the pOint of termination at the customer designated premises The interface is capable of transmission of voice and associated telephone signals within the frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz

The transmission path between the pOint of termination at the customer designated premises and the first pOint of switching may be comprised of any form or configuration of plant capable of and typically used in the te1ecOlmUnications industry for the transmission of voice and associated telephone signals within the frequency

bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz

The interface is provided with loop supervisory signaling When the interface is associated with FGA such signalingwill be loop start or ground start signaling

When the interface is associated with FGB FGC or FGD such signaling except for two-way calling which is ELM signalingwill be reverse battery signaling

IsiUid 12181 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective tt88Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyom1 ng 83120

Fl LED AN 1 1988

Mit SaMce Commission of Wyomiq

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silwer Star TelephoM COIIIPlny Original Page 154

ACCESS SERVICE

11

111 Local Transport Interface Groups (Contd)

1113 Interface Group 3

Interface Group 3 provides group level analog transmission at the point of termination at the customer designatedpremises The interface is capable of transmitting electrical signals between the frequencies of 60 to 108 kKzwith the capability to channelize up to 12 voice frequency transmission paths Certain frequencies within the bandwidth of the Interface Group are reserved for TelephoneCQlpany use eg pilot and carrier group alarm tones Before the first point of switching the Telephone Companywill provide multiplex equipment to derive 12 transmission paths of frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz

The interface is provided with individual transmission path SF supervisory signaling

1114 Interface Group 4

Interface Group 4 provides supergroup level analog transmission at the point of termination at the customer deSignated premises The interface is capable of transmitting electrical Signals between the frequencies of 312 to 552 kHz with the capability to channelize up to 60 voice frequency transmission paths Certain frequencies within the bandwidth of the Interface Group are reserved for Telephone Company use eg pilot and carrier group alarm tones Before the first point of switching the TelephoneCompany will provide multiplex and channel bank equipment to derive 60 transmission paths of frequency bandwidth of approxilllltely 300 to 3000 Hz

The interface is provided with individual transmission path SF supervisory signaling

1iiiii3 11187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

JAN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of WYOMing

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 snr Star Telephone CCJlPany Original Page 155

11

ACCESS SERVICE

111 Locll Transport Interface Groups (Contd)

1115 Interface Group 5

Interface Group 5 provides mastergroup level analog transmission at the pOint of termination at the customer designated premises The interface is capable of transa1tt1ng electrical signals between the frequencies of 564 to 3084 kHz with the capability to channelize up to 600 voice frequency transmission paths Certain frequencies within the bandwidth of the Interface Group are reserved for Telephone Company use eg pilot and carrier group alarm tones Before the first pOint of switching the TelephoneCQIP4ny will provide multiplex and channel bank equipment to derive 600 tranSMission paths of frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz

The interface is provided with individual transmission path SF supervisory signaling

1116 Interface Group 6

Interface Group 6 provides OSl level digital transmission at the point of termination at the customer designated p~1ses The interface is capable of transmitting electrical signals at a nominal 1544 Mbps with the capability to channelize up to 24 voice frequency transmission paths Before the first point of switching when analog switching utilizing analog terminations is provided the Telephone Company will provide multiplex and channel bank equipment to derive 24 transmission paths of a frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz When digital switching or analog switching with digital carrier terminations is provided the Telephone Company will provide at the first pOint of switching a OSl signal in 0304 format

The interface is provided with individual transmission path bit streaa supervisory signaling

tiiiid 121f1 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyom1 ng 83120

FI LED

JAN 1 1988

NIIic ServIce Commission of Wymnimiddot1tI j

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Snver Star Telephone CCllPlny Original Page 156

ACCESS SERVICE

11

111 Local Transpgrt Interface Groups (Contd)

11 1 7 Interface Group 7

Interface Group 7 provides OSIC level digital transmission at the point of termination at the customer designatedpreises The interface is capable of transmitting electrical signals at a nominal 3152 Mbps with the capability to channelize up to 48 voice frequency transmission paths Before the first point of switching when analog switching utilizing analog terminations is provided the Telephone Company will provide multiplex and channel bank equ1~ent to derive up to 48 voice frequency transmission paths of a frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz When digital switching or analog switching with digital carrier terminations is provided the TelephoneCQlpAny will provide at the first pOint of switching OSI signals in 0304 format

The interface is provided with individual transmission path btt streu supervisory signaling

111 8 Interface Group 8

Interface Group 8 provides OS2 level digital transmission at the point of termination at the customer designatedpraises The interface is capable of tranSlllitting electrical Signals at a nominal 6312 Mbps with the capability to channelize up to 96 voice frequency tran5lliss1on paths Before the first point of switching when analog switching utilizing analog terminations is provided the Telephone Company will provide multiplex and channel bank equipment in its office to derive up to 96 trans1ss1on paths of a frequency bandwidth of approx1ately 300 to 3000 Hz

Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyom1 ng 83120

FI LE 0

UN 1 t988

Putdic Service Commi of Wyontiq

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Snver Star Telephone COIIpany Original Page 157

ACCESS SERVICE

11

111 L9Sa1 Transport Interface Groups (Contd)

1118 Interface Group 8 (Contd)

When digital switching or analog switching with digitalcarrier terminations is provided the Telephone Company will provide at the first pOint of switching OSl Signals in D3D4 f011lllt

The interface is provided with individual transmission path bit stream supervisory signaling

1119 Interface Group 9

Interface Group 9 provides OS3 level digital transmission at the point of termination at the customer designatedpremises The interface is capable of transmitting electrical Signals at a nominal 44736 Mbps with the capability to channelize up to 672 voice frequency transission paths Before the first point of switching when analog switching utilizing analog terminations is provided the Telephone Company will provide multiplex and channel bank equiPMent to derive up to 672 transmission paths of a frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 300 Hz When digital switching or analog switching with digital carrier terminations is provided the TelephoneCompany will provide at the first pOint of switching OSl signals in 0304 format

The interface is provided with individual transmission path bit strea supervisory signaling

11110 Interface Group 10

Interface Group 10 provides OS4 level digital transmission at the point of termination at the customer designatedpremises

tsiUia 12117 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 11188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILED I 1 A~ 1 1988

PubHc Service Commission of Wyoming J

l

middotn bull j

ur1g1na1 page 158

ACCESS SERVICE

11

111 Local Transport Interface Groups (Contd)

11110 Interface Group 10 (Contd)

The interface is capable of transmitting electrical signals at at nominal 274176 Mbps with the capability to channelize up to 4032 voice frequency transmission paths Before the first point of switching when analog switching ut111z1nganalog terminations is provided the Telephone Company will provide multiplex and channel bank equipment to derive up to 4032 transmission paths of a frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz When digital switching or analog switching with digital carrier terminations is provided the Telephone Company will provide at the first point of switching OSl signals in 0304 format The interface is provided with individual transmission path bit stream supervisory signaling

11111 Available Premises Interface Codes

Following isa matrix showing for each Interface Groupwhich premises interface codes are available as a function of the Telephone Company switch supervisory signaling and Feature Group For explanations of these codes see the Glossary of Channel Interface Codes in 731 following

Issiid 121787 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyom1 ng 83120

FI LED 1 HI 1 lq88

PublicSerlice Commission

-----_of W10ming

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3

n Snver Star Telephone COIIPany Original Page 159 ACCESS SERVICE

111 Local Transport Interface Groups (Contd)

11111 Available Premises Interface Codes (Contd)

Interface Telephone Company Premises Feature GroupIyp Switch Supervisory Signaling Interface Code ABC 0

1 La 2LS2 x lO 2lS3 x GO 2GS2 x GO 2GS3 x la GO 20X3 x la GO 4EA3-E x la GO 4EA3-M x La GO 6E83-E x lO GO 6E83-M x RV EA EB EC 20X3 x x x RV EA EB EC 4EA3-E x x x RV EA EB EC 4EA3-M x x x RV EA EB EC 6E83-E x x x RV EA EB EC 6EB3-M x x x EA EB EC 6EC3 x x RV 2RV3-0 x x x RV 2RV3-T x x x

2 LOt GO 4SF2 x la GO 4SF3 x lO 4lS2 x lO 4lS3 x lO 6lS2 x GO 4GS2 x GO 4GS3 x GO 6GS2 x la GO 4DX2 x la GO 40X3 x LOt GO 6EA2-E x la GO 6EA2-M x LOt GO 8E82-E x LOt GO 8EB2-M x la GO 6EX2-M X

IssUitJ 121S Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILED

JAN 1 1988

Putflic servtC8 ~mmissioft of WyoM~

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Sl1ver Star Telephone Ccapany Original Page 160n ACCESS SERVICE

11 Interfaces and echnical

111 Local Trans22rt Interface Grou~s (Contd)

11111 Available Premises Interface Codes (Contd)

Interface Telephone Company Premises Feature Group afOUl Switch SU2ervisorl Signaling I nterface Code A B C 0

2 Contd RV EA EB EC 4SF2 X X X RV EA EB EC 4SF3 X RV EA EB EC 40X2 X X X RV EA EB EC 40X3 X RV EA EB EC 60X2 X RV EA EB EC 6EA2-E X X X RV EA EB EC 6EA2-M X X X RV EA EB EC 8EB2-E X X X RV EA EB EC 8EB2-M X X X EA EB EC 8EC2-M X X RV 4RV2-0 X X X RV 4RV2-T X X X

r RV 4RV3-0 X X RV 4RV3-T X X

I

3 LO GO 4AH5-B X RV EA EB EC 4AH5-B X X X

4 lO GO 4AH6-C X RV EA EB EC 4AH6-C X X X

5 LO GO 4AH6-D X RV EA EB EC 4AH6-D X X X

6 LOt GO 40S9-15 X lO GO 40S9-15l X RV EA EB EC 40S9-15 X X X RV EA EB EC 40S9-15l X X X

7 LOt GO 40S9-31 X RV EA EB EC 40S9-31 X X X LO GO 40S9-31l X RV EA EB EC 40S9-31l X X X

Issued 121S7 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LEDn JAN 1 1988

~ic Service Commission of WyomiAg

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 161

ACCESS SERVICE

11

111 Local Trans2ert Interface Grou~s (Contd)

11111 Available Premises Interface Codes (Contd)

Interface Telephone Company Premises Feature Group Group Switch Su~ervisory Signaling Interface Code A B C 0

8 LO GO 40S0-63 X LO GO 4DSO-63L X RV EA EB EC 40S0-63 X X X RV EA EB EC 4DSO-63L X X X

9 LO GO 40S6-44 X LO GO 40S6-44L X RV EA EB EC 40S6-44 X X X RV EA EB EC 40S6-44L X X X

10 LO GO 40S6-27 X LO GO 40S6-27L X I RV EA EB EC 40S6-27 X X X

RV EA EB EC 40S6-27L X X X

11112 Supervisory Signaling

- For Interface Groups 1 and 2

OX Supervisory Signaling EampM Type I Supervisory Signaling EampM Type II Supervisory Signaling or EampM Type III Supervisory Signaling

- For Interface Group 2

SF Supervisory Signaling or Tandem Supervisory Signaling

Issued 12187 Mr Relvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box Freedom Wyoming 83120

278

Fl LED

JAN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of WyOfttins

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 162

ACCESS SERVICE

11

111 Local Transport Interface Groups (Contd)

11112 Supervisory Signaling (Contd)

- For Interface Groups 6 through 10

These Interface Groups may at the option of the customer be provided with individual transmission path SF supervisory signaling where such signaling is available in Telephone Company central offices Generally such signaling is available only where the entry switch provides an analog ie non digital interface to the transport termination

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications

~ Following are descriptions of the three Standard I Transmission Specifications available with Switched Access Service Feature Groups The specific applications in terms of the Feature Groups and Interface Groups with which the Feature Group Standard Transmission Specifications are provided are set forth in 621(C) 622(C) 623(C) and 624(C) preceding

(A) Type A Transmission Specifications

Type A Transmission Specifications is provided with the following parameters

(1) Loss Deviation

The maximum Loss Deviation of the 1004 Hz loss relative to the Expected Measured Loss (EML) is plusmn 20 dB

isSued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

tAN I 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 163

ACCESS SERVICE

11

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(A) Type A Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(2) Attenuation Distortion

The maximum Attenuation Distortion in the 404 to 2804 Hz frequency band relative to the loss at 1004 Hz is -10 dB to +30 dB

(3) C-Message Noise

The maximum C-Message Noise for the transmission path at the route miles listed is less than or equal to

Route Miles C-Message Noise~ less than 50 32 dBrnCO 51 to 100 34 dBrnCO

101 to 200 37 dBrnCO 201 to 400 40 dBrnCO 401 to 1000 42 d8rnCO

(4) C-Notch Noise

The maximum C-Notch Noise utilizing a -16 d8mO holding tone is less than or equal to 45 dBrnCO

Issued 127187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

n FI LED(

JAN 1 1988

fublic Service Commission of Wyominlaquo

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 164

ACCESS SERVICE

11 Channel Interfaces

112 Transm1ss1on Specifications Switched Access Service

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(A) Type A Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(5) Echo Control

Echo Control identified as Equal Level Echo Path Loss and expressed as Echo Return Loss and S1ng1ngReturn Loss 1s dependent on the routing 1ewhether the service is routed directly from the customers pOint of terminat10n (POT) to the end office or via an access tandem It is equal to or greater than the following

Echo Return Loss Singing Return Loss

r POT to Access I Tandem 21 dB 14 dB

POT to End Office - Direct MA NA - Via Access

Tandem 16 dB 11 dB

(6) Standard Return Loss

Standard Return Loss expressed as Echo Return Loss and Singing Return Loss on two-wire ports of a four-wire point of termination shall be equal to or greater than

Echo Return Loss Singing Return Loss

5 dB 25 dB

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

UN 1 1988

PulJllc Service Commission of Wyom~AI

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 165

ACCESS SERVICE

11

112 Transaiss10n Specifications Switched Access Service

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications (Contld)

(8) Type B Transmission Specifications

Type B Transmission Specifications are provided with the following parameters

(1) Loss Deviation

The maximum Loss Deviation of the 1004 Hz loss relative to the Expected Measured Loss (EML) is ~ 25 dB

(2) Attenuation Distortion

The maximum Attenuation Distortion in the 404 to 2804 Hz frequency band relative to loss at 1004 Hz

~ is -20 dB to +40 dB

(3) C-Message Noise

The maximum C-Message Noise for the transmission path at the route miles listed is less than or equal to

C-Message Noise Route Mi les Type B1 Type B2

less than 50 32 dBrnCO 35 dBrnCO 51 to 100 33 dBrnCO 37 dBrnCO 101 to 200 35 dBrnCO 40 dBrnCO 201 to 400 37 dBrnCO 43 dBrnCO 401 to 1000 39 dBrnCO 45 dBrnCO

For Feature Groups C and D only Type B2 will be provided For Feature Groups A and Bt Type B1 or B2 will be provided as set forth in Technical Reference PUB 62500

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

rAN 1 middot1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 166

ACCESS SERVICE

11

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(B) Type B Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(4) C-Notch Noise

The maximum C-Notch Noise utilizing a -16 dBmO holding tone is less than or equal to 47 dBrnCO

(5) Echo Control

Echo Control identified as Impedance Balance for FGA and FGB and Equal Level Echo Path Loss for FGC and FGD and expressed as Echo Return Loss (ERL)and Singing Return Loss (SRL) is dependent on the routing ie whether the service is routed directly from the customers point of termination (POT) to the end office or via an access tandem The ERL and SRL also differ by Feature Group typeof termination and type of transmission path They are greater than or equal to the following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 167(

( ACCESS SERVICE

11

112 Transission Specifications Switched Access Service

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(B) T~pe B Transmission Specifications (Cont d)

(5) Echo Control (Contd)

Echo Return Loss Singing Return Loss

POT of Access Tandem - Terminated in

4-Wire Trunk 21 dB 14 dB - Terminated in

2-Wire Trunk 16 dB 11 dB

POT to End Office - Direct 16 dB 11 dB - Via Access Tandem( bull For FGB access 8 DB 4 dB

bull For FGC access (Effective 4-Wire transmission path at end office) 16 dB 11 dB

bull For FGC access (Effective 2-Wire transmission path at end office) 13 dB 6 dB

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILED ~

fAN 1 1988 I

PulJUc Service Commisso 1

of ~iq ~ r

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 168

ACCESS SERVICE

11

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(B) Type B Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(6) Standard Return Loss

Standard Return Loss expressed as Echo Return Loss and Singing Return Loss on two-wire ports of a four-wire point of termination shall be equal to or greater than

Echo Return Loss Singing Return Loss

5 dB 25 dB

(C) Type C Transmission Specifications

Type C Transmission Specifications are provided with the following parameters

(1) Loss Deviation

The maximum Loss Deviation of the 1004 Hz loss relative to the Expected Measured Loss (EML) is + 30 dB

(2) Attenuation Distortion

The maximum Attenuation Distortion in the 404 to 2804 Hz frequency band relative to loss at 1004 Hz is -20 dB to +55 dB

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILED

I AN 1 1988

Public Service Commissiot of Wyoming

Silver Star Telephone Company WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3

Original Page 169

ACCESS SERVICE

11

1121

(C)

Feature Groups A and B Type C1 forth in Technical Reference PUB 62500

Issued 12187

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

Standard Transmission Specifications (Contd)

Type C Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(3) C-Message Noise

The maximum C-Message Noise for the transmission path at the route miles listed is less than or equal to

Route Miles C-Message No1se Type C1 Type C2

less than 50 32 dBrnCO 38 dBrnCO 51 to 100 33 dBrnCO 39 dBrnCO 101 to 200 35 dBrnCO 41 dBrnCO 201 to 400 37 dBrnCO 43 dBrnCO 401 to 1000 39 dBrnCO 45 dBrnCO

(4) C-Notch Noise

The maximum C-Notch Noise~ utilizing a -16 dBmO holding tone is less than or equal to 47 dBrnCO

For Feature Groups C and 0 only Type C2 will be provided For or C2 will be provided as set

Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 11188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

fA~ 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WVOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 170

ACCESS SERVICE

11

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(C) Type C Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(5) Echo Control

Echo Control identified as Return loss and expressed as Echo Return loss and Singing Return loss is dependent on the routing iebullbull whether the service is routed directly from the customers point of termination (POT) to the end office or via an access tandem It is equal to or greater than the following

Echo Return loss Singing Return loss

POT to Access Tandem 13 dB 6 dB

POT to End Office - Direct 13 dB 6 dB - Via Access Tandem

(For FGB only) 8 dB 4 dB

1122 Data Transmission Parameters

Two types of Data Transmission Parameters iebullbull Type DA and Type DB are provided for the Feature Group arrangementsThe specific applications in terms of the Feature Groupswith which they are provided are set forth in 621(C) 622(C) 623(C) and 624(C) preceding Following are descriptions of each

For Feature Groups C and D only Type C2 will be provided For Feature Groups A and B Type C1 or C2 or C2 will be provided as set forth in Technical Reference PUB 62500

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

UN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 171

ACCESS SERVICE

11 Interface Groups Transmission Specifications Channel Interfaces Special Access Optional Features and Functions and Technical Specification Packages (Contd)

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

1122 Data Transmission Parameters (Contd)

(A) Data Transmission Parameters Type DA

(1) Signal to C-Notched Noise Ratio

The Signal to C-Notched Noise Ratio is equal to or greater than 33 dB

(2) Envelope Delay Distortion

The maximum Envelope Delay Distortion for the frequencYbands and route miles specified is

604 to 2804 Hz

less than 50 route miles 500 microseconds equal to or greater than 50

route miles 900 microseconds

1004 to 2404 Hz

less than 50 route miles 200 microseconds equal to or greater than 50

route miles 400 microseconds

(3) Impulse Noise Counts

The Impulse Noise Counts exceeding a 65 dBrnCO threshold in 15 minutes is no more than 15 counts

Issued 121787 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278

Effective 11188

Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LE 0

JAN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Original Page 172

ACCESS SERVICE

Silver Star Telephone Companyr-

1122

11

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

Data Transmission Parameters (Contd)

Data Transmission Parameters Type DA (Contd)

Intermodulation Distortion

The Second Order (R2) and Third Order (R3)Intermodulation Distortion products are equal to or greater than

Second Order (R2) 33 dB Third Order (R3) 37 dB

(5) Phase Jitter

The Phase Jitter over the 4-300 Hz frequency band is less than or equal to 5 degrees peak-to-peak

(6) Frequency Shift

The maximum Frequency Shift does not exceed -2 to +2 Hz

Data Transmission Parameters Type DB

(1) Signal to C-Notched Noise Ratio

The signal to C-Notched Noise Ratio is equal to or greater than 30 dB

Mr Melvin Rbull Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

1 HI 1 1988

Public Service Commissiof of Wyoming

(A)

(4)

(B)

Issued 12187

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Or1g1nal Page 173

( ~ ACCESS SERVICE

11

112 Transm1ssion Specifications Switched Access Service

1122 Data Transmission Parameters (Contd)

(B) Data Transmission Parameters Type DB Contd)

(2) Envelope Delay Distortion

The maximum Envelope Delay Distortion for the frequency bands and route miles specified 1s

604 to 2804 Hz

less than 50 route miles 800 microseconds equal to or greater than 50

route miles 1000 microseconds

1004 to 2404 Hz

less than 50 route miles 320 microseconds equal to or greater than 50

route miles 500 microseconds

(3) Impulse Noise Counts

The Impulse Noise Counts exceeding a 67 dBrnCO threshold in 15 minutes is no more than 15 counts

(4) Intermodulation Distortion

The Second Order (R2) and Third Order (R3)Intermodulation Distortion products are equal to or greater than

Second Order (R2) 31 dB Third Order (R3) 34 dB

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILEDI

I AN 1 1988

Public Service Commissiot of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 174

ACCESS SERVICE

11

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

1122 Data Transmission Parameters (Contd)

B Data Transmission Parameters Type DB Contd)

(5) Phase Jitter

The Phase Jitter over the 4-300 Hz frequency bank is less than or equal to 7 degrees peak-to-peak

(6) Frequency Shift

The maximum Frequency Shift does not exceed -2 to +2 Hz

113 Special Access Channel Interface and Network Channel Codes

This section explains the Channel Interface codes and Network Channel codes that the customer must specify when ordering Special Access Service Included is an example of which explains the specific characters of the code a glossary of Channel Interface codes impedance levels Network Channel codes and compatibleChannel Interfaces

Example If the customer specifies a NT Network Code and a 2DC8-3 Channel Interface at the customers premises the following is beingrequested

NT bull Metallic Channel with a Predefined Technical Specification Package (1)

2 bull Number of physical wires at customer premises DC bull Facility interface for direct current or voltage 8 =Variable impedance level 3 = Metallic facilities (DC continuity) for direct currentlow

frequency control signals or slow speed data (30 baud)

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

r---

FI LE 0

r AN 1 988

PUblic Service Commission of Wyoming ii

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Tele~hone Company Original Page 175

ACCESS SERVICE

11

1131

Code

AB shy

AC shy

CT shyDA shy

DB shy

r DC shy

Issued 12187

Glossary of Channel Interface Codes and Options

Option Oefinition

accept 20 Hz ringing signal at customers point of termination accepts 20 Hz ringing signal at customers end users pOint of termination Centrex Tie Trunk Termination date stream in Vf frequency band at customers end users point of termination data stream 1n VF frequency band at customers point of termination

10 VF for TG1 and TG2 43 VF for 43 Telegraph Carrier type signals TG1 and

TG2 direct current or voltage

1 monitoring interface with series RC combination (McCulloh format)

2 Telephone Company energized alarm channel 3 Metallic facilities (OC continuity) for direct

currentlow frequency control signals or slow speed data (30 baud)

Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

Effective 1188

F I LED

JAN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyomiltg

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3

f Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 176

I ACCESS SERVICE

11

113 s5cial Access Channel Interface and Network Channel C es (Contd)

1131 Glossary of Channel Interface Codes and Options (Contd)

Code Option Definition

DO - DATAPHONE Select-A-Station (and TABS)interface at customers point of termination

DE - DATAPHONE Select-A-Station (and TABS)interface at the customers end users point of termination

OS - digital hierarchy interface 15 1544 Mbps (OS1) format per PUB 41451 plus

04 15E 8-bit PCM encoded in one 64 Kbps of the

OS1 Signal15F 8-bit PCM encoded in two 64 kbps of the

OS1 Signal~ 15G 8-bit PCM encoded in three 64 kbps of the

OS1 signal15H 1411-bit PCM encoded in six 64 kbps of

the OS1 signal15J 1544 Mpbs format per PUB 41451 15K 1544 Mpbs format per PUB 41451 plus

extended framing format 15L 1544 Mpbs (OS1) with SF signaling27 274176 Mpbs (OS4)27L 274176 Mpbs (OS4) with SF signaling31 3152 Mbps (OS1C)31L 3152 Mbps (OS1C) with SF signaling44 44736 Mbps (OS3)44L 44736 Mbps (OS3) with SF signaling

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILE 0

I AN 1 988

Public Smice Commission of Wyomlrtl

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 177

ACCESS SERVICE

11

1131 Glossar1of Channel Interface Codes and OptionsContld

Code Option Definition

OS - 63 6312 Mbps (OS2)63L 6312 Mbps (OS2) with SF signaling

DU - digital access interface 24 24 kbps48 48 kbps56 560 kbps96 96 kbpsA 1544 Mpbs format per PUB 41451 B 1544 Mpbs format per PUB 41451 plus

04 C 1544 Mpbs format per PUB 41451 plus

extended framing format OX - duplex signaling interface at

customer1s point of termination OY - duplex signaling interface at

customers end users point of termination

EA - E Type 1 EampM Lead Signaling Customer at POT or customers end user at POT originates on E Lead

EA M Type 1 EampM Lead Signaling Customer at POT or customers end user at POT originates on MLead

EB - E Type II EampM Lead Signaling Customer at POT or customers end user at POT originates on E Lead

EB - M Type II EampM Lead Signaling Customer at POT or customers end user at POT originates on MLead

EC - Type III EampM Signaling at customer POT

Issued 12lIS7 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LE 0

I AN 1 988

Public Service Commission of WyomiAg

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 178

ACCESS SERVICE

11 Channel Interfaces and Technical

113 Special Access Channel Interface and Network Channel Codes (Contd)

1131 G10Ssar of Channel Interface Codes and Options(Contd

Code Option Definition

EX - A tandem channel unit signaling for loop start or ground start and customer supplies open end (dial tone etc)functions

EX - B tandem channel unit signaling for loop start or ground start and customer supplies closed end (dial pulSing etc) functions

GO - ground start loop signaling - open end function by customer or customerS end user

r GS - ground start loop signaling - closed end function by customer or customers end user

IA - EIA (25 pin RS-232)LA - end user loop start loop signaling shy

Type A OPS registered port open end LB - end user loop start loop signaling shy

Type BOPS registered port open end LC - end user loop start loop signaling shy

Type COPS registered port open end LO - loop start loop signaling - open end function by

customer or customers end user LR - 20 Hz automatic ringdown interface at customer

with Telephone Company provided PLAR LS - loop start loop signaling - closed end function

by customer or customers end user NO - no signaling interface transmission only

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

I AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyomi~

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 179

ACCESS SERVICE

11

1131 Glossary of Channel Interface Codes and Options (Contd)

Code Option Definition

PG - program transmission - no dc signaling1 nominal frequency from 50 to 15000 Hz 3 nominal frequency from 200 to 3500 Hz 5 nominal frequency from 100 to 5000 Hz 8 nominal frequency from 50 to 8000 Hz

PR protective relaying RV - 0 reverse battery signaling one way

operation originate by customer T reverse battery signaling one way

operation terminate function by customer or customers end user

SF - Single frequency signaling with VF band at either customer POT or customers end user POT

TF - telephotograph interface TT - telegraphteletypewriter interface at

either customer POT or customers end user POT

2 200 milliamperes3 30 milliamperes 6 625 milliamperes

TV - television interface 1 combined (diplexed) video and one audio

signal 2 combined (diplexed) video and two audio

signals 5 video plus one (or two) audio 5 kHz

signal(s) or one (or two) two wire 15 video plus one (or two) audio 15 kHz

signal(s) Available only for the transmission of audio tone protective relaying signals used in the protection of electric power systemsduring fault conditions

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

f AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyomlng

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 1BO1

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Interface and Network Channel Codes

1132 Impedance

The nominal reference impedance with which the channel will be terminated for the purpose of evaluating transmission performance

Value (ohms) Codes

110 0 150 1 600 2 900 3+

135 5 75 61 124 7

Variable B 100 9

+For those interface codes with a 4-wire transmission path at the customer designated POT rather than a standard 900 ohm impedance the code (3) denotes a customer provided transmission equipment termination Such terminations were provided to customers in accordance with the FCC Docket N 20099 Settlement Agreement

Issued 12t1S7 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

Effective llBB

FI LED

r AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 181(lt

(

ACCESS SERVICE

Channel Interfaces and Technical

11

Network Channel Codes

1133 Digital Hierarchy Channel Interface Codes (4DS)

Customers selecting the multiplexed four-wire DSX-1 or higher facility interface option at the customer designated premises will be requested to provide subsequent system and channel assignment data The various digital bit rates in the digital hierarhy employ the channel interface code 4DS8 4DSO or 40S6 plus the speed options indicated below

Interface Code and Speed Option

Nominal Bit Rate (Mbps)

DigitalHierarchy Level

4058-15 1544 051 4DS8-31 3152 OS1C 4050-63 6312 052 4056-44 44736 DS3 40S6-27 274176 DS4

1134 Service DesignatorNetwork Channel Code Conversion Table

The purpose of this table is to show the relationship between the service designator codes (eg bullbull VGC MT2 etc)and the network channel codes that are used for

Issued 121187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes PreSident Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

AN 1 1968

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 182~

(

ACCESS SERVICE

11

113 Special Access Channel Interface and Network Channel Codes (Contd)

1134 Code Conversion

Service Designator Code

MIC MIl MI2 MI3 TGC TG1 TG2 VGC VG1 VG2 VG3 VG4 VG5 VG6 VG7 VG8 VG9 VG10 VGll VG12 APC AP1 AP2 AP3 AP4 TVC TV1 TV2

Network Channel Code

MQNT NU NV NQNW NY LQ LB LC LD LE LF LG LH LJ LK LN LP LR PQ PE PF PJ PK TQTV TW

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LE 0

I ~N 1 1988

PubJic Service Commission of Wyoming

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3( Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 183

ACCESS SERVICE

11

1134 Code

Codes

Service Designator Code

DAl DA2 DA3 DA4 HCO HCl HCIC HC2 HC3 HC4

Network Channel Code

XA XB XG XH HS HC HD HE HF HG

Issued 121187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LE 0

JAN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming ~

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 184

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Codes

1135 Compatible Channel Interfaces

The following tables show the channel interface codes (CIs)which are compatible

(A) Metallic

Compatible CIs

20CS-1 20C8-2 20C8-3 20C8-3

40S8- 20C8-1 40S8- 20C8-2

(B) Telegraph Grade

Compatible CIs Compatible CIs

20B-10 10IA8 40B2-10 10IA8 2TT2-2 2TT2-2 4TT2-2 4TT2-2

20B2-43+ 10IA8 40B2-43+ 10IA8 2TT2-2 2TT2-6 2TT2-6 4TT2-2 4TT2-2

40S8- 10IA8 2TT2-2 2TT2-2 2TT2-2

2TT2-6 2TT2-3 2TT2-2 4TT2-2

4TT2-2 4TT2-6

2TT2-6 2TT2-6 4TT2-2 4TT2-2 4TT2-6

4TT2-6 2TT2-6

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

UN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming -shy

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 ~ Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 185

r ACCESS SERVICE

11

1135 Com2atible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(C) Voice Grade

Com2atible CIs Com2atible CIs Comeatible CIs

2AB2 2AC2 20B2 20A2 2LR2 2LR2

2AB3 2AC2 20B3 20A2 2LR3 2LR2

2CT3 20Y2 20X3 2LA2 2LS2 2LA2 40S8 2LB2 2LB2 40X2 2LC2 2LC2 40X3 2L03 40Y2 2LS2 2LS3 2LA2 4EA2-E 2LS3 2LB2~ 4EA2-M 2LC2 4SF2 2G02 2GS2 4SF3 2GS3 2N02 20A2 60X2 2N02 60Y2 2G03 2GS2 60Y3 2GS3 2N03 2N02 6EA2-E 2PR2 6EA2-M 2L02 2LS2 6EB2-E 2LS3 2TF3 2TF2 6EB2-M 6EB3-E 2L03 2LS2 8EB2-E 2LS3 8EB2-M 8EC2 90Y2 9DY3 9EA2 9EA3

See 1133 preceding for explanation

Issued 121187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

1188

Fl LED t AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 186

ACCESS SERVICE

11 Interface Groups Transmission Specifications Channel Interfaces S~ecial Access Optional Features and Functions and Technical Specification Packages (Contd)

113 S~ec1al Access Channel Interface and Network Channel Codes ( ontd)

1135 Compatible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

Voice Grade (Contd)

Compatible CIs Compatible CIs Compatible CIs

4AB2 2AC2 40S8- 2AC2 40S8- 40G2 4AB2 20A2 4lR2 4AC2 20Y2 4lS2 4SF2 2G02 4N02

2G03 4PR2 4AB3 2AC2 2GS2 4RV2-T

4AC2 2GS3 4SF2 4SF2 2LA2 4SF3

2LB2 4TF2 4AC2 2AC2 2LC2 60A2

4AC2 2L02 60Y2 2103 60Y3

40A2 40A2 2LR2 6EA2-E 40B2 20A2 2LS2 6EA2-M

2N02 2LS3 6EB2-E 2PR2 2N02 6EB2-M 40A2 2PR2 6GS2 40B2 2RV2-T 6lS2 4N02 2TF2 8EB2-E 4PR2 4AC2 8EB2-M 60A2 40A2 90Y2

40E2 90Y3 4003 20E2 40X2 9EA2

40E2 40X3 9EA3 40Y2 4EA2-E 4EA2-M

See 1133 preceding for explanation

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED I A~ 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIff NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 1B7

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Codes

1135 Com~atible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(C) Voice Grade (Contd)

Com~atible CIs Com~atible CIs Com~atible CIs

40X2 20Y2 40X2 BEB2-E 40X3 60Y2 2LA2 BEB2-M 60Y3 2LB2 90Y2 6EA2-E 2LC2 9DY3 6EA2-M 2L03 9EA2 6EB2-E 2LS2 9EA3 6EB2-M 2LS3 6LS3 2RV2-T 4DX3 2DY2 8EB2-E 4DX2 2LA2 8EB2-M

40Y2 2LB2 90Y2 4EA2-E 2LC2 90Y3 4EA2-M 2L03 9EA2 4LS2 2LS2 9EA3 4RV2-T 2LS3 4Sf2 2RV2-T 40Y2 20Y2 4SF3 40X2 40Y2 60Y2 40X3 60Y3 4DY2 6EA2-E 4EA2-E 6EA2-M 4EA2-M 6EB2-E 4LS2 6EB2-M 4RV2-T 6LS2 4SF2

4SF3

Issued 121S7 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 11BSSilver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

I ~ FI LE D

JAN 1 1988

Pultlic Service Commission of WyomLq

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 188

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Codes

1135 Compatible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(C) Voice Grade (Contd)

Compatible CIs Compatible CIs Compatible CIs

4EA2-E 2DY2 4EA3-E 2DY2 4G02 2G02 40Y2 4DY2 2G03 4EA2-E 4EA2-E 2GS2 4EA2-M 4EA2-M 2GS3 4SF2 4SF2 4GS2 6DY2 60Y2 4SF2 60Y3 60Y3 6GS2 6EB2-E 6EA2-E 6EB2-M 6EA2-M 4G03 2G02 8EB2-E 6E82-E 2GS2 8EB2-M 6EB2-M 2GS3 90Y2 8EB2-E 4GS2 90Y3 8EB2-M 4SF2

90Y2 6GS2 4EA2-M 2DY2 90Y3

4DY2 9EA2 4EA2-M 9EA3 4SF2 60Y2 60Y3 6EB2-E 6EB2-M 8E82-E 8EB2-M 90Y2 90Y3

Issued 121187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

JAN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyommg

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 189

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Codes

1135 ComQatible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(C) Voice Grade (Contd)

ComQatible CIs ComQatible CIs ComQatible CIs

4L02 2LS2 4LS3 2LA2 4SF2 2L03 2LS3 2LB2 2LR2 4LS2 2LC2 2LS2 4SF2 2L02 2LS3 6LS2 2L03 2RV2-T

4SF2 4AC2 4L03 2LS2 40Y2

2LS3 4N02 20A2 4LS2 4LS2 20E2 4RV2-Ti 4SF2 2N02 4SF2 6LS2 40A2 60Y2

40E2 60Y3 4LR2 2LR2 4N02 6GS2

4LR2 60A2 9OY2 4SF2 9OY3

4RV2-0 2RV2-T 4LR3 2LR2 4RV2-T 4SF3 20Y2

4LR2 4SF2 2G03 4SF2 2GS2

4SF2 2AC2 2GS3 4LS2 2LA2 20Y2 2LA2

2LB2 2GS2 2LB2 2LC2 2GS3 2LC2 2L02 2LA2 2L03 2L03 2LB2 2LR2

2LC2

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

r AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 190 ~

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Codes

1135 Com2atible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(C) Voice Grade (Contd)

Com~atible CIs Com~atible CIs Com2atible CIs

4SF3 2LS2 6DA 4DA2 6DY3 2DY2 2LS3 6DA2 4DY2 2RV2-T 6DY2 4DY2 6DX2 2DY2 6DY3 4EA2-E 4DY2 4EA2-M 4EA2-E 6EA2-E 2AC2 4GS2 4LR2 4EA2-M 2DY2 4LS2 4SF2 2LA2 4RV2-T 6DY2 2LB2 4SF2 6DY3 2LC2 4SF3 6EA2-E 2L03 6DY2 6EA2-M 2LS2 6DY3 6EB2-E 2LS3 6EB2-E 6EB2-M 2RV2-T 6EB2-M 8EB2-E 4AC2 6GS2 8EB2-M 4DY2 6LS2 9DY2 4EA2-E 9DY2 9DY3 4EA2-M 9DY3 9EA2 4LS2 9EA2 9EA3 4RV2-T 9EA3 4SF2

6DY2 2DY2 4SF3 4TF2 2TF2 4DY2 6DY2

4TF2 6DY2 6DY3 6EA2-E 6EA2-M

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

r AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

---------------------------------- ~-------- shy

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 191~

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Codes

1135 Com2atible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(C) Voice Grade (Contd)

Com~at i b 1e CIs Com~atible CIs Com2atible CIs

6EA2-E 6EB2-E 6EA2-M 60Y2 6EB3-E 2OY2 6EB2-M 60Y3 40Y2 6LS2 6EA2-M 4EA2-E 8EB2-E 6EB2-E 4EA2-M 8EB2-M 6EB2-M 4SF2 90Y2 6LS2 60Y2 90Y3 8EB2-E 60Y3

8EB2-M 6EA2-E 6EA2-M 2AC2 90Y2 6EA2-M

2OY2 90Y3 8EB2-E1 2LA2 8EB2-M 2LB2 6EB2-E 2OY2 90Y2 2LC2 40Y2 90Y3 2L03 4SF2 9EA2 2LS2 60Y2 9EA3 2LS3 60Y3 2RV2-T 6EB2-E 6EX2-A 2GS2 4AC2 6EB2-M 2GS3 4DY2 90Y2 2LS2 4EA2-E 90Y3 2LS3 4EA2-M 4GS2 4LS2 6EB2-M 2OY2 4LS2 4RV2-T 4DY2 4SF2 4SF2 4SF2 6GS2 4SF3 6DY2 6LS2

60Y3 6EB2-M 90Y2 90Y3

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

~ FI LED

I AN 1 f988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 192

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Codes

1135 Comeatible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(C) Voice Grade (Contd)

Comeatible CIs Comeatible CIs Comeatible CIs

6EX2-B 2G03 8EB2-E 2AC2 8EB2-M 2AC2 2LA2 2DY2 2DY2 2182 2LA2 2LA2 2LC2 2LB2 2LB2 2L02 2LC2 2LC2 2L03 2L03 2L03 2LR2 2LS2 2LS2 4LR2 2LS3 2LS3 4SF2 2RV2-T 2RV2-T ~ 4AC2 4AC2

6G02 2G02 4DY2 4DY2 2GS2 4LS2 4LS2 2GS3 4RV2-T 4RV2-T 4GS2 4SF2 4SF2 4SF2 4SF3 4SF3 6GS2 6DY2 6DY2

6DY3 6DY3 6L02 2LS2 6EB2-E 6EB2-E

2LS3 6EB2-M 6EB2-M 4LS2 6LS2 6LS2 4SF2 8EB2-E 8EB2-M 6LS2 8EB2-M 9DY2

90Y2 90Y3 6LS2 2LA2 90Y3

2LB2 2LC2 2L02 2L03 4SF2

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILE 0 JAN 1 1988 Ii

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 193

ACCESS SERVICE

11

113 Seocial Access Channel Interface and Network Channel Codes ( ontld)

1135 Compatible Channel Interfaces (Contld)

(C) Voice Grade (Contld)

Compatible CIs Compatible CIs Compatible CIs

8EC2 20Y2 90Y2 20Y2 9EA3 20Y2 40Y2 40Y2 40Y2 4EA2-E 60Y2 4EA2-E 4EA2-M 60Y3 4EA2-M 4SF2 90Y2 60Y2 60Y2 60Y3 60Y3 90Y3 20Y2 6EA2-E 6EA2-E 40Y2 6EA2-M 6EA2-M 60Y2 6EB2-E 6EB2-E 60Y3 6EB2-M 6EB2-M 90Y2 8EB2-E 8EB2-E 90Y3 8EB2-M 8EB2-M 90Y2 90Y2 9EA2 20Y2 90Y3 90Y3 40Y2 9EA3 9EA2 4EA2-E 9EA3 4EA2-M

60Y2 60Y3 6EA2-E 6EA2-M 6EB2-E 6EB2-M 8EB2-E 8EB2-M 90Y2 90Y3 9EA2 9EA3

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED t AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 194

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Codes

1135 Com2atible Channel Interfaces (Contld)

(0) Program Audio

Comeatible CIs Compatible CIs

Issued 121187

2PG2-1 2PG1-1 4DS8-1SE 2PG2-1

2PG2-3 2PGl-3 4DS8-1SF 2PG2-3

2PG2-S 2PG1-S 4DS8-1SG 2PG2-S

2PG2-8 2PGl-8 4DA8-1SH 2PG2-8

Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

2PGl-3 2PG2-3

2PG1-S 2PG2-S

2PGl-8 2PG2-8

2PG1-1 2PG2-1

Effective 1188

F I LED

f AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of WyomiRg

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 195

ACCESS SERVICE

11 Interface Groups Transmission Specifications Channel Interfaces s~ec1al Access Optional Features and Functions and Technical Specification Packages (Contd)

113 s~ecial Access Channel Interface and Network Channel Codes ( ontd)

1135 Compatible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(E) Video

CO2atible CIs Compatible CIs

2TV6-1 4TV6-15 4TV7-5 4TV6-5 4TV7-15 4TV7-5

2TV6-2 6TV6-15 4TV7-15 4TV6-1S 6TV7-1S 4TV7-1S

2TV7-1 4TV6-15 6TV6-S 6TV6-5 4TV7-15 6TV7-5

I ~ 2TV7-2 6TV6-1S 6TV6-15 6TV6-1S

6TV7-15 6TV7-15

4TV6-5 4TV6-5 6TV7-5 6TV6-5 4TV7-5 6TV7-5

4TV6-1S 4TV6-15 6TV7-15 6TV6-1S 4TV7-15 6TV7-1S

Issued 121187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILE 0

I AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyom inl

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 196

ACCESS SERVICE

11

113 seecial Access Channel Interface and Network Channel Codes ( ontd)

1135 Com~atible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(F) Digital Data

Com~atible CIs Compatible CIs Com~atible CIs

4058-15 4058-15+ 4DU5-24 4DU5-24 6DU5-24 6DU5-24 4DU5-24 4DU5-48 4DU5-48 4DU5-48 6DU5-48 6DU5-48 4DU5-56 4DU5-96 4DU5-96 4DU5-96 6DU5-56 6DU5-56 6DU5-24 6DU5-48 4DU5-56 4DU5-56 6DU5-96 6DU5-96 6DU5-96

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED 1 AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 197

ACCESS SERVICE

11

113 s ecial Access Channel Interface and Network Channel Codes e( ontd)

1135 Compatible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(G) High Capacity

Compatible CIs Compatible CIs

40S0-63 40S0-63 40S8-15J 40U8-A 40U8-A B or C 60U8-A 60U8-AB or C

40S8-15K 40U8-B 40S6-27 40S6-27 40U8-C

40U8-A B or C 60U8-B 60U8-A B or C 60U8-C

40S6-44 40S6-44 40S8-31 40S8-31 40U8-A B or C 40U8-A B or C 6DU8-A B or C 60U8-A B or C

40S8-15 4058-15+ 40U8-AB 40U8-B OR C 40U8-A B OR C 60U8-B

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILE 0

I AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of WYGf11lnl

-- ------ shy---~-

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 201

ACCESS SERVICE

11 Interface Groups~ Transmission Specifications Channel Interfaces Special Access Optional eatures and Functions and Technical Specification Packages (Contd)

115 and Functions

(E) Improved Return Loss

( 1) On Effective Four-Wire Transmission at Four-Wire Point of Termination (applicable to each two-wire port) Provides for a fixed 600 ohm impedance variable level range and simplex reversal Telephone Company equipment is required at the customers premises where this option is ordered The Improved Return Loss parameters are delineated in Technical Reference PUB 62501

(2) On Effective Two-Wire Transmission at Two-Wire Point of Termination Provides for more stringent Echo Control specifications In order for this option to be applicablethe transmission path must be four-wire at one POT and twoshywire at the other POT Placement of Telephone Companyequipment may be required at the customers premises with the two-wire POT The Improved Return Loss parameters are delineated in Technical Reference PUB 62501

(F) Data Capability (D) Conditioning

Data Capability provides transmission characteristics suitable for data communications Specifically Data Capability provides for the control of Signal to C-Notched Noise Ratio and intershymodulation distortion It is available for two-point services or three-point multipoint services The Signal to C-Notched Noise Ratio and intermodulation distortion parameter for Data Capabi 1ity are

- Signal to C-Notched Noise Ratio is equal to or greater than 32dB - Intermodulation distortion - Signal to second order modulation products (R2) is equal to

or greater than 38dB - Signal to third order modulation products (R3) is equal to or

greater than 42dB

When a service equipped with Data Capability is used for voice communications the quality of the voice transmission may not be satisfactory

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

I AN 1 1988

Public Service Commissien of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 198

ACCESS SERVICE

11

114 WATS Access Channel Interfaces and Network Channel Codes

This section explains the Channel Interface codes and Network Channel Codes that the customer must specify when ordering WATS Access Service An example which explains the specific characters of the codes a glossary of Channel Interface codes and impedancelevels are set forth in 113 preceding

1141 Service DesignatorNetwork Channel Code Conversion Table

The purpose of this table is to show the relationship between the service designator codes and the network channel codes that are used for WATS Access Service

Service Designator Network Channel Code Code

WAL (Standard amp Improved) SE

1142 Compatible Channel Interfaces

Compatible CIs Compatible CIs

2GS 2GS 4GS 2GS 2LS 2LS 4GS 4GS 4LS 4LS

2LS 2GS 4LS 2GS 2LS 2LS 4GS 4GS 4LS 4LS

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILE 0

f AN 1 986

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 199

ACCESS SERVICE

11

115 Special Access Voice Grade Optional Features and Functions and Technical Specifications Package

(A) Central Office Bridging Capability

(1) Voice Bridging (two-wire and four-wire)

(2) Data Bridging (two-wire and four-wire)

(3) Telephoto Bridging (two-wire and four-wire)

( 4) DATAPHONE Select-A-Station Bridging with sequentialarrangement ports or addressable arrangement ports

(5) Telemetry and Alarm Bridging

Split Band Active BridgingPassive BridgingSummation Active Bridging

(B) Central Office Multiplexing

Voice to Telegraph Grade An arrangement that converts a Voice Grade channel to Telegraph Grade channels using frequency division multiplexing

(C) Conditioning

Conditioning provides more specific transmission characteristics for Voice Grade services C-Type conditioningcontrols attenuation distortion and envelope delay distortion Sealing Current helps maintain continuity on dry metallic loops

For two-point services the parameters apply to each service For multipoint services the parameters apply to each mid-link or end link C-Type conditioning and Data Capability may be combined on the same service

Issued 1211787 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

I AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 200

~

ACCESS SERVICE

11

115 and Functions

(C) Conditioning (Contd)

(1) C-Type Conditioning

C-Type Conditioning is provided for the additional control of attenuation distortion and envelope delay distortion on data services The attenuation distortion and envelopedelay distortion specifications for C-Type Conditioning are

Attenuation Distortion Envelope Delay(Frequency Response) Distortion Relative to 1004 Hz Variation

Frequency --Variation Frequency (microshyRange ~ dB Range (Hz) seconds)

r ~ 1000-2600 100

400-2800 -10 to +20 800-2600 200 300-3000 -10 to +30 600-2600 300 3000-3200 -20 to +60 500-2800 600

500-3000 3000

(2) Sealing Current Conditioning

Sealing Current Conditioning is provided to help maintain continuity on dry metallic loops It is usuallyassociated with four-wire DA or NO type channel interfaces

(D) Customer Specified Premises Receive level

This option allows the customer to specify the receive level at the Point of Termination The level must be within a specific range on effective four-wire transmission The ranges are delineated in Technical Reference PUB 62501

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LE 0

I At1 1 T~88

Public Service CommiSSion of Wyoming

I

WYOMING PS~C TARIFF NO 3f Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 202

ACCESS SERVICE

11

115 Functions

(G) Telephoto Capability

Telephoto Capability provides transmission characteristic suitable for telephotographic communications SpecificallyTelephoto Capability is provided for the control of attenuation distortion and envelope delay distortion on telephotographic services The attenuation distortion and envelope delay distortion parameters for Telephoto Capabi11ty are

Attenuation Distortion Envelope Delay Distortion 1004 Hz Reference

Frequency Variation Frequency Variation Range (Hz) (dB) Range (Hz) (mcs)

500-3000 -05 to +15 1000-2600 110 300-3200 -10 to +25 800-2800 180

(H) Signaling Capability

Signaling Capability provides for the ability to transmit signals from one customer premises to another customer premises on the same service

(I) Selective Signaling Arrangement

An arrangement that permits code selective ringing for up to ten codes on a multipoint service

Issued 121187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LE 0

f AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 203

ACCESS SERVICE

11 Channel Interfaces and Technical

115 and Functions

(J) Transfer Arrangement

An arrangement that affords the customer an additional measure of flexibility in the use of their access channel(s) The arrangement can be utilized to transfer a leg of a Special Access Service to another channel that terminates in either the same or a different customer premises A key activated or dial-up control service is required to operate the transfer arrangement A spare channel if required s not included as part of the option

(K) Public Packet Switching Network (PPSN) Interface Arrangement

An arrangement that provides the interface requirements that permit a Voice Grade service to interface with a Public Packet Switching Network packet switch located in a Telephone Companypremises The interface is compatible with X25 and X75 packet switching protocols as defined by the CCITT

(l) Four-WireTwo Wire Conversions

When a customer requests that an effective four-wire channel be terminated with a two-wire channel interface at the customer1s designated premises a four-wire to two-wire conversion is required The rate for the conversion is included as part of the basic Channel Termination rate

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILE 0

I At-j 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyomiltg

- -

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 204

ACCESS SERVICE

11

115 S~ecial Access Voice Grade O~tional Features and Functions and Technical S~ecifications Package ~Contd~

The following table shows the technical specifications packageswith which the optional features and functions are available

Available with Technical S~ecifications Package VGshy

C 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 C-Type Conditioning X X X X X XX Central Office

Bridging Capability X X X X X X X Central Office

Multiplexing X X Customer Specified

Premises Receive Level X X X X X X

Data Capabil ity X X X X Improved Return Loss

For Effective Four-Wire Transmission X X X X X X X X X X X X X For Effective Two-Wire Transmission X X X X

PPSN Interface Arrangement X X

Sealing Current Conditioning X X

Selective Signaling Arrangement X X X X X X X

Signaling Capability X X X X X X X X Telophoto

Capabi1ity X X Transfer Arrangement X X X X X X X X X X X X X

Issued 121187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED I HI 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WVOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 205~

) ACCESS SERVICE

11

116 S2ecial Access Technical S2ecifications Packages

shy

Parameter Attentuation

Distortion C-Message Noise Echo Control Envelope Display

Distortion Frequency Shift Impluse Noise Intermodulation

Distortion Loss Deviation Phase Hits Gain

Hits and DropoutsPhase Jitter Signal-to-C

Message Noise Signal-to-C

Notch Noise

C 1 2 3 4 5 Package VGshy6 7 sect ~ 10 11 12

X X X

X X X

X X X

X X X

X X

X X X

X X

X X X

X X X

X X

X X

X X X

X X X

X X X X

X X X

X X X

X X X

X X X

X X X

X X X

X X X

X X X X X X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X X X X X X X X

X

X X X X X X X X X

The desired parameters are selected by the customer from the list of available parameters

The technical specifications for these parameters (except for dropouts gain hits and phase hits) are delineated in Technical Reference PUB 62501 and associated Addendum The technical specifications for dropouts phase hits and gain hits are delineated in Technical Reference PUB 41004 Table 4

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILE 0 IAN 1 1988

Public Service Commission

of Wyoming

Issued June 1 2020 Effective July 1 2020

Legal amp Regulatory Administrator

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

14th Revised Page 206

ACCESS SERVICE

12 Rates and Charges

All rates and charges for the services offered in this tariff are shown in this section

Reference is made for each rate element to the appropriate tariff paragraph where the

application of the service is described

121 Switched Access Service

(A) End Office

(1) Directory Assistance Information Surcharge 614(B)(4)

(a) Per 100 terminating access minutes

Effective July 1 2013 051300

Effective July 1 2014 000000

(b) Per 100 originating access minute 0513

(2) Local Switching 613(A)

(a) Per terminating access minute 00

(3) Local Transport

(a) Per originating access minute 03

(4) 800 Series Database Access Queries

Per query

(a) Basic 0055

(b) Vertical Feature 0061

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 202070006-119-TT-20

Issued June 1 2020 Effective July 1 2020

Legal amp Regulatory Administrator

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

8th Revised Page 2061

ACCESS SERVICE

12 Rates and Charges (Contrsquod)

121 Switched Access Service (Contrsquod)

(B) Transport

(1) Local Transport Facility ICB 613(A)

per access minute per mile

(2) Tandem Switched Transport

Tandem Switched Facility per

access minute per mile

(a) terminating 000581

(3) Tandem Switched Termination

(a) per access minute per 003014

termination

(C) Installation Charge per installation 15600 661(C)

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 202070006-119-TT-20

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

2nd Revised page 207

ACCESS SERVICE

12 Rates and Charges (Contrsquod)

122 Special Access Service Non-

Monthly Recurring

Rates Charges Source

(A) Channel Termination

(1) Voice Grade Channel

Two Wire Per Termination ICB 22300 712(A)(R)

Four Wire Per Termination ICB 22300 712(A)(R)

(B) Channel Mileage

(1) Channel Mileage Termination

Per Termination ICB NA 712(B)(R)

(C) Optional Features

As Ordered ICB ICB 712(C)

(D) Special Access Surcharge

Per Voice Grade Equivalent

Circuit 2500 733(A)

(E) Intrastate T1

Point to Point 37881

Issued June 1 2003 Mr Allen R Hoopes Effective July 1 2003

Vice President General Manager

President

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 201970006-113-TT-19

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

1st Revised Page 208

ACCESS SERVICE

12 Rates and Charges (Contrsquod)

123 Billing and Collection Service Rates Source

(A) Program Development

Basic Per Hour 8000 831(G)

Program Development

Premium Per Hour 10000 831(G)

(B) Special Order Charge

Per Order 10000 853(B)

Issued June 1 2003 Mr Allen R Hoopes Effective July 1 2003

President

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 201970006-113-TT-19

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

1st Revised Page 209

ACCESS SERVICE

12 Rates and Charges (Contrsquod)

124 Miscellaneous Services Overtime

Basic time outside

Scheduled scheduled

working hours working hours Source

(A) Additional Eng Periods

Per engineer frac12 hour

Or fraction thereof 2600 1900 91

(B) Additional Labor

Per technician frac12 hour

Or fraction thereof 2600 1500 92

(C) Maintenance of Service

Per technician frac12 hour

Or fraction thereof 2600 1500 93

125 Access Orders Rate

(A) Access Order Charge

Per Order 10000 52

(B) Order Change Charge

Per Order 10000 522

Issued June 1 2003 Mr Allen R Hoopes Effective July 1 2003

President

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 201970006-113-TT-19

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 6

ACCESS SERVICE

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Centrsquod)

6 SWITCHED ACCESS SERVICE (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations

661 Description and Application of Ratesand Charges

662 Minimum Period663 Measuring Access Minutes664 Mileage Measurement

7 SPECIAL ACCESS SERVICE

71 General

711 Channel Type712 Rate Categories713 Service Configurations714 Alternate Use715 Special Facilities Routing716 Design Layout Report717 Acceptance Testing718 Ordering Options and Conditions

72 Service Descriptions

721 Voice Grade Service

73 Rate Regulations

731 Types of Rates and Charges732 Minimum Period733 Surcharge for Special Access Service

734 Mileage Measurement

Page No

106

106109109115

116

116

116116119122122122122123

123

125

127

127128128

130

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~i~

mdashmdashmdash__ __~-j -7

t-E -JI

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

8 BILLING AND COLLECTION SERVICES

81

82

83

84

85

General Description

Recording Service

821 General Description

Message Billing Service

831 General Description

Other Billing Services

General Regulations

851 Liability of the Telephone Company852 Obligations of the Customer853 Ordering Services854 Mixed Intrastate and Interstate Services855 Purchase of Accounts Receivable856 Auditing857 Billing Arrangements When the

Telephone Company Acts as Agentfor the Customer

9 ADDITIONAL ENGINEERING ADDITIONAL LABOR ANDMISCELLANEOUS SERVICES

91 Additional Engineering

911 Charges for Additional Engineering

Original Page 7

Paqe No

131

131

131

131

133

133

136

136

136138139139140146

147

148

148

148

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

_ldquomdashmdashmdash

F~liD~

1

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Centrsquod)

9 ADDITIONAL ENGINEERING ADDITIONAL LABOR ANDMISCELLANEOUS SERVICES

92 Additional Labor

921922923924

925926927

Overtime InstallationOvertime RepairStand ByTesting and Maintenance withOther Telephone CompaniesTesting ServicesOther LaborCharges for Additional Labor

93 Miscellaneous Services

931 Maintenance of Service

10 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION

101 General

102 Conditions Requirinq Special Construction

11 INTERFACE GROUPS TRANSMISSION SPECIFICATIONSCHANNEL INTERFACES SPECIAL ACCESS OPTIONAL FEATURESAND FUNCTIONSAND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION PACKAGES

111 Local Transport Interface Groups

1111 Interface Group 11112 Interface Group 21113 Interface Group 31114 Interface Group 41115 Interface Group 51116 Interface Group 61117 Interface Group 71118 Interface Group 81119 Interface Group 911110 Interface Group 1011111 Available Premises Interface Codes11112 Supervisory Signaling

Original Page 8

148

149149149

149149149150

150

150

151

151

151

152

152

152153154154155155156156157157158161

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Pldquorsquorsquo-rdquo7-7

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 9

ACCESS SERVICE

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Centrsquod)

11Page No

INTERFACE GROUPS TRANSMISSION SPECIFICATIONSCHANNEL INTERFACES SPECIAL ACCESS OPTIONAL FEATURESAND FUNCTIONSAND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION PACKAGES (Centrsquod)

112

113

114

115

116

Transmission Specifications Switched AccessService

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications1122 Data Transmission Parameters

Special Access Channel Interface and NetworkChannel Codes

1131 Glossary of Channel Interface Codesand Options

1132 Impedance1133 Digital Hierarchy Channel Interface

Codes (4DS)1134 Service DesignatorNetwork Channel

Code Conversion Table1135 Compatible Channel Interfaces

WATS Access Channel Interfaces and NetworkChannel Codes

1141 Service DesignatorNetowrk ChannelCode Conversion Table

1142 Compatible Channel Interfaces

Special Access Voice Grade Optional Featuresand Functions and Technical Specificationsm

Special Access Technical SpecificationsPackaqes

162

162170

174

175180

181

181184

198

198198

199

205

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

F--rsquo~

t~$ ~ Ioqg

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 10

ACCESS SERVICE

12 RATES AND CHARGES

121 Switched Access Service

122 Special Access Service

123 Billing and Collection Service

124 Miscellaneous Services

125 Access Orders

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Centrsquod)

Page No

206

206

207

208

209

209

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

pi~~11rsquokl1 lnog

)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 11

ACCESS SERVICE

CONCURRING CARRIERS

NO CONCURRING CARRIERS

CONNECTING CARRIERS

NO CONNECTING CARRIERS

OTHER PARTICIPATING CARRIERS

NO OTHER PARTICIPATING CARRIERS

REGISTERED SERVICE MARKS REGISTERED TRADEMARKS

None None

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278 ~mdashmdashFreedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 12

(c) - To(D) - To(I) - To(M) - To(N) - To(R) - To(s) - To(T) - To(z) - To

LANIATampTBDBHMCcoCentrsquodCPEDAdBdBrnCdBrnCOdBvdBvldcEASEDDELEPLEMLEPLERLESSESSXfFIDFCCFX

signifysignifysignifysignifysignifysignifysignifysignifysignify

ACCESS SERVICE

EXPLANATION OF SYMBOLS

changed regulationdiscontinued rate or regulationincreasematter relocated without changenew rate or regulationreductionreissued mattera change in text but no change in rate or regulationa correction

EXPLANATION OF ABBREVIATIONS

Alternating currentActual Measured LossAutomatic Number IdentificationAmerican Telephone and Telegraph CompanyBusiness DayBusy Hour Minutes of CapacityCentral OfficeContinuedCustomer Provided EquipmentDirectory AssistancedecibelDecibel Reference Noise C-Message WeightingDecibel Reference Noise C-Message Referenced to ODecibel(s) relative to 1 volt (reference)Decibel(s) relating to 1 volt (reference)direct currentExtended Area ServiceEnvelope Delay DistortionEqual Level Echo Path LossExpected Measured LossEcho Path LossEcho Retrun LossElectronic Switching SystemElectronic Switching System ExchangefrequencyField IdentifierFederal Communications CommissionForeign Exchange

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

[i=-Ii

mdashldquomdashmdash

Ijmdash

=[-m

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 13

ACCESS SERVICE

EXPLANATION OF ABBREVIATIONS

HzIcICBICLkbpskHzLATAMaMbpsMHzMMUCMRCMTMTSNPANRCNTSNXXOTPLPBXPCMPOTrmsRSMRSSSRLSSNSwcTESTLPTSPSUsocVGVampHWATS

HertzInterexchange CarrierIndividual Case BasisInserted Connection LossKilobits per secondkilohertzLocal Access and Transport AreamilliamperesMegabits per secondMegahertzMinimum Monthly Usage ChargeMonthly Recurring ChargeMetallicMessage Telecommunications Service(s)Numbering Plan AreaNonrecurring ChargeNon-Traffic SensitiveThree-Digit Central Office CodeZero Transmission Level PointPrivate Branch ExchangePulse Code ModulationPoint of Terminationroot-mean-squareRemote Switching ModulesRemote Switching SystemsSinging Return LossSwitched Service NetworkServing Wire CenterTelephone Exchange Services(s)Transmission Level PointTraffic Service Position SystemUniform Service Order CodeVoice GradeVertical amp HorizontalWide Area Teleccmnunications Service(s)

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 27BFreedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 14

ACCESS SERVICE

REFERENCE TO OTHER TARIFFS

Whenever reference is made in this tariff to other tariffs of the TelephoneCompany the reference is made to the tariffs in force as of the effectivedate of this tariff and to amendments thereto and successive issues thereof

REFERENCE TO TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS

The following technical publications are referenced in this tariff andmay be obtained from Bell Communications Research Inc Distribution Stora9eCenter 60 New England Avenue Picataway New Jersey 08854-4196 (201) 981-5600

Technical Reference

1 PUB 41004Issued October 1973 Available October 1973

2 PUB TR-NPL-OO0334Issued June 1986 Available November 1986

3 PUB TR-NPL-OO0335Issued June 1986 Available November 1986

The following technical publication is referenced in this tariff and may beobtained from the Bell System for Technical Education Room F214 6200 Route53 Lisle IL 60532

Telecommunications Transmission EngineeringVolume 3 - Networks and Services (Chapter 6 and 7)Second Edition 1980Issued June 1980 Available June 1980

The following technical publication is referenced in this tariff and may beobtained from the National Exchange Carrier Association Inc Group Manager -Tariff Administration 100 S Jefferson Road Whippany NJ 07981 and theFederal Communication Commission]s commercial contractor

PUB AS No 1 Issue IIIssued May 1984 Available May 1984

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO EOX278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

_ _mdashmdash

f=]~j~)

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 15

ACCESS SERVICE

1 Application of Tariff

11 This tariff contains regulations rates and charges applicableto the provision of Carrier Common Line Switched AccessSpecial Access and Billing and Collection Serviceshereinafter referred to collectively as service(s) provided bySilver Star Telephone Company to Customers

12 The provision of such services by the Telephone Company as set forthin this tariff does not constitute a joint undertaking with thecustomer for the furnishing of any service

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278

F

mdash mdash---mdash -Freedom Wyoming 83120 ~ ~_a ~ ~ ~

I

I)l f 1-O

tPublirlsquordquordquo ~ 1

L-__Qldquo-J

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 16Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations

21 Unclertakinq of the Telephone Company

211 Scope

(A) The Telephone Company does not undertake to transmitmessages under this tariff

(B) The Telephone Company shall be responsible only for theinstallation operation and maintenance of the services itprovides

(C) The Telephone Company wil1 for maintenance purposes testits services only to the extent necessary to detect andorclear troubles

(D) Services are provided 24 hours daily seven days per weekexcept as set forth in other applicable sections of thistariff

(E) The Telephone Company does not warrant that its facilitiesand services meet standards other than those set forth inthis tariff

212 Limitations

(A) The customer may not assign or transfer the use ofservices provided under this tariff however where thereis not interruption of use or relocation of the servicessuch assignment or transfer may be made to

(1) another customer whether an individual partnershipassociation or corporation provided the assignee ortransferee assumes all outstanding indebtedness forsuch services and the unexpired portion of theminimum period and the termination liabilityapplicable to such services if any or

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

1st Revised Page 17

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

21 Undertaken u of the Telephone Com~anv (Control)

212 Limitations (Centrsquod)

(2) a court-appointed receiver trustee or otherperson acting pursuant to law in bankruptcyreceivership reorganization insolvencyliquidation or other similar proceedingsprovided the assignee or transferee assumes theunexpired portion of minimum period and thetermination liability applicable to suchservices if any

In all cases of assignment or transfer thewritten acknowledgment of the Telephone Companyis required prior to such assignment or transferwhich acknowledgement shall be made within 15days from the receipt of notification Allregulations and conditions contained in thistariff shall apply to such assignee ortransferee

The assignment or transfer of services does notrelieve or discharge the assignor or transferorfrom remaining jointly or severally liable withthe assignee or transferee for any obligationsexisting at the time of the assignment ortransfer

(B) The use and restcrationof services shall be provided ona first-come first-served baeis The use andrestoration of services shall be in accordance with Part64 Subpart D Appendix A of the Federal CommunicationsCommissionrsquos Rules and Regulations which specifies thepriority system for such activities

Issued 04992 Mr Allen R Hoopes Vice President Effective1001192 (T)Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 226Freedom Wyoming 83120

v= SEWCE ~KM

APIWVEDEFFECTIVEldquojrdquo9zDOCKETNO~ -7-amp9zrdquof

STATEOFWYOMING

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 18Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

21 Undertaking of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

213 Liability

(A) The Telephone Company(s liability if any for its willfulmisconduct is not limited by this tariff With respect toany other claim or suit by a customer or by any othersfor damages associated with the installation provisiontermination maintenance repair or restoration ofservice and subject to the provisions of (B) through (H)following the Telephone Companyrsquos liability except as setforth in 851 following if any shall not exceed anamount equal to the proportionate charge for the servicefor the period during which the service was affectedThis liability for damages shall be in addition to anyamounts that may otherwise be due the customer under thistariff as a Credit Alrsquo

(B) The Telephone Companyomission of any otherportion of a serviceits own act or omissit

owance for a Service Interruption

shall not be liable for any act orcarrier or customer providing anor shall the Telephone Company forn hold liable any other carrier or

customer providing a portion of a service

(C) The Telephone Company is not liable for damages to thecustomer premises resulting from the furnishing of aservice including the installation and removal ofequipment and associated wiring unless the damage iscaused by the Telephone Companyrsquos negligence

(D) The Telephone Company shall be indemnified defended andheld harmless by the end user against any claim loss ordamage arising from the end userrsquos use of services offeredunder this tariff involving

(1) Claims for libel slander invasion ofprivacy or infringement of copyrightarising from the end userrsquos owncommunications

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 19

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

21 Undertaking of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

213 Liability (Centrsquod)

(2) Claims for patent infringement arising from the enduserrsquos acts combining or using the service furnishedby the Telephone Company in connection with facilitiesor equipment furnished by the end user or customer or

(3) All other claims arising out of any act or omission ofthe end user in the course of using services providedpursuant to this tariff

(E) The Telephone Company shal1 be indemnified defended andheld harmless by the customer against any claim loss or damagearising from the customerrsquos use of services offered under thistariff involving

(1) Claims for libel slander invasion of privacy orinfringement of copyright arising from the customerrsquosown communications

(2) Claims for patent infringementarising from thecustomerrsquos acts combining or using the servicefurnished by the Telephone Company in connection withfacilities or equipment furnished by the end user orcustomer or

(3) All other claims arising out of any act or omission ofthe customer in the course of using services providedpursuant to this tariff

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 20

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

21 Undertaking of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

213 Liability (Centrsquod)

(F) The Telephone Company does not guarantee or make anywarranty with respect to its services when used in anexplosive atmosphere The Telephone Company shall beindemnified defended and held harmless by the customerfrom any and all claims by any person relating to suchcustomerrsquos use of services so provided

(G) No license under patents (other than the limited licenseto use) is granted by the Telephone Company or shall beimplied or arise by estoppel with respect to any serviceoffered under this tariff

(H) The Telephone Companyrsquos failure to provide or maintainservices under this tariff shall be excused by labordifficulties governmental orders civil commotionscriminal actions taken against the Telephone Company actsof God and other circumstances beyond the TelephoneCompanyrsquos reasonable control subject to the CreditAllowance for a Service Interruption as set forth in 244following

214 Provision of Services

The Telephone Company to the extent that such services are orcan be made available with reasonable effort and afterprovision has been made for the Telephone Companyrsquos telephoneexchange services will provide to the customer upon reasonablenotice services offered in other applicable sections of thistariff at rates and charges specified therein

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company 1st Revised Page 21

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

21 Undertakin a of the Telephone ComPanv (Centrsquod)

215 Installation and Termination of Services

The services provided under this tariff (A) will include anyentrance cable or drop wiring and wire or intrabuilding cableto that point where provision is made for termination of theTelephone Companyrsquoe outside distribution network facilities ata suitable location inside a customer-designated premises and(B) will be installed by the Telephone Company to such Pointof Termination

216 Maintenance of Services

The services provided under this tariff shall be maintained bythe Telephone Company The customer or others may notrearrange move disconnect remove or attempt to repair anyfacilities provided by the Telephone Company other than byconnection or disconnection to any interface means used

217 Chanqes and Substitutions

Except as provided for equipment and systems subject to FCCPart 68 Regulations at 47 CFR Section 68llO(b) theTelephone Company may where such action is reasonablyrequired in the operation of its business

(A) substitute change or rearrange any facilities used inproviding service under this tariff including but notlimited to (1) substitution of different metallicfacilities (2) substitution of carrier or derivedfacilities for metallic facilities used to provide otherthan metallic facilities and (3) substitution ofmetallic facilities for carrier or derived facilitiesused to provide other than metallic facilities

Issued 04992 Mr Allen R Hoopes Vice President Effective100192 (T)Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 226Freedom Wyoming 83120

4

twucsERvlcE~

AwRoHD F

E~ o--92

D00KETN0700W -m-mSTATEOFWYOMING

mdash- mdash

Silver Star Telephone CompanyACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 22

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

21 Undertaking of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

217 Chanqes and Substitutions (Centrsquod)

(B) change minimum protection criteria change operating ormaintenance characteristics of facilities or changeoperations or procedures of the Telephone Company Incase of any such substitution change or rearrangementthe transmission parameters will be within the range asset forth in 6 and 7 following The Telephone Companyshall not be responsible if any such substitution changeor rearrangement renders any customer furnished servicesobsolete or requires modification or alteration thereof orotherwise affects their use or performance If suchsubstitution change or rearrangement materially affectsthe operating characteristics of the facility theTelephone Company will provide reasonable notification tothe customer in writing Reasonable time will be allowedfor any redesign and implementation required by the changein operating characteristics The Telephone Company willwork cooperatively with the customer to determinereasonable notification procedures

218 Refusal and Discontinuance of Service

(A) Unless the provisions of 221(B) or 25 following applyif a customer fails to comply with 216 preceding or222 231 234 235 or 24 following including anypayments to be made by it on the dates and times hereinspecified the Telephone Company may on thirty (30) dayswritten notice by Certified US Mail to the persondesignated by that customer to receive such notices ofnoncompliance refuse additional applications for serviceandor refuse to complete any pending orders for serviceby the non-complying customer at any time thereafter

If the Telephone Company does not refuse additionalapplications for service on the date specified in thethirty (30) days notice and the customerrsquos noncompliancecontinues nothing contained herein shall preclude theTelephone Companyrsquos right to refuse additionalapplications for service to the non-complying customerwithout further notice

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

] rsquo

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 23

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

21 Undertaking of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

218 Refusal and Discontinuance of Service (Centrsquod)

(B) Unless the provisions of 221(B) or 25 following applyif a customer fails to comply with 216 preceding or222 231 234 235 or 24 following including anypayments to be made by it on the dates and times hereinspecified the Telephone Company may on thirty (30) dayswritten notice by Certified US Mail to the persondesignated by that customer to receive such notices ofnoncompliance discontinue the provision of the servicesto the non-complying customer at any time thereafter

In the case of such discontinuance all applicablecharges including termination charges shall become dueIf the Telephone Company does not discontinue theprovision of the services involved on the date specifiedin the thirty (30) days notice and the customerrsquosnoncompliance continues nothing contained herein shallpreclude the Telephone Companyrsquos right to discontinue theprovision of the services to the non-complying customerwithout further notice

219 Notification of Service-Affectinq Activities

The Telephone Company will provide the customer reasonablenotification of service-affecting activities that may occur innormal operation of its business Such activities may includebut are not limited to equipment or facilities additionsremovals or rearrangements routine preventative maintenanceand major switching office change-out Generally suchactivities are not individual customer service specific theyaffect many customersrsquo service No specific advancenotification period is applicable to all service activitiesThe Telephone Company will work cooperatively with the customerto determine the notification requirements

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdash- --mdashmdash

FIIED

I

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 24

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

21 Undertaking of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

2110 Coordination with Respect to Network Contingencies

The Telephone Company intends to work cooperatively with thecustomer to develop network contingency plans in order tomaintain maximum network capability following natural or man-made disasters which affect telecommunications services

2111 Provision and Ownership of Telephone Numbers

The Telephone Company reserves the reasonable right to assigndesignate or change telephone numbers any other call numberdesignations associated with Access Services or the TelephoneCompany serving central office prefixes associated with suchnumbers when necessary in the conduct of its businessShould it become necessary to make a change in suchnumbers(s) the Telephone Company will furnish to the customer6 months notice and explanation of the reason(s) for suchchange(s)

22 Use

221 Interference or Impairment

(A) The characteristics and methods of operation of anycircuits facilities or equipment provided by other thanthe Telephone Company and associated with the facilitiesutilized to provide services under this tariff shall notinterfere with or impair service over any facilities ofthe Telephone Company its affiliated companies or itsconnecting and concurring carriers involved in itsservices cause damage to their plant impair the privacyof any communications carried over their facilities orcreate hazards to the employees of any of them or thepublic

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~~

-mdash--mdash-mdash-rdquo---~ ----

7-$) jti-

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

1st Revised Page 25

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

22 (Centrsquod)

221 Interference or Impairment (Centrsquod)

(B) Except as provided for equipment or systems subject tothe FCC Part 68 Rules in 47 CFR Section 68108 ifsuch characteristics or methods of operation are not inaccordance with (A) preceding the Telephone Companywill where practicable notify the customer thattemporary discontinuance of the use of a service may berequired however where prior notice is notpracticable nothing contained herein shall be deemed topreclude the Telephone Companyrsquos right to temporarilydiscontinuance the customer will be promptly notifiedand afforded the opportunity to correct the conditionwhich gave rise to the temporary discontinuance Duringsuch period of temporary discontinuance creditallowance for service interruptions as set forth in244 following is not applicable

222 Unlawful Use

The service provided under this tariff shall not be used foran unlawful purpose

(A) The Telephone Company may upon written request from acustomer terminate service to any subscriber of acustomer identified by the customer as having utilizedthat customerrsquos service andor facilities in thecompletion of abusive telephone calls Service may beterminated by the Telephone Company as provided for inits general andor local exchange service

(B) In such instances when termination occurs as in (A)preceding the Telephone Company shall be indemnifieddefended and held harmless by the customer againgt anyclaim loss or damage arising from the TelephoneCompanyrsquos actions in terminating such service

Issued 04992 Mr Allen R Hoopesr Vice President Effective100192 (T)Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 226Freedom Wyoming 83120

iw6LlcSERVICGCuMumoNAWROVED

EFFECTIVE(7-rdquo$

00CKETNOZP (XXYrdquo792-ST4TEOFWYOMING

-----

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 26

231

232

233

QwE

The customer shall reimburse the Telephone Company for damagesto Telephone Company facilities utilized to provide servicesunder this tariff caused by the negligence or willful act ofthe customer or resulting from the customerrsquos improper use ofthe Telephone Company facilities or due to malfunction of anyfacilities or equipment provided by other than the TelephoneCompany

Nothing in the foregoing provision shall be interpreted to holdone customer liable for another customerrsquos actions TheTelephone Company will upon reimbursement for damagescooperate with the customer in prosecuting a claim against theperson causing such damage and the customer shall be subrogatedto the right of recovery by the Telephone Company for thedamages to the extent of such payment

Ownership of Facilities and Theft

Facilities utilized by the Telephone Company to provide serviceunder the provisions of this tariff shall remain the propertyof the Telephone Company Such facilities shall be returned tothe Telephone Company by the customer whenever requestedwithin a reasonable period following the request in as goodcondition as reasonable wear will permit

Equipment Space and Power

The customer shall furnish or arrange to have furnished to theTelephone Company at no charge equipment space and electricalpower required by the Telephone Company to provide servicesunder this tariff at the points of termination of suchservices The selection of ac or dc power shall

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 ~mdashmdash -mdash-

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 27

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Centrsquod)

233 Equipment Space and Power (Centrsquod)

be mutually agreed to by the customer and the TelephoneCompany The customer shall also make necessary arrangementsin order that the Telephone Company will have access to suchspaces at reasonable times for installing testing repairingor removing Telephone Company services

234 Availability for Testinq

The services provided under this tariff shall be available tothe Telephone Company at times mutually agreed upon in order topermit the Telephone Company to make tests and adjustmentsappropriate for maintaining the services in satisfactoryoperating condition Such tests and adjustments shall becompleted within a reasonable time No credit will be allowedfor any interruptions involved during such tests andadjustments

235 Balance

All signals for transmission over the services provided underthis tariff shall be delivered by the customer balanced toground

236 Design of Customer Services

Subject to the provisions of 217 preceding the customershall be solely responsible at its own expense for theoverall design of its services and for any redesigning orrearrangement of its services which may be required because ofchanges in facilities operations or procedures of theTelephone Company minimum protection criteria or operating ormaintenance characteristics of the facilities

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

[~1

mdash--mdashmdash_u

--

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 28

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Centrsquod)

237 Reference to the Telephone Company

The customer may advise End Users that certain services areprovided by the Telephone Company in connection with theservice the customer furnishes to the End Users however thecustomer shall not represent that the Telephone Company jointlyparticipates in the customerrsquos services

238 Claims and Demands for Damages

(A) With respect to claims of patent infringement made bythird persons the customer shall defend indemnifyprotect and save harmless the Telephone Company from andagainst all claims arising out of the combining with oruse in connection with the services provided under thistariff any circuit apparatus system or method providedby the customer

(B) The customer shall defend indemnify and save harmless theTelephone Company from and against any suits claimslosses or damages including punitive damages attorneyfees and court costs by third persons arising out of theconstruction installation operation maintenance orremoval of the customerrsquos circuits facilities orequipment connected to the Telephone Companyrsquos servicesprovided under this tariff including without limitationWorkmenrsquos Compensation claims actions for infringement ofcopyright andor unauthorized use of program materiallibel and slander actions based on the content ofcommunications transmitted over the customerrsquos circuitsfacilities or equipment and proceedings to recover taxesfines or penalties for failure of the customer to obtainor maintain in effect any necessary certificates permitslicenses or other authority to acquire or operate theservices provided under this tariff

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R liOODESPresident Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 mdashmdash mdash-__

I

Silver Star Telephone CompanyACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 29

238

239

2310

Claims and Demands for Damages (Centrsquod)

(B) (Centrsquod)

provided however the foregoing indemnification shall notapply to suits claims and demands to recover damages fordamage to property death or personal injury unless suchsuits claims or demands are based on the tortuous conductof the customer its officers agents or employees

(C) The customer shall defend indemnify and save harmless theTelephone Company from and against any suits claimslosses or damages including punitive damages attorneyfees and court costs by the customer or third partiesarising out of any act or omission of the customer in thecourse of using services provided under this tariff

Coordination with Respect to Network Contingencies

The customer shall in cooperation with the Telephone Companycoordinate in planning the actions to be taken to maintainmaximum network capability following natural or man-madedisasters which affect telecommunications services

Jurisdictional Report Requirements

(A) Jurisdictional Reports

(1) When a customer orders Feature Group A or B SwitLiedAccess Service from the primary carrier which iscapable of connecting to the end user in theTelephone Companyrsquos serving area the customer shallprovide a copy of such order to the telephonecompany The Telephone Company will apply thecustomer provided projected intrastate percentage ofintrastate usage to the total Feature Group A andFeature Group B minutes originating from theTelephone Companies end offices to the Customerrsquospremises in the primary carrierrsquos serving area orterminating from the Customerrsquos designated premisesto the telephone companyrsquos end office

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdash -mdashmdash

F1f [-ii

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 30

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Centrsquod)

2310 Jurisdictional Report Requirements

(A) Jurisdictional Reports

(2) When a customer orders Feature Group C SwitchedAccess Service the Telephone Company will unlessthe customer provides the projected intrastatepercentage for intrastate usage in its orderdetermine the projected intrastate percentage asfollows For originating access minutes theprojected intrastate percentage will be developed ona monthly basis by end office when the Feature GroupC Switched Access Service access minutes are measuredby dividing the measured intrastate originatingaccess minutes (the access minutes where the callingnumber and the called number are in the samestate) by the total originating access minutes

For terminating access minutes the data used by theTelephone Company to develop the projected intrastatepercentage for originating access minutes will beused to develop projected intrastate percentage forsuch terminating access minutes

The Telephone Company will designate the numberobtained by subtracting the projected interstatepercentage for originating and terminating accessminutes calculated by the Telephone Company from 100(100 - Telephone Company calculated projectedinterstate percentage = intrastate percentage) as theprojected intrastate percentage of use

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~

mdash---

F q1ldquoii=lsquo-I$1~Icio

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 31

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Centrsquod)

2310 Jurisdictional Report Requirements (Centrsquod)

(A) Jurisdictional Reports (Centrsquod)

(2) (Centrsquod)

Effective on the first of January April July andOctober of each year the customer shall update theinterstate and intrastate jurisdictional report Thecustomer shall forward to the Telephone Company to bereceived no later than 15 days after the first of eachsuch month a revised report showing the interstateand intrastate percentage of use for the past threemonths ending the last day of December March Juneand September respectively for each service arrangedfor intrastate use Additionally where the customerutilizes FGA Switched Access Service for calls betweena Primary Exchange Carrier and a Secondary ExchangeCarrier within the same Extended Area Service callingarea andor Feature Group B Switched Access Servicefor calls between a Primary Exchange Carrierrsquos accesstandem and a subtending Secondary Exchange Carrierwhere the Primary and Secondary Exchange Carriers arenot the same Telephone Company a copy of the revisedreport will be provided by the customer to theTelephone Company

The revised report will serve as the basis for thenext three months billing and will be effective on thebill date for that service No prorating or backbilling will be done based on the report

If the customer does not supply the reports theTelephone Company will assume the percentages to bethe same as those provided In the last quarterlyreport For those cases in which a quarterly reporthas never been received from the customer theTelephone Company will assume the percentages to bethe same as those provided in the order for service asset forth in (1) preceding

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

F

Issued June 1 2020 Effective July 1 2020

Legal amp Regulatory Administrator

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

1st Revised Page 32

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Contrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Contrsquod)

2311 Determination of Intrastate Charges for Mixed Interstate and Intrastate

Access Service

When mixed interstate and intrastate Access Service is provided all

charges (ie nonrecurring monthly andor usage) including optional

features charges will be prorated between interstate and intrastate The

percentage provided in the reports as set forth in 2310(A) preceding will

serve as the basis for prorating the charges The percentage of an Access

Service to be charged as intrastate is applied in the following manner

(A) For monthly nonrecurring chargeable rate elements multiply the

percent intrastate use times the quantity of chargeable elements times

the state tariff rate per element

(B) For usage sensitive (ie access minutes and calls) chargeable rate

elements multiply the percent intrastate use times actual use (ie

measured or Telephone Company assumed average use) times the

stated tariff rate

The intrastate percentage will change as revised usage reports are

submitted as set forth in 2310 preceding

2312 Identification and Rating of VoIP-PSTN Traffic

VoIP-PSTN Traffic is defined as traffic exchanged between a Company

end user and the customer in Time Division Multiplexing (TDM) format

that originates andor terminates in Internet Protocol (IP) format This

section governs the identification of VoIP-PSTN Traffic that is required to

be compensated at interstate access rates unless the parties have agreed

otherwise by the FCC in its Report and Order in WC Dockets Nos 10-90

etc FCC Release No 11-161 (November 18 2011) (FCC Order) and

Second Order on Reconsideration Specifically this section establishes

the method of separating VoIP-PSTN Traffic from the customers

traditional intrastate access traffic so that such VoIP-PSTN Traffic can be

billed in accordance with the FCC Order

Originating intrastate toll VoIP traffic will be billed the intrastate

originating access rates These rates apply regardless of whether the call

originates in TDM or IP format

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 202070006-119-TT-20

Issued June 1 2020 Effective July 1 2020

Legal amp Regulatory Administrator

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 321

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Contrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Contrsquod)

2312 Identification and Rating of VoIP-PSTN Traffic (contrsquod)

The relevant VoIP-PSTN Traffic identified in accordance with this tariff

section that is originated on Telephone Companyrsquos network that originates

andor terminates in IP format shall be billed at rates equal to Telephone

Companyrsquos applicable tariffed interstate originating switched access rates

as specified in Telephone Companyrsquos applicable federal access tariff

(A) Calculation and Application of Percent-VoIP- Usage Factors (1) Telephone Company will determine the number of relevant VoIP-

PSTN Traffic minutes of use (MOU) to which interstate rates will

be applied under 2312 preceding by applying a Percent VoIP

Usage (PVU) factor to the total terminating intrastate access MOU

received by a Telephone Company end user and delivered to the

customer

(2) The customer will calculate and furnish to Telephone Company a

PVU factor representing the percentage of the total intrastate

access MOU that the customer terminates to Telephone Company

that was sent and originated in IP format

(3) The terminating PVU shall be based on information such as traffic

studies actual call detail or other relevant and verifiable

information which will be provided to Telephone Company upon

request

(4) Telephone Company will apply the PVU factor to the total

terminating intrastate access MOU received from the customer to

determine the number of relevant VoIP-PSTN Traffic MOUs

(5) If the customer does not furnish Telephone Company with a PVU

factor Telephone Company will utilize a PVU equal to zero

(B) Initial PVU Factors (1) The PVU factor will be implemented when received for those

companies whose intrastate rates are higher than the interstate

rates

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 202070006-119-TT-20

Issued June 1 2020 Effective July 1 2020

Legal amp Regulatory Administrator

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 322

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Contrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Contrsquod)

2312 Identification and Rating of VoIP-PSTN Traffic (contrsquod)

(C) PVU Factor Updates

The customer may update the PVU factors quarterly using the method

set forth in (A)(2) preceding If the customer chooses to submit such updates it shall forward to Telephone Company no later than 15 days

after the first day of January April July andor October of each year

revised PVU factors based on data for the prior three months ending the

last day of December March June and September respectively The

revised PVU factors will serve as the basis for future billing and will be

effective on the bill date of each such month and shall serve as the basis

for subsequent monthly billing until superseded by new PVU factors No

prorating or back billing will be done based on the updated PVU factors

(D) PVU Factor Verification (1) Not more than twice in any year Telephone Company may request

from the customer an overview of the process used to determine the

PVU factors the call detail records description of the method for

determining how the end user originates and terminates calls in IP

format and other information used to determine the customers PVU

factors furnished to Telephone Company in order to validate the

PVU factors supplied The customer shall comply and shall

reasonably supply the requested data and information within 15 days

of Telephone Companys request

(2) Telephone Company may dispute the Customers PVU factor

based upon

bull A review of the requested data and information provided by the

customer

bull Telephone Companys reasonable review of other market information FCC reports on VoIP lines such as FCC Form 477 or state level results or based on other relevant data

bull A change in the reported PVU factor by more than five

percentage points from the preceding quarter

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 202070006-119-TT-20

Issued June 1 2020 Effective July 1 2020

Legal amp Regulatory Administrator

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 323

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Contrsquod)

23 Obligations of the Customer (Contrsquod)

2312 Identification and Rating of VoIP-PSTN Traffic (contrsquod)

(3) If after review of the data and information the customer and

Telephone Company establishes revised PVU factors Telephone

Company will begin using those revised PVU factors with the

next bill period

(4) If the dispute is unresolved Telephone Company may initiate an

audit Telephone Company shall limit audits of the customers

PVU factor to no more than twice per year The customer may

request that the audit be conducted by an independent auditor In

such cases the associated auditing expenses will be paid by the

customer

bull In the event that the customer fails to provide adequate

records to enable Telephone Company or an independent

auditor to conduct an audit verifying the customers PVU

factors Telephone Company will bill the usage for all

contested periods using the most recent undisputed PVU

factors reported by the customer These PVU factors will

remain in effect until the audit can be completed

bull During the audit the most recent undisputed PVU factors

from the previous reporting period will be used by Telephone

Company

bull Telephone Company will adjust the customers PVU factors

based on the results of the audit and implement the revised

PVU in the next billing period or quarterly report date

whichever is first The revised PVU factors will apply for the

next two quarters before new factors can be submitted by the

customer

bull If the audit supports the customers PVU factors the usage

for the contested periods will be adjusted to reflect the

customers audited PVU factors

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 202070006-119-TT-20

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 33

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances

241 Payment of Rates Charges and Deposits

(A) The Telephone Company will in order to safeguard itsinterests only require a customer which has a provenhistory of late payments of the Telephone Company or doesnot have established credit to make a deposit prior to orat any time after the provision of a service to thecustomer to be held by the Telephone Company as aguarantee of the payment of rates and charges No suchdeposit will be required of a customer which is asuccessor of a company which has established credit andhas no history of late payments to the Telephone CompanySuch deposit may not exceed the actual or estimated ratesand charges for the service for a two month period Thefact that a deposit has been made in no way relieves thecustomer from complying with the Telephone Companyrsquosregulations as to the prompt payment of bills At suchtime as the provision of the service to the customer isterminated the amount of the deposit will be credited tothe customerrsquos account and any credit balance which mayremain will be refunded

Such a deposit will be refunded or credited to the accountwhen the customer has established credit or in any eventafter the customer has established a one-year promptpayment record at any time prior to the termination of theprovision of the service to the customer In case of acash deposit for the period the deposit is held by theTelephone Company the customer will receive interest atthe same percentage rate as that set forth in (B)(3)(b)(I)or in (Be) whichever is lower The rate will becompounded daily for the number of days from the date thecustomer deposit is received by the Telephone Company toand including the date such deposit is credited to thecustomerrsquos account or the date the deposit is refunded bythe Telephone Company Should a deposit be credited to thecustomerrsquos account as indicated above no interest willaccrue on the deposit from the date such deposit iscredited to the customerrsquos account

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

_ mdash

F[- ~

--

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 34

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances

241 Payment of Rates Charqes and Deposits

(B) The Telephone Company shall bill on a current basis allcharges incurred by the credits due to the customer underthis tariff attributable to services established ordiscontinued during the preceding billing period

In addition the Telephone Company shall bill in advancecharges for all services to be provided during the ensuingbilling period except for charges associated with serviceusage and for the Federal Government which will be billedin arrears The bill day (ie the billing date of a billfor a customer for Access Service under this tariff) theperiod of service each bill covers and the payment datewill be as follows

(1) The Telephone Company will establish a bill day eachmonth for each customer account The bill will covernonusage sensitive service charges per month chargesfor the ensuing billing period for which the bill isrendered any known unbilled nonusage sensitive chargesfor prior periods and unbilled usage charges for theperiod after the last bill day through the current billday Any known unbilled usage charges for priorperiods and any known unbilled adjustments will beapplied to this bill Payment for such bills is due asset forth in (2) following If payment is not receivedby the payment date as set forth in (2) following inirrrnediatelyavailable funds a late payment penaltywill apply as set forth in (2) following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

rldquo

---------------

[- -ldquo rsquo

9

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 35

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

241 Payment of Rates Charqes and Deposits (Centrsquod)

(B) (Centrsquod)

(2) (a) All bills dated as set forth in (1) preceding forservice provided to the customer by the TelephoneCompany are due 31 days (payment date) after thebill day or by the next bill date (ie same datein the following month as the bill date)whichever is the shortest interval except asprovided herein and are payable in immediatelyavailable funds If such payment date would causepayment to be due on a Saturday Sunday or Holiday(ie New Yearrsquos Day Independence Day LaborDay Thanksgiving Day Christmas Day the secondTuesday in November and a day when WashingtonrsquosBirthday Memorial Day or Columbus Day is legallyobserved) payment for such bills will be due fromthe customer as follows

If such payment date falls on a Sunday or on aHoliday which is observed on a Monday the paymentdate shall be the first non-Holidayrsquoday followingsuch Sunday or Holiday If such payment datefalls on a Saturday or on a Holiday which isobserved on Tuesday Wednesday Thursday orFriday the payment date shall be the last non-Holiday day preceding such Saturday or Holiday

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r-

mdash-mdash

r rrsquorsquordquorsquordquo- rsquo

~

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 36

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

241 Payment of Rates Charues and Deposits (Centrsquod)

(B) (Centrsquod)

(2) (b) Further if any portion of the payment is receivedby the Telephone Company after the payment date asset forth in (a) preceding or if any portion ofthe payment is received by the Telephone Company infunds which are not immediately available to theTelephone Company then a late payment penaltyshall be due to the Telephone Company The latepayment penalty shall be the portion of the paymentnot received by the payment date times a latefactor The late factor shall be the lesser of

(c)

(I)

(11)

the highest interest rate (in decimal value)which may be levied by law for commercialtransactions compounded daily for the numberof days from the payment date to and includingthe date that the customer actually makes thepayment to the Telephone Company or

0000590 per day compounded daily for thenumber of days from the payment date to andincluding the date that the customer actuallymakes the payment to the Telephone Company

In the event that a billing dispute concerning anycharges billed to the customer by the TelephoneCompany is resolved in favor of the TelephoneCompany any payments withheld pending settlementof the dispute shall be subject to the late paymentpenalty set forth in (b) preceding If thecustomer disputes the bill on or before the paymentdate and pays the undisputed amount on or beforethe payment date any late payment charge for thedisputed amount will not start until 10 days afterthe payment date

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 37

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

241 Payment of Rates Charges and Deposits (Centrsquod)

(B) (Centrsquod)

(2) (d) In the event that a billing dispute concerning anycharges billed to the customer by the TelephoneCompany is resolved in favor of the customer nolate payment penalty will apply to the disputedamount In addition if the customer disputes thebilled amount and pays the total amount (ie thenondisputed amount and the disputed amount) on orbefore the payment date and the billing dispute isresolved in favor of the customer the customer willreceive a credit for a disputed amount penalty fromthe Telephone Company if the billing dispute is notresolved within 10 working days whichever date isthe later date The disputed amount penalty shallbe the disputed amount resolved in the customerrsquosfavor times a penalty factor The penalty factoris as set forth in (b) preceding

(c) When a payment for Access Service charges billed underthis tariff is due to the Telephone Company from thecustomer as set forth in (B)(2) preceding on the samepayment date that a Purchase of Accounts Receivable netpurchase amount is due to the customer from theTelephone Company as set forth in 855 following theTelephone Company may with at least 31 days notice tothe customer net the payment for customer AccessService charges with the net purchase amount TheTelephone Company will pay the net amount to the customeron the payment date when such net amount is due to thecustomer or require the customer to pay the TelephoneCompany the net amount when such net amount is due to theTelephone Company If either party does not make thepayment on the payment date a late payment penalty asset forth in 855 following or (B)(2) precedingwhichever is appropriate applies

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone Company

PO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 38Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

241 Payment of Rates Charges and Deposits (Centrsquod)

(D)

(E)

Adjustments for the quantities of services established ordiscontinued in any billing period beyond the minimumperiod set forth for services in other sections of thistariff will be prorated to the number of days or majorfraction of days based on a 30 day month The TelephoneCompany will upon request and if available furnish suchdetailed information as may reasonably be required forverification of any bill

When a rate as set forth in this tariff is shown to morethan two decimal places the charges will be determinedusing the rate shown The resulting amount will then berounded to the nearest penny (ie rounded to two decimalplaces)

242 Minimum Periods

The minimum period for which services are provided and forwhich rates and charges are applicable is one month except forthose services set forth in 853(A)

When a service is discontinued prior to the expiration of theminimum period charges are applicable whether the service isused or not as follows

(A) When a service with aone month minimum period isdiscontinued prior to the expiration of the minimumperiod a one month charge will apply at the rate level ineffect at the time service is discontinued

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 _-mdash-___----

~ F i E

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 39

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

242

243

244

Minimum Periods

(B) When a service with a minimum period greater than onemonth is discontinued prior to the expiration of theminimum period the applicable charge will be the lesserof (1) the Telephone Companyrsquos total nonrecoverable costsless the net salvage value for the discontinued service or(2) the total monthly charges at the rate level in effectat the time service is discontinued for the remainder ofthe minimum period

Cancellation of an Order for Service

Provisions for the cancellation of an order for service are setforth in other applicable sections of this tariff

Credit Allowance for Service Interruptions

(A) General

A service is interrupted when it becomes unusable to thecustomer because of failure of a facility component used tofurnish service under this tariff or in the event that theprotective controls applied by the Telephone Company resultin the complete lOSS of service by the customer as setforth in 641 following An interruption period startswhen an inoperative service is reported to the TelephoneCompany and ends when the service is operative

For purposes of administering the following regulations amajor fraction shall mean more than half of the incrementalcredit period using the unit of time in which the serviceinterruption is measured ie 30 seconds 1 minute 1hour For example a major fraction for a 30 minute periodequals 16 minutes for a 24 hour period equals 12 hours andone minute

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdashmdashmdashrdquo -mdash-mdash

F ~tikl~Iq

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 40

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

244 Credit Allowance for Service Interruptions

(B) When a Credit Allowance Applies

In case of an interruption to any service allowance forthe period of interruption if not due to the negligence ofthe customer shall be as follows

(1) For Special Access Services no credit shall be allowedfor an interruption of less than 30 minutes Thecustomer shall be credited for an interruption of 30minutes or more at the rate of 11440 of the monthlycharges for the facility or service for each period of30 minutes or major fraction thereof that theinterruption continues

The monthly charges used to determine the credit shallbe the total of all the monthly rate element chargesassociated with the service charged by the TelephoneCompany

(2) For Switched Access Service no credit shall be allowedfor an interruption of less than 24 hours Thecustomer shall be credited for an interruption of 24hours or more at the rate of 130 of the applicablemonthly rates or minimum monthly usage charge for eachperiod of 24 hours or major fraction thereof that theinterruption continues

(3) The credit allowance(s) for an interruption or for aseries of interruptions shall not exceed the monthlyrate and minimum monthly usage charge for the serviceinterrupted in any one monthly billing period

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R HooDes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 41

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

244 Credit Allowance for Service Interruptions (Centrsquod)

(C) When a Credit Allowance Does Not Apply

No credit allowance will be made for

(1) Interruptions caused by the negligence of thecustomer

(2) Interruptions of a service due to the failure ofequipment or systems provided by the customer orothers

(3) Interruptions of a service during any period in whichthe Telephone Company is not afforded access to thepremises where the service is terminated

(4) Interruptions of a service when the customer hasreleased that service to the Telephone Company formaintenance purposes to make rearrangements or forthe implementation of an order for a change in theservice during the time that was negotiated with thecustomer prior to the release of that serviceThereafter a credit allowance as set forth in (B)preceding applies

(5) Periods when the customer elects not to release theservice for testing andor repair and continues to useit on an impaired basis

(6) An interruption or a group of interruptionsresulting from a common cause for amounts less thanone dollar

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 42

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

244 Credit Allowance for Service Interruptions (Centrsquod)

(D) Use of an Alternative Service Provided by the TelephoneWJWIY

Should the customer elect to use an alternative serviceprovided by the Telephone Company during the period that aservice is interrupted the customer must pay the tariffedrates and charges for the alternative service used

(E) Temporary Surrender of a Service

In certain instances the customer may be requested by theTelephone Company to surrender a service for purposes otherthan maintenance testing or activity relating to a serviceorder If the customer consents a credit allowance willbe granted The credit allowance will be 11440 of themonthly rate for each period of 30 minutes or fractionthereof that the service is surrendered In no case willthe credit allowance exceed the monthly rate for theservice surrendered in any one monthly billing period

245 Re-establishment of Service Following Fire Flood or OtherOccurrence

(A) Nonrecurringg Charges Do not Apply

Charges do not apply for the re-establishment of servicefollowing a fire flood or other occurrence attributed toan Act of God provided that

(1) The service is of the same type as was provided priorto the fire flood or other occurrence

(2) The service is for the same customer

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO t30x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 43

1

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

245 Re-establishment of Service Followinq Fire Flood or OtherOccurrence (Centrsquod)

(A)

(B)

Nonrecurring Charges Do Not Apply (Centrsquod)mdashmdash

(3) The service is at the same location on the samepremises

(4) The re-establishment of service begins within 60 daysafter Telephone Company service is available (The 60day period may be extended a reasonable period if therenovation of the original location on the premisesaffected is not practical within the allotted timeperiod)

Nonrecurring Charges Apply

Nonrecurring Charges apply for establishing service at adifferent location on the same premises or at a differentpremises pending re-establishment of service at theoriginal location at the rate set forth in 12 following

246 Title or Ownership Riqhts

(A) The payment of rates and charges by Customers for theservices offered under the provisions of this tariff doesnot assign confer or transfer title or ownership rights toproposals or facilities developed or utilizedrespectively by the Telephone Company in the provision ofsuch services

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO i30x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r-mdashmdashmdash-F- IJ-

r jldquo --rdquo-rsquox JLrdquo

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 44

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

247 Ordering Ratinq and Billing of Access Services Where MoreThan One Exchange Telephone Company is Involved

(A) When an Access Service is provided by more than oneTelephone Company the Telephone Companies involved willuse the following billing method

The customer will place the order for the service as setforth in Section 525

Each Telephone Company receiving an order or copy of theorder from the customer will determine the applicablecharges for the portion of the transport service itprovides and bills in accordance with its Access Servicestariff as follows

(1)

(2)

(3)

The Billing Percentage (BP) as set forth in ExchangeCarrier Association Tariff FCC No 2 represents theportion of transport service provided by eachTelephone Company The Telephone Company will bill aper minute per mile or per channel mile charge fromits end office to the Interconnection Point with theconnecting carrier the connecting carrierrsquos ratesmay be based on access minutes and mileage The BPfor the Telephone Company is based on its revenuerequirements and is calculated as set forth in(2)(3) and and (4) following

For Feature Groups A and B Switched Access Servicemultiply the number of access minutes of use timesthe number of miles times the per minute miletransport rate as set forth in 121C (2) following

For Feature Group C Switched Access Service multiplythe number of access minutes of use times the numberof miles times the per minute mile transport rate asset forth in 121C(2) following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

F[lsquo-r--gt-l-jI

PubilC 1-(1 i( rsquol[~ jJ

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

24 Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances (Centrsquod)

Original Page 45

247 Orderinq Rating and Billing of Access Services Where MoreThan One Exchange Telephone Company is Involved

(4) For Special Access multiply the number of specialtransport channels times the miles times the channelmileage rate set forth in 122B(2) following

(B) All other appropriate charges in each Exchange TelephoneCompanyrsquos tariff are applicable

25 Connections

251 General

Equipment and Systems (ie terminal equipment multilineterminating systems and communications systems) may beconnected with Switched and Special Access Service furnished bythe Telephone Company where such connection is made inaccordance with the provisions specified in Technical ReferencePublication AS No 1 and in 21 preceding

26 Definitions

Certain terms

Access Code

used herein are defined as follows

The term ldquoAccess Coderdquo Denotes a uniform five or seven digit codeassigned by the Telephone Company to an individual customer Thefive digit code has the form 10XXX and the seven digit code has theform 95O-1OXX

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

ACCESS SERVICE

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 46

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Access Minutes

The term ldquoAccess Minutesrdquo denotes that usage of exchange facilitiesin intrastate for the purpose of calculating chargeable usage Onthe originating end of an intrastate call usage is measured from thetime the originating end userrsquos call is delivered by the TelephoneCompany to and acknowledged as received by the customerrsquos facilitiesconnected with the originating exchange On the terminating end ofan intrastate call usage is measured from the time the call isreceived by the end user in the terminating exchange Timing ofusage at both originating and terminating ends of an intrastate callshall terminate when the calling or called party disconnectswhichever event is recognized first in the originating andterminating exchanges as applicable

Access Tandem

The term ldquoAccess Tandemrdquo denotes a Telephone Company switching systemthat provides a concentration and distribution function fororiginating or terminating traffic between end offices and acustomerrsquos premises

AnswerDisconnect Supervision

The term ldquoAnswerDisconnect Supervisionrdquo denotes the transmission ofthe switch trunk equipment supervisory signal (off-hook or on-hook)to the customerrsquos point of termination as an indication that thecalled party has answered or disconnected

Attenuation Distortion

The term ldquoAttenuation Distortionrdquo denotes the difference in loss atspecified frequencies relative to the loss at 1004 Hz unlessotherwise specified

Balance (100 Type) Test Line

The term ldquoBalance (100 Type) Test Linerdquo denotes an arrangement in anend office which provides for balance and noise testing

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdashmdash- - --

F ~ s i i--

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 47Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Bit

The term ldquoBitrdquo denotes the smallest unit of information in the binarysystem of notation

Business Day

The term ldquoBusiness Dayrdquo denotes the tldquoopen for business Generally in the800 00 AM to 500 PM respectiverdquoMonday through Friday resulting in aweek

Busy Hour Minutes of Capacity (BHMC)

mes of day that a company isbusiness community these arey with an hour for lunchstandard forty (40) hour work

The term ldquoBusy Hour Minutes of Capacity (BHMC)rdquo denotes the customerspecified maximum amount of Switched Access Service andor accessminutes the customer expects to be handled in an end office switchduring any hour in the 800 AM to 1100 PM period for the FeatureGroup ordered This customer furnished BHMC quantity is the inputdata the Telephone Company uses to determine the number oftransmission paths for the Feature Group

Call

The term ldquoCallrdquo denotes a customer attempt for which the completeaddress code (eg O- 911 or 10 digits) is provided to the servingdial tone office

Carrier or Common Carrier

See Interexchange Carrier

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

--mdash -- ____-

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 48

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Ccs

The term ldquoCCSrdquo denotes a hundred call seconds which is a standardunit of traffic load that is equal to 100 seconds of usage orcapacity of a group of servers (eg trunks)

Central Office

The term ldquoCentral Officerdquo denotes a local Telephone Company switchingsystem where the Telephone Exchange Service customer station loopsare terminated for purposes of interconnection to each other and totrunks

Central Office Prefix

The term ldquoCentral Office Prefixrdquo denotes the first three digits (NXX)of the seven digit telephone number assigned to a customerrsquosTelephone Exchange Service when dialed on a local basis

Centralized Automatic Reportinq on Trunks Testing

The term ldquoCentralized Automatic Reporting on Trunks Testingrdquo denotesa type of testing which includes the capacity for measuringoperational and transmission parameters

Channel(s)

The term ldquoChannel(s)rdquo denotes an electrical or photonic in the caseof fiber optic-based transmission systems communications pathbetween two or more points of termination

C-Messaqe Noise

The term ldquoC-Message Noiserdquo denotes the frequency weighted averagenoise within an idle voice channel The frequency weighting calledC-message is used to simulate the frequency characteristic of the500-type telephone set and the hearing of the average subscriber

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

[

--mdash -mdashldquos

~~rsquo ldquordquo ~

f4hl f~a~I

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 49

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

C-Notched Noise

The term ldquoC-Notched Noiserdquo denotes the C-message frequency weightednoise on a voice channel with a holding tone which is removed at themeasuring end through a notch (very narrow band) filter

Coin Station

The term ldquoCoin Stationrdquo denotes a location where Telephone Companyequipment is provided in a public or semipublic place where TelephoneCompany customers can originate telephonic communications and pay theapplicable charges by inserting coins into the equipment

Common Line

The term ldquoCommon Linerdquo denotes a line trunk pay telephone line orother facility provided under the general andor local exchangeservice tariffs of the Telephone Company terminated on a centraloffice switch A common line-residence is a line or trunk providedunder the residence regulations of the general andor local exchangeservice tariffs A common line-business is a line provided under thebusiness regulations of the general andor local exchange servicetariffs

Communications Systems

The term ldquoConununicationsSystemrdquo denotes channels and otherfacilities which are capable of communications between terminalequipment provided by other than the Telephone Company

Customer

The term ldquoCustomer(s)rdquo denotes any individual partnershipassociation joint-stock company trust corporation or governmentalentity or other entity which subscribes to the services offered underthis tariff including both Interexchange Carriers (ICS) and EndUsers

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdashmdashmdash mdash_____

F1~ -Zrsquordquo-i]1- -

I

JAN 1 1(+S8 ~1

ACCESS SERVICE

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 50

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Customer Designated Premises

The term ldquoCustomer Designated Premisesrdquo denoted the premisesspecified by the customer for the termination of Access Service

Customer Message

The term ldquoCustomer Messagerdquo used herein for Feature Groups A and BSwitched Access Service denotes a completed call over an intrastateFeature Group A and B Switched Access Service A completed callincludes both completed calls originated to and terminated from aFeature Group A Switched Access Service A customer message beginsin the originating direction when the off-hook supervision providedby the premise of the ordering customer is received by TelephoneCompany recording equipment A customer message begins in theterminating direction when answer supervision is received byTelephone Company recording equipment indicating the called party hasanswered A customer message ends in the originating direction whendisconnect supervision is received by Telephone Company recordingequipment from the premise of the ordering customer A customermessage ends in the terminating direction when disconnect supervisionis received by Telephone Company recording equipment from either thepremise of the ordering customer or the called party The termldquoCustomer Messagerdquo used herein for Feature Group C Switched AccessService denotes a completed intrastate call originated by acustomerrsquos end user A customer message begins when answersupervision from the premise of the ordering customer is received byTelephone Company recording equipment indicating that the calledparty has answered A message ends when disconnect supervision isreceived by Telephone Company recording equipment from either thepremise of the ordering customerrsquos end user premise from which thecall originated

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

--mdashmdash------------1------

gt

(AiJ ~- 198

ACCESS SERVICE

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 51

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Data Transmission (107 Type) Test Line

The term ldquoData Transmission (107 Type) Test Linerdquo denotes anarrangement which provides for a connection to a signal source whichprovides test signals for one-way testing of data and voicetransmission parameters

Detail Billinq

The term ldquoDetail Billingrdquo denotes the listing of each message andorrate element for which charges to a customer are due on a billprepared by the Telephone Company

Directory Assistance (Intrastate)

The term ldquoDirectory Assistancerdquo denotes the provision of telephonenumbers by a Telephone Company operator when the operator location isaccessed by a customer by dialing NPA + 555-1212 or 555-1212 or 411

Effective 2-Wire

The term ldquoEffective 2-Wirerdquo denotes a condition which permits thesimultaneous transmission in both directions over a channel but itis not possible to insure independent information transmission inboth directions Effective 2-wire channels may be terminated with 2-wire or 4-wire interfaces

Effective 4-Wire

The term ldquoEffective 4-Wirerdquo denotes a condition which permits thesimultaneous independent transmission of information in bothdirections over a channel The method of implementing effective 4-wire transmissions at the discretion of the Telephone Company(physical time domain frequency-domain separation or echocancellation techniques) Effective 4-wire channels may beterminated with a 2-wire interface at the customerrsquos premisesHowever when terminated 2-wire simultaneous independenttransmission cannot be supported because the two wire interfacecombines the transmission paths into a single path

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdashmdash - -

rrsquo~ y+ rsquo I

Ii ldquoldquo lsquo1lsquon

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 52

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

End Office Switch

The term ldquoEnd Office Switchrdquo denotes a local Telephone Companyswitching system where Telephone Exchange Service customer stationloops are terminated for purposes of interconnection to trunksIncluded are Remote Switching Modules and Remote Switching Systemsserved by a host office in a different wire center

End User

The term ldquoEnd Userrdquo means any customer of an intrastatetelecommunications service that is not a carrier except that acarrier other than a telephone Company shall be deemed to be an ldquoenduserrdquo when such carrier uses a telecommunications service foradministrative purposes without making such service available toothers directly or indirectly

Entry Switch

See First Point of Switching

Exchanqe

The term ldquoExchangerdquo denotes a unit generally smaller than a localaccess and transport area established by the Telephone Company forthe administration of communications service in a specified areawhich usually embraces a city town or village and its environs Itconsists of one or more central offices together with the associatedfacilities used in furnishing corrnnunicationsservice within thatarea One or more designated exchanges comprise a given local accessand transport area

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

p-lrsquo lsquo

mdash-mdash i t7=

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 53

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

First-Come First-Served

First-come first-served shall be based upon the received time anddate stamped by the Telephone Company on complete and accuratecustomer orders which allow the Telephone Company to initiate itsordering process Inaccurate or incomplete customer orders shall notbe deemed to have been received until such time as the customercorrects such inaccuracies andor omissions The customer shall notbe penalized for any delay in the Telephone Company review processbeyond 24 hours of receipt Once having been advised of the errorsandor omissions any delay in correction on the part of the customershall be added to the received time and date As facilities andorequipment become available customers will be provided service in theorder of the earliest received time and date

First Point of Switching

The term ldquoFirst Point of Switchingrdquo denotes the first TelephoneCompany location at which switching occurs on the terminating path ofa call proceeding from the customer premises to the terminating endoffice and at the same time the last Telephone Company location atwhich switching occurs on the originating path of a call proceedingfrom the originating end office to the customer premises

Grandfathered

The term ldquoGrandfatheredrsquo1denotes Terminal Equipment MultilineTerminating Systems and Protective Circuitry directly connected tothe facilities utilized to provide services under the provisions ofthis tariff and which are considered grandfathered under Part 68 ofthe FCCrsquoS Rules and Regulations

Host Office

The term ldquoHost Officerdquo denotes an electronic switching system whichprovides call processing capabilities for one or more RemoteSwitching Modules or Remote Switching Systems

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 130x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

---mdash

riF-M lt flsquo

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 54

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Host Central Office

The term ldquoHost Central Officerdquo denotes an electronic switching unitcontaining the central call processing functions which service theHost Central Office and its Remote Line Locations

Immediately Available Funds

The term ldquoImmediately Available Fundsrdquo denotes a corporate orpersonal check drawn on a bank account and funds which are availablefor use by the receiving party on the same day on which they arereceived and include US Federal Reserve bank wire transfers USFederal Reserve notes (paper cash) US coins US Postal MoneyOrders and New York Certificates of Deposit

Individual Case Basis

The term ldquoIndividual Case Basisrdquo denotes a condition in which theregulations if applicable ratesthe provisions of this tariff arecircumstances in each case

Interconnection Point

and charges for an offering underdeveloped based on the

The term ldquoInterconnection Pointrdquo denotes the point where thefacilities of the Telephone Company interconnects to the facilitiesof another Local Exchange Carrier to complete a transmission path tothe serving wire center serving the customer designated premises

Interexchange Carrier (IC) or Interexchange ConunonCarrier

The terms ldquoInterexchange Carrierrdquo (IC) or ldquoInterexchange CommonCarrierrdquo denotes any individual partnership association joint-stock company trust governmental entity or corporation engaged forhire in intrastate communications by wire or radio between two ormore exchanges

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

- ldquo __+_

~- j-w ldquo ldquo

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 55

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Interstate Communications

The term ldquoInterstate Communicationsrdquo denotes both interstate andforeign communications

Intrastate Communications

The term ldquoIntrastate Communicationsrdquo denotes any communicationswithin a state subject to oversight by a state regulatory commissionas provided by laws of the state involved

Line Side Connection

The term ldquoLine Side Connectionrdquo denotes a connection of atransmission path to the line side of a local exchange switchingsystem

Local Access and Transport Area

The term ldquoLocal Access and Transport Areardquo denotes a geographic areaestablished for the provision and administration of conununicationsservice It encompasses one or more designated exchanges which aregrouped to serve common social economic and other purposes

Local Tandem Switch

The term ldquoLocal Tandem Switchrdquo denotes a local Telephone Companyswitching unit by which local or access telephonic communications areswitched to and from an End Office Switch

Loop Around Test Line

The term ldquoLoop Around Test Linerdquo denotes an arrangement utilizing aTelephone Company central office to provide a means to make certaintwo-way transmission tests on a manual basis This arrangement hastwo central office terminations each reached by means of separatetelephone numbers and does not require any specific customer premisesequipment Equipment subject to this test arrangement is at thediscretion of the customer

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdash-------

1~ I j lsquoldquo ~rsquordquo~- 7

Is7 pldquorsquola

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 56

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

The term ldquoMessagerdquo denotes a ldquocallrdquo as defined preceding

Milliwatt (102 Type) Test Line

The term ldquoMilliwatt (102 Type) Test Linerdquo denotes an arrangement inan end office which provides a 1004 Hz tone at O dBmO for one-waytransmission measurements towards the customersrsquo premises from theTelephone Company end office

Network Control Signaling

The term ldquoNetwork Control Signalingrdquo denotes the transmission ofsignals used in the telecommunications system which perform functionssuch as supervision (control status and charge signals) addresssignaling (eg dialing) calling and called number identificationsrate of flow service selection error control and audible tonesignals (call progress signals indicating re-order or busyconditions alerting coin denominations coin collect and coinreturn tones) to control the operation of the telecommunicationssystem

Nonsynchronous Test Line

The term ldquoNonsynchronous Test Linerdquo denotes an arrangement in step-by-step end offices which provides operational tests which are not ascomplete as those provided by the synchronous test lines but can bemade more rapidly

North American Numberinq Plan

The term ldquoNorth American Numbering Planrdquo denotes a three-digit area(Numbering Plan Area) code and a seven-digit telephone number made upof a three-digit Central Office code plus a four-digit stationnumber

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~-mdash ----

1 F 1 - lsquo lsquolsquo-

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 57Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Off-hook

The term ldquoOff-hookrdquo denotes the active condition of Switched Accessor a Telephone Exchange Service line

On-hook

The term ldquoOn-hookrdquo denotesTelephone Exchange Service

Open Circuit Test Line

the idle condition of Switched Access or aline

The term ldquoOpen Circuit Test Linerdquo denotes an arrangement in an endoffice which provides an ac open circuit termination of a trunk orline by means of an inductor of several Henries

Originating Direction

The term ldquoOriginating Directionrdquo denotes the use of access servicefor the origination of calls from and End User Premises to a customerdesignated Premises

Pay Telephone

The term ldquoPay Telephonerdquo denotes Telephone Company providedinstruments and related facilities that are available to the generalpublic for public convenience and necessity including public andsemipublic telephones and coinless telephones

Point of Termination

The term ldquoPoint of Terminationrdquo denotes the point of demarcationwithin a customer-designated premises at which the TelephoneCompanyrsquos responsibility for the provision of Access Service ends

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Premises

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 58

ACCESS SERVICE

The term ldquoPremisesrdquo denotes a building or buirsquoproperty (except Railroad Right-of-Way etc)public highway

dings on continuousnot separated by a

Primary Carrier

The Local Exchanqe Carrier that owns the servinq wire center usuallyan access tandem-that interfaces with the Inter~xchange Carrier -

Remote Switching Modules andor Remote Switching Systems

The term ldquoRemote Switching Modules andor Remote Switching Systemsrdquodenotes small remotely controlled electronic end office switcheswhich obtain their call processing capability from an ESS-type HostOffice The Remote Switching Modules andor Remote Switching Systemscannot accommodate direct trunks to an IC

Registered Equipment

The term ldquoRegistered Equipmentrdquo denotes the customerrsquos premisesequipment which complies with and has been approved within theRegistration Provisions of Part 68 of the FCCrsquoS Rules andRegulations

Secondary Carrier

The Local Exchange Carrier that owns the facilities subtending thefacilities of the primary carrier which interfaces with theInterexchange Carrier

Seven Digit Manual Test Line

The term ldquoSeven Digit Manual Test Linerdquo denotes an arrangement whichallows the Customer to select balance milliwatt and synchronous testlines by manually dialing a seven digit number over the associatedaccess connection

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 mdashmdashmdash ------ldquo --rsquo

[ ~- -rsquolsquoldquoj ~ rdquo

I

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 59

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Shortage of Facilities or Equipment

The term ldquoShortage of Facilities or Equipmentrdquo denotes a conditionwhich occurs when the Telephone Company does not have appropriatecable switching capacity bridging or multiplexing equipment etcnecessary to provide the Access Service requested by the customer

Short Circuit Test Line

The term ldquoShort Circuit Test Linerdquo denotes an arrangement in an endoffice which provides for an ac short circuit termination of a trunkor line by means of a capacitor of at least four microfarads

Special Order

The term ldquoSpecial Orderrdquo denotes an order for a Billing andCollection Service

Subtending End Office of an Access Tandem

The term ldquoSubtending End Office of an Access Tandemrdquo denotes an endoffice that has final trunk group routing through that tandem

Subject to Availability of Equipment

The term ldquoSubject to availability of equipmentrdquo means the equipmentin question is installed in operating condition and has therequired capacity available in the end office of the TelephoneCompany

Synchronous Test Line

The term ldquoSynchronous Test Linerdquo denotes an arrangement in an endoffice which performs marginal operational tests of supervisory andring-tripping functions

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

irsquo brsquo

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 60

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Terminating Direction

The term ldquoTerminating Directionrdquo denotes the use of Access Servicefor the completion of calls from an IC premises to an End UserPremises

Transmission Measuring (105 Type) Test LineResponder

The term ldquoTransmission Measuring (105 Type) Test LineResponderrdquodenotes an arrangement in an end office which provides far-end accessto a responder and permits two-way loss and noise measurements to bemade on trunks from a near end office

Transmission Path

The term ldquoTransmission Pathrdquo denotes an electrical path capable oftransmitting signals within the range of the service offering ega voice grade transmission path is capable of transmitting voicefrequencies within the approximate range of 300 to 3000 HZ Atransmission path is comprised of physical or derived facilitiesconsisting of any form or configuration of plant typically used inthe telecommunications industry

Trunk

The term ldquoTrunkrdquo denotes a communications path connecting twoswitching systems in a network used in the establishment of an end-to-end connection

Trunk Group

The term ldquoTrunk Grouprdquo denotes a set of trunks which are trafficengineered as a unit for the establishment of connections betweenswitching systems in which all of the communications paths areinterchangeable

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 61Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

Trunk Side Connection

The term ldquoTrunk Side Connectionrdquo denotes the connection of atransmission path to the trunk side of a local exchange switchingsystem

Two-Wire to Four-Wire Conversion

The term ldquoTwo-Wire to Four-Wire Conversionrdquo denotes an arrangementwhich converts a four-wire transmission path to a two-wiretransmission path to allow a four-wire facility to terminate in atwo-wire entity (eg a central office switch)

Uniform Service Order Code

The term ldquoUniform Service Order Coderdquo denotes a three or fivecharacter alphabetic numeric or an alphanumeric code thatidentifies a specific item of service or equipment Uniform ServiceOrder Codes are used in the Telephone Company billing system togenerate recurring rates and nonrecurring charges

V and H Coordinates Method

The term ldquoV and H Coordinates Methodrdquo denotes a method of computinqairline miles between two points by utilizing an establishedwhich is based on the vertical and horizontal coordinates ofpoints

WATS Access Line

formuiathe two

The term ldquoWATS Access Linerdquo denotes the dedicated access line betweena customer designated premises and the serving wire center of thatpremise For OUTWATS the originating end of the service which usesa WATS Access Line is referred to as the closed end For INWATS theterminating end of the service is referred to as the closed end

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 62

ACCESS SERVICE

2 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

26 Definitions (Centrsquod)

WATS Access Service

The term ldquoWATS Access Servicerdquo denotes the switched function providedat the WATS screening office for INWATS and OUTWATS services

Wire Center

The term ldquoWire Centerrdquo denotes a building in which one or morecentral offices used for the provision of Telephone ExchangeServices are located

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 63

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

The Telephone Company will provide Carrier Common Line Access Service(Carrier Common Line Access) to customers

31 General Description

Carrier Common Line Access provides for the use of Telephone Companycomnon lines by customers for access to end users to furnishIntrastate Communications

Carrier Common Line Access is provided where the customer obtainsTelephone Company Switched Access Service under this tariff

In addition a Special Access Surcharqe as set forth in 122Dfollowing wilrdquothe Telephoneas set forth ~

32 Limitations

apply to intrastate sp~cial access service provided byCompany to a customer in accordance with regulationsn 733 following

(A) A telephone number is not provided with Carrier CommonAccess

(B) Detail billing is not provided for Carrier Common Line

Line

Access

(C) Directory listings are not included in the rates and charges forCarrier Common Line Access

(D) Intercept arrangements are not included in the rates and chargesfor Carrier Common Line Access

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R I-loopesPresident Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

T

-mdashmdash-mdashmdash

i- f-

i ~---

--- d rsquordquomdashmdash-mdash

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 64

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

32 Limitations (Centrsquod)

(E) All trunk side connections provided in the same combined accessgroup will be limited to the same features and operatingcharacteristics

(F) Where WATS Access Service is provided which terminates at a WATSServing Office minutes which are carried on that service (ieoriginating minutes for outward WATS and terminating minutes forinward WATS) shall not be assessed Carrier Common Line Accessper minute charges

33 Undertaking of the Telephone Company

(A) Where the customer is provided with Switched Access Serviceunder other sections of this tariff the Telephone Company willprovide the use of Telephone Company common lines by a customerfor access to end users at rates and charges as set forth in121A following

(B) The Switched Access Service provided by the Telephone Companyincludes the Switched Access Service provided for bothinterstate and intrastate communications and the Carrier CommonLine Access rates and charges as set forth in 121A followingapply in accordance with the regulations as set forth in 37(E)following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone Company

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 65

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

33 Undertaking of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

(c) When the customer is provided Operator Trunk-Coin or CombinedCoin and Non-Coin Operator Trunk-Full Feature Optional Featuresfor sent-paid pay telephone access the Telephone Company willcollect sent-paid monies from pay telephone stations and willremit monies to the customer as set forth in 36 following TheTelephone Company will provide message call detail format andbill periods used to determine the monies upon request from thecustomer

34 Obligations of the Customer

(A) The Switched Access Service associated with Carrier Common LineAccess shall be ordered by the customer under other sections ofthis tariff

(B) The customer facilities at the premises of the ordering customershall provide the necessary on-hook and off-hook supervision

(C) All Switched Access Service provided to the customer will besubject to Carrier Common Line Access charges

(D) When the customer reports interstate and intrastate use ofSwitched Access Service the associated Carrier Common LineAccess used by the customer for intrastate will be determined asset forth in 37(E) following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r~

- -~7- gt- t ia-ldquo

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 66

ACCESS SERVICE

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

34 Obligations of the Customer (Centrsquod)

(E) Where Feature Group C end office switching is provided withoutTelephone Company recording and the customer records minutesof use which will be used to determine Carrier Common LineAccess charges (ie Feature Group C operator and TSPS callssuch as pay telephone sent-paid operator-DDD operator-personcollect credit-card third number andor other like calls) thecustomer shall furnish such minutes of use detail to theTelephone Company in a timely manner If the customer does notfurnish the data to the Telephone Company the customer shallidentify all Switched Access Services which could carry suchcalls in order for the Telephone Company to accumulate theminutes of use through the use of special Telephone Companymeasuring and recording equipment

35 Payment Arrangements

(A) The Telephone Company will bill the Carrier Common Line AccessThe bill day (ie the billing date of the bill) in a month foreach customer account will be established by the TelephoneCompany Payment is due from the customer 31 days after thebill day date (payment date) or by the next bill date (iesame date in the following month as the bill date) whichever isthe shortest interval and is payable in immediately availablefunds If such payment date is a Saturday Sunday or Holiday(ie New Yearrsquos Day Independence Day Labor Day ThanksgivingDay Christmas Day the second Tuesday in November and a daywhen Washingtonrsquos Birthday Memorial Day or Columbus Day islegally observed) payment will be due from the customer asfollows

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 - mdashmdash~

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 67

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

35 Payment Arrangements (Centrsquod)

If such payment date falls on a Sunday or on a Holiday whichis observed on a Monday the payment date shall be the firstnon-Holiday day following such Sunday or Holiday If suchpayment date falls on a Saturday or on a Holiday which isobserved on Tuesday Wednesday Thursdsay or Friday thepayment date shall be the last non-Holiday day precedingsuch Saturday or Holiday

(B) Further if any portion of the Carrier Common Line Accesspayment is received by the Telephone Company after the paymentdate as set forth in the (A) preceding or if any portion of theCarrier Common Line Access payment is received by the TelephoneCompany in funds which are not immediately available to theTelephone Company and the late payment penalty shall be theportion of the Carrier Common Line Access payment not receivedby the payment date times a late factor The late factor shallbe the lesser or

(1) the highest interest rate (in decimal value) which may belevied by law for commercial transactions compounded dailyfor the number of days from the payment date to andincluding the date that the customer actually makes thepayment to the Telephone Company or

(2) 0000590 per day compounded daily for the number of daysfrom the payment date to and including the date that thecustomer actually makes the payment to the TelephoneCompany

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Etox 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~nrsquordquo--rsquo lsquo--rdquorsquolsquo-rdquo

lrdquo

i)amdashl

Lrsquoj~~i

I

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 68

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

35 Payment Arrangements (Centrsquod)

(c) In the event a billing dispute concerning a monthrsquos CarrierCommon Line Access billed to the customer by the TelephoneCompany is resolved in favor of the Telephone Company anypayments withheld pending settlement of the dispute shall besubject to the late payment penalty set forth in (B) precedingIf the customer disputes the bill on or before the payment dateand pays the undisputed amount on or before the payment dateany late charge for the disputed amount will not start until 10days after the payment date If the billing dispute is resolvedin favor of the customer no late payment penalty will apply tothe disputed amount In addition if the customer disputes thebilled amount and pays the total amount (ie the non-disputedamount and the disputed amount) on or before the payment dateand the billing dispute is resolved in the favor of thecustomer the customer will receive a credit for a disputedamount penalty from the Telephone Company if the billing disputeis not resolved within 10 working days following the paymentdate or the date the customer furnishes to the Telephone Companydocumentation to support its claim plus 10 working dayswhichever date is the later date The disputed amount penaltyshall be the disputed amount resolved in the customerrsquos favortimes a penalty factor

36 Payment of Coin Sent-Paid Monies

The Telephone Company will collect the monies from coin pay telephonestations and will determine and remit amounts due to a customer whichis provided Operator Trunk-Coin or Combined Coin and Non-Coin orOperator Trunk-Full Feature Optional Features for sent-paid paytelephone access

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

-mdash ldquo_

I

---mdashmdash

lsquoF1 -a ~y -rsquoampwt-La

]

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 69

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

36 Payment of Coin Sent-Paid Monies

(A) Bil1 Period Coin Revenue

(Centrsquod)

The Telephone Company will establish a collection schedule foreach coin pay telephone station and will collect the monies fromthe coin pay stations based on this collection schedule Themonies collected based on this schedule during each bill periodestablished by the Telephone Company will be identified by coinpay telephone station and summed to develop the Bill Period CoinRevenue for each coin record day (ie the day a record isprepared and dated to show the amount due the customer)

(B) Total Customer Coin Revenue

The intrastate Total Customer Coin Revenue will be determined bythe Telephone Company based on the customer message call detailreceived from the customer for each bill period and thecustomerrsquos schedule of charges for sent-paid coin calls SuchTotal Customer Coin Revenue will be developed each coin recordday

(C) Recourse Adjustments

For each coin record day the Telephone Company will subtractfrom the Total Customer Coin Revenue an amount for coin stationshortages Coin station shortages are amounts resulting fromunauthorized calling at coin pay telephone stations use ofunauthorized coins (ie foreign coins slugs and improper useof US pennies) unauthorized removal of coins from coin paytelephone stations and coin refunds beyond the TelephoneCompanyrsquos control Such amount will be rounded to the nearestpenny The shortage factor will be determined by dividing theyearly total coin shortage amount by the yearly total coinrevenue amount (ie total coin revenue equals the coin revenuedue under exchange tariffs state toll tariff and interstatetoll tariffs) The total coin shortage amount and the totalrevenue amount will be determined by the Telephone Companythrough an annual special study

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 30x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

m i

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 70

ACCESS SERVICE

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

36 Payment of Coin Sent-Paid Monies

(D) Payment of Net Customer Coin Revenue

The Telephone Company will determine the Net Customer CoinRevenue for each coin record day by subtracting from the TotalCustomer Coin Revenue determined as set forth in (B) precedingthe amount for coin station shortages determined as set forth in(C) preceding On the date (payment date) determined by adding45 days to the coin record day the Telephone Company will remitpayment to the customer to the customer for the Net CustomerCoin Revenue

(E) Audit Provisions

Upon reasonable written notice by the customer to the TelephoneCompany the customer shall have the right through itsauthorized representative to examine and audit during normalbusiness hours and at reasonable intervals as determined by theTelephone Company all such records and accounts as may underrecognized accounting practices contain information bearing uponthe determination of the amount payable to the customer

Adjustment shall be made by the proper party to compensate forany errors or omissions disclosed by such examination or auditNeither such right to examine and audit nor the right to receivesuch adjustment shall be affected by any statement to thecontrary appearing on checks or otherwise unless suchstatement expressly waiving such right appears in a lettersigned by the authorized representative of the party having suchright and delivered to the other party

All information received or reviewed by the customer or itsauthorized representative is to be considered confidential andis not to be distributed provided or disclosed in any form toanyone not involved in the audit nor is such information to beused for any other purpose

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

F

-mdashmdashmdashmdashcrsquordquo- ~-~

- 1 = L ) [

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

37 Rate Regulations

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 71

(A)

(B)

(c)

The Common Line Charges will be billed to each Switched AccessService provided under this tariff in accordance with theregulations as set forth in (E) following except as set forth in(D) following

When access minutes are used to determine the Common LineCharges they will be accumulated using call detail recorded byTelephone Company equipment except as set forth in (C) followingand Feature Group C operator and TSPS call detail such as paytelephone sent-paid operator-DDD operator-person collectcredit-card third number andor other like calls recorded bythe customer The Telephone Company measuring and recordingequipment except as set forth in (C) following will beassociated with end office or local tandem switching equipmentand will record each originating and terminating access minutewhere answer supervision is received The accumulated accessminutes will be summed on a line by line-basis by line group orby end office whichever type of account is used by theTelephone Company for each customer and then rounded to thenearest minute

When Carrier Common Line Access is provided in association withFeature Group A or Feature Group B Switched Access Service inTelephone Company offices that are not equipped for measurementcapabilities an assumed average intrastate access minutes willbe used to determine the Common Line Access Rates Theseassumed access minutes will be determined by the primarycarrier

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

[r

mdash -mdash mdash ___ j-

y E) ]

1 $

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 72

ACCESS SERVICE

3 Carrier Common Line Access Service

37 Rate Regulations

(D) When a customer reports interstate and intrastate use of in-service Switched Access Service the Carrier Common Line AccessCommon Line Charges will be billed only to intrastate SwitchedAccess Service access minutes based on the data reported by thecustomer as set forth in 2310 preceding The intrastateSwitched Access Service access minutes will when necessary beused to determine the Carrier Common Line Charges as set forthin (E) following

(E) The charges for the involved customer account wil 1 be determinedas follows

(1) The access minutes for a Feature Group B when utilized forthe provision of MTSWATs service and Feature Group CSwitched Access Service will be multiplied by theCommon Line - Access Rate per minute as setforth in 121A following to determine the charges

(2) The access minutes for a Feature Group A or B SwitchedAccess Service originating from or terminating at an endoffice or access tandem will be multiplied by the CommonLine Access Rate per minute as set forth in 121Afollowing to determine the charges

(3) The terminating Access Rate per minute applies to allterminating access minutes of use plus all originatingaccess minutes of use associated with calls placed to 800numbers

(4) The originating Access Rate per minute applies to al1originating access minutes of use less those originatingaccess minutes of use associated with calls places to 800numbers

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 ~=i --rdquo--___

1[

~+rdquorsquo]-rsquogt )rsquok)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 73

ACCESS SERVICE

4

RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 75

ACCESS SERVICE

5 Ordering Options for Switched and Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

52 Access Order

An Access Order is used by the Telephone Company to provide acustomer Access Service as follows

- Switched Access Services as set forth in 6 following and- Special Access Services as set forth in 7 following

When placing an order for Access Service the customer shall provideat a minimum the following information

- For Feature Group C Switched Access Service the customershall specify the number of busy hour minutes of capacity(BHMC) from the customerrsquos premises to the end office byFeature Group and by type of BHMC This information isused to determine the number of transmission paths as setforth in 645 following The customer then specifiesthe Local Transport and Local Switching options

- For all Special Access Services the customer mustspecify the customer designated premises the type ofservice egVoice Grade the channel interfacetechnical specification package and options desiredThe closed end of a WATS Access Line is SpecialAccess Service

For each Access Order a service order charge will be assessed at therate set forth in 125(A) following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 t mdashmdashmdash

i

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 76

ACCESS SERVICE

5 Orderinq Options for Switched and Special Access Service(Centrsquod)

52 Access Order (Centrsquod)

The BHMC may be determined by the customer in the following mannerFor each day (8 am to 11 pm Monday through Friday excludingnational holidays) the customer shall determine the highest numberof minutes of use for a single hour (eg 55 minutes in the 10-11 AMhour) The customer shall for the same hour period (ie busyhour) for each of twenty consecutive business days pick the twentyconsecutive business days in a calendar year which add up to thelargest number of minutes of use Both originating and terminatingminutes shall be included The customer shall then determine theaverage busy hour minutes of capacity (ie BHMC) by dividing thelargest number of minutes of use figure for the same hour period forthe consecutive twenty businessshall be performed for each endThese determinations thus estabrsquooffice

Where the Special Access Servic[

day-period by 20 This computationoffice the customer wishes to serveish the forecasted BHMC for each end

isrsquoexempt from the Special AccessSurcharge as set forth in Section 733rdquo following the customershall furnish with the order the certification as set forth inSection 733 following

521 Access Order Service Date Provision

Access Services will be installed during Telephone Companybusiness days If a customer requests that installation bedone outside of schedule work hours and the Telephone Companyagrees to this request the customer will be subject toapplicable Additional Labor charges as set forth in 92following

Access Service will be installed during Standard TelephoneCompany business days

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 77

ACCESS SERVICE

5 Ordering Options for Switched and Special Access Service(Centrsquod)

522 Access Order Modifications

The customer may request a modification of its Access Orderprior to the service date The Telephone Company will makeevery effort to accommodate a requested modification when it isable to do so with the normal work force assigned to completesuch an order within normal business hours If themodification cannot be made with the normal work force duringnormal business hours the Telephone Company will notify thecustomer If the customer still desires the Access Ordermodification the Telephone Company will schedule a new servicedate

Any increase in the number of Special Access channels orSwitched Access Service busy hour minutes of capacity will betreated as a new Access Order (for the increased amount only)

If order modifications are necessary to satisfy thetransmission performance for a Special Access ordered by acustomer these changes will be made without charges beingincurred by the customer

(A) Service Date Change

Access Order service dates may be changed but the newservice date may not exceed the original service date bymore than 30 calendar days If the customer requestedservice date is more than 30 calendar days after theoriginal service date the order will be cancelled by theTelephone Company and reissued If the Telephone Companydetermines it can accommodate the customerrsquos requestwithout delaying service dates for orders of othercustomers a new service date may be established An orderchange charge as set forth in 125 following will apply toall service date changes of 30 days or less

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~~rsquo-rsquordquordquo~TTldquo A

1

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 78

ACCESS SERVICE

5 Ordering Options for Switched and Special Access Services (Centrsquod)

52 Access Order (Centrsquod)

522 Access Order Modifications (Centrsquod)

(B) Partial Cancellation Charge

Any decrease in the number of ordered Special AccessService channels or Switched Access Service busy hourminutes of capacity will be treated as a partialcancellation and the order change charges as set forth in125 following will apply

(C) Design Change

The customer may request a design change to the serviceordered A design change is any change to an AccessOrder which requires engineering review An engineeringreview is a review by Telephone Company personnel of theservice ordered and the requested changes to determinewhat changes in the design if any are necessary to meetthe changes requested by the customer Design changesinclude such things as the addition or deletion ofoptional features or functions type of channel interfacetype of Interface Group or technical specificationpackage Design changes do not include a change ofcustomer premises end user premises end office switch orSpecial Access Service channel type Changes of thisnature will require the issuance of a new order and thecancellation of the original order with appropriatecancellation charges applied The Telephone Company willreview the requested change notify the customer whetherthe change is a design change if it can be accommodatedand if a new service date is required Charges for designchanges are set forth in order change charges in 125following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdashmdash- mdash-mdash-mdashmdash mdash----~

F 1 - 3

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 79

ACCESS SERVICE

5 Orderinq Options for Switched and Special Access Service(Centrsquod)

52 Access Order (Centrsquod)

523 Cancellation of an Access Order

(A) A customer may cancel an Access Order for the installationof service on any date prior to the service date Thecancellation date is the date the Telephone Companyreceives written or verbal notice from the customer thatthe order is to be cancelled The verbal notice must befollowed by a written confirmation within 10 days

If a customer or a customerrsquos end user is unable to acceptAccess Service within 30 calendar days after the originalservice date the customer has the choice of the followingoptions

- The Access Order shall be cancelled and charaes set forthin (B) following will apply or

- Billing for the service will commence

In such instances the cancellation date or the birsquodate depending on which option is selected by thecustomer shall be on the 31st day beyond the origservice date of the Access Order

(B) When a customer cancels an Access Order for the

ling

nal

installation of service a Cancellation Charge willapply as follows

(1) Installation of Switched or Special AccessService facilities is considered to have started whenthe Telephone Company incurs any cost in connectiontherewith or in preparation thereof which would nototherwise have been incurred

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

-mdash-mdash~mdash- mdashmdash ------mdash

~ ~ lsquo~-=m~ ~

I~

1l~i ] ldquo-~q

pijjlsquoldquo ldquo j

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 80

ACCESS SERVICE

5 Ordering Options for Switched and Special Access Services (Centrsquod)

52 Access Order (Centrsquod)

523 Cancellation of an Access Order (Centrsquod)

(Z) Where the customer cancels an Access Order prior tothe start of installation of access facilities nocharges shall apply

(3) Where installation of access facilities has beenstarted prior to the cancellation the chargesspecified in (a) or (b) following whichever is lowershall apply

(a) A charge equal to the costs incurred in suchinstallation less estimated net salvage Suchcharge is determined as detailed in (4) following

(b) The charge for the minimum period of Switched orSpecial Access Service ordered by the customer

(4) Charges applicable as specified in (3)(A) precedinginclude the nonrecoverable cost of equipment andmaterial ordered provided or used plus thenonrecoverable cost of installation and removalincluding the costs of engineering labor supervisiontransportation rights-of-way and other associatedcosts

(C) When a customer cancels an order for the discontinuance ofservice no charges apply for the cancellation

(D) If the Telephone Company misses a service date by more than30 days due to circumstances over which it has directcontrol (excluding eg acts of God governmentalrequirements work stoppages and civil commotions) thecustomer may cancel the Access Order without incurringcancellation charges

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 -__mdashmdash-mdashmdash

J~ ldquo- y- ldquo1 F L rsquo~I

11

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 81

ACCESS SERVICE

5 Orderinq Options for Switched and Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

52 Access Order (Centrsquod)

524 Minimum Period

(A) The minimum period for which Access Service is provided andfor which charges are applicable is one month

525 Orderinq of Access Services Where More Than One ExchangeTelephone Company is Involved

Each Telephone Company will provide its portion of the AccessService within its operating territory to an interconnectionpoint (1P) with the connecting carrier The interconnectionpoint and billing percentage (BP) will be determined by theTelephone Companies involved in providing the Access Serviceand listed in Exchange Carrier Association Tariff FCC No 2Each Telephone Company will bill the customer for its portionof the service as set forth in 247 All other appropriatecharges in each Telephone Company tariff are applicable

(A) For Feature Group A and B Switched Access Services thecustomer must place an order with the Telephone Company inwhose territory the first point of switching is located(ie FGA - dial tone office FGB - access tandem or endoffice) and provide a copy of the order to the secondarycarrier

(B) When WATS Access Service is ordered the TelephoneCompany is whose territory the end office is located mustreceive the order from the customer In addition theTelephone Company in whose territory the WATS screeningoffice is located must also receive a copy of the orderfrom the customer

(C) For Special Access Services without the use of a hub thecustomer will place the order with the Telephone Company inwhose territory the customer designated premises islocated

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

-

I

1

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 82

ACCESS SERVICE

5 Orderinq Options for Switched and Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

52 Access Order (Centrsquod)

525 Orderinq of Access Services Where More Than One ExchanqeTelephone Company is Involved

(D) For Special Access Services with a hub the customer wil 1place the order with the Telephone Company in whoseterritory the hub is located

For the service(s) ordered as set forth preceding the customermust also supply a copy of the order to the Telephone Companyin whose operating territory a customer designated premises islocated

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~

mdash-mdash mdashmdash-i

-ldquo [gt

s -

i

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 83

6 Switched Access Service

61 General

Switched Access Service which is available to customers for theiruse in furnishing their services to end users provides a two pointelectrical communications path between a customer designated premisesand and end userrsquos premises It provides for the use of commonterminating switching and trunking facilities and for the use ofcomunonsubscriber plant of the Telephone Company Switched AccessService provides for the ability to originate calls from an enduserrsquos premises to a customerrsquos premises and to terminate calls froma customers premises to an end userrsquos premises in the exchange whereit is provided It is available at each end office served by theTelephone Company

In the Telephone Companyrsquos exchange(s) the customerrsquos premises is notlocated in the serving area of the Telephone Company It is necessaryfor the customer to order Switched Access Service from the primarycarrier and Telephone Company in the case of Feature Group C In thecase of Feature Groups A provided through EAS extended area serviceand Feature Group B provided via an access tandem of the primarycarrier it is necessary for the customer to provide a copy of theorder to the Telephone Company

611 Feature Group Arrangements

Switched Access Service is provided in three servicecategories called Feature Groups These are differentiated bythe manner in which an end user can access them in originatingcalling eg with or without and access code Following is abrief description of each feature group arrangement

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~k- 6

_-_ mdashmdash -mdash-mdashVe ~gt 1

1 l-rsquolsquoi lsquoJ ~

~i

6

ver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 84

61 General (Centrsquod)

611 Feature Group Arrangements (Centrsquod)

(A)

(B)

(c)

Feature Group A (FGA)

FGA Access in the originating direction is available tothe FGA customersrsquo end users via the EAS facilities of theprimary carrier FGA Access in the terminating directionis available to all customers Terminating FGA Access isprovided via an access tandem or an end office of theprimary carrier to the end users in the EAS service areaA more detailed description of FGA Access is provided in621 following

Feature Group B (FGB)

FGB Access is available to all customers FGB Accessprovides trunk side access to Telephone Company end officeswitches via an access tandem of the primary carrierwith an associated uniform 95O-1OXX access code for thecustomers use in originating communications from andterminating communications to an Interexchange CarrierrsquosService or a customer ~rovided communications capabilityA more detailed description622 following

Feature Group C (FGC)

FGC Access provides trunk sldquoend office switches via an

of FGB Access is provided in

de access to Telephone Companyaccess tandem of the primary

carrier for providers of MTS and WATS used in originatingand terminating communications Feature Group C is onlyavailable to providers of MTS and WATS WATS AccessService is available as set forth in 712 followingA more detailed description of FGC Access is provided in623 following

Issued 1211187 Mr Melvin R HooJesPresident Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming B3120 mdashmdash

~rsquot ~l1~ ~ [L- ~~lt i J

1

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 85

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

61 General (Centrsquod)

611 Feature Group Arrangements (Centrsquod)

(D) Manner of Provision

FGC Access is furnished on BHMC basis BHMCS aredifferentiated by type and directionality of trafficcarried over a Switched Access Service arrangementDifferentiation of traffic among BHMC types is necessaryfor the Telephone Company to properly design SwitchedAccess Service to meet the traffic carrying capacityrequirement of the customer

There are two major BHMC categories identified asOriginating and Terminating Originating BHMCS representaccess capacity within a LATA for carrying traffic fromthe end user to the customer and Terminating BHMCSrepresent access capacity within a LATA for carryingtraffic from the customer to the end user When orderingcapacity for FGC Access the customer must at a minimumspecify such access capacity in terms of originating BHMCSandor terminating BHMCS

612 WATS Access Service

WATS Access Service is a type of Special Access Service thatis provided only for use with Feature Group C SwitchedAccess Service Wats Access Service connects a customerdesignated premises with a WATS Serving Office utilizing therate categories described in 712 following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

rrsquo- 1mdash-mdash--mdash ----

-F~ - ~ ~ ~ldquordquo J ~i lsquo rsquo 1 ~ l~~j 7 lc~g it 1

--mdash -mdash-i

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 86Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

61 General (Centrsquod)

613 Rate Categories

There are three rate categories which apply to Switched AccessService

- Local Transport- End Office (ie Local Switching Line Termination

Intercept Directory Assistance Surcharge)- Common Line (described in section 3 preceding)

The following diagram depicts a generic view of the componentsof Switch Access Service and the manner in which the componentsare

End

combined to provide a complete Access Service

SWITCHEOACCESS SERVICE

~y CummmuCklmklald

Usar Esd Offles CailrsrI I

I II

I III II uI II Accass Tandem

I II

I II

1ltCL LT

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoo~es President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 87

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

61 General (Centrsquod)

613 Rate Categories (Centrsquod)

(A) Local Transport

The Local Transport rate category provides thetransmission facilities between the customerrsquos premisesand the end office switch(es) where the customerrsquostraffic is switched to originate or terminate itsconununications The Telephone Company will measure andapply its per access minute rates to the local transporttermination at the end office and its per access minutemile rates to the Local Transport facilities from the endoffice to the Interconnection Point Local Transport isprovided at the rates set forth in 121C following andin accordance with 247 preceding

Local Transport is a two-way voice frequency transmissionpath composed of facilities determined by the TelephoneCompany The two-way voice frequency transmission pathpermits the transport of calls in the originatingdirection (from the end user end office switch to thecustomer premises location) and in the terminatingdirection (from the customer premises location to theend user end office switch) but not simultaneouslyThe voice frequency transmission path may be comprised ofany form or configuration of plant capable of andtypically used in the telecommunications industry forthe transmission of voice and associated telephonesignals within the frequency bandwidth of approximately300 to 3000 Hz

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 88

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

61 General (Centrsquod)

613 Rate Categories (Centrsquod)

(A) Local Transport (Centrsquod)

The Telephone Company will work cooperatively with thecustomer to develop routing and other local transportarrangements subject to availability of equipment or inaccordance with section 10 following

The Telephone Company will work cooperatively with theprimary carrier to provide the interface groups andoptional features the customer has ordered subject toavailability of equipment or in accordance with section10 following

The number of Local Transport transmission paths providedis based on the customerrsquos order and is determined by theTelephone Company as set forth in 645 following

(B) End Office

The End Office rate category provides the local endoffice switching and end user termination functions tocomplete the transmission of Switched Accesscommunications to and from the end users served by thelocal end office The End Office rate category includesthe Local Switching Line Termination Intercept andDirectory Assistance Surcharges

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~ mdash- mdashmdash~- ~ La ]ldquoJ -1

q

I[ 1 f-l

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 89

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

61 General (Centrsquod)

613 Rate Categories (Centrsquod)

(B) End Office

(1) Local Switching

The Local Switching rate element provides the localend office switching functions and the transporttermination for the trunk side arrangements whichterminate the Local Transport facilities LocalSwitching use is measured on an originating andterminating basis Rates for Local Switching useare applied on a total number of access minutes ofuse basis at the rates set forth in 121B(l)following The number of Transport Terminationsprovided will be determined by the Telephone Companyas set forth in 646 following

(2) Line Termination

The Line Termination rate element provides theterminations for the end user lines terminating inthe local end office

Line Terminations are available with either dialpulse or dual tone multifrequency signaling LineTermination rates are applied on a total number ofaccess minutes of use basis Line Termination ratesare set forth in 121B(2) following

Issued 123186 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

61 General (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 90

SERVICE

613 Rate Categories (Centrsquod)

(B) End Office (Centrsquod)

(3) Intercept

The Intercept rate element provides for thetermination of a call at a Telephone CompanyIntercept operator or recording The operator orrecording tells a caller why a call as dialedcould not be completed and if possible provide thecorrect number

Intercept rates are applied on an access minutes ofuse basis and are assessed to a customer based onthe total number of access minutes Intercept ratesare set forth in 121B(3) following

(4) Directory Assistance Surcharqe

Directory Assistance Surcharge rates are accessed toa customer based on the total number of accessminutes Directory Assistance surcharge rates areas set forth in 121B(4) following

The number of end office switching transmission pathsprovided will be determined by the Telephone Companybased on the busy hour minutes of capacity to each endoffice specified by the customer in its order Thenumber of transmission paths will be determined as setforth in 645 following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 mdash--mdash-- --mdashmdash-mdash=

I F-j ildquoldquordquo)[i ----~~-4

1

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 91

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

61 General (Centrsquod)

614 Design Layout Report

The Telephone Company will provide to the customer the makeupof the facilities and services provided to the first point ofswitching This information will be provided in the form of aDesign Layout Report The Design Layout Report will beprovided to the customer at no charge and will be reissuedwhenever facilities provided to the customer are materiallychanged

615 Acceptance Testing

At no additional charge the Telephone Company will at thecustomerrsquos request cooperatively test at the time ofinstallation the following parameters loss C-messagenoise 3-tone dc continuity and operational signaling

616 Ordering Options and Conditions

Switched Access Service is ordered under the Access Orderprovisions set forth in 5 preceding Also included in thatsection are charges which may be associated with orderingSwitched Access Service (eg Access Order charges OrderChange Charges Cancellation Charges etc)

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 92

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

61 General (Centrsquod)

617 Testing

(A) Acceptance Testinq

At no additional charge the Telephone Company will inconjunction with the primary carrier at the customersrequest subject to the availability of equipmentcooperatively test at the time of installation thefollowing parameters loss C-notched noise C-messagenoise 3-tone slope dc continuity and operationalsignaling When the Local Transport is provided withInterface Groups 2 through 10 and the TranpsortTermination is two-wire (ie there is a four-wire totwo-wire conversion in Local Transport) balanceparameters (equal level echo path loss) may also betested

(B) Routine Testing

At no additional charge the Telephone Company will inconjunction with the primary carrier at the customerrsquosrequest subject to the availability of equipment testafter installation on an automatic or manual basis 1004Hz loss C-message noise and Balance (Return loss)

In the case of automatic testing the customer shallprovide remote office test lines and 105 test lines withassociated responders or their functional equivalent Thefrequency of these tests will be that which is mutuallyagreed upon by the customer and the Telephone Company butshall consist of not less than quarterly 1004 Hz Loss andC-message noise test and an annual Balance test Trunktest failures requiring customer participation for troubleresolution will be provided to the customer on an as-occurs basis

Additional tests may be ordered as set forth in 92following Charges for these additional tests are setforth in 124(B) following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

rmdashmdash ------------mdash--mdash -

l~j~~~ 1rdquo ~j

ACCESS SERVICE

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 93

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

62 Provision and Description of Switched Access Service Feature Groups

Switched Access is provided in three different Feature Grouparrangements The company provides type B or C transmissionperformance to the Interconnection point with the primary carrierThe provision of Feature Groups require Local Transport facilitiesand the appropriate End Office functions The parameters for thetransmission performances are as set forth in 63 following

Feature Groups are arranged for either originating terminating ortwo-way calling based on the customer end office switching capacityordered Originating calling permits the delivery of calls fromtelephone exchange service locations to the customersrsquo premisesTerminating calling permits the delivery of calls from the customersrsquopremises to telephone exchange services locations Two-way callingpermits the delivery of calls in both directions but notsimultaneously The customer must work with the Primary Carrier todetermine the type of calling to be provided

There are various chargeable and nonchargeable optional featuresavailable with the Feature Groups through the tariff of the PrimaryCarrier The telephone company will work cooperatively with theprimary carrier to provide the features ordered by the customersubject to availability of equipment Where equipment is notavailable and the customer requests such features from the TelephoneCompany they must be ordered through Section 10 of this tariff

Following are detailed descriptions of Feature Groups provided by theTelephone Company Feature Groups are described in terms of theirspecific physical characteristics and calling patterns thetransmission performances with which it is provided and the standardtesting capabilities provided by the Telephone Company

Issued 123187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 ~-~-mdash-f-~rdquo

F ~ ~-rsquo--lsquo--- frdquo

~~hl ~ rlc

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

621 Feature Group A (FGA)

(A) Description

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 94

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

Originating FGA is provided via the EAS facilitiesof the primary carrier at electronic andelectromechanical end offices of the Telephonecompany

Terminating FGA is provided in connection withTelephone Company electronic and electromechanicalend offices via the access tandem or the end officeof the primary carrier for terminating calling only

A seven digit local telephone number assigned by theprimary carrier is provided for access to FGAswitching in the originating direction The sevendigit local telephone number will be associated withthe selected end office switch and is of the formNXX-XXXX

FGA Switching when used in the terminatingdirection is arranged with dial tone start-dialsignaling When used in the terminating directionFGA switching may at the option of the customer bearranged for dial pulse or dual tone multifrequencyaddress signaling subject to availability ofequipment at the first point of switching

No address signaling is provided when FGA Switchingis used in the originating direction Addresssignaling in such cases if required by thecustomer must be provided by the customerrsquos enduser using inband tone signaling techniques Suchinband tone address signals will not be regeneratedby the Telephone Company and will be subject to theordinary transmission capabilities of the LocalTransport provided

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 95

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

62 Provision and Description of Switched Access ServiceFeature Groups (Centrsquod)

621 Feature Group A (FGA) (Centrsquod)

(A) Description (Centrsquod)

(6) FGA switching when used in the terminatingdirection may be used to access valid NXXS in thelocal calling area emergency reporting service (911where available) exchange telephone repair (611where available) time or weather announcementservices of the Telephone Company communityinformation services of an information serviceprovider and other customersrsquo services (by dialingthe appropriate digits) Charges for FGAterminating calls to 611 or 911 will only applywhere sufficient call details are available

(B) Testinq Capabilities

FGA is provided in the terminating direction whereequipment is available with seven digit access lines tobalance (100 type) test line and milliwatt (102 type)test line Additional Testing and is available as setforth in 92 following

Issued 123186 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 96

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

62 Provision and Description of Switched Access ServiceFeature Groups (Centrsquod)

622 Feature Group B (FGB)

(A) Description

(1) FGB is provided at electronic and electromechanicalend office switches of the Telephone Company viathe designated electronic access tandem switches ofthe primary carrier

(2) FGB switching is provided with multifrequencyaddress signaling in both the originating andterminating directions

The provisions of FGB at the access tandem is madethrough the access tariff of the primary carrier

(3) The access code for FGB switching is a uniformaccess code The form of the uniform access code is95O-1OXX for carriers The uniform access code willbe assigned to the customer by the primary carrier

(4) FGB switching when used in the terminatingdirection may be used to access valid NXXS in thelocal calling area time or weather announcementservices of an information service provider andother customerrsquos services (by dialing theappropriate digits) Additionally non-accesscharges will also be billed for calls from a FGBtrunk to another customerrsquos service in

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO t30x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 97

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

62 Provision and Description of Switched Access ServiceFeature Groups (Centrsquod)

622 Feature Group B (FGB) (Centrsquod)

(A) Description (Centrsquod)

(4) (Centrsquod)

accordance with that customerrsquos applicable servicerates when the Telephone Company performs thebilling function for that customer Calls in theterminating direction will not be completed to 950-10XX access codes local operator assistance (O-and O+) Directory Assistance (411 and 555-1212)service codes 611 and 911 or 10XXX access codesFGB may not be switched in the terminatingdirection to Switched Access Service Feature GroupsB and C

(5) The Telephone Company will provide a communicationpath from the end office switches to theinterconnection point with the primary carrier

(B) Transmission Specifications

FGB is provided with Type B or C transmissionspecifications to Interconnection Points with the primarycarrier

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 98

62 Provision and Description of Switched Access ServiceFeature Groups (Centrsquod)

622 Feature Group B (FGB) (Centrsquod)

(C) Testinq Capabilities

FGB is provided in the termrdquoequipment is available with

nating directon whereseven digit access to

balance (100 type) test line milliwatt (102 type) testline nonsynchronous or synchronous test lineAdditional Testing is available as set forth in 92following

623 Feature Group C

(A) Description

(1) FGC is provided at al1 Telephone Company end officeswitches via Telephone Company designated accesstandem switches FGC switching is provided to theCustomer (ie providers of MTS and WATS AccessService) at an end office switch

(2) FGC is provided as trunk side switching through theuse of the access tandem switch of the primarycarrier The switch trunk equipment is provided withanswer and disconnect supervisory signaling Winkstart-pulsing signals are provided in all officeswhere available In those offices where wink-startsignals are not available delay dial start-pulsingsignals will be provided in which case no start-pulsing signals are provided

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

p=i-E-7-Tq

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 99

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

62 Provision and Description of Switched Access ServiceFeature Groups (Centrsquod)

623 Feature Group C (FGC) (Centrsquod)

(A) Description (Centrsquod)

(3)

(4)

FGC is provided with multifrequency addresssignaling The address signaling will be dialpulse revertive pulse immediate dial pulse orpanel call indicator signaling whichever isavailable Up to 12 digits of the called partynumber dialed by the customerrsquos end user using dualtone multifrequency or dial pulse address signalswill be provided by Telephone Company equipment tothe Customer Premises where the Switched AccessService Terminates Such called party numbersignals will be subject to the ordinary transmissioncapabilities of Local Transport provided

No access code is required for FGC Switching Thetelephone number dialed by the customerrsquos end usershall be a seven or ten digit number for calls inthe North American Numbering Plan (NANP) Forinternational calls outside the NANP a seven totwelve digit number may be dialed The form of thenumbers dialed by the customerrsquos end user is NXX-XXXX O or 1 + NXX-XXXX NPA + NXX-XXXX O or 1 + NPA+ NXXX-XXXX and when the end office is equipped forInternational Direct Dialing (IDDD) 01 + CC + NN or011 +CC+ NN

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 100

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

62 Provision and Description of Switched Access ServiceFeature Groups (Centrsquod)

623 Feature Group C (FGC) (Centrsquod)

(A) Description (Centrsquod)

(5) FGC switching when used in the terminatingdirection may be used to access valid NXXS in thelocal exchange area time or weather announcementservices of the Telephone Company cotnnunityinformation services of an information provider andthe customerrsquos services (by dialing the appropriatecodes) when the services can be reached using validNXX codes FGC may not be switched in theterminating direction to Switched Access ServiceFeature Group C

(B) Transmission Specifications

FGC is provided with either Type B or C TransmissionSpecifications when routed to an access tandem

Transmission Specifications between the Primary exchangecarrier and the customer are provided in the tariff of theprimary exchange carrier

DB Data Transmission Parameters are provided for thetransmission path between the access tandem and the endoffice

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~=-- -mdash- mdash

f lsquoT ldquo~ 7

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 101

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

62 Provision and Description of Switched Access ServiceFeature Groups (Centrsquod)

623 Feature Group C (FGC) (Centrsquod)

(C) Testinq Capabilities

FGC is provided in the terminating direction whereequipment is available with seven digit access tobalance (100 type) test line milliwatt (102 type) testline nonsynchronous and synchronous test line Inaddition to the tests described in 617 preceding whichare included with the installation of service and ongoingroutine testing Additional Testing is available as setforth in 92 following

63 Transmission Specifications

The Telephone Company provides Switched Access Service transmissionpaths with standard transmission specifications Type B or C Thetransmission specifications are set forth in Section 112

Data Transmission parameters are also provided with each SwitchedAccess Service transmission path The Telephone Company will inconjunction with the primary carrier and subject to availability ofequipment upon notification by the customer that the data parametersset forth in 1122(B) are not being met conduct tests independentlyor in cooperation with the customer and take any necessary action toinsure that the data parameters are met

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes Presiden Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 102

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service

63 Transmission Specifications (Centrsquod)

The Telephone Company will maintain existing transmissionspecifications on functioning service configurations installed priorto the effective date of this tariff except that serviceconfigurations having performance specifications exceeding thestandards listed in this provision will be maintained at performancelevels specified in this tariff

The transmission specifications concerning Switched Access Serviceare immediate action limits and are set forth in 112 followingAcceptance limits are set forth in Technical Reference TR-NPL-OO0334This Technical Reference also provides the basis for determiningSwitched Access Service maintenance limits

64 Obligations of the Telephone Company

In addition to the obligations of the Telephone Company set forth in2 preceding the Telephone Company has certain other obligationspertaining only to the provision of Switched Access Service Theseobligations are as follows

641 Network Management

The Telephone Company will administer its network to insurethe provision of acceptable service levels to alltelecommunications users of the Telephone Companyrsquos networkservices Generally service levels are considered acceptableonly when both end users and customers are able to establishconnections with little or no delay encountered within theTelephone Company network The Telephone Company maintainsthe right to apply protective controls over any traffic

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 103

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

64 Obligations of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

641 Network Management (Centrsquod)

carried over its network including that associated with acustomerrsquos Switched Access Service Generally suchprotective measures would only be taken as a result ofoccurrences such as failure or overload of Telephone Companyor customer facilities natural disasters mass calling ornational security demands In the event that the protectivecontrols applied by the Telephone Company result in thecomplete loss of service by the customer the customer will begranted a Credit Allowance for Service Interruption as setforth in 244(B)(2) preceding

642 Design and Traffic Routing of Switched Access Service

For Feature Groups A amp B the line or trunk directionality andtraffic routing of Switched Access Service between thecustomers premises and the entry switch are determined by thecustomerrsquos order with the primary carrier FGA Service isprovided to the customer by the Telephone Company via the EASfacilities of the primary carrier FGB Service is provided tothe customers by the Telephone Company via the access tandemof the primary carrier

For Feature Group C the Telephone Company shall design anddetermine the routing of Switched Access Service includingthe selection of the first point of switching and to the endoffices where busy hour minutes of capacity are ordered TheTelephone Company shall also decide if capacity is to beprovided by originating only terminating only or two-waytrunk groups Selection of facilities and equipment andtraffic routing of the service are based on standardengineering methods available facilities and equipment andthe Telephone Company traffic routing plans If the customerdesires routing or directionality different from thatdetermined by the Telephone Company the Telephone Companywill work cooperatively with the customer in determining (1)whether the service is to be routed directly to an end officeor through an access tandem switch and (2) the directionalityof the service

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

rmdashmdashmdash mdash_____-

1 F lsquo ldquorsquo~~ ~

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

64 Obligations of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 104

643

644

645

Provision of Service Performance Data

Subject to availability end-to-end service performance dataavailable to the Telephone Company through its own serviceevaluation routines may also be made available to thecustomer based on previously arranged intervals and formatThese data provide information on overall end-to-end callcompletion and non-completion performance eg customerequipment blockage failure results and transmissionperformance These data do not include service performancedata which are provided under other tariff sections egtesting service results If data is to be provided in otherthan paper format the charges for such exchange will bedetermined on an individual case basis

Trunk Group Measurement Reports

Subject to availability the Telephone Company will makeavailable trunk group data in the form of usage in CCS pegcount and overflow to the customer based on previously agreedto intervals

Determination of Number of Transmission Paths

The Telephone Company will determine the number of SwitchedAccess Service transmission paths to be provided for theSwitched Access Feature Group C busy hour minutes of capacityordered A transmission path is a communication path withinthe frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz or aderived communication path of a frequency bandwidth ofapproximately 300 Hz to 3000 Hz provided over a high frequencyanalog facility or a high speed digital facility between acustomerrsquos premises and a Telephone Company location Thenumber of transmission paths will be developed using the totalbusy hour minutes of capacity by type (as described in

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

ACCESS SERVICE

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 105

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

64 Obligations of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

645 Determination of Number of Transmission Paths

611(D) preceding) for the end offices for each Feature Groupordered from a customerrsquos designated premises The total busyhour minutes of capacity by type for the end office will beconverted to transmission paths using standard TelephoneCompany traffic engineering methods The number oftransmission paths provided shall be the number required basedon the use of access tandem switches and end office switches

646 Determination of Number of End Office Transport Terminations

For analog entry switches a termination will be provided foreach transmission path provided For digital entry switchesan equivalent termination will be provided for eachtransmission path provided

65 Obligations of the Customer

In addition to the obligations of the Customer set forth in 2preceding the Customer has certain specific obligations pertaining tothe use of Switched Access Service These obligations are asfollows

651 Report Requirements

Customers are responsible for providing the following reportsto the Telephone Company when applicable

(A) Jurisdictional Reports

When a Customer orders Switched Access Service for bothinterstate and intrastate use the percentage ofinterstate and intrastate traffic will be developed asset forth in 2310 preceding Charges will beapportioned in accordance with those reports The methodto be used for determining the intrastate charges is setforth in 2311 preceding

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

6

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 106

ACCESS SERVICE

Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

65 Obligations of the Customer (Centrsquod)

652 Supervisory Signaling

The customerrsquos facilities shall provide the necessary on-hookand off-hook answer and disconnect supervision

653 Trunk Group Measurement Reports

With the agreement of the Customer trunk group data in theform of usage in CCS peg count and overflow for its end ofall access trunk groups where technologically feasible willbe made available to the Telephone Company

This data will be used to monitor trunk group utilization andservice performance and will be based on previously arrangedintervals and format

66 Rate Regulations

This section contains the specific regulations governing the ratesand charges that apply for Switched Access Service

661 Description and Application of Rates and Charges

There are two types of rates and charges that apply toSwitched Access Service These are usage rates andnonrecurring charges These rates and charges are applieddifferently to the various rate elements as set forth in (C)following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 107

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

661 Description and Application of Rates and Charges (Centrsquod)

(A) Usage Rates

Usage rates are rates that apply only when a specificrate element is used These are applied on a per accessminute basis Access Minute charges are accumulated overa monthly period

(B) Nonrecurring Charges

Nonrecurring charges are one-time charges that apply for aspecific work activity (ie installation or change to anexisting service) The types of nonrecurring charges thatapply for Switched Access Service are installation ofservice and service rearrangements at the rates set forthin 121(D) following

(1) Installation of Service

Nonrecurring charges apply to each Switched AccessService installed For FGC which is ordered on abusy hour minutes of capacity basis the charge isapplied on a per trunk basis but the charge appliesonly when the capacity ordered requires theinstallation of an additional trunk(s)

(C) Application of Rates

Rates are applied to measured or assumed access minutes

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 108

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

661 Description and Application of Rates and Charges (Centrsquod)

(C) Application of Rates (Centlsquod)

The specific application of these rates for a specificcustomer is dependent upon the Feature Group

The following rules provide the basis for applying therates and charges

(1) Access rates apply to all FGA FGB and FGC accessminutes

(2) FGA and terminating FGBwill be billed in accordancewith the usage report received from the primaryexchange carrier on a monthly basis

(3) Where Feature Group A switched access usage isbetween a primary carrier and a Telephone Companywithin the same Extended Area Service Calling areathe Telephone Company will apply Switched AccessService End Office and Local Transport Rates as setforth in Section 121 following This is inaddition to those rates charged by the primarycarrier

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

ldquo t$ _ - -

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 109

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

661 Description and Application of Rates and Charqes (Centrsquod)

(C) Application of Rates (Centlsquod)

(4) Where Feature Group B switched access usage isbetween a primary carrier and Telephone Company endoffice(s) which subtends the Feature Group B accesstandem the Telephone Company will apply SwitchedAccess Service End Office and Local transport ratesas set forth in Section 121 following This is inaddition to those rates charged by the primarycarrier

662 Minimum Period

Switched Access Service is provided for a minimum period ofone month

663 Measuring Access Minutes

Customer traffic to end offices will be measured (ierecorded or assumed) by the Telephone Company at the endoffice switches or access tandem switches Originating andterminating calls will be measured (ie recorded or assumed)by the Telephone Company to determine the basis for computingchargeable access minutes In the event the customer messagedetail is not available because the Telephone Company lost ordamaged tapes or incurred recording system outages theTelephone Company will use the same estimates as set forth in851(C) following as the basis for computing chargeableaccess minutes For terminating calls over FGA and FGB FGCto 800 and for originating calls over FGB the measuredminutes are the chargeable access minutes For originatingcalls over FGC chargeable originating access minutes arederived from recorded minutes in the following manner

Step 1 Obtain recorded originating minutes and messagesmeasured as set forth in (C) following for FGC fromthe appropriate recording data

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 mdash-

r

--mdashmdash mdashmdash

F ~ gt~s u

Akl-$CrdquogtqI

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 110

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

663 Measuring Access Minutes (Centrsquod)

Step 2 Obtain the total attempts by dividing the originatingmeasured messages by the completion ratioCompletion ratios (CR) are obtained separately forthe major call categories such as DDD operator 800900 directory assistance and international from asample study which analyzes the ultimate completionstatus of the total attempts which receiveacknowledgement from the customer That is MeasuredMessages divided by Completion Ratio equals TotalAttempts

Step 3 Obtain the total non-conversation time additive(NCTA) by multiplying the total attempts (obtained inStep 2) by the NCTA per attempt ratio The NCTA perattempt ratio is obtained from the sample studyidentified in Step 2 by measuring the non-conversation time associated with both completed andincomplete attempts The total NCTA is the time ona completed attempt from the customer acknowledgementof receipt of call to called party answer (set up andringing) plus time on an incomplete attempt fromcustomer acknowledgement of call until the accesstandem or end office receives a disconnect signal(ring - no answer busy or network blockage) Thatis Total Attempts times Non-Conversation Time perAttempt equals Total NCTA

Step 4 Obtain total chargeable originating access minutes byadding the total NCTA (obtained in Step 3) to therecorded originating measured minutes (obtained inStep 1) That is Measured Minutes plus NCTA equalsChargeable Originating Access Minutes

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

~~rsquo~l

-mdashmdash

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 111Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

663 Measuring Access Minutes (Centrsquod)

Following is an example which illustrates how the chargeableoriginating access minutes are derived from the measuredoriginating minutes using this formula

Where

(1)

(2)

(3)

Measured Minutes (M Min) = 7000Measured Messages (M Mes) = 1000Completion Ration (CR) = 75NCTA per Attempt = 4

Total Attempts = 1000 (M Mes) = 13333375 (CR)

Total NCTA = 4 (NCTA per Attempt) times133333 = 53333

Total Chargeable Originating Access Minutes =7000 (M Min) +53333 (NCTA) = 753333

When assumed minutes are used the assumed minutes are thechargeable access minutes

Usage rated FGA FGB and FGC access minutes or fractionsthereof the exact value of the fraction being a function ofthe switch technology where the measurement is made areaccumulated over the billing period for each end office andare then rounded up to the nearest access minute for each endoffice

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

rrsquo

mdash- mdashmdash --mdashmdash-mdash

F~ ldquoldquordquordquorsquordquo lsquo

- i

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 112

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

663 Measurinq Access Minutes (Centrsquod)

(A) Feature Group A Usaqe Measurement

For originating calls over FGA usage measurement beginswhen the originating FGA entry switch receives an off-hook supervisory signal forwarded from the customerrsquospoint of termination This off-hook signal may beprovided by the customerrsquos equipment before the calledparty answers or forwarded by the customerrsquos equipmentwhen the called party answers

The measurement of originating call usage over FGA endswhen the originating FGA entry switch receives an on-hooksupervisory signal from either the originating end userrsquosend office indicating the originating end user hasdisconnected or the customerrsquos point of terminationwhichever is recognized first by the entry switch

For terminating calls over FGA usage measurement beginswhen the terminating FGA entry switch receives an off-hook supervisory signal from the terminating end userrsquosend office indicating the terminating end user hasanswered

The measurement of terminating call usage over FGA endswhen the terminating FGA entry switch receives an on-hooksupervisory signal from either the terminating end userrsquosend office indicating the terminating end user hasdisconnected or the customerrsquos point of terminationwhichever is recognized first by the entry switch

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 113

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

663 Measurinq Access Minutes (Centrsquod)

(B) Feature Group B Usaqe Measurement

For originating calls over FGB usage measurement beginswhen the originating FGB entry switch receives answersupervision forwarded from the customerrsquos point oftermination indicating the customerrsquos equipment hasanswered

The measurement of originating call usage over FGB endswhen the originating FGB entry switch receives disconnectsupervision from either the originating end userrsquos endoffice indicating the originating end user hasdisconnected or the customerrsquos point of terminationwhichever is recognized first by the entry switch

For terminating calls over FGB usage measurement beginswhen the terminating FGB entry switch receives answersupervision from the terminating end userrsquos end officeindicating the terminating end user has answered

The measurement of terminating call usage FGB ends whenthe terminating FGB entry switch receives disconnectsupervision from either the terminating end userrsquos endoffice indicating the terminating end user hasdisconnected or the customerrsquos point of terminationwhichever is recognized first by the entry switch

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

663 Measuring Access Minutes (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 114

(c) Feature Group C Usage Measurement

For originating calls over FGC usage measurement beginswhen the originating FGC entry switch receives answersupervision from the customerrsquos point of terminationindicating the called party has answered

The measurement of originating call usage over FGC endswhen the originating FGC entry switch receives disconnectsupervision from either the originating end userrsquos endoffice indicating the originating end user hasdisconnected or the customerrsquos point of terminationwhichever is recognized first by the entry switch

For terminating calls over FGC to services other than 800or 900 terminating FGC usage is not directly measured atthe terminating entry switch but is imputed fromoriginating usage excluding usage from calls to 800 or900

For terminating calls over FGC to 800 Service usagemeasurement begins when the terminating FGC entry switchreceives answer supervision from the terminating end userrsquosend office indicating the terminating 800 Service enduser has answered

The measurement of terminating call usage over FGC to 800Service ends when the terminating FGC entry switch receivesan on-hook supervisory signal from the terminating enduserrsquos end office indicating the terminating 800 Serviceend user has disconnected or from the customerrsquos point oftermination whichever is recognized first by the entryswitch

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

[Flmdashmdashmdash----mdash-------mdash--

[Jz[rsquo-lt~- ]1

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 115

6 Switched Access Service (Centrsquod)

66 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

664 Mileage Measurement

The mileage to be used to determine the appropriate billing forLocal Transport facility is calculated on the airline distancebetween the end office switch which may be a Remote SwitchingLocation where the call carried by Local Transport originatesor terminates and the customerrsquos serving wire center Whereapplicable the VampH coordinates method is used to determine themileage This method is set forth in the EXCHANGE CARRIERASSOCIATION TARIFF FCC NO 2 for Wire Center Information(VampH coordinates)

To determine the rate to be billed first compute the airlinemileage using the VampH coordinates method If the calculationresults in a fraction of a mile always round up to the nextwhole mile before determining the mileage Multiply thecalculated mileage by the Billing Percentage (BP) as set forthin EXCHANGE CARRIER ASSOCIATION TARIFF NO 2 for the endoffice times the local transport facilities rate to determinethe appropriate local transport facilities charges Mileagerates for Local Transport Facilities are as set forth in 121Cfollowing

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

--mdash------_ rdquo--

F[_rsquo~j lsquoj

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 116

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service

71 General

Special Access Service provides a transmission path to connecttwo or more customer designated premises If only a portion of thefacilities can be provided by the Telephone Company Special AccessService provides the transmission path necessary to connect customerdesignated premises in the service area to the interconnection pointwith the primary carrier Special Access Service includes allexchange access which does not utilize Telephone Company end officeswitches Special Access Service also includes the transmission pathto connect a customer designated premise and a WATS serving office

711 Channel Type

The Telephone Company provides voice grade special access serviceThe customer can select from a list of available transmissionparameters and channel interfaces to build a system to meet speccommunications requirements

The Voice Grade channel is a channel for the transmission of ariarsquosignals within an approximate bandwith of 300 to 3000 Hz

712 Rate Categories

fic

Og

There are three basic rate categories which apply to Special AccessService in addition to the Special Access Surcharge described inSection 733

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 __ _

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 117

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

71 General (Centrsquod)

712 Rate Categories (Centrsquod)

(A)

(B)

Channel TerminationThe Channel Termination rate cateuorv wovides for theconnnunications path between a cus~om~ridesignated premisesand the serving wire center of that premises Included aspart of the Channel Termination is a standard channelinterface arrangement which defines the technicalcharacteristics associated with the type of facilities towhich the access service is to be connected at the Point ofTermination (POT) and the type of signaling capability ifany The signaling capability itself is provided as anoptional feature as set forth in (C) following OneChannel Termination charge applies per customer designatedpremises at which the channel is terminated

Closed End WATS Access Channel Termination provides theaccess line between a customer designated premises and thewire center serving that premises The Channel terminationrate is set forth in 122A following

Channel Mileage

The Channel Mileage rate category provides the transmissionfacility between the serving wire center of the customerdesignated premises and the interconnection point with theconnecting carrier Closed end WATS Access Channel Mileageprovides for the transmission Facility between a servingwire center associated with a customer designated premisesand the interconnecting point with the connecting carrieror the WATS serving office Channel Mileage is provided atthe rate set forth in 122B following and in accordancewith 247 preceding Channel Mileage rates are made up ofthe Channel Mileage Facility rate and the Channel MileageTermination rate

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 118

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

71 General (Centrsquod)

712 Rate Categories (Centrsquod)

(1)

(2)

Channel Mileaqe Facility

The Channel Mileage Facility rate recovers the cost forthe transmission path which extends between theCustomer Designated Premises serving wire center andthe Interconnection Point with the connecting carrieror the WATS serving office

Channel Mileage Termination

The Channel Mileage Termination rate recovers the costfor end office equipment associated with terminatingthe facility (ie basic circuit equipment andterminations at serving wire centers and hubs)Channel Mileage Termination rate will apply at theserving wire center(s) for each customer designatedpremises

(C) Optional Features and Functions

The Optional Features and Functions rate category providesfor optional features and functions which may be added to aSpecial Access Service to improve its quality or utility tomeet specific communications requirements These are notnecessarily identifiable with specific equipment butrather represent the end result in terms of performancecharacteristics which may be obtained Thesecharacteristics may be obtained by using variouscombinations of equipment Although the equipmentnecessary to perform a specified function may be installedat various locations along the path of the service theywill be charged for as a single rate element TheTelephone Company will work cooperatively with the customerand the primary carrier to provide the optional featuresand function desired but not included as part of thistariff subject to the availability of equipment or inaccordance with Section 10 following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdashmdash -q--_

F i l+ [1 ~

I

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 119

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

71 General (Centrsquod)

(C) Optional Features and Functions (Centrsquod)

A complete list and description of voice grade optionalfeatures and functions are set forth in Section 115following

The Telephone Company provides only the following optionalfeature and function(s)

NONE

713 Service Configurations

There are two types of services configurations over whichSpecial Access Services are provided two-point service andmultipoint service The Telephone Company provides thefollowing Special Access Services Two point service onepoint on a two point service in conjunction with another LECone or more points on a multipoint service provided inconjunction with another LEC or the closed end of a WATS AccessLine

(A) Two-Point Service

A two-point servicepremises either onhub where multiplex

Applicable rate eler

connects two customer designateda directly connected basis or through ang functions are performed

ents provided by the Telephone Companyare

- Channel Terminations (one per customer designatedpremises)

- Channel Mileage (as applicable between Serving WireCenter and Interconnection Point)

- Optional Features and Functions (when applicable)

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

-mdash -1~-

F i i lt)lsquo~j

KI ~ ~a~g iI FrsquoiJbllCS~L~lsquollirdquoli~gt~Ofi

$ ij i -

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 120

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

71 General (Centrsquod)

713 Service Configurations (Centrsquod)

The follcwing diagram depicts a two-point Voice Gradeservice connecting two customer designated premises (COP)located 15 miles apart

Applicable rate elements are

- Channel Terminations (2 applicable)- Channel Mileage (1 section Channel Mileage)

Facility per mile plus 2 Channel Mileage Terminations)

(B) Multipoint service connects three or more customerdesignated premises through a Telephone Company hub Onlycertain types of Special Access Service are provided asmultipoint service

Applicable rate Elements provided by the Telephone Companyare

- Channel Terminations (one per custcmer designatedpremises)

- Channel Mileage (as applicable between Serving WireCenter and Interconnection Point)

- Optional Features and Functions (when applicable)

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278 --mdashmdash - Freedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 121

ISilver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

71 General (Centrsquod)

(8) (Centrsquod)

Example Voice Grade multipoint service connecting four customerdesignated premises (COP) via two customer specifiedbridging hubs

Applicable rate elements are

- Channel Terminations (4 applicable)- Channel Mileage (4 sections Channel Mileage Facility per

mile plus 2 Channel Mileage Terminations per section)- Bridging Optional Feature from tariff of primary carrier

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

T

mdash--

Fldquo ~ ldquo----rsquoi~ 1 ldquo L+mdash --

~

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 122

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

71 General (Centrsquod)

714

715

716

717

Alternate Use

Alternate Use occurs when a service is arranged by theTelephone Company so that the customer can select differenttypes of transmission at different times A customer may use aservice in any privately beneficial manner However wheretechnical or engineering changes are required to effectuate analternate use the Telephone Company will make such specialarrangements available on an individual case basis

Special Facilities Routinq

A customer may request that the facilities used to provideSpecial Access Service be specially routed The TelephoneCompany will provide such routing on an individual casebasis

Design Layout Report

At the request of the customer the Telephone Company willprovide to the customer the make-up of the facilities andservices provided under this tariff as Special access Serviceto aid the customer in designing its overall service Thisinformation will be provided in the form of a Design LayoutReport The Desian Layout Reuort will be ~rovided to thecustomer at no ch~rge-and wiil be reissued orthese facilities are materially changed

Acceptance Testing

updated whenever

At no additional charge the Telephone Company will at thecustomerrsquos request subject to the availability of equipmentcooperatively test at the time of installation the followingparameters

(A) For Voice Grade analog services acceptance testing willinclude tests for loss 3-tone slope dc continuityoperational signaling and C-message noise when theseparameters are applicable and specified in the order forservice

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R HooJesPresident Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone Company

PO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 123

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

71

72

General (Centrsquod)

718 Ordering Options and Conditions

Special Access Service is ordered under the Access Orderprovisions set forth in 5 preceding Also included in thatsection are other charges which may be associated with orderingSpecial Access Service

Service Descriptions

For the purposes of ordering voice (VG) is the only category ofSpecial Access Service provided by the Company

This service consists of a basic channel to which a technicalspecifications package (customized or predefine) (see Section 116)channel interface(s)(see Section 113) and when desired optionalfeatures and functions (see Section 115) are added to construct theservice desired by the customer Each of the components of theservice are described in this section

Predefine and customized technical specifications packages will beprovided by the Telephone Company or in conjunction with the primarycarrier where technically feasible and subject to availability ofequipment or in accordance with Section 10 following If theTelephone Company determines that the requested parameterspecifications are not compatible the customer will be advised andgiven the opportunity to change the order When a customized channelis ordered the customer will be notified whether additional costswill apply In such cases the customer will be given an estimate ofthe hours to be billed before any further action is taken on theorder

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdash --------~l ~[jt-

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 124

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

72 Service Descriptions (Centrsquod)

Information pertaining to the technical specifications packagesindicates the transmission parameters that are available with eachpackage (see section 116) This information is displayed in amatrix with the transmission parameters listed down the left side andthe packages listed across the top Each package is identified by acode eg VGC The first two letters of the code indicate thecategory of Special Access Service to which the parameters areapplicable These two letter codes are shown above in parenthesisfollowing the category of Special Access Service The letter ldquoCrdquofollowing the two letter code indicates the technical specificationspackage for a customized service A numeric or alpha-numericdesignation following the two letter code indicates the specificpredefine package For a customized service the customer mayselect any parameters available with that category of service as longas the parameters are compatible When appropriate the TechnicalReference which contains detailed specifications for the parametersis shown following the matrix

The optional features and functions available with Voice GradeSpecial Access Service are described in the section 115 Theoptional features and functions information also indicates with whichtechnical specifications packages they are available Suchinformation is displayed in a matrix with the optional feature orfunction listed down the left side and the technical specificationspackage listed across the top

The Telephone Company will maintain existing transmissionspecifications on services installed prior to the effective date ofthis tariff except that existing services with performance levelsabove those levels set forth in this tariff will be maintainedperformance levels specified in this tariff

Channel interfaces at each Point of Termination on a two-pointservice may be symmetricalor asymmetrical Only certain channerdquointerface combinations are available with the predefine technspecifications packages These are delineated in the Technicsrdquo

at the

cal

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

mdashrF mdash-ILizD ~t1IA411l$gq

FrsquoIJ)ik5rdquorsquo-CJldquoi(lu~f~i

~p mdash--mdash ---- J_mdash

Silver Star TerdquoWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

ephone Company Orignal Page 125

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

72 Service Descriptions (Centrsquod)

References set forth below When a customized channel is requestedall channel interface combinations available with the specified typeof service are available with the customized channel subject to theavailability of equipment or in accordance with Section 10 following

All services installed after the effective date of this tariff willconform to the transmission specification standards contained in thistariff or in the following Technical references for voice gradeservice

Voice Grade PUB TR-NPL-OO0335PUB 41004 Table 4

721 Voice Grade Service

(A) Basic Channel Description

A Voice Grade channel is a channel which provides voicefrequency transmission capability in the nominal frequencyrange of 300 to 3000 Hz and may be terminated two-wire orfour-wire Voice Grade channels are provided betweencustomer designated premises and another customerdesignated premises or between a customer designatedpremises and the Telephone Company Interconnection Point

(B) Technical Specifications Packages

The Company provides the following Voice Grade packages

Package VG

Parameter J g ~ 4mdash

AttenuationDistortion x x x xC-Messages Noise x x x xLoss Deviation x x x x

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO EIOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

mdashmdashmdash _____

lsquoFHJH3

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 126

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

72 Service Descriptions (Centrsquod)

721 Voice Grade Service (Centrsquod)

(B)

(c)

Technical Specifications Packaqes (Centrsquod)

Echo Control - provided by the primary carr

For a com~lete listinu of VG technical soecrdquo

er

ficationpackages (see section-116) These tech~ical specificationpackages will be made available subject to the availabilityof equipment or in accordance with Section 10 following

Channel Interfaces

The Telephone Company providesinterface for Voice Grade servsignaling capability DA

The Telephone Company provides

re

interfaces for Voice-Grade service that reafiiresianalinu

the following channelice that does not requrdquo

the followinq channel

capability AC GO LA LB LC LS and RV - -

A complete list of channel interfaces and compatiblechannel interfaces are set forth in 113 and 114following

A complete list of Special Access Voice Grade optionalfeature and functions are set forth in Section 115following The technical specifications package for VoiceGrade service is set forth in section 116

The Telephone Company provides only the following optionalfeatures and functions

NONE

The Telephone Company will work cooperatively with theprimary carrier and the customer to provide the customerdesired special circuit subject to the availability ofequipment or in accordance with Section 10 following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278

r

------------__Freedom Wyoming 83120

F I 1-[lJ 1

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 127

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

73 Rate Regulations

This section contains the specific regulations governing the ratesand charges that apply for Special Access Service

731 Types of Rates and Charges

There are two types of rates and charges These are monthlyrates and nonrecurring charges The rates and charges aredescribed as follows

(A) Monthly Rates

Monthly rates are flat recurring rates that apply each monthor fraction thereof that a Special Access Service isprovided For billing purposes each month is considered tohave 30 days

(B) Nonrecurring Charges

Nonrecurring Charges apply to each installation of serviceas a one time charge Changes to existing services otherthan administrative changes will be treated as adiscontinuance of the existing service and an installationof a new services

If another channel termination is added to an existingmultipoint service nonrecurring charges will only apply tothe additional termination

Nonrecurring charges apply for each Channel Terminationinstalled as set forth in Section 122 following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO t30x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 mdash -

mdashFrdquo i= D I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 128Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS LINES

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

73 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

732 Minimum Period

The minimum service period for all services is one month

733 Surcharqe for Special Access Service

(A)

(B)

General

The monthly Special Access Surcharge will apply toeach intrastate Special Access Service that terminates onan end userrsquos PBX or other device where through a functionof the device the Special Access Service interconnects tothe local exchange network Interconnection functionsinclude but are not limited to wiring and softwarefunctions switching or patching of calls or stations

The Telephone Company will bill the customer who orders theSpecial Access Service the Surcharge on each serviceinstalled unless the service is exempt from the surchargeas set forth in (B) following at the rates set forth in122D following

Exemptions from Surcharge

The Special Access Service will be exempted from themonthly surcharge if the customer provides the TelephoneCompany written certification that the special accesstermination is one of the following

(1) an open-end termination in a Telephone Company switchof an FX line including CCSA and CCSA-equivalentONALS or

(Z) an analog channel termination that is used for radio ortelevision program transmission or

(3) a termination used for TELEX service or

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO EiOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

mdash--- -mdash -~f

rI

~-rdquo-rdquorsquo- F D ldquot ~~==

ftkldquo

1 ldquorsquoRi3n~I LiXic~~r~

-Grsquo~~$L_______-rdquolsquo-=A

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 129

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

73 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

733 Surcharqe for Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

(B) Exemptions from Surcharqe (Centrsquod)

(4) a termination that by the nature of its operatingcharacteristics could not make use of Telephone Companycormnonlines or

(5) a termination that interconnects either directly orindirectly to the local network where the usage issubject to Carrier Common Line charges such as aSpecial Access Service between customer points oftermination or a Special Access Service connectingCCSA or CCSA-type equipment (inter-matching trunks) or

(6) a termination that the customer certifies to theTelephone Company is not connected to a PBX or otherdevice capable of interconnecting the Special AccessService to a local exchange subscriber line

(C) Creditinq the Surcharge

The Telephone Company will cease billing the Special AccessSurcharge when certification that the service has becomeexempt from the surcharge as set forth in (B) precedingis received If the status of the Special Access Servicewas changed prior to receipt of the exemptioncertification the Telephone Company will credit thecustomerrsquos account not to exceed ninety (90) days basedon the effective date of the change specified by thecustomer in the letter of certification

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

F

_mdash -mdash --~ amp z rdquo

1

I ~ ldquo

----~lsquo-------ldquo--mdash

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 130

ACCESS SERVICE

7 Special Access Service (Centrsquod)

73 Rate Regulations (Centrsquod)

734 Mileage Measurement

The mileage to be used to determine the monthly rate for theChannel Mileage Facility is calculated on the airline distancebetween the Telephone Companyrsquos end office serving one customerdesignated premise and the wire center serving anothercustomer designated premise or the serving wire center of theprimary carrier along the same route for Special Access Serviceserving the customer designated premises The serving wirecenter associated with a customer designated premise is theserving wire center from which this customer designated premisewould normally obtain dial tone

To determine lsquohe amount to be billed first compute the mileageusing the VampH coordinates methods as set forth in the EXCHANGECARRIER ASSOCIATION TARIFF FCC NO 2 When the calculationof total mileage results in a fraction of a mile always roundup to the next whole mile before determining the mileage andapplying the rates Multiply the resulting number of miles bythe billing percentage as set forth in Exchange CarrierAssociation Tariff No 2 times the per mile rate set forth inSection 122 B(2) following and add the channel mileagetermination for each termination

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO EOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r ldquo-rdquo

mdash-mdash-

L

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 131

8 Billing and Collection Services

81 General Description

The Telephone Company will provide the following services

(A) Recording Services(B) Message Billing Service and(C) Other Billing Services

82 Recording Service

The Telephone Company will provide Recording Service in associationwith the offering of Feature Group C Switched Access Service forcustomer messages that can be recorded by the Telephone Companyproviding automatic message accounting equipment

The Telephone Company will provide Recording Service in its operatingterritory The minimum territory for which the Telephone Companywill provide Recording Service is all the appropriately equippedoffices in a state operating territory for which the customer hasordered Feature Group C Switched Access Service

821 General Description

Recording Service is the recording of the details of a customermessage and when requested by the customer the provision ofthose details to the customer Recording Service includesrecording assembly and editing and provisions of recordedcustomer message detail the applicable charges are set forth in123A following

Recording is the entering on magnetic tape or other acceptablemedia the details of customer messages originated throughSwitched Access Service for which answer and disconnectsupervision has been received Recording is provided 24 hoursa day 7 days a week the applicable charge for providing thetape is set forth in 123(F)

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

rldquo

-- --

F--

- -~-rsquo-~W

Silver Star Telephone CompanyACCESS SERVICE

8 Billing and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

82 Recording Service (Centrsquod)

821 General Description (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 132

(A)

(B)

(c)

(D)

(E)

Assembly and editing is the aggregation of recordedcustomer message details to create individual messages andthe verification that the data required for rating inaccordance with the standard format established by theTelephone Company is present

The Telephone Company will provide the assembled and editedmessage detail to the customer on magnetic tape at therequest of the customer Except for lost or damagedrecords the recorded detail will be available to thecustomer not more than five business days after the dateall the detail requested by the customer was processed bythe Telephone Company Assembly and editing will beperformed on all customer messages recorded during thebilling period established by the Telephone Company

A standard format for the provision of the recordedcustomer message detail will be established by theTelephone Company and provided to the customer If in thecourse of Telephone Company business it is necessary tochange the format the Telephone Company will notify theinvolved customers six months prior to the change

At the customerrsquos request the Telephone Company will makeevery reasonable effort to recover recorded customermessage detail previously made available to the customerand make it available again for the customer The chargesas set forth in 123A will apply for all such efforts anddetail provided

When the Telephone Company is notified that due to erroror omission incomplete data has been provided to acustomer the Telephone Company will make every reasonableeffort to locate andor recover the data and provide newdata to the customer at no additional charge Suchrequest to recover the data must be made within 30 daysfrom the date the details were initially made available tothe customer

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

[

mdashxmdash mdash X -1 = in- j lsquoldquo~j

l~l$ fiq

Public~~~~~~p~ Cm- wl~i

f

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 133Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billinq and Collection Services

83 Messaqe Billinq Service

831 General Description

The Telephone Company will provide or arrange for theprovision of Message Billing Service for customerrsquos End Userslocated in the Telephone Companyrsquos operating territoryMessage Billing Service entails

- Assembling of recorded Customer message details- Rating of messages and other service charges including

calculations of deposits in accordance with a schedule ofrates provided by the customer including both message-billed andbulk-billed services

- Establishment of accounts for bulk-billed customer End Users- Preparation and distribution of bills to End Users- Data transmission of rated Customer message detail between

exchange Telephone Company locations and- Collection of amounts due from End Users

(A) Customer message detail may be provided entirely by the customeror may be partially provided by the customer and partiallyprovided by the Telephone Company where the customer hasordered Recording Service as set forth in 82 Where thecustomer has ~rovided messaae detail the data ~rovided mustbe in the standard format e~tablished by the TelephoneCompany and delivered to a location specified by theTelephone Company

(B) Message-billed service is a billing Service for an Endaccount with an End User common line where individual

User

customer messages are posted to the account and are listed onthe bill rendered to the End User Message-billed service isalso a billing service for a customer credit card End Useraccount without an End User common line or WATS Access Line(WAL) Service where individual messages or groups of messagesare posted to the account and listed on the bill rendered tothe End User The message billing charges per message andper bill are set forth in 123(B) and 123(C) following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

- [F [ L i

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billinq and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

83 Message Billing Service (Centrsquod)

831 General Description (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 134

(B)

(c)

(D)

(E)

(Centrsquod)

Bulk-billed service is a billing service for an End Useraccount with a WATS Access Line (WAL) Service to the End Userpremises where individual customer messages are not posted tothe account and are not listed on the bill rendered to the EndUser

Account establishment is the preparation of customer End Userrecord so that a bill can be sent to that End User TheTelephone Company will not establish an End User account witha customer balance due

Data transmission is the transmitting and receiving of messagedetail between other Exchange Telephone Company locationsThe Data transmission charge set forth in 123(D) and 123(E)applies when message detail is data transmitted to or receivedfrom another Exchange Telephone Company location by theTelephone Company This charge applies on a per recordtransmitted or received basis A record is a logical groupingof information as described in the program that processes theinformation

The Telephone Company at its option may include customerbilling amounts as part of its regular monthly bill to itscustomers for local telephone exchange service The billformat will be determined by the Telephone Company

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

-mdash-mdash----

FIi iikmdash ldquoi-~

Silver Star Telephone CompanyACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 135

8 Billing and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

83 Message Billinq Service (Centrsquod)831 General Description (Centrsquod)

(F) Message Billing Service includes the normal treatment ofdelinquent accounts posting of credits and adjustmentsmessage investigation undertaken to secure proper billinginformation and when necessary in the judgment of theTelephone Company denial of customer service to the End UserThe Telephone Company will also make its best effort to answerinquiries from End Users concerning billed items for customerservice

(G) The Telephone Company will develop the customerrsquos schedule ofrates into a rating program Program development andmaintenance charges will be on a per hour basis as set forthin 123G

(H) At the request of the customer the Telephone Company willprepare and distribute customer credit cards by first classUS Mail service The Telephone Company will assign thecredit card number and will mark the records and files toshow that an End User has been issued an customer creditcard The Telephone Company will specify the information itrequires to issue a credit card and the format to be used bythe customer in furnishing such information Plastic coatedpaper cards will be distributed unless the customer requestsanother type card be provided Charges to prepare anddistribute credit cards will be developed on an individualbasis When it becomes necessary as determined by theTelephone Company to change the credit card number ordiscontinue the billing of credit card calls to an End Useraccount because of nonpayment of charges or unauthorized useof Telephone Company and customer service offerings theTelephone Company will notify the customer The TelephoneCompany will provide the customer with the credit cardassociated End User account name and Billing address for thecredit card number change or discontinued billing Al1charges for calls associated with such a discontinued creditcard will become the responsibility of the customer after thecustomer has been notified End User questions concerningthe issuing of customer credit cards will not be handled bythe Telephone Company

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

p-i-1-rsquo--rdquo-rdquo~-rdquo~

Silver Star Telephone CompanyACCESS SERVICE

8 Billinq and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

83 Messaqe Billing Service (Centrsquod)

831 General Description (Centrsquod)

84

85

(I)

(J)

(K)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 136

The Telephone Company will accept customer gift certificates forpayment from End Users if 1) the customer agrees in writing toimmediately redeem all such gift certificates and 2) theformat of the gift certificates is acceptable to theTelephone Company

The Telephone Company will not render bills under this tarifffor the provision andor delivery of telegrams gifts orother like services that the customer offers

Where the rates for customer services have been implemented underan accounting order pending final approval from a regulatoryagency the Telephone Company will upon written request fromthe customer keep such records as may be required to make anyadjustments to the End Users as may be ordered by theregulatory agency The charges for such service will bedetermined on an individual case basis

Other BillincjServices

The Telephone Company will undertake to provide Billing Service forprivate line or other dedicated non-switched services that thecustomer provides to End Users in its territory Also itwillundertake to provide Billing Analysis Service and Billing InformationService as defined to End Users in its territory Regulations andrates applicable to these services when required will be developed andfiled on an individual case basis

General Regulations

851 Liability of the Telephone Company

(A) In the absence of willful misconduct no liability fordamages to the Customer or other person or entity otherthan as set forth in 851(B) through 851(E) followingshall attach to the Telephone Company for its action orthe conduct of its employees in providing services underthis tariff

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

P

gtmdashmdash

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billing and Collections Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

851 Liability of the Telephone Company

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 137

(B) The Telephone Companyrsquos failure to provide or maintain servicesunder this tariff shall be excused by labor difficultiesgovernmental orders civil commotion criminal actions takenagainst the Telephone Company acts of God and othercircumstances beyond the Telephone Companyrsquos reasonable control

(c) If customer message detail is not available because theTelephone Company lost or damaged records or incurred recordingor processing system outages the Telephone Company will attemptto recover the lost customer detail for recording servicepurposes If the lost customer detail cannot be recovered andthe Telephone Company recorded the details the TelephoneCompany will estimate the volume of lost customer messages andtheir characteristics necessary for rating based on previouslyknown values for message billing service purposes If the lostcustomer detail cannot be recovered and the customer providedthe detail the customer will be requested to resupply thedetail If the customer cannot resupply the detail theTelephone Company will estimate the volume of lost customermessages and their characteristics based on previously knownvalues Such recovered or estimated detail will be included incustomer message detail provided to the customer or used asinput for Billing Service

In the event that these details are insufficient for End Userbilling the Telephone Company will credit to the customer anamount equal to the estimated revenue value of the lost customermessages

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO t30x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 ~- ~~ldquo--mdash 7

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 138Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billinq and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

851 Liability of the Telephone Company (Centrsquod)

(D) When the Telephone Company is notified that due to its error oromission the recorded customer message detail or the billingdata is incomplete or inaccurate the Telephone Company willmake every reasonable effort to correct the data at noadditional charge Such notification must be made within 60days from the date of the customer messages in question

(E) If the Telephone Company finds or is notified of an error inbilling to an End User it will correct the error within thelimits permitted by law

852 Obligations of the Customer

(A) When an customer orders Message Billing Service the customermust provide message detail for those messages to be billed thatare not recorded by the Telephone Company in a formatsatisfactory to the Telephone Company and delivered to alocation specified by the Telephone Company

(B) The customer must normally inform the Telephone Company at least30 days in advance of any changes in its rate schedules used bythe Telephone Company for providing Billing Service Notice ofless than 30 days shall entail an additional charge based on anindividual case basis If changes in the customerrsquos rateschedules are structural and necessitate the redesign of theTelephone Companyrsquos rating program additional charges willapply for program development as set forth in 123G following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

-_

Fj~

A

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billinq and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

852 Obligations of the Customer (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 139

(C) The customer shall be responsible for all contact andarrangements with its End Users concerning the provision andmaintenance of the customerrsquos service

853 Orderinq Services

(A) The minimum service period or Recording Service is one month andfor Billing Service is one year

(B) Separate Special Orders are required for Recording Service andfor Billing Service and must be placed at least one month inadvance of the desired service date A Special Order charge asset forth in 123H applies for each Special Order accepted bythe Telephone Company

(C) Recording Service may be ordered for customer services providedto all End Users located in the Telephone Companyrsquos operatingterritory or only for all End Users connected to specificTelephone Company exchanges

(D) Billing Services may only be ordered for al1 End Users locatedin the Telephone Companyrsquos operating territory

854 Mixed Intrastate and Interstate Services

When a customer has ordered Billing Service for both Intrastateand Interstate services and customer charges on an End Usermonthly bill contain an intrastate charge the rate applicableper bill rendered is the rate as set forth in 123C divided bytwo

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 60X 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

[7

=mdashmdash- -3 ldquo ~ rsquo-

L ~mdash- ~~

8 ~ Ioq

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 140

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billinq and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

855 Purchase of Accounts Receivable

The Telephone Company will purchase from the customer its accountsreceivable that arise from bills rendered by the Telephone Companyto that customerrsquos End Users unless the Telephone Company agreesto act as billing agent for the customer The purchase ofaccounts receivable will be limited to amounts due the customerafter the Telephone Company starts providing Billing Service forthat customer After the Telephone Company has purchased thecustomerrsquos accounts receivable the customer is prohibited fromassigning transferring selling exchanging or giving theseaccounts receivable to any other entity or person The customerwill provide written assurance to the Telephone Company of suchforbearance and any assignment transfer sale exchange or giftis null and void and will subject the customer to all liabilitiesexpenses costs including attorney fees expended and incurred bythe Telephone Company in pursuing exclusive ownership of theaccounts receivable

The Telephone Companyrsquos purchase of a customerrsquos accountsreceivable shall be with recourse adjustments as set forth in855(B) to account for amounts due the customer that theTelephone Company is unable to collect from the End User whichuses the customerrsquos services The amounts due the customer forthe purchase of its accounts receivable will be determined asfollows

(A) Total Current Amount Billed

The Telephone Company will determine from its records for eachEnd user billing period (ie the billing date on a bill foran End User of an customerrsquos service) the total current amountlawfully billed to the customerrsquos End Users for customerservices including all taxes applicable to such services ATotal Current Amount Billed will be determined for eachcustomer for each End User billing period

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO EOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdashmdashmdash -mdash -rsquo----rdquordquolsquoldquoldquorsquo

~r I - [ ldquo1 iI

I 3Ilrsquo~rsquordquo~s1 prsquoi[-frsquolsquoldquo irsquorsquo

- rsquo rsquorsquoLrdquorsquoJlt mdash

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 141

8 Billing and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

855 Purchase of Accounts Receivable (Centrsquod)

(B) Recourse Adjustments

For each billing period the Telephone Company will makerecourse adjustments to the Total Current Amount Billed asfollows

(1) End User Adjustments

(A) For each billing period the Telephone Company wil 1subtract from the Total Current Amount Billed thelawfully billed amounts which the Telephone Companyremoves from End Users balances due in accordance withcustomer inquiry instructions

(B) In addition for each billing period the TelephoneCompany will subtract from the Total Current AmountBilled an amount that equals the face value of anycustomer gift certificate the Telephone Company has inits possession The customer gift certificates theTelephone Company possesses will be returned to thecustomer

(C) For each billing period the Telephone Company wil 1subtract from the Total Current Amount Billed billamounts for End User bills which the Telephone Companywas unable to deliver to the End User eg due toincorrect or out-of-date mailing address but wasdelivered to the customer

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 ___ mdash mdash--_---

m lsquordquoi I

rsquof] ~ j~p~ lsquo

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 142Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billing and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

855 Purchase of Accounts Receivable (Centrsquod)

(B) Recourse Adjustments (Centrsquod)

(2) Telephone Company and Customer Adjustments

(0) In addition for each billing perfiodthe TelephoneCompany may make adjustments to the Total CurrentAmount Billed to the customer for additions orsubtractions to an End User balance due for servicesbilled in prior periods

(E) Also each billing period the Telephone Company maymake adjustments to the Total Current Amount Billed toaccount for additions and subtractions for customer orTelephone Company prior billing period errors

(F) For each billing period the Telephone Company wil 1subtract from the Total Current Amount Billed an amountfor uncollectable Uncollectable are amounts billedby the Telephone Company to End Users on customer billsthat are added to the Uncollectable Accounts (realized)of the Telephone Company The amount thaldeducted is the uncollectable determineduncollectable by the Telephone Company inimmediately prior period or prior periodspreviously subtracted reduced by the CO1rdquoamounts previously subtracted

wi~l be lsquoto betheif notection of

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO 130x 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 mdash--- ----~

Ilsquo- ~ -r - j

lt~=j

Silver Star Telephone CompanyWYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

Original Page 143

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billing and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

855 Purchase of Accounts Receivable (Centrsquod)

(C) Payment of Net Purchase Amount to the Customer

(1)

(2)

The Telephone Company will purchase accounts receivable fromthe customer on eachrdquoEnd User bill day for the purchase amountwhich equals the Total Current Amount Billed as set forth in855(A) after known Adjustments as set forth in 855(B)have been made On the payment date determined by adding 31days to the End User bill day except as provided hereinthe Telephone Company will remit payment to the customer forthe purchase amount less additional adjustments as set forthin 855B (1) and (2) (net purchase amount) received by theTelephone Company prior to the payment date Payment willbe made in immediately available funds If such paymentdate would cause payment to be due on a Saturday Sunday orHoliday payment for the net purchase amount will be due tothe customer as follows

If such payment date falls on a Sunday or on a Holiday whichis observed on a Monday the payment date shall be the firstnon-Holiday day following such Sunday or Holiday If suchpayment date falls on a Saturday or on a Holiday which isobserved on Tuesday Wednesday Thursday or Friday thepayment date shall be the last non-Holiday day precedingsuch Saturday or Holiday

Further if any portion of the net purchase amount isreceived by the customer after the payment date or if anyportion of the net purchase amount is received by thecustomer in funds which are not immediately available to thecustomer then a late payment penalty shall be due thecustomer The late payment penalty shall be the due portionof the net purchase amount received after the payment datetimes a late factor The late factor shall be the lessorof

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120 -----

I~-----rsquo-mdash-rdquo-rdquo ldquorsquo - ~ ldquo~$

i 1 i- - -~

4 k ~ lc~fj

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 144

8 Billinq and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

855 Purchase of Accounts Receivable (Centrsquod)

(C) Payment of Net Purchase Amount To Customer (Centrsquod)

(a) the highest interest rate (in decimal value) which maybe levied by law for commercial transactions in thestate for the number of days from the payment date toand including the date that the Telephone Companyactually makes the payment to the customer or

(b) 0000590 per day compounded daily for the number ofdays from the payment date to and including the datethat the Telephone Company actually makes the payment tothe customer

Any late payment penalty will be included with the nextTelephone Company payment to the customer

(3) Also if any adjustment that reduces an End User balance dueis received by the Telephone Company from the customer afterthe date the Telephone Company billed the charges to beadjusted to the End User plus 45 days then a late paymentpenalty shall be due the Telephone Company The late paymentpenalty shall be the adjustment amount times a late factorThe late factor shall be the lessor of

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 145

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billing and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

855 Purchase of Accounts Receivable (Centrsquod)

(c)

(D)

Payment of Net Purchase Amount To Customer (Centrsquod)

(a) The highest interest rate (in decimal value) which maybe levied by law for commercial transactions in thestate for the number of days from the billed plus dateto and including the date that the Telephone Companyposts the End User account or

(b) 0000590 per day compounded daily for the numberof days from the billed plus date to and including thedate that the Telephone Company posts the End Useraccount

Any late payment penalty will be included with the adjustmentmade by the Telephone Company to the customerrsquos Total CurrentAmount Billed

Nettinq of Net Purchase Accounts With Customer AccessService Charges

When a payment from a customer to the Telephone Company forAccess Service other than for Billing and Collection Servicesis due on the same payment date that a net purchase amount isdue from the Telephone Company to the customer the TelephoneCompany with notice to the customer of at least 31 days maynet the two payments The Telephone Company will pay the netamount to the customer on the payment date when such net amountis due the customer or require the amount is due the TelephoneCompany If either party does not made the payment on thepayment date a late payment penalty as set forth in 855C (a)or (b) applies

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 -Original Page 146

8 Billing and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

856 Auditing

Upon reasonable written notice by the customer to theTelephone Company the customer shall have the rightthrough its authorized representative to examine andoraudit during normal business hours and at reasonableintervals as determined by the Telephone Company all suchrecords and accounts as may under recognized accountingpractices contain information bearing upon the recording ofmessages rating billing and collecting for amounts payableto the customer

Adjustment shall be made by the proper party to compensatefor any errors or omissions disclosed by such examinationandor audit Neither such right to examine andor audit northe right to receive such adjustment shall be affected by anystatement to the contrary appearing on checks or otherwiseunless such statement expressly waiving such right appears ina letter signed by the authorized representatives of theparty having such right and delivered to the other party

All information received or reviewed by the customer or itsauthorized representative is to be considered confidentialand is not to be distributed provided or disclosed in anyform to anyone not involved in the audit nor is suchinformation to be used for any other purpose

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

mdash-mdash mdash- -_

ilsquo3-~~ ldquoldquolt i

-i -= L+

Silver Star Telephone Company

ACCESS SERVICE

8 Billinq and Collection Services (Centrsquod)

85 General Regulations (Centrsquod)

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3Original Page 147

857 Billinq Arrangements When the Telephone CompanyActs as Agent for the Customer

When the Telephone Company agrees to act as billing agent forthe customer the billing service payment arrangements andownership of the accounts receivable will be as follows

(A)

(B)

(c)

The billing services including the collection from EndUsers of monies for the customer accounts receivable thatarise from bills rendered by the Telephone Company to thatcustomerrsquos End Users provided by the Telephone Company willbe as set forth in 83 and 84

For the customer accounts receivable that arise from billsrendered by the Telephone Company to that customerrsquos EndUsers the Total Current Amount Billed and the RecourseAdjustments will be determined as set forth in 855 Thepayment of the net monies due the customer will be handledas set forth in 855C

The ownership of the customer accounts receivable will notbe transferred by the customer to the Telephone CompanyWhen the customer discontinues Billing Service providedunder this tariff and the Telephone Company is acting asbilling agent for the customer the Telephone Company willdetermine and make a final payment to the customer as setforth in 857B This final payment shall be considered tobe all of the remaining monies due the customer for thebills rendered to the customerrsquos End Users by the TelephoneCompany When the Telephone Company discontinues billingthe customerrsquos end users for customer services any depositsfor customer services will be returned to the appropriateEnd User in accordance with the Telephone Companyrsquos finalbilling procedures

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO BOX 278Freedom Wyoming 83120

r

----~rdquo- -~i j ilsquoldquo

k imdash L-iJ

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 148

ACCESS SERVICE

9 Additional Engineering Additional Labor and Miscellaneous Services

In this section normally scheduled working hours are an employeesscheduled work period on any given business days which totals eight (8)hours

91 Additional Engineering

Additional Engineering will be provided by the Telephone Company at the request of the customer when

(A) A customer requests additional technical information after the Telephone Company has already provided the technical information normally included on the DeSign Layout Report (DLR) as set forth in 613 and 716 preceding

(B) Additional engineering time is incurred by the Telephone Company to engineer a customers request for a customized service as set forth in 72 preceding

The Telephone Company will notify the customer that additional engineering charges will apply before any additional engineering is undertaken

911 Charges for Additional Engineering

The charges for additional Engineering are as shown in 124(A)

92 Additional Labor

Additional labor is that labor requested by the customer on a given service and agreed to by the Telephone Company The TelephoneCompany will notify the customer that additional labor charges will apply before any additional labor is undertaken Additional labor charges apply to the services described in Sections 921 through926

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 11788Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED I HJ 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 149

~

ACCESS SERVICE

9 Additional Engineering Additional Labor and Miscellaneous Services

92 Additional Labor (Contd)

921 Overtime Installation

Overtime installation is that Telephone Company installation effort outside of normally scheduled working hours

922 Overtime Repair

Overtime repair is that Telephone Company maintenance effort performed outside of normally scheduled working hours

923 Stand By

Stand by includes all time in excess of one-half (12) hour during which Telephone Company personnel stand by to made installation acceptance tests or cooperative tests with a customer

924 Testing and Maintenance with Other Telephone Companies

Additional labor charges apply for additional testingmaintenance or repair of facilities which connect to facilities of other telephone companies This is in addition to the normal effort required to test maintain or repair facilities provided solely by the Telephone Company

925 Testing Services

Testing Services other than those described in other parts of this tariff will be provided at the hourly rates described if requested by the customer Testing will be provided subject to the availability of equipment and qualified personnel

926 Other Labor

Other labor is that additional labor incurred to accommodate a specific customer request that involves labor which is not covered by any other section of this tariff It also covers additional labor necessary to meet customer requests as described in Section 5

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 27B Freedom Wyoming 83120

rmiddot FI LED

I HI 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

bull

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 150

ACCESS SERVICE

9 Additional Engineering Additional Labor and Miscellaneous Services

92 Additional Labor (Contd)

927 Charges for Additional Labor

The charges for additional labor are shown in 124(8)

93 Miscellaneous Services

931 Maintenance of Service

(A) When a customer reports a trouble to the Telephone Companyfor clearance and the trouble is not in the TelephoneCompanys facilities the customer shall be responsible for p~ment of a Maintenance of Service charge for the period of time from when Telephone Company personnel are dispatched to the customers premises to when the work is compl eted

(8) The charges for Maintenance of Service are shown in 124(C)

Issued 12187

~

Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

Effective 1188

FI LED

I UJ 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 30 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 151 _

ACCESS SERVICE

10 Special Construction

101 General

This section addresses special construction of Teleplone Companyfacilities which are used to provide services offered under this tariff

When special construction is required as described in 102 following the provisions of this section apply in addition to regulations rates and charges as set forth in other sections of this tariff

Regulations and rates will be added to this tariff for each specific application of Special Construction The customer will provide written authorization to the Telephone Company prior to the commencement of any Special Construction

102 Conditions Requiring Special Construction

Special construction is required when suitable facilities are not available to meet a customers order for service and one or more of the following conditions exist

- The Telephone Company has no other requirement for the facilities const~ucted at the customers request

- The customer requests that service be furnished using a type of facility or via a route other than that which the TelephoneCompany would otherwise utilize in furnishing the requested service

- The customer requests the construction of more facilities than are required to satisfy its order for service

- The customer requests construction be expedited resulting in added cost to the Telephone Company

- The customer requests that temporary facilities be constructed until permanent facilities are available

Issued 121787 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120 F I LED

I A~ 1 1988

Public Service Commission of WyominR

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Si1yener Star Telephone Company Or1g1nal Page 152

ACCESS SERVICE

11

111 local Transport Interface Groups

Interface Group 1 1s prov1ded w1th Type C Transm1ss10n Specificat1ons and Interface Groups 2 through 10 are prov1ded w1th Type A or B Transm1ss10n Spec1f1cat10ns depend1ng on the Feature Group and whether the Access Service is routed d1rectly or through an access tandem All Interface Groups are provided with Data Transission Parameters

Only certa1n pr8lises interfaces are available at the customer designated preMises The prem1ses 1nterfaces associated with the Interface Groups laY vary among Feature Groups The various preises interfaces wh1ch are ava1lable w1th the Interface Groupsand the Feature Groups with wh1ch they may be used are set forth 1n 1111 follow1ng shy

1111 Interface Group 1

Interface Group I except as set forth 1n the following prQvides two-w1re -vo1ce frequency transm1ss10n at the point of tenl1nation at the customers prem1ses The interface 1s capable of transmission of voice and assoc1ated telephone signals w1thin the frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz

Interface Group 1 is not provided in assoc1at10n w1th FGC and FGD when the first po1nt of switch1ng 1s an access tandem In addition Interface Group 1 1s not provided in association with FGB FGC or FGD when the first p01nt of switching provides only four-wire terminations

The transmission path between the point of term1nation at the customer deSignated premises and the first point of switchingMay be comprised of any form or configuration of plant capable of any typ1cally used in the telecommunications industry for the transmission of voice and associated telephone signals with1n the frequency of 300 to 3000 Hz

liiiid 12117 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 171)88S1lver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyom1 ng 83120

1 FILED

1 U 1 1988

9uMic Service Commission of Wyomint

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 ~

Silver Star Telephone Ccapany Original Page 153 I

ACCESS SERVICE

111 Locl Transpgrt Interface Groups (Contd)

1111 Interface Group 1 (Contd)

The interface is provided with loop supervisory signaling When the interface is associated with FGA such signalingwill be loop start or ground start signaling When the interface is associated with FGB FGC or FGD such signaling except for two-way calling which is ELM signaling will be reverse battery signaling

1112 Interface Group 2

Interface Group 2 provides four-wire voice frequency transmission at the pOint of termination at the customer designated premises The interface is capable of transmission of voice and associated telephone signals within the frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz

The transmission path between the pOint of termination at the customer designated premises and the first pOint of switching may be comprised of any form or configuration of plant capable of and typically used in the te1ecOlmUnications industry for the transmission of voice and associated telephone signals within the frequency

bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz

The interface is provided with loop supervisory signaling When the interface is associated with FGA such signalingwill be loop start or ground start signaling

When the interface is associated with FGB FGC or FGD such signaling except for two-way calling which is ELM signalingwill be reverse battery signaling

IsiUid 12181 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective tt88Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyom1 ng 83120

Fl LED AN 1 1988

Mit SaMce Commission of Wyomiq

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silwer Star TelephoM COIIIPlny Original Page 154

ACCESS SERVICE

11

111 Local Transport Interface Groups (Contd)

1113 Interface Group 3

Interface Group 3 provides group level analog transmission at the point of termination at the customer designatedpremises The interface is capable of transmitting electrical signals between the frequencies of 60 to 108 kKzwith the capability to channelize up to 12 voice frequency transmission paths Certain frequencies within the bandwidth of the Interface Group are reserved for TelephoneCQlpany use eg pilot and carrier group alarm tones Before the first point of switching the Telephone Companywill provide multiplex equipment to derive 12 transmission paths of frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz

The interface is provided with individual transmission path SF supervisory signaling

1114 Interface Group 4

Interface Group 4 provides supergroup level analog transmission at the point of termination at the customer deSignated premises The interface is capable of transmitting electrical Signals between the frequencies of 312 to 552 kHz with the capability to channelize up to 60 voice frequency transmission paths Certain frequencies within the bandwidth of the Interface Group are reserved for Telephone Company use eg pilot and carrier group alarm tones Before the first point of switching the TelephoneCompany will provide multiplex and channel bank equipment to derive 60 transmission paths of frequency bandwidth of approxilllltely 300 to 3000 Hz

The interface is provided with individual transmission path SF supervisory signaling

1iiiii3 11187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

JAN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of WYOMing

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 snr Star Telephone CCJlPany Original Page 155

11

ACCESS SERVICE

111 Locll Transport Interface Groups (Contd)

1115 Interface Group 5

Interface Group 5 provides mastergroup level analog transmission at the pOint of termination at the customer designated premises The interface is capable of transa1tt1ng electrical signals between the frequencies of 564 to 3084 kHz with the capability to channelize up to 600 voice frequency transmission paths Certain frequencies within the bandwidth of the Interface Group are reserved for Telephone Company use eg pilot and carrier group alarm tones Before the first pOint of switching the TelephoneCQIP4ny will provide multiplex and channel bank equipment to derive 600 tranSMission paths of frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz

The interface is provided with individual transmission path SF supervisory signaling

1116 Interface Group 6

Interface Group 6 provides OSl level digital transmission at the point of termination at the customer designated p~1ses The interface is capable of transmitting electrical signals at a nominal 1544 Mbps with the capability to channelize up to 24 voice frequency transmission paths Before the first point of switching when analog switching utilizing analog terminations is provided the Telephone Company will provide multiplex and channel bank equipment to derive 24 transmission paths of a frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz When digital switching or analog switching with digital carrier terminations is provided the Telephone Company will provide at the first pOint of switching a OSl signal in 0304 format

The interface is provided with individual transmission path bit streaa supervisory signaling

tiiiid 121f1 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyom1 ng 83120

FI LED

JAN 1 1988

NIIic ServIce Commission of Wymnimiddot1tI j

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Snver Star Telephone CCllPlny Original Page 156

ACCESS SERVICE

11

111 Local Transpgrt Interface Groups (Contd)

11 1 7 Interface Group 7

Interface Group 7 provides OSIC level digital transmission at the point of termination at the customer designatedpreises The interface is capable of transmitting electrical signals at a nominal 3152 Mbps with the capability to channelize up to 48 voice frequency transmission paths Before the first point of switching when analog switching utilizing analog terminations is provided the Telephone Company will provide multiplex and channel bank equ1~ent to derive up to 48 voice frequency transmission paths of a frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz When digital switching or analog switching with digital carrier terminations is provided the TelephoneCQlpAny will provide at the first pOint of switching OSI signals in 0304 format

The interface is provided with individual transmission path btt streu supervisory signaling

111 8 Interface Group 8

Interface Group 8 provides OS2 level digital transmission at the point of termination at the customer designatedpraises The interface is capable of tranSlllitting electrical Signals at a nominal 6312 Mbps with the capability to channelize up to 96 voice frequency tran5lliss1on paths Before the first point of switching when analog switching utilizing analog terminations is provided the Telephone Company will provide multiplex and channel bank equipment in its office to derive up to 96 trans1ss1on paths of a frequency bandwidth of approx1ately 300 to 3000 Hz

Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyom1 ng 83120

FI LE 0

UN 1 t988

Putdic Service Commi of Wyontiq

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Snver Star Telephone COIIpany Original Page 157

ACCESS SERVICE

11

111 L9Sa1 Transport Interface Groups (Contd)

1118 Interface Group 8 (Contd)

When digital switching or analog switching with digitalcarrier terminations is provided the Telephone Company will provide at the first pOint of switching OSl Signals in D3D4 f011lllt

The interface is provided with individual transmission path bit stream supervisory signaling

1119 Interface Group 9

Interface Group 9 provides OS3 level digital transmission at the point of termination at the customer designatedpremises The interface is capable of transmitting electrical Signals at a nominal 44736 Mbps with the capability to channelize up to 672 voice frequency transission paths Before the first point of switching when analog switching utilizing analog terminations is provided the Telephone Company will provide multiplex and channel bank equiPMent to derive up to 672 transmission paths of a frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 300 Hz When digital switching or analog switching with digital carrier terminations is provided the TelephoneCompany will provide at the first pOint of switching OSl signals in 0304 format

The interface is provided with individual transmission path bit strea supervisory signaling

11110 Interface Group 10

Interface Group 10 provides OS4 level digital transmission at the point of termination at the customer designatedpremises

tsiUia 12117 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 11188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILED I 1 A~ 1 1988

PubHc Service Commission of Wyoming J

l

middotn bull j

ur1g1na1 page 158

ACCESS SERVICE

11

111 Local Transport Interface Groups (Contd)

11110 Interface Group 10 (Contd)

The interface is capable of transmitting electrical signals at at nominal 274176 Mbps with the capability to channelize up to 4032 voice frequency transmission paths Before the first point of switching when analog switching ut111z1nganalog terminations is provided the Telephone Company will provide multiplex and channel bank equipment to derive up to 4032 transmission paths of a frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hz When digital switching or analog switching with digital carrier terminations is provided the Telephone Company will provide at the first point of switching OSl signals in 0304 format The interface is provided with individual transmission path bit stream supervisory signaling

11111 Available Premises Interface Codes

Following isa matrix showing for each Interface Groupwhich premises interface codes are available as a function of the Telephone Company switch supervisory signaling and Feature Group For explanations of these codes see the Glossary of Channel Interface Codes in 731 following

Issiid 121787 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyom1 ng 83120

FI LED 1 HI 1 lq88

PublicSerlice Commission

-----_of W10ming

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3

n Snver Star Telephone COIIPany Original Page 159 ACCESS SERVICE

111 Local Transport Interface Groups (Contd)

11111 Available Premises Interface Codes (Contd)

Interface Telephone Company Premises Feature GroupIyp Switch Supervisory Signaling Interface Code ABC 0

1 La 2LS2 x lO 2lS3 x GO 2GS2 x GO 2GS3 x la GO 20X3 x la GO 4EA3-E x la GO 4EA3-M x La GO 6E83-E x lO GO 6E83-M x RV EA EB EC 20X3 x x x RV EA EB EC 4EA3-E x x x RV EA EB EC 4EA3-M x x x RV EA EB EC 6E83-E x x x RV EA EB EC 6EB3-M x x x EA EB EC 6EC3 x x RV 2RV3-0 x x x RV 2RV3-T x x x

2 LOt GO 4SF2 x la GO 4SF3 x lO 4lS2 x lO 4lS3 x lO 6lS2 x GO 4GS2 x GO 4GS3 x GO 6GS2 x la GO 4DX2 x la GO 40X3 x LOt GO 6EA2-E x la GO 6EA2-M x LOt GO 8E82-E x LOt GO 8EB2-M x la GO 6EX2-M X

IssUitJ 121S Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILED

JAN 1 1988

Putflic servtC8 ~mmissioft of WyoM~

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Sl1ver Star Telephone Ccapany Original Page 160n ACCESS SERVICE

11 Interfaces and echnical

111 Local Trans22rt Interface Grou~s (Contd)

11111 Available Premises Interface Codes (Contd)

Interface Telephone Company Premises Feature Group afOUl Switch SU2ervisorl Signaling I nterface Code A B C 0

2 Contd RV EA EB EC 4SF2 X X X RV EA EB EC 4SF3 X RV EA EB EC 40X2 X X X RV EA EB EC 40X3 X RV EA EB EC 60X2 X RV EA EB EC 6EA2-E X X X RV EA EB EC 6EA2-M X X X RV EA EB EC 8EB2-E X X X RV EA EB EC 8EB2-M X X X EA EB EC 8EC2-M X X RV 4RV2-0 X X X RV 4RV2-T X X X

r RV 4RV3-0 X X RV 4RV3-T X X

I

3 LO GO 4AH5-B X RV EA EB EC 4AH5-B X X X

4 lO GO 4AH6-C X RV EA EB EC 4AH6-C X X X

5 LO GO 4AH6-D X RV EA EB EC 4AH6-D X X X

6 LOt GO 40S9-15 X lO GO 40S9-15l X RV EA EB EC 40S9-15 X X X RV EA EB EC 40S9-15l X X X

7 LOt GO 40S9-31 X RV EA EB EC 40S9-31 X X X LO GO 40S9-31l X RV EA EB EC 40S9-31l X X X

Issued 121S7 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LEDn JAN 1 1988

~ic Service Commission of WyomiAg

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 161

ACCESS SERVICE

11

111 Local Trans2ert Interface Grou~s (Contd)

11111 Available Premises Interface Codes (Contd)

Interface Telephone Company Premises Feature Group Group Switch Su~ervisory Signaling Interface Code A B C 0

8 LO GO 40S0-63 X LO GO 4DSO-63L X RV EA EB EC 40S0-63 X X X RV EA EB EC 4DSO-63L X X X

9 LO GO 40S6-44 X LO GO 40S6-44L X RV EA EB EC 40S6-44 X X X RV EA EB EC 40S6-44L X X X

10 LO GO 40S6-27 X LO GO 40S6-27L X I RV EA EB EC 40S6-27 X X X

RV EA EB EC 40S6-27L X X X

11112 Supervisory Signaling

- For Interface Groups 1 and 2

OX Supervisory Signaling EampM Type I Supervisory Signaling EampM Type II Supervisory Signaling or EampM Type III Supervisory Signaling

- For Interface Group 2

SF Supervisory Signaling or Tandem Supervisory Signaling

Issued 12187 Mr Relvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box Freedom Wyoming 83120

278

Fl LED

JAN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of WyOfttins

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 162

ACCESS SERVICE

11

111 Local Transport Interface Groups (Contd)

11112 Supervisory Signaling (Contd)

- For Interface Groups 6 through 10

These Interface Groups may at the option of the customer be provided with individual transmission path SF supervisory signaling where such signaling is available in Telephone Company central offices Generally such signaling is available only where the entry switch provides an analog ie non digital interface to the transport termination

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications

~ Following are descriptions of the three Standard I Transmission Specifications available with Switched Access Service Feature Groups The specific applications in terms of the Feature Groups and Interface Groups with which the Feature Group Standard Transmission Specifications are provided are set forth in 621(C) 622(C) 623(C) and 624(C) preceding

(A) Type A Transmission Specifications

Type A Transmission Specifications is provided with the following parameters

(1) Loss Deviation

The maximum Loss Deviation of the 1004 Hz loss relative to the Expected Measured Loss (EML) is plusmn 20 dB

isSued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

tAN I 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 163

ACCESS SERVICE

11

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(A) Type A Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(2) Attenuation Distortion

The maximum Attenuation Distortion in the 404 to 2804 Hz frequency band relative to the loss at 1004 Hz is -10 dB to +30 dB

(3) C-Message Noise

The maximum C-Message Noise for the transmission path at the route miles listed is less than or equal to

Route Miles C-Message Noise~ less than 50 32 dBrnCO 51 to 100 34 dBrnCO

101 to 200 37 dBrnCO 201 to 400 40 dBrnCO 401 to 1000 42 d8rnCO

(4) C-Notch Noise

The maximum C-Notch Noise utilizing a -16 d8mO holding tone is less than or equal to 45 dBrnCO

Issued 127187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

n FI LED(

JAN 1 1988

fublic Service Commission of Wyominlaquo

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 164

ACCESS SERVICE

11 Channel Interfaces

112 Transm1ss1on Specifications Switched Access Service

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(A) Type A Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(5) Echo Control

Echo Control identified as Equal Level Echo Path Loss and expressed as Echo Return Loss and S1ng1ngReturn Loss 1s dependent on the routing 1ewhether the service is routed directly from the customers pOint of terminat10n (POT) to the end office or via an access tandem It is equal to or greater than the following

Echo Return Loss Singing Return Loss

r POT to Access I Tandem 21 dB 14 dB

POT to End Office - Direct MA NA - Via Access

Tandem 16 dB 11 dB

(6) Standard Return Loss

Standard Return Loss expressed as Echo Return Loss and Singing Return Loss on two-wire ports of a four-wire point of termination shall be equal to or greater than

Echo Return Loss Singing Return Loss

5 dB 25 dB

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

UN 1 1988

PulJllc Service Commission of Wyom~AI

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 165

ACCESS SERVICE

11

112 Transaiss10n Specifications Switched Access Service

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications (Contld)

(8) Type B Transmission Specifications

Type B Transmission Specifications are provided with the following parameters

(1) Loss Deviation

The maximum Loss Deviation of the 1004 Hz loss relative to the Expected Measured Loss (EML) is ~ 25 dB

(2) Attenuation Distortion

The maximum Attenuation Distortion in the 404 to 2804 Hz frequency band relative to loss at 1004 Hz

~ is -20 dB to +40 dB

(3) C-Message Noise

The maximum C-Message Noise for the transmission path at the route miles listed is less than or equal to

C-Message Noise Route Mi les Type B1 Type B2

less than 50 32 dBrnCO 35 dBrnCO 51 to 100 33 dBrnCO 37 dBrnCO 101 to 200 35 dBrnCO 40 dBrnCO 201 to 400 37 dBrnCO 43 dBrnCO 401 to 1000 39 dBrnCO 45 dBrnCO

For Feature Groups C and D only Type B2 will be provided For Feature Groups A and Bt Type B1 or B2 will be provided as set forth in Technical Reference PUB 62500

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

rAN 1 middot1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 166

ACCESS SERVICE

11

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(B) Type B Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(4) C-Notch Noise

The maximum C-Notch Noise utilizing a -16 dBmO holding tone is less than or equal to 47 dBrnCO

(5) Echo Control

Echo Control identified as Impedance Balance for FGA and FGB and Equal Level Echo Path Loss for FGC and FGD and expressed as Echo Return Loss (ERL)and Singing Return Loss (SRL) is dependent on the routing ie whether the service is routed directly from the customers point of termination (POT) to the end office or via an access tandem The ERL and SRL also differ by Feature Group typeof termination and type of transmission path They are greater than or equal to the following

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 167(

( ACCESS SERVICE

11

112 Transission Specifications Switched Access Service

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(B) T~pe B Transmission Specifications (Cont d)

(5) Echo Control (Contd)

Echo Return Loss Singing Return Loss

POT of Access Tandem - Terminated in

4-Wire Trunk 21 dB 14 dB - Terminated in

2-Wire Trunk 16 dB 11 dB

POT to End Office - Direct 16 dB 11 dB - Via Access Tandem( bull For FGB access 8 DB 4 dB

bull For FGC access (Effective 4-Wire transmission path at end office) 16 dB 11 dB

bull For FGC access (Effective 2-Wire transmission path at end office) 13 dB 6 dB

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILED ~

fAN 1 1988 I

PulJUc Service Commisso 1

of ~iq ~ r

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 168

ACCESS SERVICE

11

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(B) Type B Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(6) Standard Return Loss

Standard Return Loss expressed as Echo Return Loss and Singing Return Loss on two-wire ports of a four-wire point of termination shall be equal to or greater than

Echo Return Loss Singing Return Loss

5 dB 25 dB

(C) Type C Transmission Specifications

Type C Transmission Specifications are provided with the following parameters

(1) Loss Deviation

The maximum Loss Deviation of the 1004 Hz loss relative to the Expected Measured Loss (EML) is + 30 dB

(2) Attenuation Distortion

The maximum Attenuation Distortion in the 404 to 2804 Hz frequency band relative to loss at 1004 Hz is -20 dB to +55 dB

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILED

I AN 1 1988

Public Service Commissiot of Wyoming

Silver Star Telephone Company WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3

Original Page 169

ACCESS SERVICE

11

1121

(C)

Feature Groups A and B Type C1 forth in Technical Reference PUB 62500

Issued 12187

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

Standard Transmission Specifications (Contd)

Type C Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(3) C-Message Noise

The maximum C-Message Noise for the transmission path at the route miles listed is less than or equal to

Route Miles C-Message No1se Type C1 Type C2

less than 50 32 dBrnCO 38 dBrnCO 51 to 100 33 dBrnCO 39 dBrnCO 101 to 200 35 dBrnCO 41 dBrnCO 201 to 400 37 dBrnCO 43 dBrnCO 401 to 1000 39 dBrnCO 45 dBrnCO

(4) C-Notch Noise

The maximum C-Notch Noise~ utilizing a -16 dBmO holding tone is less than or equal to 47 dBrnCO

For Feature Groups C and 0 only Type C2 will be provided For or C2 will be provided as set

Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 11188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

fA~ 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WVOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 170

ACCESS SERVICE

11

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

1121 Standard Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(C) Type C Transmission Specifications (Contd)

(5) Echo Control

Echo Control identified as Return loss and expressed as Echo Return loss and Singing Return loss is dependent on the routing iebullbull whether the service is routed directly from the customers point of termination (POT) to the end office or via an access tandem It is equal to or greater than the following

Echo Return loss Singing Return loss

POT to Access Tandem 13 dB 6 dB

POT to End Office - Direct 13 dB 6 dB - Via Access Tandem

(For FGB only) 8 dB 4 dB

1122 Data Transmission Parameters

Two types of Data Transmission Parameters iebullbull Type DA and Type DB are provided for the Feature Group arrangementsThe specific applications in terms of the Feature Groupswith which they are provided are set forth in 621(C) 622(C) 623(C) and 624(C) preceding Following are descriptions of each

For Feature Groups C and D only Type C2 will be provided For Feature Groups A and B Type C1 or C2 or C2 will be provided as set forth in Technical Reference PUB 62500

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

UN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 171

ACCESS SERVICE

11 Interface Groups Transmission Specifications Channel Interfaces Special Access Optional Features and Functions and Technical Specification Packages (Contd)

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

1122 Data Transmission Parameters (Contd)

(A) Data Transmission Parameters Type DA

(1) Signal to C-Notched Noise Ratio

The Signal to C-Notched Noise Ratio is equal to or greater than 33 dB

(2) Envelope Delay Distortion

The maximum Envelope Delay Distortion for the frequencYbands and route miles specified is

604 to 2804 Hz

less than 50 route miles 500 microseconds equal to or greater than 50

route miles 900 microseconds

1004 to 2404 Hz

less than 50 route miles 200 microseconds equal to or greater than 50

route miles 400 microseconds

(3) Impulse Noise Counts

The Impulse Noise Counts exceeding a 65 dBrnCO threshold in 15 minutes is no more than 15 counts

Issued 121787 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278

Effective 11188

Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LE 0

JAN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Original Page 172

ACCESS SERVICE

Silver Star Telephone Companyr-

1122

11

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

Data Transmission Parameters (Contd)

Data Transmission Parameters Type DA (Contd)

Intermodulation Distortion

The Second Order (R2) and Third Order (R3)Intermodulation Distortion products are equal to or greater than

Second Order (R2) 33 dB Third Order (R3) 37 dB

(5) Phase Jitter

The Phase Jitter over the 4-300 Hz frequency band is less than or equal to 5 degrees peak-to-peak

(6) Frequency Shift

The maximum Frequency Shift does not exceed -2 to +2 Hz

Data Transmission Parameters Type DB

(1) Signal to C-Notched Noise Ratio

The signal to C-Notched Noise Ratio is equal to or greater than 30 dB

Mr Melvin Rbull Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

1 HI 1 1988

Public Service Commissiof of Wyoming

(A)

(4)

(B)

Issued 12187

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Or1g1nal Page 173

( ~ ACCESS SERVICE

11

112 Transm1ssion Specifications Switched Access Service

1122 Data Transmission Parameters (Contd)

(B) Data Transmission Parameters Type DB Contd)

(2) Envelope Delay Distortion

The maximum Envelope Delay Distortion for the frequency bands and route miles specified 1s

604 to 2804 Hz

less than 50 route miles 800 microseconds equal to or greater than 50

route miles 1000 microseconds

1004 to 2404 Hz

less than 50 route miles 320 microseconds equal to or greater than 50

route miles 500 microseconds

(3) Impulse Noise Counts

The Impulse Noise Counts exceeding a 67 dBrnCO threshold in 15 minutes is no more than 15 counts

(4) Intermodulation Distortion

The Second Order (R2) and Third Order (R3)Intermodulation Distortion products are equal to or greater than

Second Order (R2) 31 dB Third Order (R3) 34 dB

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILEDI

I AN 1 1988

Public Service Commissiot of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 174

ACCESS SERVICE

11

112 Transmission Specifications Switched Access Service

1122 Data Transmission Parameters (Contd)

B Data Transmission Parameters Type DB Contd)

(5) Phase Jitter

The Phase Jitter over the 4-300 Hz frequency bank is less than or equal to 7 degrees peak-to-peak

(6) Frequency Shift

The maximum Frequency Shift does not exceed -2 to +2 Hz

113 Special Access Channel Interface and Network Channel Codes

This section explains the Channel Interface codes and Network Channel codes that the customer must specify when ordering Special Access Service Included is an example of which explains the specific characters of the code a glossary of Channel Interface codes impedance levels Network Channel codes and compatibleChannel Interfaces

Example If the customer specifies a NT Network Code and a 2DC8-3 Channel Interface at the customers premises the following is beingrequested

NT bull Metallic Channel with a Predefined Technical Specification Package (1)

2 bull Number of physical wires at customer premises DC bull Facility interface for direct current or voltage 8 =Variable impedance level 3 = Metallic facilities (DC continuity) for direct currentlow

frequency control signals or slow speed data (30 baud)

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

r---

FI LE 0

r AN 1 988

PUblic Service Commission of Wyoming ii

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Tele~hone Company Original Page 175

ACCESS SERVICE

11

1131

Code

AB shy

AC shy

CT shyDA shy

DB shy

r DC shy

Issued 12187

Glossary of Channel Interface Codes and Options

Option Oefinition

accept 20 Hz ringing signal at customers point of termination accepts 20 Hz ringing signal at customers end users pOint of termination Centrex Tie Trunk Termination date stream in Vf frequency band at customers end users point of termination data stream 1n VF frequency band at customers point of termination

10 VF for TG1 and TG2 43 VF for 43 Telegraph Carrier type signals TG1 and

TG2 direct current or voltage

1 monitoring interface with series RC combination (McCulloh format)

2 Telephone Company energized alarm channel 3 Metallic facilities (OC continuity) for direct

currentlow frequency control signals or slow speed data (30 baud)

Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

Effective 1188

F I LED

JAN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyomiltg

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3

f Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 176

I ACCESS SERVICE

11

113 s5cial Access Channel Interface and Network Channel C es (Contd)

1131 Glossary of Channel Interface Codes and Options (Contd)

Code Option Definition

DO - DATAPHONE Select-A-Station (and TABS)interface at customers point of termination

DE - DATAPHONE Select-A-Station (and TABS)interface at the customers end users point of termination

OS - digital hierarchy interface 15 1544 Mbps (OS1) format per PUB 41451 plus

04 15E 8-bit PCM encoded in one 64 Kbps of the

OS1 Signal15F 8-bit PCM encoded in two 64 kbps of the

OS1 Signal~ 15G 8-bit PCM encoded in three 64 kbps of the

OS1 signal15H 1411-bit PCM encoded in six 64 kbps of

the OS1 signal15J 1544 Mpbs format per PUB 41451 15K 1544 Mpbs format per PUB 41451 plus

extended framing format 15L 1544 Mpbs (OS1) with SF signaling27 274176 Mpbs (OS4)27L 274176 Mpbs (OS4) with SF signaling31 3152 Mbps (OS1C)31L 3152 Mbps (OS1C) with SF signaling44 44736 Mbps (OS3)44L 44736 Mbps (OS3) with SF signaling

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILE 0

I AN 1 988

Public Smice Commission of Wyomlrtl

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 177

ACCESS SERVICE

11

1131 Glossar1of Channel Interface Codes and OptionsContld

Code Option Definition

OS - 63 6312 Mbps (OS2)63L 6312 Mbps (OS2) with SF signaling

DU - digital access interface 24 24 kbps48 48 kbps56 560 kbps96 96 kbpsA 1544 Mpbs format per PUB 41451 B 1544 Mpbs format per PUB 41451 plus

04 C 1544 Mpbs format per PUB 41451 plus

extended framing format OX - duplex signaling interface at

customer1s point of termination OY - duplex signaling interface at

customers end users point of termination

EA - E Type 1 EampM Lead Signaling Customer at POT or customers end user at POT originates on E Lead

EA M Type 1 EampM Lead Signaling Customer at POT or customers end user at POT originates on MLead

EB - E Type II EampM Lead Signaling Customer at POT or customers end user at POT originates on E Lead

EB - M Type II EampM Lead Signaling Customer at POT or customers end user at POT originates on MLead

EC - Type III EampM Signaling at customer POT

Issued 12lIS7 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LE 0

I AN 1 988

Public Service Commission of WyomiAg

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 178

ACCESS SERVICE

11 Channel Interfaces and Technical

113 Special Access Channel Interface and Network Channel Codes (Contd)

1131 G10Ssar of Channel Interface Codes and Options(Contd

Code Option Definition

EX - A tandem channel unit signaling for loop start or ground start and customer supplies open end (dial tone etc)functions

EX - B tandem channel unit signaling for loop start or ground start and customer supplies closed end (dial pulSing etc) functions

GO - ground start loop signaling - open end function by customer or customerS end user

r GS - ground start loop signaling - closed end function by customer or customers end user

IA - EIA (25 pin RS-232)LA - end user loop start loop signaling shy

Type A OPS registered port open end LB - end user loop start loop signaling shy

Type BOPS registered port open end LC - end user loop start loop signaling shy

Type COPS registered port open end LO - loop start loop signaling - open end function by

customer or customers end user LR - 20 Hz automatic ringdown interface at customer

with Telephone Company provided PLAR LS - loop start loop signaling - closed end function

by customer or customers end user NO - no signaling interface transmission only

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

I AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyomi~

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 179

ACCESS SERVICE

11

1131 Glossary of Channel Interface Codes and Options (Contd)

Code Option Definition

PG - program transmission - no dc signaling1 nominal frequency from 50 to 15000 Hz 3 nominal frequency from 200 to 3500 Hz 5 nominal frequency from 100 to 5000 Hz 8 nominal frequency from 50 to 8000 Hz

PR protective relaying RV - 0 reverse battery signaling one way

operation originate by customer T reverse battery signaling one way

operation terminate function by customer or customers end user

SF - Single frequency signaling with VF band at either customer POT or customers end user POT

TF - telephotograph interface TT - telegraphteletypewriter interface at

either customer POT or customers end user POT

2 200 milliamperes3 30 milliamperes 6 625 milliamperes

TV - television interface 1 combined (diplexed) video and one audio

signal 2 combined (diplexed) video and two audio

signals 5 video plus one (or two) audio 5 kHz

signal(s) or one (or two) two wire 15 video plus one (or two) audio 15 kHz

signal(s) Available only for the transmission of audio tone protective relaying signals used in the protection of electric power systemsduring fault conditions

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

f AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyomlng

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 1BO1

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Interface and Network Channel Codes

1132 Impedance

The nominal reference impedance with which the channel will be terminated for the purpose of evaluating transmission performance

Value (ohms) Codes

110 0 150 1 600 2 900 3+

135 5 75 61 124 7

Variable B 100 9

+For those interface codes with a 4-wire transmission path at the customer designated POT rather than a standard 900 ohm impedance the code (3) denotes a customer provided transmission equipment termination Such terminations were provided to customers in accordance with the FCC Docket N 20099 Settlement Agreement

Issued 12t1S7 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

Effective llBB

FI LED

r AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 181(lt

(

ACCESS SERVICE

Channel Interfaces and Technical

11

Network Channel Codes

1133 Digital Hierarchy Channel Interface Codes (4DS)

Customers selecting the multiplexed four-wire DSX-1 or higher facility interface option at the customer designated premises will be requested to provide subsequent system and channel assignment data The various digital bit rates in the digital hierarhy employ the channel interface code 4DS8 4DSO or 40S6 plus the speed options indicated below

Interface Code and Speed Option

Nominal Bit Rate (Mbps)

DigitalHierarchy Level

4058-15 1544 051 4DS8-31 3152 OS1C 4050-63 6312 052 4056-44 44736 DS3 40S6-27 274176 DS4

1134 Service DesignatorNetwork Channel Code Conversion Table

The purpose of this table is to show the relationship between the service designator codes (eg bullbull VGC MT2 etc)and the network channel codes that are used for

Issued 121187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes PreSident Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

AN 1 1968

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 182~

(

ACCESS SERVICE

11

113 Special Access Channel Interface and Network Channel Codes (Contd)

1134 Code Conversion

Service Designator Code

MIC MIl MI2 MI3 TGC TG1 TG2 VGC VG1 VG2 VG3 VG4 VG5 VG6 VG7 VG8 VG9 VG10 VGll VG12 APC AP1 AP2 AP3 AP4 TVC TV1 TV2

Network Channel Code

MQNT NU NV NQNW NY LQ LB LC LD LE LF LG LH LJ LK LN LP LR PQ PE PF PJ PK TQTV TW

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LE 0

I ~N 1 1988

PubJic Service Commission of Wyoming

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3( Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 183

ACCESS SERVICE

11

1134 Code

Codes

Service Designator Code

DAl DA2 DA3 DA4 HCO HCl HCIC HC2 HC3 HC4

Network Channel Code

XA XB XG XH HS HC HD HE HF HG

Issued 121187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LE 0

JAN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming ~

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 184

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Codes

1135 Compatible Channel Interfaces

The following tables show the channel interface codes (CIs)which are compatible

(A) Metallic

Compatible CIs

20CS-1 20C8-2 20C8-3 20C8-3

40S8- 20C8-1 40S8- 20C8-2

(B) Telegraph Grade

Compatible CIs Compatible CIs

20B-10 10IA8 40B2-10 10IA8 2TT2-2 2TT2-2 4TT2-2 4TT2-2

20B2-43+ 10IA8 40B2-43+ 10IA8 2TT2-2 2TT2-6 2TT2-6 4TT2-2 4TT2-2

40S8- 10IA8 2TT2-2 2TT2-2 2TT2-2

2TT2-6 2TT2-3 2TT2-2 4TT2-2

4TT2-2 4TT2-6

2TT2-6 2TT2-6 4TT2-2 4TT2-2 4TT2-6

4TT2-6 2TT2-6

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

UN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming -shy

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 ~ Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 185

r ACCESS SERVICE

11

1135 Com2atible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(C) Voice Grade

Com2atible CIs Com2atible CIs Comeatible CIs

2AB2 2AC2 20B2 20A2 2LR2 2LR2

2AB3 2AC2 20B3 20A2 2LR3 2LR2

2CT3 20Y2 20X3 2LA2 2LS2 2LA2 40S8 2LB2 2LB2 40X2 2LC2 2LC2 40X3 2L03 40Y2 2LS2 2LS3 2LA2 4EA2-E 2LS3 2LB2~ 4EA2-M 2LC2 4SF2 2G02 2GS2 4SF3 2GS3 2N02 20A2 60X2 2N02 60Y2 2G03 2GS2 60Y3 2GS3 2N03 2N02 6EA2-E 2PR2 6EA2-M 2L02 2LS2 6EB2-E 2LS3 2TF3 2TF2 6EB2-M 6EB3-E 2L03 2LS2 8EB2-E 2LS3 8EB2-M 8EC2 90Y2 9DY3 9EA2 9EA3

See 1133 preceding for explanation

Issued 121187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

1188

Fl LED t AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 186

ACCESS SERVICE

11 Interface Groups Transmission Specifications Channel Interfaces S~ecial Access Optional Features and Functions and Technical Specification Packages (Contd)

113 S~ec1al Access Channel Interface and Network Channel Codes ( ontd)

1135 Compatible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

Voice Grade (Contd)

Compatible CIs Compatible CIs Compatible CIs

4AB2 2AC2 40S8- 2AC2 40S8- 40G2 4AB2 20A2 4lR2 4AC2 20Y2 4lS2 4SF2 2G02 4N02

2G03 4PR2 4AB3 2AC2 2GS2 4RV2-T

4AC2 2GS3 4SF2 4SF2 2LA2 4SF3

2LB2 4TF2 4AC2 2AC2 2LC2 60A2

4AC2 2L02 60Y2 2103 60Y3

40A2 40A2 2LR2 6EA2-E 40B2 20A2 2LS2 6EA2-M

2N02 2LS3 6EB2-E 2PR2 2N02 6EB2-M 40A2 2PR2 6GS2 40B2 2RV2-T 6lS2 4N02 2TF2 8EB2-E 4PR2 4AC2 8EB2-M 60A2 40A2 90Y2

40E2 90Y3 4003 20E2 40X2 9EA2

40E2 40X3 9EA3 40Y2 4EA2-E 4EA2-M

See 1133 preceding for explanation

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED I A~ 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIff NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 1B7

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Codes

1135 Com~atible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(C) Voice Grade (Contd)

Com~atible CIs Com~atible CIs Com~atible CIs

40X2 20Y2 40X2 BEB2-E 40X3 60Y2 2LA2 BEB2-M 60Y3 2LB2 90Y2 6EA2-E 2LC2 9DY3 6EA2-M 2L03 9EA2 6EB2-E 2LS2 9EA3 6EB2-M 2LS3 6LS3 2RV2-T 4DX3 2DY2 8EB2-E 4DX2 2LA2 8EB2-M

40Y2 2LB2 90Y2 4EA2-E 2LC2 90Y3 4EA2-M 2L03 9EA2 4LS2 2LS2 9EA3 4RV2-T 2LS3 4Sf2 2RV2-T 40Y2 20Y2 4SF3 40X2 40Y2 60Y2 40X3 60Y3 4DY2 6EA2-E 4EA2-E 6EA2-M 4EA2-M 6EB2-E 4LS2 6EB2-M 4RV2-T 6LS2 4SF2

4SF3

Issued 121S7 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 11BSSilver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

I ~ FI LE D

JAN 1 1988

Pultlic Service Commission of WyomLq

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 188

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Codes

1135 Compatible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(C) Voice Grade (Contd)

Compatible CIs Compatible CIs Compatible CIs

4EA2-E 2DY2 4EA3-E 2DY2 4G02 2G02 40Y2 4DY2 2G03 4EA2-E 4EA2-E 2GS2 4EA2-M 4EA2-M 2GS3 4SF2 4SF2 4GS2 6DY2 60Y2 4SF2 60Y3 60Y3 6GS2 6EB2-E 6EA2-E 6EB2-M 6EA2-M 4G03 2G02 8EB2-E 6E82-E 2GS2 8EB2-M 6EB2-M 2GS3 90Y2 8EB2-E 4GS2 90Y3 8EB2-M 4SF2

90Y2 6GS2 4EA2-M 2DY2 90Y3

4DY2 9EA2 4EA2-M 9EA3 4SF2 60Y2 60Y3 6EB2-E 6EB2-M 8E82-E 8EB2-M 90Y2 90Y3

Issued 121187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

JAN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyommg

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 189

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Codes

1135 ComQatible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(C) Voice Grade (Contd)

ComQatible CIs ComQatible CIs ComQatible CIs

4L02 2LS2 4LS3 2LA2 4SF2 2L03 2LS3 2LB2 2LR2 4LS2 2LC2 2LS2 4SF2 2L02 2LS3 6LS2 2L03 2RV2-T

4SF2 4AC2 4L03 2LS2 40Y2

2LS3 4N02 20A2 4LS2 4LS2 20E2 4RV2-Ti 4SF2 2N02 4SF2 6LS2 40A2 60Y2

40E2 60Y3 4LR2 2LR2 4N02 6GS2

4LR2 60A2 9OY2 4SF2 9OY3

4RV2-0 2RV2-T 4LR3 2LR2 4RV2-T 4SF3 20Y2

4LR2 4SF2 2G03 4SF2 2GS2

4SF2 2AC2 2GS3 4LS2 2LA2 20Y2 2LA2

2LB2 2GS2 2LB2 2LC2 2GS3 2LC2 2L02 2LA2 2L03 2L03 2LB2 2LR2

2LC2

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

r AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 190 ~

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Codes

1135 Com2atible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(C) Voice Grade (Contd)

Com~atible CIs Com~atible CIs Com2atible CIs

4SF3 2LS2 6DA 4DA2 6DY3 2DY2 2LS3 6DA2 4DY2 2RV2-T 6DY2 4DY2 6DX2 2DY2 6DY3 4EA2-E 4DY2 4EA2-M 4EA2-E 6EA2-E 2AC2 4GS2 4LR2 4EA2-M 2DY2 4LS2 4SF2 2LA2 4RV2-T 6DY2 2LB2 4SF2 6DY3 2LC2 4SF3 6EA2-E 2L03 6DY2 6EA2-M 2LS2 6DY3 6EB2-E 2LS3 6EB2-E 6EB2-M 2RV2-T 6EB2-M 8EB2-E 4AC2 6GS2 8EB2-M 4DY2 6LS2 9DY2 4EA2-E 9DY2 9DY3 4EA2-M 9DY3 9EA2 4LS2 9EA2 9EA3 4RV2-T 9EA3 4SF2

6DY2 2DY2 4SF3 4TF2 2TF2 4DY2 6DY2

4TF2 6DY2 6DY3 6EA2-E 6EA2-M

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

r AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

---------------------------------- ~-------- shy

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 191~

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Codes

1135 Com2atible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(C) Voice Grade (Contd)

Com~at i b 1e CIs Com~atible CIs Com2atible CIs

6EA2-E 6EB2-E 6EA2-M 60Y2 6EB3-E 2OY2 6EB2-M 60Y3 40Y2 6LS2 6EA2-M 4EA2-E 8EB2-E 6EB2-E 4EA2-M 8EB2-M 6EB2-M 4SF2 90Y2 6LS2 60Y2 90Y3 8EB2-E 60Y3

8EB2-M 6EA2-E 6EA2-M 2AC2 90Y2 6EA2-M

2OY2 90Y3 8EB2-E1 2LA2 8EB2-M 2LB2 6EB2-E 2OY2 90Y2 2LC2 40Y2 90Y3 2L03 4SF2 9EA2 2LS2 60Y2 9EA3 2LS3 60Y3 2RV2-T 6EB2-E 6EX2-A 2GS2 4AC2 6EB2-M 2GS3 4DY2 90Y2 2LS2 4EA2-E 90Y3 2LS3 4EA2-M 4GS2 4LS2 6EB2-M 2OY2 4LS2 4RV2-T 4DY2 4SF2 4SF2 4SF2 6GS2 4SF3 6DY2 6LS2

60Y3 6EB2-M 90Y2 90Y3

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

~ FI LED

I AN 1 f988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 192

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Codes

1135 Comeatible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(C) Voice Grade (Contd)

Comeatible CIs Comeatible CIs Comeatible CIs

6EX2-B 2G03 8EB2-E 2AC2 8EB2-M 2AC2 2LA2 2DY2 2DY2 2182 2LA2 2LA2 2LC2 2LB2 2LB2 2L02 2LC2 2LC2 2L03 2L03 2L03 2LR2 2LS2 2LS2 4LR2 2LS3 2LS3 4SF2 2RV2-T 2RV2-T ~ 4AC2 4AC2

6G02 2G02 4DY2 4DY2 2GS2 4LS2 4LS2 2GS3 4RV2-T 4RV2-T 4GS2 4SF2 4SF2 4SF2 4SF3 4SF3 6GS2 6DY2 6DY2

6DY3 6DY3 6L02 2LS2 6EB2-E 6EB2-E

2LS3 6EB2-M 6EB2-M 4LS2 6LS2 6LS2 4SF2 8EB2-E 8EB2-M 6LS2 8EB2-M 9DY2

90Y2 90Y3 6LS2 2LA2 90Y3

2LB2 2LC2 2L02 2L03 4SF2

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILE 0 JAN 1 1988 Ii

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 193

ACCESS SERVICE

11

113 Seocial Access Channel Interface and Network Channel Codes ( ontld)

1135 Compatible Channel Interfaces (Contld)

(C) Voice Grade (Contld)

Compatible CIs Compatible CIs Compatible CIs

8EC2 20Y2 90Y2 20Y2 9EA3 20Y2 40Y2 40Y2 40Y2 4EA2-E 60Y2 4EA2-E 4EA2-M 60Y3 4EA2-M 4SF2 90Y2 60Y2 60Y2 60Y3 60Y3 90Y3 20Y2 6EA2-E 6EA2-E 40Y2 6EA2-M 6EA2-M 60Y2 6EB2-E 6EB2-E 60Y3 6EB2-M 6EB2-M 90Y2 8EB2-E 8EB2-E 90Y3 8EB2-M 8EB2-M 90Y2 90Y2 9EA2 20Y2 90Y3 90Y3 40Y2 9EA3 9EA2 4EA2-E 9EA3 4EA2-M

60Y2 60Y3 6EA2-E 6EA2-M 6EB2-E 6EB2-M 8EB2-E 8EB2-M 90Y2 90Y3 9EA2 9EA3

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED t AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 194

ACCESS SERVICE

11

Codes

1135 Com2atible Channel Interfaces (Contld)

(0) Program Audio

Comeatible CIs Compatible CIs

Issued 121187

2PG2-1 2PG1-1 4DS8-1SE 2PG2-1

2PG2-3 2PGl-3 4DS8-1SF 2PG2-3

2PG2-S 2PG1-S 4DS8-1SG 2PG2-S

2PG2-8 2PGl-8 4DA8-1SH 2PG2-8

Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

2PGl-3 2PG2-3

2PG1-S 2PG2-S

2PGl-8 2PG2-8

2PG1-1 2PG2-1

Effective 1188

F I LED

f AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of WyomiRg

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 195

ACCESS SERVICE

11 Interface Groups Transmission Specifications Channel Interfaces s~ec1al Access Optional Features and Functions and Technical Specification Packages (Contd)

113 s~ecial Access Channel Interface and Network Channel Codes ( ontd)

1135 Compatible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(E) Video

CO2atible CIs Compatible CIs

2TV6-1 4TV6-15 4TV7-5 4TV6-5 4TV7-15 4TV7-5

2TV6-2 6TV6-15 4TV7-15 4TV6-1S 6TV7-1S 4TV7-1S

2TV7-1 4TV6-15 6TV6-S 6TV6-5 4TV7-15 6TV7-5

I ~ 2TV7-2 6TV6-1S 6TV6-15 6TV6-1S

6TV7-15 6TV7-15

4TV6-5 4TV6-5 6TV7-5 6TV6-5 4TV7-5 6TV7-5

4TV6-1S 4TV6-15 6TV7-15 6TV6-1S 4TV7-15 6TV7-1S

Issued 121187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILE 0

I AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyom inl

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 196

ACCESS SERVICE

11

113 seecial Access Channel Interface and Network Channel Codes ( ontd)

1135 Com~atible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(F) Digital Data

Com~atible CIs Compatible CIs Com~atible CIs

4058-15 4058-15+ 4DU5-24 4DU5-24 6DU5-24 6DU5-24 4DU5-24 4DU5-48 4DU5-48 4DU5-48 6DU5-48 6DU5-48 4DU5-56 4DU5-96 4DU5-96 4DU5-96 6DU5-56 6DU5-56 6DU5-24 6DU5-48 4DU5-56 4DU5-56 6DU5-96 6DU5-96 6DU5-96

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED 1 AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 197

ACCESS SERVICE

11

113 s ecial Access Channel Interface and Network Channel Codes e( ontd)

1135 Compatible Channel Interfaces (Contd)

(G) High Capacity

Compatible CIs Compatible CIs

40S0-63 40S0-63 40S8-15J 40U8-A 40U8-A B or C 60U8-A 60U8-AB or C

40S8-15K 40U8-B 40S6-27 40S6-27 40U8-C

40U8-A B or C 60U8-B 60U8-A B or C 60U8-C

40S6-44 40S6-44 40S8-31 40S8-31 40U8-A B or C 40U8-A B or C 6DU8-A B or C 60U8-A B or C

40S8-15 4058-15+ 40U8-AB 40U8-B OR C 40U8-A B OR C 60U8-B

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILE 0

I AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of WYGf11lnl

-- ------ shy---~-

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 201

ACCESS SERVICE

11 Interface Groups~ Transmission Specifications Channel Interfaces Special Access Optional eatures and Functions and Technical Specification Packages (Contd)

115 and Functions

(E) Improved Return Loss

( 1) On Effective Four-Wire Transmission at Four-Wire Point of Termination (applicable to each two-wire port) Provides for a fixed 600 ohm impedance variable level range and simplex reversal Telephone Company equipment is required at the customers premises where this option is ordered The Improved Return Loss parameters are delineated in Technical Reference PUB 62501

(2) On Effective Two-Wire Transmission at Two-Wire Point of Termination Provides for more stringent Echo Control specifications In order for this option to be applicablethe transmission path must be four-wire at one POT and twoshywire at the other POT Placement of Telephone Companyequipment may be required at the customers premises with the two-wire POT The Improved Return Loss parameters are delineated in Technical Reference PUB 62501

(F) Data Capability (D) Conditioning

Data Capability provides transmission characteristics suitable for data communications Specifically Data Capability provides for the control of Signal to C-Notched Noise Ratio and intershymodulation distortion It is available for two-point services or three-point multipoint services The Signal to C-Notched Noise Ratio and intermodulation distortion parameter for Data Capabi 1ity are

- Signal to C-Notched Noise Ratio is equal to or greater than 32dB - Intermodulation distortion - Signal to second order modulation products (R2) is equal to

or greater than 38dB - Signal to third order modulation products (R3) is equal to or

greater than 42dB

When a service equipped with Data Capability is used for voice communications the quality of the voice transmission may not be satisfactory

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

I AN 1 1988

Public Service Commissien of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 198

ACCESS SERVICE

11

114 WATS Access Channel Interfaces and Network Channel Codes

This section explains the Channel Interface codes and Network Channel Codes that the customer must specify when ordering WATS Access Service An example which explains the specific characters of the codes a glossary of Channel Interface codes and impedancelevels are set forth in 113 preceding

1141 Service DesignatorNetwork Channel Code Conversion Table

The purpose of this table is to show the relationship between the service designator codes and the network channel codes that are used for WATS Access Service

Service Designator Network Channel Code Code

WAL (Standard amp Improved) SE

1142 Compatible Channel Interfaces

Compatible CIs Compatible CIs

2GS 2GS 4GS 2GS 2LS 2LS 4GS 4GS 4LS 4LS

2LS 2GS 4LS 2GS 2LS 2LS 4GS 4GS 4LS 4LS

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILE 0

f AN 1 986

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 199

ACCESS SERVICE

11

115 Special Access Voice Grade Optional Features and Functions and Technical Specifications Package

(A) Central Office Bridging Capability

(1) Voice Bridging (two-wire and four-wire)

(2) Data Bridging (two-wire and four-wire)

(3) Telephoto Bridging (two-wire and four-wire)

( 4) DATAPHONE Select-A-Station Bridging with sequentialarrangement ports or addressable arrangement ports

(5) Telemetry and Alarm Bridging

Split Band Active BridgingPassive BridgingSummation Active Bridging

(B) Central Office Multiplexing

Voice to Telegraph Grade An arrangement that converts a Voice Grade channel to Telegraph Grade channels using frequency division multiplexing

(C) Conditioning

Conditioning provides more specific transmission characteristics for Voice Grade services C-Type conditioningcontrols attenuation distortion and envelope delay distortion Sealing Current helps maintain continuity on dry metallic loops

For two-point services the parameters apply to each service For multipoint services the parameters apply to each mid-link or end link C-Type conditioning and Data Capability may be combined on the same service

Issued 1211787 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED

I AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

I

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 200

~

ACCESS SERVICE

11

115 and Functions

(C) Conditioning (Contd)

(1) C-Type Conditioning

C-Type Conditioning is provided for the additional control of attenuation distortion and envelope delay distortion on data services The attenuation distortion and envelopedelay distortion specifications for C-Type Conditioning are

Attenuation Distortion Envelope Delay(Frequency Response) Distortion Relative to 1004 Hz Variation

Frequency --Variation Frequency (microshyRange ~ dB Range (Hz) seconds)

r ~ 1000-2600 100

400-2800 -10 to +20 800-2600 200 300-3000 -10 to +30 600-2600 300 3000-3200 -20 to +60 500-2800 600

500-3000 3000

(2) Sealing Current Conditioning

Sealing Current Conditioning is provided to help maintain continuity on dry metallic loops It is usuallyassociated with four-wire DA or NO type channel interfaces

(D) Customer Specified Premises Receive level

This option allows the customer to specify the receive level at the Point of Termination The level must be within a specific range on effective four-wire transmission The ranges are delineated in Technical Reference PUB 62501

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LE 0

I At1 1 T~88

Public Service CommiSSion of Wyoming

I

WYOMING PS~C TARIFF NO 3f Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 202

ACCESS SERVICE

11

115 Functions

(G) Telephoto Capability

Telephoto Capability provides transmission characteristic suitable for telephotographic communications SpecificallyTelephoto Capability is provided for the control of attenuation distortion and envelope delay distortion on telephotographic services The attenuation distortion and envelope delay distortion parameters for Telephoto Capabi11ty are

Attenuation Distortion Envelope Delay Distortion 1004 Hz Reference

Frequency Variation Frequency Variation Range (Hz) (dB) Range (Hz) (mcs)

500-3000 -05 to +15 1000-2600 110 300-3200 -10 to +25 800-2800 180

(H) Signaling Capability

Signaling Capability provides for the ability to transmit signals from one customer premises to another customer premises on the same service

(I) Selective Signaling Arrangement

An arrangement that permits code selective ringing for up to ten codes on a multipoint service

Issued 121187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LE 0

f AN 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 203

ACCESS SERVICE

11 Channel Interfaces and Technical

115 and Functions

(J) Transfer Arrangement

An arrangement that affords the customer an additional measure of flexibility in the use of their access channel(s) The arrangement can be utilized to transfer a leg of a Special Access Service to another channel that terminates in either the same or a different customer premises A key activated or dial-up control service is required to operate the transfer arrangement A spare channel if required s not included as part of the option

(K) Public Packet Switching Network (PPSN) Interface Arrangement

An arrangement that provides the interface requirements that permit a Voice Grade service to interface with a Public Packet Switching Network packet switch located in a Telephone Companypremises The interface is compatible with X25 and X75 packet switching protocols as defined by the CCITT

(l) Four-WireTwo Wire Conversions

When a customer requests that an effective four-wire channel be terminated with a two-wire channel interface at the customer1s designated premises a four-wire to two-wire conversion is required The rate for the conversion is included as part of the basic Channel Termination rate

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILE 0

I At-j 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyomiltg

- -

WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 204

ACCESS SERVICE

11

115 S~ecial Access Voice Grade O~tional Features and Functions and Technical S~ecifications Package ~Contd~

The following table shows the technical specifications packageswith which the optional features and functions are available

Available with Technical S~ecifications Package VGshy

C 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 C-Type Conditioning X X X X X XX Central Office

Bridging Capability X X X X X X X Central Office

Multiplexing X X Customer Specified

Premises Receive Level X X X X X X

Data Capabil ity X X X X Improved Return Loss

For Effective Four-Wire Transmission X X X X X X X X X X X X X For Effective Two-Wire Transmission X X X X

PPSN Interface Arrangement X X

Sealing Current Conditioning X X

Selective Signaling Arrangement X X X X X X X

Signaling Capability X X X X X X X X Telophoto

Capabi1ity X X Transfer Arrangement X X X X X X X X X X X X X

Issued 121187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FI LED I HI 1 1988

Public Service Commission of Wyoming

WVOMING PSC TARIFF NO3 Silver Star Telephone Company Original Page 205~

) ACCESS SERVICE

11

116 S2ecial Access Technical S2ecifications Packages

shy

Parameter Attentuation

Distortion C-Message Noise Echo Control Envelope Display

Distortion Frequency Shift Impluse Noise Intermodulation

Distortion Loss Deviation Phase Hits Gain

Hits and DropoutsPhase Jitter Signal-to-C

Message Noise Signal-to-C

Notch Noise

C 1 2 3 4 5 Package VGshy6 7 sect ~ 10 11 12

X X X

X X X

X X X

X X X

X X

X X X

X X

X X X

X X X

X X

X X

X X X

X X X

X X X X

X X X

X X X

X X X

X X X

X X X

X X X

X X X

X X X X X X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X X X X X X X X

X

X X X X X X X X X

The desired parameters are selected by the customer from the list of available parameters

The technical specifications for these parameters (except for dropouts gain hits and phase hits) are delineated in Technical Reference PUB 62501 and associated Addendum The technical specifications for dropouts phase hits and gain hits are delineated in Technical Reference PUB 41004 Table 4

Issued 12187 Mr Melvin R Hoopes President Effective 1188 Silver Star Telephone CompanyPO Box 278 Freedom Wyoming 83120

FILE 0 IAN 1 1988

Public Service Commission

of Wyoming

Issued June 1 2020 Effective July 1 2020

Legal amp Regulatory Administrator

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

14th Revised Page 206

ACCESS SERVICE

12 Rates and Charges

All rates and charges for the services offered in this tariff are shown in this section

Reference is made for each rate element to the appropriate tariff paragraph where the

application of the service is described

121 Switched Access Service

(A) End Office

(1) Directory Assistance Information Surcharge 614(B)(4)

(a) Per 100 terminating access minutes

Effective July 1 2013 051300

Effective July 1 2014 000000

(b) Per 100 originating access minute 0513

(2) Local Switching 613(A)

(a) Per terminating access minute 00

(3) Local Transport

(a) Per originating access minute 03

(4) 800 Series Database Access Queries

Per query

(a) Basic 0055

(b) Vertical Feature 0061

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 202070006-119-TT-20

Issued June 1 2020 Effective July 1 2020

Legal amp Regulatory Administrator

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

8th Revised Page 2061

ACCESS SERVICE

12 Rates and Charges (Contrsquod)

121 Switched Access Service (Contrsquod)

(B) Transport

(1) Local Transport Facility ICB 613(A)

per access minute per mile

(2) Tandem Switched Transport

Tandem Switched Facility per

access minute per mile

(a) terminating 000581

(3) Tandem Switched Termination

(a) per access minute per 003014

termination

(C) Installation Charge per installation 15600 661(C)

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 202070006-119-TT-20

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

2nd Revised page 207

ACCESS SERVICE

12 Rates and Charges (Contrsquod)

122 Special Access Service Non-

Monthly Recurring

Rates Charges Source

(A) Channel Termination

(1) Voice Grade Channel

Two Wire Per Termination ICB 22300 712(A)(R)

Four Wire Per Termination ICB 22300 712(A)(R)

(B) Channel Mileage

(1) Channel Mileage Termination

Per Termination ICB NA 712(B)(R)

(C) Optional Features

As Ordered ICB ICB 712(C)

(D) Special Access Surcharge

Per Voice Grade Equivalent

Circuit 2500 733(A)

(E) Intrastate T1

Point to Point 37881

Issued June 1 2003 Mr Allen R Hoopes Effective July 1 2003

Vice President General Manager

President

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 201970006-113-TT-19

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

1st Revised Page 208

ACCESS SERVICE

12 Rates and Charges (Contrsquod)

123 Billing and Collection Service Rates Source

(A) Program Development

Basic Per Hour 8000 831(G)

Program Development

Premium Per Hour 10000 831(G)

(B) Special Order Charge

Per Order 10000 853(B)

Issued June 1 2003 Mr Allen R Hoopes Effective July 1 2003

President

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 201970006-113-TT-19

Silver Star Communications WYOMING PSC TARIFF NO 3

1st Revised Page 209

ACCESS SERVICE

12 Rates and Charges (Contrsquod)

124 Miscellaneous Services Overtime

Basic time outside

Scheduled scheduled

working hours working hours Source

(A) Additional Eng Periods

Per engineer frac12 hour

Or fraction thereof 2600 1900 91

(B) Additional Labor

Per technician frac12 hour

Or fraction thereof 2600 1500 92

(C) Maintenance of Service

Per technician frac12 hour

Or fraction thereof 2600 1500 93

125 Access Orders Rate

(A) Access Order Charge

Per Order 10000 52

(B) Order Change Charge

Per Order 10000 522

Issued June 1 2003 Mr Allen R Hoopes Effective July 1 2003

President

Silver Star Communications

PO Box 226

Freedom WY 83120

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION APPROVED

EFFECTIVE

DOCKET NOSTATE OF WYOMING

July 1 201970006-113-TT-19